293893 |
14-Jan-2016 |
glebius |
o Fix filemon and bmake meta-mode stability issues. [EN-16:01] o Fix invalid TCP checksums with pf(4). [EN-16:02.pf] o Fix YP/NIS client library critical bug. [EN-16:03.yplib] o Fix SCTP ICMPv6 error message vulnerability. [SA-16:01.sctp] o Fix ntp panic threshold bypass vulnerability. [SA-16:02.ntp] o Fix Linux compatibility layer incorrect futex handling. [SA-16:03.linux] o Fix Linux compatibility layer setgroups(2) system call. [SA-16:04.linux] o Fix TCP MD5 signature denial of service. [SA-16:05.tcp] o Fix insecure default bsnmpd.conf permissions. [SA-16:06.bsnmpd]
Errata: FreeBSD-EN-16:01.filemon Errata: FreeBSD-EN-16:02.pf Errata: FreeBSD-EN-16:03.yplib Security: FreeBSD-SA-16:01.sctp, CVE-2016-1879 Security: FreeBSD-SA-16:02.ntp, CVE-2015-5300 Security: FreeBSD-SA-16:03.linux, CVE-2016-1880 Security: FreeBSD-SA-16:04.linux, CVE-2016-1881 Security: FreeBSD-SA-16:05.tcp, CVE-2016-1882 Security: FreeBSD-SA-16:06.bsnmpd, CVE-2015-5677 Approved by: so |
286386 |
06-Aug-2015 |
delphij |
MFS r286384: MFC r286375:
Now that stable/8 is EOL, stop building INDEX-8.
Approved by: re (gjb) |
285830 |
23-Jul-2015 |
gjb |
- Copy stable/10@285827 to releng/10.2 in preparation for 10.2-RC1 builds. - Update newvers.sh to reflect RC1. - Update __FreeBSD_version to reflect 10.2. - Update default pkg(8) configuration to use the quarterly branch.[1]
Discussed with: re, portmgr [1] Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation |
285823 |
23-Jul-2015 |
hrs |
MFC r274841
Remove examples of gif_interfaces and gifconfig. These have already been marked as deprecated in rc.conf(5) manual page but these examples were still here.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
285821 |
23-Jul-2015 |
hrs |
MFC r273201, r273301:
Add support of "/{udp,tcp,proto}" suffix into $firewall_myservices, which interpreted the listed items as port numbers of TCP services.
A service with no suffix still works and recognized as a TCP service for backward compatibility. It should be updated with /tcp suffix.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
285725 |
20-Jul-2015 |
gjb |
MFC r285253 (hrs): - Add IPv6 support in quota(1). While rpc.rquotad has supported PF_INET6 for a long time, quota(1) utility supported only PF_INET. - Clean up confusing changes in f_mntfromname. - Add an entry for rquotad with rpc/udp6 to inetd.conf.
PR: 194084 Approved by: re (kib) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
285612 |
15-Jul-2015 |
delphij |
MFC r280849,280915-280916,281015-281016,282097,282408,282415,283542, 284864,285169-285170,285435:
ntp 4.2.8p3.
Relnotes: yes Approved by: re (?)
|
285451 |
13-Jul-2015 |
brueffer |
MFC: r284930
Add CouchDB ports (5984 TCP/UDP).
PR: 193268 Submitted by: yuri@rawbw.com Approved by: re (gjb)
|
285304 |
09-Jul-2015 |
gshapiro |
MFC: Minor changes to force commit these files so new freebsd*.cf files are built to use the new sendmail-8.15.2/cf tree.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
284952 |
30-Jun-2015 |
des |
MFH (r270391): don't set rc_debug in /etc/defaults/rc.conf
|
284775 |
24-Jun-2015 |
gjb |
MFC r284683: Enable ttyu1, ttyu2, ttyu3 for arm installations.
This should make all consoles available, whether it is VGA, HDMI, serial, or JTAG, but more importantly enables all consoles when ttyu0 is not predictable. For example, the Pandaboard ES apparently has three consoles available, but the DB9/RS232 serial port is ttyu2, so not available by default after the system boots.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
284521 |
17-Jun-2015 |
gjb |
Revert r284516, which broke the build in a way I do not fully understand yet. I'll redo this MFC after investigation.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
284516 |
17-Jun-2015 |
gjb |
MFC r283989: Implement endian-aware services_mkdb(8) in the 'distribute' target.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
284009 |
05-Jun-2015 |
cperciva |
MFC r273955,274060,274164: Add /etc/rc.d/growfs script.
|
283972 |
04-Jun-2015 |
ian |
MFC r262955:
Add 3wire and std as terminal types/classes. These are similar to the existing terminal types/classes that have the baudrate suffix, but differ in that no baudrate is set/defined.
|
283846 |
31-May-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277627,r277650,r282059,r283056,r283840,r283845:
r277627 (by will):
Add routing_test:static_ipv6_loopback_route_for_each_fib. It tests that all FIBs get a static IPv6 loopback route.
Submitted by: asomers Sponsored by: Spectra Logic MFSpectraBSD: 1048456 on 2014/03/13 1114523 on 2015/01/23
r277650 (by will):
Add tests/etc/rc.d to mtree.
Submitted by: stefanf MFC with: 277627
r282059:
Move etc/tests/rc.d to etc/rc.d/tests to match the directory layout jmmv@ documented and implemented in other areas of the FreeBSD tree
r283056:
Move all test integration pieces for etc/ from etc/ to tests/
This is being done to fix breakage with make distribution with read-only source trees as make distribution doesn't use make obj like building tests/ does in all cases
Reported by: Wolfgang Zenker <wolfgang@lyxys.ka.sub.org> Suggested by: jhb
r283840:
Remove empty tests directory
r283845:
Append to SUBDIR, not set it
Pointyhat to: ngie
|
283242 |
21-May-2015 |
trasz |
MFC r279955:
Add -noauto autofs map, for automatic handling of fstab entries marked "noauto".
Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
283226 |
21-May-2015 |
trasz |
MFC r277171:
Use newly added GEOM notifications to discard autofs caches.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
283224 |
21-May-2015 |
trasz |
MFC r276833:
Make /net use -intr by default. Linux does that, and it seems a good idea.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
283223 |
21-May-2015 |
trasz |
MFC r275681:
Add "-media" autofs map, to access data on removable media, such as CD drives or flash keys. It can be enabled by uncommenting a single entry in default /etc/auto_master. It can also be easily modified to use fuse-based filesystems instead of in-kernel ones.
There is still one deficiency - the mountpoints are permanent, they don't disappear when user removes the media. Fixing it needs some autofs changes.
Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
283161 |
20-May-2015 |
gjb |
MFC r282500, r282693: r282500: Add initial support for building RPI2 images.
In release.sh, allow overriding buildenv_setup() before the handoff to arm/release.sh.
Copy arm/RPI-B.conf -> arm/RPI2.conf, set UBOOT_PORT and the correct KERNEL, and add the buildenv_setup() override to install the sysutils/u-boot-rpi2 port/package.
Copy tools/arm/crochet-RPI-B.conf -> tools/arm/crochet-RPI2.conf, and set the correct entries for the RaspberryPi2 board.
r282693: Merge ^/projects/release-arm-redux into ^/head.
Of note:
- This commit adds native FreeBSD/arm release build support without requiring out-of-tree utilities.
- Part of this merge removes the WANDBOARD-{SOLO,DUAL,QUAD} kernel configuration files, for which the IMX6 kernel configuration file should be used instead.
- The resulting images have a 'freebsd' user (password 'freebsd'), to allow ssh(1) access when console access is not available (VGA or serial). The default 'root' user password is set to 'root'.
- The /etc/ttys file for arm images now enable both ttyv0 and ttyu0 by default.
Note: The RPI2 kernel configuration does not yet exist in stable/10, however the merge conflicts needed to be properly resolved. Additionally, SRCBRANCH has been set to base/stable/10 in the updated arm configuration files as part of this commit.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
283021 |
16-May-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r282061:
Integrate tools/regression/execve into the FreeBSD test suite as tests/sys/kern/execve
|
282975 |
15-May-2015 |
trasz |
MFC r279317:
Add key/cert generation script for uefisign(8).
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
282961 |
15-May-2015 |
trasz |
MFC r280321:
Make the autofs LDAP script cope with server returning entries with ENTRY_ATTRIBUTE (eg cn) after the VALUE_ATTRIBUTE (eg automountInformation), instead of before.
PR: 198557 Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
282858 |
13-May-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r281593,r282071,r282074,r282133,r282134,r282135,r282136,r282137,r282138:
r282071:
Integrate tools/regression/mqueue into the FreeBSD test suite as tests/sys/mqueue
r282074:
Integrate tools/regression/aio/aiotest and tools/regression/aio/kqueue into the FreeBSD test suite as tests/sys/aio
r282133:
Fill in the copyright boilerplate for the test program
r282134:
Add initial (unpolished) macros for interfacing with the FreeBSD test suite
This is very rough, but will be replaced/redesigned some time soon after I fix the Jenkins breakage I introduced
r282135:
Use ATF_REQUIRE_KERNEL_MODULE instead of aio_available function
r282136:
- Use ATF_REQUIRE_KERNEL_MDOULE to require aio(4) - Don't use /tmp as a basis for temporary files as it's outside of the ATF sandbox - Don't override MAX macro in sys/param.h
r282137:
Use PLAIN_REQUIRE_KERNEL_MODULE to require "mqueuefs"
r282138:
Adjust CFLAGS to find freebsd_test_suite/macros.h
|
282853 |
13-May-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r282076,r282104:
r282076:
Integrate tools/regression/mmap into the FreeBSD test suite as tests/sys/kern/mmap_test
r282104:
Move tests/sys/kern/mmap_test to tests/sys/vm/mmap_test
As jhb noted, the actual mmap(2) implementation is under sys/vm, not sys/kern/, so the correct logical place is tests/sys/vm/, not tests/sys/kern/
|
282842 |
13-May-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r282067:
Integrate tools/regression/fifo into the FreeBSD test suite as tests/sys/fifo and tools/regression/file into the FreeBSD test suite as tests/sys/file
|
282841 |
13-May-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r282063:
Integrate tools/regression/kqueue into the FreeBSD test suite as tests/sys/kqueue
|
282243 |
29-Apr-2015 |
jhb |
MFC 280721: Allow additional flags to be passed to netstat -i in the daily status check. In particular, this allows an administrator to specify "-h" for human readable output if that is preferred.
The default setting passes "-d", so that can be excluded by using a custom setting.
|
281446 |
12-Apr-2015 |
jpaetzel |
MFC 281112, 281166
Bug fixes and feature adds
- Remove extranious echo that breaks puppet - Handle restarts of multiple pflog devices correctly - Add the ability to perform actions on specific pflog devices.
Typo Fix.
PR: 199150
|
281318 |
09-Apr-2015 |
jhb |
MFC 279952: - Align comment for df flags variable in periodic.conf. - Note default value of df flags variable in periodoc.conf(5).
|
280422 |
24-Mar-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r271893,r271895,r272043,r278249,r278282,r278466:
r271893:
Don't install /etc/rc.d/rwho unless MK_RCMDS == yes
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r271895:
Don't install /etc/rc.d/ftp-proxy unless MK_PF == yes
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272043:
Don't install /etc/rc.d/keyserv unless MK_OPENSSL == yes
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r278249:
Honor the following flags with the following rc.d scripts for services that can be easily decoupled from the boot process without disrupting other services
- MK_APM && MK_ACPI: powerd - MK_BOOTPARAMD: bootparams - MK_FTP: ftpd - MK_INETD: inetd - MK_LEGACY_CONSOLE: moused, syscons - MK_MAIL: othermta - MK_NS_CACHING: nscd - MK_NTP: ntpd (ntpdate is required by other services and can't be easily conditionalized -- yet..) - MK_ROUTED: routed - MK_SENDMAIL: sendmail - MK_TIMED: timed - MK_VI: virecover
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r278282:
Use FILES+= idiom instead of _inetd when referencing inetd rc.d script
This was a discrepancy between ^/projects/building-blocks and ^/head that I didn't resolve before committing the change to ^/head
Pointyhat to: me Reported by: jhb Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r278466:
Remove explicit routing/sendmail rc.d inclusion in FILES
Reported by: Guy Yur <guyyur@gmail.com> Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
280420 |
24-Mar-2015 |
ngie |
Forced commit to note that the previous commit to this file included the following MFC as well:
MFC 278251:
Honor the following flags for items that can be conditionalized out of the build/install without disrupting other dependent services (see r278249, et al):
- MK_LOCATE - MK_MAN - MK_NLS - MK_OPENSSL - MK_PKGBOOTSTRAP - MK_SENDMAIL
Additional flags need to be handled in etc/Makefile, but it requires refactoring the relevant scripts in etc/rc.d/*
MFC after: 3 weeks Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
280419 |
24-Mar-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r278135,r278202:
r278135 (by amdmi3):
- Remove more files when MK_USB == no
Reviewed by: ngie Approved by: ngie Differential Revision: D1600
r278202:
Clean up more usb related files when MK_USB == no when dealing with manpages, libraries, and binaries
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
279505 |
01-Mar-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r278192:
Add the following options to enable/disable several features in the base system
WITHOUT_BOOTPARAMD - bootparamd WITHOUT_BOOTPD - bootpd WITHOUT_FINGER - finger, fingerd WITHOUT_FTP - ftp, ftpd WITHOUT_INETD - inetd WITHOUT_RBOOTD - rbootd WITHOUT_TCP_WRAPPERS - tcpd, et al WITHOUT_TFTP - tftp, tftp-server WITHOUT_TIMED - timed
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
279499 |
01-Mar-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r278704:
Unbreak rcorder when MK_UNBOUND == no by moving local_unbound from REQUIRE: in NETWORKING to BEFORE: in the script
|
279497 |
01-Mar-2015 |
ngie |
Unbreak rcorUnbreak rcorder when MK_UTX == no by moving utx from REQUIRE: in LOGIN to BEFORE: in utx
|
279327 |
26-Feb-2015 |
rpaulo |
MFC r278933: Fix a typo in ipv6_down().
Submitted by: Ashutosh Kumar AK0037447 at TechMahindra.com
|
278771 |
14-Feb-2015 |
hrs |
MFC r273999:
Do not try to create a /dev/log symlink in a jail.
PR: 179828
|
278717 |
13-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277678:
r277678:
Add MK_CCD knob for building and installing ccd(4), ccdconfig, etc
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278659 |
13-Feb-2015 |
rpaulo |
MFC r278302: Don't add static IPv6 routes when to all FIBs when net.add_addr_allfibs is 0.
|
278575 |
11-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
Remove etc/rc.d/accounting from FILES
|
278574 |
11-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277736:
r277736:
Honor MK_ACCT with etc/rc.d/accounting
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278570 |
11-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277741:
r277741:
Respect MK_KERBEROS with etc/rc.d/ipropd_master and etc/rc.d/ipropd_slave
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278558 |
11-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277728:
r277728:
Add MK_AUTOFS knob for building and installing autofs(4), et al
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278556 |
11-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277725:
r277725:
Add MK_HAST knob for building and installing hastd(8), et al
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278555 |
11-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277675,r277726,r278070:
r277675:
Add MK_ISCSI knob for building the iscsi initiator, iscsi daemon, kernel modules, etc
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r277726:
Build sbin/iscontrol again if MK_ISCSI != no
Pointyhat to: me
r278070:
Remove duplicate MK_ISCSI block and sort the conditional blocks so this error won't crop up again in the future
Reported by: gjb
|
278550 |
11-Feb-2015 |
cy |
MFC r277854:
ipfilter 5.1.2 (vs 4.1.28 in previous releases of FreeBSD) stores IPv4 and IPv6 rules in a single table. ipf -6 -Fa will flush the whole table, including IPv4 rules. This patch removes the redundant ipf -I -6 -Fa statement.
PR: 188318
|
278484 |
10-Feb-2015 |
jamie |
MFC r278323:
Add mount.procfs jail parameter, so procfs can be mounted when a prison's root is in its fstab.
Also fix a typo while I'm at it.
PR: 197237 197066
|
278246 |
05-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277730:
r277730:
Honor MK_ACPI in etc/devd and etc/rc.d
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278244 |
05-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r270028:
r270028:
Make the USB and ZFS devd configuration files optional depending on the values of MK_USB/MK_ZFS
Making zfs.conf optional resolves PR # 186971
PR: 186971 Phabric: D606 Approved by: jmmv (mentor) Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278242 |
05-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277740,r278053:
r277740:
Honor MK_WIRELESS with etc/rc.d/hostapd and etc/rc.d/wpa_supplicant
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r278053:
Remove hostapd and wpa_supplicant from FILES so they're installed conditionally if MK_WIRELESS != no
|
278191 |
04-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277733:
r277733:
Honor MK_AMD with etc/rc.d/amd
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278190 |
04-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277732:
r277732:
Honor MK_API in etc/rc.d
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278188 |
04-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277731,r277734:
r277731:
Honor MK_LPR with etc/rc.d/lpd
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r277734:
Remove explicit inclusion of lpd from FILES
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278186 |
04-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277738:
r277738:
Honor MK_BLUETOOTH with etc/defaults/bluetooth.device.conf
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278185 |
04-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277739:
r277739:
Honor MK_JAIL with etc/rc.d/jail
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278068 |
02-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277686,r277687:
r277686:
Install bsnmp rc.d script if MK_BSNMP != no
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r277687:
Fill in entries for MK_BSNMP == no
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278067 |
02-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277541:
r277541:
Add sample log rotation support for opensm
Up to 7 archives of the log will be kept (just for consistency with the other log rotation rules)
PR: 196788 Reviewed by: hselasky Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
278052 |
02-Feb-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r271892:
r271892 (by ngie):
Sort the optional rc.d scripts by their knobs
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
277747 |
26-Jan-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r277358:
r277358 (by ngie):
Integrate contrib/netbsd-tests/bin/expr into the build/kyua as bin/expr/tests
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
277520 |
22-Jan-2015 |
gjb |
MFC r277216: Evaluate running userland/kernel version in daily periodic(8) run, taken from uname(1) '-U' and '-K' flags.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
277457 |
20-Jan-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r275907:
r275907 (by ngie):
Fix building/installing tests when TESTSBASE != /usr/tests
The work in r258233 hardcoded the assumption that tests was the last component of the tests tree by pushing tests as an explicit prefix for the paths in BSD.tests.dist and /usr was the prefix for all tests, per BSD.usr.dist and all of the mtree calls used in Makefile.inc1. This assumption breaks if/when one provides a custom TESTSBASE "prefix", e.g. TESTSBASE=/mytests .
One thing that r258233 did properly though was remove "/usr/tests" creation from BSD.usr.dist -- that should have not been there in the first place. That was an "oops" on my part for the work that was originally committed in r241823
Phabric: D1301 Reviewed by: imp Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
277441 |
20-Jan-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r274075,r274581,r274582,r274595:
r274075 (by ngie):
Add reachover Makefiles for contrib/netbsd-tests/lib/libc; this adds approximately 500 new testcases
Various TODOs have been sprinkled around the Makefiles for items that even need to be ported (missing features), testcases have issues with building/linking, or issues at runtime.
A variant of this code has been tested extensively on amd64 and i386 10-STABLE/11-CURRENT for several months without issue. It builds on other architectures, but the code will remain off until I have prove it works on virtual hardware or real hardware on other architectures
In collaboration with: pho, Casey Peel <casey.peel@isilon.com> Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r274581 (by ngie):
Convert tools/regression/lib/libc/gen/test-arc4random into an ATF testcase and rename as lib/libc/gen/arc4random_test
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r274582 (by ngie):
Remove test-arc4random from this Makefile so others can continue to use this as-is for the time being
r274595 (by ngie):
Convert tools/regression/lib/libc/stdio/test-fpclassify into an ATF testcase and Rename as lib/libc/stdio/fpclassify2_test
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
276976 |
11-Jan-2015 |
hselasky |
MFC r276823: Add makefile for the "osmtest" utility. While at it: - Fix depend target by removing a space after an "-I" inclusion option. - Fix some minor compile issues in the "osmtest" utility.
PR: 196580
|
276960 |
11-Jan-2015 |
marck |
MFH r276083:
Add VAMI (VMware Appliance Management Interface) port.
|
276672 |
05-Jan-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r274618,r276521:
MFC Note: text corrected for r274618
r274618:
Add reachover Makefiles for contrib/netbsd-tests/lib/msun
A variant of this code has been tested on amd64/i386 for some time by EMC/Isilon on 10-STABLE/11-CURRENT. It builds on other architectures, but the code will remain off until it's proven it works on virtual hardware or real hardware on other architectures
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r276521:
Reset errno in :scalbnf_val and :scalbnl_val before running the tests so the tested errno isn't stale
This was needed in order for the test to pass on amd64 with stable/10
|
276504 |
01-Jan-2015 |
trasz |
MFC r274965:
Make it possible to specify flags for autofs daemons in rc.conf.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
276492 |
01-Jan-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r274578,r274580:
r274578:
Add reachover Makefiles for contrib/netbsd-tests/lib/libpthread as lib/libthr/tests
A variant of this code has been tested on amd64/i386 for some time by EMC/Isilon on 10-STABLE/11-CURRENT. It builds on other architectures, but the code will remain off until it's proven it works on virtual hardware or real hardware on other architectures
Original work by: pho Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r274580:
Add reachover Makefiles for contrib/netbsd-tests/lib/librt
A variant of this code has been tested on amd64/i386 for some time by EMC/Isilon on 10-STABLE/11-CURRENT. It builds on other architectures, but the code will remain off until it's proven it works on virtual hardware or real hardware on other architectures
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
276490 |
01-Jan-2015 |
ngie |
MFC r272777,r272779,r272780,r272781,r272782,r272783,r272784,r272787,r272788:
r272777:
Integrate usr.sbin/nmtree/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
In collaboration with: pho Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272779:
Integrate usr.sbin/basename/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
In collaboration with: pho Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272780:
Integrate usr.bin/cmp/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
In collaboration with: sjg Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272781:
Integrate usr.bin/dirname/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
In collaboration with: pho, sjg Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272782:
Integrate bin/sleep/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272783:
Integrate usr.bin/cut/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272784:
Integrate usr.bin/grep/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272787:
Integrate usr.bin/diff/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua at gnu/usr.bin/diff/tests
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272788:
Integrate usr.bin/gzip/tests from NetBSD into atf/kyua
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
276389 |
30-Dec-2014 |
ngie |
MFC r266074,r266104,r266147:
r266074:
Move old fmake tests into bmake and hook them to the build.
This first step is mostly to prevent the code from rotting even further and to ensure these do not get wiped when fmake's code is removed from the tree.
These tests are currently being skipped because they detect the underlying make is not fmake and thus disable themselves -- and the reason is that some of the tests fail, possibly due to legitimate bugs. Enabling them to run against bmake will come separately.
Lastly, it would be ideal if these tests were fed upstream but they are not ready for that yet. In the interim, just put them under usr.bin/bmake/ while we sort things out. The existence of a different unit-tests directory within here makes me feel less guilty about this.
Change confirmed working with a clean amd64 build.
r266104:
Undo changes to the generated Makefile. Move tests directory to proper location, including updating the test to work in the more-fragile fmake -> bmake bootstrap environment.
r266147:
Makefile.inc is also included by the tests subdirectory, which results in SUBDIRS having tests added to it, which fails. Work around this by checking to make sure tests exists before adding it to subdirs and work to get the generated file fixed so we can rename Makefile.inc to something else so it isn't automatically included by subdirs...
|
276243 |
26-Dec-2014 |
hselasky |
MFC r275790 and r275791: Resolve USB driver identification conflict. Regenerate etc/devd/usb.conf.
|
275585 |
07-Dec-2014 |
jilles |
MFC r267265: truncate: Detect integer overflow, fix relative sizes, add tests.
The change to expand_number (r204654) broke detection of too large sizes and relative sizes ('+'/'-').
Also add some tests.
The usr.bin/truncate/Makefile is slightly different in the MFC because src.opts.mk does not exist in stable/10.
PR: 190735 Submitted by: Kirk Russell
|
275504 |
05-Dec-2014 |
ngie |
MFC r272057,r272083,r272084,r272087,r274016:
r272057:
Import pjdfstest from ^/vendor/pjdfstest/abf03c3a47745d4521b0e4aa141317553ca48f91
- Remove tools/regression/pjdfstest - Add upgrade directions for contrib/pjdfstest - Add a note to UPDATING for the move (the reachover Makefiles are coming soon)
Functional differences: - ftruncate testcases are added from upstream (github)
Non-functional differences: - The copyright for the project has been updated to 2012 - pjd's contact information has been updated
Discussed with: -testing, jmmv, pjd Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272083:
Expect ELOOP on Darwin/Linux with "O_NOFOLLOW was specified and the target is a symbolic link" case. Assume EMLINK on the rest of the OSes (FreeBSD, Solaris, etc)
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272084:
Fix the executed testplan count
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r272087:
Increase the memory disk size in the following testcases to avoid mount failures, which would cause cascade failures in the rest of the test run:
link/15.t, open/19.t, mkdir/11.t, mkfifo/11.t, symlink/11.t
Fail quickly in all of the testcases if mdconfig, mount, umount, etc fails to avoid issues similar to this in the future
Submitted by: Casey Peel <cpeel@isilon.com> Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r274016:
Integrate pjdfstest test suite execution into kyua
pjdfstest execution is opt-in and must be done as root due to some of the assumptions made by the test suite and lack of error checking in the non-root case
A description of how to execute pjdfstest with kyua is provided in share/pjdfstest/README
Phabric: D824 (an earlier prototype patch) Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
274344 |
10-Nov-2014 |
emaste |
Add missing /usr/lib/debug directories
Directories for /usr/lib{,32}/{i18n,private} were missing from the mtree file, which caused installworld to install the files that should be in the directory as the name of the directory.
MFC of r273780
|
274327 |
09-Nov-2014 |
jpaetzel |
MFC: 258080
Add support for multiple instances of ftp-proxy and pflog devices.
PR: conf/158171 Submitted by: Thomas Johnson <tom@claimlynx.com>
|
274128 |
05-Nov-2014 |
wblock |
MFC r273985:
Add the less-ambiguous freebsd-version command.
|
274082 |
04-Nov-2014 |
bapt |
MFC: 272445,272578,273772,273779,273782,273786,273787,273791
Add a test for bug 191427 where pw(8) will go into an infinite loop Add some tests for modifying groups When a group is renamed then the group has been invalidated for sure. In that case get the group information using the new name.
Fix a regression in pw usermod -G list
The user was perperly adding the to different groups from "list" but was not removed from the other groups it could have belong to.
Do not delete the group wheel when bad argument is passed to pw groupdel -g
Check that the -g argument is actually a number, if not report an error. This argument is converted without checking with atoi(3) later so without this check it converts any alpha entries into 0 meaning it deletes the group wheel
Ensure pw userdel -u <invalid> do not try to remove root
Check the uid passed is actually a number as early as possible
Fix renaming a group via the gr_copy function
Add a regression test to pw(8) because the bug was discovered via using: pw groupmod
PR: 193704 [1], 185666 [2], 90114 [3], 187189 [4] Submitted by: Marc de la Gueronniere [4] Reported by: az [1], sub.mesa@gmail.com [2], bkoenig@cs.tu-berlin.de [3], mcdouga9@egr.msu.edu [4]
|
273993 |
02-Nov-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r272974,272976:
Add ${name}_env and ${name}_prepend. ${name}_env is an argument list which will be passed to env(1). ${name}_prepend is simply prepended to the command line for $command.
|
273660 |
26-Oct-2014 |
ian |
MFC r271057: Create a /boot/dtb directory to house DTB blobs.
|
273506 |
23-Oct-2014 |
ngie |
MFC r272778:
Set the autoindent to 4 spaces with vim in BSD.tests.dist
This will prevent vim users from accidentally checking in buggy mtree files (mixed tabs/spaces).
Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
273286 |
19-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r273285:
- Honer MK_KERBEROS for Heimdal rc.d scripts. - Add rc.c/kerberos to OLD_FILES.
|
272964 |
11-Oct-2014 |
rodrigc |
Merge: r268812
Add the mtree entry for yacc tests
|
272874 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r272393:
Resurrect set_rcvar() as a function to define a rc.conf variable. It defines a variable and its default value in load_rc_config() just after rc.conf is loaded. "rcvar" command shows the current and the default values.
|
272870 |
10-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r271663: Fix a typo; master server for iprop service should be singular.
|
272868 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r271545, 271610: Make net.inet.ip.sourceroute, net.inet.ip.accept_sourceroute, and net.inet.ip.process_options vnet-aware.
|
272865 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r271145:
Fix a bug which prevented mount.fstab parameter from being converted when jail_JID_devfs_enable=NO.
|
272864 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r270836:
Use ipv6_prefer when at least one ifconfig_IF_ipv6 is configured.
|
272863 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r270783:
Return false status only when adding a route is failed. It could erroneously return false due to an afexists() check loop in routing_start().
|
272862 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r270782:
Restructure rc.d scripts for kerberos5 daemons:
- Rename $kerberos5_server_enable with $kdc_enable and rename rc.d/kerberos with rc.d/kdc.
- Rename $kadmin5_server_enable with $kadmind_enable.
- Rename ${kerberos5,kpasswdd}_server with ${kdc,kpasswdd}_program.
- Fix rc.d/{kadmind,kerberos,kpasswdd,kfd} scripts not to change variables after load_rc_config().
- Add rc.d/ipropd_master and rc.d/ipropd_slave scripts. These are for iprop-master(8) and iprop-slave(8). Keytab used for iprop service is defined in ipropd_{master,slave}_keytab (/etc/krb5.keytab by default).
- Add dependency on rc.d/kdc to SERVERS. rc.d/kdc must be invoked as early as possible before scripts divided by rc.d/SERVERS.
Note that changes to rc.d/{kdc,kpasswdd,kadmind} are backward-compatible with the old configuration variables: ${kerberos5,kpasswdd,kadmin5}_server{,_enable,_flags}.
|
272861 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r270780: Fix rc.d/gssd script to define the default values in a standard way.
MFC r270781: - Add a warning message when an IPv6 address is specified with no prefixlen. - Use a parameter argument in jls(8) instead of doing grep.
|
272858 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r266267, r267636:
Fix an issue in range specification handling when a "-foo" is specified in ifconfig_IF_aliasN.
|
272856 |
09-Oct-2014 |
hrs |
MFC r265225:
Move configuration of IPv6 NDP flags to a point before handling ifconfig_IF. This fixes a race that a non-IPv4 interface can get an EUI64 LLA even if it has IFDISABLED nd6 flag at boot time.
|
272693 |
07-Oct-2014 |
avg |
MFC r261894: move devd rules for zfs events into a separate file
... and fix stale event types
|
272577 |
05-Oct-2014 |
bdrewery |
MFC r271424:
- Add $netif_ipexpand_max to specify the upper limit for the number of addresses generated by an address range specification. The default value is 2048. This can be increased by setting $netif_ipexpand_max in rc.conf.
PR: 186841
|
272430 |
02-Oct-2014 |
bdrewery |
MFC r271321:
Don't cross mount boundaries when cleaning tmp files.
Approved by: re (gjb) Relnotes: yes
|
272417 |
02-Oct-2014 |
hselasky |
MFC r272253:
Regenerate usb.conf
Approved by: re, gjb
|
272322 |
30-Sep-2014 |
delphij |
MFC r271493,271688-271689,271696,271854,272139-272143:
Import HyperV Key-Value Pair (KVP) driver and daemon code by Microsoft, many thanks for their continued support of FreeBSD.
While I'm there, also implement a new build knob, WITHOUT_HYPERV to disable building and installing of the HyperV utilities when necessary.
The HyperV utilities are only built for i386 and amd64 targets.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
272275 |
28-Sep-2014 |
wblock |
MFC r272137:
Revised to better point to release notes and errata, security advisories, and be more specific about the -questions list.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
272152 |
26-Sep-2014 |
gjb |
Properly revert r272128.
Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
272151 |
26-Sep-2014 |
gjb |
Revert r272149, which introduces obscure vestiges from the r272128 reversal.
Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
272149 |
26-Sep-2014 |
gjb |
Revert r272128: Though this passes the buildworld test, this fails during installworld with:
make[3]: "/releng/scripts-release/chroots/10/i386/release/etc/devd/Makefile" line 13: Malformed conditional (${MK_HYPERV} != "no")
Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
272128 |
25-Sep-2014 |
delphij |
MFC r271493,271688,271689,271696,271854:
Import HyperV Key-Value Pair (KVP) driver and daemon code by Microsoft, many thanks for their continued support of FreeBSD.
While I'm there, also implement a new build knob, WITHOUT_HYPERV to disable building and installing of the HyperV utilities when necessary.
The HyperV utilities are only built for i386 and amd64 targets.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
272112 |
25-Sep-2014 |
se |
MFC r271958:
Permit use of "no" as specification of a Norwegian keymap file. Only "keymap=NO" (the default in defaults/rc.conf) or "keymap=" (an empty value) will prevent loading of a keymap file.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
272078 |
24-Sep-2014 |
peter |
MFC r269392: Add /usr/lib32/compat to the default ld-elf32.so.1 path.
Approved by: re (gjb, delphij)
|
271605 |
14-Sep-2014 |
gjb |
Define NO_TESTS instead of WITHOUT_TESTS for the etc/ 'distribute' target to fix the WITH_TESTS=1 build.
This is a direct commit to stable/10.
Submitted by: ngie Approved by: re (rodrigc) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
271568 |
14-Sep-2014 |
wblock |
MFC r271434:
Update motd, clarifying the information and adding pointers to other resources.
Approved by: re@ (marius@)
|
271298 |
09-Sep-2014 |
ngie |
MFC r267176, r267181, r268445 (ATF-related commits):
Phabric: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D706 Approved by: rpaulo (mentor) Approved by: re (gjb) Reviewed by: jmmv Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
r267176:
Add the *_TESTS_SH_SED_* functionality to atf.test.mk.
This exists already in plain.test.mk and tap.test.mk and should have been added to atf.test.mk too when the feature was first introduced.
(It is probably time to address the related TODOs but I will do that separately.)
r267181:
Move atf-sh from /usr/bin/ to /usr/libexec/
In r266650, we made libatf-c and libatf-c++ private libraries so that no components outside of the source tree could unintendedly depend on them.
This change does the same for the "atf-sh library" by moving the atf-sh interpreter from its public location in /usr/bin/ to the private location in /usr/libexec/. Our build system will ensure that our own test programs use the right binary, but users won't be able to depend on atf-sh by "mistake".
Committing this now to ride the UPDATING notice added with r267172 today.
r268445:
Fix atf-sh's integration_test
With the move of atf-sh into /usr/libexec in r267181, some of the tests in the integration_test program broke because they could not execute atf-sh from the path any longer.
This slipped through because I do have a local atf installation in my home directory that appears in my path, hence the tests could still execute my own version.
Fix this by forcing /usr/libexec to appear at the beginning of the path when attempting to execute atf-sh.
To make upgrading easy (and to avoid an unnecessary entry in UPDATING), make integration_test depend on the Makefile so that a rebuild of the shell script is triggered. This requires a hack in the *.test.mk files to ensure the Makefile is not treated as a source to the generated program. Ugly, I know, but I don't have a better way of doing this at the moment. Will think of one once I address the TODO in the *.test.mk files that suggests generalizing the file generation functionality.
PR: 191052 Reviewed by: Garrett Cooper
|
271260 |
08-Sep-2014 |
des |
MFH (r270392, r270676, r270679, r270698): add support for subdirectories in rc.conf.d
Approved by: re (glebius)
|
271214 |
07-Sep-2014 |
gjb |
MFC r271078: Fix typo: s/_maske/_mask/
Approved by: re (rodrigc) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
271095 |
04-Sep-2014 |
se |
MFC r270647: Add references to vt(4) and the configuration files in /usr/sha MFC r270653: Update man-pages to correctly refer to changed pathes and namin MFC r270657: More man pages that need to know about vt in addition to syscon MFC r270659: (by pluknet@) Missed comma. MFC r270660: Back-out the references to vt(4) from this man-page. It appears MFC r270933: Add references to vt(4) to further man-pages. MFC r270934: Final patches to the tools used to convert syscons keymaps for MFC r270935: Add vt(4) support to the console initialisation script, specifi
Second batch of MFCs to add support for Unicode keymaps for use with vt(4).
It contains the following changes:
- Add references to vt(4) to relevant man-pages. - Update comment in defaults/rc.conf to mention vt - Update rc.d/syscons to warn about syscons keymaps used under vt. An attempt is made to identify the vt keymap to load instead. - Minor changes to the conversion tool based on mail comments on keymaps.
Relnotes: yes
|
271067 |
03-Sep-2014 |
gavin |
Merge r270677 from head:
Fix xref, pam(8) -> pam(3)
PR: 193045 Submitted by: rsimmons0 gmail com
|
270905 |
31-Aug-2014 |
ngie |
MFC r266650, r267172 (both by jmmv):
r266650:
Change libatf-c and libatf-c++ to be private libraries.
We should not be leaking these interfaces to the outside world given that it's much easier for third-party components to use the devel/atf package from ports.
As a side-effect, we can also drop the ATF pkgconfig and aclocal files from the base system. Nothing in the base system needs these, and it was quite ugly to have to get them installed only so that a few ports could build. The offending ports have been fixed to depend on devel/atf explicitly.
Reviewed by: bapt
r267172:
Homogenize libatf-* version numbers with upstream.
The libatf-* major version numbers in FreeBSD were one version ahead of upstream because, when atf was first imported into FreeBSD, the upstream numbers were not respected. This is just confusing and bound to cause problems down the road.
Fix this by taking advantage of the fact that libatf-* are now private and that atf is not yet built by default. However, and unfortunately, a clean build is needed for tests to continue working once "make delete-old-libs" has been run; hence the note in UPDATING.
Phabric: D701 Approved by: jmmv (maintainer, mentor)
|
270902 |
31-Aug-2014 |
trasz |
MFC r270406:
Add "nobrowse" option. Previously automountd(8) always behaved as if it was set, now it's conditional.
PR: 192862 Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
270892 |
31-Aug-2014 |
trasz |
MFC r270096:
Bring in the new automounter, similar to what's provided in most other UNIX systems, eg. MacOS X and Solaris. It uses Sun-compatible map format, has proper kernel support, and LDAP integration.
There are still a few outstanding problems; they will be fixed shortly.
Reviewed by: allanjude@, emaste@, kib@, wblock@ (earlier versions) Phabric: D523 Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
270724 |
27-Aug-2014 |
ngie |
MFC r270180:
r269906:
Add missing BSD.tests.dist entry for lib/libutil to unbreak installworld with MK_TESTS == no
Phabric: D555 Approved by: jmmv (mentor, implicit) Pointyhat to: ngie
r269904:
Integrate lib/libutil into the build/kyua
Remove the .t wrappers
Rename all of the TAP test applications from test-<test> to <test>_test to match the convention described in the TestSuite wiki page
humanize_number_test.c:
- Fix -Wformat warnings with counter variables - Fix minor style(9) issues: -- Header sorting -- Variable declaration alignment/sorting in main(..) -- Fit the lines in <80 columns - Fix an off by one index error in the testcase output [*] - Remove unnecessary `extern char * optarg;` (this is already provided by unistd.h)
Phabric: D555 Approved by: jmmv (mentor) Obtained from: EMC / Isilon Storage Division [*] Submitted by: Casey Peel <cpeel@isilon.com> [*] Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
|
270316 |
22-Aug-2014 |
gjb |
Use 'WITHOUT_TESTS=1' instead of 'MK_TESTS=no' in the 'distribute' target of etc/Makefile, because we do not allow command-line use of 'make MK_TESTS=no' in stable/10.
This fixes a regression introduced in r270187 that causes the release build to fail, and a direct commit to stable/10.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
270285 |
21-Aug-2014 |
ngie |
MFC r269534:
Integrate lib/libmp into the build/kyua
- Remove the .t wrapper - Fix -Wreturn-type warnings with clang
This change has been tested on amd64/i386
Phabric: D530 Reviewed by: jmmv Approved by: jmmv (co--mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks Sponsored by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division
MFC note: src.opts.mk in the original commit was changed to bsd.own.mk.
|
270242 |
20-Aug-2014 |
asomers |
MFC devd-related changes
r270004 Convert devd's client socket to type SOCK_SEQPACKET.
This change consists of two merges from projects/zfsd/head along with the addition of an ATF test case for the new functionality.
sbin/devd/tests/Makefile sbin/devd/tests/client_test.c Add ATF test cases for reading events from both devd socket types.
r266519: sbin/devd/devd.8 sbin/devd/devd.cc Create a new socket, of type SOCK_SEQPACKET, for communicating with clients. SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets preserve record boundaries, simplying code in the client. The old SOCK_STREAM socket is retained for backwards-compatibility with existing clients.
r269993: sbin/devd/devd.8 Fix grammar bug.
r270019 (from bz) Remove bogus ; at the end of the if condition in order to unbreak gcc builds after r270004.
MFC after: 4 days X-MFX with: r270004
|
270187 |
19-Aug-2014 |
ian |
MFC r266473,267331,267511:
Use an intermediate target to associate with _SUBDIR which is marked .MAKE this allows make -n to do tree walks as expected without doing anything else (as intended). Use prefix _sub. to help avoid conflict with any real target.
Put the test suite in its own tests.txz distribution file. Force all the contents of /usr/tests to go into a separate distribution file so that users of binary releases can easily choose to not install
Create a mechanism for providing fine-grained build order dependencies during SUBDIR_PARALLEL builds. This augments the coarse .WAIT mechanism, which is still useful if you've got a situation such as "almost everything depends on A and B".
|
269928 |
13-Aug-2014 |
gavin |
Merge r267867 from head:
Remove example cvsup config files.
|
269432 |
02-Aug-2014 |
marcel |
Define both ttyu0 and ttyu1 as onifconsole. This is ideal for ia64 where the console can be on either, depending on the platform.
|
269399 |
01-Aug-2014 |
emaste |
MFC r266902: Add missing libexec/bsdconfig subdirectories
|
269257 |
29-Jul-2014 |
des |
MFH (r266114, r266138): upgrade to latest ldns and unbound MFH (r266139-r266143, r266145, r266149, r266150): fix props MFH (r266179, r266180, r266193, r266238, r266777): misc cleanup MFH (r266863): create and use /var/unbound/conf.d MFH (r268839): import unblock-lan-zones patch from upstream MFH (r268840): fix reverse lookups on private networks MFH (r268883): avoid spamming source tree during build
PR: 190739 (for r268883)
|
269035 |
23-Jul-2014 |
dteske |
MFC r267812 (hrs): Fix ifname normalization. ifconfig_IF_alias{es,N} did not work if ifname has any of [.-/+].
While here, also perform the following to reduce diff size between major branches for etc/network.subr:
MFC r266475 (rea): Fix warning messages after r252015
$alias used to hold alias number, but now it carries full variable name, so messages were tuned to account for that.
Other fixes: - eliminate unneeded double spaces; - tell user where inet/inet6 keywords are expected to be.
Reviewed by: hrs Spotted by: jhay PR: conf/191961
|
267797 |
23-Jun-2014 |
emaste |
MFC r267124, r267582:
Install VT support files
They can be disabled by setting WITHOUT_VT_SUPPORT=yes in src.conf.
|
267734 |
22-Jun-2014 |
gavin |
Merge r267482,r267483,r267486,r267577,r267671,r267672 from head:
Remove send-pr and fix up all references to it. Replace it with a stub send-pr directing people towards the web site.
|
267236 |
08-Jun-2014 |
nwhitehorn |
MFC r260913,266895: Add a new flag to /etc/ttys: onifconsole. This is equivalent to "on" if the device is an active kernel console and "off" otherwise. This is designed to allow serial-booting x86 systems to provide a login prompt on the serial line by default without providing one on all systems by default. Set this flag on x86 systems for ttyu0.
Comments and suggestions by: grehan, dteske, jilles
|
267113 |
05-Jun-2014 |
bdrewery |
MFC r266463:
- Include /etc/newsyslog.conf.d/* and /usr/local/etc/newsyslog.conf.d/* by default for newsyslog(8).
|
266715 |
26-May-2014 |
dim |
MFC r265925:
Upgrade our copy of llvm/clang to 3.4.1 release. This release contains mostly fixes, for the following upstream bugs:
http://llvm.org/PR16365 http://llvm.org/PR17473 http://llvm.org/PR18000 http://llvm.org/PR18068 http://llvm.org/PR18102 http://llvm.org/PR18165 http://llvm.org/PR18260 http://llvm.org/PR18290 http://llvm.org/PR18316 http://llvm.org/PR18460 http://llvm.org/PR18473 http://llvm.org/PR18515 http://llvm.org/PR18526 http://llvm.org/PR18600 http://llvm.org/PR18762 http://llvm.org/PR18773 http://llvm.org/PR18860 http://llvm.org/PR18994 http://llvm.org/PR19007 http://llvm.org/PR19010 http://llvm.org/PR19033 http://llvm.org/PR19059 http://llvm.org/PR19144 http://llvm.org/PR19326
|
266698 |
26-May-2014 |
gshapiro |
MFC: Minor changes to force commit these files so new freebsd*.cf files are built to use the new sendmail-8.14.9/cf tree.
|
265586 |
07-May-2014 |
asomers |
MFC r263445 and r265385. Note that the change to ObsoleteFiles.inc in r265385 does not need to be MFCed, because the obsolete files in question were never MFCed to any stable branch.
r265385 Remove the ifconfig test added in rev 263445. After discussion with melifaro, we agreed that ifconfig's behavior was not a bug. The main motivation for bin/187551 was to partially resolve kern/187549, but we resolved kern/187549 in a different way instead.
ObsoleteFiles.inc etc/mtree/BSD.tests.dist sbin/ifconfig/tests/fibs_test.sh sbin/ifconfig/tests/Makefile sbin/ifconfig/Makefile Remove /usr/tests/sbin/ifconfig
r263445 Add several ATF tests that deal with multiple fibs. They're described in several different PRs, but the tests share some common code, so I'm committing them together.
sbin/ifconfig/tests sbin/ifconfig/tests/fibs_test.sh sbin/ifconfig/tests/Makefile sbin/ifconfig/Makefile Add fibs_test.sh, which regresses bin/187551
tests/sys/netinet tests/sys/netinet/fibs_test.sh tests/sys/netinet/udp_dontroute.c tests/sys/netinet/Makefile tests/sys/Makefile Add fibs_test.sh, which regresses kern/167947, kern/187552 kern/187549, kern/187550, and kern/187553
etc/mtree/BSD.tests.dist Add newly created directories
|
265122 |
30-Apr-2014 |
delphij |
Fix devfs rules not applied by default for jails.
Fix OpenSSL use-after-free vulnerability.
Fix TCP reassembly vulnerability.
Security: FreeBSD-SA-14:07.devfs Security: CVE-2014-3001 Security: FreeBSD-SA-14:08.tcp Security: CVE-2014-3000 Security: FreeBSD-SA-14:09.openssl Security: CVE-2010-5298
|
265037 |
28-Apr-2014 |
jmmv |
MFC r264741: Add placeholder Kyuafiles for various top-level hierarchies.
This is "make tinderbox" clean.
|
264996 |
27-Apr-2014 |
jmmv |
MFC various moves of tools/regressions/ tests to the new infrastructure.
- r263220 Migrate tools/regression/sbin/ to the new tests layout. - r263222 Add Makefile missed in r263220. - r263226 Migrate tools/regression/{usr.bin/lastcomm,usr.sbin}/ to the new tests layout. - r263227 Migrate most of tools/regression/usr.bin/ to the new tests layout. - r263345 Expand tabs that sneaked in into spaces. - r263346 Migrate tools/regression/usr.bin/make/ to the new tests layout. - r263348 Add Makefiles missed in r263346. - r263351 Migrate tools/regression/usr.bin/pkill/ to the new tests layout. - r263388 Mark multi_test as requiring /usr/share/dict/words. - r263814 Fix path to the run.pl script to let these tests run. - r264742 Prevent building tests when bootstrapping make.
This is 'make tinderbox' clean.
|
264618 |
17-Apr-2014 |
jmmv |
MFC r263989: Add atf m4 files from the vendor branch.
|
264502 |
15-Apr-2014 |
bdrewery |
MFC r264420:
Always install pkg.conf. Don't depend on MK_PKGBOOTSTRAP.
|
264438 |
14-Apr-2014 |
dteske |
MFC r264243:
Loosen the processing of *_IF_aliasN vars to be less strict. Previously, the first alias had to be _alias0 and processing stopped at the first non- defined variable (preventing gaps). Allowing gaps gives the administrator the ability to group aliases in an adhoc manner and also lifts the requirement to renumber aliases simply to comment-out an existing one. Aliases are processed in numerical ascending order.
NB: Also Patches mdconfig{,2} rc(8) boot scripts to loosen the numbering scheme for mdconfig_mdN settings to be less strict in the same manner.
Discussed on: -rc
|
263963 |
31-Mar-2014 |
mjg |
MFC r263758: Update userspace users of hw.bus.devctl_disable.
This switches the code to use hw.bus.devctl_queue instead.
|
263938 |
30-Mar-2014 |
bdrewery |
MFC r263937:
Give hint on how to disable the default repository.
|
263661 |
23-Mar-2014 |
brueffer |
Further refine the auth fail regex to catch more auth failures and reduce false positives.
The committed patch was provided by Christian Marg.
PR: 91732 Submitted by: Daniel O'Connor <doconnor at gsoft.com.au> Skye Poier <spoier at gmail.com> Alan Amesbury <amesbury at umn.edu> Christian Marg <marg at rz.tu-clausthal.de>
|
263508 |
21-Mar-2014 |
dim |
MFC 261991:
Upgrade our copy of llvm/clang to 3.4 release. This version supports all of the features in the current working draft of the upcoming C++ standard, provisionally named C++1y.
The code generator's performance is greatly increased, and the loop auto-vectorizer is now enabled at -Os and -O2 in addition to -O3. The PowerPC backend has made several major improvements to code generation quality and compile time, and the X86, SPARC, ARM32, Aarch64 and SystemZ backends have all seen major feature work.
Release notes for llvm and clang can be found here: <http://llvm.org/releases/3.4/docs/ReleaseNotes.html> <http://llvm.org/releases/3.4/tools/clang/docs/ReleaseNotes.html>
MFC 262121 (by emaste):
Update lldb for clang/llvm 3.4 import
This commit largely restores the lldb source to the upstream r196259 snapshot with the addition of threaded inferior support and a few bug fixes.
Specific upstream lldb revisions restored include: SVN git 181387 779e6ac 181703 7bef4e2 182099 b31044e 182650 f2dcf35 182683 0d91b80 183862 15c1774 183929 99447a6 184177 0b2934b 184948 4dc3761 184954 007e7bc 186990 eebd175
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
MFC 262186 (by emaste):
Fix mismerge in r262121
A break statement was lost in the merge. The error had no functional impact, but restore it to reduce the diff against upstream.
MFC 262303:
Pull in r197521 from upstream clang trunk (by rdivacky):
Use the integrated assembler by default on FreeBSD/ppc and ppc64.
Requested by: jhibbits
MFC 262611:
Pull in r196874 from upstream llvm trunk:
Fix a crash that occurs when PWD is invalid.
MCJIT needs to be able to run in hostile environments, even when PWD is invalid. There's no need to crash MCJIT in this case.
The obvious fix is to simply leave MCContext's CompilationDir empty when PWD can't be determined. This way, MCJIT clients, and other clients that link with LLVM don't need a valid working directory.
If we do want to guarantee valid CompilationDir, that should be done only for clients of getCompilationDir(). This is as simple as checking for an empty string.
The only current use of getCompilationDir is EmitGenDwarfInfo, which won't conceivably run with an invalid working dir. However, in the purely hypothetically and untestable case that this happens, the AT_comp_dir will be omitted from the compilation_unit DIE.
This should help fix assertions occurring with ports-mgmt/tinderbox, when it is using jails, and sometimes invalidates clang's current working directory.
Reported by: decke
MFC 262809:
Pull in r203007 from upstream clang trunk:
Don't produce an alias between destructors with different calling conventions.
Fixes pr19007.
(Please note that is an LLVM PR identifier, not a FreeBSD one.)
This should fix Firefox and/or libxul crashes (due to problems with regparm/stdcall calling conventions) on i386.
Reported by: multiple users on freebsd-current PR: bin/187103
MFC 263048:
Repair recognition of "CC" as an alias for the C++ compiler, since it was silently broken by upstream for a Windows-specific use-case.
Apparently some versions of CMake still rely on this archaic feature...
Reported by: rakuco
MFC 263049:
Garbage collect the old way of adding the libstdc++ include directories in clang's InitHeaderSearch.cpp. This has been superseded by David Chisnall's commit in r255321.
Moreover, if libc++ is used, the libstdc++ include directories should not be in the search path at all. These directories are now only used if you pass -stdlib=libstdc++.
|
263164 |
14-Mar-2014 |
hselasky |
MFC Sync usb.conf file to head branch.
|
263086 |
12-Mar-2014 |
glebius |
Bulk sync of pf changes from head, in attempt to fixup broken build I made in r263029.
Merge r257186,257215,257349,259736,261797.
These changesets split pfvar.h into several smaller headers and make userland utilities to include only some of them.
|
262951 |
09-Mar-2014 |
jmmv |
Sync sh(1) in stable/10 to head.
This is a MFC of all the commits listed below.
My original goal of this change was to only merge the move of the tests from tools/regression/bin/ into the new layout (which include tests for sh(1) and other tools as well). However, doing so is tricky due to the ongoing work in sh(1) and, especially, the many changes to its tests since stable/10 was first branched.
Merging everything is the simplest way to achieve this goal and, as a bonus point, we get various fixes and miscellaneous improvements into the branch.
Per jilles' suggestion, I'm avoiding the merge of a couple of changes (r256850 and r257506) that required depending kernel changes. I'm also avoiding very recent changes that have not had a long enough time to be validated in current.
This is "make tinderbox" clean.
r256735 sh: Remove one syscall when waiting for a foreground job. r257399 sh: Allow trapping SIGINT/SIGQUIT after ignore because of '&'. r257504 sh: Reorder union node to reduce its size on 64-bit platforms. r257920 sh: Add a test case for would-be assignments that are not due to quoting. r257929 sh: Properly quote alias output from command -v. r258489 sh: Add tests for the </dev/null implicit in a background command. r258533 sh: Add more tests for the </dev/null implicit in a background command. r258535 sh: Make <&0 disable the </dev/null implicit in a background command. r258776 sh: Prefer memcpy() to strcpy() in most cases. Remove the scopy macro. r259047 sh: Split set -x output into a separate function. r259210 Migrate tools/regression/bin/ tests to the new layout. r259844 sh: Remove an unused variable. r259846 sh: Initialize OPTIND=1 even if it came from the environment. r259874 sh: Simplify code related to PPID variable. r259946 sh: Don't check input for non-whitespace if history is disabled. r260246 sh(1): Discourage use of -e. r260506 Run the sh(1) and test(1) tests as unprivileged. r260586 Mark the bin/pax tests as requiring perl. r260634 Use TAP_TESTS_PERL to register the legacy_test in bin/pax. r260635 Replace hand-crafted Kyuafiles with automatic generation. r260654 sh: Remove SIGWINCH handler and just check for resize before every read. r261121 sh: Add test for nested alias. r261125 sh: Solve the alias recursion problem in a less hackish way. r261141 sh: Do not depend on parse/execute split in new alias test. r261160 sh: Add tests for alias names after another alias. r261192 sh: Allow aliases to force alias substitution on the following word. r262533 sh: Make expari() static. r262565 sh: Do not corrupt internal representation if LINENO inner expansion fails. r262697 sh: Simplify expari().
Reviewed by: jilles
|
262849 |
06-Mar-2014 |
jmmv |
MFC various fixes for the ATF tests.
- r260505 Allow tests to provide a Kyuafile when they relied on auto-generation. - r260525 Respect the original layout of the atf-{c,c++} tests. - r260526 Fix path to the process_helpers for the libatf-c++ tests. - r260576 Generate and install pkg-config files for atf. - r260577 Add atf pkg-config files from the vendor branch. - r260584 Prevent misc_helpers from running as a test.
|
262801 |
05-Mar-2014 |
dim |
MFC r261283:
Import libc++ 3.4 release. This contains a lot of bugfixes, and some preliminary support for C++1y.
MFC r261604:
HEAD is not buildable for the past day. Commit a 'quick fix' in order to permit buildworld to complete.
Reviewed by: theraven
MFC r261608:
Apply a cleaner solution for the sign warnings that can occur when compiling libc++'s <locale> header with -Wsystem-headers on.
This has also been submitted upstream.
Reported by: asomers
MFC r261801:
An ABI incompatibility crept into the libc++ 3.4 import in r261283. It was caused by upstream libc++ commit r194536, which aimed to make the headers more standards-compliant, by making std::pair's copy constructor trivial. Unfortunately, this could cause certain C++ applications using shared libraries built against the previous version of libc++ to crash.
Fix the ABI incompatibility by making std::pair's copy constructor non-trivial again.
Please note: Any C++ applications or shared libraries built with libc++ between r261283 and this revision should be recompiled.
Reported by: stefanf
|
262566 |
27-Feb-2014 |
des |
MFH (r261320): upgrade openssh to 6.5p1 MFH (r261340): enable sandboxing by default
|
262557 |
27-Feb-2014 |
des |
MFH (r256875): start rtsold if necessary MFH (r256878): add a reload command
|
262384 |
23-Feb-2014 |
bdrewery |
MFC r261931,r261932:
Allow overriding rctl.conf(5) file location for /etc/rc.d/rctl
Approved by: bapt (mentor, implicit)
|
262122 |
17-Feb-2014 |
mav |
MFC r260486: Remove very low default limit of 4 nfsd threads. nfsd's own default is 8 * hw.ncpu, that sounds more appropriate for these SMP/NCQ/... days.
|
261857 |
13-Feb-2014 |
asomers |
MFC r261081, r261133, and r261615
r261081 Replace the old unix_seqpacket and unix_seqpacket_exercise tests, which were a little broken and not automatable, with unix_seqpacket_test. It's coverage is a superset of the old tests and it uses ATF. It includes test cases for bugs kern/185813 and kern/185812.
r261133 Fix the Makefiles so that the tests I submitted in r261081 will actually get built.
r261615 tests/sys/Makefile use TESTS_SUBDIRS for kern instead of SUBDIRS. I don't think it makes a difference in this case, but TESTS_SUBDIRS is generally correct for subdirectories that contain tests.
|
261509 |
05-Feb-2014 |
hselasky |
MFC r261260, r261262, r261315 and r261343: Add support for trackpads found in Apple MacBook products. While at it add some missing devd entries.
|
261368 |
01-Feb-2014 |
gshapiro |
MFC: Minor changes to force commit these files so new freebsd*.cf files are built to use the new sendmail-8.14.8/cf tree.
|
261153 |
25-Jan-2014 |
demon |
Merge r260987:
Do not exit with non-zero return code if sysctl.conf or sysctl.conf.local files are absent.
Approved by: delphij
|
261143 |
25-Jan-2014 |
bapt |
MFH: r261027
Remove pkg_* related info from periodic.conf
Reported by Robin Brocks <robin.brocks@brocks.de>
|
260519 |
10-Jan-2014 |
asomers |
MFC 259339 sbin/devd/devd.cc Increase the size of devd's client socket's send buffer from the default (8k) to 128k. This prevents clients from getting POLLHUPped during event storms. For example, during zpool creation, the kernel emits a resource.fs.zfs.statechange event for every vdev in the pool. A 128k buffer is large enough to hold the statechange events for a pool with nearly 800 drives.
MFC 259362 sbin/devd/devd.cc Promoting the SIGINFO handler's log message from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE, and promoting the "Processing event ..." message from LOG_DEBUG to LOG_INFO. Setting the logfile to LOG_NOTICE with this change will have the same result as setting it to LOG_INFO without this change. Setting it to LOG_INFO with this change will include the useful "Processing event ..." messages that were previously at LOG_DEBUG, without including useless messages like "Pushing table".
The intent of this change is that one can log "Processing event ..." without logging "Pushing table" and related messages that are sent for every event. The number of lines actually logged is reduced by about 75% by making this change and setting syslog to LOG_INFO vs setting syslog to LOG_DEBUG.
etc/syslog.conf Changing the recommended loglevel to notice instead of info.
|
260037 |
29-Dec-2013 |
jmmv |
Add sample test programs.
This is a MFC of the following into stable/10: - r258299 Add some sample test programs. - r258552 Generate plain sh test programs from a source file.
As usual, "make tinderbox" clean on ref10-amd64.
|
260024 |
28-Dec-2013 |
jmmv |
Plug the ATF tests into the build.
This is a MFC into stable/10 of: - r257849 Add libatf-c++ to the prebuild libs. - r257853 Build and install the atf tests. - r258233 Move all atf directories to the tests mtree. - r258285 Fix the build of some ATF tests.
This change is "make tinderbox" clean on ref10-amd64 with the default settings of WITHOUT_TESTS. It is likely for the WITH_TESTS build to still be broken because not all relevant changes have been merged yet.
|
260013 |
28-Dec-2013 |
jmmv |
Set up the /usr/tests hierarchy.
This is a MFC of the following into stable/10: - r257097 Set up the /usr/tests hierarchy. - r257098 Add missing WITHOUTTESTS file. - r257100 Add a tests(7) manual page. - r257105 Disable WITHTESTS= for now. - r257848 Fix buildworld when WITHTESTS is enabled. - r257850 Subsume the functionality of MKATF into MKTESTS. - r257851 Handle the removal of the test suite when WITHOUTTESTS=yes. - r257852 Install category Kyuafiles from their category directories. - r258232 Install BSD.tests.mtree when MKTESTS is yes.
Note that building with WITH_TESTS is still broken at this point (and hence why WITHOUT_TESTS is the set as the default). Subsequent pullups will fix the remaining issues.
|
259974 |
27-Dec-2013 |
delphij |
MFC r259973:
Tighten default restrictions for ntpd(8) server and provide a link to NTP access restriction documentation.
|
259596 |
19-Dec-2013 |
truckman |
Regenerate after r255238, r257044, r259453 (if_run) r255128 (ng_ubt) r259592 (u3g)
|
259141 |
09-Dec-2013 |
peter |
MFC r259094 - Fix undocumented side effect of r256256 that changes/breaks existing jails. This burned us in the freebsd cluster yesterday.
|
259073 |
07-Dec-2013 |
peter |
Hoist all the mergeinfo up to the root in preparation for enforcing merges to the root only. All MFC's were rerecorded to the root.
Going forward, if an MFC includes mergeinfo, it will need to be made to the root and committed from the root. Merges with --ignore-ancestry or diff | patch can go anywhere.
The mergeinfo in HEAD is in a bad state from years of neglect and manual tampering and this was branched into 10.x. This confuses the coalescing code and prevents it from doing its job.
Approved by: re (gjb, implicit)
|
259040 |
06-Dec-2013 |
cperciva |
MFC r258894: Make rc(8) re-source rc.conf upon receipt of SIGALRM.
The rc system aggressively caches the contents of /etc/rc.conf in order to improve boot performance; this produces arguably astonishing (non-)results if /etc/rc.conf is modified during the boot process. This commit provides a mechanism for explicitly requesting that rc.conf be reloaded.
Approved by: re (rodrigc)
|
258762 |
30-Nov-2013 |
delphij |
MFC r258664:
Create /var/cache with mode 0755 instead of 0750.
This directory is used by many third party applications and having permission 0750 makes it impossible to drop group privileges.
Approved by: re (glebius)
|
258710 |
28-Nov-2013 |
gjb |
MFC r258227 (bapt): Enabled should be a boolean, not a string
Approved by: re (glebius) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
258481 |
22-Nov-2013 |
glebius |
Merge r256769 by des from head: Last few remnants of BIND (hopefully...)
Approved by: re (kib)
|
258121 |
14-Nov-2013 |
glebius |
Merge r257694 from head:
Remove remnants of BIND from /etc, since there is no BIND in base now.
Sorry, that would break users running head and BIND from ports, since ports rely on these scripts. The ports will be fixed soon.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
257797 |
07-Nov-2013 |
bdrewery |
MFC r257668:
Use proper capitalization for FreeBSD.org
Approved by: bapt Approved by: re (gjb)
|
257794 |
07-Nov-2013 |
bdrewery |
MFC r257667:
Enable fingerprint checking as the currently known fingerprint has an uploaded signature on all mirrors.
Approved by: bapt Approved by: re (gjb)
|
257572 |
03-Nov-2013 |
bdrewery |
MFC r257344,r257403:
Move /etc/keys to /usr/share/keys where users are less likely to modify them.
Approved by: bapt Approved by: re (gjb)
|
257508 |
01-Nov-2013 |
jlh |
MFC r257361: Fix compatibility function for old daily_status_security_${name}_enable variables.
PR: conf/183137
MFC r257364: Fix indentation.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
257353 |
29-Oct-2013 |
bdrewery |
MFC: r256770,r257142,r257145,r257146,r257147,r257148, r257149,r257150,r257158,r257159,r257164,r257168, r257193
- Support checking signature for pkg bootstrap from remote and for 'pkg add ./pkg.txz'
- Be verbose on where pkg is being bootstrapped from.
- Add support for reading configuration files from /etc/pkg. For now only /etc/pkg/FreeBSD.conf is supported.
- Add test package signing key fingerprint into /etc/keys/pkg/trusted.
- Disable fingerprint checking by default for now as the official packages are not yet signed.
Approved by: bapt Approved by: re (glebius)
|
256982 |
23-Oct-2013 |
jmg |
MFC r256773: Enable the automatic creation of a certificate (if one does not exists) and enable the usage by sendmail if sendmail is enabled.
Reviewed by: gshapiro Approved by: re (gjb)
|
256916 |
22-Oct-2013 |
cperciva |
MFC r256775,r256776: Add support for "first boot" rc.d scripts.
Document this new functionality in rc.conf(5) and rc(8).
Bump __FreeBSD_version so that ports can make use of this.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
256874 |
22-Oct-2013 |
hrs |
MFC 256716,256835:
- Fix jail_parallel_start="YES". - Fix ip[46].addr when interface parameter is not defined. - Fix a bug which prevented jails from starting when $jail_conf was used and no jail name was specified. - Display error messages when start/stop fails.
Approved by: re (glebius)
|
256668 |
17-Oct-2013 |
hrs |
MFC 256440, 256498:
- Normalize jailname. "example.com" is converted to "example_com". - Fix a bug that some $jail_{jname}_foo variables did not work. - Fix a bug which prevented $jail_devfs_ruleset from working[1]. - Move $jail_parameters to the last of the configuraiton lines[1]. - Fix "ifname|addr" syntax support in jail_{jname}_ip. - Create /var/run/jail_{jname}.id because ezjail-admin depends on it.
Reported by: jase [1] Approved by: re (gjb)
|
256387 |
12-Oct-2013 |
hrs |
MFC 256385:
- Add mount.fdescfs parameter to jail(8). This is similar to mount.devfs but mounts fdescfs. The mount happens just after mount.devfs.
- rc.d/jail now displays whole error message from jail(8) when a jail fails to start.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
256381 |
12-Oct-2013 |
markm |
Merge from project branch via main. Uninteresting commits are trimmed.
Refactor of /dev/random device. Main points include:
* Userland seeding is no longer used. This auto-seeds at boot time on PC/Desktop setups; this may need some tweeking and intelligence from those folks setting up embedded boxes, but the work is believed to be minimal.
* An entropy cache is written to /entropy (even during installation) and the kernel uses this at next boot.
* An entropy file written to /boot/entropy can be loaded by loader(8)
* Hardware sources such as rdrand are fed into Yarrow, and are no longer available raw.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256240 | des | 2013-10-09 21:14:16 +0100 (Wed, 09 Oct 2013) | 4 lines
Add a RANDOM_RWFILE option and hide the entropy cache code behind it. Rename YARROW_RNG and FORTUNA_RNG to RANDOM_YARROW and RANDOM_FORTUNA. Add the RANDOM_* options to LINT.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256239 | des | 2013-10-09 21:12:59 +0100 (Wed, 09 Oct 2013) | 2 lines
Define RANDOM_PURE_RNDTEST for rndtest(4).
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256204 | des | 2013-10-09 18:51:38 +0100 (Wed, 09 Oct 2013) | 2 lines
staticize struct random_hardware_source
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256203 | markm | 2013-10-09 18:50:36 +0100 (Wed, 09 Oct 2013) | 2 lines
Wrap some policy-rich code in 'if NOTYET' until we can thresh out what it really needs to do.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256184 | des | 2013-10-09 10:13:12 +0100 (Wed, 09 Oct 2013) | 2 lines
Re-add /dev/urandom for compatibility purposes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256182 | des | 2013-10-09 10:11:14 +0100 (Wed, 09 Oct 2013) | 3 lines
Add missing include guards and move the existing ones out of the implementation namespace.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256168 | markm | 2013-10-08 23:14:07 +0100 (Tue, 08 Oct 2013) | 10 lines
Fix some just-noticed problems:
o Allow this to work with "nodevice random" by fixing where the MALLOC pool is defined.
o Fix the explicit reseed code. This was correct as submitted, but in the project branch doesn't need to set the "seeded" bit as this is done correctly in the "unblock" function.
o Remove some debug ifdeffing.
o Adjust comments.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256159 | markm | 2013-10-08 19:48:11 +0100 (Tue, 08 Oct 2013) | 6 lines
Time to eat crow for me.
I replaced the sx_* locks that Arthur used with regular mutexes; this turned out the be the wrong thing to do as the locks need to be sleepable. Revert this folly.
# Submitted by: Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com> (In original diff)
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256138 | des | 2013-10-08 12:05:26 +0100 (Tue, 08 Oct 2013) | 10 lines
Add YARROW_RNG and FORTUNA_RNG to sys/conf/options.
Add a SYSINIT that forces a reseed during proc0 setup, which happens fairly late in the boot process.
Add a RANDOM_DEBUG option which enables some debugging printf()s.
Add a new RANDOM_ATTACH entropy source which harvests entropy from the get_cyclecount() delta across each call to a device attach method.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256135 | markm | 2013-10-08 07:54:52 +0100 (Tue, 08 Oct 2013) | 8 lines
Debugging. My attempt at EVENTHANDLER(multiuser) was a failure; use EVENTHANDLER(mountroot) instead.
This means we can't count on /var being present, so something will need to be done about harvesting /var/db/entropy/... .
Some policy now needs to be sorted out, and a pre-sync cache needs to be written, but apart from that we are now ready to go.
Over to review.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256094 | markm | 2013-10-06 23:45:02 +0100 (Sun, 06 Oct 2013) | 8 lines
Snapshot.
Looking pretty good; this mostly works now. New code includes:
* Read cached entropy at startup, both from files and from loader(8) preloaded entropy. Failures are soft, but announced. Untested.
* Use EVENTHANDLER to do above just before we go multiuser. Untested.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256088 | markm | 2013-10-06 14:01:42 +0100 (Sun, 06 Oct 2013) | 2 lines
Fix up the man page for random(4). This mainly removes no-longer-relevant details about HW RNGs, reseeding explicitly and user-supplied entropy.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256087 | markm | 2013-10-06 13:43:42 +0100 (Sun, 06 Oct 2013) | 6 lines
As userland writing to /dev/random is no more, remove the "better than nothing" bootstrap mode.
Add SWI harvesting to the mix.
My box seeds Yarrow by itself in a few seconds! YMMV; more to follow.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256086 | markm | 2013-10-06 13:40:32 +0100 (Sun, 06 Oct 2013) | 11 lines
Debug run. This now works, except that the "live" sources haven't been tested. With all sources turned on, this unlocks itself in a couple of seconds! That is no my box, and there is no guarantee that this will be the case everywhere.
* Cut debug prints.
* Use the same locks/mutexes all the way through.
* Be a tad more conservative about entropy estimates.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256084 | markm | 2013-10-06 13:35:29 +0100 (Sun, 06 Oct 2013) | 5 lines
Don't use the "real" assembler mnemonics; older compilers may not understand them (like when building CURRENT on 9.x).
# Submitted by: Konstantin Belousov <kostikbel@gmail.com>
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256081 | markm | 2013-10-06 10:55:28 +0100 (Sun, 06 Oct 2013) | 12 lines
SNAPSHOT.
Simplify the malloc pools; We only need one for this device.
Simplify the harvest queue.
Marginally improve the entropy pool hashing, making it a bit faster in the process.
Connect up the hardware "live" source harvesting. This is simplistic for now, and will need to be made rate-adaptive.
All of the above passes a compile test but needs to be debugged.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r256042 | markm | 2013-10-04 07:55:06 +0100 (Fri, 04 Oct 2013) | 25 lines
Snapshot. This passes the build test, but has not yet been finished or debugged.
Contains:
* Refactor the hardware RNG CPU instruction sources to feed into the software mixer. This is unfinished. The actual harvesting needs to be sorted out. Modified by me (see below).
* Remove 'frac' parameter from random_harvest(). This was never used and adds extra code for no good reason.
* Remove device write entropy harvesting. This provided a weak attack vector, was not very good at bootstrapping the device. To follow will be a replacement explicit reseed knob.
* Separate out all the RANDOM_PURE sources into separate harvest entities. This adds some secuity in the case where more than one is present.
* Review all the code and fix anything obviously messy or inconsistent. Address som review concerns while I'm here, like rename the pseudo-rng to 'dummy'.
# Submitted by: Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com> (the first item)
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r255319 | markm | 2013-09-06 18:51:52 +0100 (Fri, 06 Sep 2013) | 4 lines
Yarrow wants entropy estimations to be conservative; the usual idea is that if you are certain you have N bits of entropy, you declare N/2.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r255075 | markm | 2013-08-30 18:47:53 +0100 (Fri, 30 Aug 2013) | 4 lines
Remove short-lived idea; thread to harvest (eg) RDRAND enropy into the usual harvest queues. It was a nifty idea, but too heavyweight.
# Submitted by: Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com>
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r255071 | markm | 2013-08-30 12:42:57 +0100 (Fri, 30 Aug 2013) | 4 lines
Separate out the Software RNG entropy harvesting queue and thread into its own files.
# Submitted by: Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com>
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r254934 | markm | 2013-08-26 20:07:03 +0100 (Mon, 26 Aug 2013) | 2 lines
Remove the short-lived namei experiment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r254928 | markm | 2013-08-26 19:35:21 +0100 (Mon, 26 Aug 2013) | 2 lines
Snapshot; Do some running repairs on entropy harvesting. More needs to follow.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r254927 | markm | 2013-08-26 19:29:51 +0100 (Mon, 26 Aug 2013) | 15 lines
Snapshot of current work;
1) Clean up namespace; only use "Yarrow" where it is Yarrow-specific or close enough to the Yarrow algorithm. For the rest use a neutral name.
2) Tidy up headers; put private stuff in private places. More could be done here.
3) Streamline the hashing/encryption; no need for a 256-bit counter; 128 bits will last for long enough.
There are bits of debug code lying around; these will be removed at a later stage.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r254784 | markm | 2013-08-24 14:54:56 +0100 (Sat, 24 Aug 2013) | 39 lines
1) example (partially humorous random_adaptor, that I call "EXAMPLE") * It's not meant to be used in a real system, it's there to show how the basics of how to create interfaces for random_adaptors. Perhaps it should belong in a manual page
2) Move probe.c's functionality in to random_adaptors.c * rename random_ident_hardware() to random_adaptor_choose()
3) Introduce a new way to choose (or select) random_adaptors via tunable "rngs_want" It's a list of comma separated names of adaptors, ordered by preferences. I.e.: rngs_want="yarrow,rdrand"
Such setting would cause yarrow to be preferred to rdrand. If neither of them are available (or registered), then system will default to something reasonable (currently yarrow). If yarrow is not present, then we fall back to the adaptor that's first on the list of registered adaptors.
4) Introduce a way where RNGs can play a role of entropy source. This is mostly useful for HW rngs.
The way I envision this is that every HW RNG will use this functionality by default. Functionality to disable this is also present. I have an example of how to use this in random_adaptor_example.c (see modload event, and init function)
5) fix kern.random.adaptors from kern.random.adaptors: yarrowpanicblock to kern.random.adaptors: yarrow,panic,block
6) add kern.random.active_adaptor to indicate currently selected adaptor: root@freebsd04:~ # sysctl kern.random.active_adaptor kern.random.active_adaptor: yarrow
# Submitted by: Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com>
Submitted by: Dag-Erling Smørgrav <des@FreeBSD.org>, Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com> Reviewed by: des@FreeBSD.org Approved by: re (delphij) Approved by: secteam (des,delphij)
|
256366 |
12-Oct-2013 |
rpaulo |
MFC 256365 Remove most of the ATF tools and the _atf user.
Approved by: re
|
256283 |
10-Oct-2013 |
gjb |
- Remove debugging from GENERIC* kernel configurations - Enable MALLOC_PRODUCTION - Default dumpdev=NO - Remove UPDATING entry regarding debugging features - Bump __FreeBSD_version to 1000500
Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
256281 |
10-Oct-2013 |
gjb |
Copy head (r256279) to stable/10 as part of the 10.0-RELEASE cycle.
Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
256256 |
10-Oct-2013 |
hrs |
- Update rc.d/jail to use a jail(8) configuration file instead of command line options. The "jail_<jname>_*" rc.conf(5) variables for per-jail configuration are automatically converted to /var/run/jail.<jname>.conf before the jail(8) utility is invoked. This is transparently backward compatible.
- Fix a minor bug in jail(8) which prevented it from returning false when jail -r failed.
Approved by: re (glebius)
|
256255 |
10-Oct-2013 |
hrs |
Add support for "vnet jname" argument in ifconfig_IF. The vnet keyword is ignored except for "rc.d/netif vnet{up,down} ifn" because a jail is usually created after interface initialization on boot time.
"rc.d/netif vnetup ifn" moves ifn into the specified jail. It is designed to be used in other scripts like rc.d/jail, not automatically invoked during the interface initialization.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
256126 |
07-Oct-2013 |
delphij |
Reduce priority of host key exists message in sshd startup script to info.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
256097 |
07-Oct-2013 |
des |
Add _atf and unbound and move smmsp and mailnull to where they belong.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
256040 |
04-Oct-2013 |
hrs |
Do not attempt to do AF-specific configurations on a interface when noafif() is true. The following warning message was displayed when pflog0 interface existed, for example:
ifconfig: ioctl(SIOCGIFINFO_IN6): Protocol family not supported
Reported by: bz Approved by: re (gjb)
|
256039 |
04-Oct-2013 |
hrs |
Add epair(4) support in $cloned_interfaces. One should be specified as "epair0" in $cloned_interfaces and "epair0[ab]" in the others in rc.conf like the following:
cloned_interfaces="epair0" ifconfig_epair0a="inet 192.168.1.1/24" ifconfig_epair0b="inet 192.168.2.1/24"
/etc/rc.d/netif now accepts both "netif start epair0" and "netif start epair0a".
Approved by: re (kib)
|
256022 |
03-Oct-2013 |
gjb |
Do not install bluetooth rc(8) scripts if MK_BLUETOOTH = no.
Approved by: re (glebius) MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
256013 |
03-Oct-2013 |
mdf |
Fix up typos from r255963 in mtree Makefile. BSD.debug.dist should be iterated if present, and remove a stray .endif.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
255963 |
01-Oct-2013 |
des |
Odds and ends left over from BIND and unnoticed because they didn't affect 'make universe'.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
255953 |
30-Sep-2013 |
des |
Remove /usr/include/lwres
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
255949 |
30-Sep-2013 |
des |
Remove BIND.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
255878 |
26-Sep-2013 |
cperciva |
Now that the portsnap buildbox is generating the raw bits for INDEX-10, add it to the set of INDEX files built by portsnap.
Approved by: re (marius), portmgr (erwin) MFC after: 3 days
|
255843 |
24-Sep-2013 |
des |
Forgotten in r255825: NETWORKING requires local_unbound.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255841 |
24-Sep-2013 |
des |
Replace the unused /etc/unbound directory with a symlink to /var/unbound.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255825 |
23-Sep-2013 |
des |
Move local_unbound up in the rc order.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255809 |
23-Sep-2013 |
des |
Add a setup script for unbound(8) called local-unbound-setup. It generates a configuration suitable for running unbound as a caching forwarding resolver, and configures resolvconf(8) to update unbound's list of forwarders in addition to /etc/resolv.conf. The initial list is taken from the existing resolv.conf, which is rewritten to point to localhost. Alternatively, a list of forwarders can be provided on the command line.
To assist this script, add an rc.subr command called "enabled" which does nothing except return 0 if the service is enabled and 1 if it is not, without going through the usual checks. We should consider doing the same for "status", which is currently pointless.
Add an rc script for unbound, called local_unbound. If there is no configuration file, the rc script runs local-unbound-setup to generate one.
Note that these scripts place the unbound configuration files in /var/unbound rather than /etc/unbound. This is necessary so that unbound can reload its configuration while chrooted. We should probably provide symlinks in /etc.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255794 |
22-Sep-2013 |
des |
Fix indentation.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255766 |
21-Sep-2013 |
des |
Ditch the random seeding code, which never really worked as intended. Add config variables to enable / disable individual host key algorithms. Clean up the host key generation code.
Approved by: re (gjb) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
255654 |
17-Sep-2013 |
hrs |
- Fix pidfile handling in sendmail_msp_queue. The pidfile was ignored and multiple instances were invoked by start/stop cycles.
- Remove redundant start_cmd rewrite.
Approved by: re (gjb) Tested by: jmg
|
255653 |
17-Sep-2013 |
hrs |
Fix parsing lines of ifconfig output which include \t in the case of inet and inet6.
Approved by: re (delphij)
|
255597 |
15-Sep-2013 |
des |
Build and install the Unbound caching DNS resolver daemon.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255570 |
14-Sep-2013 |
trasz |
Bring in the new iSCSI target and initiator.
Reviewed by: ken (parts) Approved by: re (delphij) Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
255450 |
10-Sep-2013 |
cy |
ipfilter 5.1.2 no longer supports sysctl. Use ipf -V to determine if available (the kernel module is loaded or compiled into the kernel).
Approved by: glebius (mentor) Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255425 |
09-Sep-2013 |
des |
The correct variable is apparently MACHINE_ARCH, not TARGET_ARCH.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255413 |
09-Sep-2013 |
des |
Remove unneeded mappings from libmap32.conf. Move it up one level and install it on powerpc64 in addition to amd64.
Reviewed by: kib Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255385 |
08-Sep-2013 |
des |
Add a stock libmap32.conf for amd64. The first two lines have no effect except to document the hardcoded standard library search path for 32-bit binaries. The third line performs the equivalent substitution for the private library directory.
Ironically, these entries rely on functionality which is only available in the COMPAT_32BIT version of rtld-elf.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255384 |
08-Sep-2013 |
des |
Create a private library directory (LIBPRIVATEDIR) for libraries which we don't want to expose but which can't or shouldn't be static.
To mark a library as private, define PRIVATELIB in its Makefile. It will be installed in LIBPRIVATEDIR, which is normally /usr/lib/private (or /usr/lib32/private for 32-bit libraries on 64-bit platforms).
To indicate that a program or library depends on a private library, define USEPRIVATELIB in its Makefile. The correct version of LIBPRIVATEDIR will be added to its run-time library search path.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
255243 |
05-Sep-2013 |
des |
authpf needs /var/authpf to exist and be writable by group authpf.
|
255206 |
04-Sep-2013 |
theraven |
Add a c++/v1/tr1 include directory containing symlinks to all of the standard headrs.
Lots of third-party code expects to find C++03 headers under tr1 because that's where GNU decided to hide them. This should fix ports that expect them there.
MFC after: 1 week
|
255169 |
03-Sep-2013 |
jlh |
Since r254974, periodic scripts' period can be configured independently. There is no reason to leave their options with the daily ones, so move them to their own section. Move periodic scripts' options into their own section. Since r254974,
|
255163 |
03-Sep-2013 |
delphij |
Create the default router last. This allows using an static interface route for default routes, which seems to be common among many dedicated hosting providers.
Reviewed by: hrs MFC after: 2 weeks
|
255124 |
01-Sep-2013 |
ian |
Regenerate after recent addition of FTDI and bluetooth device IDs.
|
255036 |
29-Aug-2013 |
delphij |
Add directories that is installed as part of bsdconfig.
These are included unconditionally for now because bsdconfig is currently installed unconditionally.
This fixes 'make -j 17 installworld' caused by a race condition.
MFC candidate.
|
255035 |
29-Aug-2013 |
delphij |
Add a few missing language directories for /usr.
|
254992 |
28-Aug-2013 |
gavin |
After writing a kernel core dump into /var/crash, call sync(8).
If we panic again shortly after boot (say, within 30 seconds), any core dump we wrote out may be lost on reboot. In this situation, we really want to keep that core file, as it may be the only way to have the issue resolved. Call sync(8) after writing out the core file and running crashinfo(8), in the hope that these will not be lost if we panic again. sync(8) is only called in the case where there is a core dump to be written out, so won't be called during normal boots.
Discovered by: Trying to debug an IPSEC panic MFC after: 1 week
|
254978 |
27-Aug-2013 |
jkim |
Fix a typo introduced in r254975.
|
254975 |
27-Aug-2013 |
jlh |
Install 450.status-security.
|
254974 |
27-Aug-2013 |
jlh |
Make the period of each periodic security script configurable.
There are now six additional variables weekly_status_security_enable weekly_status_security_inline weekly_status_security_output monthly_status_security_enable monthly_status_security_inline monthly_status_security_output alongside their existing daily counterparts. They all have the same default values.
All other "daily_status_security_${scriptname}_${whatever}" variables have been renamed to "security_status_${name}_${whatever}". A compatibility shim has been introduced for the old variable names, which we will be able to remove in 11.0-RELEASE.
"security_status_${name}_enable" is still a boolean but a new "security_status_${name}_period" allows to define the period of each script. The value is one of "daily" (the default for backward compatibility), "weekly", "monthly" and "NO".
Note that when the security periodic scripts are run directly from crontab(5) (as opposed to being called by daily or weekly periodic scripts), they will run unless the test is explicitely disabled with a "NO", either for in the "_enable" or the "_period" variable.
When the security output is not inlined, the mail subject has been changed from "$host $arg run output" to "$host $arg $period run output". For instance: myfbsd security run output -> myfbsd security daily run output I don't think this is considered as a stable API, but feel free to correct me if I'm wrong.
Finally, I will rearrange periodic.conf(5) and default/periodic.conf to put the security options in their own section. I left them in place for this commit to make reviewing easier.
Reviewed by: hackers@
|
254827 |
25-Aug-2013 |
jlh |
Move daily_status_security_noamd next to 200.chkmounts's variables.
|
254743 |
23-Aug-2013 |
asomers |
Correctly remove an interface's ipv4 address when the user calls "/etc/rc.d/netif stop XXX". The old globbing pattern failed to account for the possibility of a tab occuring before "inet".
Reviewed by: will Approved by: ken (mentor, implicit) MFC after: Never (bug affects head only) Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
|
254511 |
19-Aug-2013 |
peter |
Pass pidfile to bsnmpd if it's been changed (parts cut/pasted from rc.d/rarpd and rc.d/wpa_supplicant)
|
254510 |
19-Aug-2013 |
peter |
Revert r254508.
|
254508 |
19-Aug-2013 |
peter |
Add the optional ability to run as a different user.
Obtained from: Antique freebsd.org cluster archive images
|
254132 |
09-Aug-2013 |
erwin |
Add empty zones for Shared Address Space (RFC 6598)
Approved by: delphij (mentor) MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: DK Hostmaster A/S
|
253936 |
04-Aug-2013 |
rpaulo |
Regen for if_rsu.
|
253924 |
04-Aug-2013 |
hrs |
- Reimplement $gif_interfaces as a variant of $cloned_interfaces. Newly-configured systems should use $cloned_interfaces.
- Call clone_{up,down}() and ifnet_rename() in rc.d/netif {start,stop}. ifnet_rename() now accepts an interface name list as its argument.
- Add rc.d/netif clear. The "clear" subcommand is basically equivalent to "stop" but it does not call clone_down().
- Add "ifname:sticky" keyword into $cloned_interfaces. If :sticky is specified, the interface will not be destroyed in rc.d/netif stop.
- Add cloned_interfaces_sticky={YES,NO}. This variable globally sets :sticky keyword above for all interfaces. The default value is NO. When cloned_interfaces_sticky=YES, :nosticky keyword can be used to override it on per interface basis.
|
253853 |
01-Aug-2013 |
jlh |
Include /usr/local/etc/libmap.d/ by default.
PR: 180568 Reviewed by: bapt Obtained from: kib MFC after: 3 days
|
253672 |
26-Jul-2013 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf
MFC after: 1 week
|
253637 |
25-Jul-2013 |
rpaulo |
Add pkgconf files for libusb.
Reviewed by: hselasky
|
253520 |
21-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Do not set ND6_IFF_ACCEPT_RTADV on if_bridge(4) interfaces when ipv6_enable=yes.
MFC after: 3 days
|
253505 |
20-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Fix address range specification with ifconfig(8) options such as:
- inet 192.0.2.1-10 netmask 255.255.255.0 (inet range spec + ifconfig options) - inet6 2001:db8:1::1-f prefixlen 60 (inet6 range spec + ifconfig options)
If prefixlen or netmask option is specified with CIDR notation at the same time, the option is used.
Tested by: Michael Grimm MFC after: 3 days
|
253444 |
18-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
- Fix a bug in ipv6_prefix_IF. It did not work with the 64-bit prefix notation like 2001:db8:1:1.
- Use eui64 flag in ifconfig(8) instead of network6_getladdr()[*] for interface indentifier part.
Suggested by: ume [*] MFC after: 3 days
|
253357 |
15-Jul-2013 |
des |
When stopping pfsync, remove the pfsync interface's syncpeer setting.
MFC after: 3 days
|
253076 |
09-Jul-2013 |
avg |
rc.d/zfs: pass -v option to zfs mount
this should make boot process more informative (and entertaining) on systems with lots of zfs filesystems.
MFC after: 7 days
|
252686 |
04-Jul-2013 |
rpaulo |
wpa_supplicant should be able to reassociate when resuming, so remove a comment saying it can't.
|
252481 |
01-Jul-2013 |
asomers |
Add syslog(3) support to devd(8).
sbin/devd/devd.cc All output will now go to syslog(3) if devd is daemonized, or stderr if it's running in the foreground.
sbin/devd/devd.8 Remove the "-D" flag. Filtering messages by priority now happens in the usual syslog way. For performance reasons, a few extra-verbose debugging statements are now conditional on the "-d" (do not daemonize) flag.
etc/syslog.conf etc/newsyslog.conf Direct messages from devd(8) to /var/log/devd.log, but leave it disabled by default
Reviewed by: eadler Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor) MFC after: never (removed a command-line option from devd)
|
252426 |
30-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
Add "ether" and "link" to ifconfig_alias{es,N}.
|
252360 |
28-Jun-2013 |
delphij |
Don't attempt to do DHCP on certain interfaces, similar to what's done for ipv6_autoconfif() in r212577.
MFC after: 1 week
|
252356 |
28-Jun-2013 |
davide |
- Trim an unused and bogus Makefile for mount_smbfs. - Reconnect with some minor modifications, in particular now selsocket() internals are adapted to use sbintime units after recent'ish calloutng switch.
|
252310 |
27-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
- Add vnode-backed swap space specification support. This is enabled when device names "md" or "md[0-9]*" and a "file" option are specified in /etc/fstab like this:
md none swap sw,file=/swap.bin 0 0
- Add GBDE/GELI encrypted swap space specification support, which rc.d/encswap supported. The /etc/fstab lines are like the following:
/dev/ada1p1.bde none swap sw 0 0 /dev/ada1p2.eli none swap sw 0 0
.eli devices accepts aalgo, ealgo, keylen, and sectorsize as options.
swapctl(8) can understand an encrypted device in the command line like this:
# swapctl -a /dev/ada2p1.bde
- "-L" flag is added to support "late" option to defer swapon until rc.d/mountlate runs.
- rc.d script change:
rc.d/encswap -> removed rc.d/addswap -> just display a warning message if $swapfile is defined rc.d/swap1 -> renamed to rc.d/swap rc.d/swaplate -> newly added to support "late" option
These changes alleviate a race condition between device creation/removal and swapon/swapoff.
MFC after: 1 week Reviewed by: wblock (manual page)
|
252230 |
26-Jun-2013 |
rpaulo |
Implement ifconfig_wlanX="HOSTAP".
Not only this is a bit cleaner, it allows multiple instances of hostapd to be running on the system host, useful for simultaneous dual-band WiFi. This is similar to ifconfig_wlanX="WPA" but it uses /etc/hostapd-wlanX.conf. Compatibility with hostapd_enable=YES/NO was kept.
Reviewed by: adrian
|
252205 |
25-Jun-2013 |
jhb |
If daily_status_security_inline is set, the rc value needs to be forced to 3 so that the output of this script is always displayed. In fact, setting this flag is identical to setting daily_status_security_output to an empty string. To make the logic less confusing, change the behavior of daily_status_security_inline such that it just forces daily_status_security_output to an empty string and then applies the normal logic.
PR: conf/178611 Submitted by: Jason Unovitch <jason.unovitch@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
252200 |
25-Jun-2013 |
kevlo |
Regenerate usb.conf after r252196.
Spotted by: rpaulo
|
252062 |
21-Jun-2013 |
delphij |
Call sshd_precmd instead of sshd_configtest when the operator requests reload or restart, which, in addition of testing the configuration, will also generate host keys when they are not present (previous behavior).
Obtained from: FreeNAS Ok'ed by: bdrewery, des MFC after: 1 week
|
252015 |
20-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
- Add CIDR notation support like 192.168.1-2.10-16/24 to $ifconfig_IF_aliasN. This is an extended version of ipv4_addr_IF which supports both IPv4 and IPv6, and multiple range specifications. To avoid to generate too many addresses, the maximum number of the generated addresses is currently limited to 31.
- Add $ifconfig_IF_aliases, which accepts multiple IP aliases in a variable.
- ipv6_prefix_IF now supports !/64 prefix length. In addition to the old 64-bit format (2001:db8:1:1), a full 128-bit format like 2001:db8:1:1::/64 is supported.
- Replace ifconfig command with $IFCONFIG_CMD variable to support a dry-run mode in the future.
- Remove IP aliases before removing all of IPv4 addresses when doing "rc.d/netif down".
- Add a DAD wait to network6_getladdr() because it is possible to fail to configure an EUI64 address when ipv6_prefix_IF is specified.
A summary of the supported ifconfig_* variables is as follows:
# IPv4 configuration. ifconfig_em0="inet 192.168.0.1" # IPv6 configuration. ifconfig_em0_ipv6="inet6 2001:db8::1/64" # IPv4 address range spec. Now deprecated. ipv4_addr_em0="10.2.1.1-10" # IPv6 alias. ifconfig_em0_alias0="inet6 2001:db8:5::1 prefixlen 70" # IPv4 alias. ifconfig_em0_alias1="inet 10.2.2.1/24" # IPv4 alias with range spec w/o AF keyword (backward compat). ifconfig_em0_alias2="10.3.1.1-10/32" # IPv6 alias with range spec. ifconfig_em0_alias3="inet6 2001:db8:20-2f::1/64" # ifconfig_IF_aliases is just like ifconfig_IF_aliasN. ifconfig_em0_aliases="inet 10.3.3.201-204/24 inet6 2001:db8:210-213::1/64 inet 10.1.1.1/24" # IPv6 alias (backward compat) ipv6_ifconfig_em0_alias0="inet6 2001:db8:f::1/64" # IPv6 alias w/o AF keyword (backward compat) ipv6_ifconfig_em0_alias1="2001:db8:f:1::1/64" # IPv6 prefix. ipv6_prefix_em0="2001:db8::/64"
Tested by: Kimmo Paasiala
|
251885 |
18-Jun-2013 |
dteske |
Allow $ntpdate_config to be NULL. Due to a lack of surrounding quotes, when ntpdate_config was set to NULL the conditional would (counter to prevailing logic) succeed -- leading to awk attempting to redirect from a NULL pathname standard-in. While we're here, make the script consistant with itself by removing the {curlies} around ntpdate_config (they are unnecessary).
|
251794 |
15-Jun-2013 |
eadler |
Remove CVS from the base system.
Discussed with: many Reviewed by: peter, zi Approved by: core
|
251660 |
12-Jun-2013 |
crees |
Clean up swapfile memory disk on shutdown
Make the md unit number configurable so that it can be predicted
PR: bin/168544 Submitted by: wblock (based on) Approved by: kevlo
|
251597 |
10-Jun-2013 |
rpaulo |
Regen.
|
251584 |
09-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
Add :ifname modifier to specify interface-specific routes into {,ipv6_}static_routes and rc.d/routing. For example:
static_routes="foo bar:em0" route_foo="-net 10.0.0.0/24 -gateway 192.168.2.1" route_bar="-net 192.168.1.0/24 -gateway 192.168.0.2"
At boot time, all of the static routes are installed as before. The differences are:
- "/etc/rc.d/netif start/stop <if>" now configures static routes with :<if> if any. - "/etc/rc.d/routing start/stop <af> <if>" works as well. <af> cannot be omitted when <if> is specified, but a keyword "any" or "all" can be used for <af> and <if>.
|
251512 |
07-Jun-2013 |
emaste |
Add a new knob WITH_DEBUG_FILES to control the building of standalone debug files for userland programs and libraries. The "-g" debug flag is automatically applied when WITH_DEBUG_FILES is set.
The debug files are now named ${prog}.debug and ${shlib}.debug for consistency with other systems and documentation. In addition they are installed under /usr/lib/debug, to simplify the process of installing them if needed after a crash. Users of bsd.{prog,lib}.mk outside of the base system place the standalone debug files in a .debug subdirectory. GDB automatically searches both of these directories for standalone debug files.
Thanks to everyone who contributed changes, review, and testing during development.
|
250804 |
19-May-2013 |
jamie |
Refine the "nojail" rc keyword, adding "nojailvnet" for files that don't apply to most jails but do apply to vnet jails. This includes adding a new sysctl "security.jail.vnet" to identify vnet jails.
PR: conf/149050 Submitted by: mdodd MFC after: 3 days
|
250617 |
13-May-2013 |
asomers |
etc/rc.d/syslogd Add netif as a requirement of syslogd to get lo0 up. Currently, this doesn't affect the rc order, because mountcritremote already depends on netif.
Reviewed by: eadler Approved by: kenm (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
250579 |
12-May-2013 |
eadler |
Revert r250565 which causes issues for older CPUs
PR: conf/178504 Requested by: many
|
250565 |
12-May-2013 |
eadler |
Make newsyslog compress logs with xz instead of bzip2 to save space.
PR: conf/178504 Submitted by: ak Reviewed by: smh
|
250533 |
12-May-2013 |
eadler |
Unconditionally install 210.backup-aliases as many MTAs other than sendmail support the use of /etc/aliases.
PR: conf/176098 Submitted by: ak MFC after: 2 weeks
|
250453 |
10-May-2013 |
eadler |
Bring /etc/protocols up to date.
PR: conf/175397 Submitted by: ak
|
250240 |
04-May-2013 |
hrs |
- Fix exit status when ip6addrctl_verbose=yes [*] - Use the absolute pathname for ip6addrctl. - Use "install" instead of "add" to reduce the number of invocations.
Reported by: Tatsuki Makino [*] PR: conf/175006 [*] MFC after: 1 week
|
250235 |
04-May-2013 |
crees |
Introduce and use new flag -L to mount for mounting only late filesystems.
Previously, rc.d/mountlate mounted *all* filesystems, causing problems with background NFS mounts being mounted twice.
PR: conf/137629 Submitted by: eadler (original concept) Reviewed by: mjg Approved by: hrs
|
250116 |
30-Apr-2013 |
brooks |
Make an attempt to detect missing MTREE files in distrib-dirs. Not perfect, but this is just a developer seatbelt.
PR: conf/176897 Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yaneurabeya@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
249732 |
21-Apr-2013 |
gshapiro |
Minor changes to force commit these files so new freebsd*.cf files are built to use the new sendmail-8.14.6/cf tree.
MFC after: 4 days
|
249555 |
16-Apr-2013 |
bdrewery |
Also call configtest before reload to ensure working config.
Approved by: jhb MFC after: 1 week X-MFC-With: r249489
|
249489 |
14-Apr-2013 |
bdrewery |
Run configtest before restarting so that the system is not left without a running sshd.
Approved by: des MFC after: 1 week
|
249423 |
12-Apr-2013 |
dim |
Upgrade our copy of llvm/clang to trunk r178860, in preparation of the upcoming 3.3 release (branching and freezing expected in a few weeks).
Preliminary release notes can be found at the usual location: <http://llvm.org/docs/ReleaseNotes.html>
An MFC is planned once the actual 3.3 release is finished.
|
249210 |
06-Apr-2013 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf
MFC after: 1 week
|
249095 |
04-Apr-2013 |
mav |
Remove periodic script for ataraid(4) and add instead script for graid(8).
|
248979 |
01-Apr-2013 |
emaste |
Format per etc/mtree/README
- Spaces instead of tabs - Sort some i18n entries
|
248820 |
28-Mar-2013 |
avg |
rc.subr: disabling globbing while processing devfs rules
The rules themselves typically have shell-like patterns and it is incorrect when they get replaced with matching filesystem entries.
Shell magic by: jilles MFC after: 2 weeks
|
248620 |
22-Mar-2013 |
jilles |
rc.d/sysctl: Fix error messages about unknown OIDs.
There are three situations where the sysctl script is called: 1. "start", very early 2. "lastload", near the end of rc 3. "reload", at admin request while the system is booted
Ignore unknown OIDs in situation 1 because kernel modules may not be loaded yet and complain about them in situations 2 and 3.
PR: conf/174595 Submitted by: Olivier Smedts
|
248488 |
19-Mar-2013 |
cperciva |
Fix typo in previous commit: Exit if */dev/dumpdev* does not exist, not if */bin/realpath* does not exist...
Submitted by: markj Pointy hat to: cperciva
|
248487 |
19-Mar-2013 |
cperciva |
If dumpdev is AUTO but no dump device has been set -- i.e., there is no swap space configured for rc.d/dumpon to designate for dumping -- then exit silently rather than with a > realpath: /dev/dumpdev: No such file or directory error message.
An argument could be made that we should print a (more informative) warning message; but given that under the same conditions the rc.d/dumpon script will already print a > No suitable dump device was found warning, it seems that printing an additional > Dump device does not exist. Savecore not run. warning would be superfluous.
|
248484 |
19-Mar-2013 |
neel |
Add bhyve to examples.
Requested by: alfred, julian Obtained from: NetApp
|
248135 |
10-Mar-2013 |
antoine |
Finish portalfs removal.
|
247940 |
07-Mar-2013 |
cperciva |
Now that stable/7 is EOL, stop building INDEX-7.
MFC after: 1 week
|
247660 |
02-Mar-2013 |
schweikh |
Comment cosmetics: capitalize SCSI Fix some hard tabs in the wrong place.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
247271 |
25-Feb-2013 |
des |
If rtadvd_interfaces is set to "none", start rtadvd without listing any interfaces on the command line.
MFC after: 1 week
|
247162 |
22-Feb-2013 |
ache |
Back out prev. change preventing /sys/sys symlink. It appears my install was not very recent and not acts like 'ln -h'
|
246913 |
17-Feb-2013 |
ache |
In 'make hierarchy' don't install /sys/sys pointing to usr/src/sys but just /sys pointing there
|
246856 |
15-Feb-2013 |
jkim |
Revert r227528 and r227787. This hack is no longer necessary since r233580.
|
246367 |
05-Feb-2013 |
jhb |
Install <dev/agp/agpreg.h> and <dev/pci/pcireg.h> as userland headers in /usr/include.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
246358 |
05-Feb-2013 |
des |
Load the pfsync module if necessary.
Reviewed by: glebius@ MFC after: 1 week
|
246255 |
02-Feb-2013 |
ume |
Use the default policy table of RFC 6724.
MFC after: 1 weeks
|
246127 |
30-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
When adding the directory ownership to the METALOG do it by name rather than number as is done in install so as to differ binding of names to ids.
Remove the -W flag from the mtree command so that the correct user and group is recorded rather than the default.
|
246097 |
29-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
Log the addition of login.conf.db, passwd, pwd.db, and spwd.db via cat -l.
Make cat a bootstrap tool to facilitate this.
|
246002 |
27-Jan-2013 |
neel |
Increase the "memorylocked" limit for the "daemon" class.
amd(8) requires more than the 64MB that is currently available to it so bump it up to 128MB.
Reviewed by: kib Discussed with: avg, kib, zont
|
245825 |
22-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
Introduce a new option -DNO_ROOT that allows install and distribution targets to be run without root privilege.
Information about ownership, group, flags, and suid bits are stored in the file specified by METALOG which defaults to ${DESTDIR}/METALOG. This file can be used in conjunction with bsdtar or makefs to generate archives or file system images with correct permissions.
The packageworld target has been altered to use this metadata allowing non-root releases (subject to further changes in release/Makefile.)
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL Reviewed by: ian, ray
|
245752 |
21-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
Replace all known uses of ln in the build process with appropriate install -l invocations via new INSTALL_LINK and INSTALL_SYMLINK variables.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL Reviewed by: ian, ray, rpaulo
|
245580 |
17-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
In r245571, "rm -rf <foo>; ln -s <bar> <foo>" needed to be replaced with "ln -sfh <bar> <foo>" or the links would fail when a valid link to a directly was in place at <foo>.
Reported by: peter Tested by: peter Pointy hat to: brooks
|
245571 |
17-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
In preparation for logging metadata about each filesystem object refactor the link section of distrib-dirs to alwasy install to a full path (the link contents remain relative as they should).
Eliminate the use of the "rm -r[f] <foo>; ln -s <bar> <foo>" pattern in favor of "ln -sf <bar> <foo>". None of these links could be directories on a system installed in the last decade.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL Reviewed by: mtree
|
245565 |
17-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
Rework the mtree portion of etc/Makefile's distrib-dirs target to run mtree in a shell loop so there is only one mtree commandline. Move the implementation of LOCAL_MTREE into etc/Makefile.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL Reviewed by: mtree :)
|
245525 |
17-Jan-2013 |
bz |
Add a conditional sleep 1 in case we add any IPv6 addresses to interfaces. Do this per jail started, not per address. This will allow DAD to complete and services to properly start. Before we have seen problems with services trying to start before the IPv6 address was available to use and thus erroring and failing to start.
MFC after: 3 days
|
245513 |
16-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
According to the notes in ObsoleteFiles.inc we last installed section 1aout manpages in 2002. Stop making the directories and links to them.
|
245440 |
15-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
Add an option DB_FROM_SRC to use src/etc's user/group databases when installing. This allows things like running installworld for 10-CURRENT on a 9.0-RELEASE system without adding extra users and groups to the passwd and group files.
To prevent potentially risky uid/gid mismatches on systems with non-standard local values, require that DESTDIR be set if DB_FROM_SRC is set.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL Reviewed by: peter
|
245318 |
11-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
Revert r245316. Systems with non-standard uids/gids are more prevalent that I'd feared. Discussion is ongoing about the scope of a safer solution.
|
245316 |
11-Jan-2013 |
brooks |
Use the -N option to install and nmtree to eliminate the need for the checks for missing users and groups.
Sponsored by: DARPA, AFRL
|
245250 |
10-Jan-2013 |
smh |
Allow perl scripts to be used in rc.d scripts
PR: conf/117027 Reviewed by: pjd (mentor) Approved by: hrs MFC after: 2 weeks
|
245107 |
06-Jan-2013 |
peter |
Not using the full domain was a really bad idea.
|
245034 |
04-Jan-2013 |
erwin |
Update with new IPv4 address for D root.
Approved by: delphij (mentor)
|
244835 |
29-Dec-2012 |
gshapiro |
Minor changes to force commit these files so new freebsd*.cf files are built to use the new sendmail-8.14.6/cf tree.
While here, update DNSBL link once again.
MFC after: 4 days
|
244830 |
29-Dec-2012 |
gshapiro |
Add missing closing quote on commented out example
PR: bin/174108 Obtained from: Julian H. Stacey MFC after: 1 day
|
244770 |
28-Dec-2012 |
ume |
Fix location of /var/audit/dist and /var/audit/remote. Note that those who did installworld after r243752 should remove wrongly created /var/dist and /var/remote.
Reviewed by: pjd
|
244522 |
20-Dec-2012 |
markj |
Don't reload syslogd after rotating sendmail.st, as this file isn't managed by syslogd.
PR: conf/169973 Approved by: rstone (co-mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
244484 |
20-Dec-2012 |
bapt |
make installation of the 220.backup-pkgdb periodic script depend on PKGTOOLS knob
|
244383 |
18-Dec-2012 |
zont |
- Set memorylocked limit to 64Kb for default login class. This prevents unprivileged users to lock too much memory. - Set memorylocked limit to 64Mb for daemon login class. Some daemons such as amd(8) and watchdogd(8) calls mlockall(2) on startup, they are run from init(8) which uses daemon login class. - Set memorylocked limit to unlimited for root login class.
Suggested by: avg Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
244323 |
16-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
Use new savecore(8) option and limit number of kernel dumps that will be kept around to the 10 most recent ones.
Add UPDATING entry with info how to return to the previous behaviour (no limits).
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244252 |
15-Dec-2012 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf
MFC after: 1 week
|
244218 |
14-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
- When checking if a dump exists on the given device there is no need to provide dump directory. Eliminate this redundant argument. This changes the usage, but the only risk here is that a warning will be printed about directory given as device.
- Update usage of -C option.
- When clearing dump header from the given device there is also no need to provide dump directory, although additional arguments for -c were not documented.
- Document that -v can be used with -c and that list of devices can be given.
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244198 |
13-Dec-2012 |
delphij |
Teach sysctl(8) about parsing a file (while I'm there also give it capability of parsing both = and : formats).
Submitted by: hrs (initial version, bugs are mine) MFC after: 3 months
|
244181 |
13-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
Fix the location of auditdistd configuration file.
Reported by: Johan Hendriks <joh.hendriks@gmail.com>
|
244096 |
10-Dec-2012 |
delphij |
Sync pf.os with OpenBSD:
add a handful of linux signatures from p0fv2 and some other signatures from observation.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
243974 |
07-Dec-2012 |
adrian |
Add a new 900MHz GSM regulatory SKU for the Xagyl Communications XC900M.
The XC900M acts as a Ubiquiti XR9 (and I _think_ SR9) by default; it uses the same 900MHz<->2.4GHz downconverter mapping.
However it has an alternative frequency mapping which squeezes in a couple more half/quarter rate channels. Since the default HAL doesn't support fractional tuning (sub-1MHz) in 2.4GHz mode on the AR5413/AR5414, they implement it using a jumper.
Datasheet: http://www.xagyl.com/download/XC900M_Datasheet.pdf
Thankyou to Xagyl Communications for the XC900M NICs and Edgar Martinez for organising the donation.
Tested:
* XC900M <-> XC900M * Ubiquiti XR9 <-> XC900M
TODO:
* Test against SR9 and GZ901 if possible (the IEEE channel<->frequency mapping may not match up, thanks to the slightly different channels involved)
|
243893 |
05-Dec-2012 |
eadler |
Remove hack to emulate effective uid and just use the EUID's name in the first place. I was unaware of this option when originally committing this change.
Submitted by: gcooper Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
243752 |
01-Dec-2012 |
rwatson |
Merge a number of changes required to hook up OpenBSM 1.2-alpha2's auditdistd (distributed audit daemon) to the build:
- Manual cross references - Makefile for auditdistd - rc.d script, rc.conf entrie - New group and user for auditdistd; associated aliases, etc.
The audit trail distribution daemon provides reliable, cryptographically protected (and sandboxed) delivery of audit tails from live clients to audit server hosts in order to both allow centralised analysis, and improve resilience in the event of client compromises: clients are not permitted to change trail contents after submission.
Submitted by: pjd Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation (auditdistd)
|
243661 |
28-Nov-2012 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf
MFC after: 1 week
|
243568 |
26-Nov-2012 |
glebius |
Fix typo in weekly line which made it to rotated after reaching > 1 Kb.
PR: conf/173857 Submitted by: Matt Smith <matt xtaz.co.uk>
|
243374 |
21-Nov-2012 |
crees |
Revert r243228. This commit appears to cause more trouble than it was designed to avoid; the issue described in the PR was no longer an issue anyway.
|
243324 |
20-Nov-2012 |
hrs |
Do not put "already running" message when rc_quiet=yes.
PR: bin/165477
|
243228 |
18-Nov-2012 |
crees |
cp -R misses out dotfiles; use pax instead to copy file hierarchies
PR: conf/99721 (based on) Submitted by: Florian Zavatzki <f_zavatzki@blue-network.org> Approved by: hrs MFC after: 1 month
|
243212 |
18-Nov-2012 |
hrs |
Fix condition to check if the maximum number of FIBs is greater than 0 or not.
Spotted by: zont
|
243188 |
17-Nov-2012 |
hrs |
Use -fib N modifier to add/delete a route to/from multiple FIBs.
|
243184 |
17-Nov-2012 |
hrs |
Add check_namevarlist() to check if ${name}_var is reserved in rc.subr or not.
|
243153 |
16-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
last commit was a mistake
Pointyhat to: me (for real) Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
|
243130 |
16-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
dot.login is supposed to be for bourne shell, not csh
Pointyhat to: me Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
|
243101 |
15-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
Using set -x produces output on stderr instead of stdout. It also doesn't work with make -s. Prefer the use of builtin make features.
PR: misc/126312 Reported by: Nejc Skoberne <nejc@skoberne.net> Submitted by: bdrewery Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
243080 |
15-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
Only pass ip[46].addr when _addrl contains a value
Submitted by: crees Reviewed by: Mike Jakubik <mike.jakubik@intertainservices.com> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 2 weeks
|
242784 |
08-Nov-2012 |
n_hibma |
Not only load pccard_ether settings, also load network settings. This is only a problem when a /etc/rc.conf.d/network file is being used.
PR: conf/160373 Submitted by: n_hibma MFC after: 1 week
|
242683 |
07-Nov-2012 |
marcel |
The first line must contain "Content-Type:". Move the $FreeBSD$ keyword line to the comment block underneath.
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com>
|
242541 |
04-Nov-2012 |
bapt |
Change default prompt to show ~ again for the home directory
Submitted by: flo Approved by: eadler
|
242514 |
03-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
Revert the change that makes less default.
Since I've committed this I've receieved roughly an equal amount of email thanking me for making this change and asking me to revert it.
I've resisted making this change because new users tend to prefer less over more and these users are the least likely to know how to change the PAGER on their own.
Requested by: many Objected to: just as many Decision made by: core Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
242462 |
02-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
10 years too late add support for "2.88MB 3.5in Extra High Density" floppies.
Its unlikely that anyone actually uses these or cares about these anymore, since we support other floppy types and this change doesn't hurt - just add it.
PR: conf/40777 Submitted by: Antti Kantee <pooka@cubical.fi> Arrival-Date: Fri Jul 19 08:50:02 PDT 2002 Approved by: cperciva (implicit) MFC after: 1 week
|
242452 |
01-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
The test fails with "exit 1" if /usr/games/fortune doesn't actually exist. Fix that.
PR: conf/71994 Submitted by: Mikael Eklund <rma@ludd.ltu.se> Reviewed by: crees Reviewed by: jilles Approved by: cperciva (implicit) MFC after: 3 days
|
242301 |
29-Oct-2012 |
hrs |
Load ipdivert.ko when natd_enable=YES.
PR: conf/167566
|
242184 |
27-Oct-2012 |
hrs |
Add setfib(1) support for services as <name>_fib in rc.conf.
|
242183 |
27-Oct-2012 |
crees |
Allow spaces in _chroot
Noticed by: adj (IRC/#bsdports) Approved by: hrs MFC after: 1 month
|
242181 |
27-Oct-2012 |
hrs |
Fix an issue when ipv6_enable=YES && ipv6_gateway_enable=YES which could prevent rtadvd(8) from working as intended.
Spotted by: brian Discussed with: brian
|
242074 |
25-Oct-2012 |
brian |
Enable "accept_rtadvd" on interfaces running rtadvd.
Without this, rtadvd runs but never advertises a default (IPv6) route.
MFC after: 1 week
|
241823 |
22-Oct-2012 |
marcel |
Add ATF to the build. This is may be a bit rought around the egdes, but committing it helps to get everyone on the same page and makes sure we make progress.
Tinderbox breakages that are the result of this commit are entirely the committer's fault -- in other words: buildworld testing on amd64 only.
Credits follow:
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com> Sponsored by: Isilon Systems Based on work by: keramida@ Thanks to: gnn@, mdf@, mlaier@, sjg@ Special thanks to: keramida@
|
241788 |
20-Oct-2012 |
ume |
Set default for ${pkg_info} like ${pkg_version}.
MFC after: 1 week
|
241787 |
20-Oct-2012 |
ume |
Use correct INDEX on 10-CURRENT.
|
241783 |
20-Oct-2012 |
bapt |
pkg_add is no more the default tool, make motd recommand using pkg install instead of pkg_add
|
241754 |
19-Oct-2012 |
uqs |
Merge mandoc from vendor into contrib and provide the necessary Makefile glue.
It's not yet connected to the build.
|
241708 |
18-Oct-2012 |
peterj |
Explicitly specify 'np' so that getty(8) does not simulate even parity on local.9600. Whilst the actual binary termios(4) definitions and preceeding comments for local.9600 indicate that parity is disabled, getty(8) internally simulates parity based on the presence or absence of the 'np' flag.
PR: conf/76226 Submitted by: peter Approved by: grog (co-mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
241680 |
18-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE SMBFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS. In addition, disconnect also netsmb, which is a base requirement for SMBFS.
In the while SMBFS regular users can use FUSE interface and smbnetfs port to work with their SMBFS partitions.
Also, there are ongoing efforts by vendor to support in-kernel smbfs, so there are good chances that it will get relinked once properly locked.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241636 |
17-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE NTFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS. This code is particulary broken and fragile and other in-kernel implementations around, found in other operating systems, don't really seem clean and solid enough to be imported at all. If someone wants to reconsider in-kernel NTFS implementation for inclusion again, a fair effort for completely fixing and cleaning it up is expected.
In the while NTFS regular users can use FUSE interface and ntfs-3g port to work with their NTFS partitions.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241629 |
17-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE NWFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS. In addition, disconnect also netncp, which is a base requirement for NWFS.
In the possibility of a future maintenance of the code and later readd to the FreeBSD base, maybe we should think about a better location for netncp. I'm not entirely sure the / top location is actually right, however I will let network people to comment on that more specifically.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241606 |
16-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE PORTALFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241583 |
15-Oct-2012 |
peter |
mx1 -> smarthost.ysv
|
241507 |
13-Oct-2012 |
ume |
Make a command for pkg_info changeable like pkg_version in /etc/periodic/weekly/400.status-pkg to be friendly with pkgng.
MFC after: 1 week
|
241457 |
11-Oct-2012 |
peter |
Point freebsd.org cluster machines to mx1 for their smarthost.
|
241089 |
01-Oct-2012 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf
MFC after: 1 week
|
240891 |
24-Sep-2012 |
hselasky |
Make sure moused is exiting as quick as possible after that the umsX character device returns a read error. Update devd.conf rules to use "DEVFS" events which are generated after that the umsX character device node has been created/destroyed, and then there should be no need for moused to wait up to 10 seconds for umsX to be ready. Opening umsX should not fail except if the kernel is low on memory. In that case the user can replug the USB mouse or use "usbconfig" to reset the device. In case of USB mouse devices, moused should neither retry to open its character device, once the first read error has happened. This is an indication of device detach.
MFC after: 1 week
|
240621 |
17-Sep-2012 |
jimharris |
Integrate nvmecontrol(8) into the amd64 and i386 builds.
This includes adding NVMe header files to /usr/include/dev/nvme.
Sponsored by: Intel
|
240343 |
11-Sep-2012 |
avg |
rc.d/power_profile: use recently added Cmax for cx_lowest
Trying to determine current lowest C-state after an AC event is racy with C-states actually being changed by ACPI platform and kernel driver.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
240336 |
11-Sep-2012 |
obrien |
Simply things so that "#REQUIRE: FILESYSTEMS" means the file systems are fully "ready to go".
'FILESYSTEMS' states: "This is a dummy dependency, for services which require file systems to be mounted before starting." However, we have 'var' which is was run after 'FILESYSTEMS' and can mount /var if it already isn't mounted. Furthermore, several scripts cannot use /var until 'cleanvar' has done its thing. Thus "FILESYSTEMS" hasn't really meant all critical file systems are fully usable.
|
240334 |
11-Sep-2012 |
obrien |
Add postrandom.
|
240109 |
04-Sep-2012 |
des |
Add a configtest command.
Submitted by: gjb@ MFC after: 1 week
|
240108 |
04-Sep-2012 |
obrien |
* Rather than run the same 'ps' command twice, add 'kenv' which often gives machine unique values from the firmware. * The kernel is more likely to be unique than /bin/ls (but no need to stuff many megabytes into /dev/random, so hash it). * Change ordering to give larger variance across reboots to reduce predictability.
|
239599 |
22-Aug-2012 |
obrien |
Correct style.
|
239598 |
22-Aug-2012 |
obrien |
* Reinstate r128059's consumption of our best entropy first. r128060 for "hardware-supplied entropy" reversed this without reason, seems a typo. * Isolate "better than nothing" implementation to a function.
Submitted by: obrien & Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com> Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
|
239596 |
22-Aug-2012 |
obrien |
The entire comment block is now spell checked this time -- I promise.
|
239595 |
22-Aug-2012 |
delphij |
Allow - be used in the name of a provider. Without this change it's not possible to specify a gptid in geli_devices.
|
239593 |
22-Aug-2012 |
obrien |
Fix comment misspelling.
Submitted by: kargl
|
239570 |
22-Aug-2012 |
obrien |
Depend on the new 'postrandom' instead of random. We need to limit the amount of time between consuming the entropy seeds and removing it in case of a kernel panic.
|
239569 |
22-Aug-2012 |
obrien |
Remove old entropy seeding after consumption initializing /dev/random PRNG. Not doing so opens us up to replay attacks.
Submitted by: Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh@gmail.com> Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
|
239568 |
22-Aug-2012 |
obrien |
Add dependencies based on security(7).
|
239464 |
20-Aug-2012 |
delphij |
As of r232844 we no longer need the maxpoll 9 workaround.
MFC after: 3 days
|
239462 |
20-Aug-2012 |
dim |
Upgrade our copy of llvm/clang to trunk r162107. With thanks to Benjamin Kramer and Joerg Sonnenberger for their input and fixes.
|
239382 |
19-Aug-2012 |
kuriyama |
- Allow to pass extra parameters for each jails. - To achieve above, convert jail(8) invocation to use new style command line "-c" flag.
Reviewed at: freebsd-jail@
|
239056 |
05-Aug-2012 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
238629 |
19-Jul-2012 |
dteske |
Revert SVN r238628 (mistake).
|
238628 |
19-Jul-2012 |
dteske |
Fix syntax errors (s/:=/:-/).
Reviewed by: emaste (mentor) Approved by: emaste (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
238622 |
19-Jul-2012 |
emax |
Allow to specify no source-address-selection policy
MFC after: 1 week
|
238618 |
19-Jul-2012 |
joerg |
Add share/examples/libusb20 to the list of directories.
|
238605 |
18-Jul-2012 |
des |
Move -n ${_jail} before ${_flags} so that any -n options in ${_flags} will override ours instead of the other way around.
|
238427 |
13-Jul-2012 |
brooks |
MFP4 214344: Tighten the regular expression that checks for an md /tmp such that no /tmp mount and an md / isn't improperly matched.
Sponsored by: DARPA/AFRL
|
238416 |
13-Jul-2012 |
kevlo |
Whitespace nit
|
238308 |
09-Jul-2012 |
hrs |
Fix a missing ";".
|
238282 |
09-Jul-2012 |
hrs |
- Add IFT_L2VLAN (vlan(4)) support. - Add -P option to support PID file. When -a is specified /var/run/rarpd.pid is used, and when an interface is specified /var/run/rarpd.<ifname>.pid is used by default.
|
238277 |
09-Jul-2012 |
hrs |
Make ipfw0 logging pseudo-interface clonable. It can be created automatically by $firewall_logif rc.conf(5) variable at boot time or manually by ifconfig(8) after a boot.
Discussed on: freebsd-ipfw@
|
238102 |
04-Jul-2012 |
des |
Name jails automatically.
MFC after: 1 week
|
238009 |
02-Jul-2012 |
sbruno |
Revert r238004 as more review has come in and there is now a discussion on how to best proceed.
|
238004 |
02-Jul-2012 |
sbruno |
Cosmetic display change of Cx states via cx_supported sysctl entries.
Adjust power_profile script to handle the new world order as well.
Some vendors are opting out of a C2 state and only defining C1 & C3. This leads the acpi_cpu display to indicate that the machine supports C1 & C2 which is caused by the (mis)use of the index of the cx_state array as the ACPI_STATE_CX value.
e.g. the code was pretending that cx_state[i] would always convert to i by subtracting 1.
cx_state[2] == ACPI_STATE_C3 cx_state[1] == ACPI_STATE_C2 cx_state[0] == ACPI_STATE_C1
however, on certain machines this would lead to cx_state[1] == ACPI_STATE_C3 cx_state[0] == ACPI_STATE_C1
This didn't break anything but led to a display of: * dev.cpu.0.cx_supported: C1/1 C2/96
Instead of * dev.cpu.0.cx_supported: C1/1 C3/96
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
237921 |
01-Jul-2012 |
brueffer |
Similar to all.log, mention that /var/log/console.log has to be created and chmod'ed to make logging work.
PR: 168889 Submitted by: Robert Simmons <rsimmons0@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
237337 |
20-Jun-2012 |
jhb |
Only output a list of file systems that need to be dumped if the system has a non-empty dumpdates file.
Reviewed by: brooks MFC after: 1 week
|
237279 |
20-Jun-2012 |
obrien |
Install filemon.h into /usr/include for userland consumption.
|
237270 |
19-Jun-2012 |
des |
Passive mode is the default, and has been for a while.
MFC after: 1 week
|
237269 |
19-Jun-2012 |
des |
Switch the default password hash from md5 to sha512.
MFC after: 1 week
|
236965 |
12-Jun-2012 |
des |
Finally nuke auth.conf, nine years after it was deprecated. The only thing it was still used for was to set the "global default" password hash. Since the stock auth.conf contained nothing but comments, the global default was actually the first algorithm in crypt(3)'s list, which happens to be DES; I take the fact that nobody noticed as proof that it was not used outside of crypt(3).
The only other use in our tree was in the Kerberos support code in in tinyware's passwd(1). I removed that code in an earlier commit; it would not have compiled anyway, as it only supported Kerberos IV.
The auth_getval() function is now a stub that always returns NULL, which has the same effect as a functional auth_getval() with an empty auth.conf.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
236284 |
30-May-2012 |
eadler |
Don't attempt to delete .sujournal in /tmp
PR: conf/163828 Submitted by: Tatsuki Makino <tatsuki_makino@hotmail.com> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
236281 |
30-May-2012 |
miwi |
- FreeBSD ships a KDE PAM module in base, but it's missing support for passwordless login (kde-np), and it doesn't really belong in base system.
PR: misc/167261 Submitted by: avilla@ Approved by: rwatson (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
235725 |
21-May-2012 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf
MFC after: 3 days
|
235613 |
18-May-2012 |
gnn |
Add support for our own DTrace scripts and those from the DTraceToolkit to the build system. FreeBSD written scripts are stored in src/share and the toolkit scripts are brought from the cddl directory into a working tree via install.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
235537 |
17-May-2012 |
gber |
Import work done under project/nand (@235533) into head.
The NAND Flash environment consists of several distinct components: - NAND framework (drivers harness for NAND controllers and NAND chips) - NAND simulator (NANDsim) - NAND file system (NAND FS) - Companion tools and utilities - Documentation (manual pages)
This work is still experimental. Please use with caution.
Obtained from: Semihalf Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation, Juniper Networks
|
235203 |
09-May-2012 |
eadler |
Submitted by: gavin, pjd Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
235132 |
07-May-2012 |
jhb |
Display dropped transmit packets in the daily network interface output.
PR: conf/165956 Submitted by: Jeremy Chadwick MFC after: 1 week
|
235107 |
06-May-2012 |
stas |
- Change kfd rc script to be more conformant with rcNG conventions: o change rcname to kfd; o move mandatory options to command_args; o add missing "shutdown" keyword; o fix require line. Kfd doesn't really need to be started before daemons.
Suggested by: dougb
|
234927 |
02-May-2012 |
jhb |
- Don't log messages saying that accounting is being disabled and enabled if the accounting log file is atomically replaced with a new file (such as during log rotation). - Simplify accounting log rotation a bit. There is no need to re-run accton(8) after renaming the new log file to it's real name.
PR: kern/167321 Tested by: Jeremy Chadwick
|
234353 |
16-Apr-2012 |
dim |
Upgrade our copy of llvm/clang to trunk r154661, in preparation of the upcoming 3.1 release (expected in a few weeks). Preliminary release notes can be found at: <http://llvm.org/docs/ReleaseNotes.html>
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
234133 |
11-Apr-2012 |
eadler |
- remove the length shortening on the path - make the default prompt a bit more like scp - make the user show as root even when using 'su' instead of 'su -' - the key bindings didn't hurt anything but likely hide a bug - merge history instead of overwriting it
Submitted by: gavin, joel Approved by: cperciva
|
234093 |
10-Apr-2012 |
stas |
- Add rc.d script for kfd, kerberos forwarded tickets daemon.
|
233506 |
26-Mar-2012 |
ivoras |
Add MySQL port 3306
Obtained from: http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers MFC after: 1 week
|
233435 |
24-Mar-2012 |
eadler |
Fix build by adding new directory to mtree in r233429
Submitted by: flo Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
233429 |
24-Mar-2012 |
eadler |
- Make the default values for tcsh more user friendly - Add an examples file with many of the not accepted suggestions from the discussion
PR: conf/160689 Reviewed by: many Discussed on: current Approved by: cperciva
|
233346 |
23-Mar-2012 |
pluknet |
Clean up of fs/fifofs include directory after fifo.h removal.
Glanced by: kib
|
233294 |
22-Mar-2012 |
stas |
- Update FreeBSD Heimdal distribution to version 1.5.1. This also brings several new kerberos related libraries and applications to FreeBSD: o kgetcred(1) allows one to manually get a ticket for a particular service. o kf(1) securily forwards ticket to another host through an authenticated and encrypted stream. o kcc(1) is an umbrella program around klist(1), kswitch(1), kgetcred(1) and other user kerberos operations. klist and kswitch are just symlinks to kcc(1) now. o kswitch(1) allows you to easily switch between kerberos credentials if you're running KCM. o hxtool(1) is a certificate management tool to use with PKINIT. o string2key(1) maps a password into key. o kdigest(8) is a userland tool to access the KDC's digest interface. o kimpersonate(8) creates a "fake" ticket for a service.
We also now install manpages for some lirbaries that were not installed before, libheimntlm and libhx509.
- The new HEIMDAL version no longer supports Kerberos 4. All users are recommended to switch to Kerberos 5.
- Weak ciphers are now disabled by default. To enable DES support (used by telnet(8)), use "allow_weak_crypto" option in krb5.conf.
- libtelnet, pam_ksu and pam_krb5 are now compiled with error on warnings disabled due to the function they use (krb5_get_err_text(3)) being deprecated. I plan to work on this next.
- Heimdal's KDC now require sqlite to operate. We use the bundled version and install it as libheimsqlite. If some other FreeBSD components will require it in the future we can rename it to libbsdsqlite and use for these components as well.
- This is not a latest Heimdal version, the new one was released while I was working on the update. I will update it to 1.5.2 soon, as it fixes some important bugs and security issues.
|
233167 |
19-Mar-2012 |
glebius |
Rotate auth.log and messages at the beginning of a year. Otherwise, daily security checks 800.loginfail and 900.tcpwrap may produce false positive alerts.
|
233111 |
18-Mar-2012 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf to use new -n option when doing kldload.
MFC after: 1 week
|
233048 |
16-Mar-2012 |
mm |
Unhide /dev/zfs in devfsrules_jail.
The /dev/zfs device is required for managing jailed ZFS datasets.
Discussed with: pjd, jamie MFC after: 1 week
|
232977 |
14-Mar-2012 |
ed |
Make init(8) slightly more robust when /dev/console is missing.
If the environment doesn't offer a working /dev/console, the existing version of init(8) will simply refuse running rc(8) scripts. This means you'll only have a system running init(8) and nothing else.
Change the code to do the following:
- Open /dev/console like we used to do, but make it more robust to use O_NONBLOCK to prevent blocking on a carrier. - If this fails, use /dev/null as stdin and /var/log/init.log as stdout and stderr. - If even this fails, use /dev/null as stdin, stdout and stderr.
So why us this useful? Well, if you remove the `getpid() == 1' check in main(), you can now use init(8) inside jails to properly execute rc(8). It still requires some polishing, as existing tools assume init(8) has PID 1.
Also it is now possible to use use init(8) on `headless' devices that don't even have a serial boot console.
|
232976 |
14-Mar-2012 |
ed |
Hide stty(1) errors.
If rc(8) is executed without using a TTY, this error appears at the beginning:
stty: stdin isn't a terminal
Because this is to be expected and of course not harmful, it is better to simply hide the error message.
MFC after: 1 week
|
232515 |
04-Mar-2012 |
bz |
Rather than printing the output from route add for all FIBs just print them for the default FIB followed by a statement with a list of FIB numbers for all the other FIBs we install the routes for.
Request by: kib (to make it less noisy) Tested by: kib MFC after: 3 days
|
232498 |
04-Mar-2012 |
theraven |
Reapply 227753 (xlocale cleanup), plus some fixes so that it passes build universe with gcc.
Approved by: dim (mentor)
|
232177 |
26-Feb-2012 |
jhibbits |
Add backlight control to ATI-graphics PowerBooks and iBooks.
Approved by: nwhitehorn (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
231888 |
18-Feb-2012 |
delphij |
Put the signal trap output to standard error instead of standard output. Without this change, pressing ^T could result in rc.d script putting junk strings like:
Script <filename> running
in configuration files when redirecting standard output to these files.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
231862 |
17-Feb-2012 |
dougb |
Increase the default shutdown timer to 90 seconds. This will allow certain systems that take a long time to shut down, without adversely affecting things that shut down quickly. It's also 30 seconds less than the default hard limit of 120 seconds in kern.init_shutdown_timeout.
PR: conf/109272 Submitted by: Radim Kolar SF.NET <hsn@sendmail.cz>
|
231852 |
17-Feb-2012 |
bz |
Merge multi-FIB IPv6 support from projects/multi-fibv6/head/:
Extend the so far IPv4-only support for multiple routing tables (FIBs) introduced in r178888 to IPv6 providing feature parity.
This includes an extended rtalloc(9) KPI for IPv6, the necessary adjustments to the network stack, and user land support as in netstat.
Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc. Reviewed by: melifaro (basically) MFC after: 10 days
|
231849 |
17-Feb-2012 |
eadler |
Style: prefer the use of line continuations to +=
Requested by: marcel, dougb, bde Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
231714 |
14-Feb-2012 |
dim |
Revert r231673 and r231682 for now, until we can run a full make universe with them. Sorry for the breakage.
Pointy hat to: me and brooks
|
231673 |
14-Feb-2012 |
theraven |
Cleanup of xlocale:
- Address performance regressions encountered by das@ by caching per-thread data in TLS where available. - Add a __NO_TLS flag to cdefs.h to indicate where not available. - Reorganise the xlocale.h definitions into xlocale/*.h so that they can be included from multiple places. - Export the POSIX2008 subset of xlocale when POSIX2008 says it should be exported, independently of whether xlocale.h is included. - Fix the bug where programs using ctype functions always assumed ASCII unless recompiled. - Fix some style(9) violations.
Reviewed by: brooks (mentor) Approved by: dim (mentor)
|
231667 |
14-Feb-2012 |
dougb |
Fix various issues with the NFS and RPC related scripts:
1. Add new functionality to the force_depend method to incorporate the tests for whether the service is enabled and/or already running. 2. Add a new option to bypass checking only that the service is enabled at boot time, and always check if it is running. 3. Use this new functionality to greatly simplify the rc.d scripts that use force_depend. 4. Add a force_depend for statd in lockd 5. Remove the check that either nfs_server or nfs_client is _enable'd from statd and lockd. This was always overkill, and prevented using the {one|force}start options, as well as stop'ing on the command line. 6. The yp* scripts had some of their arguments in various weird orders. Bring them into line with the model. 7. If mountd fails to create /var/db/mountdtab, err out.
Ideas, suggestions, and/or review from delphij and jilles. Pointy hats are completely my responsibility however.
|
231575 |
13-Feb-2012 |
hselasky |
Re-generate /etc/devd/usb.conf
MFC after: 1 day
|
231563 |
12-Feb-2012 |
avg |
start watchdogd before most of other daemons/servers
The main benefit is that watchdogd would shutdown after most of other daemons/servers and thus, for example, would remedy a system hang caused by unlucky X server shutdown.
Reviewed by: dougb (earlier version) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
231549 |
12-Feb-2012 |
ed |
Avoid using BEFORE in the utx rc script.
Requested by: dougb
|
231534 |
11-Feb-2012 |
ed |
Move utmpx handling out of init(8).
This has the following advantages:
- During boot, the BOOT_TIME record is now written right after the file systems become writable, but before users are allowed to log in. This means that they can't cause `hidden logins' by logging in right before init(8) kicks in.
- The pututxline(3) function may potentially block on file locking, though this is very rare to occur. By placing it in an rc script, the user can still kill it with ^C if needed.
- Most importantly: jails don't use init(8). This means that a force reboot of a system running jails will leave stale entries in the accounting database of the jails individually.
|
231507 |
11-Feb-2012 |
dougb |
In the days before r208307 addswap was running early in the second stage of rcorder. Somehow in the intervening period addswap got moved to the very end, which is almost certainly not what we want.
This change moves it to right after kld so that for users who need it, they'll get it ASAP.
|
231298 |
09-Feb-2012 |
eadler |
Make etc/Makefile more conflict resistant
PR: conf/163789 Submitted by: gcooper (iXsystems) Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
231226 |
08-Feb-2012 |
jkim |
Revert r211288 and move the logic to the acpi_timer itself.
|
231194 |
08-Feb-2012 |
dougb |
As it stands right now, the default devfs rulesets are only loaded as a side effect of something else using them. If they haven't been loaded already but you want to use them, say for configuring a jail, you're out of luck.
So add a knob to always load the default rulesets. While I'm here document the other devfs_ knobs in rc.conf.5.
|
231171 |
08-Feb-2012 |
gjb |
Add an option to 404.status-zfs (enabled by default) to list all zfs pools on the system.
While here, document daily_status_zfs_enable in periodic.conf(5).
Discussed on: -fs [1] Reviewed by: netchild [1] Approved by: jhb MFC after: 1 week
[1] - http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-fs/2011-June/011869.html
|
230991 |
04-Feb-2012 |
hrs |
Fix $ipv6_network_interfaces handling in rc.d/routing. It could fail when it was set to "auto", for example.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230726 |
29-Jan-2012 |
hrs |
Perform IPv6 DAD only in ifn_start.
|
230640 |
28-Jan-2012 |
jhibbits |
Remove the notify match from a couple devd apple events, the events don't include notify tags.
Approved by: nwhitehorn (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
230453 |
22-Jan-2012 |
hrs |
Fix several glitches in IPv6-related knobs:
- ipv6_enable + ipv6_gateway_enable should unset ACCEPT_RTADV by default for backward compatibility.
- Configurations in ipv6_prefix_IF should be recognized even if there is no ifconfig_IF_ipv6.
- DAD wait should be performed at once, not on a per-interface basis, if possible. This fixes an issue that a system with a lot of IPv6-capable interfaces takes too long for booting.
MFC after: 1 week
|
230403 |
20-Jan-2012 |
brooks |
When creating the jails /dev/log symlink, do it by full path to avoid creating stray "log" symlinks if the mount fails. That apparently happens in some ezjail configs.
PR: conf/143084 Submitted by: Dirk Engling <erdgeist at erdgeist.org> Reviewed by: simon MFC after: 2 weeks
|
230389 |
20-Jan-2012 |
rea |
/etc/netstart: remove invocation of dhclient
dhclient is no longer a real service, it is a helper script for /etc/rc.d/netif and devd. Its direct invocation isn't needed to bring the network up.
Approved by: jhb
|
230388 |
20-Jan-2012 |
rea |
dhclient: don't use syslog for logging non-DHCP interface errors
We should show the error to user, but it doesn't deserve syslog.
Approved by: jhb
|
230374 |
20-Jan-2012 |
dougb |
If we're booting there is no need to waste time determining if the service is running or not.
PR: conf/150752 Submitted by: YIN Xiaofeng <75394094@qq.com>
|
230103 |
14-Jan-2012 |
dougb |
Now that its callers have been udpated, remove set_rcvar().
The concept of set_rcvar() was nice in theory, but the forks it creates are a drag on the startup process, which is especially noticeable on slower systems, such as embedded ones.
|
230099 |
14-Jan-2012 |
dougb |
Prepare for the removal of set_rcvar() by changing the rcvar= assignments to the literal values it would have returned.
The concept of set_rcvar() was nice in theory, but the forks it creates are a drag on the startup process, which is especially noticeable on slower systems, such as embedded ones.
During the discussion on freebsd-rc@ a preference was expressed for using ${name}_enable instead of the literal values. However the code portability concept doesn't really apply since there are so many other places where the literal name has to be searched for and replaced. Also, using the literal value is also a tiny bit faster than dereferencing the variables, and every little bit helps.
|
230007 |
12-Jan-2012 |
rea |
rc.d: document 'quiet' prefix and fix dhclient/devd interaction
Document the current semantics of the 'quiet' command prefix in the rc.subr(8).
Fix dhclient rc.d script: it should not call err() for non-DHCP-enabled interface when it is called from devd, because the latter just blindly calls 'service dhclient quietstart' on each "link up" event.
Since the 'quietstart' will silence the message "Cannot 'start' <foo>. Set <foo>_enable to YES in /etc/rc.conf or use 'onestart' instead of 'start'." and running dhclient on the non-DHCP-enabled interface is the same thing as running the service <foo> without <foo>_enable set, such modification is in sync with the current semantics of the 'quiet' prefix.
Approved by: glebius Reviewed by: freebsd-rc list MFC after: 2 weeks
|
229850 |
09-Jan-2012 |
glebius |
Bunch of fixes to pfsync(4) module load/unload:
o Make the pfsync.ko actually usable. Before this change loading it didn't register protosw, so was a nop. However, a module /boot/kernel did confused users. o Rewrite the way we are joining multicast group: - Move multicast initialization/destruction to separate functions. - Don't allocate memory if we aren't going to join a multicast group. - Use modern API for joining/leaving multicast group. - Now the utterly wrong pfsync_ifdetach() isn't needed. o Move module initialization from SYSINIT(9) to moduledata_t method. o Refuse to unload module, unless asked forcibly. o Improve a bit some FreeBSD porting code: - Use separate malloc type. - Simplify swi sheduling.
This change is probably wrong from VIMAGE viewpoint, however pfsync wasn't VIMAGE-correct before this change, too.
Glanced at by: bz
|
229822 |
08-Jan-2012 |
dougb |
There is no longer a need to abstract ${rcvar_manpage} as we are not attempting to maintain compatibility with NetBSD for some years now.
|
229783 |
07-Jan-2012 |
uqs |
Spelling fixes for etc/
|
229701 |
06-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Add 'nojail' keyword as auditd(8) can't really do anything useful when inside a jail.
Discussed with: rwatson MFC after: 1 week
|
228541 |
15-Dec-2011 |
pjd |
- Put one file into one line. This makes keeping local changes and merging with FreeBSD easier for vendors. - For optional files use variables starting with underscore.
Both changes make rc.d/Makefile look similar to sys/modules/Makefile.
Reviewed by: dim
|
228472 |
13-Dec-2011 |
glebius |
Add compatibility support for specifing IPv4 aliases in rc.conf without the "inet" keyword.
Obtained from: hrs
|
228277 |
05-Dec-2011 |
jhibbits |
Fix style(9) issues from r228270.
Approved by: nwhitehorn (mentor)
|
228270 |
05-Dec-2011 |
jhibbits |
Add a devd notification for closing/opening the lid on PowerBooks and iBooks.
Approved by: nwhitehorn (mentor)
|
228191 |
01-Dec-2011 |
obrien |
Ensure kldxref is run first. Currently both 'kldxref' and 'kld' depend on "FILESYSTEMS" and 'kld' is being run 8 scripts ahead of 'kldxref'.
Reported by: dhw
|
227983 |
25-Nov-2011 |
theraven |
Import libc++ / libcxxrt into base. Not build by default yet (use MK_LIBCPLUSPLUS=yes to enable). This is a work-in-progress. It works for me, but is not guaranteed to work for anyone else and may eat your dog.
To build C++ using libc++, add -stdlib=libc++ to your CXX and LD flags.
Bug reports welcome, bug fixes even more welcome...
Approved by: dim (mentor)
|
227787 |
21-Nov-2011 |
glebius |
Better use pkill(1) in last commit.
Submitted by: pjd
|
227528 |
15-Nov-2011 |
glebius |
On some laptops it is important to re-open /dev/psm after resume. moused(8) was capable to do this upon SIGHUP for more than a decade. Automate this via rc.resume in default installation.
|
227482 |
13-Nov-2011 |
dougb |
The default setting, daily_accounting_compress="NO", was causing only 1 old file to be saved, so fix this. Problem raised in the PR, but actually required a different solution.
While I'm here, fix a very old off-by-one error causing 1 more file than specified in daily_accounting_save to be saved because acct.0 was not taken into account (pun intended). Change that, and use a more thorough method of finding old files to delete. Partly just because this is the right thing to do, but also to silently fix the extra log that would have been left behind forever with the previous method.
PR: conf/160848 Submitted by: Andrey Zonov <andrey@zonov.org>
|
227366 |
08-Nov-2011 |
jilles |
rc.d: Eliminate some unnecessary non-POSIX constructs:
* set - ... * empty braces * ^ in character class
|
227112 |
05-Nov-2011 |
dim |
Whenever you boot with nfsv4_server_enable=NO (the default) in rc.conf, the /etc/rc.d/nfsd script sets vfs.nfsd.server_max_nfsvers to 3.
Then, when you set nfsv4_server_enable=YES in rc.conf, and restart nfsd via the rc.d script, without rebooting, the sysctl does *not* get reset to max version 4, so NFSv4 still doesn't work.
Fix this by explicitly setting vfs.nfsd.server_max_nfsvers to 4 when NFSv4 is requested.
I also added resetting of the nfs_privport sysctls, since this has the same issue: nfs_reserved_port_only=YES in rc.conf sets the nfs_privport sysctl to 1, but in the other case, the sysctl doesn't get reset to 0.
Reviewed by: rmacklem Silence from: rc@ MFC after: 3 days
|
226879 |
28-Oct-2011 |
rea |
Fix handling of rc_force in /etc/rc.d/dhclient
Variable 'rc_force' is accessible only at the time of rc_run_command, so it can't be examined from the script's main code.
Spotted by: hrs Reviewed by: hrs, des Approved by: des MFC after: 2 weeks
|
226865 |
27-Oct-2011 |
delphij |
Increase default scrub threshold from 30 days to 5 weeks. Using whole weeks makes it easier to predicate when the scrub would happen.
MFC after: 1 week
|
226862 |
27-Oct-2011 |
gavin |
Remove example for linking /dev/vga to /dev/ttyv0, this hasn't been required since X version 4.3.0.
PR: conf/161847 Submitted by: eadler MFC after: 2 weeks
|
226860 |
27-Oct-2011 |
gavin |
Update the example rules in devfs.conf to reflect the changes since ATA_CAM. While here, add another example rule, as many applications these days expect to find /dev/dvd instead.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226775 |
26-Oct-2011 |
hrs |
- Add support for a "!" character in regex matching in devd(8). It inverts the logic (true/false) of the matching.
- Add "!usbus[0-9]+" to IFNET ATTACH notification handler in the default devd.conf to prevent rc.d/netif from running when usbus[0-9]+ is attached.
Reviewed by: imp
|
226657 |
23-Oct-2011 |
mm |
Correctly reassign copyright of etc/rc.d/static_ndp back to delphij@ as the project itself is no legal entity
Reported by: Joe Dahl <joel@vnode.se> MFC after: 3 days
|
226654 |
23-Oct-2011 |
mm |
Add etc/rc.d/static_ndp, analogous to etc/rc.d/static_arp. Make sure that static ARP and NDP bindings are set before NETWORKING.
As static_ndp is based on static_arp, pass copyright to the project with permission of the original author (delphij@).
Reviewed by: delphij@FreeBSD.org MFC after: 3 days
|
226652 |
23-Oct-2011 |
hrs |
Add support for removing addresses added by ipv6_prefix_hostid_addr_up() upon rc.d/netif stop.
|
226649 |
23-Oct-2011 |
hrs |
Fix an issue that 127/8 is not configured when $ifconfig_DEFAULT is not empty.
Spotted by: ume
|
226534 |
19-Oct-2011 |
hselasky |
Add new USB IDs to RUN driver. Update usb.conf.
PR: usb/161798 MFC after: 3 days
|
226471 |
17-Oct-2011 |
se |
Add missing default values for daily/800.scrub-zfs for documentation purposes. No functional change, since all parameters are set to their default values. MFC after: 1 week
|
226470 |
17-Oct-2011 |
se |
Fix error message in case the backup storage directory does not exist and cannot be created ($daily_backup_pkgdb_dbdir -> $daily_backup_pkgdb_dir). MFC after: 1 week
|
226464 |
17-Oct-2011 |
des |
The rc_force test was inverted in the previous commit, so that dhclient ran for interfaces which were not configured for DHCP *unless* rc_force was set; the correct logic is to run dhclient for those interfaces *only if* rc_force is set.
Broken by: des@ Noticed by: everybody and his dog Submitted by: rea@ PR: bin/161733
|
226449 |
16-Oct-2011 |
nwhitehorn |
Add support for special keys (volume/brightness/eject) on Apple laptops with ADB keyboards.
Submitted by: Justin Hibbits <jrh29 at alumni dot cwru dot edu> MFC after: 9.0-RELEASE
|
226345 |
13-Oct-2011 |
des |
Make dhclient use a pid file. Modify the rc script accordingly; while there, clean it up and add some error checks.
Glanced at by: brooks@ MFC after: 3 weeks
|
226277 |
12-Oct-2011 |
cperciva |
Now that the portsnap buildbox is generating the raw bits for INDEX-9, add it to the set of INDEX files built by portsnap.
|
225880 |
29-Sep-2011 |
dim |
Revive the LLVM and Clang license files, which were removed in my too-thorough cleanup of unused files, in r213695. Also make sure these get installed under /usr/share/doc.
Submitted by: rwatson, brooks Pointy hat to: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
225861 |
29-Sep-2011 |
wblock |
Fix a confusing sentence. [1] Other wording tweaks.
Reviewed by: imp [1] Approved by: gjb
|
225849 |
28-Sep-2011 |
delphij |
Test if the interface is afif in dhcpif() and syncdhcpif(), as done in ipv6_autoconfif.
Reviewed by: hrs (freebsd-rc@) MFC after: 1 week
|
225790 |
27-Sep-2011 |
kib |
Install ciss(4) ioctl header (together with other .h files from sys/dev/ciss).
PR: kern/109813 Discussued with: Alex Samorukov <samm os2 kiev ua> (smartmontools maintainer) MFC after: 1 week
|
225684 |
20-Sep-2011 |
hrs |
Use REQUIRE: line to reorder rc.d/bridge instead of BEFORE: line.
Pointed out by: dougb Approved by: re (bz)
|
225670 |
19-Sep-2011 |
hrs |
Use resolvconf(8) to create /etc/resolv.conf, not directly overwrite it.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
225669 |
19-Sep-2011 |
hrs |
Fix the script order to run rc.d/bridge after the initial network interface configuration and before running network daemons.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
225587 |
15-Sep-2011 |
jh |
Expose "log" in the default devfs rules. /etc/rc.d/jail creates /dev/log as a symbolic link.
PR: conf/160711 Submitted by: Jase Thew Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
225574 |
15-Sep-2011 |
dougb |
Correct the RFC number for the description of IPv6 privacy addressing
Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (kib)
|
225560 |
14-Sep-2011 |
brueffer |
Minor spelling, wording and punctuation fixes in comments.
PR: 155984 Submitted by: gcooper Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
225522 |
13-Sep-2011 |
hrs |
- Add an warning when ifconfig_IF_ipv6 has no inet6 keyword in front of an IPv6 address. (r225489)
- Use eval for ${ifconfig_args} to fix an issue fixed in r223506. (r225489)
Approved by: re (bz)
|
225521 |
13-Sep-2011 |
hrs |
Add $ipv6_cpe_wanif to enable functionality required for IPv6 CPE (r225485). When setting an interface name to it, the following configurations will be enabled:
1. "no_radr" is set to all IPv6 interfaces automatically.
2. "-no_radr accept_rtadv" will be set only for $ipv6_cpe_wanif. This is done just before evaluating $ifconfig_IF_ipv6 in the rc.d scripts (this means you can manually supersede this configuration if necessary).
3. The node will add RA-sending routers to the default router list even if net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1.
This mode is added to conform to RFC 6204 (a router which connects the end-user network to a service provider network). To enable packet forwarding, you still need to set ipv6_gateway_enable=YES.
Note that accepting router entries into the default router list when packet forwarding capability and a routing daemon are enabled can result in messing up the routing table. To minimize such unexpected behaviors, "no_radr" is set on all interfaces but $ipv6_cpe_wanif.
Approved by: re (bz)
|
225452 |
08-Sep-2011 |
delphij |
Sync pf.os with OpenBSD:
- Update OpenBSD fingerprints through OpenBSD 4.9 - Fix typos.
Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC after: 2 weeks Approved by: re (kib)
|
225189 |
26-Aug-2011 |
nwhitehorn |
Fix path to the handbook and provide a hint about how to install it if it was not added at installation time.
Approved by: re (blackend)
|
225120 |
23-Aug-2011 |
delphij |
Honor WITHOUT_IPX when installing etc/rc.d/ipxrouted.
MFC after: 1 week Approved by: re (kib)
|
224765 |
10-Aug-2011 |
dougb |
Revert r224760, and enhance the sed patterns from r224659 to comment out the _compat entries in the WITHOUT_NIS case rather then delete them.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
224674 |
06-Aug-2011 |
dougb |
Rather than edit the nsswitch.conf file based on ${MK_NIS} == "no" comment out the NIS _compat options by default, but leave them in the file for the convenience of users who want to enable it.
Update the comment in the file accordingly.
Reviewed by: ed Approved by: re (hrs)
|
224659 |
05-Aug-2011 |
ed |
Remove NIS entries from /etc/nsswitch.conf for WITHOUT_NIS.
We already modify various configuration files in /etc based on build configuration. This is not done for nsswitch.conf right now when setting WITHOUT_NIS. This breaks various utilities, including crond, that depend on working databases.
Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 month
|
224273 |
22-Jul-2011 |
dougb |
Revert the apparently-unecessary module_path twiddling from r223917
Approved by: re (kib)
|
224132 |
17-Jul-2011 |
jilles |
rc.d/routing: Fix ugly output with additional routing options.
Print a separate "Additional routing options" line for each address family which has additional options, so that it does not get mixed up with the output from adding routes.
This also reverts r224048 which added newlines to two arbitrary routing options.
|
224125 |
17-Jul-2011 |
dougb |
Commemorate the release of RFC 6303 by updating the comments regarding our default empty zones. No functional changes.
|
224124 |
17-Jul-2011 |
dougb |
Pick up the 2011-06-08 update to this file, the addition of an IPv6 address for D.
|
224048 |
15-Jul-2011 |
kevlo |
Remove "-n" from echo
Reviewed by: dougb
|
223998 |
14-Jul-2011 |
adrian |
More Japan regulatory domain fixes:
* Add HT40 entries for the two new Japan bands * Fix a channel separation bug in one of the new bands I introduced in a previous commit.
|
223996 |
14-Jul-2011 |
adrian |
Japan regulatory domain update #1 - sync with CRDA entries.
Specifics:
* add 4920MHz-4980MHz for 11a and 11n/HT20 * add 5040MHz-5080MHz for 11a and 11n/HT20 * add 5500MHz-5700MHz for 11a and 11n/HT20 (DFS needed) * add 5500MHz-5680MHz for 11n/HT40 (DFS needed)
TODO:
* add correct HT40 bands for 4920-4980 and 5040-5080
For the curious:
There's been many revisions to the Japan regulatory rules. Apparently, the requirements require old cards certified on a previous version of the rules to obey the older rules, not the newer rules.
The regdomain.xml outlines the -current- restrictions.
The card driver (eg the ath_hal regulatory domain code) may include previous revisions of the Japan rules.
The ath_hal regdomain code populates the initial channel list based on what the EEPROM indicates is possible. The regdomain.xml database imposes further restrictions on this.
So regdomain.xml only needs to have the -current- rules. If the card was certified on an earlier set of JP rules, it may only support a subset of those channels - these are calculated at device attach and this restricted list is kicked to net80211. regdomain.xml operates on -this- list of channels.
And thus, the correct regulatory behaviour for Japan is handled with only one regdomain.xml Japan database entry.
(phew.)
Obtained from: Linux wireless-regdb
|
223917 |
10-Jul-2011 |
dougb |
Make sure we load kernel modules from the same path as the running kernel
|
223852 |
08-Jul-2011 |
rmacklem |
Delete the /etc/rc.d/nfsserver script, since it is no longer used by /etc/rc.d/nfsd and it is no longer necessary to load the old nfs server by default, when nfs_server_enable="YES".
Tested by: sgk at troutmask.apl.washington.edu Reviewed by: rc (Andrzej Tobola)
|
223847 |
07-Jul-2011 |
rmacklem |
Fix the /etc/rc.d/nfsd script so that it no longer uses the /etc/rc.d/nfsserver script to load the old nfs server module.
Tested by: sgk at troutmask.apl.washington.edu Reviewed by: rc (hrs)
|
223644 |
28-Jun-2011 |
pluknet |
Run load_rc_config before stop_cmd definition, so that ${quotaoff_flags} is correctly expanded inside stop_cmd instead of getting nothing.
PR: conf/157687 Reported by: Dmitry Banschikov <d.banschikov peterhost ru> MFC after: 1 week
|
223604 |
27-Jun-2011 |
hselasky |
Regenerate usb.conf after r223566.
|
223569 |
26-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
.. this wasn't supposed to be committed! sorry.
|
223566 |
26-Jun-2011 |
gavin |
The SMCWUSBG is a zyd(4) device, not an uath(4) device. Remove from the latter.
It appears that the addition to uath(4) came in through PR kern/135009, which had tested another device, the SMCWUSBTG2, successfully with uath(4) and included the SMCWUSBG as it "has the same chipset". I can find no other evidence that these two do actually share the same chipset. Moreover, Linux treats the SMCWUSBG as a zyd(4) device also.
This reverts r223537.
Discussed with: hselasky, kevlo MFC after: 1 week
|
223564 |
26-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
I think 23dBm is the correct value to use here. CRDA uses 20dBm + 3dB max antenna gain; I believe net80211 doesn't take antenna gain into account and leaves it up to the driver to enforce. (ath_hal(4) certainly tries to do this.)
|
223563 |
26-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
Add a couple more frequency ranges to the FCC3 (FCC + DFS) regulatory domain.
The frequency range 5490MHz -> 5710MHz was opened up sometime in 2009, but regdomain.xml wasn't updated.
FCC reference: (Section 15.407): http://louise.hallikainen.org/FCC/FccRules/2009/15/407/
The hole between 5600-5650MHz is due to a request from Airports using a weather radar system which also utilises this range. The GIT commit explaining this hole in more detail can be found here:
http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-regdb.git;a=commit;h=fcbf9225d56e82d9a4e506187d42285e76d81523
|
223561 |
26-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
Replace tab with 8 spaces, bringing it in line with the rest of the file.
|
223543 |
25-Jun-2011 |
hselasky |
- Move bus_auto.conf back into /etc/devd/ - Rename bus_auto.conf into usb.conf
Requested by: imp @ MFC after: 14 days
|
223536 |
25-Jun-2011 |
hselasky |
- Move auto-load devd config file into etc/defaults folder. - Regenerate file after bugfix in the generator.
Suggested by: Jeremy Messenger MFC after: 14 days
|
223521 |
24-Jun-2011 |
hselasky |
- Export more USB device ID's. - Update bus_auto.conf accordingly.
MFC after: 3 days
|
223519 |
24-Jun-2011 |
hselasky |
- Add auto-load devd config file for USB kernel modules.
MFC after: 14 days
|
223506 |
24-Jun-2011 |
pluknet |
Add support for string values with white spaces for ifconfig(8) parameters accepting them (such as description, group).
Changes discussed on freebsd-rc.
PR: conf/156675 Reported by: "Alexander V. Chernikov" <melifaro att ipfw ru> Suggested by: hrs Analyzed with: Alexander V. Chernikov via IRC MFC after: 2 weeks
|
223504 |
24-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
Fix another broken HT40 channel band reference.
|
223498 |
24-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
More incorrect HT/40 setups in FCC.
Noticed-by: bschmidt@
|
223497 |
24-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
Fix an incorrect frequency band for HT/40 in the FCC SKU.
Noticed by: bschmidt@
|
223496 |
24-Jun-2011 |
adrian |
Import one of the two missing US FCC DFS bands to FCC3.
The FCC opened up this band sometime in 2009 (and ath was updated); but regdomain.xml wasn't updated.
|
223408 |
22-Jun-2011 |
dougb |
I knew there was something funny about this line
|
223311 |
19-Jun-2011 |
dougb |
Blah, forgot to svn add the actual script from r223310
|
223310 |
19-Jun-2011 |
dougb |
Add the netwait rc.d script. It waits for the specified period for the network to become active.
PR: conf/151063 Submitted by: Jeremy Chadwick <freebsd@jdc.parodius.com>
|
223298 |
19-Jun-2011 |
jilles |
rc.subr: Make sure all functions are under if [ -z "${_rc_subr_loaded}" ].
|
223292 |
19-Jun-2011 |
jilles |
rc.subr: Eliminate a fork from check_kern_features, like r223227.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
223264 |
18-Jun-2011 |
dougb |
Add rc.d/kld to load kernel modules after local disks are up. This method is many times faster than doing it in /boot/loader.conf.
|
223227 |
18-Jun-2011 |
jilles |
rc.subr: Eliminate about 100 forks from the boot sequence.
With the current sh, placing eval in a command substitution always results in a fork(), even if it is the only command and only executes a single simple command. Therefore, avoid it where it can be avoided easily.
Side effect: values starting with a hyphen and all whitespace are preserved. The values are defaults and names for rc.conf variables and messages to be given about obsolete ones.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
223209 |
17-Jun-2011 |
ed |
Add WITHOUT_UTMPX switch to the build system.
This knob removes the tools that are exclusively used to view and maintain the databases maintained by utmpx, namely last, users, who, wtmpcvt, ac, lastlogin and utxrm.
The tool w is not in this list, because it has some other functionality which is unrelated to utmpx; it is hardlinked to the uptime tool.
|
223201 |
17-Jun-2011 |
ed |
Don't omit ac(8) as part of WITHOUT_ACCT.
The WITHOUT_ACCT switch is supposed to omit tools related to process accounting, namely accton and sa. ac(8) is just a simple tool that prints statistics based on data in the utx.log database. It has nothing to do with the former.
|
223117 |
15-Jun-2011 |
jpaetzel |
Eliminate extraneous pipelines and tr calls.
Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
223069 |
14-Jun-2011 |
gshapiro |
Minor change to force commit this file so new freebsd*.cf files are built to use the new sendmail-8.14.5/cf tree.
MFC after: 4 days
|
223068 |
14-Jun-2011 |
gshapiro |
Update DNSBL information (MAPS has been acquired, used a generic example)
|
223056 |
13-Jun-2011 |
jpaetzel |
Convert the allowed characters '-', '.', and ':' in a ZFS pool name to _ to avoid causing errors in the shell script.
Submitted by: William Grzybowski <william88@gmail.com> Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 7 days Sponsored by: iXsystems
|
222997 |
11-Jun-2011 |
hrs |
- Remove $ipv6_gateway_enable check. - Use list_net_interfaces() instead of "ifconfig -l".
|
222996 |
11-Jun-2011 |
hrs |
Add a helper function to check kern.features.* sysctls.
Discussed with: dougb
|
222993 |
11-Jun-2011 |
rmacklem |
Make three one line changes to the rc scripts so that they work with the new NFS client being the default, since the new NFS client's module name is nfscl and not nfsclient.
|
222746 |
06-Jun-2011 |
hrs |
Do not mark lo0 as IFDISABLED even if there is no $ifconfig_lo0_ipv6 line.
|
222733 |
06-Jun-2011 |
hrs |
Remove "ifconfig IF inet6 -accept_rtadv" when ipv6_gateway_enable=YES because this is no longer needed.
|
222515 |
31-May-2011 |
bz |
No logner set an IPv4 loopback address by default in defaults/rc.conf. If not specified, network.subr will add it automatically if we have INET support (1).
In network.subr only call the address family up/down functions if the respective AF is available.
Switch to new kern.features variables for inet and inet6 as the inet sysctl tree is also available for IPv6-only kernels leading to unexpected results.
Suggested by: hrs (1) Reviewed by: hrs Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: iXsystems MFC after: 20 days
|
222007 |
17-May-2011 |
hrs |
Remove redundant keywords.
Submitted by: wxs
|
221884 |
14-May-2011 |
jilles |
network.subr: Use printf(1) builtin for hexprint function.
Now that printf(1) is a shell builtin, there is no need to emulate it anymore. The external printf(1) is /usr/bin/printf and therefore may not be available in early boot.
It may be faster to use printf directly but the function is useful for compatibility.
|
221615 |
08-May-2011 |
rmacklem |
Change the new NFS server so that it uses vfs.nfsd naming for its sysctls instead of vfs.newnfs. This separates the names from the ones used by the client.
|
221475 |
05-May-2011 |
dougb |
1. If PKG_DBDIR cannot be determined from make, set the default 2. Add the -H flag to tar in case /var/db/pkg itself is a symlink 3. Direct stderr to /dev/null to suppress the leading slash warning [1]
PR: ports/156810 [1] Submitted by: Jeremy Chadwick <freebsd@jdc.parodius.com> [1]
|
221432 |
04-May-2011 |
netchild |
The security run requests unmaskable output, even if the only output is to tell that there is a separate email or that the output is logged to a file.
This commit changes the return code for the non-inline case to tell that this message is not important enough and can be masked if necessary. The messages from the security checks themself are not affected by this and show up as before in the periodic security email/file.
The inline case still requests to not mask the output, as with the current way of handling this there is no easy way to handle this.
PR: 138692 Analysis/patch atch by: Chris Cowart <ccowart@timesinks.net> X-MFC after: on request
|
221430 |
04-May-2011 |
netchild |
Use proper return codes (valuable output, invalid config, problems).
MFC after: 1 week
|
221420 |
04-May-2011 |
des |
Upgrade to OpenSSH 5.8p2.
|
221382 |
03-May-2011 |
ru |
Updated `flags' field description.
|
221345 |
02-May-2011 |
dim |
Upgrade our copy of llvm/clang to r130700, from upstream's trunk.
|
221227 |
29-Apr-2011 |
dougb |
Rather than trusting that nothing is going to sneak in before the early_late_divider in the second run (and thus be skipped altogether), keep a list of the scripts run early, and use that list to skip things in the second run.
This has the primary benefit of not skipping a local script that gets ordered too early in the second run. It also gives an opportunity to clean up/simplify the code a bit.
Use a space-separated list rather than the more traditional colon for maximum insurance against creativity in local naming conventions.
Reviewed by: brooks
|
221139 |
27-Apr-2011 |
rmacklem |
Fix module names and dependencies so the NFS clients will load correctly as modules after r221124.
|
221046 |
26-Apr-2011 |
rmacklem |
Update the /etc/rc.d scripts for mountd and nfsd so they can use the "-o" option to force the old NFS server to run. Running the old NFS server is enabled by setting oldnfs_server_enable="YES". The scripts will only enable providing service for NFSv4 if nfsv4_server_enable="YES" is set.
Reviewed by: dougb (rc)
|
221007 |
25-Apr-2011 |
dougb |
Create a function for the code from r192246 so that it can be used both times mount is called.
Limit the automatic behavior to when AUTO is specified (as it is in etc/defaults/rc.conf) and for everything else take advantage of all of the goodness in checkyesno.
|
221006 |
25-Apr-2011 |
dougb |
Add svn:executable property
|
220974 |
23-Apr-2011 |
dougb |
As previously advertised, remove the error message for enable_quotas prior to 9.0-RELEASE.
This change should not be MFC'ed.
|
220963 |
23-Apr-2011 |
dougb |
Improve the error handling for the new get_pidfile_from_conf()
|
220962 |
23-Apr-2011 |
dougb |
Introduce to rc.subr get_pidfile_from_conf(). It does just what it sounds like, determines the path to a pid file as it is specified in a conf file.
Use the new feature for rc.d/named and rc.d/devd, the 2 services in the base that list their pid files in their conf files.
Remove the now-obsolete named_pidfile, and warn users if they have it set.
|
220760 |
17-Apr-2011 |
dougb |
The change in r206686 to allow the stop argument to work for a service that is running even though not _enable'd had an annoying side effect. If the service was already started at boot time by another means when the related script came around again in rcorder it would start again, regardless of _enable, because there was a valid pid. [1]
So, split the test into 2 parts, one for (!rcvar && !stop), and one for (stop && !valid_pid). This preserves the behavior from r206686 while preventing the undesired side effect.
PR: conf/156427 [1] Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.pp.ru> [1]
|
220755 |
17-Apr-2011 |
dim |
Remove libobjc and other Objective-C related components, as these are extremely outdated, and not used by anything in the base system.
Silence from: current@
|
220370 |
05-Apr-2011 |
obrien |
* Add the readline(3) API to libedit. The libedit versions of {readline,history}.h are in /usr/include/edit so as to not conflict with the GNU libreadline versions. To use the libedit readline(3) one should add "-I/usr/include/edit" to their Makefile (spelled "-I${DESTDIR}/${INCLUDEDIR}/edit" within the FreeBSD source tree).
* Enable its use in the BSD licensed utilities that support readline(3).
* To make it easier to sync libedit development with NetBSD, histedit.h is moved into libedit's directory as history shows shown we keep merging it into that location.
Obtained from: NetBSD Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
|
220168 |
30-Mar-2011 |
trasz |
Add example devd.conf entry.
|
220167 |
30-Mar-2011 |
trasz |
Add startup script, to load rules from /etc/rctl.conf.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Reviewed by: kib (ealier version)
|
220154 |
30-Mar-2011 |
ed |
Remove the reference to pseudo-terminals from the description.
Pseudo-terminals are no longer listed in this file, since the utmpx implementation doesn't depend on ttyslot().
|
220153 |
30-Mar-2011 |
emaste |
Replace ${SYSCTL_W} with ${SYSCTL} in rc.d scripts, as they are identical. This is a further clean up after r202988.
SYSCTL_W is still initialized in rc.subr as some ports may still use it.
|
220049 |
27-Mar-2011 |
dougb |
Hook the 220.backup-pkgdb script I added to the build unconditionally
Hook up 610.ipf6denied based on MK_IPFILTER as 510.ipfdenied is now
Poked by: Andrzej Tobola <ato@iem.pw.edu.pl>
|
220048 |
27-Mar-2011 |
dougb |
Add svn:executable property on remaining period scripts without it
|
220020 |
26-Mar-2011 |
dougb |
Add a daily period script to back up /var/db/pkg
The final product contains work from the originator, and Florent Thoumie <florent.thoumie@gmail.com>. The final product contains considerable re-working by me, so all responsibility for bugs rests under my pointy hat.
PR: ports/145957 Submitted by: Eitan Adler <EitanAdlerList@gmail.com>
|
220017 |
26-Mar-2011 |
dougb |
Add the svn:executable property to the scripts that are missing it
|
219974 |
24-Mar-2011 |
mav |
MFgraid/head: Add new RAID GEOM class, that is going to replace ataraid(4) in supporting various BIOS-based software RAIDs. Unlike ataraid(4) this implementation does not depend on legacy ata(4) subsystem and can be used with any disk drivers, including new CAM-based ones (ahci(4), siis(4), mvs(4), ata(4) with `options ATA_CAM`). To make code more readable and extensible, this implementation follows modular design, including core part and two sets of modules, implementing support for different metadata formats and RAID levels.
Support for such popular metadata formats is now implemented: Intel, JMicron, NVIDIA, Promise (also used by AMD/ATI) and SiliconImage.
Such RAID levels are now supported: RAID0, RAID1, RAID1E, RAID10, SINGLE, CONCAT.
For any all of these RAID levels and metadata formats this class supports full cycle of volume operations: reading, writing, creation, deletion, disk removal and insertion, rebuilding, dirty shutdown detection and resynchronization, bad sector recovery, faulty disks tracking, hot-spare disks. For Intel and Promise formats there is support multiple volumes per disk set.
Look graid(8) manual page for additional details.
Co-authored by: imp Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc. and iXsystems, Inc.
|
219820 |
21-Mar-2011 |
jeff |
- Merge in OFED 1.5.3 from projects/ofed/head
|
219738 |
18-Mar-2011 |
ume |
Add resolvconf(8) which manages resolv.conf.
|
219663 |
15-Mar-2011 |
des |
Forgot to commit this change along with r219563: pam_group(8) now issues a warning if neither luser nor ruser is specified. The correct option for su(1) is ruser.
MFC after: 1 month
|
219641 |
14-Mar-2011 |
nwhitehorn |
Thanks to sysinstall for its 15 years of service. And now to sleep, perchance to dream...
|
219612 |
13-Mar-2011 |
dougb |
Revert r219578
|
219587 |
13-Mar-2011 |
dougb |
Remove the svn:executable property on Makefile
Add it on hastd
|
219578 |
12-Mar-2011 |
dougb |
Use the allexport option in load_rc_config() in order to avoid having to repeatedly read the conf files. Depending on what is enabled the files are being read anywhere from 15, 30, or more times currently. By loading the values in the environment this is reduced to 1, with perhaps a couple more, again depending on what is enabled.
The speed-up for boot and shutdown is negligible when rc.conf is on local disk, noticable when accessing files over NFS, and dramatic when pulling rc.conf values from a database.
This change also includes a minor optimization to the conditional for $_rc_conf_loaded.
|
219090 |
27-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Commit two more files missed in r219089.
MFC after: 1 month
|
219082 |
27-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Recognize 'reload' command, as hastd can be reloaded with the SIGHUP signal.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219019 |
25-Feb-2011 |
gabor |
Add the BSD-licensed Citrus iconv to the base system with default off setting. It can be built by setting the WITH_ICONV knob. While this knob is unset, the library part, the binaries, the header file and the metadata files will not be built or installed so it makes no impact on the system if left turned off.
This work is based on the iconv implementation in NetBSD but a great number of improvements and feature additions have been included:
- Some utilities have been added. There is a conversion table generator, which can compare conversion tables to reference data generated by GNU libiconv. This helps ensuring conversion compatibility. - UTF-16 surrogate support and some endianness issues have been fixed. - The rather chaotic Makefiles to build metadata have been refactored and cleaned up, now it is easy to read and it is also easier to add support for new encodings. - A bunch of new encodings and encoding aliases have been added. - Support for 1->2, 1->3 and 1->4 mappings, which is needed for transliterating with flying accents as GNU does, like "u. - Lots of warnings have been fixed, the major part of the code is now WARNS=6 clean. - New section 1 and section 5 manual pages have been added. - Some GNU-specific calls have been implemented: iconvlist(), iconvctl(), iconv_canonicalize(), iconv_open_into() - Support for GNU's //IGNORE suffix has been added. - The "-" argument for stdin is now recognized in iconv(1) as per POSIX. - The Big5 conversion module has been fixed. - The iconv.h header files is supposed to be compatible with the GNU version, i.e. sources should build with base iconv.h and GNU libiconv. It also includes a macro magic to deal with the char ** and const char ** incompatibility. - GNU compatibility: "" or "char" means the current local encoding in use - Various cleanups and style(9) fixes.
Approved by: delphij (mentor) Obtained from: The NetBSD Project Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2009
|
219018 |
24-Feb-2011 |
brooks |
Enable the check for negative permissions (the group on a file can't do something "everyone" can) by default.
X-MFC after: never
|
218986 |
24-Feb-2011 |
dougb |
The new accounting file needs to be 644 so that unprivileged users can use lastcomm(1)
|
218961 |
22-Feb-2011 |
dougb |
Update how accounting log files are rotated.
The old version had a race between the time that the old file was cp'ed to acct.0 and the time that 'sa -s' was run that prevented the commands that occurred in the meantime from being backed up.
It's also arguable that the old version was inefficient in using cp which can be a problem on a space-constrained system.
This version avoids both problems, albeit it's considerably more complicated. The advantage of putting the log rotation in the rc.d script is that it can handle the _enable and _file questions without having to do gymnastics to discover either value in the periodic script.
As a side effect of reviewing the rc.d script I cleaned it up a bit.
|
218941 |
22-Feb-2011 |
uqs |
Flesh out WITHOUT_GROFF support to DTRT.
A full featured groff is required during buildworld, so build it always and don't rely on it being present on the host system.
vgrind(1) is tightly coupled to a roff processor and will not be built/installed when groff is disabled. Also much of the roff'ed documentation under share/doc will not be built/installed when WITHOUT_GROFF is defined.
Reviewed by: ru (partial)
|
218914 |
21-Feb-2011 |
lstewart |
Actually install the example Khelp module committed in r218545.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation MFC after: 4 weeks X-MFC with: r218545
|
218893 |
20-Feb-2011 |
dim |
Upgrade our copy of llvm/clang to r126079, from upstream's trunk.
This contains many improvements, primarily better C++ support, an integrated assembler for x86 and support for -pg.
|
218865 |
20-Feb-2011 |
dougb |
Add a note about AXFR of important zones being available from ICANN
|
218799 |
18-Feb-2011 |
nwhitehorn |
Import bsdinstall. This is meant to be (eventually in conjunction with pc-sysinstall) a replacement for sysinstall in the 9.0 release and beyond. Currently supported platforms are sparc64, pc98, i386, amd64, powerpc, and powerpc64. Integration into the build system will occur in the coming weeks.
Merging with pc-sysinstall will use this code as a frontend, while temporarily retaining the interactive partition editor here. This work will be done in parallel with improvements on this code and release integration.
Thanks to all who have provided testing and comments!
|
218772 |
17-Feb-2011 |
kib |
Install iodev.h.
Reviewed by: attilio MFC after: 1 week
|
218753 |
16-Feb-2011 |
dougb |
Remove in-addr.arpa from the list of zones it is possible to slave locally
|
218477 |
09-Feb-2011 |
uqs |
Fix termcap entry typo.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
218350 |
05-Feb-2011 |
dougb |
Catch up with reality and references from the latest RFCs (especially 5735) for our default empty zones.
|
218142 |
31-Jan-2011 |
dougb |
Let rpcbind clean up after itself
|
218119 |
31-Jan-2011 |
maxim |
o Add user 'hast'.
|
218047 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Change hast user home directory to /var/empty.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218046 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add 'hast' user and 'hast' group that will be used by hastd (and maybe hastctl) to drop privileges.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217822 |
25-Jan-2011 |
jpaetzel |
Fix logic error introduced in previous commit. Along the way make some efficiency improvements.
Submitted by: jilles Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
217755 |
23-Jan-2011 |
jpaetzel |
This script parses output of userland tools. In the case of a faulted zpool the output causes the script to bail out with syntax errors. Since a scrub of a faulted zpool is pointless, just skip over any pools marked as such.
PR: conf/150228 Submitted by: jpaetzel Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 3 days MFC note: only for RELENG_8
|
217596 |
19-Jan-2011 |
uqs |
Fix a small typo nit
|
217371 |
13-Jan-2011 |
nwhitehorn |
Remove /usr/share/examples/[lib]dialog, missed in the new dialog import.
Submitted by: dim
|
217187 |
09-Jan-2011 |
jh |
Replace nfs4 with newnfs in netfs_types. nfs4 was removed in r192578 and mount(8) has supported newnfs since r192930.
PR: conf/153655 Submitted by: Anonymous <swell.k@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
217090 |
07-Jan-2011 |
jh |
Warn if rules could not be read from a ruleset file. Now at least something gets logged if the file has syntax errors.
PR: conf/91342 Silence on: freebsd-rc
|
217073 |
06-Jan-2011 |
imp |
Don't require /usr/lib/aout to be on the system. Test for its existance since we don't generally need it.
MFC after: 1 week
|
216983 |
04-Jan-2011 |
jpaetzel |
Fix typo in default config file.
Approved by: Warner Losh <imp@FreeBSD.org> MFC after: 3 days
|
216811 |
30-Dec-2010 |
cperciva |
Remove INDEX-6 from the default portsnap configuration file; the 6.x index bits haven't been built since December 1st, although the mirrors are still distributing the bits as they were at the EoL.
Reminded by: Alex Kozlov
|
216744 |
27-Dec-2010 |
dougb |
Add pidfile [1]
While I'm here, don't run the sysctl frob unconditionally, and s/sysctl/$SYSCTL/
PR: conf/153460 [1] Submitted by: Grigory Rechistov <ggg_mail@inbox.ru>
|
216595 |
20-Dec-2010 |
syrinx |
Add (disabled) sample configuration lines needed to enable snmp_target(3) module and configure minimal target addresses & notifications needed for bsnmpd(1) to send SNMPv3 notifications.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Reviewed by: philip Approved by: philip
|
216499 |
17-Dec-2010 |
kevlo |
Add pf in quiet mode
|
216301 |
08-Dec-2010 |
syrinx |
Fix typos.
|
216300 |
08-Dec-2010 |
syrinx |
Add (disabled) sample configurations needed to enable the snmp_usm and snmp_vacm modules and minimal user/view configurations needed to for the modules to work properly.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Reviewed by: philip@ (mostly) Approved by: philip@
|
215824 |
25-Nov-2010 |
dougb |
Add a sync to the shutdown step. In the common case this will be harmless at worst. On a heavily loaded server it will give the fs a chance to do its business without the axe hanging over its head.
Submitted by: ivoras
|
215799 |
24-Nov-2010 |
pjd |
Add gptboot_enable rc variable, which allows to turn gptboot reporting off in case user wants to implement his own actions and doesn't want the attributes to vanish.
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com MFC after: 3 days
|
215249 |
13-Nov-2010 |
tuexen |
Add for existing protocol entries the missing SCTP port allocations and add protocol entries for protocols which have SCTP port allocations. These entries are according to http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers as of today. Also add SCTP port allocation entires for the echo, daytime, and chargen service. Discussed with rwatson@
MFC after: 3 days.
|
215213 |
13-Nov-2010 |
brooks |
Add an (off by default) check for negative permissions (where the group on a object has less permissions that everyone). These permissions will not work reliably over NFS if you have more than 14 supplemental groups and are usually not what you mean.
MFC after: 1 week
|
215195 |
12-Nov-2010 |
emax |
Add firmware downloader for Atheros AR3011 based USB Bluetooth devices.
Hardware donated by: Rusty Nejdl rnejdl at ringofsaturn dot com Tested by: Rusty Nejdl rnejdl at ringofsaturn dot com Tested by: Andrzej Tobola ato at iem dot pw dot edu dot pl MFC after: 3 weeks
|
215045 |
09-Nov-2010 |
delphij |
Hide 460.chkportsum in MK_PKGTOOLS != no case.
Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam rm-rf kiev ua> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
214308 |
24-Oct-2010 |
julian |
Add a jails directory in the examples section
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
213394 |
04-Oct-2010 |
gordon |
No longer install /etc/manpath.config since the BSDL man utilities don't use it.
Approved by: wes (mentor)
|
213285 |
29-Sep-2010 |
emaste |
Commit the rest of r213270.
Thanks to Anonymous <swell dot k at gmail.com> for spotting this.
|
213270 |
29-Sep-2010 |
emaste |
/etc/rc.d/defaultroute currently bails immediately if all interfaces set to use DHCP have no carrier. This can cause grief as it may take some time for link to be established, and defaultroute may terminate before this happens.
Introduce a defaultroute_carrier_delay variable and then wait that long in defaultroute before bailing if no interfaces have carrier. With the default settings defaultroute will wait for five seconds for this, and the original 30 second wait for a default route to appear is unchanged. Note that there is in discussion an alternative approach to the broader problem of waiting for DHCP-configured routes. However, this change addresses a real problem in the current defaultroute script.
Discussed on: freebsd-rc@
|
213202 |
27-Sep-2010 |
imp |
Prefer echo over printf
|
213137 |
24-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Add gptboot script that is responsible for: - looking for partition with 'bootonce' attribute alone (without 'bootme' attribute), removing it and logging that we successfully booted from this partition. - looking for partitions with 'bootfailed' attribute, removing it and logging that we failed to boot from this partition.
Reviewed by: arch (Message-ID: <20100917234542.GE1902@garage.freebsd.pl>) Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com MFC after: 2 weeks
|
212579 |
13-Sep-2010 |
hrs |
Split $ipv6_prefer into $ip6addrctl_policy and $ipv6_activate_all_interfaces.
The $ip6addrctl_policy is a variable to choose a pre-defined address selection policy set by ip6addrctl(8). The keyword "ipv4_prefer" sets IPv4-preferred one described in Section 10.3, the keyword "ipv6_prefer" sets IPv6-preferred one in Section 2.1 in RFC 3484, respectively. When "AUTO" is specified, it attempts to read /etc/ip6addrctl.conf first. If it is found, it reads and installs it as a policy table. If not, either of the two pre-defined policy tables is chosen automatically according to $ipv6_activate_all_interfaces.
When $ipv6_activate_all_interfaces=NO, interfaces which have no corresponding $ifconfig_IF_ipv6 is marked as IFDISABLED for security reason.
The default values are ip6addrctl_policy=AUTO and ipv6_activate_all_interfaces=NO.
Discussed with: ume and bz
|
212578 |
13-Sep-2010 |
hrs |
Localize $_punct_c in get_if_var() and whitespace clean-ups.
Based on: changes in r206408 by dougb
|
212577 |
13-Sep-2010 |
hrs |
- Check some specific IFs first in ipv6_autoconfif(). - $ipv6_enable supports YES|TRUE|ON|1 as in checkyesno().
Based on: changes in r206408 by dougb
|
212576 |
13-Sep-2010 |
hrs |
Add $ipv6_privacy to support net.inet6.ip6.use_tempaddr. Note that this will be replaced with a per-IF version later.
Based on: changes in r206408 by dougb
|
212575 |
13-Sep-2010 |
hrs |
Fix $ipv6_network_interfaces and set it as AUTO by default.
Based on: changes in r206408 by dougb
|
212574 |
13-Sep-2010 |
hrs |
Revert changes in r206408.
Discussed with: dougb, core.5, and core.6
|
212411 |
10-Sep-2010 |
bschmidt |
Create the var/run/wpa_supplicant directory where the wpa_supplicant RC script wants to save a pidfile for each interface.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
212222 |
05-Sep-2010 |
daichi |
Avoid to try to remove suj journal file (.sujournal) and conventional snapshot directory (.snap) from cleartmp rc.d script.
|
211801 |
25-Aug-2010 |
maxim |
o Correct typo.
Submitted by: Bojidara Marinchovska via -stable MFC after: 1 week
|
211800 |
25-Aug-2010 |
netchild |
- Change the threshold from 'running next scrub the <value+1>th day after the last one' to 'running next scrub the <value>th day after the last one'. - Improve wording.
Requested by: jhell <jhell@DataIX.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
211319 |
14-Aug-2010 |
dougb |
Fix silly typo on my part (s/quotas_enable/quota_enable/)
Submitted by: ed
|
211311 |
14-Aug-2010 |
dougb |
Give people some warning before removing enable_quotas
|
211291 |
13-Aug-2010 |
jkim |
Consistently use full pathnames for external commands.
|
211289 |
13-Aug-2010 |
jkim |
Do not fork a subshell unnecessarily.
|
211288 |
13-Aug-2010 |
jkim |
Enforce ACPI timer as the timecounter hardware before we change sleep state unless it is the current timer. When we have resumed successfully, restore the previous timecounter hardware if it was changed earlier. Only the ACPI timer is guaranteed to increase monotonically between S-state changes.
|
211142 |
10-Aug-2010 |
olli |
Connect the new script 490.status-pkg-changes (see r210863) to the build, so it gets actually installed.
Approved by: des (mentor) MFC after: 17 days
|
211141 |
10-Aug-2010 |
gabor |
- Fixes to the chkportsum script to handle better some special cases, like spaces in filename
Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam@rm-rf.kiev.ua> Approved by: delphij (mentor)
|
210863 |
05-Aug-2010 |
olli |
Add a daily script to the periodic framework that reports changes to the package database, i.e. any packages that have been added, updated or deleted in the past 24 hours. The format is intentionally simple and concise.
That information is particularly useful on servers that are maintained by multiple administrators. When someone adds, updates or deletes a package, the others will see it in the daily periodic output.
This script is disabled by default.
PR: conf/113913 Submitted by: olli Approved by: des (mentor) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
210862 |
05-Aug-2010 |
ume |
/etc/rc.d/network_ipv6 was deprecated.
Reported by: Alex Kozlov <spam__at__rm-rf.kiev.ua>
|
210861 |
05-Aug-2010 |
ume |
/etc/rc.d/ip6fw was deprecated.
Reported by: Alex Kozlov <spam__at__rm-rf.kiev.ua> MFC after: 3 days
|
210734 |
01-Aug-2010 |
jilles |
Allow starting /etc/rc.d/ipmon if ipnat is enabled but ipfilter is not (in /etc/rc.conf).
This fixes an apparent confusion between test(1) and sh(1) syntax for AND/OR.
PR: conf/149036 Submitted by: pluknet MFC after: 1 week
|
210503 |
26-Jul-2010 |
syrinx |
Add a (disabled) configuration line to enable the snmp_wlan(3) module.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
210299 |
20-Jul-2010 |
ed |
Upgrade our Clang in base to r108428.
This commit merges the latest LLVM sources from the vendor space. It also updates the build glue to match the new sources. Clang's version number is changed to match LLVM's, which means /usr/include/clang/2.0 has been renamed to /usr/include/clang/2.8.
Obtained from: projects/clangbsd
|
210254 |
19-Jul-2010 |
gabor |
- Add a periodic script, which can be used to find installed ports' files with mismatched checksum
PR: conf/124641 Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam@rm-rf.kiev.ua> Approved by: delphij (mentor)
|
209954 |
12-Jul-2010 |
bcr |
Fix spelling of "weirdo" in /etc/gettytab comment.
PR: docs/148500 Submitted by: Warren Block (wblock at wonkity dot com) Approved by: ed@ MFC after: 1 week
|
209564 |
28-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Use spaces, not tabs.
|
209513 |
24-Jun-2010 |
imp |
Bring in Kris Moore's pc-sysinstall shell script from PC-BSD. This shell script is the back end logic necessary for an installer. It contains both query routines to allow a front-end installer to present reasonable choices to the user and also action routines which allow the front end installer to put a FreeBSD distribution onto a disk. It supports installing onto the usual suspects, as well as advanced features like Mirroring, ZFS, Encryprion and GPT labels.
While this is only the back-end of the installer, it can do unattended scripted installations. In PC-BSD's world view, all installations are scripted and all the front-end does is write the script. As such, it is useful in its own right.
This has been extensively tested over the past several releases of PC-BSD. However, differences between that environment and FreeBSD suggest there will be a period of shake-out while those differences are discovered and corrected.
A text-based front-end is in the works. For the GUI-based front-end, you can use the PC-BSD distribution.
Kris' BSDcan paper on pc-sysinstall is linked off his talk on the BSDcan site: http://www.bsdcan.org/2010/schedule/events/173.en.html
The man page is written by Josh Paetzel, and I wrote the Makefiles for the FreeBSD integration. Kris wrote the rest.
This represents version r7010 in the PC-BSD repo. http://svn.pcbsd.org/pcbsd/current/pc-sysinstall
Submitted by: kris@ Sponsored by: iX Systems
|
209331 |
19-Jun-2010 |
brian |
Remove vestiges of 'slip'.
PR: 145648 Submitted by: alexbestms at wwu dot de and spam at rm-rf dot kiev dot ua MFC after: 1 week
|
209286 |
18-Jun-2010 |
dougb |
Add the AAAA address for i.root-servers.net
|
209250 |
17-Jun-2010 |
netchild |
- add the zfs scrub script - move the zfs status script into the MK_ZFS conditional to respect WITHOUT_ZFS
Noticed by: Andrzej Tobola <ato@iem.pw.edu.pl>
|
209228 |
16-Jun-2010 |
avg |
device.hints: do install when WITHOUT_BOOT is set
Discussed with: imp MFC after: 2 weeks
|
209195 |
15-Jun-2010 |
netchild |
Add a periodic zfs scrub script.
Features: - configurable amount of days between scrubs (default value or per pool) - do not scrub directly after pool creation (respects the configured number of days between scrubs) - do not scrub if a scrub is in progress - tells how to see the status of the scrub - tells how many days since the last scrub if it skips the scrubbing - warns if a non-existent pool is specified explicitely (default: no pools specified -> all currently imported pools are handled) - runs late in the periodic run to not slow down the other periodic daily scripts
Discussed on: fs@
|
209134 |
13-Jun-2010 |
imp |
Merge from tbemd, with minor tweaks:
Search from most specific ($MACHINE) to least specific ($MACHINE_CPUARCH) when looking for the tty file to use. Also add an .error case if none exist.
|
208964 |
09-Jun-2010 |
rdivacky |
Hook clang into the build on i386/amd64/powerpc.
Approved by: ed (mentor)
|
208320 |
20-May-2010 |
jkim |
Add a new build option, MAN_UTILS. This option lets you control building utilities and related support files for manual pages, which were previously controlled by MAN. For POLA, the default depends on MAN, i.e., WITHOUT_MAN implies WITHOUT_MAN_UTILS and WITH_MAN implies WITH_MAN_UTILS. This patch is slightly improved by me from:
PR: misc/145212
|
208307 |
19-May-2010 |
dougb |
This change does the following for the scripts that run up through FILESYSTEMS (the default early_late_divider): 1. Move sysctl to run first 2. Move as many BEFOREs to REQUIREs as possible. 3. Minor effect, move hostid_save from right before mdconfig to right after.
A lot of the early scripts make use of sysctl one way or another so running this first makes a lot of sense given that system-critical values are often placed in sysctl.conf.
My original purpose for working on this was that while doing some debugging on other stuff I noticed that the order of execution was different in the first pass through the early scripts and the second. In practice that doesn't matter because the scripts are not executed the second time. However this _can_ result in problems if the difference in the rcorder moves a script from the late section to the early section in the second pass (which would mean the script would not get executed). So, I wanted to make the order of execution of the scripts in the early section more deterministic.
In the course of debugging the ordering problems I noticed that moving the BEFOREs to REQUIREs prevented the changes in order from the first pass to the second pass without having to make any substantial changes. (Of course it's no secret that I think BEFORE should be avoided as much as possible, but this is a good example of why.)
Reviewed by: silence on freebsd-rc@ MFC after: 8.1-RELEASE
|
208213 |
17-May-2010 |
jhb |
Prevent unloading a kld for a driver that has subinterfaces (vlan and/or wlan interfaces) from being automatically reloaded via devd shutdown event handlers. - Revert part of my previous changes to call ifn_stop on subinterfaces when an interface is detached. It is better to destroy the interfaces first so that an 'ifconfig foo0.blah down' doesn't result in ifconfig auto-loading if_foo.ko. The ifconfig command will not be invoked if foo0.blah is gone when ifn_stop() is called. Furthermore, it is not necessary to explicitly invoke ifn_stop() after the subinterface is destroyed as devd will already do that. - Pass -n to ifconfig when destroying interfaces so that destroying a cloned interface does not kldload any drivers.
Reviewed by: dougb MFC after: 4 days
|
208116 |
15-May-2010 |
jilles |
Change the commented msgs examples in profile/csh.login from -f to -q.
Starting something that wants input on login seems strange and can be dangerous. In some configurations, causing output can be bad, but it is not as dangerous.
I do not expect this msgs invocation to be uncommented often.
PR: conf/96015 MFC after: 4 days
|
208060 |
14-May-2010 |
dougb |
Remove trailing white space. No functional changes.
|
207995 |
12-May-2010 |
obrien |
Non-GCC gcc compatible compilers may provide the same multimedia intrinsic headers as GCC, but of their own implementation. So put the GCC ones into their own header "namespace".
Requested by: ed
|
207842 |
10-May-2010 |
mm |
Import of liblzma, xz, xzdec, lzmainfo from vendor branch Add support for xz and lzma to lesspipe.sh (xzless, lzless) Bump __FreeBSD_version
Approved by: delphij (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
207592 |
04-May-2010 |
dougb |
Make address assignment via ipv6_prefix_IF work again
|
207346 |
28-Apr-2010 |
dougb |
In the case where named_chroot_autoupdate is NOT set, but named_chrootdir IS set, named-checkconf fails because it cannot find the conf file. Fix this by making checkconf a variable that includes "-t $named_chrootdir" as needed. Notice of the bug and suggested direction for the fix from [1].
Using required_files for named.conf is overkill ever since I added the named-checkconf call, so rather than update the logic to handle the case described above, remove it. This also handles the case where named_chroot_autoupdate IS set but the symlink doesn't exist yet.
PR: conf/145904 Submitted by: J R Matthews
|
207225 |
26-Apr-2010 |
ume |
Better handling of ipv6_default_interface using net.inet6.ip6.use_defaultzone=1. Now, it works IPv6 link-local unicast addresses as well as IPv6 link-local multicast addresses.
MFC after: 1 week
|
207020 |
21-Apr-2010 |
thompsa |
Change usb devd events from fake attach to a notify. The ugen device is not a proper device_t so it faked the devctl event to appear like one, this is now a notify which allows more information to be passed.
We notify for both the device attach/detach and for each usb interface. A devd rule can now match on the interface properties, including composite devices which may have a uvideo interface and also usound and possibly uhid too.
An example to match a umass device with a scsi subclass and BBB protocol would be
notify 100 { match "system" "USB"; match "subsystem" "INTERFACE"; match "type" "ATTACH"; match "intclass" "0x08"; match "intsubclass" "0x06"; match "intprotocol" "0x50"; action ... };
The old attach devctl event has been retained for the moment to make merging to 8.1 easier. This was never compatible with 7.x or earlier due to the ugen regex change needed.
Reviewed by: warner MFC after: 1 week
|
206996 |
21-Apr-2010 |
avg |
indent.pro example: actually install the sample file
|
206771 |
17-Apr-2010 |
rpaulo |
Use ubthidhci_enable="NO" to avoid the bootup warning.
Submitted by: Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl> MFC after: 3 days
|
206769 |
17-Apr-2010 |
dougb |
In case a user wants to configure only an IPv6 link-local address add an example that shows how to do it.
|
206706 |
16-Apr-2010 |
rpaulo |
Add ubthidhci.
MFC after: 2 days
|
206686 |
15-Apr-2010 |
dougb |
If a service is running, make 'stop' work even if ${name}_enable is not set.
PR: conf/130414 Submitted by: Dominic Fandrey <kamikaze@bsdforen.de> Reviewed by: freebsd-rc@
|
206668 |
15-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Use spaces instead of tab for indent here.
|
206479 |
11-Apr-2010 |
ume |
Fix grammar in comment.
Submitted by: "b. f." <bf1783__at__googlemail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
206427 |
09-Apr-2010 |
rpaulo |
Add rc.d/ubthidhci. This small script calls usbconfig(1) to change a USB Bluetooth controller from HID mode to HCI mode.
MFC after: 1 week
|
206408 |
09-Apr-2010 |
dougb |
Improve the handling of IPv6 configuration in rc.d. The ipv6_enable and ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> options have already been deprecated, these changes do not alter that.
With these changes any value set for ipv6_enable will emit a warning. In order to avoid a POLA violation for the deprecation of the option ipv6_enable=NO will still disable configuration for all interfaces other than lo0. ipv6_enable=YES will not have any effect, but will emit an additional warning. Support and warnings for this option will be removed in FreeBSD 10.x.
Consistent with the current code, in order for IPv6 to be configured on an interface (other than lo0) an ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 option will have to be added to /etc/rc.conf[.local].
1. Clean up and minor optimizations for the following functions: ifconfig_up (the ipv6 elements) ipv6if ipv6_autoconfif get_if_var _ifconfig_getargs The cleanups generally were to move the "easy" tests earlier in the functions, and consolidate duplicate code.
2. Stop overloading ipv6_prefer with the ability to disable IPv6 configuration.
3. Remove noafif() which was only ever called from ipv6_autoconfif. Instead, simplify and integrate the tests into that function, and convert the test to use is_wired_interface() instead of listing wireless interfaces explicitly.
4. Integrate backwards compatibility for ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> into _ifconfig_getargs. This dramatically simplifies the code in all of the callers, and avoids a lot of other code duplication.
5. In rc.d/netoptions, add code for an ipv6_privacy option to use RFC 4193 style pseudo-random addresses (this is what windows does by default, FYI).
6. Add support for the [NO]RTADV options in ifconfig_getargs() and ipv6_autoconfif(). In the latter, include support for the explicit addition of [-]accept_rtadv in ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 as is done in the current code.
7. In rc.d/netif add a warning if $ipv6_enable is set, and remove the set_rcvar_obsolete for it. Also remove the latter from rc.d/ip6addrctl.
8. In /etc/defaults/rc.conf:
Add an example for RTADV configuration.
Set ipv6_network_interfaces to AUTO.
Switch ipv6_prefer to YES. If ipv6_enable is not set this will have no effect.
Add a default for ipv6_privacy (NO).
9. Document all of this in rc.conf.5.
|
206399 |
08-Apr-2010 |
ume |
Disambiguate `IPs' to a more specific term.
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yanefbsd__at__gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
206375 |
07-Apr-2010 |
ume |
firewall_trusted_ipv6 was gone by r202460. Remove stale comment about it as well.
|
206248 |
06-Apr-2010 |
dougb |
In wait_for_pids(), pwait(1) can return when the process exits, but still exists as a zombie. The 'kill -0' test in this function can therefore return true even if the process isn't actually running. This could lead to wait_for_pids() printing an endless string of the pid number until the zombie finally exits.
Solve this problem by moving the sleep up to after the 'kill -0' test, but only after we've run through the function once already. In the common case (only one pid in the list) this will always do the right thing. On the rare occasion that there is more than one pid in the list this will sleep 1 second per zombie process which will allow that process, and any other in the list a chance to exit.
While I'm here, local'ize the variables that this function uses.
|
206039 |
01-Apr-2010 |
des |
Add -k to the recommended fingerd(8) command line.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
205509 |
23-Mar-2010 |
joerg |
Add .snap to daily_clean_tmps_ignore; /tmp/.snap ist not supposed to be auto-removed (and /tmp is a filesystem of its own now by default).
MFC after: 3 days
|
205335 |
19-Mar-2010 |
ed |
Slightly improve my previous commit.
Just comment out the atrun line instead of completely removing it. It is not a bad idea to leave it as a reference in case someone decides to install atrun by hand afterwards.
|
205329 |
19-Mar-2010 |
ed |
Don't add the atrun-line to the crontab when MK_AT is set.
This prevents spurious calls to sendmail every 5 minutes.
MFC after: 1 week
|
205121 |
13-Mar-2010 |
jh |
Use an unique directory name instead of hardcoded /tmp/.diskless. A malicious user could create a file named /tmp/.diskless and cause the script to misbehave.
PR: conf/141258 Reported by: Jon Passki MFC after: 1 week
|
204821 |
07-Mar-2010 |
ed |
Improve the contents of termcap.small.
- Remove dosansi, pc and pc3. I suspect nobody ever needs these. - Add vt100, screen and xterm-color.
This file is now probably more than sufficient in most cases, even for common use outside single user mode, where people just use the console driver, a graphical terminal emulator and a terminal multiplexer.
|
204820 |
07-Mar-2010 |
ed |
Install termcap.small.
Right now we have a termcap.small in the tree, but we don't install it. If we do install this file by default, it is more likely for applications to work in single user mode.
I am not entirely happy with the contents of this file. In my opinion we should remove the `dosansi', `pc' and `pc3' entries and replace them with `vt100' in case someone uses a serial console.
The file does already have entries for `cons25' and `xterm', which is used most often.
Requested by: brucec
|
204818 |
07-Mar-2010 |
dougb |
Implement the idea of parallel-only-at-start-time in a cleaner, more rc.d'ish way.
Not objected to by: netchild
|
204759 |
05-Mar-2010 |
netchild |
Redirect stdin from /dev/null when starting a jail: At least in RELENG_7 this fixes some start problems for some programs from the ports. It is also more correct, as a jail shall not expect input (interactivity) from the jail-host.
Revert the current behavior of starting jails in the background and make it optional only for the start of jails (jail_parallell_start=YES in rc.conf): - The stop can not be done in the background, the system needs to wait until everything is stopped correctly before it can reboot or power down. - The start should not be done in parallel by default, this not only breaks POLA for people comming from RELENG_x, it may also break a dependency chain with other scripts in the jail-host, which need to do some stuff after the jails are up and running (e.g. hardlinking a mysql socket from one jail into another one).
Discussed on: freebsd-jails@
|
204427 |
27-Feb-2010 |
ume |
Add the shutdown KEYWORD.
Pointed out by: dougb MFC after: 3 days
|
204417 |
27-Feb-2010 |
antoine |
usr/share/examples/bc no longer exists.
|
204083 |
19-Feb-2010 |
pjd |
Add missing KEYWORD line.
Pointed out by: dougb
|
204080 |
19-Feb-2010 |
delphij |
Create a directory for hast's examples.
|
204077 |
18-Feb-2010 |
pjd |
Remove some lines left over by accident.
|
204076 |
18-Feb-2010 |
pjd |
Please welcome HAST - Highly Avalable Storage.
HAST allows to transparently store data on two physically separated machines connected over the TCP/IP network. HAST works in Primary-Secondary (Master-Backup, Master-Slave) configuration, which means that only one of the cluster nodes can be active at any given time. Only Primary node is able to handle I/O requests to HAST-managed devices. Currently HAST is limited to two cluster nodes in total.
HAST operates on block level - it provides disk-like devices in /dev/hast/ directory for use by file systems and/or applications. Working on block level makes it transparent for file systems and applications. There in no difference between using HAST-provided device and raw disk, partition, etc. All of them are just regular GEOM providers in FreeBSD.
For more information please consult hastd(8), hastctl(8) and hast.conf(5) manual pages, as well as http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: OMCnet Internet Service GmbH Sponsored by: TransIP BV
|
203943 |
16-Feb-2010 |
jkim |
Remove COMPILATIONDATE from the default section. This string is no longer being substituted since r162063.
PR: bin/143976 MFC after: 1 month
|
203676 |
08-Feb-2010 |
emax |
Introduce new rc.conf variable firewall_coscripts. It can be used to specify list of executables and/or rc scripts that should be executed after firewall starts/stops.
Submitted by: Yuri Kurenkov <y dot kurenkov at init dot ru> Reviewed by: rhodes, rc@ MFC after: 1 week
|
203574 |
06-Feb-2010 |
bms |
Add sane-port (Scanner Access Now Easy) as port 6566.
Obtained from: http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers MFC after: 3 days
|
203433 |
03-Feb-2010 |
ume |
Add rc.d script for the rtsold(8) daemon.
The rtsol(8) handles just one RA then exit. So, the OtherConfig flag may not be handled well by rtsol(8) in the environment where there are multiple RA servers on the segment. In such case, rtsold(8) will be your friend.
Reviewed by: hrs MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203342 |
01-Feb-2010 |
ume |
ManageSieve has been added as port 4190: http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers
Obtained from: http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers MFC after: 3 day
|
203200 |
30-Jan-2010 |
ume |
Allow use of -6 option to "server" and "peer" in ntp.conf.
MFC after: 1 week
|
203068 |
27-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Remove pseudo-terminals from ttys(5).
When we had utmp(5), we had to list all the psuedo-terminals in ttys(5) to make ttyslot(3) function properly. Now that pututxline(3) deals with slot allocation internally (not based on TTY names), we don't need to list all the TTYs on the system in ttys(5) to make user accounting work properly.
This patch removes all the entries from the /etc/ttys files, but also the pts(4) entries that were appended implicitly, which was added in r154838.
|
203067 |
27-Jan-2010 |
edwin |
The Erlang Port Mapper Daemon (from ports/lang/erlang) has been assigned official port number 4369 by IANA.
PR: conf/113265 Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@freebsd.org> Obtained from: http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers MFC after: 2 days
|
203066 |
27-Jan-2010 |
edwin |
Git has been added as port 9418: http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers
PR: conf/143259 Submitted by: Denny Lin <dennylin93@cnmc32.hs.ntnu.edu.tw> Obtained from: http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers MFC after: 2 day
|
203022 |
26-Jan-2010 |
emaste |
Convert to 2-clause license, from NetBSD rc.subr r1.70.
Submitted by: Alex Kozlov Obtained from: NetBSD
|
203005 |
26-Jan-2010 |
gshapiro |
Minor changes to force commit these files so new freebsd*.cf files are built to use the new sendmail-8.14.4/cf tree.
MFC after: 4 days
|
202988 |
25-Jan-2010 |
emaste |
Remove vestigial NetBSD compatibility shim.
|
202880 |
23-Jan-2010 |
kib |
Do not check for existence of symlink source for the link action. This does not work for link in subdirectory, and sometimes it is useful to create symlink in advance for dynamically created device node.
MFC after: 1 week
|
202843 |
22-Jan-2010 |
delphij |
Move USD documents from /usr/share/doc/papers to to /usr/share/doc/usd.
Reviewed by: gabor
|
202610 |
19-Jan-2010 |
weongyo |
adds a hardware specific configuration file for uath(4).
Pointed by: sam Reviewed by: imp, thompsa
|
202582 |
18-Jan-2010 |
dougb |
Update the example named.conf file to answer locally for the newly released IPv4 documentation ranges (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5737) and catch up to the IPv6 documentation range and domain names that 5737 also references.
|
202460 |
17-Jan-2010 |
ume |
Remove the rules using 'me6'. Now, 'me' matches both any IPv6 address and any IPv4 address configured on an interface in the system.
Reviewed by: David Horn <dhorn2000__at__gmail.com>, luigi, qingli MFC after: 2 weeks
|
202437 |
16-Jan-2010 |
trasz |
Add gmountver, disk mount verification GEOM class.
Note that due to e.g. write throttling ('wdrain'), it can stall all the disk I/O instead of just the device it's configured for. Using it for removable media is therefore not a good idea.
Reviewed by: pjd (earlier version)
|
202218 |
13-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Let rc and periodic infrastructure and newsyslog use the utmpx files.
|
202130 |
11-Jan-2010 |
delphij |
Set svn:executable to *.
MFC after: 1 month
|
202048 |
10-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Properly make the end key work again for TERM=xterm.
I've been so busy hacking on utmpx the last couple of days, out of reflex, I committed it to the wrong source tree. Note to myself: don't hack on FreeBSD while watching TV at the same time.
PR: conf/142578 Submitted by: Yuri Pankov <yuri pankov gmail com> Reminded by: stefanf
|
201930 |
09-Jan-2010 |
ume |
The client type rule allows DHCP, implicitly. Since DHCPv6 uses link-local address unlike with DHCP, we need one more rule to allow the DHCPv6.
Reported by: David Horn <dhorn2000__at__gmail.com>
|
201752 |
07-Jan-2010 |
ume |
Since the IPv4 rule allows ICMP_TIMXCEED, allow ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED as well for workstation type firewall. It makes traceroute6 work.
|
201522 |
04-Jan-2010 |
jhb |
Expose the upper 256 ptys in the default devfs rules. I should have updated this when expanding the old pty(4) driver to use 512 ptys by default. This is more important for 7.x.
MFC after: 1 week
|
201445 |
03-Jan-2010 |
gavin |
Forced commit, to provide correct commit message for r201440:
Don't complain when we encounter the "cache" source, it's valid. Also fix the error message to include a line feed and not include a stray comma.
PR: bin/121671 Submitted by: Artis Caune artis.caune gmail.com Approved by: ed (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
While here, change "> /dev/stderr" for more usual ">&2"
Submitted by: jilles
|
201440 |
03-Jan-2010 |
gavin |
The default hash table size is 257 not 255. Reword the rest of the line slightly while here.
PR: bin/121671 Submitted by: Artis Caune artis.caune gmail.com Approved by: ed (mentor)
|
201370 |
01-Jan-2010 |
dougb |
s/named_confidr/named_confdir/ in the rndc.key check. The line in the command to create it was right, but the check was wrong, so it was getting created every time. Mea culpa.
Submitted by: oliver
|
201368 |
01-Jan-2010 |
dougb |
With the introduction of named_conf the -c example in named_flags is no longer necessary or desirable. Update the comment to indicate that _flags should be used for options other than -u and -c.
|
201367 |
01-Jan-2010 |
dougb |
The script hard-coded the assumption that the "configuration directory" would be "/etc/namedb" in a number of places. Since the user may make a different choice, introduce a new internal variable, named_confdir that is generated relative to the location of $named_conf.
While this will work for some things (especially a highly customized build from ISC source) there are still a number of places where /etc/namedb is assumed that it is not easily virtualized (E.g., mtree). If you deviate from the defaults you'd better know what you're doing. :)
|
201216 |
29-Dec-2009 |
jhb |
Remove a trailing reference to the obsolete vaps_<IF> variable.
Reviewed by: brooks MFC after: 3 days
|
201215 |
29-Dec-2009 |
jhb |
Add support for configuring vlan(4) interfaces as child devices similar to wlan(4) interfaces. vlan(4) interfaces are listed via a new 'vlans_<IF>' variable. If a vlan interface is a number, then that number is treated as the vlan tag for the interface and the interface will be named '<IF>.<tag>'. Otherwise, the vlan tag must be provided via a vlan parameter in a 'create_args_<vlan>' variable.
While I'm here, fix a few nits in rc.conf(5) and mention create_args_<IF> in the description of cloned_interfaces.
Reviewed by: brooks MFC after: 2 weeks
|
201213 |
29-Dec-2009 |
trasz |
Remove examples for pppd and SLIP-related stuff.
|
201193 |
29-Dec-2009 |
ume |
Add missing me6 rules. Now, the IPv6 rules become equivalent to the IPv4 rules.
Reported by: David Horn <dhorn2000__at__gmail.com>
|
201038 |
27-Dec-2009 |
dougb |
Update the comments about files ending in .sh
Prompted by: Alex Kozlov <spam@rm-rf.kiev.ua>
|
201036 |
27-Dec-2009 |
dougb |
Delete some trailing whitespace
|
200818 |
21-Dec-2009 |
jilles |
rc.subr: Use pwait in wait_for_pids.
This waits for the requested process(es) to terminate, rather than polling with an interval of 2 seconds.
If pwait is not available, the old method is used.
PR: conf/132766 Reviewed by: dougb
|
200563 |
15-Dec-2009 |
dougb |
The named process needs to have a "working directory" that it can write to. This is specified in "options { directory }" in named.conf. So, create /etc/namedb/working with appropriate permissions, and update the entry in named.conf to match.
In addition to specifying the working directory, file and path names in named.conf can be specified relative to the directory listed. However, since that directory is now different from /etc/namedb (where the configuration, zone, rndc.*, and other files are located) further update named.conf to specify all file names with fully qualified paths. Also update the comment about file and path names so users know this should be done for all file/path names in the file.
This change will eliminate the 'working directory is not writable' messages at boot time without sacrificing security. It will also allow for features in newer versions of BIND (9.7+) to work as designed.
|
200503 |
14-Dec-2009 |
dougb |
Revert the xterm terminal behavior to NOT clear the screen after exiting a pager, vi, etc.
Add some example xterm*-clear entries to the termcap files to make it easier for people to enable that behavior.
Document the examples in the man page to make them easier to find.
|
200448 |
12-Dec-2009 |
dougb |
Since the change to rc.subr in r198162 it's not necessary to specify command in the rc.d script if we have a corresponding ${name}_program entry, which we do for named.
Rename named_precmd to named_prestart to make it more clear and match convention.
Move the command_args definition related to -u up into _prestart(). It (and the associated $named_uid value) are only used there, and unlike required_* and pidfile don't need to be used until this stage.
Fix a silly bug that would only have affected people who were using the new named_wait or named_auto_forward features, AND had set up an rndc.conf file instead of using the automatically generated rndc.key.
For named_conf: Add "-c $named_conf" to command_args if it's not set to the default. If it is set to the default and we're using the base BIND it's not necessary. If we're using BIND from the ports the user is likely to have included it in _flags (due to long necessity for doing so) so don't duplicate that if it's set.
Add $named_conf to required_files
|
200440 |
12-Dec-2009 |
antoine |
Install firmware(9) examples.
MFC after: 1 month
|
200377 |
11-Dec-2009 |
dougb |
Update to the December 12, 2008 version of this file. The one substantive change is to add the IPv6 address of L. The other changes are all CAPS LOCK related.
|
200369 |
10-Dec-2009 |
ed |
Update termcap entries for xterm.
It turns out these entries do make Terminal.app behave a little better. According to Thomas Dickey, Terminal.app should use TERM=nsterm anyway, but we don't support this yet. Already having an improved termcap entry helps, so I am going to MFC this change after all.
Suggested by: Leonidas Tsampros <ltsampros upnet gr> MFC after: 1 month
|
200054 |
03-Dec-2009 |
cperciva |
Disable SSL renegotiation in order to protect against a serious protocol flaw. [09:15]
Correctly handle failures from unsetenv resulting from a corrupt environment in rtld-elf. [09:16]
Fix permissions in freebsd-update in order to prevent leakage of sensitive files. [09:17]
Approved by: so (cperciva) Security: FreeBSD-SA-09:15.ssl Security: FreeBSD-SA-09:16.rtld Security: FreeBSD-SA-09:17.freebsd-udpate
|
200028 |
02-Dec-2009 |
ume |
Unify rc.firewall and rc.firewall6, and obsolete rc.firewall6 and rc.d/ip6fw.
Reviewed by: dougb, jhb MFC after: 1 month
|
199252 |
13-Nov-2009 |
ed |
Use cons25w on pc98.
Discussed with: nyan
|
199250 |
13-Nov-2009 |
ed |
Convert syscons on i386 to TERM=xterm.
TEKEN_XTERM is now gone. Because we always use xterm mode now, we only need a TEKEN_CONS25 switch to go back to cons25.
|
199249 |
13-Nov-2009 |
ed |
Split up etc.i386/ttys into a PC98 version as well.
This means I can now convert syscons on i386 to xterm as well.
Discussed with: nyan
|
199243 |
13-Nov-2009 |
ed |
Switch the default terminal emulation style to xterm for most platforms.
Right now syscons(4) uses a cons25-style terminal emulator. The disadvantages of that are:
- Little compatibility with embedded devices with serial interfaces. - Bad bandwidth efficiency, mainly because of the lack of scrolling regions. - A very hard transition path to support for modern character sets like UTF-8.
Our terminal emulation library, libteken, has been supporting xterm-style terminal emulation for months, so flip the switch and make everyone use an xterm-style console driver.
I still have to enable this on i386. Right now pc98 and i386 share the same /etc/ttys file. I'm not going to switch pc98, because it uses its own Kanji-capable cons25 emulator.
IMPORTANT: What to do if things go wrong (i.e. graphical artifacts):
- Run the application inside script(1), try to reduce the problem and send me the log file. - In the mean time, you can run `vidcontrol -T cons25' and `export TERM=cons25' so you can run applications the same way you did before. You can also build your kernel with `options TEKEN_CONS25' to make all virtual terminals use the cons25 emulator by default.
Discussed on: current@
|
198785 |
02-Nov-2009 |
remko |
Execute the start/stop process of a jail in the background. This will prevent that the script hangs during startup, which could cause annoying effects after rebooting for example.
PR: kern/139422 Submitted by: Andrey Groshev <greenx at yartv dot ru> Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit) MFC after: 3 days Facilitated by: Snow B.V.
|
198383 |
23-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
Use double-quotation marks to fix the unexpanded variable issue.
Spotted by: swell.k
|
198314 |
21-Oct-2009 |
brueffer |
Add empty watchdogd_flags.
PR: 136620 Submitted by: amdmi3 MFC after: 3 days
|
198229 |
19-Oct-2009 |
ed |
Partially revert the change to the gettytab made in r198214.
By misinterpreting some data, I thought that getty wouldn't apply any baud rate to the syscons devices, but it uses the default entry instead. This means that the baud rate is set to 1200. This isn't too bad, except when using canonical mode. Make it use 9600 baud by default.
MFC after: 1 week
|
198216 |
18-Oct-2009 |
ed |
Fix qouting in a comment, to make it look more consistent
Submitted by: Jille Timmermans <jille quis cx> MFC after: 1 week
|
198214 |
18-Oct-2009 |
ed |
Allow the buffer size to be configured for pseudo-like TTY devices.
Devices that don't implement param() (which means they don't support hardware parameters such as flow control, baud rate) hardcode the baud rate to TTYDEF_SPEED. This means the buffer size cannot be configured, which is a little inconvenient when using canonical mode with big lines of input, etc.
Make it adjustable, but do clamp it between B50 and B115200 to prevent awkward buffer sizes. Remove the baud rate assignment from /etc/gettytab. Trust the kernel to fill in a proper value.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to my trociny gmail com> MFC after: 1 month
|
198190 |
17-Oct-2009 |
dougb |
Remove a circular dependency on routing
Submitted by: Mykola Dzham <freebsd@levsha.org.ua> Approved by: hrs
|
198162 |
15-Oct-2009 |
dougb |
Allow $name_program to override $command in a more robust way that will not cause the value to be null if $command is not set.
|
197947 |
10-Oct-2009 |
dougb |
In regards to the "Starting foo:" type messages at boot time, create and employ a more generic solution, and use it in the individual rc.d scripts that also have an $rc_quiet test:
1. Add check_startmsgs() to rc.subr. 2. In the rc.d scripts that use rc_quiet (and rc.subr) substitute variations of [ -z "$rc_quiet" ] with check_startmsgs 3. In savecore add a trailing '.' to the end of the message to make it more consistent with other scripts. 4. In newsyslog remove a : before the terminal '.' since we do not expect there to be anything printed out in between to make it more consistent. 5. In the following scripts change "quotes" to 'quotes' where no variables exist in the message: savecore pf newsyslog 6. In the following scripts substitute if/then/fi for the simpler (and more consistent) check_startmsgs &&: faith stf 7. In the following scripts separate the "Starting foo:" from the terminal '.' to make them more consistent: moused hostname pf 8. In nfsclient move the message to its own line to avoid a style bug 9. In pf rc_quiet does not apply to the _stop method, so remove the test there. 10. In motd add 'quotes' around the terminal '.' for consistency
|
197790 |
05-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
Fix a case when both ${name}_program and ${command} are defined.
Spotted by: Michio "Karl" Jinbo
|
197769 |
05-Oct-2009 |
des |
tabify
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
197768 |
05-Oct-2009 |
des |
Change the pam_ssh examples: if you use it, you probably want want_agent.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
197728 |
03-Oct-2009 |
rpaulo |
Add OpenVPN IANA assigned port number.
|
197719 |
02-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
- Enable an afexists() check only when no AF argument is specified. - Simplify helper functions.
Discussed with: ume
|
197702 |
02-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
The net.inet.tcp.log_in_vain accepts 0, 1 or 2, not Y/N.
|
197701 |
02-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
Revert the previous afexists() change. Knobs configured explicitly by the user should not be ignored if possible even if the kernel does not support the prerequisite feature.
Discussed with: ume
|
197699 |
02-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
- Split routing_*() and option_*() to *_AF() and add afexists() check for each address family. Replace AF_static() with static_AF() for consistency.
- Display a message only if the user sets a non-default value, and set a sysctl explicitly even if it is the default value.
|
197698 |
02-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
- Fix logic inversion bug of net.inet.tcp.rfc1323[*].
- Split netoptions_start() to netoptions_AF() and add afexists() check for each address family.
- Display a message only if the user sets a non-default value, and set a sysctl explicitly even if it is the default value.
Spotted by: Pegasus Mc Cleaft[*]
|
197697 |
02-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
- Add AF_IPX and AF_NATM to afexists().
- Add afexists() check to address family specific rc.d scripts. A script for an AF will be silently ignored if the kernel has no support for the AF.
|
197646 |
30-Sep-2009 |
ume |
Don't do an IPv6 operation when the kernel doesn't have an IPv6 support.
Reported by: Alexander Best <alexbestms__at__math.uni-muenster.de> Confirmed by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda__at__gmail.com>, Alexander Best <alexbestms__at__math.uni-muenster.de>
|
197619 |
29-Sep-2009 |
dougb |
By popular acclaim, enable "Starting foo:" messages by default
|
197552 |
28-Sep-2009 |
cperciva |
Silence warning printed by getfsspec(3) when /etc/fstab does not exist fstab: /etc/fstab:0: No such file or directory and from dump(8) when setfsent(3) fails due to /etc/fstab not existing: DUMP: Can't open /etc/fstab for dump table information: No such...
This makes daily and security periodic runs somewhat cleaner in jails which lack /etc/fstab files.
MFC after: 1 month
|
197544 |
27-Sep-2009 |
gabor |
- Add share/nls/gl_ES.ISO8859-1, which I forgot in my last commit
Submitted by: Andrzej Tobola <ato@iem.pw.edu.pl> (via private mail)
|
197528 |
26-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Use ipv6if() when $rtadvd_interfaces="AUTO".
|
197527 |
26-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Move rc.d/{stf,faith} to just before rc.d/routing.
Pointed out by: tegge
|
197526 |
26-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Fix several logic bugs in the previous IPv6 variable change and re-add $ipv6_enable support for backward compatibility. From UPDATING:
1. To use IPv6, simply define $ifconfig_IF_ipv6 like $ifconfig_IF for IPv4. For aliases, $ifconfig_IF_aliasN should be used. Note that both variables need the "inet6" keyword at the head.
Do not set $ipv6_network_interfaces manually if you do not understand what you are doing. It is not needed in most cases.
$ipv6_ifconfig_IF and $ipv6_ifconfig_IF_aliasN still work, but they are obsolete.
2. $ipv6_enable is obsolete. Use $ipv6_prefer and/or "inet6 accept_rtadv" keyword in ifconfig(8) instead.
If you define $ipv6_enable=YES, it means $ipv6_prefer=YES and all configured interfaces have "inet6 accept_rtadv" in the $ifconfig_IF_ipv6. These are for backward compatibility.
3. A new variable $ipv6_prefer has been added. If NO, IPv6 functionality of interfaces with no corresponding $ifconfig_IF_ipv6 is disabled by using "inet6 ifdisabled" flag, and the default address selection policy of ip6addrctl(8) is the IPv4-preferred one (see rc.d/ip6addrctl for more details). Note that if you want to configure IPv6 functionality on the disabled interfaces after boot, first you need to clear the flag by using ifconfig(8) like:
ifconfig em0 inet6 -ifdisabled
If YES, the default address selection policy is set as IPv6-preferred.
The default value of $ipv6_prefer is NO.
4. If your system need to receive Router Advertisement messages, define "inet6 accept_rtadv" in $ifconfig_IF_ipv6. The rc(8) scripts automatically invoke rtsol(8) when the interface becomes UP. The Router Advertisement messages are used for SLAAC (State-Less Address AutoConfiguration).
|
197297 |
17-Sep-2009 |
dougb |
Add a knob to show 'Starting foo:' messages when faststart is used, such as at boot time.
|
197196 |
14-Sep-2009 |
emaste |
Protect cross-script invocation by checking that the target script exists. This allows pruning of rc.d scripts without getting too many ugly boottime error messages.
Inspired by phk's r128714 change to netif.
|
197175 |
13-Sep-2009 |
bz |
Correct a copy and paste error using the variable name from the legacy IP handling rather than the IPv6 version.
Reported by: Pegasus Mc Cleaft (ken mthelicon.com) Tested by: Pegasus Mc Cleaft (ken mthelicon.com) MFC after: 2 days X-MFX with: r197139
|
197147 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Add missing comments and whitespace clean-ups.
|
197146 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Use is_wired_interface() instead of hard-coded interface device names.
Pointed out by: sam
|
197145 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
The following changes are added because of network_ipv6->rc.d/netif integration:
- $ipv6_enable is now obsolete. Instead, IPv6 is enabled by default if the kernel supports it, and $ipv6_network_interfaces is "none" by default. If you want to use IPv6, define $ipv6_network_interfaces and $ifconfig_xxx_ipv6.
An interface which is in $network_interfaces and not in $ipv6_network_interfaces will be marked as "inet6 -auto_linklocal ifdisabled" (see ifconfig(8)).
- $ipv6_ifconfig_xxx is renamed to ifconfig_xxx_ipv6 for consistency with other address families. The old variables still work but can be removed in the future. Note that ipv6_ifconfig_xxx="..." should be replaced with ifconfig_xxx_ipv6="inet6 ...".
- Receiving ICMPv6 Router Advertisement is not automatically enabled even if there is no manual configuration of IPv6 in rc.conf. If you want it, define ifconfig_xxx_ipv6="inet6 ... accept_rtadv".
- The rc.d/ip6addrctl now chooses address selection policy based on $ipv6_prefer, not $ipv6_enable. The default is ipv6_prefer=NO.
- $router* and $ipv6_router* are replaced with $routed_* and $route6d_* for consistency. The old variables still work but can be removed in the future.
MFC after: 3 days
|
197144 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Add an extension of set_rcvar(), a new function set_rcvar_obsolete(), and $desc.
The set_rcvar_obsolete() is for displaying an obsolete variable and the new one. More specifically, a warning is displayed when a variable is removed or changed in the source tree and the user still defines the old one.
$router* and $ipv6_router* are replaced with $routed_* and $route6d_* for consistency. The old variables still work but can be removed in the future.
MFC after: 3 days
|
197143 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Use RCng coding convention.
MFC after: 3 days
|
197140 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
- Add "AUTO" keyword support in $rtadvd_interfaces. - Wrap a long line.
MFC after: 3 days
|
197139 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Integrate rc.d/network_ipv6 into rc.d/netif:
- Add rc.d/stf and rc.d/faith for stf(4) and faith(4). - Remove rc.d/auto_linklocal and rc.d/network_ipv6. - Move rc.d/sysctl to just before FILESYSTEMS because rc.d/netif depends on some sysctl variables.
Reviewed by: brooks MFC after: 3 days
|
196890 |
06-Sep-2009 |
antoine |
Update etc/mtree/Makefile: There is no longer BSD.{local,x11-4,x11}.dist mtree files. There is a BSD.sendmail.dist mtree file.
|
196787 |
03-Sep-2009 |
remko |
Do the first step in removing lukemftpd from the base system. Disconnect it from the build.
If you are using the FTP daemon, please consider using the port ftp/tnftpd which is the same FTP server, but newer and might have more/better functionality.
This results in us providing only one ftp daemon by default.
Reviewed by: bz Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit) MFC after: 3 days Silence from: obrien
|
196784 |
03-Sep-2009 |
ache |
Add la_LN.ISO8859-13 and lv_LV
|
196767 |
02-Sep-2009 |
flz |
- Remove BSD.{x11,x11-4}.dist as we merged prefixes a while ago and those files aren't used anymore. - Remove BSD.local.dist as the file moved to ports/Templates when we merged prefixes.
|
196589 |
27-Aug-2009 |
dougb |
In the loop through the list of interfaces in network6_interface_setup() rtsol_interface gets reset to "yes" each time through the loop, but rtsol_available does not. If a user has lo0 first in their list of interfaces rtsol_available will get set to "no" the first time through the loop and subsequent interfaces will not get rtsol'ed when they should.
Therefore change the conditional for the is_wired() test to _interface.
Noticed by: Dimitry Andric <dimitry@andric.com>
|
196552 |
25-Aug-2009 |
delphij |
Localize 'e'.
Submitted by: dougb
|
196550 |
25-Aug-2009 |
delphij |
Add a new rc.d script, static_arp, which enables the administrator to statically bind IPv4 <-> MAC address at boot time.
In order to use this, the administrator needs to configure the following rc.conf(5) variable:
- static_arp_pairs: A list of names for static bind pairs, and, - a series of static_arp_(name): the arguments that is being passed to ``arp -S'' operation.
Example: static_arp_pairs="gw" static_arp_gw="192.168.1.1 00:01:02:03:04:05"
See the rc.conf(5) manual page for more details.
Reviewed by: -rc@ MFC after: 2 weeks
|
196523 |
24-Aug-2009 |
dougb |
Improve the case test to detect the presence of lo0 in the list of network_interfaces.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
|
196478 |
23-Aug-2009 |
dougb |
Prior to the dire warning about values of network_interfaces other than AUTO the biggest mistake users made was leaving lo0 off the list. Since lo0 is effectively mandatory, check for it and add it to the list if it's not there.
|
196442 |
23-Aug-2009 |
kensmith |
Update name of INDEX file as part of 8.0 -> 9.0 transition.
|
196439 |
23-Aug-2009 |
dougb |
Fix the typo mentioned in the PR, and one additional. Fix caps while I'm here.
PR: conf/138087 Submitted by: Chris Petrik <c.petrik.sosa@gmail.com>
|
196436 |
23-Aug-2009 |
dougb |
Move is_wired_interface() from rc.d/wpa_supplicant into network.subr, simplify it a bit, and make use of that method to determine if an interface is a candidate for IPv6 rtsol rather than listing all of the possible wireless interfaces that should _not_ get rtsol'ed.
This change is only relevant for 8.0+ unless the "wlan mandatory" code gets ported back to RELENG_7.
|
196392 |
19-Aug-2009 |
simon |
Add support for backing up the old kernel when installing a new kernel using freebsd-update. This applies to using freebsd-update in "upgrade mode" and normal freebsd-update on a security branch.
The backup kernel will be written to /boot/kernel.old, if the directory does not exist, or the directory was created by freebsd-update in a previous backup. Otherwise freebsd-update will generate a new directory name for use by the backup. By default symbol files are not backed up to save diskspace and avoid filling up the root partition.
This feature is fully configurable in the freebsd-update config file, but defaults to enabled.
MFC after: 1 week (stable/7) Reviewed by: cperciva Approved by: re (kib)
|
196200 |
13-Aug-2009 |
scottl |
ntroduce mfiutil, a basic utility for managing LSI SAS-RAID & Dell PERC5/6 controllers. Controller, array, and drive status can be checked, basic attributes can be changed, and arrays and spares can be created and deleted. Controller firmware can also be flashed.
This does not replace MegaCLI, found in ports, as that is officially sanctioned and supported by LSI and includes vastly more functionality. However, mfiutil is open source and guaranteed to provide basic functionality, which can be especially useful if you have a problem and can't get MegaCLI to work.
Approved by: re Obtained from: Yahoo! Inc.
|
195938 |
29-Jul-2009 |
pjd |
Currently there is a problem with fscking UFS file systems created on top of ZVOLs. The problem is that rc.d/fsck runs before rc.d/zfs. The latter makes ZVOLs to appear in /dev/. In such case rc.d/fsck cannot find devfs entry and aborts. We cannot simply move rc.d/zfs before rc.d/fsck, because we first want kern.hostid to be configured (by rc.d/hostid). If we won't wait (hostid will be 0) we can reuse disks which are in use by different systems (eg. in SAN/NAS environment). We also cannot move rc.d/hostid before rc.d/fsck, because rc.d/hostid on first system start stores generated kern.hostuuid in /etc/hostid file, so it needs root file system to be mounted read-write.
The fix is to split rc.d/hostid so that rc.d/hostid (which will now run before rc.d/fsck) only generates hostid and sets up sysctls, but doesn't touch root file system and rc.d/hostid_save (which is run after rc.d/root) and only creates /etc/hostid file.
With that in place, we can move ZVOL initialization to dedicated rc.d/zvol script which runs before rc.d/fsck.
PR: conf/120194 Reported by: James Snow <snow@teardrop.org> Reviewed by: brooks Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
195917 |
27-Jul-2009 |
cperciva |
Add INDEX-8 to the default portsnap configuration file, and remove INDEX-5. The Portsnap buildbox now generates teh bits needed for portsnap to produce INDEX-8; and it hasn't built INDEX-5 for a long time, although the bits are still distributed for an INDEX-5 from when FreeBSD 5.x reached its EoL.
Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 3 days (INDEX-8 addition only)
|
195753 |
18-Jul-2009 |
marcus |
Remove gdm as it is no longer needed.
Approved by: re (kib) Reminded by: nork
|
195750 |
18-Jul-2009 |
marcus |
Remove this file. It is no longer needed as x11/gdm provides its own version under /usr/local/etc/pam.d.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
195652 |
13-Jul-2009 |
dwmalone |
1) Use our vendor domain at the pool. 2) Point people at the pool website and encourage people to provide a server in the pool (as a courtesy to the pool guys). 3) Fix a spelling. 4) Comment out the local clock and include a link to documentation for use of the local clock on the ntp.org site.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
195534 |
10-Jul-2009 |
scottl |
Separate the parallel scsi knowledge out of the core of the XPT, and modularize it so that new transports can be created.
Add a transport for SATA
Add a periph+protocol layer for ATA
Add a driver for AHCI-compliant hardware.
Add a maxio field to CAM so that drivers can advertise their max I/O capability. Modify various drivers so that they are insulated from the value of MAXPHYS.
The new ATA/SATA code supports AHCI-compliant hardware, and will override the classic ATA driver if it is loaded as a module at boot time or compiled into the kernel. The stack now support NCQ (tagged queueing) for increased performance on modern SATA drives. It also supports port multipliers.
ATA drives are accessed via 'ada' device nodes. ATAPI drives are accessed via 'cd' device nodes. They can all be enumerated and manipulated via camcontrol, just like SCSI drives. SCSI commands are not translated to their ATA equivalents; ATA native commands are used throughout the entire stack, including camcontrol. See the camcontrol manpage for further details. Testing this code may require that you update your fstab, and possibly modify your BIOS to enable AHCI functionality, if available.
This code is very experimental at the moment. The userland ABI/API has changed, so applications will need to be recompiled. It may change further in the near future. The 'ada' device name may also change as more infrastructure is completed in this project. The goal is to eventually put all CAM busses and devices until newbus, allowing for interesting topology and management options.
Few functional changes will be seen with existing SCSI/SAS/FC drivers, though the userland ABI has still changed. In the future, transports specific modules for SAS and FC may appear in order to better support the topologies and capabilities of these technologies.
The modularization of CAM and the addition of the ATA/SATA modules is meant to break CAM out of the mold of being specific to SCSI, letting it grow to be a framework for arbitrary transports and protocols. It also allows drivers to be written to support discrete hardware without jeopardizing the stability of non-related hardware. While only an AHCI driver is provided now, a Silicon Image driver is also in the works. Drivers for ICH1-4, ICH5-6, PIIX, classic IDE, and any other hardware is possible and encouraged. Help with new transports is also encouraged.
Submitted by: scottl, mav Approved by: re
|
195029 |
26-Jun-2009 |
dougb |
rtsol should not be run on the wireless NIC interfaces directly, it will run on wlan0 instead.
|
195026 |
26-Jun-2009 |
dougb |
Reverse the effect of r193198 for pf and ipfw which will once again allow them to start after netif. There were too many problems reported with this change in the short period of time that it lived in HEAD, and we are too late in the release cycle to properly shake it out.
IMO the issue of having the firewalls up before the network is still a valid concern, particularly for pf whose default state is wide open. However properly solving this issue is going to take some investment on the part of the people who actually use those tools.
This is not a strict reversion of all the changes for r193198 since it also included some simplification of the BEFORE/REQUIRE logic which is still valid for ipfilter and ip6fw.
|
194767 |
23-Jun-2009 |
kib |
Usermode portion of the support for swap allocation accounting: - update for getrlimit(2) manpage; - support for setting RLIMIT_SWAP in login class; - addition to the limits(1) and sh and csh limit-setting builtins; - tuning(7) documentation on the sysctls controlling overcommit.
In collaboration with: pho Reviewed by: alc Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
194218 |
14-Jun-2009 |
ed |
Remove the note about using vt220, which makes no sense at all.
vt220 will not work better. Even though it probably will remove warnings about unknown terminal types, a cons25 emulator is not compatible with vt220 at all.
|
194170 |
14-Jun-2009 |
brian |
Remove HOME= - this has surprised me several times in the past.
PR: 132135 Submitted by: Craig Leres MFC after: 3 weeks
|
194107 |
13-Jun-2009 |
edwin |
Sync termcap.small with main termcap; add xterm entry for libteken
PR: conf/135530 Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam@rm-rf.kiev.ua> MFC after: 1 week
|
194088 |
12-Jun-2009 |
edwin |
Fix typo in cons25l7 definition in etc/termcap.small and share/termcap
There is a minor typo in the cons25l7 (':' instead of '|') entry in src/etc/termcap.small that causes syscons to complain about bogus characters in /etc/termcap.db.
PR: conf/132777 Submitted by: Nikos Ntarmos <ntarmos@cs.uoi.gr> MFC after: 1 week
|
194005 |
11-Jun-2009 |
avg |
syslog.conf: pop up from logging only ppp messages at the end of file
This allows to append custom rules at the end of the file without risk of confusion that can result when one misses default !ppp line and doesn't add another program specification and thus subsequent selector(s) would belong to ppp program block.
Requested by: marck Submitted by: marck Approved by: jhb (mentor)
|
193944 |
10-Jun-2009 |
avg |
rc.d/fsck: allow additional options for fsck_y_enable via fsck_y_flags
Primary intention is to allow to pass -C option to avoid (re-)checking clean filesystems when preening fails and fsck -y kicks in.
Submitted by: marck Reviewed by: current@ Approved by: jhb (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
193939 |
10-Jun-2009 |
ed |
Small cleanups to the jail script:
- Remove redundant debugging of consolelog. - Use `while :', instead of `while [ true ]'. This is done in other places as well.
Submitted by: Jille Timmermans <jille quis cx> (not jilles) Reviewed by: jilles
|
193908 |
10-Jun-2009 |
edwin |
add ca_AD, ca_FR and ca_IT locales
Catalan language is not only spoken in Spain (ca_ES), but also in Andorra, France and Italy. In Andorra it is the official language.
(see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language#Geographic_distribution)
Add a bunch of symlinks to between ca_ES and ca_AD, ca_FR and ca_IT.
PR: conf/92541 Submitted by: <rmh@io.debian.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
193635 |
07-Jun-2009 |
edwin |
Welcome to a default installed /etc/ntp.conf
This NTP configuration file points to the [012].pool.ntp.org servers, which will return a list of geographical local NTP servers. It uses the best-practice options of "iburst" and "maxpoll 9". It gives examples on how to use the "restrict" commands, which are unfortunately not working when you use the pool.ntp.org servers. It sets up a fudge server so any clients syncing against this server will always be synced even if we lose the master.
The idea of this file was briefly discussed on -net.
PR: conf/58595 Submitted by: Chris Stenton <jacs@gnome.co.uk> MFC after: 1 week
|
193354 |
02-Jun-2009 |
rmacklem |
Add support for the experimental nfs subsystem to the scripts in /etc/rc.d. They use the following new rc variables: nfsv4_server_enable - set to "YES" to run the experimental server nfsuserd_enable - set to "YES" to run nfsuserd for NFSv4 client and server nfsuserd_flags - command line flags for nfsuserd nfscbd_enable - set to "YES" to run the experimental nfs client's NFSv4 callback daemon nfscbd_flags - command line flags for nfscbd
Reviewed by: dougb Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
193302 |
02-Jun-2009 |
brian |
Rather than using both -prune (which requires directory-first tree traversal) and -delete (which implies depth-first traversal), avoid using -delete in favour of -execdir.
This has a side-effect of not removing directories that contain files, even if we delete all of those files, but IMHO that's a better option than specifying all possible local filesystem types in this script.
PR: 122811 MFC after: 3 weeks
|
193199 |
01-Jun-2009 |
dougb |
Eliminate the warning that "Values of network_interfaces other than AUTO are deprecated.' There is no good reason to deprecate them, and setting this to different values can be useful for custom solutions and/or one-off configuration problems.
|
193198 |
01-Jun-2009 |
dougb |
Make the pf and ipfw firewalls start before netif, just like ipfilter already does. This eliminates a logical inconsistency, and a small window where the system is open after the network comes up.
|
193197 |
01-Jun-2009 |
dougb |
Substitute ypset for ypbind in REQUIRE lines. If you use ypset it has to happen right after ypbind, and before anything that uses NIS. The only change in rcorder accomplished by this patch is make that happen.
PR: conf/117555 Submitted by: John Marshall <john@rwsrv05.mby.riverwillow.net.au>
|
193119 |
30-May-2009 |
dougb |
Small cleanup, add (spurious) quotation marks around the value for name= to make these scripts consistent with the rest.
|
193118 |
30-May-2009 |
dougb |
Now that the last of the *.sh scripts are gone from the base, emit a warning if come across one.
|
193112 |
30-May-2009 |
dougb |
As previously advertised, remove this script prior to the 8.0 branch.
|
192970 |
28-May-2009 |
brian |
Update this script so that it handles different ruleset failures differently. The output now shows the ruleset and shortens to slightly different text (using $daily_status_mail_rejects_shorten), but it should be more descriptive.
PR: 35018 Inspired by: Mikhail Teterin - mi at aldan dot algebra dot com MFC after: 3 weeks
|
192901 |
27-May-2009 |
thompsa |
Delete the old USB stack. The new stack has settled in and has all the drivers/functionality and then some.
|
192579 |
22-May-2009 |
rwatson |
Further idmapd garbage collection -- remove rc.d Makefile reference and default settings.
Submitted by: Pawel Worach <pawel.worach at gmail.com>
|
192578 |
22-May-2009 |
rwatson |
Remove the unmaintained University of Michigan NFSv4 client from 8.x prior to 8.0-RELEASE. Rick Macklem's new and more feature-rich NFSv234 client and server are replacing it.
Discussed with: rmacklem
|
192545 |
21-May-2009 |
rmacklem |
Modify src/etc/mtree/BSD.include.dist and src/include/Makefile so that the .h files in src/sys/fs/nfs will be installed under /usr/include/fs/nfs. This will allow the following utilities to build, once additions and changes for the experimental nfs subsystem are committed: usr.sbin/mountd - Once modified to add support for the experimental nfs subsystem. ur.sbin/nfsstat - Once modified to add support for the experimental nfs subsystem. usr.sbin/nfscbd - The client side callback daemon for NFSv4. usr.sbin/nfsuserd - The NFSv4 user/group name<->uid/gid mapping daemon. usr.sbin/nfsdumpstate - The NFSv4 utility for dumping open/lock state. usr.sbin/nfsrevoke - The sysadmin command for revoking NFSv4 state.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
192246 |
17-May-2009 |
danger |
- do not create and mount new file systems on top of the old ones on every invocation of this script once we already have one (in case tmpmfs="YES").
Reviewed by: dougb
|
192215 |
16-May-2009 |
dougb |
1. New feature; option to have the script loop until a specified hostname (localhost by default) can be successfully looked up. Off by default. 2. New feature: option to create a forwarder configuration file based on the contents of /etc/resolv.conf. This allows you to utilize a local resolver for better performance, less network traffic, custom zones, etc. while still relying on the benefits of your local network resolver. Off by default. 3. Add named-checkconf into the startup routine. This will prevent named from trying to start in a situation where it would not be possible to do so.
|
192210 |
16-May-2009 |
dougb |
Trim trailing whitespace from the end of a line
|
192198 |
16-May-2009 |
maxim |
o Add missed semicolon in action script.
PR: conf/134579 Submitted by: Lucius Windschuh MFC after: 1 week
|
192089 |
14-May-2009 |
rodrigc |
Set crashinfo_enable to "YES" by default. During bootup, if /etc/rc.d/savecore detects a core dump file on the dump device, the core file will be saved, and the crashinfo script will be run to generate a human-readable report.
This will make it easier for end-users to provide feedback to developers about kernel crashes.
Reviewed by: jhb
|
191620 |
28-Apr-2009 |
ru |
Added (pre|post)(start|stop) jail hooks. These can be used to run arbitrary commands (outside the jail) associated with said events, e.g. to bring up/down CARP interfaces representing services run in jails.
Reviewed by: simon
|
190575 |
30-Mar-2009 |
emax |
- Add ipfw_nat to the list of required modules if "firewall_nat_enable" is set and "natd_enable" is NOT set;
- Accept and pass firewall type to the external firewall script.
Submitted by: Yuri Kurenkov < y -dot- kurenkov -at- init -dot- ru > MFC after: 3 days No response from: freebsd-rc
|
190304 |
23-Mar-2009 |
gshapiro |
Add the URL for RFC2142
PR: conf/127510
|
190231 |
22-Mar-2009 |
rpaulo |
Add /usr/include/pcap (new in libpcap 1.0.0).
|
190032 |
19-Mar-2009 |
des |
Add hostid to the ranks.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
190031 |
19-Mar-2009 |
des |
Revert r188010. When dhclient is backgrounded, services such as ntpdate, sendmail / postfix etc. may fail to start because DNS is unavailable and / or the server is unreachable. In the worst case, the machine may become unusable.
Debugging this issue was far more difficult than it should have been, due to earlier changes to the rc framework to hide almost all useful information about the boot process.
Approved by: silence
|
189759 |
13-Mar-2009 |
brooks |
Add support for setting the debug flags on wlan interfaces after the are created using wlandebug_<ifn> variables.
|
189694 |
11-Mar-2009 |
guido |
Backout previous commit due to PEBKAC
|
189624 |
10-Mar-2009 |
guido |
When swap resides on a mirror and it is not stopped, the mirror is degraded upon the next reboot and will have to be rebuild. Thus call swapoff when rebooting (read: when stopping swap1)
|
188978 |
24-Feb-2009 |
thompsa |
Install the old usb headers under /usr/include/legacy/dev/usb as they are needed by the hal port. This will be removed before 8.0.
Add an exclusion to kdump as some structs will be redefined.
Requested by: marcus
|
188945 |
23-Feb-2009 |
thompsa |
Build fixups for the new USB stack.
|
188710 |
17-Feb-2009 |
mtm |
Rename the rc.conf(5) knob if_up_delay to defaultroute_delay to better reflect its purpose.
|
188642 |
15-Feb-2009 |
nyan |
sys/pccard is gone.
|
188535 |
12-Feb-2009 |
ed |
Remove pts(4) entries from /etc/ttys.
Even though I increased the amount of pts(4) entries in /etc/ttys some time ago, I didn't realize back then those entries shouldn't have been there in the first place.
I just looked at the getttyent() source code and it turns out when you call setttyent(), it walks through /dev/pts and looks for the device with the highest number. After you receive EOF's from getttyent(), it makes up entries for pts(4) devices.
This means that adding entries for pts(4) is somewhat harmful, because if you now traverse the list, you get redundant entries, so just remove them.
|
188529 |
12-Feb-2009 |
sam |
turn off ttyv*; not aware of any arm-based systems with syscons
Reviewed by: imp
|
188478 |
11-Feb-2009 |
mtm |
Reword informational message by rc.d/defaultroute.
PR: conf/131458
|
188293 |
07-Feb-2009 |
bz |
Named normally cannot be started chrooted inside a jail. Thus treat the jail case specifically. In case we find a proper pre-seeded devfs in the chroot path (mounted from the base system) permit starting chrooted else give proper warn/error messages.
PR: conf/103489 Reviewed by: dougb MFC after: 5 days
|
188118 |
04-Feb-2009 |
thompsa |
Check for NOAUTO on child interfaces (eg wlanX) so they can be created via rc.conf but not necessarily started.
|
188010 |
02-Feb-2009 |
mtm |
Since, rc.d/defaultroute has the ability to wait for a default route to show up we can turn this knob back on without screwing subsequent daemons that expect to be able to talk to the outside world.
|
188009 |
02-Feb-2009 |
mtm |
The 30 second wait for network interfaces to show up effectively makes the time to boot an unplugged system 30 sec. longer for no good reason. Therefore, add a check to make sure that any DHCP interfaces are plugged in before waiting.
|
187909 |
30-Jan-2009 |
imp |
Spawn one fewer shells on startup. We don't use dhcp_interfaces at all in this function, and grep shows no other instances of it (besides, this is a function, and in a sub-shell, so all changes are local).
|
187879 |
29-Jan-2009 |
keramida |
Backout change 187782. It inhibits ntpd from starting at all when ntpd_sync_on_start is set.
Noticed by: rafan
|
187846 |
28-Jan-2009 |
sam |
Remove gsm hacks now that we can do this "right": o no need for special country codes; it's sufficient to use the sku o no need to specify bands w/ 2.4G frequencies, use the real values o remove duplicate band specs
|
187782 |
27-Jan-2009 |
keramida |
When synchronizing the clock at system startup time, use both the -g and -q options. They do a slightly different thing and both are necessary when the time difference is large.
Noticed by: danger, in the forums Approved by: roberto MFC after: 1 week
|
187743 |
26-Jan-2009 |
sam |
Remove DETACH event handling; this is race prone and does nothing useful. Leave a comment for the next person that thinks they need to be helpful.
Reviewed by: imp, jhb MFC after: 2 weeks
|
187708 |
26-Jan-2009 |
bz |
Update jail startup script for multi-IPv4/v6/no-IP jails.
Note: this is only really necessary because of the ifconfig logic to add/remove the jail IPs upon start/stop. Consensus among simon and I is that the logic should really be factored out from the startup script and put into a proper management solution.
- We now support starting of no-IP jails. - Remove the global jail_<jname>_netmask option as it is only helpful to set netmasks/prefixes for the right address family and per address. - Implement jail_<jname>_ip options to support both address familes with regard to ifconfig logic. - Implement _multi<n> support suffix to the jail_<jname>_ip option to configure additional addresses to avoid overlong, unreadbale jail_<jname>_ip lines with lots of addresses.
Submitted by: initial work from Ruben van Staveren Discussed on: freebsd-jail in Nov 2008. Reviewed by: simon, ru (partial, older version) MFC after: 1 week
|
187685 |
25-Jan-2009 |
bz |
Instead of killing the 'watchdog' subshell and leaving a sleep for rcshutdown_timeout (normally 30s) around re-parented to init, make sure both go away using pkill -P.
While noone normally notices this for the system shutdown, it helps for cleanly shutting down trusted jails. Found without a killall in the base system, which in rc.d/jail normally ensures that all processes of a jail to be stopped will be killed.
Reviewed by: silence on current@ MFC after: 4 weeks
|
187344 |
16-Jan-2009 |
sam |
revert r187343
|
187343 |
16-Jan-2009 |
sam |
add FCC4 SKU to expose Public Safety Band (PSB) frequencies; this is modeled after the Atheros SKU of the same name
|
187210 |
14-Jan-2009 |
ume |
Fix typo to install 400.status-pkg, again.
|
186916 |
08-Jan-2009 |
keramida |
The description of the various securelevels has moved to the security.7 manpage a while ago.
MFC after: 1 week
|
186841 |
06-Jan-2009 |
bz |
Put the devfs ruleset next to devfs enable, add a comment about the suggested ruleset[1].
While here use an IP from the 'test-net' prefix for docs.
PR: kern/130102 ([1] different problem in the end) Reviewed by: simon MFC after: 2 weeks
|
186432 |
23-Dec-2008 |
thompsa |
Move another block of ASUS events to devd/asus.conf that were missed in r186249
|
186249 |
17-Dec-2008 |
thompsa |
Add /etc/devd/ and move hardware specific configuration there. This makes it easier to maintain custom rules for non-system things like ACPI hotkeys.
/etc/devd.conf is already set up to check this directory, no change needed there.
|
186237 |
17-Dec-2008 |
brooks |
Correct a bug where /etc/rc.d/defaultroute fails to finish by printing a newline when it fails to obtain an address via DHCP. This made the next rc script begin its output on the same line.
PR: conf Submitted by: Bruce Cran <bruce at cran dot org dot uk> MFC after: 3 days
|
186106 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
o fix DEBUG sku definition o add definitions for 900MHz radios: Ubiquiti SR9 and XR9, and ZComax GZ-901
|
185566 |
02-Dec-2008 |
kensmith |
Remove slip.log. Slip got removed as part of the MPSAFE tty work. If it does come back it would probably be better if users who were interested in slip added appropriate lines instead of this being here unconditionally.
Reminded by: tut <at> nhamon <dot> com <dot> ua
|
185565 |
02-Dec-2008 |
kensmith |
The slip.log file got removed along with the MPSAFE tty work. If slip does ever come back it's probably best if its log file be something that gets added if the user decided they want to run slip instead of having it here unconditionally.
|
185087 |
19-Nov-2008 |
alfred |
src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/uss820dci_pccard.c src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usbdevs src/sys/dev/usb2/include/urio2_ioctl.h src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/ustorage2_fs.h
These files are not used any more.
src/usr.sbin/Makefile src/etc/mtree/BSD.include.dist src/include/Makefile src/lib/Makefile src/share/man/man7/hier.7 src/share/mk/bsd.libnames.mk src/etc/mtree/BSD.include.dist
Make "usbconfig" and "libusb20" a part of the default build.
src/sys/dev/usb/rio500_usb.h src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/urio2.c
Use common include file.
src/sys/dev/usb2/bluetooth/ng_ubt2.c
Make USB bluetooth depend on "ng_hci" module.
src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/ehci2.c src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/ehci2.h
Patches for Marvell EHCI.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_busdma.c
Bugfix for 64-bit platforms. Need to unload the previously loaded DMA map and some cleanup regarding some corner cases.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_core.h src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_dev.c src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_dev.h
Bugfix for libusb filesystem interface.
New feature: Add support for filtering device data at the expense of the userland process.
Add some more comments.
Some minor code styling.
Remove unused function, usb2_fifo_get_data_next().
Fix an issue about "fifo_index" being used instead of "ep_index".
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_device.c src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_generic.c
Bugfix for Linux USB compat layer. Do not free non-generic FIFOs when doing an alternate setting.
Cleanup USB IOCTL and USB reference handling. Fix a corner case where USB-FS was left initialised after setting a new configuration or alternate setting.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_hub.c
Improvement: Check all USB HUB ports by default at least one time.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_request.c
Bugfix: Make sure destination ASCII string is properly zero terminated in all cases.
Improvement: Skip invalid characters instead of replacing with a dot.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_util.c src/sys/dev/usb2/image/uscanner2.c
Spelling.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/Makefile
Share "usbdevs" with the old USB stack.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h
Regenerate files.
Alfred: Please fix the RCS tag at the top.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_ioctl.h
Fix compilation of "kdump".
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ubsa2.c src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ugensa2.c
Remove device ID's which will end up in a new 3G driver.
src/sys/dev/usb2/sound/uaudio2.c
Correct a debug printout.
src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/umass2.c
Sync with old USB stack.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20.3
Add more documentation.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20.c
Various bugfixes and improvements.
src/usr.sbin/usbconfig/dump.c src/usr.sbin/usbconfig/usbconfig.c
New commands for dumping strings and doing custom USB requests from the command line.
Remove keyword requirements from generated files: "head/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h" "head/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h"
|
184675 |
05-Nov-2008 |
keramida |
Add defaults for /etc/rc.d/gssd
Approved by: dfr
|
184663 |
04-Nov-2008 |
delphij |
Correct a typo that prevented my laptop from starting devd.
|
184625 |
04-Nov-2008 |
rpaulo |
Add support for Asus A8Sr notebooks.
PR: 128553 Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd at codelabs.ru> Reviewed by: philip MFC after: 2 months
|
184588 |
03-Nov-2008 |
dfr |
Implement support for RPCSEC_GSS authentication to both the NFS client and server. This replaces the RPC implementation of the NFS client and server with the newer RPC implementation originally developed (actually ported from the userland sunrpc code) to support the NFS Lock Manager. I have tested this code extensively and I believe it is stable and that performance is at least equal to the legacy RPC implementation.
The NFS code currently contains support for both the new RPC implementation and the older legacy implementation inherited from the original NFS codebase. The default is to use the new implementation - add the NFS_LEGACYRPC option to fall back to the old code. When I merge this support back to RELENG_7, I will probably change this so that users have to 'opt in' to get the new code.
To use RPCSEC_GSS on either client or server, you must build a kernel which includes the KGSSAPI option and the crypto device. On the userland side, you must build at least a new libc, mountd, mount_nfs and gssd. You must install new versions of /etc/rc.d/gssd and /etc/rc.d/nfsd and add 'gssd_enable=YES' to /etc/rc.conf.
As long as gssd is running, you should be able to mount an NFS filesystem from a server that requires RPCSEC_GSS authentication. The mount itself can happen without any kerberos credentials but all access to the filesystem will be denied unless the accessing user has a valid ticket file in the standard place (/tmp/krb5cc_<uid>). There is currently no support for situations where the ticket file is in a different place, such as when the user logged in via SSH and has delegated credentials from that login. This restriction is also present in Solaris and Linux. In theory, we could improve this in future, possibly using Brooks Davis' implementation of variant symlinks.
Supporting RPCSEC_GSS on a server is nearly as simple. You must create service creds for the server in the form 'nfs/<fqdn>@<REALM>' and install them in /etc/krb5.keytab. The standard heimdal utility ktutil makes this fairly easy. After the service creds have been created, you can add a '-sec=krb5' option to /etc/exports and restart both mountd and nfsd.
The only other difference an administrator should notice is that nfsd doesn't fork to create service threads any more. In normal operation, there will be two nfsd processes, one in userland waiting for TCP connections and one in the kernel handling requests. The latter process will create as many kthreads as required - these should be visible via 'top -H'. The code has some support for varying the number of service threads according to load but initially at least, nfsd uses a fixed number of threads according to the value supplied to its '-n' option.
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems MFC after: 1 month
|
184485 |
30-Oct-2008 |
pjd |
ifconfig(8) can take only one interface at a time.
|
184443 |
29-Oct-2008 |
mp |
Explicitly set the shell to /bin/sh when MK_TCSH == no.
Not objected to by: sam
|
184352 |
27-Oct-2008 |
thompsa |
Add ucomX shortcuts just like its uart sibling.
|
184344 |
27-Oct-2008 |
thompsa |
Make a note about the notify codes for the four special function keys above the keyboard on the EeePC.
|
184343 |
27-Oct-2008 |
sam |
o fix MK_TCSH == no: the default master.passwd sets up root to use /bin/csh but there won't be one so root won't be able to login; edit the installed file to use /bin/sh in this case. o while here split csh-related files apart from sh and only install them when requested
|
184317 |
27-Oct-2008 |
thompsa |
Show which rc script is running since the default ^T just shows 'sh' as the process.
|
184265 |
25-Oct-2008 |
ed |
Sort `mount -p' output by name before checking for any differences.
I noticed on a system at home that restarting named(8) causes the /var/named/dev mount to be moved to the bottom of the mount list, because it gets remounted. When I received the daily security email this morning, I was quite amazed to see that the security report listed the differences, while it was nothing out of the ordinary.
If we just throw the `mount -p' output through sort(1), we'll only receive notifications about changes to mounts if something has really changed.
|
183773 |
12-Oct-2008 |
imp |
Add entries for uart based serial ports. All the serial ports on mips so far are uart subclasses. Also, turn uart0 on by default.
|
183714 |
09-Oct-2008 |
peter |
Clean out some empty mergeinfo records, presumably by people doing local cp/mv operations. The full repo-relative URL should be specified for the source in these cases.
|
183698 |
08-Oct-2008 |
des |
Create separate cat directories for en.UTF-8. This, together with r183697, allows users in en.UTF-8 locales to see non-ascii characters in man pages.
MFC after: 1 week
|
183517 |
01-Oct-2008 |
brooks |
Remove compat support for vaps_<ifn> and vap_create_<ifn> variables as promised in r178527. These variables were never in a release version.
Reminded by: sam
|
183325 |
24-Sep-2008 |
ru |
Allow a jail's IP alias to be created with an arbitrary netmask.
MFC after: 3 days
|
183268 |
22-Sep-2008 |
sam |
add back regdomain.xml
Noticed by: jhay
|
183242 |
21-Sep-2008 |
sam |
add new build knobs and jigger some existing controls to improve control over the result of buildworld and installworld; this especially helps packaging systems such as nanobsd
Reviewed by: various (posted to arch) MFC after: 1 month
|
183100 |
16-Sep-2008 |
thompsa |
Allow a jail to be started with a specific route fib.
Reviewed by: secteam (simon) Reviewed by: brooks, bz
|
182895 |
09-Sep-2008 |
bms |
Add support to rc.initdiskless for /conf/T/M/remount_subdir. This allows the location of the configuration data to be relocated within the filesystem containing it. A nullfs mount is used in order to achieve this.
Obtained from: XORP, Inc.
|
182556 |
31-Aug-2008 |
gshapiro |
A no-op commit to simulate the effect of a forced commit so the file has a new timestamp as needed for mergemaster. A more long term solution to this is needed since svn doesn't support forced commits.
|
182460 |
29-Aug-2008 |
jhb |
Add the ability to run /usr/sbin/crashinfo on a new core dump automatically during boot. Right now this is disabled by default, but it can be enabled by setting 'crashinfo_enable=YES' in rc.conf.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
182361 |
28-Aug-2008 |
gshapiro |
Google changed the location of the blacklists again.
Submitted by: Tim Pozar
|
182164 |
25-Aug-2008 |
des |
Make obrien happy #2
|
182163 |
25-Aug-2008 |
des |
Make obrien happy
|
182104 |
24-Aug-2008 |
ed |
Restore 256 pty(4) entries.
As discussed with Robert Watson on the src-committers list, it is safer to keep at least some pty(4) entries in /etc/ttys, for applications that roll their own PTY allocation routine and only search for BSD-style PTY's.
This means we've now just toggled the amount of entries for pts(4) and pty(4).
Requested by: rwatson
|
182058 |
23-Aug-2008 |
ed |
Remove old BSD-style entries from /etc/ttys and increase pts(4) to 512.
Because we now use pts(4)-style PTY's exclusively, there is no use for these entries in /etc/ttys. Right now the pts(4) entries only go from 0 to 255. Because we're going to touch these files anyway, increase the number to 511.
Discussed with: philip (ex-mentor)
|
181941 |
21-Aug-2008 |
rpaulo |
Cope with the file rename by changing rc variables.
|
181905 |
20-Aug-2008 |
ed |
Integrate the new MPSAFE TTY layer to the FreeBSD operating system.
The last half year I've been working on a replacement TTY layer for the FreeBSD kernel. The new TTY layer was designed to improve the following:
- Improved driver model:
The old TTY layer has a driver model that is not abstract enough to make it friendly to use. A good example is the output path, where the device drivers directly access the output buffers. This means that an in-kernel PPP implementation must always convert network buffers into TTY buffers.
If a PPP implementation would be built on top of the new TTY layer (still needs a hooks layer, though), it would allow the PPP implementation to directly hand the data to the TTY driver.
- Improved hotplugging:
With the old TTY layer, it isn't entirely safe to destroy TTY's from the system. This implementation has a two-step destructing design, where the driver first abandons the TTY. After all threads have left the TTY, the TTY layer calls a routine in the driver, which can be used to free resources (unit numbers, etc).
The pts(4) driver also implements this feature, which means posix_openpt() will now return PTY's that are created on the fly.
- Improved performance:
One of the major improvements is the per-TTY mutex, which is expected to improve scalability when compared to the old Giant locking. Another change is the unbuffered copying to userspace, which is both used on TTY device nodes and PTY masters.
Upgrading should be quite straightforward. Unlike previous versions, existing kernel configuration files do not need to be changed, except when they reference device drivers that are listed in UPDATING.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/... Approved by: philip (ex-mentor) Discussed: on the lists, at BSDCan, at the DevSummit Sponsored by: Snow B.V., the Netherlands dcons(4) fixed by: kan
|
181891 |
20-Aug-2008 |
obrien |
Rename the RCng 'kernel' script to 'kernel_symlink'.
|
181872 |
19-Aug-2008 |
obrien |
Rename the RCng 'kernel' script to 'kernel_symlink'.
Requested by: many
|
181762 |
15-Aug-2008 |
jhb |
Allow the network addresses and interface names for the "client" and "workstation" firewall types to be set from rc.conf so that rc.firewall no longer needs local patching to be usable for those types. For now I've set the variables in /etc/defaults/rc.conf to the previous defaults in /etc/rc.firewall.
PR: bin/65258 Submitted by: Valentin Nechayev netch of netch.kiev.ua Silence from: net MFC after: 2 weeks
|
181761 |
15-Aug-2008 |
jhb |
For the "client" and "simple" network types, collapse the separate "net" and "mask" variables into a single "net" variable that contains a full network address (including either a netmask or prefix length at the user's choice). Update the example settings to match.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
181760 |
15-Aug-2008 |
jhb |
Use 'me' rather than explicit IP addresses for the "simple" and "client" firewall configurations.
PR: bin/65258 Silence on: net@ MFC after: 1 week
|
181759 |
15-Aug-2008 |
jhb |
For the firewall_* variables that are specific to the "workstation" firewall type, note that property in their description.
MFC after: 1 week
|
181531 |
10-Aug-2008 |
antoine |
Improve periodic/security/550.ipfwlimit a bit: - don't run it if net.inet.ip.fw.verbose = 0 as it is pointless - handle rules without logging limit correctly [1] (those rules show up without logamount in "ipfw -a list")
PR: conf/126060 [1] MFC after: 1 month
|
181445 |
09-Aug-2008 |
obrien |
Only symlink booted kernel directory to /boot/kernel if user has explicitly requested it. This is too dangerous to just do behind the admin's back.
|
181427 |
08-Aug-2008 |
cperciva |
Add /usr/share/man/whatis, /var/db/locate.database, and /var/log to the list of paths which `freebsd-update IDS` should ignore by default.
|
181260 |
03-Aug-2008 |
danger |
- back out my last commit as it seems to be wrong.
Spotted by: das
|
181145 |
02-Aug-2008 |
cperciva |
Make `freebsd-update IDS` not complain about /usr/share/man/cat* by default.
|
181114 |
01-Aug-2008 |
dougb |
When using SRV records the protocols and services files need to be in the chroot /etc directory.
PR: conf/121101 Submitted by: Stefan `Sec` Zehl <sec@42.org>
|
181113 |
01-Aug-2008 |
dougb |
Add the -c option for named_flags (still commented out) that is relevant for ports users, and change the comment to match.
While I'm here fix the capitalization of the named_program comment.
|
181071 |
31-Jul-2008 |
jhb |
Oops, restore the recent changes to make startup messages quieter.
|
181070 |
31-Jul-2008 |
jhb |
Parse sysctl settings from /etc/sysctl.conf.local after /etc/sysctl.conf if it exists. This mirrors similar behavior for /boot/loader.conf and /etc/rc.conf.
Obtained from: Yahoo! MFC after: 1 week
|
180924 |
28-Jul-2008 |
antoine |
Remove an empty directory that is already in ObsoleteFiles.inc from mtree/BSD.usr.dist
|
180681 |
21-Jul-2008 |
thompsa |
Change the module example to kldload since this is the resume side.
|
180680 |
21-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
Remove sioX as an alias for uartX. It is believed to be more confusing than helpful.
Suggested by: jhb
|
180620 |
19-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
With uart(4) default, change sio# to uart# so that out-of-the-box FreeBSD is consistent.
|
180619 |
19-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
With uart(4) default, change /dev/cuad# to /dev/cuau# and sio# to uart# so that out-of-the-box FreeBSD is consistent.
|
180618 |
19-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
With uart(4) default, change /dev/cuad# to /dev/cuau# and sio# to uart# so that out-of-the-box FreeBSD is consistent.
|
180617 |
19-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
With uart(4) default, change /dev/cuad# to /dev/cuau# so that out-of-the-box FreeBSD is consistent.
|
180615 |
19-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
With uart(4) default, change /dev/cuad# to /dev/cuau# so that out-of-the-box FreeBSD is consistent. Add uart[0-7] as a fingerfriendly shortcut alongside sio[0-7] and com[1-8].
|
180577 |
17-Jul-2008 |
danger |
- dns queries might go also over TCP, so allow it.
Approved by: rink MFC after: 1 week
|
180564 |
16-Jul-2008 |
dougb |
Add the shutdown KEYWORD to those scripts that start persistent services to allow them to do a "clean" shutdown.
I purposely avoided making changes to network-related stuff since the system shutting down is pretty conclusive, and there may be complicated dependencies on the network that I would rather not try to unravel.
I also skipped kerberos-related stuff for the reasons above, and because I have no way to test it.
|
180563 |
16-Jul-2008 |
dougb |
As previously discussed, add the svn:executable property to all scripts
|
180487 |
13-Jul-2008 |
ed |
Make uart(4) the default serial port driver on i386 and amd64.
The uart(4) driver has the advantage of supporting a wider variety of hardware on a greater amount of platforms. This driver has already been the standard on platforms such as ia64, powerpc and sparc64.
I've decided not to change anything on pc98. I'd rather let people from the pc98 team look at this.
Approved by: philip (mentor), marcel
|
180478 |
12-Jul-2008 |
dougb |
Strongly discourage the use of the query-source option, and explain why.
Give a better example if a user absolutely must use this option, and suggest they pick something from the ephemeral port range rather than port 53. This means that the example will not work if it is merely uncommented, but this will hopefully encourage users to read the comment.
|
180440 |
11-Jul-2008 |
mtm |
The pfctl(8) program is already pretty verbose, so don't print extra information in quiet mode.
|
180318 |
06-Jul-2008 |
mtm |
Remove the $DUMPDIR variable. It's redundant and the rest of the script uses $dumpdir directly.
|
180317 |
06-Jul-2008 |
mtm |
Make checking for the availability of core dumps work in the case that $dumpdev is not set to "AUTO".
Reported by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda@gmail.com>
|
180296 |
05-Jul-2008 |
mtm |
No need to display the result of enabling the ipfw sysctl if it's successfull. Issue a warning if it fails, however.
|
180295 |
05-Jul-2008 |
mtm |
There's no need to announce that we're mounting local filesystems when running in quiet mode since if we fail to mount any of them the boot process gets interrupted.
|
180294 |
05-Jul-2008 |
mtm |
Quiet down rc.d/nfsclient by not printing anything in 'quiet' mode. Instead issue a warning of it fails to set the sysctls.
|
180208 |
03-Jul-2008 |
peter |
Set magic fbsd:nokeywords property that allows files to bypass keyword expansion. (file-specific replacement for CVSROOT/exclude)
|
180111 |
30-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Rev. 1.8 broke matching on lines where the failure mode is at the head of the message, such as: Jun 30 10:49:21 rogue sshd[17553]: Invalid user iceman from 127.0.0.1
PR: conf/124569 Submitted by: Taku <taku@tekipaki.jp>
|
180070 |
27-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Backout r179941. The nfsclient knob always confuses me. I should have double-checked my setup before commiting.
Noticed by: Florian Smeets Pointy hat to: mtm
|
180062 |
27-Jun-2008 |
rpaulo |
Add the missing support for Asus Eee PC in acpi_asus(4). This includes hotkeys support and sysctl variables to control camera and card reader. These new sysctls don't have CTFLAG_ANYBODY set.
While there add entries to devd.conf related to the Eee volume keys.
Reviewed by: phillip MFC after: 1 week Also tested by: lme (previous version)
|
179981 |
24-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Quiet rc.d/syscons unless it has something to say.
|
179966 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Add a -q flag to swapon(8) to suppress informational messages. Use it in rc.d. Note: errors are not affected by this flag.
|
179965 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
The sysctl(8) program exits on some errors and only emits warnings on others. In the case where it displayed warnings it would still return succesfully. Modify it so that it returns the number of sysctls that it was not able to set.
Make use of this in rc.d to display only *unsuccessfull* attempts to set sysctls.
|
179962 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Run savecore(8) only if there is a core dump to save. If there is no core dump hide the message to that effect behind $rc_quiet.
|
179961 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Implement a "quiet" mode for rc.d/netif, which only outputs the interface name of interfaces that were configured.
This change has the added benefit that ifn_start() and ifn_stop() in network.subr no longer write to standard output. Whether to output and what to output is now handled entirely in rc.d/netif.
|
179951 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Set the sysctl(8) value in the same shell, not a subshell. This was causing calls to netoptions_init() to not properly set a global variable, which ended up being in the parent shell.
|
179946 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Move the diagnostic output when the rc.subr(8) glue automatically starts a service behind $rc_quiet. Instead, output a warning if the pre-command routine or the command itself failed. Arguably, it's more useful to know when a command failed to start than it is to have an endless list of "Starting ...." lines[1].
[1] - This change actually helped me to discover a bug in rc.d/{lockd,statd} (fixed in r179941) that used to fail silently before.
|
179945 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Move a lot of diagnostic output behind $rc_quiet in scripts that implement their own start command.
|
179944 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Align the script more with rc.d/cleanvar (which doesn't output any diagnostics). Instead, move output behind $rc_quiet.
|
179943 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Remove the -v flag from the command line to dumpon(8), and instead print diagnostic ouput only if the command fails.
|
179942 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Remove pointless informational message.
|
179941 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Argh! s/nfs_client_enable/nfsclient_enable/g
|
179940 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Do not print anything unless one of the net/routing options is set.
|
179939 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
s/daemon processes/local packages/ for consisitency.
|
179931 |
22-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Output information only if /etc/rc.local exists.
|
179930 |
22-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Do not print anything unless at least one of the abi emulators is enabled.
|
179929 |
22-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Simplify this script with the added bonus that the bit about i386 initialization doesn't get printed unless ibcs2_enable is set.
|
179928 |
22-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Don't say we're going to mount filesystems of a certain type unless there actually are filesystems of that type to mount.
|
179927 |
22-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Don't say we're going to [start|stop] local packages unless there actually are local (pre rc.d) scripts to run.
|
179872 |
19-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Make quota knob conform to other rc(8) knobs. Keep older knob for compatibility.
Requested by: Volker <volker@vwsoft.com>
|
179870 |
19-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Move the check for enabled knobs further down in run_rc_command() so that bogus commands cause usage information to be printed instead of diagnostics about enabling the knob.
|
179805 |
15-Jun-2008 |
kmacy |
remove incorrect comment that I missed in my last change
|
179804 |
15-Jun-2008 |
kmacy |
Stop moused on a detach event. Remove incorrect comment.
This fixes frequent problems with usb mice and kvm switches caused by moused hanging around.
Suggested by: Matthew Dodd
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
179598 |
06-Jun-2008 |
keramida |
Tweak rc.firewall to allow incoming limited broadcast traffic, when configured to run in 'client' mode.
PR: conf/15010 Submitted by: Bill Trost, trost at cloud.rain.com Reviewed by: bz MFC after: 2 weeks
|
179566 |
05-Jun-2008 |
brooks |
Fix the wait for default route change I made a few weeks ago by creating a new defaultroute script that just does the wait. The previous attempt created a circular dependency through network_ipv6.
Pointy hat to: brooks
|
179360 |
27-May-2008 |
emax |
Bluetooth SIG is being difficult and keep moving specification documents away from being public accessible. Replace link to the Bluetooth specification document with the document name.
Pointed out by: SoftLover < slserg at uic dot tula dot ru > MFC after: 3 days
|
179315 |
26-May-2008 |
bz |
Remove ISDN4BSD (I4B) from HEAD as it is not MPSAFE and parts relied on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT. Most of I4B has been disconnected from the build since July 2007 in HEAD/RELENG_7.
This is what was removed: - configuration in /etc/isdn - examples - man pages - kernel configuration - sys/i4b (drivers, layers, include files) - user space tools - i4b support from ppp - further documentation
Discussed with: rwatson, re
|
179314 |
26-May-2008 |
dougb |
Add a missing space between a variable and the ] for a test
|
179308 |
25-May-2008 |
rwatson |
Remove netatm from HEAD as it is not MPSAFE and relies on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics:
- netatm include files - netatm command line management tools - libatm - ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall - sample configuration files and documents - kernel support as a module or in NOTES - netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm - ctags data for netatm. - netatm-specific device drivers.
MFC after: 3 weeks Reviewed by: bz Discussed with: bms, bz, harti
|
179079 |
18-May-2008 |
brooks |
Move the wait for a default route to rc.d/routing. Once we test for non-dhcp interfaces to negotiate/associate this will make more sense.
This also correctly gets run after both devd and netif are run so it has a chance of working.
|
179073 |
17-May-2008 |
cperciva |
Add support for specifying which INDEX files to build via portsnap.conf.
Requested by: brooks Reminded by: brooks, about halfway through his BSDCan talk
|
179014 |
15-May-2008 |
bms |
Add support for /conf/T/M/remount_optional.
The rc.initdiskless functionality is used by NanoBSD to allow configuration files to live on a separate configuration slice, which acts as NVRAM, whilst the system image is mounted read-only.
Normally, if the remount command fails during boot, this is regarded as a fatal error. If /conf/T/M/remount_optional is present, this error is non-fatal. If the file is not present, the default behaviour is unchanged.
This is very useful for people building live CD images using FreeBSD, where the NVRAM lives somewhere completely differently from the system image, and may be present on removable media which is not present during the initial boot.
|
179003 |
15-May-2008 |
brooks |
Change the default value of synchronous_dhclient to NO.
To preserve the existing behavior of etc/rc.d/netif, add code to wait up to if_up_delay seconds (30 seconds by default) for a default route to be configured if there are any dhcp interfaces. This should be extended to test that the interface is actually up.
X-MFC after:
|
179002 |
15-May-2008 |
brooks |
Fix last commit and call childif_destroy() correctly.
|
179001 |
14-May-2008 |
brooks |
Don't print the interface status if we only create child or destroy interfaces.
Correctly return status from childif_create().
|
178967 |
12-May-2008 |
flz |
Don't require a configuration file. Ntpd will be perfectly happy if there's none or if the file doesn't exist (there's no ntp.conf in the base install).
PR: conf/119592 Submitted by: Renaud Waldura <renaud+freebsd@waldura.org> MFC after: 1 week
|
178828 |
07-May-2008 |
dfr |
Fix conflicts after heimdal-1.1 import and add build infrastructure. Import all non-style changes made by heimdal to our own libgssapi.
|
178818 |
07-May-2008 |
jhb |
Install the mpilib headers from mpt(4) into /usr/include/dev/mpt/mpilib. This allows <sys/mpt_ioctl.h> to be used from userland.
Prodded by: scottl
|
178809 |
06-May-2008 |
mtm |
Specify the full path to the md5(1) binary so the script will still work even if it's not in the shell's path.
PR: conf/122215 MFC after: 1 week
|
178776 |
05-May-2008 |
maxim |
o Convert whitespaces to tabs.
|
178775 |
05-May-2008 |
maxim |
o Terminate "case" with "esac" not "fi".
Reported by: Randy Bush
|
178770 |
05-May-2008 |
mtm |
Fix improper use of checkyesno routine.
Noticed by: oliver MFC after: 1 week
|
178768 |
05-May-2008 |
imp |
Mips ttys file. Copied from i386 version with removal of the vga entries.
|
178738 |
03-May-2008 |
brooks |
Replace a couple mentions of the soon to be removed vaps_<ifn> variable form with wlans_<ifn>.
|
178695 |
30-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
Emit a warning when the network_interfaces variable is not set to AUTO.
MFC after: 3 days
|
178527 |
25-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
Replace the prototype vaps_<ifn> and vap_create_<ifn> variables with more wlans_<ifn> and create_args_<ifn>
Add documentation for these variants and generally update the wireless device example.
There is are very short lived shim from vaps_<ifn> which produces a warning and vap_create_<ifn> which does not. Misuse the MFC notification service to remind me to remove them.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
178450 |
23-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
Revert rev 1.332 and keep ddb scripts off by default for now. Minidumps are more flexable and much text-dump like output can be produced from them so there's a good argument they are a better default.
|
178423 |
22-Apr-2008 |
ru |
Make it possible to disable sources of entropy harvesting.
Noticed by: Igor Sysoev MFC after: 3 days
|
178381 |
21-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
Change the default of ddb_enable to YES so we default to generating textdumps on panic. This means you get a potentially useful dump even if your system is running X when you panic.
X-MFC after: never
|
178356 |
20-Apr-2008 |
sam |
rc support for vaps
|
178355 |
20-Apr-2008 |
sam |
802.11 regulatory definitions used by ifconfig
Support by: Hobnob
|
178233 |
15-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
Add very limited support for the isc-dhclient. It will almostly certaintly only work if there's just one interface doing dhcp. This version implements the same logic as the version in the PR, but uses pgrep to be less verbose.
PR: conf/95905 MFC after: 1 week
|
178056 |
10-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
Declare _ppp_profile_cleaned, _punct, and _punct_c local in ppp_start_profile().
Reported by: yar MFC after: 1 week
|
178024 |
08-Apr-2008 |
emax |
Set defaults for the rfcomm_pppd_server rc script
MFC after: 1 week
|
178023 |
08-Apr-2008 |
emax |
Add rfcomm_pppd_server rc script to allow start rfcomm_pppd(8) in server mode at boot time. Multiple profiles can be started at the same time. The whole idea is very similar to the ppp rc script.
Document Bluetooth knobs in rc.conf(5)
MFC after: 1 week
|
178022 |
08-Apr-2008 |
sam |
o add rc.conf knobs to set the wpa_supplicant program, logging flags, and config file o change default logging options from -q to -s (log to syslog); this is currently broken for boot-time startup as syslogd is started too late but that'll be dealt with separately
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
178021 |
08-Apr-2008 |
sam |
add support wired interfaces
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
178018 |
08-Apr-2008 |
sam |
spell pidfile correctly so multiple wpa_supplicant processes can be run
MFC after: 1 week
|
177959 |
06-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
Fix a stupid typo.
Reviewed by: bz
|
177866 |
02-Apr-2008 |
dougb |
Back out revision 1.6, the addition of "BEFORE: mountcritremote".
mountcritremote REQUIREs FILESYSTEMS, and that script REQUIREs zfs, so this change is a noop. By removing it we make life a little easier both for rcorder(8) and for debugging down the road.
Approved by: 2 weeks of silence from pjd
|
177683 |
28-Mar-2008 |
brooks |
Add support for hardwiring ppp sessions to particular devices with new per-profile variables of the form ppp_<profile>_unit. No ppp_unit variable is supported since tying the same unit to more than one profile won't work.
PR: conf/122127 MFC after: 1 week
|
177682 |
28-Mar-2008 |
brooks |
Support gif_interface values that don't follow the pattern gif###. Remove ancient compatablity support for gif_interface="NO".
|
177658 |
27-Mar-2008 |
brooks |
Remove the C flag from slip.log. The current slip userbase does not justify the presence of a (usually empty) /var/log/slip.log on every FreeBSD box.
|
177649 |
26-Mar-2008 |
brooks |
Allow the characters .-+/ to appear in ppp profile names by folding them to _ when evaluating ppp_<profile>_nat and ppp_<profile>_mode. Document the per-profile variables.
PR: conf/121452, conf/122127 (partial) MFC after: 1 week
|
177606 |
25-Mar-2008 |
remko |
Add a missing ;.
PR: misc/122069 Submitted by: taku@tekipaki.jp MFC after: 3 days Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit trivial change).
|
177602 |
25-Mar-2008 |
cperciva |
Add /boot/device.hints to the list of files which will have local modifications merged. I had initially expected that people would put any local changes into /boot/loader.conf, but it turns out that editing /boot/device.hints is something many people do.
Suggested by: Jaakko Heinonen MFC after: 1 week
|
177390 |
19-Mar-2008 |
pjd |
Be sure to run rc.d/zfs before mountcritremote. This way we can for example configure devfs rules in /etc/devfs.conf for ZVOLs.
Submitted by: Yarema <yds@CoolRat.org>
|
177062 |
11-Mar-2008 |
delphij |
Do nextboot -D twice during boot. The first time in rc.d/root which ensures that we can remove the file as early as possible, but shut up nextboot at this moment if the operation is failed, because /boot is not necessarily a part of /; the newly added second run is placed in rc.d/mountlate after all filesystems were mounted.
Discussed at: -rc@ Suggestions from: brooks, mtm MFC after: 1 month
|
177061 |
11-Mar-2008 |
delphij |
root
|
176873 |
06-Mar-2008 |
mtm |
The check for errors from the mount command did not work as intended because another command (echo) is executed between the mount command and the check.
Reported by: Sergey Baturov <sergey@toor.org.ru> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
176871 |
06-Mar-2008 |
mtm |
The rarpd(8) daemon must be instructed to start on all interfaces or a specific one. Instruct it to listen on all interfaces so that enabling it in rc.conf(5) works "out of the box."
PR: conf/121406 Submited by: trasz MFC after: 1 week
|
176835 |
05-Mar-2008 |
brooks |
Use the new command file feature of ddb(8) to support setting ddb(4) scripts at boot. This is currently disabled by default. /etc/ddb.conf contains some potentially reasonable default scripts.
PR: conf/119995 Submitted by: Scot Hetzel <swhetzel at gmail dot com> (Earlier version) X-MFC after: textdumps
|
176354 |
17-Feb-2008 |
gshapiro |
Fix quoting for the dnsbl example -- m4 misparses quoted strings with commas due to our deconstruction of the line in cf/feature/dnsbl.m4.
PR: 120038 Submitted by: mattijs vreeling MFC after: 1 week
|
176353 |
17-Feb-2008 |
gshapiro |
Use better examples (and comment them out for safety).
PR: 118837 Submitted by: Matthew Seaman MFC after: 1 week
|
176077 |
07-Feb-2008 |
dougb |
From the 4 February 2008 update: IPv6 addresses for 6 of the root name servers!
|
175906 |
03-Feb-2008 |
des |
Eliminate xargs in favor of find -exec {} +
|
175890 |
02-Feb-2008 |
des |
Rewrite to consume significantly less memory, by using find -s instead of find | sort. As a bonus, this simplifies the logic considerably. Also remove the bogus "overruning the args to ls" comment and the corresponding "-n 20" argument to xargs; the whole point with xargs is precisely that it knows how large the argument list can safely get.
Note that the first run of the updated script may hypotheticall produce false positives due to differences between find's and sort's sorting algorithm. I haven't seen this during testing, but others might.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
175879 |
01-Feb-2008 |
brooks |
When the state of the interface changes rapidly enough (usually due to rapid wireless association changes in my experience), there is a race where dhclient is in the process of exiting due to the link going down when the link coming up causes devd to try and start a new one. This results is the link being up, but no dhclient running.
Work around this race by checking a second time after a one second delay before refusing to start a dhclient instance due to one already being running.
MFC after: 1 week
|
175722 |
27-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Add a dummynet_enable knob to go with firewall_enable. If this knob is enabled dummynet(4) is added to the list of required modules.
Discussed on: #freebsd-bugbusters (rwatson, trhodes) PR: conf/79196 MFC after: 1 week
|
175720 |
27-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Clarify that devfs_system_ruleset should contain a name, not a number. Prompted by PR conf/85363
MFC after: 3 days
|
175686 |
26-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Generally, anything that runs rc.d scripts internally should start using the quiet prefix (i.e. quietstart, quietstop, etc...).
|
175683 |
26-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Generally, anything that runs rc.d scripts internally should start using the quiet prefix (i.e. quietstart, quietstop, etc...).
|
175682 |
26-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Use 'quietstart' so as not to get spammed with informational diagnostics.
|
175676 |
26-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Re-implement: do not silently fail when a command is not carried out because the rc.conf(5) variable was not enabled. Display a message that the command wasn't run and offer suggestions on what the user can do.
Implement a quiet prefix, which will disable some diagnostics. The fast prefix also implies quiet. During boot we use either fast or quiet. For shutdown we already use 'faststop'. So, this informational message should only appear during interactive use.
An additional benefit of having a quiet prefix is that we can start putting some of our diagnostic messages behind this knob and start "de-cluttering" the console during boot and shutdown.
|
175662 |
25-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Backout previous commit. It's going to clutter the console during boot and shutdown. I think I'll hide it behind autoboot or maybe take brooks@ suggestion and implement a different command prefix for booting/shutdown purposes, but in any case it needs more thought and attention.
Noticed by: ceri Pointyhat to: mtm
|
175660 |
25-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
If the rc.conf(5) variable for a script is not enabled do not fail silently. Display a message that the command wasn't run and make possible suggestions for what to do.
PR: conf/118770 MFC after: 1 week
|
175656 |
25-Jan-2008 |
mtm |
Rev. 1.6 made it impossible to use rc.d/kerberos with the krb5 port. Re-implement the change so that the script once again works with the krb5 port.
Submitted by: kensmith (slightly modified) MFC after: 3 days
|
175618 |
24-Jan-2008 |
ru |
Shorter equivalent of the command.
|
175522 |
21-Jan-2008 |
rafan |
Improve kernel NAT support in rc.firewall
- Allow IP in firewall_nat_interface, just like natd_interface - Allow additional configuration parameters passed to ipfw via firewall_nat_flags - Document firewall_nat_* in defaults/rc.conf
Tested by: Albert B. Wang <abwang at gmail.com> MFC after: 1 month
|
175293 |
13-Jan-2008 |
simon |
Add warning about this script dealing with untrusted data.
MFC after: 1 week
|
175251 |
12-Jan-2008 |
maxim |
o From the Problem Report: the TCP_DROP_SYNFIN kernel option is now included in the kernel by default. Remove reference to this option from defaults/rc.conf and rc.conf(5).
PR: conf/119098 Submitted by: Beat Gaetzi MFC after: 1 week
|
175244 |
12-Jan-2008 |
maxim |
o Correct an info about "Firewalls and Internet Security" book: name, authors list, ISBN, URLs.
PR: conf/119590 MFC after: 1 week
|
175236 |
11-Jan-2008 |
dougb |
Remove from the default empty zone list zones that, unlike the others, could theoretically be allocated one day.
|
175153 |
08-Jan-2008 |
dds |
A new configuration variable, daily_status_mail_rejects_shorten, allows the rejected mail reports to tally the rejects per blacklist without providing details about individual sender hosts. The default configuration keeps the reports in their original form.
MFC after: 1 week
|
174817 |
20-Dec-2007 |
dougb |
Update pkg_version_index to INDEX-8
|
174567 |
13-Dec-2007 |
jhb |
Only pass paths to directories or config files that exist for ldconfig for 32-bit binaries.
MFC after: 3 days
|
174464 |
08-Dec-2007 |
dougb |
Add an empty stop_cmd to the remaining scripts that don't start daemons and don't already have one.
|
174461 |
08-Dec-2007 |
dougb |
Remove a meaningless KEYWORD
|
174459 |
08-Dec-2007 |
dougb |
Remove the bootconf.sh script. It was never used on FreeBSD, and was removed from the Makefile in version 1.5 (2002/09/02) but never GC'ed.
|
174458 |
08-Dec-2007 |
dougb |
Remove spurious # marks to be more consistent with existing style.
|
174457 |
08-Dec-2007 |
dougb |
Remove empty REQUIRE line
|
174438 |
08-Dec-2007 |
dougb |
Remove $NetBSD$ CVS tags. We no longer attempt to synch our rc.d files with theirs, so this information doesn't need to be in the live file. Having it in our CVS history is enough.
|
174057 |
28-Nov-2007 |
cperciva |
Add /root/, /.cshrc, and /.profile to the default UpdateIfUnmodified directive. Users get irritated if FreeBSD Update steps on these while upgrading to a new release.
MFC after: 3 days
|
174028 |
28-Nov-2007 |
jhb |
Don't delete files in the X11 socket directories under /tmp (.X11-unix, .ICE-unix, .font-unix, .XIM-unix) when purging files from /tmp via the daily 100.clean-tmps job. If you are logged into an X session longer than the timeout period (default of 3 days), then this job can delete the X11 sockets out from under the session without this fix.
MFC after: 3 days
|
173998 |
27-Nov-2007 |
jhb |
Update the shlib version for libgssapi_krb5. This file needs to be updated anytime that library version is bumped.
XXX: I wonder if this breaks any 6.x binaries using Kerberos5 via GSSAPI.
|
173873 |
23-Nov-2007 |
ru |
Also check setuid executables on ZFS.
|
173755 |
19-Nov-2007 |
jhb |
Bump up the number of ttys supported by pty(4) to 512 by making use of [pt]ty[lmnoLMNO][0-9a-v].
MFC after: 3 days Reviewed by: rwatson
|
173638 |
15-Nov-2007 |
rwatson |
Add ttys lines for pts/0-pts/255.
MFC after: 3 days
|
173616 |
14-Nov-2007 |
brix |
Add reload functionality.
PR: conf/116659 Approved by: sam, erwin (mentor)
|
173564 |
12-Nov-2007 |
cperciva |
Add support for "freebsd-update -r newrelease upgrade" -- binary upgrading to new releases. Important parts of this code include * automatically determining which optional components (e.g., src, info, proflibs) are installed. * merging changes in files which are modified locally and have changed between the currently running and new release. * prompting the user to rebuild all 3rd party software before deleting old shared libraries.
Yes, this is compatible with "freebsd-update rollback" -- you can test a new -BETA and roll back to the old release if you don't like it.
Subject to re@ approval, this will be MFCed before 7.0-BETA3 and 6.3-RC1.
MFC after: 2 days
|
173536 |
11-Nov-2007 |
mlaier |
Update pf examples from OpenBSD to catch up with new stateful defaults and other syntax changes. Move pf.conf from /etc to examples, too.
|
173532 |
10-Nov-2007 |
sam |
spaces are preferred to tabs
Noted by: simon
|
173527 |
10-Nov-2007 |
sam |
add wpa_supplicant + hostapd directories to examples
MFC after: 1 week
|
173491 |
08-Nov-2007 |
benjsc |
Link wpi(4) into the build.
This includes: o mtree (for legal/intel_wpi) o manpage for i386/amd64 archs o module for i386/amd64 archs o NOTES for i386/amd64 archs
Approved by: mlaier (comentor)
|
173465 |
08-Nov-2007 |
imp |
Another vestige of OLDCARD that needs to be retired.
Prodded by: jhb@
|
173355 |
05-Nov-2007 |
thompsa |
Change wpa_supplicant to down the interface at the start of the init routine. wpa_supplicant expects that it has exclusive access to the net80211 state so when its starts poking in the WEP/WPA settings and the card is already scanning it can cause net80211 to try and associate incorrectly with a protected AP.
This is an inconvenience for firmware based cards such as iwi where it can be sent an auth instruction with incomplete security info and cause a firmware error.
Remove the 'ifconfig up' from network.subr since wpa_supplicant will immediately down the interface again.
Reported by: Guy Helmer (and others) Reviewed by: sam, brooks, avatar MFC after: 3 days
|
173294 |
02-Nov-2007 |
dougb |
Update to the 1 November 2007 version of this file. The change is to the address of l.root-servers.net, which is moving to a new /24 in order to enable anycast routing down the road.
|
173135 |
29-Oct-2007 |
yar |
Add support for `make -nn' dry runs to this makefile. Basically, it's just a matter of adding a `${_+_}' prefix before each submake invokation. This allows a dry run to proceed down to, but not including, leaf commands. (See <sys.mk> for how ${_+_} is set depending on the number of -n flags.)
|
172983 |
25-Oct-2007 |
mtm |
Nuke rc.d/nfslocking which has been superceeded by rc.d/{lockd,statd}
|
172977 |
25-Oct-2007 |
mtm |
Remove unnecessary whitespace
|
172877 |
22-Oct-2007 |
dougb |
1. Determine the location of the rndc* binaries relative to $command so that when using named from the ports (or elsewhere) the proper rndc* commands will be run.
2. Rework the stop routine using ideas from brooks and delphij. Specifically I am duplicating a lot of code from rc.subr's stop routine so that this one will behave more like the one in rc.subr, but use rndc to kill the daemon (or regular kill if that fails). This also avoids the problems related to using killall if rndc fails, which is bad if you're running more than one named on the same box.
3. Take a concept from gshapiro and allow the rndc.key file to be owned by root OR the named_uid user.
Although I used different solutions, this commit handles issues raised in: PR: conf/73929 PR: conf/103976 PR: conf/109409
|
172822 |
19-Oct-2007 |
mtm |
The amd_map_program knob can potentially contain a command whose output is then used as an argument to the amd program. This outpu may contain newlines, but the script did not take care to strip those newlines before apending it to rc_flags. Revision 1.72 of rc.subr(8) introduced changes that exposed this problem (specifically putting the final eval'ed command in quotes).[1]
Also, for correctness' sake, shell directives appended to the command-line by the script should go into command_args, and not appended directly to rc_flags.
Reported by: John E Hein <jhein@timing.com> [1] Tested by: John E Hein <jhein@timing.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
172796 |
19-Oct-2007 |
mtm |
Partial backout of rev. 1.6, but instead of putting kerberos5_server_flags back in command_args, put it where rc.subr(8) expects it: kerberos5_flags.
|
172761 |
18-Oct-2007 |
emax |
Teach /etc/rc.d/ppp how to start/stop individual instances of ppp. This is an extension of previous commit.
Submitted by: Yuri Kurenkov < y dot kurenkov at init dot ru > Reviewed by: mtm MFC after: 3 days
|
172746 |
18-Oct-2007 |
bushman |
Removing obsolete etc/cached.conf.
Approved by: brooks (mentor)
|
172742 |
18-Oct-2007 |
bushman |
Forced commit to note cached.conf -> nscd.conf repocopy. etc/Makefile changed accordingly.
Approved by: brooks (mentor)
|
172674 |
15-Oct-2007 |
netchild |
Backout sensors framework.
Requested by: phk Discussed on: cvs-all
|
172631 |
14-Oct-2007 |
netchild |
Import OpenBSD's sysctl hardware sensors framework.
This commit includes the following core components:
* sample configuration file for sensorsd * rc(8) script and glue code for sensorsd(8) * sysctl(3) doc fixes for CTL_HW tree * sysctl(3) documentation for hardware sensors * sysctl(8) documentation for hardware sensors * support for the sensor structure for sysctl(8) * rc.conf(5) documentation for starting sensorsd(8) * sensor_attach(9) et al documentation * /sys/kern/kern_sensors.c o sensor_attach(9) API for drivers to register ksensors o sensor_task_register(9) API for the update task o sysctl(3) glue code o hw.sensors shadow tree for sysctl(8) internal magic * <sys/sensors.h> * HW_SENSORS definition for <sys/sysctl.h> * sensors display for systat(1), including documentation * sensorsd(8) and all applicable documentation
The userland part of the framework is entirely source-code compatible with OpenBSD 4.1, 4.2 and -current as of today.
All sensor readings can be viewed with `sysctl hw.sensors`, monitored in semi-realtime with `systat -sensors` and also logged with `sensorsd`.
Submitted by: Constantine A. Murenin <cnst@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 (GSoC2007/cnst-sensors) Mentored by: syrinx Tested by: many OKed by: kensmith Obtained from: OpenBSD (parts)
|
172586 |
12-Oct-2007 |
emax |
Teach /etc/rc.d/ppp to start multiple instances of ppp.
ppp_profile variable can now contain multiple profiles. Overrides for ppp mode and nat can go into ppp_$profile_mode and ppp_$profile_nat variables respectively. If those are not specified, defaults from ppp_mode and ppp_nat are used.
Submitted by: Yuri Kurenkov < y dot kurenkov at init dot ru > Reviewed by: mtm MFC after: 1 week
|
172579 |
12-Oct-2007 |
csjp |
Add pts/pty to the un-hidden devices for logins. This un-breaks logins to jailed environments when the system is using PTS style ptys (kern.pts.enable=1).
Discussed with: rwatson MFc after: 1 week
|
172488 |
09-Oct-2007 |
dougb |
Deprecate use of the early.sh script as advertised when the support for local rc.d scripts in the overall boot order was added.
Proper rc.d scripts are run by rc.subr in a subshell, whereas scripts that end in .sh are sourced into rc's shell. The latter has potential to create serious boot problems, and there is no reason that the same functionality cannot be added by the user in the form of a proper rc.d script (as opposed to being added by the user in the form of /etc/rc.early).
This script will be removed prior to the 8.0 branch.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172487 |
09-Oct-2007 |
dougb |
Remove pre-rc.d compatibility shims that were added before the 5.0 branch for pre-5.0 variable names.
Remove two dhcp compatibility variables added after the 5.1-RELEASE.
Remove the now-unused support for these shims.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172422 |
03-Oct-2007 |
ru |
Sort as per README.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172421 |
03-Oct-2007 |
ru |
Removed "tail +5" from the command used to sanity check changes to mtree files -- the 5-line header is no longer printed when mtree(8) is run with -n (as of mtree/create.c,v 1.34).
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172413 |
02-Oct-2007 |
bushman |
Removing obsolete cached files after cached->nscd renaming.
Approved by: re (kensmith), brooks (mentor)
|
172377 |
28-Sep-2007 |
bushman |
Finishing renaming of cached into nscd. etc/rc.d and usr.sbin/Makefile updated. Note added to UPDATING.
Approved by: re (kensmith, bmah), brooks (mentor)
|
172302 |
23-Sep-2007 |
pjd |
Bring in the GEOM Virtualisation class, which allows to create huge GEOM providers with limited physical storage and add physical storage as needed.
Submitted by: Ivan Voras Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2006 Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172260 |
21-Sep-2007 |
brooks |
Use the udp protocol in favor of the nonexistant upd protocol in the sge_execd entry.
Reported by: emaste Pointy hat to: brooks Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172089 |
08-Sep-2007 |
mr |
Add IANA assigned iscsi-target port as its the default port according RFC 3720.
Approved by: re (bmah)
|
172080 |
07-Sep-2007 |
mlaier |
Add the startup script for ftp-proxy(8) to the Makefile as well.
Approved by: re (bmah - implicit) Reminded by: mtm
|
172070 |
06-Sep-2007 |
mlaier |
Add a startup script for ftp-proxy(8) now that it is no longer started as part of inetd(8).
Approved by: re (bmah) Reviewed by: freebsd-rc (a while back) Reminded by: kevlo
|
172065 |
06-Sep-2007 |
brooks |
Add service entries for Sun Grid Engine's qmaster and execution service as per IANA assignments to simplify the installation of the sysutils/sge port.
Approved by: re (bmah)
|
172040 |
03-Sep-2007 |
mtm |
Start lockd after statd.
Approved by: re (bmah) Noticed by: Ted Faber <faber@ISI.EDU>
|
171956 |
25-Aug-2007 |
matteo |
sleep 2 seconds after having loaded g_uzip.ko. We need this because otherwise the /dev/mdX.uzip won't be created immediately, which is needed because we issue a mount right afterwards.
Approved by: re@ (bmah@) MFC after: 2 days
|
171881 |
18-Aug-2007 |
mtm |
My forced commit to note the repo-copy (naturally) changed the $FreeBSD$ keyword line, so that when I applied the patch to my check-in tree the top half of my patch failed to apply. Off course I saw what I *expected* to see (the bottom half succeeded) and didn't notice that it had failed to apply cleanly.
Approved by: re (bmah)
|
171871 |
17-Aug-2007 |
mtm |
The rc.d/nfslocking file controls two servers: rpc.statd and rpc.lockd. It worked well in most cases, except one. The 'restart' case was not working as expected. Specifically, it would stop both lockd and statd, but it would restart only statd (which appears first in the script). This is because rc.subr(8) contains code to guard against infinite recursion in the 'restart' casae.
To fix this use the traditional approach of controlling only one server from one script by breaking out rc.d/nfslocking into its contituent parts: rc.d/lockd and rc.d/statd. Keep rc.d/nfslocking around but don't include it in the boot rcorder(8)ing.
PR: conf/107316 Approved by: re (bmah) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
171865 |
17-Aug-2007 |
dougb |
1. Remove root name servers from the list of possible masters in the commented out example who have either not responded, or specifically asked not to participate because they do not view AXFR as "a production service."
2. Add f.root-servers.net to the example after confirmation from Paul Vixie.
3. Add a warning to the commented out "root zone slave" example to the effect that it requires more attention than a hints file, and provides more benefit to larger sites than individual hosts.
4. Correct a typo copied from RFC 2544 which was corrected in a later errata, and confirmed in RFC 3330. Update the comment to reflect that RFC 3330 got it right and to avoid confusion down the road. 3330 also contains a reference back to 2544 for anyone interested in pursuing the history. [1]
PR: conf/115573 [1] Submitted by: Oliver Fromme <olli@secnetix.de> [1]
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171810 |
12-Aug-2007 |
cognet |
Use ttyu instead of ttyd for arm, since we will probably never use sio(4).
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
171795 |
09-Aug-2007 |
bushman |
- Renaming repocopied cached to nscd
Approved by: re (kensmith), brooks (mentor)
|
171698 |
02-Aug-2007 |
dougb |
1. Move the disable-empty-zone stuff down below the first 25 lines so that the listen-on stuff floats up to the first "page" of text. This makes it very obvious what's going on so that someone trying to enable a server for use on a network can easily see how to do that.
2. Change the default behavior back to using a hint zone for the root.
3. Leave the root slave zone config as a commented out example.
4. Remove the B and F root servers from the example at the request of their operators.
Requested by: he-who-must-not-be-named [1] Requested by: many [2]
Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
171590 |
25-Jul-2007 |
jhb |
Require 'cleanvar' so that files and sockets created in /var/run by wpa_supplicant and other programs started by 'netif' don't get erased by a subsequent 'cleanvar'.
Approved by: re (bmah) Reviewed by: dougb MFC after: 1 week
|
171584 |
25-Jul-2007 |
scottl |
Fix a whitespace mistake from the last commit.
Submitted by: far too many to list Approved by: re
|
171568 |
24-Jul-2007 |
scottl |
Introduce Danny Braniss' iSCSI initiator, version 2.0.99. Please read the included man pages on how to use it. This code is still somewhat experimental but has been successfully tested on a number of targets. Many thanks to Danny for contributing this.
Approved by: re
|
171453 |
14-Jul-2007 |
rwatson |
Disconnect netatm from the build as it is not MPSAFE and relies on NET_NEEDS_GIANT, which will shortly be removed. This is done in a away that it may be easily reattached to the build before 7.1 if appropriate locking is added. Specifics:
- Don't install netatm include files - Disconnect netatm command line management tools - Don't build libatm - Don't include ATM parts in rescue or sysinstall - Don't install sample configuration files and documents - Don't build kernel support as a module or in NOTES - Don't build netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm
This removes the last remaining consumer of NET_NEEDS_GIANT.
Reviewed by: harti Discussed with: bz, bms Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171427 |
13-Jul-2007 |
imp |
Arm doesn't have GENERIC.hints, so don't install it if it doesn't exist.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171271 |
06-Jul-2007 |
bz |
I4B header files were repo-copied from sys/i386/include to sys/i4b/include/ so they will be available to all architectures once I4B compiles on those.
I4B header files are now installed in include/i4b/ and no longer in include/machine/.
For now we still install the headers for i386 only.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171249 |
05-Jul-2007 |
delphij |
Remove reference to the old ftp-proxy implementation, which was replaced during the pf 4.1 import.
Approved by: re (mux)
|
171135 |
01-Jul-2007 |
gnn |
Commit IPv6 support for FAST_IPSEC to the tree. This commit includes all remaining changes for the time being including user space updates.
Submitted by: bz Approved by: re
|
171023 |
25-Jun-2007 |
rafan |
- Remove UMAP filesystem. It was disconnected from build three years ago, and it is seriously broken.
Discussed on: freebsd-arch@ Approved by: re (mux)
|
170976 |
21-Jun-2007 |
njl |
Update the suspend/resume user API while maintaining backwards compat.
Improvements: * /etc/rc.suspend,rc.resume are always run, no matter the source of the suspend request (user or kernel, apm or acpi) * suspend now requires positive user acknowledgement. If a user program wants to cancel the suspend, they can. If one of the user programs hangs or doesn't respond within 10 seconds, the system suspends anyway. * /dev/apm is clonable, allowing multiple listeners for suspend events. In the future, xorg-server can use this to be informed about suspend even if there are other listeners (i.e. apmd).
Changes: * Two new ACPI ioctls: REQSLPSTATE and ACKSLPSTATE. Request begins the process of suspending by notifying all listeners. acpi is monitored by devd(8) and /dev/apm listener(s) are also counted. Users register their approval or disapproval via Ack. If anyone disapproves, suspend is vetoed. * Old user programs or kernel modules that used SETSLPSTATE continue to work. A message is printed once that this interface is deprecated. * acpiconf gains the -k flag to ack the suspend request. This flag is undocumented on purpose since it's only used by /etc/rc.suspend. It is not intended to be a permanent change and will be removed once a better power API is implemented. * S5 (power off) is no longer supported via acpiconf -s 5 or apm -z/-Z. This restores previous behavior of halt/shutdown -p being the interface. * Miscellaneous improvements to error reporting
Approved by: re
|
170915 |
18-Jun-2007 |
dougb |
Drop the default zones that are now covered by the new zones that were added in the last revision.
|
170914 |
18-Jun-2007 |
dougb |
Bring our default named configuration more in line with current best practices:
1. The old way of generating the localhost zones was not optimal both because they did not exist by default, and because they were not really aligned with BCP. There is no need to have the dynamic data that the make-localhost script generated, and good reasons to do this more "by the book."
2. In named.conf a. Clean up white space b. Add/clarify a few comments c. Slave zones from the root servers instead of using a hints file. This has several advantages, as described in the comments. d. Significantly revamp the default zones, including the forward localhost zone, and the reverse zones for IPv4 and IPv6 loopback addresses. There are extensive comments describing what is included and why. Interested readers should take the time to review the RFCs mentioned in the comments. There is also relevant information about the motivations for hosting these zones in the "work in progress" Internet-Draft, http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-ietf-dnsop-default-local-zones-02.txt or its successor. It's also worth noting that a significant number of these empty zones are already included by default in the named binary without any user configuration. e. Because we're including a lot of examples of both local forward zones and slave zones in the default configuration, eliminate some of those examples.
3. Add new localhost-{forward|reverse} zone files, and an "empty" zone to support the changes in 2.d. above. The empty zone file isn't really empty in order to avoid a warning from BIND about a zone file that doesn't contain any A or AAAA records.
|
170913 |
18-Jun-2007 |
dougb |
Add a namedb/master directory for the zone files I'm about to add, and switch to the more "normal" way of installing files for the namedb directory so that we can pick up the new subdir.
|
170890 |
17-Jun-2007 |
yar |
Add PAM support to cron(8). Now cron(8) will skip commands scheduled by unavailable accounts, e.g., those locked, expired, not allowed in at the moment by nologin(5), or whatever, depending on cron's pam.conf(5). This applies to personal crontabs only, /etc/crontab is unaffected.
In other words, now the account management policy will apply to commands scheduled by users via crontab(1) so that a user can no longer use cron(8) to set up a delayed backdoor and run commands during periods when the admin doesn't want him to.
The PAM check is done just before running a command, not when loading a crontab, because accounts can get locked, expired, and re-enabled any time with no changes to their crontabs. E.g., imagine that you provide a system with payed access, or better a cluster of such systems with centralized account management via PAM. When a user pays for some days of access, you set his expire field respectively. If the account expires before its owner pays more, its crontab commands won't run until the next payment is made. Then it'll be enough to set the expire field in future for the commands to run again. And so on.
Document this change in the cron(8) manpage, which includes adding a FILES section and touching the document date.
X-Security: should benefit as users have access to cron(8) by default
|
170773 |
15-Jun-2007 |
yar |
Add PAM support to atrun(8).
|
170771 |
15-Jun-2007 |
yar |
Locked out and expired accounts shouldn't be accessible via remote mailbox protocols. Add pam_unix to the `account' function class, too, for imap and pop3 to actually implement this policy.
|
170770 |
15-Jun-2007 |
yar |
Split the FILES list across multiple lines as in rc.d/Makefile so that the change history stays easily readable as the number of PAM-aware services grows.
|
170618 |
12-Jun-2007 |
gshapiro |
Add a new rc.conf variable, sendmail_rebuild_aliases, which tells /etc/rc.d/sendmail whether or not to run newaliases if the database is missing or the aliases text file is newer than aliases.db.
In my opinion, the aliases file should never be automatically rebuilt. The current text form could represent a work in progress. Therefore, in FreeBSD 7.0, this new option will default to "NO". When this rc.d change is MFC'ed, it will need to remain "YES" to maintain backward compatibility.
PR: conf/86252 Approved by: re (kensmith) MFC after: 3 days
|
170566 |
11-Jun-2007 |
ceri |
Create group ftp by default. This is gid 14 as this is the historical id used by sysinstall when enabling anonymous FTP.
Change the default group used by sysinstall for setting up anonymous FTP from operator to ftp; there is no reason to use operator and there are potential security issues when doing so.
PR: 93284 Approved by: ru (mentor) Reviewed by: simon
|
170510 |
10-Jun-2007 |
yar |
Now pam_nologin(8) will provide an account management function instead of an authentication function. There are a design reason and a practical reason for that. First, the module belongs in account management because it checks availability of the account and does no authentication. Second, there are existing and potential PAM consumers that skip PAM authentication for good or for bad. E.g., sshd(8) just prefers internal routines for public key auth; OTOH, cron(8) and atrun(8) do implicit authentication when running a job on behalf of its owner, so their inability to use PAM auth is fundamental, but they can benefit from PAM account management.
Document this change in the manpage.
Modify /etc/pam.d files accordingly, so that pam_nologin.so is listed under the "account" function class.
Bump __FreeBSD_version (mostly for ports, as this change should be invisible to C code outside pam_nologin.)
PR: bin/112574 Approved by: des, re
|
170282 |
04-Jun-2007 |
yar |
Be robust to a bogus script specification or contents when figuring out what the real interpreter is for an interpreted command. That is, check whether we can read the script file in the first place and, if so, make sure we got a valid shebang line from it.
|
170199 |
02-Jun-2007 |
dougb |
Finish making resolv ordering deterministic by REQUIRE'ing it here.
|
170198 |
02-Jun-2007 |
dougb |
Add REQUIRE netif to make ordering more deterministic, and to make sure we have a fighting chance of having useful stuff from DHCP.
Tighten up the code a little, and fix whitespace issues.
|
170189 |
01-Jun-2007 |
ru |
s/tabs/spaces/
|
170088 |
29-May-2007 |
dougb |
Remove more vestiges of /usr/X11R6, but leave mtree for portmgr.
|
170087 |
29-May-2007 |
dougb |
Remove X11R6 from the default PATH to join the new world order.
While I'm here, make the default PATH match that in the csh profile, and login.conf.
|
170085 |
29-May-2007 |
dougb |
Now that a separate /usr/X11R6 directory is no longer in fashion, stop looking there for things like rc.d and periodic. This avoids duplicating effort when /usr/X11R6 is a symlink to /usr/local, which it is by default now.
It is not anticipated at this time that we will MFC this change, since we'd like to avoid breaking legacy systems. However, there is a fix for /etc/rc.subr in the works to avoid running any rc.d scripts twice which we should be able to MFC.
|
169925 |
24-May-2007 |
rse |
Fix indentation.
|
169924 |
24-May-2007 |
rse |
Remove two superfluous trailing semicolons.
|
169923 |
24-May-2007 |
rse |
Remove two unnecessary and useless sub-shell constructs.
|
169889 |
23-May-2007 |
thompsa |
Do not attempt to load the kernel module when checking if an interface exists.
This would cause pseudo network modules to be reloaded again when trying to unload the first time if any cloned interfaces exist.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
169868 |
22-May-2007 |
rse |
backout filter of Nil UUID as the boot loader code already filters out Nil UUIDs (see src/sys/boot/i386/libi386/smbios.c:smbios_setuuid for details)
|
169860 |
22-May-2007 |
rse |
Remove the ugly csh(1) based UUID lower-case translation hack from /etc/rc.d/hostid now that we switched the origin of the UUID (variable smbios.system.uuid as provided by the i386 BIOS code) to already provide a standard conforming lower-case UUID text representation.
|
169826 |
21-May-2007 |
rse |
Cleanup style by consistently using braces around variable expansion and apply an addition from Andrew Thompson <thompsa> for filtering out the special "Nil" UUID (all zeros) which would be a useless host UUID.
|
169824 |
21-May-2007 |
rse |
Adjust UUID lower-case translation from straight-forward tr(1) usage to an equivalent csh(1) usage as tr(1) stays in /usr/bin and /etc/rc.d/hostid has just the root filesystem (and this way mainly the tools in /bin) available.
I've chosen csh(1) here as the string manipulation tools available in /bin is extremely limited and the (only) alternative ed(1) usage would have been a lot more complicated or even might require a temporary file.
|
169818 |
21-May-2007 |
rse |
The standardized textual representation of UUIDs according to RFC 4122 and ISO/IEC-9834-8:2005 is with LOWER-CASE hexadecimal characters only, so translate the (usually upper-case and this way not conforming) representation of the BIOS UUID when reading it. Also be more strict about the valid characters in the textual representation by checking for just the hexadecimal characters.
|
169786 |
20-May-2007 |
grog |
Update /etc/protocols with IANA list updated 2007-02-12
Gotcha: Number 48 (mhrp) is replaced with dsr.
Submitted by: edwin PR: config/112732 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
169785 |
20-May-2007 |
grog |
White space fixes only: replace spaces with tabs.
|
169784 |
20-May-2007 |
grog |
Bring the well known ports of /etc/services into sync with the IANA list.
This is only for the well known known ports (port 1-1023) for tcp and udp only.
Changes: - Removed "problems" comments around port 57, 77 and 87 - Removed audionews (port 114) - Added imap3 (port 220) - Removed yak-chat (port 258) - Removed concert (port 786) - Added a lot of new allocations
Submitted by: edwin
|
169716 |
19-May-2007 |
kan |
Add templates for new GCC 4.2 C++ include files hierarchy.
|
169668 |
18-May-2007 |
mtm |
o Implement the stop_boot subroutine [1]. This subroutine can be used by scripts in rc.d to stop rc(8) from booting into multi-user mode when a critical or severe error condition is encountered.
o Modify scripts in etc/rc.d that already implemented this functionality independently.
o Document it.
[1] - This subroutine was implemented in FreeBSD in rc.d/fsck. I moved it to rc.subr(8). Our version differs slightly in that it takes an optional argument to stop the boot even if "autoboot" is not set.
Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 2 weeks
|
169654 |
17-May-2007 |
mtm |
o Use the --detach option to kdc(8) instead of using the shell background operator '&'.
PR: conf/102722
o No need to include $kerberos5_server_flags in $command_args as rc.subr(8) will take care of this.
|
169653 |
17-May-2007 |
mtm |
The precmd routine does not need to check whether the command should be "forced". If some pre-condition is not met, it should fail as it normally does and rc.subr(8) will make the appropriate decision. Incidentally, the previous behaviour had a bug where the "force" flag was respected only when checking rc.conf(5) knobs. The flag was ignored when verifying the rpcbind(8) dependency.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
169591 |
16-May-2007 |
grog |
Add SIP-related ports.
Obtained from: IANA list of reserved ports. Reviewed by: edwin@
|
169590 |
16-May-2007 |
grog |
White space tidy-up.
|
169556 |
14-May-2007 |
maxim |
o Install 480.status-ntpd.
Pointed out by: Henrik Brix Anders
|
169517 |
13-May-2007 |
maxim |
o Add a script to check ntpd(8) state. Default is off.
PR: conf/112604 Submitted by: Oliver Fromme MFC after: 1 month
|
169217 |
02-May-2007 |
mtm |
Move options that do not have anything to do with routing out of rc.d/routing and in to rc.d/netoptions. Also instead of saying "TCP options" say "IP options".
|
169215 |
02-May-2007 |
mtm |
When rc.d/NETWORKING included this script in its REQUIRE line, a circular dependency was introduced because this script had rc.d/localpkg (which is *after* rc.d/NETWORKING) in its REQUIRE line.
From an examination of its contents it seems that only the availability of a local filesystem is necessary for this script to function properly.
|
168956 |
22-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
When zfs dataset has jailed=on property, it won't be mounted with 'zfs mount -a' from the main system - this is by design, as mountpoint may be set to dangerous value. This all means, that such file system has to be mounted from within a jail. To make it easier, reorganize rc.d/zfs script so it can be used from within a jail.
|
168838 |
18-Apr-2007 |
trhodes |
Quick kill posix4 directory.
Submitted by: rodrigc (BSD.include.dist).
|
168766 |
15-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
When org.freebsd:swap property is set to 'on' on a ZVOL, use is as a swap device.
Discussed with: des
|
168695 |
13-Apr-2007 |
des |
Remove the shutdown keyword. It just adds noise to the shutdown process.
|
168686 |
13-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
- Create an empty /etc/zfs/exports file when zfs_enable="YES" and we don't NFS-share anything. This way we can safely start mountd with /etc/zfs/exports and mountd won't complain.
Pointed out by: ceri
- Move 'zfs volinit' before 'zfs mount -a' and 'zfs volfini' after 'zfs unmount -a'.
|
168685 |
13-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
mountd(8) was changed to only abort when all given exports files cannot be open, so we not longer has to check if /etc/zfs/exports exists.
|
168681 |
13-Apr-2007 |
mtm |
o Look for a zfs(1) exports file only if it exists and is readable. If we don't do this and the file doesn't exist mountd(8) will abort. o The mountd(8) daemon creates a pidfile, so use it.
|
168625 |
11-Apr-2007 |
stas |
- Add IANA-assigned ports for HP status & services daemon and I/O backend daemon. The FreeBSD port print/hplip currently provides these services.
PR: conf/99593 Submitted by: Anish Mistry <amistry@am-productions.biz> Approved by: maxim MFC after: 1 week
|
168624 |
11-Apr-2007 |
stas |
- Add IANA assigned port for amanda server control over tcp. The current misc/amanda-server code uses it.
PR: conf/111050 Submitted by: Charles Sprickman<spork@bway.net> Approved by: maxim MFC after: 1 week
|
168618 |
11-Apr-2007 |
stas |
- Sync service names with IANA (http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers). The registration names for 5222(tcp,udp) and 5269(tcp,udp) was changed to xmpp-client and xmpp-server correspondingly.
This inconsistency causes problems to applications developed on other systems, as they tries to use port numbers from /etc/services as fallback.
PR: conf/100606 Submitted by: Ralph Meijer <freebsd-gnats2@ralphm.ik.nu> Approved by: maxim MFC after: 1 week
|
168607 |
11-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
If available, take UUID from smbios.system.uuid, if not fall back to software-generated UUID. Store the result in /etc/hostid and use it in the future. Perform simple UUID format check, as there is a lot of hardware with broken UUIDs. The check should be improved to also eliminate fake UUIDs like 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000.
Requested by: many
|
168593 |
10-Apr-2007 |
keramida |
Add a pfsync_syncpeer option to /etc/defaults/rc.conf and rc.conf(5), which can be used to turn off multicast pfsync support, and enable the transmission of directed PFSYNC (IP protocol: 240) packets to a specific "sync peer" host.
PR: conf/111225 Submitted by: Bas van Beek <bas@tobin.nl> Approved by: mtm, mlaier MFC after: 2 weeks
|
168546 |
09-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
Add rc.d/hostid script (turned on by default) which on first boot generates UUID and stores it in /etc/hostid ($hostid_file) as well as sets kern.hostuuid and kern.hostid sysctls on every boot.
Hostid can be reset using '/etc/rc.d/hostid reset' command.
Hostid generation and setting can be turned off by setting variable hostid_enable to "NO" in /etc/rc.conf.
Reviewed by: mlaier, rink, brooks, rwatson
|
168532 |
09-Apr-2007 |
des |
Apply "additional TCP options" earlier.
Requested by: andre@ MFC after: 1 week
|
168531 |
09-Apr-2007 |
des |
FILESYSTEMS requires root, so requiring both of them is redundant.
|
168530 |
09-Apr-2007 |
des |
Add zfs to REQUIRE.
|
168509 |
08-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
Move zpool.cache from /etc/zfs/ to /boot/zfs/, so we can keep it on dedicated /boot/ file system and use ZFS for the root file system.
|
168497 |
08-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
There can be many reasons of VDEV failures, so log type as well.
|
168495 |
08-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
Provide sample entries to handle ZFS problem reports. It'd be nice to send them via e-mail...
|
168412 |
06-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
Add ZFS periodic scripts that monitors status of ZFS pools.
Submitted by: des
|
168410 |
06-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
- Add ZFS startup script.
Submitted by: des
- When starting mountd(8) and ZFS is enabled, add /etc/zfs/exports file. - Update rc.conf(5).
|
168409 |
06-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
Connect ZFS to the build.
|
168384 |
05-Apr-2007 |
rwatson |
s/IPFW(4)/ipfw(4) to match the actual man page name.
Submitted by: ru
|
168360 |
04-Apr-2007 |
matteo |
Add rpc_statd_flags and rpc_lockd_flags options to allow options to be passed to rpc.statd and rpc.lockd
MFC after: 1 week
|
168358 |
04-Apr-2007 |
ache |
Fix typo FILESYSTEM -> FILESYSTEMS This bug prevents local scripts to start up
|
168283 |
02-Apr-2007 |
des |
Add a dummy script, FILESYSTEMS, which depends on root and mountcritlocal and takes over mountcritlocal's role as the early / late divider. This makes it far easier to add rc scripts which need to run early, such as a startup script for zfs, which is right around the corner.
This change should be a no-op; I have verified that the only change in rcorder's output is the insertion of FILESYSTEMS immediately after mountcritlocal.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
168272 |
02-Apr-2007 |
mtm |
Instead of directly sourcing the firewall script, run it in a separate shell. If the firewall script is sourced directly from the script, then any exit statements in it will also terminate the rc.d script prematurely.
PR: conf/78762 MFC-After: 2 weeks
|
168269 |
02-Apr-2007 |
rwatson |
In rc.firewall, make it clear that this is the setup for IPFW(4), and not for the sundry other firewalls in the system.
MFC after: 3 days Submitted by: Richard dot Clayton at cl dot cam dot ac dot uk
|
168119 |
31-Mar-2007 |
mtm |
Make subroutine names more conformant with other scripts in rc.d.
MFC After: 2 weeks
|
168085 |
30-Mar-2007 |
mtm |
Record rc.d/nfslocking dependency on rc.d/rpcbind.
PR: conf/105465 Submitted By: ru (with minor cosmetic change) MFC-After: 1 month
|
168079 |
30-Mar-2007 |
mtm |
Some rc.d commands (such as stop|restart etc.) won't automagically work if we don't explicitly set the name of the executable program.
PR: conf/104408
|
168034 |
29-Mar-2007 |
ache |
Oops wrong line commented out in prev fix
|
168033 |
29-Mar-2007 |
ache |
Back out network.subr :- fix and comment out dhc*_fxp0 examples instead
Submitted by: jhb
|
168023 |
29-Mar-2007 |
ache |
Fix get_if_var() with 3 args (i.e. with default)
All xxx_<ifname> flags are set to empty strings automatically earlier so eval echo \${${prefix}${_if}${suffix}-${_default}} not substitute the default but return just the empty string. Fix it using eval echo \${${prefix}${_if}${suffix}:-${_default}} (i.e. treat empty strings as unset)
The bug manifistates itself with the following warning from checkyesno(): /etc/rc.d/dhclient: WARNING: $background_dhclient is not set properly - see rc.conf(5)
|
167889 |
25-Mar-2007 |
brooks |
Use "-ne" instead of "!=" for integer comparison.
|
167881 |
25-Mar-2007 |
mtm |
Having gone to the trouble of setting up a variable, we should use it.
|
167495 |
12-Mar-2007 |
mux |
Make "/etc/rc.d/syscons start" correctly reload screensaver settings.
The code looks for all the loaded screensaver modules, tries to kldunload them, and only loads the new one if kldstat's output shows that there aren't any left. However, the regexp looking for modules to unload was still searching according to the the old naming scheme, splash_<name>.ko, instead of <name>_saver.ko.
MFC after: 3 days
|
167437 |
11-Mar-2007 |
brooks |
Allow background_fsck_delay to be set to a negative value which delays the background fsck indefinitely. This allows the administrator to run it at a convenient time. To support running it from cron, the forcestart argument now causes the fsck to start with no delay and all output to be suppressed.
|
167413 |
10-Mar-2007 |
yar |
Prepend ${_chroot} to a pathname in a consistent and robust way: insert a slash between ${_chroot} and the pathname if and only if ${_chroot} is set to a non-empty string. Now the pathname is very likely to be absolute, but we shouldn't take that for granted.
|
167268 |
06-Mar-2007 |
yar |
As suggested more than once in the lists, drop -M from flags to mfs for /tmp and /var. This makes the memory discs swap-backed instead of malloc-backed. A swap-backed memory disc should not be worse than a malloc-backed one in any scenario because it will start touching swap only when needed. OTOH, a malloc-backed disc can starve limited kernel resources and evenually crash the system.
Reflect the change in the rc.conf(5) manpage. Also stop telling lies there about softupdates: it does not waste disc space, it just can delay its freeing.
Suggested by: many PR: kern/87255 MFC after: 1 week
|
167185 |
03-Mar-2007 |
njl |
Get rid of chatter for failed commands if the filesystem is read-only. Include /var/db/entropy-file in the reseeding if present. It is used for last-ditch efforts to save entropy and thus should also be used to seed the RNG when starting. Print a warning instead of an error if writing the file fails -- err() exits, preventing the umask from being restored. Also, since there's not much that can be done about it, notifying the user is all that's needed.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
167184 |
03-Mar-2007 |
ume |
Turn default address selection on by default. Now, when ipv6_enable="NO", an IPv4 address is preferred for a destination address.
MFC after: 1 month
|
167181 |
02-Mar-2007 |
brooks |
Use get_if_var() to retrieve interface specific values of dhclient_flags and background_dhclient. This allows interfaces who's names are not valid parts of shell variables and shortens the code.
MFC after: 1 week
|
167169 |
02-Mar-2007 |
flz |
- Add missing subdirectories in BSD.usr.dist mtree file. - Update hier(7) to reflect latest changes in mtree file. - Add UPDATING entry following Intel firmwares inclusion.
Submitted by: mlaier MFC after: 1 month
|
167165 |
02-Mar-2007 |
flz |
- Add Intel firmwares for Intel PRO/Wireless LAN 2100/2200/2915 cards in a uuencoded format along with their respective LICENSE files. - Add new share/doc/legal directory to BSD.usr.dist mtree file. This is the place we install LICENSE files for restricted firmwares. - Teach firmware(9) and kmod.mk about licensed firmwares. Restricted firmwares won't load properly unless legal.<name>.license_ack is set to 1, either via kenv(1) or /boot/loader.conf.
Reviewed by: mlaier, sam Permitted by: Intel (via Andrew Wilson) MFC after: 1 month
|
167050 |
27-Feb-2007 |
mjacob |
First cut at GEOM based multipath. This is an active/passive{/passive...} arrangement that has no intrinsic internal knowledge of whether devices it is given are truly multipath devices. As such, this is a simplistic approach, but still a useful one.
The basic approach is to (at present- this will change soon) use camcontrol to find likely identical devices and and label the trailing sector of the first one. This label contains both a full UUID and a name. The name is what is presented in /dev/multipath, but the UUID is used as a true distinguishor at g_taste time, thus making sure we don't have chaos on a shared SAN where everyone names their data multipath as "Fred".
The first of N identical devices (and N *may* be 1!) becomes the active path until a BIO request is failed with EIO or ENXIO. When this occurs, the active disk is ripped away and the next in a list is picked to (retry and) continue with.
During g_taste events new disks that meet the match criteria for existing multipath geoms get added to the tail end of the list.
Thus, this active/passive setup actually does work for devices which go away and come back, as do (now) mpt(4) and isp(4) SAN based disks.
There is still a lot to do to improve this- like about 5 of the 12 recommendations I've received about it, but it's been functional enough for a while that it deserves a broader test base.
Reviewed by: pjd Sponsored by: IronPort Systems MFC: 2 months
|
166928 |
23-Feb-2007 |
remko |
Only match on log messages containing fail,invalid, bad or illegal. This prevents matching on systems that have a name that matches the query.
PR: conf/107560 Submitted by: Christian Laursen <cfsl at pil dot dk> MFC after: 3 days Approved by: imp (mentor)
|
166912 |
23-Feb-2007 |
remko |
Move to the preferred syntax for nice (-n) instead of the depricated one.
PR: conf/108611 Submitted by: TAOKA Fumiyoshi <fmysh at iijmio-mail dot jp> Approved by: imp (mentor)
|
166754 |
15-Feb-2007 |
imp |
fix comment about what pnpinfo is set
|
166740 |
15-Feb-2007 |
yar |
pkill(1) and pgrep(1) have been moved to /bin so that they are available to rc.d scripts early in the boot sequence.
|
166739 |
15-Feb-2007 |
yar |
Don't be paranoid about hostname(1) and order the things logically.
Pointed out by: ceri
|
166738 |
15-Feb-2007 |
yar |
Don't nag about unset $hostname if DHCP is in use.
Pointed out by: ceri
|
166701 |
14-Feb-2007 |
joerg |
Add some entries to log unknown devices, based on the bus they appear on.
Some things appear to be completely missing though, like the USB vendor and product strings.
|
166620 |
10-Feb-2007 |
yar |
Handle the case when the admin forgot to set $hostname, which can happen in new installations: advise to set the variable and refer to rc.conf(5).
|
166583 |
09-Feb-2007 |
flz |
Add support for EtherChannel configuration to rc startup scripts.
Note: This also deprecates "NO" as a way to specify an empty list of interfaces for gif_interfaces.
PR: conf/104884 Submitted by: nork Harassed by: brd Discussed with: brooks, dougb
|
166519 |
05-Feb-2007 |
jdp |
Use egrep instead of grep so that reporting of login failures (broken by revision 1.6) works again. This fix is already in RELENG_6, but was never committed to HEAD.
|
166250 |
26-Jan-2007 |
marcel |
o Remove screen, created by the unnecessary ofw_console(4) o Remove ttyyX, created by the obsolete zs(4) o Replace ttydX by ttyuX, which is created by uart(4) o Enable ttyu0 as a console to better support the xserve.
MFC after: 1 week
|
166121 |
20-Jan-2007 |
mpp |
Add the following knobs for quotas if they are enabled:
quotaon_flags - flags for the quotaon command quotaoff_flags - flags for the quotaoff command quotacheck_flags - flags for the quotacheck command
|
165942 |
11-Jan-2007 |
simon |
Fix jail rc.d script privilege escalation via symlink attack against /var/log/console.log and mount points.
Security: FreeBSD-SA-07:01.jail
|
165875 |
07-Jan-2007 |
njl |
Re-work Cx handling to be per-cpu and asymmetrical, fixing support on modern dual-core systems as well.
- Parse the _CST packages for each cpu and track all the states individually, on a per-cpu basis.
- Revert to generic FADT/P_BLK based Cx control if the _CST package is not present on all cpus. In that case, the new driver will still support per-cpu Cx state handling. The driver will determine the highest Cx level that can be supported by all the cpus and configure the available Cx state based on that.
- Fixed the case where multiple cpus in the system share the same registers for Cx state handling. To do that, added a new flag parameter to the acpi_PkgGas and acpi_bus_alloc_gas functions that enable the caller to add the RF_SHAREABLE flag. This flag could also be useful to other callers (acpi_throttle?) in the tree but this change is not yet made.
- For Core Duo cpus, both cores seems to be taken out of C3 state when any one of the cores need to transition out. This broke the short sleep detection logic. It is disabled now if there is more than one cpu in the system for now as it fixed it in my case. This quirk may need to be re-enabled later differently.
- Added support to control cx_lowest on a per-cpu basis. There is still a generic cx_lowest to enable changing cx_lowest for all cpus with a single sysctl and for ease of use. Sample output for the new sysctl:
dev.cpu.0.cx_supported: C1/1 C2/1 C3/57 dev.cpu.0.cx_lowest: C3 dev.cpu.0.cx_usage: 0.00% 43.16% 56.83% dev.cpu.1.cx_supported: C1/1 C2/1 C3/57 dev.cpu.1.cx_lowest: C3 dev.cpu.1.cx_usage: 0.00% 45.65% 54.34% hw.acpi.cpu.cx_lowest: C3
This work was done by Stephane E. Potvin with some simple reworking by myself. Thank you.
Submitted by: Stephane E. Potvin <sepotvin / videotron.ca> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
165731 |
02-Jan-2007 |
flz |
Jail_ip and jail_interface local variables were renamed to _ip and _interface in a previous commit to avoid namespace collisions, unfortunately I missed two of them. This leads to the ip alias being incorrectly removed in some cases when using the stop command.
Reported by: Philipp Wuensche <cryx-freebsd@h3q.com>
|
165685 |
31-Dec-2006 |
maxim |
o Fix a comment: refer to the write community name by the OID not by the line number which is incorrect now and probably will shift in future.
|
165684 |
31-Dec-2006 |
yar |
Allow for /usr/bin/env when parsing the shebang line from an interpreted $command. Some "portable" sofware packages use such a line to skip the task of figuring out the absolute pathname of the interpreter at install time, e.g.:
#!/usr/bin/env python
It is insecure, but a popular book on Python seems to have advised it to a wide audience. Hence a number of such scripts in the ports, mostly written in Python.
PR: bin/100287 MFC after: 1 week
|
165683 |
31-Dec-2006 |
yar |
Use $required_modules wherever suitable. Use load_kld() in special cases. So we get rid of quite a few lines of duplicated code.
|
165682 |
31-Dec-2006 |
yar |
Fix a typo in a warning message.
|
165664 |
30-Dec-2006 |
yar |
Eliminate global symbols starting with an underscore from rc.d scripts, except for mdconfig* and jail. Such symbols are reserved for the rc.subr internals. Most scripts can be fixed by just declaring _foo symbols as local: few scripts actually need them to be global.
Discussed with: dougb in freebsd-rc
|
165648 |
29-Dec-2006 |
piso |
Summer of Code 2005: improve libalias - part 2 of 2
With the second (and last) part of my previous Summer of Code work, we get:
-ipfw's in kernel nat
-redirect_* and LSNAT support
General information about nat syntax and some examples are available in the ipfw (8) man page. The redirect and LSNAT syntax are identical to natd, so please refer to natd (8) man page.
To enable in kernel nat in rc.conf, two options were added:
o firewall_nat_enable: equivalent to natd_enable
o firewall_nat_interface: equivalent to natd_interface
Remember to set net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass to 0, if you want the packet to continue being checked by the firewall ruleset after being (de)aliased.
NOTA BENE: due to some problems with libalias architecture, in kernel nat won't work with TSO enabled nic, thus you have to disable TSO via ifconfig (ifconfig foo0 -tso).
Approved by: glebius (mentor)
|
165637 |
29-Dec-2006 |
hrs |
Add "nojail" keyword to prevent spurious error messages.
Spotted by: Keve Nagy PR: conf/107083
|
165565 |
27-Dec-2006 |
yar |
MFp4:
Implement the checks for required_* objects as two functions, one to be run before precmd and the other after it. They get the current rc command as an argument so they can choose what requirement tests to perform. As of now, only "start" needs such tests.
Implement a new requirement variable, required_modules. It can list kernel modules that need to be loaded after start_precmd indicated success. Each name in the list can be just "file", or "file:module", or "file~regex". This will allow us to remove a lot of duplicated code from rc.d scripts.
Perform the checks not only for the default start method, but for any method. This allows for more flexibility and fixes a few rc.d scripts (namely newsyslog, pf, sendmail) that rely on a required_* variable while providing a non-default start method.
To be able to call the new check_required* functions naturally, remove lots of crufty duplicated code pieces from run_rc_command and replace each of them by a call to the helper function providing a single corrected instance of the respective code snippet. Now run_rc_command isn't as scary as it used to be, and it even appears to have quite a nice logic that was obscured by the old crufty code.
In the default handler for restart, run start from a subshell to protect global varibles, e.g., _postcmd, from modification by the start handler. This enables using restart_postcmd. [x]
PR: conf/98734 [x] Submitted by: Rick van der Zwet <rick@wzoeterwoude.net> [x] Reviewed by: freebsd-rc (silence for an older version) MFC after: 1 month
|
165419 |
20-Dec-2006 |
syrinx |
Add a (disabled) configuration line to enable snmp_bridge(3) module.
Approved by: bz (mentor)
|
165389 |
20-Dec-2006 |
yar |
Syscons cannot be stopped, so provide a no-op stop method. The default stop method from rc.subr isn't suited for this case and produces a bogus warning: "syscons not running".
Suggested by: matteo
|
165378 |
20-Dec-2006 |
yar |
Improve rc.d conformance: - don't play a needless trick with prestart, just use start method; - provide no-op stop method so that we don't get bogus "abi not running" error.
|
165011 |
08-Dec-2006 |
hrs |
Disable IPv6 configuration for interfaces in pccard_ether_start().
After a change of devd.conf, devd(8) handles NIC attach/detach event by using /etc/pccard_ether with the interface name as the argument. This model does not work properly with IPv6 configuration because the implementation of IPv6 stateless auto-configuration in the FreeBSD rc.d scripts depends on whether there are any explicit configurations for interfaces or not. It works this way: if no manual configuration, it will perform auto-configuration, but otherwise no auto-configuration will be performed. So, this behavior can only be determined by all of the interfaces on a system, not a single one. For this reason, the network6_interface_setup() function called from the pccard_ether_start() does not work with a single interface name. And what is worse, this combination of devd.conf and pccard_ether_start() caused a bad side-effect that when ipv6_enable=YES, all of interfaces marked as DOWN would be UP unconditionally (and router solicitation was sent) just after devd(8) was invoked. This should be fixed in a more sophisticated way.
|
165001 |
08-Dec-2006 |
hrs |
Add a link-local address to the lo0 even when ipv6_enable="NO".
A kernel with INET6 always has ::1 on lo0, so in the case of ipv6_enable="NO" the lo0 can have ::1 with no link-local address. This is a violation of the IPv6 specification. As a workaround for this situation, fe80::1 is added in rc.d/auto_linklocal when lo0 has no link-local address. This should not be harmful for IPv4-only users.
|
164916 |
05-Dec-2006 |
ru |
Move npe.4 to a machine specific manpage subdirectory.
|
164862 |
03-Dec-2006 |
luigi |
- put some common code in a function handle_remount(); - add better checks on non-existing directories to prevent error messages at run time; - introduce a function log() to help debugging diskless booting when things don't work; - modify the parsing of diskless_remount so you can add mount_nfs options after the pathname. You could use 'remount' to do something similar, but this way is more convenient because you don't have to hardwire the server name in the command. - document the above.
I have been running the above in a diskless lab since february on RELENG_6.
MFC after: 1 week
|
164640 |
26-Nov-2006 |
flz |
Teach find_processes() to use ${name}_chroot.
Obtained from: NetBSD X-MFC after: 6.2-RELEASE
|
164629 |
26-Nov-2006 |
flz |
Remove leading dollar sign in rcvar command output. There's no dollar use in variable assignment in sh. Assuming this is can be expected behavior for some people, this change won't be MFC'ed to RELENG_6.
Discussed with: yar on -rc
|
164216 |
12-Nov-2006 |
ache |
Back out 1.120, it was premature.
|
164207 |
11-Nov-2006 |
des |
Back out 1.122, it was poorly thought out.
|
164202 |
11-Nov-2006 |
des |
Back out 1.121, it was premature.
|
164175 |
11-Nov-2006 |
ceri |
Ensure that the load of rules into the alternate ruleset worked before loading them into the live one too.
PR: conf/97311 Submitted by: David Bushong Reviewed by: silence on rc@ Approved by: ru (mentor) MFC after: 10 days
|
164153 |
10-Nov-2006 |
des |
Add share/xsl.
MFC after: 1 week
|
164131 |
09-Nov-2006 |
des |
Add locales for nb_NO and nn_NO.
Reviewed by: philip
|
164042 |
06-Nov-2006 |
rwatson |
Add auditd_program variable to defaults, in order to make it more clear how to change the auditd instance. When using a port/package-based OpenBSM, changing the auditd pointer may be desirable.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project MFC after: 3 weeks
|
164015 |
06-Nov-2006 |
obrien |
Switch default proto to TCP.
|
163851 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Hook up gjournal bits to the build.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163823 |
31-Oct-2006 |
harti |
Bind to INADDR_ANY in the default configuration. This makes bsnmpd(1) automatically work on multi-homed hosts and without explicite specification of the hostname in the config file.
Submitted by: jmg
|
163759 |
29-Oct-2006 |
mlaier |
Do not try to rtsol on pflog or pfsync devices.
|
163749 |
28-Oct-2006 |
phk |
Give rc.firewall a polish and a new method.
Factor out the loopback setup
Use "me" instead of hardcoded $ip where possible.
Add "workstation" which protects just this machine with stateful firewalling. Put the variables for this in rc.conf.
Submitted by: Flemming Jacobsen <fj@batmule.dk> Reviewed by: cperciva
|
163696 |
26-Oct-2006 |
avatar |
Re-sync'ing pf rules in post command as we already did for ipfilter.
With this patch, pf rules with dynamically created devices such like tun0 works without further intervention.
Reviewed by: mlaier MFC after: 3 days
|
163621 |
23-Oct-2006 |
delphij |
Synchronize pf.os with OpenBSD.
Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC After: 3 days Approved by: mlaier (maintainer)
|
163609 |
22-Oct-2006 |
hrs |
Suppress a spurious warning message when a kernel without INET6 is used.
Spotted by: ru Reviewed by: ume MFC after: 3 days
|
163487 |
18-Oct-2006 |
flz |
Add 'reload' to the list of available commands for the amd rc.d script.
PR: conf/104507 Submitted by: Douglas K. Rand <rand@meridian-enviro.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
163427 |
16-Oct-2006 |
yar |
Improve cleartmp in a number of aspects:
+ Use rc.subr(8) features properly. + Do the whole job of obliterating /tmp contents in find(1). + Leave lost+found and quota.{user,group} in /tmp only if root-owned. + Make the overall structure clearer by first removing the X dirs (perhaps along with the rest of /tmp) and then re-creating them. + Use "find -exec rm -rf {} +" for efficiency: each rm instance gets a chance to kill as much files in /tmp as ARG_MAX permits.
PR: bin/104044 Submitted by: Andrey Simonenko <see PR for email> Hacked by: yar MFC after: 1 month
|
163382 |
15-Oct-2006 |
ceri |
Add idmapd_flags to defaults/rc.conf. Document it and idmapd_enable.
|
163378 |
15-Oct-2006 |
ceri |
RC script for idmapd(8), defaulting to off.
|
163354 |
14-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Replace duplicate and not quite accurate capabilities description with a reference to the disktab(5) manpage.
PR: doc/48105
|
163306 |
13-Oct-2006 |
ume |
Revert the default value of net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal to 1. If ipv6_enable is not set to "YES", net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal is turned to 0 at boot.
Discussed with: re@, gnn@ MFC after: 3 days
|
163128 |
08-Oct-2006 |
piso |
Fix a regression: let natd load libalias modules before /usr is mounted renaming /lib/libalias_*.so.4 to /lib/libalias_*.so.
Approved by: glebius Reviewed by: glebius, ru
|
163083 |
07-Oct-2006 |
ume |
Restore the behavior that net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal=0 could be coexist with ipv6_enable="YES".
MFC after: 3 days
|
163063 |
06-Oct-2006 |
flz |
Introduce mixer_enable (default: YES).
PR: conf/101268 Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.pp.ru> Approved by: cperciva (mentor) X-MFC after: 6.2-RELEASE Sponsored by: FreeBSD Test-Bugathon
|
163048 |
06-Oct-2006 |
ru |
A GEOM cache can speed up read performance by sending fixed size read requests to its consumer. It has been developed to address the problem of a horrible read performance of a 64k blocksize FS residing on a RAID3 array with 8 data components, where a single disk component would only get 8k read requests, thus effectively killing disk performance under high load. Documentation will be provided later. I'd like to thank Vsevolod Lobko for his bright ideas, and Pawel Jakub Dawidek for helping me fix the nasty bug.
|
162972 |
02-Oct-2006 |
brooks |
Pull in /etc/rc.conf.d/network so that ifconfig_<if> variables can be set there. This is required for consistency with /etc/rc.d/netif.
PR: conf/103893 Submitted by: Nick Hibma <nick at anywi.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
162949 |
02-Oct-2006 |
gnn |
Turn off automatic link local address if ipv6_enable is not set to YES in rc.conf
Reviewed by: KAME core team, cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
162947 |
02-Oct-2006 |
yar |
debug() shouldn't misidentify itself to logger(1).
Noticed by: David Thompson <dat1965 yahoo com>
|
162939 |
02-Oct-2006 |
ache |
Add mn_MN.UTF-8
|
162836 |
30-Sep-2006 |
ru |
Create section 8 man subdirectories for PowerPC.
|
162794 |
29-Sep-2006 |
bms |
Push removal of mrouted down to the rest of the tree.
|
162674 |
26-Sep-2006 |
piso |
Summer of Code 2005: improve libalias - part 1 of 2
With the first part of my previous Summer of Code work, we get:
-made libalias modular:
-support for 'particular' protocols (like ftp/irc/etcetc) is no more hardcoded inside libalias, but it's available through external modules loadable at runtime
-modules are available both in kernel (/boot/kernel/alias_*.ko) and user land (/lib/libalias_*)
-protocols/applications modularized are: cuseeme, ftp, irc, nbt, pptp, skinny and smedia
-added logging support for kernel side
-cleanup
After a buildworld, do a 'mergemaster -i' to install the file libalias.conf in /etc or manually copy it.
During startup (and after every HUP signal) user land applications running the new libalias will try to read a file in /etc called libalias.conf: that file contains the list of modules to load.
User land applications affected by this commit are ppp and natd: if libalias.conf is present in /etc you won't notice any difference.
The only kernel land bit affected by this commit is ng_nat: if you are using ng_nat, and it doesn't correctly handle ftp/irc/etcetc sessions anymore, remember to kldload the correspondent module (i.e. kldload alias_ftp).
General information and details about the inner working are available in the libalias man page under the section 'MODULAR ARCHITECTURE (AND ipfw(4) SUPPORT)'.
NOTA BENE: this commit affects _ONLY_ libalias, ipfw in-kernel nat support will be part of the next libalias-related commit.
Approved by: glebius Reviewed by: glebius, ru
|
162605 |
24-Sep-2006 |
rwatson |
Sleep for one second after calling audit -t to give the audit daemon a chance to actually terminate the audit service and exit. Otherwise, on an rc.d/auditd restart, the new audit daemon instance may try to start auditing while the previous session is still running. Likewise, this ensures a chance for auditd to terminate the audit trail at system shutdown.
Perhaps more ideally, the script would wait synchronously for auditd to exit rather than for an arbitrary but short period of time.
MFC after: 3 days Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
162522 |
21-Sep-2006 |
brooks |
network_ipv6 also does some interface configuration so require it to run before starting devd so they don't trip over each other.
PR: conf/103428
|
162490 |
21-Sep-2006 |
brooks |
Introduce a new method ipv6if which attemptes to figure out if an interface is an IPv6 interface.
Use this method to decide if we should attempt to configure an interface with an IPv6 address in pccard_ether. The mechanism pccard_ether uses to do this is unsuited to the task because it assumes the list of interfaces it is passed is the full list of IPv6 interfaces and makes decissions based on that. This is at least a step in the right direction and is probably about as much as we can MFC safely.
PR: conf/103428 MFC after: 3 days
|
162481 |
20-Sep-2006 |
brooks |
Flushing all IPv4 routes when an interface is removed or unconfigured makes no sense. Remove the undocumented removable_route_flush feature from pccard_ether.
X-MFC after: never
|
162480 |
20-Sep-2006 |
brooks |
Search the list of up interfaces provided by "ifconfig -ul" instead of greping for UP in "ifconfig $ifn". This eliminates a dependancy on /usr.
|
162131 |
07-Sep-2006 |
emax |
Add bthidd(8) rc(8) script
MFC after: 1 month
|
162117 |
07-Sep-2006 |
emax |
Prepare for upcoming bthidd(8) update. Install vkbd(4) header into dev/vkbd.
MFC after: 1 month
|
161921 |
02-Sep-2006 |
marcel |
Unbreak PowerPC build after addition of powermac_nvram(4powerpc).
|
161824 |
01-Sep-2006 |
brooks |
- Document /conf/diskless_remount in the list of special files. - Note that diskless_remount files may use ".." to support mounts above the root path. - Copy dot files when populating directories from /conf. [1]
PR: misc/102724 [1] Submitted by: Attila Nagy <bra at fsn.hu> [1]
|
161786 |
31-Aug-2006 |
ru |
Kill the default phone numbers.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
161773 |
31-Aug-2006 |
obrien |
Re-add lukemftpd. It has: PAM, MAC, per-class nologin files, login.conf resource limits and features.
|
161748 |
31-Aug-2006 |
cperciva |
Add FreeBSD Update 2.0 client code. The build code is in the projects repository.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD security development fundraiser
|
161710 |
29-Aug-2006 |
ru |
Comment out lines that use example addresses and example.com names so that local changes can be made more easily (without having to comment these lines, and making the diff more readable).
|
161708 |
29-Aug-2006 |
ru |
The kvm_mkdb(8) is long dead.
|
161667 |
27-Aug-2006 |
cperciva |
When stopping powerd, set the CPU frequency back to its maximum value (i.e., what it was almost certainly at before powerd was started).
Submitted by: R.B. Riddick MFC after: 3 days
|
161664 |
27-Aug-2006 |
dougb |
Use ports INDEX-7 instead of INDEX-6
Submitted by: Niclas Zeising <lothrandil@n00b.apagnu.se>
|
161602 |
25-Aug-2006 |
trhodes |
Add login.conf checking to periodic security scripts. If the login.conf file is not UID/GID 0, limits will be ignored and a strange error sent to auth.log.
Head nod: ru, rwatson
|
161595 |
25-Aug-2006 |
trhodes |
Send more Alpha bits to the bin.
|
161533 |
22-Aug-2006 |
ru |
Fix example:
/conf/base/diskless_remount -> /conf/base/etc/diskless_remount
MFC after: 3 days
|
161532 |
22-Aug-2006 |
flz |
- Add ypserv to the REQUIRE list.
Reported by: David Thompson <dat1965@yahoo.com> Discussed on: -rc (brooks) Approved by: cperciva (mentor, implicit) MFC after: 3 days
|
161530 |
22-Aug-2006 |
flz |
Backout this commit since it breaks startup and some scripts in certain conditions. I haven't been able to find a better solution yet:
- Set a two read-only variables (${prefix} and ${etcdir}). This is especially useful when using /etc/rc.d scripts with third-party software installed from ports. - Fix rc.d/sshd to work with openssh from ports using ${etcdir} instead of hardcoded /etc. - Reflect prefix/etcdir changes in rc.subr.8.
src/etc/rc.d/sshd: rev 1.9 -> 1.10 src/etc/rc.subr: rev 1.51 -> 1.52 src/share/man/man8/rc.subr.8: rev 1.11 -> 1.12
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
161529 |
22-Aug-2006 |
flz |
- Remove ramdisk rc.d scripts since they've been replaced by mdconfig{,2}. - Update ObsoleteFiles.inc.
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
161437 |
18-Aug-2006 |
brooks |
Don't try to start interfaces that don't exist.
Reported by: Dominique Goncalves <dominique.goncalves at gmail.com>
|
161436 |
18-Aug-2006 |
yar |
Eliminate header line(s) from ps(1) output instead of skipping over them.
|
161435 |
18-Aug-2006 |
yar |
The ps(1) command is unfriendly to scripts by default because it limits the width of its output to the value of $COLUMNS, or what TIOCGWINSZ reports, or 79 columns. We should specify -ww to ps(1) so that it removes the limit and prints lines in full. Otherwise very long command pathnames could be mishandled, e.g., by _find_processes().
MFC after: 1 week
|
161418 |
17-Aug-2006 |
brian |
Make it a little clearer that interface-specific flags aren't additional to specified dhclient flags.
Mention background_dhclient_iface.
Suggested by: ru
|
161415 |
17-Aug-2006 |
brian |
Add a missing quote
Spotted by: ru
|
161410 |
17-Aug-2006 |
brian |
Add a -p switch to dhclient. The switch tells dhclient to persist despite the interface link status.
Add dhclient_flags_iface and background_dhclient_iface rc.conf options. (where iface is a specific interface). These can be used to give interface specific flags to dhclient.
Reviewed by: brooks@
|
161396 |
17-Aug-2006 |
yar |
Allow for setting negative priority (niceness) when $foo_user is non-root. The order in _doit must be "nice su", not "su nice", for that. In addition, don't ignore the exit status from "cd $foo_chdir".
Reviewed by: freebsd-rc (silence) MFC after: 1 week
|
161386 |
17-Aug-2006 |
brooks |
Introduce a new function, ifexists and use it to avoid attempting to touch interfaces that don't actually exist in the stop case. In the process move some IPv4 specific code from ifconfig_down to ipv4_down.
This should solve problems with ifconfig: error messages on boot when interfaces are renamed.
|
161363 |
16-Aug-2006 |
brooks |
Set removable_route_flush to NO be default. It's clearly the wrong thing to do in most (all?) cases and certainly should not be the default now that we're running pccard_ether on all interface creates and destroys.
MFC after: 3 days
|
161007 |
05-Aug-2006 |
njl |
Back out 1.272. The LAPIC timer conflicts with C2/3 on various systems, and so users get hangs until interrupts are generated another way. We'll have to find a way to make the 2 work together before re-enabling this by default.
|
160975 |
04-Aug-2006 |
des |
Forgot to add mountlate to the Makefile.
|
160945 |
03-Aug-2006 |
jb |
Not allowed to use tabs. The rule that proves the rule. Heh.
|
160937 |
03-Aug-2006 |
jb |
Alphabetical order is probably better.
|
160936 |
03-Aug-2006 |
jb |
Add the library directory where DTrace library scripts live.
|
160930 |
02-Aug-2006 |
marcel |
Remove remnants of Alpha.
|
160892 |
01-Aug-2006 |
sobomax |
Add device to access and modify Open Firmware NVRAM settings in PowerPC-based Apple's machines and small utility to do it from userland modelled after the similar utility in Darwin/OSX.
Only tested on 1.25GHz G4 Mac Mini.
MFC after: 1 month
|
160835 |
30-Jul-2006 |
mckay |
This script should probably have an enabling variable since it can produce surprising results. For now, at least make it safe to boot the default kernel when /boot/kernel is already a symlink.
|
160822 |
29-Jul-2006 |
simon |
Add /usr/lib/engines for OpenSSL engines.
|
160698 |
26-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Back out rev. 1.63. It was a poor idea because test(1) is built in sh(1) and it always evaluates both sides of -a or -o, unlike && or || in sh(1).
Requested by: dougb
|
160672 |
25-Jul-2006 |
yar |
De-uglify messages from the ipfw script.
|
160671 |
25-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Use more rc.subr(8) features. Skip useless work when ${natd_interface} is unset. Double quote user-supplied vars unless there is a reason not to.
|
160670 |
25-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Avoid extra runs of test(1) by using its built-in logical operations.
|
160669 |
25-Jul-2006 |
pjd |
Don't load geom_md.ko if there is no need to.
|
160668 |
25-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Sync comments around _doit with the code.
|
160667 |
25-Jul-2006 |
yar |
We notify of failures with err or warn. Messages should end in full stop unless that can lead to confusion.
|
160666 |
25-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Add diagnostics to load_kld().
|
160547 |
21-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Since Alpha support isn't in HEAD anymore, remove Alpha-specific rc.conf(5) knobs, too: osf1_enable, unaligned_print.
|
160524 |
20-Jul-2006 |
flz |
- Remove hardcoded /etc/ntp.conf configuration file from ntpdate rc.d script and replace it with a new ntpdate_config variable. - Document it in defaults/rc.conf and rc.conf.5. - Document ntpdate_hosts in defaults/rc.conf.
Requested by: Chris Timmons <cwt@networks.cwu.edu> Approved by: cperciva (mentor, implicit) MFC after: 1 week
|
160303 |
12-Jul-2006 |
des |
Teach mount(8) about a 'late' keyword, which means the file system should not be mounted unless the -l flag was specified.
Add an rc script, mountlate, which basically runs 'mount -a -l'. It runs after DAEMON but before LOGIN.
This is useful for things like loopback mounts, because mountcritremote runs before mountd / nfsd (since /usr might be a remote file system), so an attempt to mount a loopback network file system in mountcritremote will fail.
Also add a progress message to mountcritlocal, for the sake of symmetry with similar messages in mountcritremote and mountlate.
Reviewed by: freebsd-rc MFC after: 3 weeks
|
160197 |
09-Jul-2006 |
stefanf |
Fix spelling in a comment.
|
159833 |
21-Jun-2006 |
flz |
Since INSTALLS_SHLIB has been superseded by USE_LDCONFIG in bsd.port.mk, I expect to see quite a few files appearing in libdata/ldconfig directories. This change avoids the screen to be filled with the names of those ldconfig files and replace them by the actual non-default directories they contain. Most of them will be ${PREFIX}/lib so, 'sort -u' will help reducing the output.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit) MFC after: 1 week
|
159830 |
21-Jun-2006 |
yar |
Set an example of using load_kld() from rc.subr.
|
159828 |
21-Jun-2006 |
yar |
Quite a number of rc.d scripts try to load kernel modules. Many of them do that conditionally depending on kldstat. The code is duplicated all over, but bugs can be uniqie.
To make the things more consistent, introduce a new rc.subr function, load_kld, which takes care of loading a kernel module conditionally.
(Found this lying for a while in my p4 branch for various hacks.)
|
159525 |
11-Jun-2006 |
maxim |
o Add missed $start variable in the grep statement back.
PR: conf/96658 Submitted by: James Snow MFC after: 1 week
|
159377 |
07-Jun-2006 |
brueffer |
Update geli_swap_flags, -e is now used to specify the encryption algorithm.
|
159351 |
06-Jun-2006 |
trhodes |
Sync to p4:
o Add shutdown KEYWORD; o Remove PID check; o Stop auditd with '-t' o General cleanup.
|
159348 |
06-Jun-2006 |
ume |
`flush' is appropriate than `reload'.
Requested by: ceri
|
159339 |
06-Jun-2006 |
ume |
Add `reload' which invalidates the cache for every user.
|
159243 |
05-Jun-2006 |
obrien |
Use an option form better matching the manual.
|
159140 |
01-Jun-2006 |
csjp |
Since NIS is an RPC based service, add a note that when adjusting access controls in NIS, similar access controls should be considered for the rpcbind as well.
|
159138 |
01-Jun-2006 |
thompsa |
Add rc.d/bridge which is invoked when a new interface arrives and can automaticly add it to an Ethernet bridge. This is intended for applications such as qemu, vmware, openvpn, ... which open tap interfaces and need them bridged with the hosts network adapter, the user can set up a glob for interfaces to be automatically added (eg tap*).
|
159126 |
01-Jun-2006 |
thompsa |
Announce all interfaces to devd on attach/detach. This adds a new devctl notification so all interfaces including pseudo are reported. When netif creates the clones at startup devctl_disable has not been turned off yet so the interfaces will not be initialised twice, enforce this by adding an explicit order between rc.d/netif and rc.d/devd.
This change allows actions to taken in userland when an interface is cloned and the pseudo interface will be automatically configured if a ifconfig_<int>="" line exists in rc.conf.
Reviewed by: brooks No objections on: net
|
159072 |
30-May-2006 |
matteo |
Add jail_<jname>_exec_afterstart<N> rc.conf variable, where <N> is 1,2 and so on. It specifies the command to be run as Nth after jail startup.
sh(1)-fu by: Dario Freni PR: conf/97697 MFC after: 2 weeks Reviewed by: ru@ (man page)
|
159071 |
30-May-2006 |
matteo |
style(9)
|
159058 |
30-May-2006 |
brooks |
Remove reference to no longer existant /etc/rc.d/pccard.
PR: conf/98055 Submitted by: thierry herbelot <thierry at herbelot dot com>
|
158876 |
24-May-2006 |
glebius |
Quote the parameter to sysctl(1), allowing to use whitespaces in sysctl values.
PR: conf/96509 Submitted by: Gregory Bond <gnb itga.com.au>
|
158866 |
24-May-2006 |
kris |
Increase the nfs access cache timeout from 2 to 60. The latter is a more appropriate value and is also the default set by the kernel. I could not find a justification of why rc.conf began overriding it back in 1998.
This dramatically cuts NFS traffic on e.g. a busy system with NFS root.
Reviewed by: mohans MFC After: 2 weeks
|
158726 |
18-May-2006 |
emax |
Correct BD_ADDR entry for "Dummy" device in the default hcsecd.conf. Each byte in BD_ADDR should exactly two nibbles, i.e "1:2:3:4:5:6" is NOT valid and "01:02:03:04:05:06" is valid BD_ADDR.
MFC after: 1 day
|
158723 |
18-May-2006 |
flz |
Remove the require_kld function I just committed and replace with a nicer solution.
Reported by: pjd Approved by: cperciva
|
158722 |
18-May-2006 |
flz |
Add two new scripts (mdconfig/mdconfig2) to replace old ramdisk{,-own} scripts. These scripts handle vnode backed md(4) devices.
Old ramdisk{,-own} scripts will stay a bit in CVS to allow some time for migration since variable names have changed (ramdisk_* -> mdconfig_*).
Two new variables have been introduced to be able to populate the md(4) device once it has been mounted (mdconfig_*_files and mdconfig_*_cmd).
Use should be as easy as:
mdconfig_md0="-t malloc -s 10m" mdconfig_md1="-t vnode -f /var/foo.img"
See rc.conf(5) for more information and description of the additional variables.
Approved by: cperciva
|
158692 |
17-May-2006 |
matteo |
Correctly set moused_$2_enable when moused_nondefault_enable is set to NO
PR: conf/92654 MFC after: 3
|
158687 |
17-May-2006 |
phk |
Send the pcvt(4) driver off to retirement.
|
158497 |
12-May-2006 |
mlaier |
Move etc/rc.firewall6 to ipfw2+v6, update related rc.d and periodic scripts. Since ipfw2 now does dual-stack, statistics for IPv6 come from the ipfw scripts as well.
|
158431 |
11-May-2006 |
flz |
- Change the "jail_" prefix for internal script variables. This fixes an issue where some global jail_* variables were overriden in the script. [1] - Change "jid" to "jname" in rc.conf(5), since it's more a jail name than a jail id. [1] - Update examples and comments in defaults/rc.conf to advertise new variables and the fact that some of the jail-specific variables may be made jail-global. [2]
Reported by: pjd [1], clsung [2] Approved by: cperciva X-MFC after: i got sufficient testing from people using rc.d/jail
|
158429 |
11-May-2006 |
matteo |
if we fail to start a jail and jail_foobar_*fs_enable or jail_foobar_mount_enable were set, umount those filesystem before exiting. If we set up an alias for jail's IP, remove that alias before exiting.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
158409 |
10-May-2006 |
marcus |
Add a /media to FreeBSD. /media is a directory designed to contain subdirectories that will be used for removable media mount points (i.e. mount points for CDs, floppy disks, USB drives, etc.). While the primary purpose of /media is to provide a location for HAL (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fhal) to mount volumes, it could be used by any application that needs to manage removable media volumes.
Discussed on: arch@ Approved by: mux MFC after: 1 week
|
158379 |
09-May-2006 |
matteo |
if a jail fails to start, don't add its jid to /var/run and print a message with the error.
PR: conf/97024 MFC after: 1 week
|
158363 |
08-May-2006 |
flz |
- Fix quoting.
Reported by: Dirk Engling <erdgeist@erdgeist.org> Pointyhat to: self
|
158352 |
07-May-2006 |
flz |
- Check for some mandatory variables.
Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
158266 |
03-May-2006 |
ume |
Install /etc/nsswitch.conf statically rather than generating it at boot. Autogeneration of nsswitch.conf doesn't makes sense in 7.0 since it's not permitted to upgrade from a pre-nss release without passing through an intermediate release.
Suggested by: brooks
|
158211 |
01-May-2006 |
des |
Update host.conf every time nsswitch.conf changes, instead of just creating it if it does not exist.
Submitted by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti.bsd@gmail.com> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
158141 |
29-Apr-2006 |
ume |
Oops, services should be compat by default for backward compatibility.
|
158139 |
29-Apr-2006 |
ume |
Add newly supported databases such as services, protocols and rpc into generated nsswitch.conf.
|
158115 |
28-Apr-2006 |
ume |
- Extend the nsswitch to support Services, Protocols and Rpc databases. - Make nsswitch support caching.
Submitted by: Michael Bushkov <bushman__at__rsu.ru> Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2005
|
158026 |
25-Apr-2006 |
marius |
Remove last vestiges of sab(4).
|
157958 |
22-Apr-2006 |
brueffer |
Correct two typos in comments.
|
157957 |
22-Apr-2006 |
trhodes |
Clean up, comment out non-base utilities, fix up comments.
Prodded by: hrs
|
157902 |
20-Apr-2006 |
delphij |
After some discussion we believe that having SERVERS to REQUIRE: ldconfig would provide necessary protection for named as well, so remove the dependency here.
Approved by: flz
|
157859 |
19-Apr-2006 |
delphij |
Make ldconfig as SERVER dependency. This makes it possible for some early starting services from the ports collection to have their shared objects available before start.
Reviewed by: freebsd-rc (dougb, brooks) MFC After: 3 days
|
157841 |
18-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Move _rc_subr_loaded=: at the end of the file, to be consistent with NetBSD. - Sync with latest version from NetBSD.
'In order to handle some perl scripts running as daemons, add a pattern which also matches "`basename $interpreter`: $command" in the ps listing.'
Approved by: cperciva (mentor) Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
|
157840 |
18-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Add new ntpd_config variable so that people can override it in rc.conf. - Add default value in /etc/defaults/rc.conf. - Add documentation bits to rc.conf(5).
Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
157834 |
18-Apr-2006 |
flz |
Add ldconfig to the list of requirements for named, needed to use bind from ports. The effect is that ldconfig is now started right after mountcritremote. Everything else is left unchanged.
PR: conf/68916 Submitted by: JD Bronson <jd@aurora.org> Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
157737 |
13-Apr-2006 |
brooks |
Spell synchronous with required silent 'h'.
Reported by: ru, ceri Pointy hat: brooks
|
157736 |
13-Apr-2006 |
brooks |
Add missing _ to $_punct.
Submitted by: Dmitry Pryanishnikov <dmitry at atlantis.dp.ua>
|
157710 |
13-Apr-2006 |
flz |
Use ps true power instead of tr/tail which aren't available early enough.
PR: conf/95654 Submitted by: Rong-En Fan <rafan@infor.org> Noticed/Fix by: many people on freebsd-current@ Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
157706 |
13-Apr-2006 |
brooks |
Commit the various network interface configutation updates I've been working on. 1) Make it possible to configure interfaces with certain characters in their names that aren't valid in shell variables. Currently supported characters are ".-/+". They are converted into '_' characters. 2) Replace nearly all eval statements in network.subr with a new function get_if_var which substitues an interface name (after the translations above) for "IF" in a variable name. 3) Fix list_net_interfaces() in the nodhcp case. 4) Allow the administrator to specify if dhclient should be started when /etc/rc.d/netif configures the interface or only by devd. This can be set on both a per interface and system wide basis.
PR: conf/88974 [1,2], conf/92433 [1,2]
|
157682 |
12-Apr-2006 |
ume |
Remove an inappropriate comment which is put into generated host.conf. Someone may want to edit it later.
Requested by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti.bsd__at__gmail.com>
|
157658 |
11-Apr-2006 |
des |
Add autologin entries (al.NNN) for higher console speeds.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
157657 |
11-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- If no pidfile has been created at startup, only stop processes with current jid.
PR: conf/93287 Submitted by: anders Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
157656 |
11-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Oops, add a missing "then".
Approved by: cperciva (mentor, implicit)
|
157655 |
11-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Fix rc.d/sshd test on kern.random.sys.seeded.
PR: conf/94377 Submitted by: dwhite Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
157654 |
11-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Fix amd startup when amd is installed from ports. - Add the according amd_program default value in defaults.
PR: conf/82738 Submitted by: TAOKA Fumiyoshi <fmysh@iijmio-mail.jp> Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
157653 |
11-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Set a two read-only variables (${prefix} and ${etcdir}). This is especially useful when using /etc/rc.d scripts with third-party software installed from ports. - Fix rc.d/sshd to work with openssh from ports using ${etcdir} instead of hardcoded /etc.
Reviewed by: brooks Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
157590 |
08-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Add following global jail options, used if no jail-specific options are set: * jail_mount_enable * jail_devfs_ruleset * jail_devfs_enable * jail_fdescfs_enable * jail_procfs_enable * jail_fstab * jail_flags - Add a jail_interface / jail_<jid>_interface option. An ip alias will be created (jail_<jid>_ip) on jail_interface or jail_<jid>_interface if set. This is not a mandatory option. - Document all missing jail_* options in rc.conf(5).
Approved by: cperciva (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
157473 |
04-Apr-2006 |
flz |
- Sync rc.subr with NetBSD. - Merge some documentation bits.
Reviewed by: brooks, simon (doc) Approved by: cperciva (mentor) Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 3 days
|
157221 |
28-Mar-2006 |
simon |
Remove redundant ike rc.d script, since we do not have an IPsec IKE daemon in the base system and all the IKE daemons in the Ports Collection has their own rc.d script.
OK'ed by: dougb Discussed on: freebsd-rc MFC after: 1 month Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
157048 |
23-Mar-2006 |
flz |
Harmless typo (s/overide/override/).
Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
157040 |
23-Mar-2006 |
ru |
Add an example of how to set up a 3-wire serial terminal. Usually, getty(8) does the trick, but if you just need a serial console without getty(8), here's how.
|
156917 |
20-Mar-2006 |
flz |
- Replace awk parts with shell.
Approved by: brooks MFC after: 2 weeks
|
156885 |
19-Mar-2006 |
rwatson |
Merge Perforce change 93569 from TrustedBSD audit3 branch:
Do install sys/security/audit include files. It would be nice just to install audit_ioctl.h, but we seem only to support installing directories, so we get them all. The two not intended for extra- kernel use have !_KERNEL #error's, which should help.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
156813 |
17-Mar-2006 |
ru |
Reimplementation of world/kernel build options. For details, see:
http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2006-March/061725.html
The src.conf(5) manpage is to follow in a few days.
Brought to you by: imp, jhb, kris, phk, ru (all bugs are mine)
|
156808 |
17-Mar-2006 |
des |
This script symlinks /boot/kernel to the directory that contains the kernel you booted from, unless /boot/kernel already exists and is not a symlink. This should only affect people like me who juggle multiple kernels and have KODIR = /boot/${KERN_IDENT} in /etc/make.conf to keep them apart.
|
156782 |
16-Mar-2006 |
emax |
Reorganize /etc/rc.d/syscons and move all keyboard related settings into one function syscons_configure_keyboard(). Call new function from both syscons_start() and sysconst_setkeyboard(). The reason for this is because syscons_start() will (re)configure both keyboard and screen settings. Apparently, some graphics cards have problems with running vidcontrol(1) while X11 is running.
Remove "/etc/rc.d/syscons restart" from /etc/devd.conf. It is no longer required. Using "/etc/rc.d/syscons setkeyboard" is enough. This also should fix annoying "syscons not running?" message.
Tested by: Ulrich Spoerlein < q at galgenberg dot net > MFC after: 3 days
|
156711 |
14-Mar-2006 |
marcus |
Add missing libdata/ldconfig[32] entries.
Approved by: portmgr (implicit)
|
156567 |
11-Mar-2006 |
ru |
Fix "make distribution" when just NO_CRYPT is defined.
PR: misc/94309 Submitted by: Matthias Lederhofer MFC after: 3 days
|
156441 |
08-Mar-2006 |
fjoe |
Fix overriding jail_list from command line.
MFC after: 3 days
|
156435 |
08-Mar-2006 |
matteo |
Fix output and exit status when daily_mailq_shorten is set to YES
PR: conf/93472 MFC after: 3
|
156385 |
07-Mar-2006 |
yar |
Two years ago, in rev. 1.12, a typo slipped in etc/isdn/Makefile: a control variable was misspelled as `SCRIPTS_NAME_isdntel.sh' (should've been `SCRIPTSNAME_isdntel.sh') when the Makefile was converted to using <bsd.prog.mk>. Consequently, `isdntel.sh' has been installed as `isdntel' since then. Nevertheless, nobody has been unhappy with the change. So it's time to make it official.
Approved by: hm Pointy hat to: ru MFC after: 3 days
|
156331 |
06-Mar-2006 |
emax |
Add new 'setkeyboard' method to the /etc/rc.d/syscons. It accepts the keyboard device name (i.e. /dev/kbd0). This method will do nothing is kbdmux(4) is the current active keyboard, otherwise it will switch active keyboard as requested.
Modify ukbd(4) entries in the /etc/devd.conf to use /etc/rc.d/syscons and new 'setkeyboard' method.
No comments from: freebsd-current@ MFC after: 1 day
|
156312 |
05-Mar-2006 |
matteo |
Enhance loginfail: it will catch sshd, proftpd and su errors, as well as other programs
PR: conf/70973 Submitted by: Ryan Sommers" <ryans@gamersimpact.com> Approved by: philip (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
156216 |
02-Mar-2006 |
brueffer |
Add the graid3(8), gstripe(8) and gconcat(8) status scripts, default is "off".
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
156215 |
02-Mar-2006 |
brueffer |
Add periodic scripts that check the status of graid3(8), gstripe(8) and gconcat(8) devices, respectively.
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
156070 |
27-Feb-2006 |
harti |
Document how to change the polling interval for the 64-bit interface counters in case an interface reports the wrong speed via if_mib.
|
156030 |
26-Feb-2006 |
wkoszek |
Use 'ipfw list' instead of 'ipfw l', since it's deprecated (and warning is printed on system startup).
Approved by: cognet (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
156011 |
25-Feb-2006 |
delphij |
Revert previous change for now. We traditionally add a new locale directory when we have 10+ ports that make use of it, and now we have only 3. This change would come back if the tt/ usage grown up to the level.
Knowledge provided by: krion, kris
|
156007 |
25-Feb-2006 |
delphij |
Add tt locale directory, since more and more ports create and use it.
|
155866 |
20-Feb-2006 |
dougb |
Attempt to make running the new rc in a jail more automatic by resetting of early_late_divider to a more appropriate value if the admin has not modified the default.
Reviewed by: brooks
|
155838 |
19-Feb-2006 |
dougb |
Make sure abi (and therefore archdep) start before SERVERS as part of the ongoing re-alignment of ordering that is necessary as a result of including local scripts in the base rcorder. [1]
Accomplish this by removing the BEFORE's, and using REQUIRE instead. This makes the dependencies more obvious, and less susceptible to turning circular and/or nonsensical when seemingly innocent changes are made in one place and not another.
Requested by: delphij [1]
|
155775 |
17-Feb-2006 |
ru |
Check if /sbin/nextboot exists before running it.
PR: 93466 Submitted by: Mats Palmgren
|
155768 |
16-Feb-2006 |
ceri |
Use example.com rather than bar.com for the system contact example.
Requested by: glebius
|
155756 |
16-Feb-2006 |
ume |
The libwrap built with NO_INET6=yes cannot parse an IPv6 address. So, mention it in comment.
Submitted by: Dmitry Morozovsky <marck__at__rinet.ru> MFC after: 2 days
|
155719 |
15-Feb-2006 |
ceri |
Update a comment to match functionality changed in r1.39 (allow square brackets in process names).
MFC after: 2 days
|
155655 |
14-Feb-2006 |
imp |
Remove vestiges of OLDCARD.
|
155620 |
13-Feb-2006 |
marcel |
On ia64, the unaligned_print sysctl is a debugging knob under debug and not under machdep as the behaviour is controlled by the process. When PSR.ac is set the process expects to receive a SIGBUS. Otherwise the processor or the kernel will emulate the misaligned memory access.
MFC after: 3 days
|
155617 |
13-Feb-2006 |
matteo |
Add a default ldconfig32_paths entry in default/rc.conf for 32-bit compatability shared libraries. It is used by the ldconfig rc.d scripts. Document this variable in the man page
PR: amd64/91571 Approved by: philip (mentor) MFC after: 3
|
155610 |
13-Feb-2006 |
imp |
Since OLDCARD is gone from the kernel, catchup here and remove support from here as well.
|
155595 |
13-Feb-2006 |
dougb |
Overhaul the named boot script:
1. Remove a now-spurious NetBSD CVS Id, as we are no longer synching work 2. Remove a now-spurious BEFORE, since ntpdate now REQUIRE's named 3. Replace the call to set rcvar with what that function would output, and generally reduce indirection ($name -> named) since it's highly unlikely the name of the named process or service will change any time soon. 4. Resort the order the variables at the top of the file to a more traditional format, and remove a spurious required_dirs from the top, as it works better after load_rc_config. 5. We do not want the default reload method with named, so define a simple but appropriate substitute using rndc. If I were writing this script for the first time I would not include this at all, since it's preferable to control a running daemon with rndc to start with, but given that this is already here, let's do it right. I hope that future generations will however resist the tempation to add reconfig to extra_commands. 6. By the same token, we want to use rndc to shut down named, but given that by defining a stop function we lose the "find the process by its pid file in an emergency" goodness of rc.subr, try to do something useful in the event that rndc is not available, and keep the user informed. 7. Replace some "test -f" with "test -r" to handle the unlikely event that the relevant file exists, but is unreadable. 8. Twiddle whitespace in a few areas, remove a spurious blank line, a bogus double space, and try to do better indenting. 9. Improve generation of the rndc.key file significantly a. If for some reason a user has an rndc.conf file, assume that they did that on purpose, and hence know what they are doing, so leave them alone. b. Introduce a named_uid configuration variable so that the user which owns the rndc.key file and the user named runs as always match, and is more easily configurable. This should dramatically reduce problems with rndc. c. Also test that the rndc.key file size is greater than zero, rather than simply that the file exists. I have seen at least one user report this exact problem, and although neither of us is sure where the empty file came from, the fix is simple, so include it. d. Rather than try to create an rndc.key file in both /etc/namedb and the chroot'ed /etc/namedb, assume that they are be the same (which they should be), and only create the file in the chroot'ed version of the directory. This partially addresses the problem described in conf/73929, but I have not yet finished thinking about the PREFIX issue that PR also raises.
As a result of introducing the named_uid knob, the default named_flags are now empty.
Update defaults/rc.conf and rc.conf(5) to reflect these changes.
|
155571 |
12-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Install audit_control and audit_user, both of which are likely to be modified by the administrator, as user-writable instead of read-only.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
155570 |
12-Feb-2006 |
flz |
Don't include geli devices in list when noauto is specified in the options field.
Approved by: pjd MFC after: 3 days
|
155566 |
12-Feb-2006 |
matteo |
Make localpkg print local scripts names when the boot is verbose
PR: conf/68525 Approved by: philip (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
155458 |
08-Feb-2006 |
glebius |
The bar.com is an existing domain. Instead of trying to listen on 64.15.205.248 address, change host to "foobar". This won't be resolvable in most cases, so administrator will need to change it. Also do not send our trap messages to 64.15.205.248, use localhost as default traphost.
|
155422 |
07-Feb-2006 |
matteo |
When there are no interesting information in output, exit with 0.
PR: conf/92299 Submitted by: Petr Rehor <prehor@gmail.com> Approved by: philip (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
155356 |
05-Feb-2006 |
mlaier |
pflog is a separate module now.
Submitted by: Antoine Brodin PR: kern/88271 MFC after: 1 week
|
155350 |
05-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Assign gid 77 to audit instead of gid 73. The ports group list did not include '73', which was assigned in a ports passwd entry to ircservices.
Pointed out by: ceri
|
155349 |
05-Feb-2006 |
ceri |
The rpc.pcnfsd server was in the base for a little over seven minutes back in 1994. Change the example entry to point at the port, as per the entries for uucpd et al.
|
155345 |
05-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Change group for /var/audit to audit, so that audit review can be delegated to non-administrators.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
155343 |
05-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Allocate an 'audit' group, membership in which will grant the audit review right by virtue of read file permission on /var/audit and its contents.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
155323 |
04-Feb-2006 |
marius |
Enable getty(8) on ttyu2 by default in order to get machines that use a RSC (Remote System Control) connected via uart2 as console working out of the box. On machines that use uart2 to connect a keyboard and thus the ttyu2 node doesn't exist this will trigger a warning from getty(8) but cause no real harm.
MFC after: 1 week
|
155236 |
03-Feb-2006 |
flz |
- Add a startup script for hostapd. - Document associated variable in rc.conf(5).
Approved by: dougb MFC after: 1 week
|
155210 |
02-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Install /etc/security configuration files from OpenBSM.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
155209 |
02-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Add auditd rc.d script.
Submitted by: trhodes Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
155208 |
02-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Add auditd_enable and auditd_flags rc.d scripts.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
155197 |
02-Feb-2006 |
rwatson |
Add /var/audit, mode 750, which will hold audit trail files.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
155060 |
30-Jan-2006 |
matteo |
Make df output more consistent: Remove -k now that -h is present use -l instead of -t nonfs to match smbfs too [1] PR: conf/50956 [1] Approved by: philip (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
155046 |
30-Jan-2006 |
matteo |
Make df output in periodic mail human readable
PR: conf/87196 Submitted by: Mike <mspam@ideaway.net> Approved by: philip (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
154976 |
29-Jan-2006 |
njl |
Enable the lowest Cx state by default. This will save power and we have had enough testing of acpi_cpu to know this is stable now.
|
154918 |
27-Jan-2006 |
mlaier |
Document the user/group LOR in our sample pf.conf
Submitted by: Devon H. O'Dell
|
154822 |
25-Jan-2006 |
maxim |
o Add IANA assigned InterBase Database Remote Protocol 3050/tcp/udp.
PR: conf/92319 Submitted by: skv MFC after: 1 week
|
154787 |
24-Jan-2006 |
netchild |
As a quick fix disable the update of the linux ld.so.cache file, since currently it grabs some FreeBSD native libs too.
A final solution is under discussion with brooks.
|
154772 |
24-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
The 'reload' command did the same as 'restart' command. Allow user to decide if SAD and SPD entries should be flushed on 'reload'. With this change flush/spdflush is not done automatically (it could still be done from ipsec.conf).
|
154771 |
24-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
Remove stale comment.
This change should be made in rev1.9.
MFC after: 1 week
|
154770 |
24-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
Use $ipsec_file instead of hardcoded /etc/ipsec.conf.
This change should be made in rev1.2.
MFC after: 1 week
|
154685 |
22-Jan-2006 |
matteo |
Add gettytab entry for 3wire 19200 baud console
PR: conf/90346 Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson <gavin.atkinson@ury.york.ac.uk> Approved by: philip (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
154652 |
21-Jan-2006 |
maxim |
o Add 406.status-gmirror, sort.
Submitted by: brueffer
|
154645 |
21-Jan-2006 |
yar |
Add an rc.d script for stand-alone ftpd.
Document the script's controls on the rc.conf(5) manpage and touch its Dd.
PR: conf/90893 MFC after: 5 days
|
154637 |
21-Jan-2006 |
matteo |
Allow the use of wildcarded device names in devfs.conf
PR: conf/90760 Submitted by: Darren Pilgrim <darren.pilgrim@gmail.com> Approved by: philip (mentor)
|
154499 |
18-Jan-2006 |
wes |
Tell nextboot to clean up after itself.
|
154497 |
18-Jan-2006 |
cperciva |
Add a warning pointing out that incomplete ports trees are not supported and that users of REFUSE directives should update their entire ports tree before asking for help on the mailing lists.
Requested by: kris MFC after: 3 days
|
154488 |
17-Jan-2006 |
philip |
Remove the module loading magic again; it's not needed after all.
Pointy hat to: matteo Submitted by: matteo Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 3 days
|
154430 |
16-Jan-2006 |
philip |
Load the g_md kernel module if needed.
Pointed out by: Gianmarco Giovannelli Submitted by: matteo MFC after: 3 days
|
154425 |
16-Jan-2006 |
dougb |
REQUIRE named. On all systems I've examined running HEAD and RELENG_6 this will be a noop, however as we introduce local startup scripts to the base rcorder, we'll see more cases where the previous status quo will need to be made explicit to avoid having it disrupted when random local scripts are added to the mix.
|
154412 |
15-Jan-2006 |
ceri |
Marius Nuennerich pointed out that nextboot(8) configured boot options were now sticky. This script was deleting /boot/nextkernel on boot, but there is no code in the tree that creates that file since revision 1.15 of src/sbin/reboot/reboot.c. nextboot(8) creates /boot/nextboot.conf, so remove that instead.
Approved by: jhb (proxy mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
154304 |
13-Jan-2006 |
wollman |
Add a daily script to show the status of gmirror(8) devices.
|
154239 |
11-Jan-2006 |
brooks |
Creating memory file systems with softupdates enabled is pointless, don't do it.
PR: conf/85558 Submitted by: Ralf Wenk <RZ dash FreeBSD0605 at hs dash karlsruhe dot de> MFC after: 5 days
|
154236 |
11-Jan-2006 |
brooks |
Be a little more read-only file system friendly when running the Linux ldconfig. Build the cache in a temporary directory and only install it if it's actually different that the installed one.
Also, use "cat tmp > real" to install the temporary file in the real location to allow the real location to be a symlink to a writable directory such as /var/run (where the file actually belongs).
MFC After: 5 days
|
154186 |
10-Jan-2006 |
harti |
Disable default write access by not setting the write community string.
PR: 91404, 91406
|
154177 |
10-Jan-2006 |
harti |
Add a (disabled) configuration line to enable the HOST-RESOURCES MIB.
|
154114 |
08-Jan-2006 |
dougb |
Add a mechanism to include files added by ports which contain the names of directories to include in the base ldconfig script. This will eliminate the need for each port to install its own boot script which does nothing but ldocnfig a given directory.
This code was developed by flz (ports committer), discussed on freebsd-rc@, and modified slightly by me.
Submitted by: flz Reviewed by: brooks
|
153871 |
30-Dec-2005 |
rse |
1. Add missing semicolon between "warn" and "return" to make sure the line continuation backslash doesn't cause "warn" to print "return". 2. Group "warn" and "return" together as the "return 1" should be performed only if the "kldload nfsclient" also failed (and not already if the "vfs.nfs" sysctl(8) check failed).
MFC after: 3 days
|
153870 |
30-Dec-2005 |
rse |
Remove superfluous line continuation backslash.
MFC after: 3 days
|
153838 |
29-Dec-2005 |
dfr |
Add a new extensible GSS-API layer which can support GSS-API plugins, similar the the Solaris implementation. Repackage the krb5 GSS mechanism as a plugin library for the new implementation. This also includes a comprehensive set of manpages for the GSS-API functions with text mostly taken from the RFC.
Reviewed by: Love Hörnquist Åstrand <lha@it.su.se>, ru (build system), des (openssh parts)
|
153765 |
27-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Fix another braino, don't remove the X related socket directories right after creating them.
Twiddle whitespace while I'm here.
|
153764 |
27-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Make sure that the prestart routine is run with *start, instead of just 'start'.
Reminded by: keramida
|
153608 |
21-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
syslogd should REQUIRE newsyslog, rather than newsyslog using BEFORE: syslogd. This does not produce any change in the ordering at the moment, but is cleaner style for the long term.
|
153607 |
21-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Several users have commented (via filing PRs) that having ntp* depend on devfs is useful so that a hardware time device can start with its necessary device nodes already in place. While this ordering happens as a side effect currently in HEAD, and the PRs were generally fixed via upgrades, etc; it's better to make it explicit.
While I'm here, ntpd should REQUIRE ntpdate, rather than ntpdate using BEFORE: ntpd.
|
153588 |
21-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
REQUIRE: syslogd and BEFORE: NETWORKING are now antithetical, and including both in this file had nasty side effects on the ordering of syslogd, as well as producing an error when running rcorder. Remove the more bogus of the two options, which restores proper ordering and removes the error.
There is an open question as to whether scripts with the nostart KEYWORD should even have REQUIRE/BEFORE lines, and indeed, whether they should be in /etc/rc.d at all, but that's for another time.
|
153584 |
20-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Include a somewhat hackish way to make sure that we *always* test the new clear_tmp_X variable when start'ing.
|
153564 |
20-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Brooks pointed out a potential problem with disabling the X cleaning by default, so add a new knob that is on by default, and check that knob in start_precmd so that it can run even if cleaning /tmp is not enabled. This has the advantage of not violating POLA, while still allowing the user to disable this behavior if they wish (for example on a server that will never run X).
|
153537 |
19-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Clear up problems with /etc/rc.d/{abi|cleanvar|cleartmp} brought to light by the PR. Specifically, convert these three scripts into good rc.d citizens, making sure that their functionality is preserved, but the rc.d framework rules are not broken.
Add support for cleanvar as a regular rc.d script in the default rc.conf, and document this in the man page.
Add a descriptive comment to rc.conf that regarding the three emulation/compatibility services provided by abi so users will not be confused by these services not having their own startup scripts.
PR: conf/84574 Submitted by: Alexander Botero-Lowry
|
153430 |
15-Dec-2005 |
iedowse |
Remove usbd(8) and all references to it. It is no longer necessary since devd(8) now provides the same functionality.
Submitted by: Anish Mistry
|
153304 |
11-Dec-2005 |
delphij |
Add /boot/firmware as iwi(4) now reads its firmware there.
Reminded by: flz
|
153300 |
11-Dec-2005 |
iedowse |
Move the remaining entries from usbd.conf to devd.conf. This now makes usbd redundant.
PR: conf/73799 Submitted by: Anish Mistry
|
153299 |
10-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Drop rcconf.sh now that it has been removed
|
153298 |
10-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Remove rcconf.sh from /etc/rc.d, and instead load the configuration as part of rc. Doing this, and the sourcing of rc.subr after we have determined if we are booting diskless (and correspondingly run rc.initdiskless if necessary) are safe, and actually allow fewer files to be needed on the diskless box. This also allows variables from the configuration to be available to rc itself, such as ...
Add a variable to rc.conf, early_late_divider, which designates the script which separates the early and late stages of the boot process. Default this to mountcritlocal, and add text to etc/defaults/rc.conf, rc.conf(5) and diskless(8) which describes how and why one might want to change this.
Reviewed by: brooks
|
153297 |
10-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Silence a warning about empty directories in all the places it might occur.
Reminded by: yar
|
153295 |
10-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Use of REQUIRE is better than BEFORE for most scripts, and very few scripts should have no REQUIRE at all.
|
153272 |
09-Dec-2005 |
ru |
Files are installed with mode 444 by default.
|
153152 |
06-Dec-2005 |
yar |
Since rc.subr is a library of functions, it should not use exit every now and then. It is up to the caller to choose a proper action upon an error condition. Therefore, use return, not exit, except for some special cases.
Consistently return 1 to indicate an error.
Submitted by: sem (initially) Reviewed by: freebsd-rc (silence) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
153105 |
05-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Change how *.sh scripts are handled. If the script is in /etc/rc.d, source it into the shell. If not, handle it in a subshell the same way that "real" rc.d-style scripts are handled. This will dramatically ease the "process local scripts in the base rcorder" transition.
Add *.bak to the list of files in */rc.d that we ignore.
|
153035 |
03-Dec-2005 |
brooks |
Don't bogusly depend on dhclient. It's now run either by /etc/rc.d/netif or from devd rather than by the startup scripts.
|
153029 |
02-Dec-2005 |
ru |
"-o rw" is invalid and undocumented mount option that is only present for fstab(5) compatibility, and is otherwise ignored by mount(8) (not passed to mount_* programs, and not passed to nmount(2)).
"-u -o rw" worked with an old mount(8) with mount_ufs.c because "-o rw" was stripped and simple "-u" caused an update of UFS from read-only to read-write, due to inability of mount(2) to track changes in options (MNT_RDONLY is either set or not).
"-u" no longer causes the transition from RO to RW, now that mount(8) was converted to use nmount(2), so an explicit change to RW is required. Keep up with this change, and use "-uw" to mount root read-write.
|
153028 |
02-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Brooks pointed out a case where tmp needs to be run after mountcritremote, so force it the other way instead.
|
153027 |
02-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Introduce startup scripts from the local_startup directories to the base rcorder. This is accomplished by running rcorder twice, first to get all the disks mounted (through mountcritremote), then again to include the local_startup directories.
This dramatically changes the behavior of rc.d/localpkg, as all "local" scripts that have the new rc.d semantics are now run in the base rcorder, so only scripts that have not been converted yet will run in rc.d/localpkg.
Make a similar change in rc.shutdown, and add some functions in rc.subr to support these changes.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to reflect this change.
|
153026 |
02-Dec-2005 |
dougb |
Force this script to run before mountcritremote to avoid non-deterministic behavior when introducing local_startup scripts to rcorder.
|
152770 |
24-Nov-2005 |
jkoshy |
Add a -f configfile option to devd(8), based on a patch submitted by Wojciech A. Koszek.
Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek <dunstan@freebsd.czest.pl>
|
152697 |
22-Nov-2005 |
dougb |
Update the test for failed zone transfers to reflect BIND 9.3.1 semantics Simplify the shell scripting a bit, and remove a useless grep | sed
The problem was pointed out by the PR, and I used part of the solution suggested there, but the semantics changed again for 9.2.x -> 9.3.x.
PR: conf/74228 Submitted by: Jeremy Chadwick <freebsd@jdc.parodius.com>
|
152690 |
22-Nov-2005 |
emax |
Remove not needed redirection of kldstat -q output to /dev/null.
Noticed by: pjd MFC after: 3 days
|
152688 |
22-Nov-2005 |
emax |
Revise hcsecd(8) and sdpd(8) rc.d scripts one more time
- Use _prestart rc.d method to automatically kldload ng_btsocket(4) if needed;
- Rename "sdpd_user" to "sdpd_username" and "sdpd_group" to "sdpd_groupname" to avoid collision with "magic" variables;
Inspired by: yar MFC after: 3 days
|
152562 |
18-Nov-2005 |
ume |
don't match packets other than IPv4 against divert rule. divert supports only IPv4.
Reported by: SAITOU Toshihide <toshi__at__ruby.ocn.ne.jp> Discussed with: suz MFC after: 1 day
|
152519 |
16-Nov-2005 |
yar |
Avoid invoking the current script again when we need to issue sub-commands, e.g., restart = stop + start. By calling run_rc_command instead, we provide rc.d scripts with full control over their configuration variables.
For an example problem the former approach caused, see http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-rc/2005-October/000311.html
Reviewed by: freebsd-rc Tested by: Dirk Engling erdgeist <at> erdgeist.org MFC after: 2 weeks
|
152471 |
16-Nov-2005 |
ru |
Diff reduction to RELENG_6.
|
152462 |
15-Nov-2005 |
emax |
Revise hcsecd(8) and sdpd(8) rc.d scripts.
- Have both scripts automatically kldload ng_btsocket(4). I did not want to do it, but its easier for users and it seems other scripts do similar things;
- Assign few variables after load_rc_config, so the /etc/rc.conf overrides actually work;
MFC after: 1 week
|
152441 |
14-Nov-2005 |
brooks |
Add a new configuration variable, ipv4_addrs_<ifn>, which adds one or more IPv4 address from a ranged list in CIRD notation:
ipv4_addrs_ed0="192.168.0.1/24 192.168.1.1-5/28"
In the process move alias processing into new ipv4_up/down functions to more toward a less IPv4 centric world.
Submitted by: Philipp Wuensche <cryx dash freebsd at h3q dot com>
|
152326 |
12-Nov-2005 |
emax |
Add section to start/stop Bluetooth USB devices (via ng_ubt(4))
Submitted by: Panagiotis Astithas ( past at ebs dot gr ) Reviewed by: brooks, imp MFC after: 1 week
|
152322 |
11-Nov-2005 |
ru |
Traditionally expand tabs here.
|
152318 |
11-Nov-2005 |
delphij |
Add dev/speaker into include/ tree
|
152286 |
10-Nov-2005 |
emax |
Start integrating Bluetooth into rc.d system.
Introduce /etc/rc.d/bluetooth script to start/stop Bluetooth devices. It will be called from devd(8) in response to device arrival/departure events. It is also possible to call it by hand to start/stop particular device without unplugging it.
Introduce generic way to set configuration parameters for Bluetooth devices. By default /etc/rc.d/bluetooth script has hardwired defaults compatible with old rc.bluetooth from /usr/share/netgraph/bluetooth/examples. These can be overridden using /etc/defaults/bluetooth.device.conf file (system wide defaults). Finally, there could be another device specific override file located in /etc/bluetooth/$device.conf (where $device is ubt0, btccc0 etc.)
The list of configuration parameters and their meaning described in the /etc/defaults/bluetooth.device.conf file. Even though Bluetooth device configuration files are not shell scripts, they must follow basic sh(1) syntax.
The bluetooth.device.conf(5) and handbook update will follow shortly.
Inspired by: Panagiotis Astithas ( past at ebs dot gr ) Reviewed by: brooks, yar MFC after: 1 week
|
152271 |
10-Nov-2005 |
rse |
Backout r1.11...
> > There is no need to explicitly add "status" to $extra_commands in > > the /etc/rc.d/pf script as it is implicitly added by /etc/rc.subr's > > run_rc_command() because of the existing $pf_program. > > > > Submitted by: Christoph Schug <chris@schug.net>
...because as yar@ points out: "[...] you were relying on evil side-effects of the variable being named *_program. hose side-effect have been eliminated since rc.subr rev. 1.42. [...] The point is that the default "status" method is for rc.d scripts that handle startup and shutdown of conventional daemons, and not for custom tasks like the pf case."
The change is still valid in RELENG_6 (and still doesn't have to be backed out) as long as rc.subr:r1.42 is not MFC'ed to RELENG_6, too.
|
152187 |
08-Nov-2005 |
rwatson |
Fix minor white space nit introduced in 1.102: use spaces, not tabs.
|
152016 |
03-Nov-2005 |
rse |
There is no need to explicitly add "status" to $extra_commands in the /etc/rc.d/pf script as it is implicitly added by /etc/rc.subr's run_rc_command() because of the existing $pf_program.
Submitted by: Christoph Schug <chris@schug.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
151916 |
01-Nov-2005 |
brooks |
Add items to unmount to the front of the list so they are unmounted in reverse (thus allowing /conf to be unmounted).
|
151914 |
31-Oct-2005 |
brooks |
Switch from pax to tar for extracting cpio archives. pax requires a writable /tmp (or TMPDIR) and thus is unsuitable for this job.
Tested by: Joerg Pulz <Joerg dot Pulz at frm2 dot tum dot de> PR: conf/88293
|
151908 |
31-Oct-2005 |
brooks |
The -x <format> option of pax is for creation of archives, not extraction.
This will allow cpio archive support to work, at least in situations where /tmp is writable. Because pax requires a writable /tmp it is unsuitable for this task, but replacing it will come in a later commit.
Submitted by: Joerg Pulz <Joerg dot Pulz at frm2 dot tum dot de> PR: conf/88293
|
151844 |
29-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Transforming "ppp-user" into just "ppp", step 5: Finally, delete the old, unfittingly named file "ppp-user".
|
151843 |
29-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Transforming "ppp-user" into just "ppp", step 4: The legacy script "/etc/netstart" will start "ppp", not "ppp-user".
|
151842 |
29-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Transforming "ppp-user" into just "ppp", step 3: Install "ppp" (just repocopied) instead of "ppp-user".
|
151825 |
28-Oct-2005 |
ru |
Add some significant Ukrainian dates.
PR: 88076 Submitted by: Andriy Gapon
|
151809 |
28-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Use ${name} in pathnames where appropriate. The sendmail script already was on this way, but it didn't reach the end of it yet.
|
151807 |
28-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Use:
command="/path/to/${name}"
since it's applicable here. It's the current style of rc.d.
Pointed out by: pjd
|
151806 |
28-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Transforming "ppp-user" into just "ppp", step 1: The rcorder(8) condition PROVIDE'd by the script and REQUIRE'd by the others becomes "ppp".
The ultimate goal of the transformation is to reduce confusion resulting from the fact that $name has been "ppp" already.
Discussed with: pjd, -rc
|
151687 |
26-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Override $command with $foo_program only if $command has been set in the first place. This should reduce unwanted side-effects in rc.d scripts that don't mean to use $command and rc.subr(8) methods associated with it at all.
Discussed with: brooks Reviewed by: -rc (silence)
|
151685 |
26-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Document that `reload' is not provided by default yet it can be enabled when applicable.
|
151619 |
24-Oct-2005 |
maxim |
o Grammar.
Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein MFC after: 1 week
|
151586 |
23-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Don't be lazy, set the "command" variable even if /etc/defaults/rc.conf will provide foo_program, too. By specifying "command" we explicitly say that we're going to rely on rc.subr(8) default methods, and rc.subr(8) will take advantage of this soon.
The majority of our rc.d scripts already set "command" if appropriate, so fix just the non-compliant handful.
|
151489 |
19-Oct-2005 |
jkim |
wpa_supplicant(8) requires -D option for ndis(4) now.
|
151426 |
17-Oct-2005 |
jhb |
Allow the process name to be in square brackets ([]) in _find_processes().
PR: conf/82430 Submitted by: Pavel Volkov pol at iib dot ru MFC after: 1 week
|
151325 |
14-Oct-2005 |
ru |
Remove redundant include.
|
151272 |
12-Oct-2005 |
pjd |
First start rc.d/ipsec and then rc.d/mountcritremote, so we can mount NFS file system over IPsec.
Suggested by: Tomasz Pi³at <tomasz.pilat@axelspringer.pl>
|
151270 |
12-Oct-2005 |
pjd |
setkey(8) was repo-copied from usr.sbin/ to sbin/. This will allow for NFS mount of /usr over IPsec.
Discussed on: arch@
|
151245 |
12-Oct-2005 |
emax |
Connect rc.d scripts for the hcsecd(8) and sdpd(8) daemons to the build.
MFC after: 1 month
|
151240 |
11-Oct-2005 |
emax |
Add rc.d scripts for the hcsecd(8) and sdpd(8) daemons. Put defaults into /etc/defaults/rc.conf. Both daemons can run even if no Bluetooth devices are attached to the system. Both daemons depend on Bluetooth socket layer and thus disabled by default. Bluetooth sockets layer must be either loaded as a module or compiled into kernel before the daemons can run.
MFC after: 1 month
|
150965 |
05-Oct-2005 |
ume |
stop RFC 4193 address on the outside interface.
MFC after: 1 day
|
150882 |
03-Oct-2005 |
brooks |
Use more rc.subr bits to clean up pccard_ether and implement new features. Both the presence of a NOAUTO keyword and an interface being up can be ignored is the forcestart option is used. Additionally, a restart option has been added.
Reviewed by: ume
|
150850 |
03-Oct-2005 |
scottl |
Add the lmcconfig tool for controlling the lmc driver. Add man pages and glue.
Submitted by: David Boggs
|
150839 |
02-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Use available rc.subr features. Reduce code duplication. Follow the current style of rc.d scripting.
|
150836 |
02-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Record dependency on the newly introduced pfsync.
Start before routing for better system protection. (pf used to start late during system boot, after many a network daemon have started already, which sucked from security POV.)
Remark: For maximum security, pf should start before netif, but it would create a dependency loop because pfsync has to start after netif, yet before pf.
Discussed with: mlaier on -pf MFC after: 5 days
|
150835 |
02-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Add an rc.d script to start pfsync at the right moment of the system boot, and hook it up in the system.
The separate script is needed because in the presence of various interface lists in rc.conf ($network_interfaces, $cloned_interfaces, $sppp_interfaces, $gif_interfaces, more to come) it is hard to start them orderly, so that pfsync is brought up after its syncdev, which is required for the proper startup of pfsync.
Discussed with: mlaier on -pf MFC after: 5 days
|
150831 |
02-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Use rc.subr(8) appropriately: - utilize default methods instead of rolling local ones; - avoid to specify BEFORE conditions we don't really need (pflog will be REQUIRE'd by pf); - omit extra decoration from warning messages, warn() will decorate them sufficiently.
|
150800 |
02-Oct-2005 |
maxim |
o Remove unfinished code and make it possible to override bsdextended_script from rc.conf(5):
Not objected by: trhodes
|
150796 |
01-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Fix the usage of rc_usage. The rc_usage function takes a list of possible keywords, not all them in a single argument. This also fixes the issue of extra delimiter characters appearing on the help line from rc.d scripts not setting $extra_commands.
|
150753 |
30-Sep-2005 |
nyan |
Use hw.machine_arch instead of hw.machine.
|
150702 |
28-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
Be less IPv4 centric. When checking if the interface is already configured, check if the UP flag is set instead of checking for the netmask keyword.
|
150691 |
28-Sep-2005 |
yar |
Make it a good-mannered rcNG script respectful to the command line.
|
150603 |
27-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
Don't print anything if we can't do any localpkg shutdown (start already does this).
Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <Andre dot Albsmeier at siemens dot com> PR: conf/86606
|
150516 |
24-Sep-2005 |
pjd |
Simplify the code by making use of 'kldstat -q -m <mod>'.
No objections from: mlaier
|
150498 |
23-Sep-2005 |
pjd |
Simplify the code a bit by using newly added (to kldstat(8) '-q') option.
|
150490 |
23-Sep-2005 |
wollman |
If we're not installing OpenSSH in the base, don't install its startup file either. This clears the way for third-party SSH ports to install an RCng startup script.
|
150372 |
20-Sep-2005 |
rwatson |
Add a new rc.conf entry, kerberos5_server_flags, which allows the administrator to specify additional start-up flags to the Kerberos 5 Authentication Server.
MFC after: 3 days
|
150294 |
18-Sep-2005 |
rodrigc |
In mountd_precmd(), use rc_args, not mountd_args to override the value of mountd_args. This fixes the problem where mountd_args was not properly being set if weak_mountd_authentifcation="YES" was set in rc.conf.
PR: conf/86260 Submitted by: Thierry Herbelot <thierry at herbelot dot com> MFC after: 3 days
|
150169 |
15-Sep-2005 |
rwatson |
Use sysctl -q when querying for kern.bootp_cookie in order to avoid printing boot-time errors that don't reflect true error conditions.
MFC after: 1 week
|
150103 |
13-Sep-2005 |
rwatson |
Use kenv -q to extract dumpdev rather than kenv, in order to avoid spamming the console in the event that a loader tunable 'dumpdev' isn't defined, which is not a relevant failure to report.
MFC after: 1 week
|
149989 |
11-Sep-2005 |
maxim |
A new version of rev. 1.4: postpone a temporary file creation until we realize if ipfw(4) ever used.
PR: bin/85970 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier MFC after: 3 days
|
149963 |
10-Sep-2005 |
grehan |
Comment out ofw_console 'screen' entry and zs tty entries. The OpenFirmware console isn't used on real systems anymore and I never get to multi-user mode in psim. There are problems with zs that need to be resolved before these lines can be enabled.
This eliminates disconcerting warnings on boot.
MFC after: 2 days
|
149824 |
06-Sep-2005 |
cperciva |
Teach portsnap how to ignore unwanted parts of the ports tree. A line of the form "REFUSE foo" in portsnap.conf will result in parts of the tree matching "^foo" being (a) not extracted by "portsnap extract", (b) not updated by "portsnap update", and (c) not having any patches or new ports downloaded by "portsnap fetch" or "portsnap cron". The example shown in portsnap.conf demonstrates ignoring all the language categories.
As mentioned in portsnap.conf.5, the use of an imcomplete ports tree is not officially supported; but this is something which many users have requested, so I'm adding it anyway.
PR: bin/85619 (but not the patch provided therein) MFC after: 1 month
|
149797 |
05-Sep-2005 |
dougb |
In accordance with my intentions announced (and not objected to) on -arch, and RFC 4159 (http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4159.txt) which officially deprecates all usage of IP6.INT, remove the reference to that zone from the example named.conf file.
|
149789 |
04-Sep-2005 |
keramida |
Remove duplicate "at" from comment.
|
149730 |
02-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
Actually block Ctrl-C (SIGINT=2).
Reported by: sam Pointy hat to: brooks
|
149726 |
02-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
- Alwasy explicitly bring the interface up before configuring it. - If an interface's ifconfig_<ifn> is set, but empty, don't set it to ifconfig_DEFAULT. This way interfaces can be disabled even in the presence of ifconfig_DEFAULT. - When listing interfaces and network_interfaces=auto, place lo0 first if it's around.
|
149725 |
02-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
Block SIGQUIT (Ctrl-C) while running in startup mode. This should allow dhclient's to be killed without stopping all boot progress.
Minor cleanup of the interface list generation code.
|
149672 |
31-Aug-2005 |
keramida |
Add a short description of how a literal colon ':' can be inlined in the value of capability databases, since it's not really obvious how a colon can be escaped, and a pointer to the getcap(3) manpage for more details.
Triggered by: a question by Ceri on -questions
|
149659 |
31-Aug-2005 |
glebius |
Fix braino in last commit. Print nothing if ipfw(4) is not present.
|
149606 |
30-Aug-2005 |
gshapiro |
Be sure to execute sendmail_precmd() to check sendmail.cf conflicts and rebuild the aliases file if necessary.
PR: conf/72910 Submitted by: matteo@ MFC after: 3 days
|
149556 |
28-Aug-2005 |
bmah |
Fix minor typo in a comment.
|
149515 |
26-Aug-2005 |
imp |
Allow one to override the endian flags for make distribution. This can be useful for when you know that you are doing something that won't work with the standard settings and different settings are more appropriate. This allows 5.3 tools to build a 6.x userland when these values are set to null.
|
149483 |
26-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
Support ifconfig_<ifn> variables containing quoted variables with spaces in them by wrapping the ifconfig command with eval "...".
For example, this allows:
ifconfig_iwi0="DHCP ssid 'foo bar baz'"
|
149421 |
24-Aug-2005 |
yar |
Stop hard-coding an -M flag to mdmfs(8) in /etc/rc.subr. Now this flag can be set, or not set, for memory-backed file systems on individual basis, as illustrated by the rc.conf(5) variables tmpmfs_flags and varmfs_flags. The flag is set for those FS'en by default, in /etc/defaults/rc.conf, in order to stay compatible with the old rc.subr behaviour.
Submitted by: marck MFC after: 3 days
|
149401 |
24-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
- Remove the removable_interfaces variable. /etc/pccard_ether will now run on any interface. - Add a new ifconfig_<ifn> keyword, NOAUTO which prevents configuration of an interface at boot or via /etc/pccard_ether. This allows /etc/rc.d/netif to be used to start and stop an interface on a purely manual basis. The decision to affect pccard_ether may be revisited at a later date.
Requested by: imp, gallatin (removable_interfaces) Discussed with: sam, Randy Bush (NOAUTO)
|
149366 |
22-Aug-2005 |
cperciva |
When looking for new lines in diff output, grep for '^[>+]' instead of '^>', in order to catch both normal and unified diffs.
Problem reported by: volker at vwsoft dot com via -stable MFC after: 3 days
|
149320 |
20-Aug-2005 |
glebius |
- Correctly parse output, when logging amount is limited in the rule itself, not in verbose_limit sysctl. [1] - Do check rules, even if verbose_limit is set 0. Rules may have their own log limits.
PR: conf/77929 Submitted by: Andriy Gapon [1] Reviewed by: matteo
|
149170 |
17-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
Add two new template sources, /conf/bcast/${ipbca} and /conf/ip/${ip}. These allow large installations to keep their /conf directory down to a managable number of entries.
Clean up the handling of dhcp_cookie.
|
149060 |
14-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Fix (/usr could not be mounted yet, so there is no grep(1) available) and simplify checking for g_eli module.
MFC after: 3 days
|
149053 |
14-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Connect geli and geli2 ro the build.
MFC after: 3 days
|
149050 |
14-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Add scripts for GELI device configuration on boot.
rc.d/geli - configures encryption (ask for passphrases, etc.); rc.d/geli2 - is called after file systems are mounted and mark devices for detach on last close.
Sponsored by: Wheel Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheel.pl MFC after: 3 days
|
149049 |
14-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Move 'local_tr' function to rc.subr and change its name to 'ltr'.
MFC after: 3 days
|
148871 |
08-Aug-2005 |
cperciva |
Add portsnap to the base system. This is a secure, easy to use, fast, lightweight, and generally good way for users to keep their ports trees up to date.
This is version 0.9.4 from the ports tree (sysutils/portsnap) with the following changes: 1. The experimental pipelined http code is enabled. No seatbelts in -CURRENT. (^_^) 2. The working directory has moved from /usr/local/portsnap to /var/db/portsnap (as discussed on -arch two days ago). 3. Portsnap now fetches a list of mirrors (distributed as DNS SRV records) and selects one randomly. This should help to avoid the uneven loading which plagues the cvsup mirror network. 4. The license is now 2-clause BSD instead of 3-clause BSD. 5. Various incidental changes to make portsnap fit into the base system's build mechanics.
X-MFC-After: 6.0-RELEASE X-MFC-Before: 5.5-RELEASE X-MFC-To: RELENG_6, RELENG_5, ports discussed on: -arch and several other places "yes please" from: simon, remko, flz, Diane Bruce thinks this is a great idea: bsdimp Hopes he didn't forget any files: cperciva
|
148849 |
08-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Back-out previous commit - we need to skip logging socket when we start a jail and external syslogd is listening in jail's chroot.
Pointed out by: csjp
While here, skip also "logpriv" socket.
|
148839 |
07-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Skip jails which are already running and inform why. We're checking for /var/run/jail_<name>.id file and if it exists, we don't start the jail. It should be also safe in case of reboot(8), because rc.d/cleanvar script is going to remove /var/run/jail_* files.
It helps to avoid potential mess when the same jail is started twice, because of an administrator mistake (been there, done that).
MFC after: 1 week
|
148837 |
07-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
We don't need to skip /var/run/log socket, as syslogd is always started after rc.d/cleanvar. And if we wanted to skip /var/run/log we still needed to skip /var/run/logpriv, which wasn't implemented.
|
148836 |
07-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Allow to give more than one jail's name, eg.:
# /etc/rc.d/jail start www mail
MFC after: 3 days
|
148765 |
05-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Teach rc.d/encswap script how to use geli(8) for swap encryption.
MFC after: 3 days
|
148760 |
05-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
gbde_swap has been repo-copied to encswap.
Repo-copy made by: markm
|
148689 |
04-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Remove gbde_swap_enable option which doesn't work and doesn't really have to work, as one still needs to put <device>.bde into /etc/fstab.
|
148642 |
02-Aug-2005 |
sam |
eliminate the regex used to match ethernet and 802.11 devices; instead use the interface's media-type
Reviewed by: imp MFC after: 1 week
|
148471 |
28-Jul-2005 |
imp |
Add a couple of missing nic interfaces that have been added: iwi, ipw, ral and ural. Add a comment about this regexp being lame, which should shock no-one. Add a comment about why rescans are disabled on scsi cards.
|
148466 |
28-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Forgot to add this change when commiting geli.
Reported by: cperciva
|
148415 |
26-Jul-2005 |
brooks |
Silence the de-bouncing of dhclient start up. The previous output caused significant mental anguish for some portions of the user population. :)
|
148282 |
22-Jul-2005 |
ru |
Require that DESTDIR be set before running "make distribution".
|
148274 |
22-Jul-2005 |
obrien |
This depends on syslogd due to logger(1).
|
148273 |
22-Jul-2005 |
obrien |
Embellish the dependency lists - this script depends having awk(1), and it needs syslogd due to using logger(1). Have it run as early as possible to save battery power for laptop users.
|
148272 |
22-Jul-2005 |
obrien |
Minor comment re-alignment.
|
148243 |
21-Jul-2005 |
pav |
- Mention special behaviour of init(8) when kern_securelevel="0"
Suggested by: Miroslav Lachman <000.fbsd@quip.cz> Approved by: cperciva (src hat)
|
148053 |
15-Jul-2005 |
ru |
Pass -i to pwd_mkdb(8) to ignore locking failures. This can be useful for NFS installing world/kernel to another machine.
|
147981 |
14-Jul-2005 |
grehan |
Remove obsolete ttya/ttyb entries and replace with ttyy0/1. Mark origin of ofw_console(4) and zs(4) devices.
MFC after: 3 days
|
147808 |
07-Jul-2005 |
jkim |
`net.inet.ipf.fr_running' can be a negative value, which was introduced by recent ipfilter import.
Approved by: re (scottl), anholt (mentor)
|
147704 |
30-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Remove REQUIRE and BEFORE lines since this script is not run by rcorder at startup. Instead it is called by other scripts.
Approved by: re (network interface startup blanket)
|
147684 |
30-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
- Remove the pccard_ifconfig variable in favor of a new ifconfig_DEFAULT variable. Unlike pccard_ifconfig, ifconfig_DEFAULT applies to all interfaces that do not specify an ifconfig_<ifn> variable rather than just those listed in removable_interfaces. - Correct the list of interfaces when network_interfaces and removable_interfaces are both set by including removable_interfaces in the list of canidates. - When listing dhcp interfaces, include those with other ifconfig options so nat works.
Approved by: re (network interface startup blanket)
|
147682 |
30-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Add support for starting wpa_supplicant by adding the WPA keyword to an interface's ifconfig_<ifn> entry in /etc/rc.conf.
Approved by: re (network interface startup blanket)
|
147681 |
30-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
When interfaces are given on the command line, don't attempt to filter them. Just try to run the given command on them. We need to be able to run stop functions on interfaces that have been deleted to stop wpa_supplicant.
Approved by: re (interface startup blanket)
|
147610 |
26-Jun-2005 |
pjd |
Introduce new per-jail variable jail_<name>_flags, which allows to specify jail(8) flags (before the change we had hardcoded "-l -U root").
Submitted by: Frank Behrens <frank@pinky.sax.de> PR: conf/80244 Approved by: re (scottl) MFC after: 1 week
|
147511 |
21-Jun-2005 |
dd |
Unbreak the ipfilter_loaded function. There doesn't seem to be a way for kldstat to ever print "IP Filter" (the module is called "ipfilter" and modules don't have anything like a description), so this function would always return false. That would cause prestart to attempt to load the module even if it's already loaded, which would fail and prevent the rules from being loaded.
Approved by: re (dwhite)
|
147424 |
16-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Make sure we actually read the config files before testing values from them.
Reported by: Darren Pilgrim <dmp at bitfreak dot org> PR: conf/82313 Approved by: re (network interface startup blanket)
|
147392 |
15-Jun-2005 |
lesi |
Move couple of directories out of mtree and into their respective ports. This mtree now specifies basic structure of X11BASE, similarly to BSD.local.dist.
No objections on: freebsd-x11@ Approved by: re (dwhite), portmgr
|
147357 |
14-Jun-2005 |
gshapiro |
Use new OSTYPE(freebsd6).
Approved by: re (scottl) Requested by: keramida
|
147276 |
10-Jun-2005 |
marius |
- In preparation to turning syscons(4) etc. on by default in the sparc64 GENERIC comment in ttyN. - Add the name of the device driver creating the device nodes above the respectives blocks so it's easier for user to find the right entry to shut up warnings from getty(8). Replace 'Requires device 'uart' be enabled.' with just 'uart(4)' as the former referred to a sparc64 GENERIC back when uart(4) wasn't enabled by default, yet. - Turn off the getty(8) on screen as screen is created by ofw_console(4) which is no longer enabled in the sparc64 GENERIC (and also only is a last resort) to shut up warnings from getty(8) with the current GENERIC.
|
147270 |
10-Jun-2005 |
nectar |
Remove rexecd(8), a server that implements a particularly insecure method of executing commands remotely. There are no rexec clients in the FreeBSD tree, and the client function rexec(3) is present only in libcompat. It has been documented as "obsolete" since 4.3BSD, and its use has been discouraged in the man page for over 10 years.
|
147268 |
10-Jun-2005 |
ache |
Back out "rw" locale addition for reason unknown to me (forced by portmgr)
|
147244 |
10-Jun-2005 |
ache |
Add locale/rw
|
147191 |
09-Jun-2005 |
jkoshy |
MFP4:
- Implement sampling modes and logging support in hwpmc(4).
- Separate MI and MD parts of hwpmc(4) and allow sharing of PMC implementations across different architectures. Add support for P4 (EMT64) style PMCs to the amd64 code.
- New pmcstat(8) options: -E (exit time counts) -W (counts every context switch), -R (print log file).
- pmc(3) API changes, improve our ability to keep ABI compatibility in the future. Add more 'alias' names for commonly used events.
- bug fixes & documentation.
|
147122 |
08-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Remove default and documenation for pccard_ether_delay since I removed it from /etc/pccard_ether.
Submitted by: Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie at le-hen dot org>
|
147121 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Fix return values of ifconfig_up/down.
Reported by: Andrea Campi
|
147108 |
07-Jun-2005 |
des |
Change the default for dumpdev to "AUTO". It should be reverted to "NO" on RELENG_* branches.
|
147107 |
07-Jun-2005 |
des |
Honor the "dumpdev" kenv variable if it is set and the "dumpdev" rc variable is set to "AUTO".
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
147088 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Support code for the OpenBSD dhclient. This significantly changes the way interfaces are configured. Some key points:
- At startup, all interfaces are configured through /etc/rc.d/netif. - ifconfig_<if> variables my now mix real ifconfig commands the with DHCP and WPA directives. For example, this allows media configuration prior to running dhclient. - /etc/rc.d/dhclient is not run at startup except by netif to start dhclient on specific interfaces. - /etc/pccard_ether calls "/etc/rc.d/netif start <if>" to do most of it's work. - /etc/pccard_ether no longer takes additional arguments to pass to ifconfig. Instead, ifconfig_<if> variables are now honored in favor of pccard_ifconfig when available. - /etc/pccard_ether will only run on interfaces specified in removable_interfaces, even if pccard_ifconfig is set.
|
147069 |
07-Jun-2005 |
maxim |
Finish adding _dhcp user.
|
147062 |
06-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Add _dhcp user/group as required by the OpenBSD dhclient.
|
147041 |
06-Jun-2005 |
obrien |
Remove RCng files that were brought in from NetBSD, but we ended up not using them (or did and no longer do).
|
146969 |
04-Jun-2005 |
marius |
Add esp(4) to scsi-controller-regex.
MFC after: 1 month
|
146814 |
30-May-2005 |
rwatson |
Add /etc/security, into which the BSM audit configuration files will be installed. This is the same directory as found on Solaris.
NB: In FreeBSD 4.x and earlier, a script (file) named /etc/security exists. Does mergemaster need to be taught how to replace a file with a directory?
Submitted by: wsalamon Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
146762 |
29-May-2005 |
rwatson |
Add /usr/include/bsm to mtree creation set.
Submitted by: wsalamon Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
146548 |
23-May-2005 |
sobomax |
Add cdce(4) into the list of ethernet interfaces.
|
146537 |
23-May-2005 |
pjd |
We need to use 'applyset' command for devfs, 'apply hide' is not enough, because new devfs entries can show up later and one can access such entires from inside named chroot. In rc.d scripts we can use devfs_domount() function with devfsrules_hide_all policy and unhide 'null' and 'random' manually.
|
146490 |
22-May-2005 |
schweikh |
Style: mostly tabs vs blanks, and semicolon placement.
|
146173 |
13-May-2005 |
marcus |
Add libdata/pkgconfig. It is used under ${LOCALBASE} as much (if not more) than under ${X11BASE}.
Discussed with: portmgr MFC after: 1 day
|
146086 |
11-May-2005 |
brian |
Run /etc/rc.d/syscons restart when a usb keyboard is attached so that the keymap and other settings are correct.
|
145694 |
30-Apr-2005 |
csjp |
Do not unconditionally mount devfs to ${jail_devdir}/dev. First check to see if a prior devfs has been mounted. If no devfs is mounted on ${jail_devdir}/dev then proceed. This will prevent the stack up of multiple devfs mounts on the same mount point.
Discussed with: pjd MFC after: 1 week
|
145693 |
29-Apr-2005 |
brooks |
To allow /etc to be as minimal as possible in a diskless setup, we need to run initdiskless before we run rcorder on /etc/rc.d. To allow this, move /etc/rc.d/initdiskless to /etc/rc.initdiskless and run it directly from /etc/rc.
Remove /etc/rc.d/preseedrandom as it is no longer necessicary (we start with entropy unblocked) and was only used by initdiskless when it was needed.
Discussed on: freebsd-rc Repocopy by: peter
|
145613 |
28-Apr-2005 |
des |
X logins should be recorded in lastlog / wtmp / utmp. I have no idea why this wasn't there already... it makes much more sense this way.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
145469 |
24-Apr-2005 |
dougb |
Add -h to the ln command to make the -f flag actually do something. Without this flag, if the symlink existed already a new symlink would be created in the source directory. While harmless if the two symlinks were the same, it nonetheless caused pointless confusion.
The pathological case is that when there is an existing /etc/namedb symlink, but named_chrootdir in rc.conf pointed to a different directory, it was the symlink in /var/named that was getting updated, not the one in /etc. This led to some difficult to diagnose problems for users.
|
145184 |
17-Apr-2005 |
glebius |
Add startup script and default configuration file for bsnmpd.
Reviewed by: harti
|
145043 |
14-Apr-2005 |
csjp |
Do not remove logging sockets. This fixes an issue where logging sockets placed into prisons from the host environment get clobbered by the prison's instance of cleanvar. (assuming /etc/rc is run in the prison).
Discussed with: pjd, green, cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
144953 |
12-Apr-2005 |
thomas |
Document that dumpdev may be set to AUTO to dump to the first appropriate swap device listed in /etc/fstab.
|
144891 |
11-Apr-2005 |
dougb |
The alternative suggested for /entropy as a shutdown save file was /var/db/entropy, which also happens to be the directory where the individual entropy files created by /usr/libexec/save-entropy are stored. Change the suggestion to be /var/db/entropy-file instead.
In an error condition where the shutdown file is not created, the error message accessed a variable that doesn't exist.
PR: conf/75722 Submitted by: Nicolas Rachinsky <list@rachinsky.de>
|
144882 |
10-Apr-2005 |
njl |
Set CPU speed to 100% in acpi_throttle attach. This is needed for some systems that boot with this value at the lowest setting. Change the default boot config back to "leave frequency as BIOS set it". Also, fix buglet where acpi_throttle wouldn't be used if p4tcc was present but disabled by the user.
MFC after: 1 week
|
144683 |
05-Apr-2005 |
obrien |
'dumpon' can run before 'initrandom' so make it. This gives a better chance of debugging /dev/random related panics.
|
144638 |
04-Apr-2005 |
seanc |
When reloading rules via rc.d/pf, flush everything but existing state entries that way when rules are read in, it doesn't break established connections.
Approved by: mlaier Reviewed by: rc MFC after: 3 weeks
|
144608 |
03-Apr-2005 |
njl |
Instead of leaving the current frequency setting at whatever the BIOS set on boot, force it to HIGH. This is needed for some systems which appear to boot with a low acpi_throttle setting by default. Thanks to Christian Brueffer for tracking this down on his system.
MFC after: 1 day
|
144515 |
02-Apr-2005 |
trhodes |
Add a ugidfw_load() function and fix up some of the scripting in this file. This will allow better integration with the ports system.
Submitted by: clement
|
144343 |
30-Mar-2005 |
ru |
Purge orphan catpages.
PR: conf/35242 Submitted by: Annihilator <annihilator.c@usa.net>
|
144153 |
26-Mar-2005 |
cperciva |
netstart is now obsoleted by /etc/rc.d/*, not by /etc/rc.network.
Reported by: Martin Jakob, on freebsd-stable@ MFC after: 1 month
|
143992 |
22-Mar-2005 |
krion |
Add mt locale directory, since more and more ports create and use it.
Approved by: kris MFC after: 3 days
|
143770 |
17-Mar-2005 |
njl |
Remove the 'usbd' keyword (it isn't necessary for mixer). Also, use BEFORE instead of REQUIRE.
Probably ok by: jhb MFC after: 3 days
|
143688 |
16-Mar-2005 |
ru |
Start natd(8) before loading firewall rules, to give the ipdivert.ko module a chance to load.
|
143489 |
13-Mar-2005 |
dougb |
Unhook the recently departed lomac file from the build.
Forgotten by: trhodes (the real one)
|
143474 |
12-Mar-2005 |
trhodes |
Remove mac_lomac(4) functionality. The proper way is to use loader.conf or build the policy into a kernel.
Approved by: rwatson
|
143462 |
12-Mar-2005 |
glebius |
Fix a terrible braino in last commit. Put kern.debug back to /var/log/messages and do exactly what last commit message described.
|
143311 |
09-Mar-2005 |
obrien |
Be consistent about the serial line terminal type. CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
143126 |
04-Mar-2005 |
ru |
New Ukrainian locale: uk_UA.CP1251.
Submitted by: Alexander Peresunko
|
143048 |
02-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
It is sufficent to require rcconf rather than initdiskless.
|
143045 |
02-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
Remove stray else.
Reported by: Tai-hwa Liang <avatar at mmlab dot cse dot yzu dot edu dot tw> Point hat: brooks
|
142969 |
02-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
Allow chkprintcap(8) to be run before lpd is started. Disabled by default for now. Default flags create missing directories.
Remove comment about doing this in etc/rc.d/var.
Unlike in the PR, I chose to do this in the lpd script where we reliably have /usr available.
PR: conf/71488 Submitted by: RZ-FreeBSD0904 at fh-karlsruhe dot de
|
142965 |
02-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
If we don't have /usr/sbin/mtree, try to mount /usr. We're only likely to hit this case when /usr is remote and thus hasn't been mounted (since you're supposed to have /var before mounting remote file systems). Normal machines that don't have a /var for some reason will have /usr already available because it's local.
|
142963 |
02-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
Remove a number of entries from the distribution target that are automaticly created at boot. There's no need to maintain a list of files and permissions in multiple places. This also means binary updates won't stomp on log files.
For the record, utmp is created in etc/rc.d/cleanvar, wtmp and lastlog in etc/rc.d/var, and the reset via etc/rc.d/newsyslog.
|
142962 |
02-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
- Update etc/rc.d/newsyslog to FreeBSD standards and install it. - Enable it by default, running newsyslog with -CN which creates files that have the C flag specified in /etc/newsyslog.conf. - Remove the "newsyslog -CC" call from etc/rc.d/var and the check for newsyslog. - Add the C flag to entries in /etc/newsyslog.conf that are currently installed as part of the base system.
There are two effects from this change: - Users who delete default syslog files to stop logging to them will need to set newsyslog_enable=NO in rc.conf or remove the C flag from those file in /etc/newsyslog.conf or they will come back on the next boot. - Diskless systems now create the same set of files that ordinary systems have by default instead of every file in newsyslog.conf.
|
142957 |
01-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
- Remove the dependency of /usr/bin/touch by using "cp /dev/null <target>" to create /var/log/lastlog. - Also create /var/log/wtmp if missing. - Attempt to create these files unless populate_var is NO rather then only when /var is empty or populate_var=YES.
|
142864 |
01-Mar-2005 |
trhodes |
Add rc.bsdextended. It's been tested enough.
|
142838 |
28-Feb-2005 |
ru |
Bootstrap pwd_mkdb(8) and use its new feature during "make distribute".
|
142794 |
28-Feb-2005 |
ru |
Step 1/2 of making "make distribute" work for cross-builds.
|
142744 |
28-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Install acpi includes in dev/acpica. This should later be trimmed (the pci bus one is not needed) and ifdef _KERNEL added.
PR: kern/74215 MFC after: 1 day
|
142636 |
27-Feb-2005 |
njl |
command_args is redundant.
Submitted by: Pawel Worach
|
142632 |
27-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Due to a couple complaints about C3 failing on an old Compaq Armada and a mobile Celeron, disable it by default for the release. We'll have to nail the last few cases later.
|
142580 |
26-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Add rc.conf options for powerd (disabled by default) and hook the script up to the build.
|
142579 |
26-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Add an rc script for powerd(8).
|
142576 |
26-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Make power_profile not touch cpufreq by default.
|
142572 |
26-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Add the ability to specify "NONE" if the user wants no change for the given power profile.
MFC after: 1 day
|
142523 |
25-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Quiet error messages if the requested sysctls are not present.
MFC after: 1 day
|
142303 |
23-Feb-2005 |
ssouhlal |
Replace "ipfw l", which is now deprecated, with "ipfw list".
Approved by: grehan (mentor)
|
142215 |
22-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load balancing.
Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride.
FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier.
Patch by: mlaier Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)
|
142210 |
22-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
Do not print kernel debugging on console. In case of serial console this can cause a really heavy load on system. Several kernel debugging messages can be triggered even remotely (e.g. bad ARP replies).
Use kern.warning instead, so that really significant messages still will be printed on console.
Reviewed by: current@ MFC after: 1 week Security: this change fixes a DoS condition, when default system console is serial, and box is flooded with bogus ARP packets
|
141417 |
06-Feb-2005 |
njl |
Add support for cpufreq to power_profile(8). Values for on/offline cpu frequencies are specified with performance_cpu_freq and economy_cpu_freq. Of course, special values LOW and HIGH are also supported. Also, remove old throttling support.
|
141396 |
06-Feb-2005 |
phk |
Add directories for GPIB support
|
141038 |
30-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Add a comment which explain why we need to use special function instead of tr(1)/sed(1)/awk(1).
|
141034 |
30-Jan-2005 |
marcel |
Start gettys on ttyu0 and ttyu1 instead of ttya and ttyz0 now that uart(4) is the default driver.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
140771 |
24-Jan-2005 |
keramida |
Add a reference to the periodic.conf(5) manual page.
Suggested by: simon
|
140769 |
24-Jan-2005 |
keramida |
Add a reference to rc.conf(5).
PR: docs/35648 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen
|
140671 |
23-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
We cannot use sed(1), because rc.d/gbde has to be called before rc.d/mountcritlocal and sed(1) is placed in /usr/bin/. Other useful tools for this task are also placed in /usr/ (tr(1), awk(1)), so I implemented local_tr() function which works simlar to tr(1).
Reported by: Amir Shalem <amir@boom.org.il> MFC after: 1 week
|
140640 |
22-Jan-2005 |
dougb |
Scot pointed out that the dynamic zone example didn't seem to "flow" with the rest of the examples, so after discussion with him and gshapiro, re-sort the examples, and add more comments to make things very obvious.
Also, divide the examples between example.{com|net|org} to make things even more obvious, and use the same RFC 1918 block for all examples.
Pointed out by: Scot W. Hetzel <hetzels@westbend.net>
|
140580 |
21-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Fix handling of providers with / in them (e.g. mirror/foo).
Submitted by: Attila Nagy <bra@fsn.hu> MFC after: 1 week
|
140391 |
17-Jan-2005 |
ceri |
s/ntpdate_command/ntpdate_program/ to match rc.conf(5) and /etc/defaults/rc.conf.
PR: conf/76188 Submitted by: Arne Wörner <arne_woerner at yahoo dot com> Approved by: murray MFC After: 7 days
|
140378 |
17-Jan-2005 |
ceri |
The submitter of bin/75786 turned out to not have removable interfaces, and so the fix committed in r1.42 was not quite correct for the case where there are two or more DHCP consuming removable interfaces - dhclient must be restarted so that the other interfaces continue to function correctly.
Approved by: murray MFC After: 7 days
|
140342 |
16-Jan-2005 |
obrien |
Remove debugging that made it into the commit.
|
140339 |
16-Jan-2005 |
obrien |
"REQUIRE: cleanvar" for all RC's writing into /var/run.
|
140246 |
14-Jan-2005 |
dds |
Fix the pbio include file installation process and the corresponding documentation.
Noticed by: ru Reviewed by: ru
|
140186 |
13-Jan-2005 |
glebius |
Don't do setuid checks on file systems mounted with noexec option.
Reviewed by: brian, ru MFC after: 1 week
|
140106 |
12-Jan-2005 |
anholt |
Create three additional X socket directories. Using X applications when another user owns these directories or the sticky bit is unset may open security holes, so simply create them at startup with the correct owner/mode.
MFC after: 1 day
|
140096 |
12-Jan-2005 |
brian |
Sed doesn't grok '[ \t]' -- it doesn't expand the \t :(
As there are no tabs in maillog, reduce the expression so that only spaces are used.
Problem raised by: Leif Neland root at internet dot dk
|
140075 |
11-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Connect SHSEC GEOM class to the build.
|
140059 |
11-Jan-2005 |
brian |
Oops, the < in arg1=< is optional - treat it as such!
|
140029 |
11-Jan-2005 |
brian |
Adjust the mail reject output so that it gives an abreviated reason for the reject. For example:
Checking for rejected mail hosts: 48 getherbalnow.info (451... resolve) 46 absorb.com (451... resolve) 4 tgmart01.codns.com (553... exist) 3 kali.com.cn (451... resolve) 2 genie.com (451... resolve) 1 zv.qy (553... exist) 1 zd.hinet.hr (553... exist) ....
The bit in parenthesis is the reject code and the last word on the line - enough to give the admin a better chance of seeing real problems (hopefully!).
While I'm here, remove the "<" at the start of rejects coming from "from" addresses without a name@ part.
I had to rewrite the patch given by the submitter as this script has been sed'ified (used to be perl) and I think the reject code is useful....
PR: 17377 Idea from: root at ns dot internet dot dk MFC after: 7 days
|
140028 |
11-Jan-2005 |
brian |
Collapse "fgrep | egrep | sed" down to a single sed.
This also trims extraneous commas from domain names.
MFC after: 7 days
|
140023 |
11-Jan-2005 |
imp |
Another prism2 card (not sure what, if anything, is needed for >=5)
Pr: 43805
|
139970 |
10-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Unbreak the install.
|
139949 |
09-Jan-2005 |
keramida |
Cosmetic typo in check_pidfile()
PR: bin/75946 Submitted by: zero@gddn.org (Finn)
|
139897 |
08-Jan-2005 |
brooks |
When ukbd0 arrives, attach to /dev/ukbd0 rather then /dev/kbd1 since kbd1 might be something else.
|
139678 |
04-Jan-2005 |
ceri |
Correct syntactical weirdness in a call to /etc/rc.d/dhclient. Fixes:
PR: bin/75786 Reported by: Radko Keves <rado at daemon dot sk> Approved by: murray MFC After: 5 days ( to RELENG_5 )
|
139677 |
04-Jan-2005 |
paul |
Ports index file is now INDEX-6
|
139281 |
25-Dec-2004 |
brueffer |
Changes in comments:
- correct a sentence so it actually has some meaning [1] - sprinkle some full stops
Spotted by: markus [1] MFC after: 3 days
|
139113 |
21-Dec-2004 |
ru |
NOCRYPT -> NO_CRYPT
|
139103 |
21-Dec-2004 |
ru |
Start the dreaded NOFOO -> NO_FOO conversion.
OK'ed by: core
|
139075 |
20-Dec-2004 |
peadar |
Use "KEYWORD: shutdown" so shutdown commands will actually be executed.
Approved by: dougb@
|
139066 |
20-Dec-2004 |
peadar |
When stopping a chrooted named, unmount the devfs filesystem from the chroot area. This stops "umount -a" failing when dropping to single user.
Reviewed by: dougb@
|
139027 |
19-Dec-2004 |
brueffer |
In the ethernet-nic-regex:
- add udav(4)
In the scsi-controller-regex:
- correct an entry - move another one to the right place - add a bunch of missing drivers
Glanced at by: trhodes (scsi-controller-regex part) MFC after: 3 days
|
139015 |
18-Dec-2004 |
phk |
If /etc/named is a symlink, try to make sure it points the right place.
|
138893 |
15-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
Remove autofs entry from here.
|
138889 |
15-Dec-2004 |
brian |
Use rc.subr
PR: 72505 Submitted by: Amir Shalem <amir@active.ath.cx>
|
138847 |
14-Dec-2004 |
rse |
Improve the RC framework for the clean booting/shutdown of Jails:
1. Feature: for flexibility reasons and as a prerequisite to clean shutdowns, allow the configuration of a stop/shutdown command via rc.conf variable "jail_<name>_exec_stop" in addition to the start/boot command (rc.conf variable "jail_<name>_exec_start"). For backward compatibility reasons, rc.conf variable "jail_<name>_exec" is still supported, too.
2. Debug: Add the used boot/shutdown commands to the debug output of the /etc/rc.d/jail script, too.
3. Security: Run the Jail start/boot command in a cleaned environment to not leak information from the host to the Jail during startup.
4. Feature: Run the Jail stop/shutdown command "jail_<name>_exec_stop" on "/etc/rc.d/jail stop <name>" to allow a graceful shutdown of the Jail before its processes are just killed.
5. Bugfix: When killing the remaining Jail processes give the processes time to actually perform their termination sequence. Without this the subsequent umount(8) operations usually fail because the resources are still in use. Additionally, if after trying to TERM-inate the processes there are still processes hanging around, finally just KILL them.
6. Bugfix: In rc.shutdown, if running inside a Jail, skip the /etc/rc.d/* scripts which are flagged with the KEYWORD "nojail" to allow the correct operation of rc.shutdown under jail_<name>_exec_stop="/bin/sh /etc/rc.shutdown". This is analogous to what /etc/rc does inside a Jail.
Now the following typical host-configuration for two Jails works as expected and correctly boots and shutdowns the Jails:
----------------------------------------------------------- # /etc/rc.conf: jail_enable="YES" jail_list="foo bar" jail_foo_rootdir="/j/foo" jail_foo_hostname="foo.example.com" jail_foo_ip="192.168.0.1" jail_foo_devfs_enable="YES" jail_foo_mount_enable="YES" jail_foo_exec_start="/bin/sh /etc/rc" jail_foo_exec_stop="/bin/sh /etc/rc.shutdown" jail_bar_rootdir="/j/bar" jail_bar_hostname="bar.example.com" jail_bar_ip="192.168.0.2" jail_bar_devfs_enable="YES" jail_bar_mount_enable="YES" jail_bar_exec_start="/path/to/kjailer -v" jail_bar_exec_stop="/bin/sh -c 'killall kjailer && sleep 60'" ----------------------------------------------------------- # /etc/fstab.foo /v/foo /j/foo/v/foo nullfs rw 0 0 ----------------------------------------------------------- # /etc/fstab.bar /v/bar /j/bar/v/bar nullfs rw 0 0 -----------------------------------------------------------
Reviewed by: freebsd-hackers MFC after: 2 weeks
|
138729 |
12-Dec-2004 |
obrien |
Use utils from /rescue vs. /stand. Also use pax rather than cpio & gzip.
|
138637 |
09-Dec-2004 |
rsm |
Add Ethernet part of Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 LAN/Modem card. This is a rebadged Xircom REM56 RealPort card. Short MFC timeout to beat the 4.11 code freeze.
PR: 53027 Submitted by: John Merryweather Cooper <coop9211 at uidaho dot edu> Approved by: imp (mentor) MFC after: 2 days
|
138405 |
05-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
'all' argument for list_net_interfaces() is now unused, remove it.
|
138386 |
05-Dec-2004 |
rse |
Use "ifconfig -l" instead of "list_network_interfaces all" in ifnet_rename() to support situations where rc.conf's $network_interfaces variable is set to an explicit list of network interfaces (instead of the default "auto").
Using "list_network_interfaces all" resulted in using $network_interfaces for both interface _renaming_ and interface _configuration_ which obviously cannot work either before (if the new name is in $network_interfaces) or after (if the old name is in $network_interfaces) renaming the interface.
|
138385 |
05-Dec-2004 |
rse |
fix typo: s/intefraces/interfaces/
|
138377 |
04-Dec-2004 |
kris |
Add more frequently-used locale directories. This is in preparation for cleanup of pkg-plist files with respect to handling of the share/locale subdirectories.
MFC after: 3 days
|
138369 |
04-Dec-2004 |
marius |
Catch up with the new device name of sab(4). The entries for tty[a,b] can't be removed as ofw_console(4) and zs(4) use them so one has to live with some complaints about non-existent devices at boot time and remove the respective entries locally for now.
|
138286 |
01-Dec-2004 |
rees |
Add nfs4 to list of net filesystems.
Approved by: alfred
|
138175 |
28-Nov-2004 |
iedowse |
Move the purely device-name based entries for mice and ethernet adapters from usbd.conf to devd.conf. USB ethernet devices were already handled in devd.conf so this just removes their usbd.conf entry.
PR: conf/73799
|
138169 |
28-Nov-2004 |
iedowse |
Add axe(4) devices to the USB ethernet regular expression.
MFC after: 1 week PR: conf/73239 Submitted by: Daan Vreeken
|
138061 |
24-Nov-2004 |
mlaier |
Teach periodic(8) security output to display information about blocked packet counts by pf(4).
This adds a ``daily_status_security_pfdenied_enable'' variable to periodic.conf, which defaults to ``YES'' as the matching IPF(W) versions.
The output will look like this (line wrapped):
pf denied packets: > block drop log on rl0 proto tcp all [ Evaluations: 504986 Packets: 0 Bytes: 0 States: 0 ] > block drop log on rl0 all [ Evaluations: 18559 Packets: 427 Bytes: 140578 States: 0 ]
Submitted by: clive (thanks a lot!) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
138042 |
24-Nov-2004 |
mux |
Fix a typo in an error message.
Spotted by: ceri
|
138027 |
23-Nov-2004 |
mux |
Implement per-jail fstab(5) files. Here's a rc.conf sample using this feature for a jail named foo :
jail_foo_mount_enable="YES" jail_foo_fstab="/etc/fstab.foo"
The second line is actually useless, since the code defaults to using "/etc/fstab.$jailname" as the fstab file if none is specified.
MFC after: 3 days Submitted by: Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie@le-hen.org>
|
137891 |
19-Nov-2004 |
obrien |
Catch up with PHK's sio(4) cuaa->cuad rework [sys/dev/sio/sio.c rev. 1.456].
|
137882 |
19-Nov-2004 |
obrien |
Catch up with PHK's sio(4) cuaa->cuad rework [sys/dev/sio/sio.c rev. 1.456].
|
137762 |
16-Nov-2004 |
wes |
Convince mergemaster to maintain/merge ramdisk scripts too.
Submitted by: Ben Kelly <ben.kelly@ieee.org> PR: bin/64079
|
137761 |
16-Nov-2004 |
wes |
Shutup debugging output.
|
137698 |
14-Nov-2004 |
obrien |
Unify the ci/co variables now that the the tty drivers now use the same character for both.
|
137697 |
14-Nov-2004 |
obrien |
Catch up with PHK's sio(4) rework [sys/dev/sio/sio.c rev. 1.456].
|
137477 |
09-Nov-2004 |
keramida |
Revert the noexec,nosuid,nodev options for md /tmp file systems, since the change in the default behavior may break existing, working setups.
Requested by: brooks
|
137451 |
09-Nov-2004 |
keramida |
Add two new rc.conf options: tmpmfs_flags and varmfs_flags.
These can be used to pass extra options to the mdmfs(8) utility, to customize the finer details of the md file system creation (i.e. to turn on/off softupdates, to specify a default owner for md filesystem, etc).
Use these two new flags to mount tmpmfs and varmfs without softupdates, since it doesn't make much sense to use SU on malloc-backed file systems.
Reviewed by: mtm Inspired by: J. D. Bronson, jbronson at wixb dot com
|
137413 |
08-Nov-2004 |
ru |
Removed the remnants of gx(4).
|
137389 |
08-Nov-2004 |
imp |
Someone (sanpei-san?) sent me this entry some time ago. Add COREGA FEtherII PCC-TXD to the FEther PCC-TXD entry (since they appear to be handled the same).
|
137255 |
05-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
Stop method for swap1 script was introduced, because gmirror needed it. Now gmirror use shutdown hooks to mark mirrors as clean on shutdown, so this is not needed anymore.
|
137246 |
05-Nov-2004 |
mtm |
- Make the header conform to standard rc.d style. - The 'before ipfw' directive seems bogus, and should instead be 'before rcconf'.
|
137205 |
04-Nov-2004 |
ru |
Sync up with vinum(8) and rc.d/vinum removal.
OK'ed by: phk
|
137203 |
04-Nov-2004 |
phk |
remove vinum startup script.
|
137182 |
04-Nov-2004 |
gshapiro |
Create a separate directory for dynamic zones which is owned by the bind user (for creation of the zone journal file). This is separate from the master/ directory for security. Give an example dynamic zone in the sample named.conf.
Approved by: dougb Noticed by: Eivind Olsen <eivind at aminor.no> MFC after: 1 week
|
137126 |
02-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
Sort files properly.
|
137112 |
01-Nov-2004 |
mtm |
Do a better job of supporting more than one mouse device on the system.
To start/stop/check on a specific device give the device name as the second argument to the script: # /etc/rc.d/moused start ums0
To use different rc.conf(5) knobs with different mice use the device name as part of the knob. For example, if the mouse device is ums0, then: moused_ums0_enable=yes moused_ums0_flags="-z 4" moused_ums0_port="/dev/ums0"
Starting rc.d/moused without the device argument will use the standard moused_* flags. So, this commit should not disrupt or change current usage.
To preserve current behaviour with respect to usb mice, which appear automatically when inserted, there is a new knob, moused_nondefault_enable, which will treat any devices without rc.conf knobs as enabled.
To minimize knobs in /etc/rc.conf, the device file and pid file are auto-computed, so that in the typical case for a usb mouse you don't need to add anything extra in /etc/rc.conf to get it working.
Additionally, this updates /etc/usbd.conf to use the rc.d/moused script so people don't have to modify it to configure their usb mouse anymore.
MFC after: 1 month
|
137070 |
30-Oct-2004 |
pjd |
Allow to change interfaces name on boot time. Now, one should be able to put something like this into /etc/rc.conf:
ifconfig_fxp0_name="net0" ifconfig_net0="inet 10.0.0.1/16"
Reviewed by: green
|
136942 |
25-Oct-2004 |
pjd |
- Add 'check' command for checking rules syntax. - Before flushing rules in 'reload' command, check first if rules are correct. - Do not duplicate checking if $pf_rules file exists.
|
136910 |
24-Oct-2004 |
ru |
For variables that are only checked with defined(), don't provide any fake value.
|
136901 |
24-Oct-2004 |
des |
- use `realpath /dev/dumpdev` instead of just /dev/dumpdev so messages will show the real device name - show different error messages for missing dump device and directory
|
136803 |
23-Oct-2004 |
mtm |
Move devfs earlier in the boot sequence. Some system daemons and other programs may need to use the symlinks and permissions that it sets up.
Discussed on: -current
|
136791 |
22-Oct-2004 |
andre |
Automatically load the ipdivert module if it was not compiled into the kernel and natd_enable is true.
|
136730 |
20-Oct-2004 |
keramida |
Introduce root_rw_mount as a new variable in defaults/rc.conf to unbreak /etc/rc.d/root for diskless systems that get their root filesystem from a read-only NFS mount.
PR: conf/72927 Submitted by: Ralf Wenk <RZ-FreeBSD1004@fh-karlsruhe.de> Reviewed by: brooks
|
136698 |
19-Oct-2004 |
ru |
Apply README guidelines (no tabs).
|
136684 |
18-Oct-2004 |
thomas |
When dumpdev is set to 'auto', and a suitable swap device is found, create a symbolic link /dev/dumpdev designating that device so savecore can find and save a previous kernel dump.
|
136667 |
18-Oct-2004 |
wollman |
New directory added for Argentinian timezones.
Submitted by: ache
|
136663 |
18-Oct-2004 |
thomas |
Remove unused computation of memory size.
Reviewed by: des
|
136626 |
17-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
turn off getty(8) on ttyv[0-7]. We don't support syscons on ia64 and do not have these device special files. Where this previously failed quietly, it now emits annoying but complete messages at best and incomprehensible prefixes on average. During all of October, this is a string of 16 O's, as in:
: Starting inetd.
Sun Oct 17 15:09:09 PDT 2004 OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO FreeBSD/ia64 (itanium.pn.xcllnt.net) (ttyu2)
login:
|
136615 |
17-Oct-2004 |
schweikh |
Fix a bogus variable assignment. You can't expect _msg="a" \ " b" to concat the strings. Use _msg="a" _msg="$_msg b" instead (intent is to not exceed 80 chars per line).
MFC after: 1 week
|
136552 |
15-Oct-2004 |
ru |
Remove a redundant "uname=root".
Forgotten by: dougb
|
136502 |
14-Oct-2004 |
trhodes |
Remove requirement on FreeBSD keyword.
Skipped by: mtm (/me glares at mtm) :)
|
136479 |
13-Oct-2004 |
phk |
Reflect sio driver device name change cuaa -> cuad
|
136474 |
13-Oct-2004 |
ru |
Accidentally removed the last component of the pathname when committing.
|
136471 |
13-Oct-2004 |
ru |
Fix a botched rev. 1.221 commit. Also, a number of people have pointed out that /usr/local/etc/rc.d/000.pkgtools.sh installed with the portupgrade does an equivalent thing, so I personally would like to see the change reverted, but let David handle it.
|
136447 |
12-Oct-2004 |
des |
Remove hcsecd line which was inadvertantly included in the previous commit.
|
136446 |
12-Oct-2004 |
des |
Remove a pointless syslogd_flags example.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
136406 |
11-Oct-2004 |
obrien |
'portupgrade' places obsoleted shared libraries in /usr/local/lib/compat/pkg, so add this the list of directories ldconfig'ed.
|
136261 |
08-Oct-2004 |
mtm |
Remove an unused variable.
Submitted by: Pawel Worach <pawel.worach@telia.com>
|
136242 |
08-Oct-2004 |
dougb |
1. Incorporate most of Ruslan's improvements to where and how the /etc/namedb symlink is created.
2. Incorporate Brian's suggestion to make the link relative. This is necessary to handle situations (such as mergemaster) where the user is building a tree in a seperate environment. This will also fix the problem with the way DESTDIR is set in 'make release'.
3. Add a new knob, NO_BIND_MTREE, as suggested by the folks who already have stuff in /var/named that they don't want me to mess with.
4. Update make.conf(5) with the new stuff, and correct a few paths that have changed since I last updated it.
|
136224 |
07-Oct-2004 |
mtm |
Remove the requirement for the FreeBSD keyword as it no longer makes any sense.
Discussed with: dougb, brooks MFC after: 3 days
|
136212 |
07-Oct-2004 |
pjd |
- Be more userfriendly and allow to specify gbde device name in those forms: device device.bde /dev/device /dev/device.bde - Fix stop routine: + There don't have to be file system mounted on gbde device, so ignore errors from umount(8). + Only detach existing gbde devices.
|
136209 |
07-Oct-2004 |
pjd |
Only try to attach if parent device actually exists. I used ugly "/dev/${parent}" instead of "${parentdev}", because "/dev/" prefix for devices listed in gbde_devices variable is optional.
Reported by: Sean McNeil <sean@mcneil.com>
|
136193 |
06-Oct-2004 |
pjd |
Lock file for gbde devices is optional.
|
136145 |
05-Oct-2004 |
ru |
Fixed symlinking of /etc/namedb.
Reported by: Jeremy Chadwick
|
136108 |
04-Oct-2004 |
kensmith |
With the fixes to getty handling of non-existent devices a default install now complains about ttyu0/ttyu1 not existing at boot time. Since users wanting the uart based devices as terminals will need to do something special to get them anyway set it up so a default config doesn't complain.
MFC after: 3 days
|
135963 |
30-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Install namedb stuff to ${DESTDIR}/var/named/etc/namedb instead of relying on the symlink in ${DESTDIR}/etc/namedb.
This is functionally equivalent, but doesn't rely on the symlink to work.
Requested by: ru
|
135961 |
30-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
1. Update the documentation references, and the warning about setting up authoritative servers.
2. Add an IPv4 listen-on option for 127.0.0.1, which is appropriate for the default use as a local resolver.
3. Add a commented out listen-on-v6 option.
|
135958 |
30-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Hide all the devices in the chroot dev except for random and null.
|
135927 |
29-Sep-2004 |
trhodes |
Correct a trivial typo.
|
135926 |
29-Sep-2004 |
ru |
Fixed symlinking /var/named/etc/namedb to /etc/namedb. A second "make distrib-dirs" createed a symlink in /var/namedb/etc/namedb. A third "make distrib-dirs" failed.
|
135918 |
29-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Add a statistics-file directive
|
135917 |
29-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
stats goes under /var, not /var/run
|
135916 |
29-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
gshapiro assures me that uid bind is not necessary for /etc/namedb, so we'll use the more secure default till I have a chance to prove myself wrong. :)
Add a /var/stats directory to be enabled in named.conf.
Submitted by: gshapiro
|
135915 |
29-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Whitespace only, tabs -> spaces, per README
|
135912 |
29-Sep-2004 |
trhodes |
Give users the ability to load a mac_bsdextended(4) ruleset on boot (defaults to NO of course). Provide a basic ruleset file, rc.bsdextended, but allow the filename to be overridden through rc.conf.
Discussed with: rwatson (awhile ago)
|
135910 |
28-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Fix some of the more egregious problems with this file:
1. Update text about later BINDs using a pseudo-random, unpriviliged query port for UDP by default.
2. We are now running in a sandbox by default, with a dedicated dump directory, so remove the stale comment.
3. The topology configuration is not for the faint of heart, so remove the commented example.
4. Tighten up some language a bit.
5. s/secondary/slave/
6. No need for the example about a bind-owned directory for slave zones.
7. Change domain.com to example.com in the example, per RFC 2606.
8. Update the path for slave zones in the example. - Thanks to Scot Hetzel <swhetzel@gmail.com>
There is more work to do here, but this is an improvement.
|
135875 |
28-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Create a named chroot directory structure in /var/named, and use it by default when named is enabled. Also, improve our default directory layout by creating /var/named/etc/namedb/{master|slave} directories, and use the former for the generated localhost* files.
Rather than using pax to copy device entries, mount devfs in the chroot directory.
There may be some corner cases where things need to be adjusted, but overall this structure has been well tested on a production network, and should serve the needs of the vast majority of users.
UPDATING has instructions on how to do the conversion for those with existing configurations.
|
135851 |
27-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
1. Add much finer granularity to the NO_BIND knobs with the addition of: NO_BIND_DNSSEC, NO_BIND_ETC, NO_BIND_NAMED, and NO_BIND_UTILS.
2. Make creation of directories in /usr/include that are only needed in the WITH_BIND_LIBS case conditional.
Reviewed by: ru, des
|
135850 |
27-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Remove the directories that are now only installed when the user defines WITH_BIND_LIBS.
|
135849 |
27-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Hook the BIND.* files up to the build.
|
135848 |
27-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Seperate out the optional parts of the include tree that are only built and installed when the user defines WITH_BIND_LIBS.
|
135847 |
27-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Add a file spec to create a chroot directory structure for a BIND name server.
This file is not being used yet, but will be soon.
|
135845 |
27-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
This file is about to get some optional bits, so line up the parts of the FILES variable one line at a time.
This should be a whitespace change only.
Reviewed by: ru
|
135810 |
26-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
It's not necessary to create an rndc.key file if the user already has an rndc.conf file.
Submitted by: Sergey Mokryshev <mokr@mokr.net>
|
135795 |
25-Sep-2004 |
des |
Create /etc/namedb/bind with owner / group bind and mode 0750.
|
135778 |
25-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Install the documentation for bind9, and remove the /usr/share/doc/bind directory from mtree while we're at it.
Help, advice, and code from: ru, des
|
135777 |
24-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Fix two glitches that appear in the non-chroot case. First, if not chrooted the pid symlink code should not fire. Also, remove the quotes around the chroot variable in the rndc-confgen invocation so that if not chrooted the command will still succeed.
Pointed out by: Sean McNeil <sean@mcneil.com>
|
135775 |
24-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
For the default FreeBSD install, the file path actually is /var/run/named/pid. This is done so that named can start with -u bind and still dump a pid file in that directory, which is chowned to user bind.
|
135757 |
24-Sep-2004 |
des |
It's named.pid, not named/pid.
Pointy hat to: dougb@
|
135747 |
24-Sep-2004 |
des |
Reconnect namedb. While it may not be optimal, our old named.conf from BIND 8 is quite usable for BIND 9.
|
135734 |
24-Sep-2004 |
cognet |
Add ttyu0 as a serial console, as we're using the uart(4) driver on arm.
|
135730 |
24-Sep-2004 |
keramida |
Fix a comment typo: s/neccessary/necessary/
|
135703 |
24-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Update to reflect BIND 9 in the base:
1. Making the pid symlink now has to happen after named starts, otherwise it can generate a fatal error.
2. named-xfer is not part of the BIND 9 world.
3. BIND 9 needs a /dev/random in the chroot directory if chrooted.
4. Only the pid file is symlinked now, the ndc socket is BIND 8 only.
5. Create an rndc.key file for the user if one does not exist. This (generally) allows a BIND 8 config file to be used in a BIND 9 world with little or no modification.
|
135701 |
24-Sep-2004 |
dougb |
Add a note to indicate that the path set in named_pidfile must also be set in named.conf. Our default named.conf has this already.
Update the note for named_symlink_enable to indicate that ndc is gone.
|
135631 |
23-Sep-2004 |
des |
Re-add namedb. I misunderstood what Doug said about using ISC's layout: he meant for binaries, not configuration files.
|
135591 |
23-Sep-2004 |
jkoshy |
Add a knob 'daily_status_security_diff_flags' controlling the format of the 'diff' output generated during periodic(8) scripts.
Submitted by: keramida (script changes) Reviewed by: keramida (man page changes)
|
135549 |
21-Sep-2004 |
des |
Switch from BIND 8 to BIND 9.
Submitted by: (in part) dougb@, trhodes@ Reviewed by: dougb@, trhodes@, re@ MFC after: 5 days
|
135525 |
20-Sep-2004 |
des |
If $dumpdev is set to AUTO, use the first suitable swap partition listed in /etc/fstab, or print an error message if no suitable device was found.
MFC after: 4 weeks
|
135389 |
17-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
Teach swap1 script how to remove added swap devices on system shutdown. Without this change, if one had a swap-on-mirror configuration, gmirror will rebuild mirror component(s) on boot, because they are dirty (they were open on shutdown).
|
135341 |
16-Sep-2004 |
glebius |
Change tabs to whitespaces.
Noticed by: ru Pointy hat to: glebius
|
135339 |
16-Sep-2004 |
glebius |
Install netflow includes.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
|
135306 |
16-Sep-2004 |
keramida |
We don't have any providers of `beforenetlkm' in FreeBSD. Remove the dependency to it from our rc.d scripts.
Approved by: mtm
|
135305 |
16-Sep-2004 |
keramida |
Fix requirement of `network' to `NETWORK' because the former isn't provided by any rc.d script.
Approved by: mtm
|
135252 |
15-Sep-2004 |
seanc |
Bring back etc/rc.d/ntpdate as requested by scads of people. This isn't a complete backout as the ntpd_sync_on_start etc/rc.conf tunable is still present, though the default is now NO (was YES). Since we're no longer syncing time at startup by default when ntpd is enabled (as was the case 24hrs ago), remove UPDATING entry pointing out that ntpd(1) -g is slower than ntpdate(1).
Hopefully ntpd_sync_on_start="YES" can be made the default for -CURRENT after 5.3 is cut. At the very least, this should be set to YES when a user requests to have ntpd enabled via sysinstall(1).
Requested by: many
|
135195 |
14-Sep-2004 |
seanc |
Stop using ntpdate(1) in our startup procedure. Replace ntpdate(1) with calls to ntpd -g. ntpd is noticeably slower than ntpdate, but is also more accurate. This removes the nasty hackery in rc.d/ntpdate that would parse out ntp servers from /etc/ntp.conf (ntpd knows how to read its own config file). By default, ntpd *will* sync with its listed time servers. To turn this off so that ntpd does not sync, ntpd_sync_on_start="NO" can be added to /etc/rc.conf. If ntpd is not enabled (the default), then time is not synced on startup. ntpdate has been depreciated by the ntpd authors for quite some time so this change shouldn't be unexpected.
Suggested by: des Approved by: roberto (resident ntp guru)
|
135194 |
14-Sep-2004 |
seanc |
Stop using ntpdate(1) in our startup proceedure. Replace ntpdate(1) with calls to ntpd -g. ntpd is noticably slower than ntpdate, but is also more accurate. This removes the nasty hackery in rc.d/ntpdate that would parse out ntp servers from /etc/ntp.conf (ntpd knows how to read its own config file). By default, ntpd *will* sync with its listed time servers. To turn this off so that ntpd does not sync, ntpd_sync_on_start="NO" can be added to /etc/rc.conf. If ntpd is not enabled (the default), then time is not synced on startup. ntpdate's use has been depreciated by the ntpd authors for quite some time so this change shouldn't be unexpected.
Suggested by: des Approved by: roberto (resident ntp guru)
|
135184 |
14-Sep-2004 |
mlaier |
Bring in some examples (and create space for future work here): - Add OpenBSD example rulesets as advertised in etc/pf.conf and pf.conf(5) - Tweak the pointer to fit the FreeBSD default location share/examples/pf - Account for the new directory in BSD.usr.dist (no hier(7) change required as share/examples is an opaque item there).
Obtained from: OpenBSD Reminded by: Thomas T. Veldhouse PR: docs/71691 MFC after: 2 days
|
135183 |
14-Sep-2004 |
mlaier |
Update the passive OS fingerprint database from OpenBSD.
Obtained from: lcamtuf.coredump.cx (via OpenBSD)
|
135163 |
13-Sep-2004 |
ru |
A power failure left the temporary /var/.diskless directory on my system, and since then my /var was always created as MFS which was very surprising. Fix this for /tmp and /var.
|
135048 |
10-Sep-2004 |
wpaul |
Add device driver support for the VIA Networking Technologies VT6122 gigabit ethernet chip and integrated 10/100/1000 copper PHY. The vge driver has been added to GENERIC for i386, pc98 and amd64, but not to sparc or ia64 since I don't have the ability to test it there. The vge(4) driver supports VLANs, checksum offload and jumbo frames.
Also added the lge(4) and nge(4) drivers to GENERIC for i386 and pc98 since I was in the neighborhood. There's no reason to leave them out anymore.
|
134995 |
09-Sep-2004 |
obrien |
Restore NetBSD SCM ID.
Submitted by: delphij@beastie.frontfree.net
|
134867 |
06-Sep-2004 |
glebius |
Add axe(4) to ethernet-nic-regex.
PR: conf/71410 Submitted by: Andrew Thompson <thompsa AT thingy.tbd.co.nz> Approved by: julian (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
134657 |
02-Sep-2004 |
alfred |
Hook autofs to the build.
|
134584 |
01-Sep-2004 |
brooks |
When an USB keyboard is plugged in to a machine with a builtin keyboard, cause the USB keyboard to take over from the builtin one. This means my laptop just works when I'm using it as a desktop.
Reviewed by: imp
|
134575 |
31-Aug-2004 |
mlaier |
Don't rely on properly setup linker.hints to figure out that pflog is now part of the pf module. While here fix a comment that was c'n'ped from rc.d/pf
PR: bin/71096 (partly) Submitted by: Ville-Pertti Keinonen MFC after: 2 days
|
134487 |
29-Aug-2004 |
kensmith |
Protect the command flags set in the rc.conf files in case they're more than one word, adding some quotes.
Advice from: mtm (my first attempt wasn't quite right) Reviewed by: mtm MFC after: 3 days
|
134437 |
28-Aug-2004 |
tjr |
Add Basque (Spain) locales: eu_ES.ISO8859-1, eu_ES.ISO8859-15, eu_ES.UTF-8.
(This differs somewhat from the version originally submitted - any mistakes are my own.)
PR: 68524 Submitted by: J. Vicente Carrasco -Bixen-
|
134429 |
28-Aug-2004 |
yar |
Avoid double appearing of cloned interfaces in the output from list_net_interfaces() when network_interfaces=auto.
Rationale: Since the auto case is special, the lesser evil had to be chosen among not adding cloned interfaces to _tmplist or removing duplicates from _tmplist after adding cloned interfaces. Since list_net_interfaces() must not use /usr/bin tools, the former "evil" appeared clearer and much more efficient. (See the PR audit trail for discussion.)
PR: conf/63700 Reviewed by: brooks MFC after: 5 days
|
134376 |
27-Aug-2004 |
yar |
Fix a typo in a variable name.
|
134262 |
24-Aug-2004 |
ru |
share/examples/worm is dead.
|
134006 |
19-Aug-2004 |
des |
Always quote variables in tests, to ensure correct evaluation even when they are empty or undefined.
MFC after: 3 days
|
133987 |
18-Aug-2004 |
thomas |
Skip entries for GBDE swap devices if they are commented out in /etc/fstab.
Reviewed by: des
|
133869 |
16-Aug-2004 |
nectar |
Create temporary files safely.
Submitted by: Jon Passki <cykyc@yahoo.com>
|
133847 |
16-Aug-2004 |
cperciva |
Add 3653/tcp and 3653/udp, since they were specifically requested.
PR: conf/63907 Submitted by: Marc Blanchet MFC after: 3 days
|
133833 |
16-Aug-2004 |
dwmalone |
Add Hungarian calendar entries.
PR: 42725 Submitted by: Janos Mohacsi <janos.mohacsi@bsd.hu>
|
133812 |
16-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Connect RAID3 GEOM class to the build.
|
133150 |
05-Aug-2004 |
gshapiro |
Fix the startup logic for sendmail. If sendmail_enable=yes, don't start the submit and outbound daemon, else if sendmail_submit_enable=yes, don't start the outbound daemon. Only one daemon should be started.
Also, do not rebuild database maps at boot time. The code didn't pay attention to SENDMAIL_MAP_TYPE and assumed 'hash'. Also, admins may not want maps automatically rebuilt just because the back end database has changed. Finally, some maps are built with mode tools than just makemap (e.g., using cidrexpand on the access text file before sending it to makemap).
Noticed by: ache Reviewed by: ache
|
133110 |
04-Aug-2004 |
markm |
Give sshd a secure startup, but with a tweakable timeout so that the box won't hang forever at startup.
|
133065 |
03-Aug-2004 |
ume |
Use RFC 3849 address for examples.
Pointed out by: mistral@imasy.or.jp MFC after: 1 week
|
133062 |
03-Aug-2004 |
ume |
allow ::1 explicitly.
Pointed out by: mistral@imasy.or.jp MFC after: 1 week
|
132981 |
01-Aug-2004 |
markm |
UUCP's uucico(8) has not been in the base system for some time now, so reflect this in the default. The uucp uid is a bit funny, and is used by mtree in /var/spool for locks, so we can't remove it without thinking about it a bit harder.
|
132905 |
30-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Connect GEOM_MIRROR class to the build.
|
132892 |
30-Jul-2004 |
mtm |
Finish cleanup of rc.d/netif. It's now possible to start/stop more than one interface from the command line: # /etc/rc.d/netif start bfe0 xl0 It's also possible to restart an interface(s): # /etc/rc.d/netif restart bfe0
This required some changes to rc.subr(8) so that if the start/stop commands are overidden the rest of the command line (after the start/stop/etc... cmd) is passed through to the subroutines.
|
132751 |
28-Jul-2004 |
kan |
Bmake glue for GCC 3.4.2-prerelease.
|
132716 |
28-Jul-2004 |
eik |
back out the localkg changes until things have settled.
Discussed with: mtm
|
132701 |
27-Jul-2004 |
mtm |
Even though binaries will give 0 matches, make it explicit.
|
132697 |
27-Jul-2004 |
ru |
Fixed style of previous commit.
|
132678 |
27-Jul-2004 |
mlaier |
Fix typo in description of pflog_logfile.
Submitted by: Mike Jakubik
|
132601 |
24-Jul-2004 |
mtm |
Correct typo.
Submitted by: eik (and probably many others)
|
132597 |
24-Jul-2004 |
mtm |
Ports related rc.d cleanups: o Separate out local (ports) scripts that use rc.d, and the old style startup/shutdown scripts and execute them separately. On startup the rc.d style scripts are executed first and then the old-style scripts. On shutdown, exactly the reverse happens. o The rc.d ports scripts should now behave more like base system scripts. Scripts ending in .sh will be sourced into the current shell, while the rest will be executed in a subshell. Previously, all ports scripts, regardless of the .sh suffix, were executed in a subshell. o The parent script, /etc/rc.d/localpkg, passes its command line arguments straight to the rc.d ports scripts. This means they should now honor faststop and faststart commands as well. Old style scripts, should not see any differences. They will still get either a start or stop command. o The initial phrase shown during shutdown has been changed to use "local packages" instead of "daemon processes" to be more inline with the phrase used during local package startup. The phrases are also used only for old-style ports script startup/shutdown, whereas previously they were being used for both rc.d and old-style scripts. This should make startup/shutdown output a bit less ugly.
Discussed with: portmgr Has Reservations: eik
|
132496 |
21-Jul-2004 |
roberto |
Add /etc/ntp to hold keys for ntpd.
|
132356 |
18-Jul-2004 |
simon |
For the gbde attach script: - Ask the user up to X times (3 by default) for the pass-phrase, if it is incorrect the first time. - Add support for storing the lockfiles in another other directory than /etc. - Document that it is possible to override the location of each single lockfile.
Approved by: pjd
|
131994 |
11-Jul-2004 |
cperciva |
Whitespace cleanup. This will simplify a future merge from IANA's official list of port assignments.
|
131830 |
08-Jul-2004 |
harti |
Add a directory for the API include files.
|
131732 |
07-Jul-2004 |
cperciva |
Sort entries correctly.
|
131646 |
05-Jul-2004 |
imp |
Disable rescanning of the scsi bus for the scsi controllers. There are some that really hate this, so now that devd is default, be more conservative about what we do.
Noticed by: marcel
|
131550 |
04-Jul-2004 |
cperciva |
Wrap rc.subr inside
if [ -z "${_rc_subr_loaded}" ]; then _rc_subr_loaded="YES" ... fi
in order to avoid re-interpreting rc.subr every time an rc.d script is run. In my tests, this speeds up rc time by about 8-10%.
|
131476 |
02-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Introduce GEOM_LABEL class. This class is used for detecting volume labels on file systems: UFS, MSDOSFS (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) and ISO9660. It also provide native labelization (there is no need for file system).
g_label_ufs.c is based on geom_vol_ffs from Gordon Tetlow. g_label_msdos.c and g_label_iso9660.c are probably hacks, I just found where volume labels are stored and I use those offsets here, but with this class it should be easy to do it as it should be done by someone who know how. Implementing volume labels detection for other file systems also should be trivial.
New providers are created in those directories: /dev/ufs/ (UFS1, UFS2) /dev/msdosfs/ (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) /dev/iso9660/ (ISO9660) /dev/label/ (native labels, configured with glabel(8))
Manual page cleanups and some comments inside were submitted by Simon L. Nielsen, who was, as always, very helpful. Thanks!
|
131343 |
30-Jun-2004 |
maxim |
Add user _pflogd.
|
131338 |
30-Jun-2004 |
imp |
devd is now on by default
Reviewed by: dfr,njr (not nate!)
|
131135 |
26-Jun-2004 |
mtm |
Make the stop command respect the 'fast' prefix.
Most notably, this cleans up messages when shutting down from single user. In such a case there are usually no daemons running, but their pid files are still in /var/run. This causes rc.d to output diagnostics about daemons with pidfiles, but that are not running.
|
131061 |
24-Jun-2004 |
mtm |
Fix typo.
Submitted by: kuriyama
|
130968 |
23-Jun-2004 |
mlaier |
It's /usr/sbin/nologin not /sbin/nologin
Found-by: brueffer Pointy-hat-to: mlaier
|
130954 |
23-Jun-2004 |
mlaier |
Swap order of ruleset load and enabling pf to work around a problem on altq startup. Moreover, this is the "more logic" order.
|
130953 |
23-Jun-2004 |
mlaier |
Add "privsep" user/group _pflogd:_pflogd (64:64) to make pflogd(8) work again. This user/group is not required for install* targets, hence do not add them to CHECK_UIDS/CHECK_GIDS in Makefile.inc1 (no need to annoy people).
Discussed-on: -current
|
130870 |
21-Jun-2004 |
des |
Correct an error carried over from the nsswitch.conf(5) manual page; add a note to UPDATING since users may have to manually remove an incorrect nsswitch.conf.
Noticed by: simon
|
130699 |
18-Jun-2004 |
green |
Allow setting the system console keyboard via the ${keyboard} rc.conf directive.
|
130416 |
13-Jun-2004 |
mlaier |
Link ALTQ to the build and break with ABI for struct ifnet. Please recompile your (network) modules as well as any userland that might make sense of sizeof(struct ifnet). This does not change the queueing yet. These changes will follow in a seperate commit. Same with the driver changes, which need case by case evaluation.
__FreeBSD_version bump will follow.
Tested-by: (i386)LINT
|
130350 |
11-Jun-2004 |
cognet |
Import the ttys file for arm. make TARGET_ARCH=arm world now works (but still with external patches for the toolchain bits).
|
130251 |
08-Jun-2004 |
obrien |
Back out rev 1.3. This is one of the few RC scripts that doesn't use rc.subr, and thus doesn't source rc.conf. :-(
|
130181 |
07-Jun-2004 |
obrien |
Don't assume everyone's /etc/[default/]rc.conf 'entropy_file' is "/entropy".
|
130161 |
06-Jun-2004 |
mtm |
Restore pre-rcNG behaviour: SIGINT (Ctrl-c) kills the current script SIGQUIT (Ctrl-\) kills /etc/rc (dropping you into single-user)
Prodded by: harti
|
130157 |
06-Jun-2004 |
gshapiro |
Remove trailing space.
Submitted by: jens
|
130151 |
06-Jun-2004 |
schweikh |
Removed whitespace at BOF, EOL & EOF.
|
130111 |
05-Jun-2004 |
sanpei |
fix MELCO LPC3-TX entry. I mistaked at 1.166.
Submitted by: SARUMARU Yoshihiko <mistral@imasy.or.jp> Pointed out by: MORIYASU Hirano <m-hirano@konsei.co.jp> FreeBSD-users-jp 79808 FreeBSD-users-jp 79816
|
129995 |
02-Jun-2004 |
ume |
fix typo in comment in my previous commit.
|
129994 |
02-Jun-2004 |
ume |
Add ip6addrctl_enable and ip6_addrctl_verbose option. If ip6addrctl_enable is set to YES, address selection policy is installed into kernel. If there is /etc/ip6addrctl.conf, it is used for address selection policy. Even if there is no /etc/ip6addrctl.conf, we install default policy. In this case, if ipv6_enable is set to YES, we use address selection policy described in RFC 3484 as default. Otherwise, we install priority policy for IPv4 address. The default of ip6addrctl_enable is NO for now. However, it may better to enable it by default.
|
129889 |
31-May-2004 |
kris |
Add common share/locale directories (everything used by >= 5 ports [1]) and /usr/local/www
[1] Semi-arbitrary cutoff, but I didn't want to add every locale directory used by ports, because a lot are only used by one or two, and it's less intrusive for these ports to just clean up after themselves.
MFC after: 2 days
|
129830 |
29-May-2004 |
njl |
Throw the switch and enable use of the lowest idle states while online in addition to offline. This can be overridden in /etc/rc.conf if it causes trouble although this has been stable since 2003/12.
|
129789 |
27-May-2004 |
mlaier |
Add ftp-proxy 8021/tcp in order to make the inetd.conf entry actually work.
Submitted-by: brueffer Approved-by: bms(mentor)
|
129661 |
24-May-2004 |
des |
Install nsswitch.
|
129651 |
24-May-2004 |
des |
If nsswitch.conf does not exist, create it with the default settings. The reason for doing this is that (at least some) 4.x binaries are very unhappy if host.conf does not exist, and if we create host.conf but not nsswitch.conf, nsswitch.conf will be created at the next reboot, so it is better to create a correct nsswitch.conf right away.
|
129650 |
24-May-2004 |
des |
Move the task of updating nsswitch.conf / host.conf into a separate script called nsswitch.
|
129644 |
24-May-2004 |
ume |
drop packet which has ::1 as src or dst via other than lo0 like as rc.firewall does.
MFC after: 1 week
|
129497 |
20-May-2004 |
mtm |
Really remove the return statement this time. Thanks to ru for noticing.
|
129492 |
20-May-2004 |
mtm |
The err routine requires two arguments: an exit value and a string. Additionaly, it will exit the script so an return statements after calling it are superflous.
|
129476 |
20-May-2004 |
pjd |
- Install includes used by STRIPE and NOP GEOM classes. - Create needed directories.
Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl
|
129424 |
19-May-2004 |
joe |
Allow the location of the INDEX file to specified to pkg_version. This is particularly convenient on a cluster of machines to prevent having to rebuild the INDEX file on each.
Reviewed by: portmgr
|
129021 |
07-May-2004 |
njl |
Change hw.acpi.cpu.cx_lowest to accept values in the form of C1, C2, ... Update power_profile to use the new format. Update the man page to reflect this and give more info on Cx states.
|
128768 |
30-Apr-2004 |
pjd |
Add g_concat.h and g_gate.h to be installed in /usr/include/geom/(concat|gate)/.
|
128714 |
28-Apr-2004 |
phk |
Protect som cross-script invocations by checks to see that the target script exists. This allows pruning of rc.d scripts without getting too many ugly boottime error message
|
128713 |
28-Apr-2004 |
phk |
Initdiskless must run before ipfw, or people will not be able to use the conf/* stuff for their firewall configuration.
Running ipfw before could seem to make sense in that it would allow one to setup access to the NFS server on a "default-deny" kernel, but it is pretty obvious to the casual observer that such a configuration never makes it far enough to mount the NFS-root in the first place.
|
128706 |
28-Apr-2004 |
ru |
Replace shell's positional parameters safely.
|
128685 |
27-Apr-2004 |
phk |
When using this in non-NFSroot circumstances, `mount -t nfs` may return empty. Add a dummy element to prevent the alternate action of the shell builtin "set"
|
128663 |
26-Apr-2004 |
simon |
Removes the check for the existence of the sysctl variable debug.watchdog since it is not created by hardware watchdog(4) devices. The watchdog(4) device is always compiled in the kernel, so removing the check should not cause any problems.
Approved by: phk
|
128526 |
21-Apr-2004 |
tjr |
Add an Israel Hebrew locale: he_IL.UTF-8.
PR: 65826 Submitted by: Hye-Shik Chang
|
128473 |
20-Apr-2004 |
darrenr |
Add script for checking ipv6 blocked packets from PR.
PR: misc/50154 Submitted by: Kimura Fuyuki <fuyuki@hadaly.org>
|
128470 |
20-Apr-2004 |
darrenr |
apply patch so pr can be closed
PR: misc/56715 Submitted by: grant@NetBSD.org Reviewed by: darrenr
|
128366 |
17-Apr-2004 |
fjoe |
sendmail_submit_enable and sendmail_outbound_enable checks were reverted.
Found by: Morten Rodal <morten@rodal.no>
|
128340 |
17-Apr-2004 |
brooks |
Actually install preseedrandom.
Reported by: bde
|
128287 |
15-Apr-2004 |
brooks |
Remove bogus checks on the value of ${entropy_file} and hardcode out entropy source to /entropy. We have to assume there is no rc.conf at this stage of the boot process.
Reported by: njl
|
128286 |
15-Apr-2004 |
brooks |
Band-aid diskless booting by running a new preseedrandom script before initdiskless. The output of several commands and if available the contents of /entropy are feed into /dev/random to kickstart the PRNG. /etc/rc.d/initrandom is left alone to maintain the previous behavior as much as possiable.
Further work in this area is probably needed.
Discussed with: markm
|
128234 |
14-Apr-2004 |
harti |
Move the SNMP MIBs and tree definitions from /usr/share/bsnmp to /usr/share/snmp. This mirrors the use of /usr/local/share/snmp and makes also more sense when non-bsnmp-specific MIBs go in.
|
128163 |
12-Apr-2004 |
brooks |
Catch up with diskless split "diskless" is no longer provided.
Suggested by: cperciva
|
128096 |
10-Apr-2004 |
green |
Document devfs_set_rulesets a little.
|
128066 |
09-Apr-2004 |
rsm |
Add Xircom XEM5600 card (appears to be a renamed REM56). Observe that Xircom CEM28 and CEM33 are known to work in Ethernet mode.
Reviewed by: imp (mentor)
|
128060 |
09-Apr-2004 |
markm |
Take into account hardware-supplied entropy. If the entropy source is hardware, the Yarrow initialisations don't need to be done.
|
127970 |
06-Apr-2004 |
wes |
Style fixes, as suggested by Jens Schweikhardt <schweikh@schweikhardt.net>
|
127948 |
06-Apr-2004 |
wes |
Split ramdisk processing in two so it can actually work. Ownerships and permissions specified per rc.conf(5) now apply both to the md device and to the mountpoint directory, after the mount has completed. This has to be done in two steps, because chown is not available until after /usr has been mounted, but the mdconfig and newfs steps have to complete before fstab processing.
|
127897 |
05-Apr-2004 |
fjoe |
Add separate script for natd. This fixes race condition with "ipfw restart" (when new natd is started before old natd died) and allows to manage natd without touching ipfw.
natd should probably be killed with SIGKILL when stopping natd.
|
127896 |
05-Apr-2004 |
fjoe |
Allow this script to be used for Postfix: - Use sendmail_foo variables after load_rc_config so that they actually work. - Utilize sendmail_procname. - Check sendmail_submit_enable instead of sendmail_enable when dealing with mail submission MTA.
|
127895 |
05-Apr-2004 |
fjoe |
Document sendmail_pidfile variable. Add sendmail_procname variable.
|
127799 |
03-Apr-2004 |
mlaier |
Style: - do not comment out entries in newsyslog.conf - use tabs to line up inetd.conf
Requested by: bde Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
127759 |
02-Apr-2004 |
mlaier |
Add rc.d script to start pflogd and add rcvars etc. Also document vars in rc.conf(5) and put a sample entry to newsyslog.conf
Reviewed by: -current Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
127744 |
02-Apr-2004 |
krion |
- Use "/bin/hostname" explicitly instead of "hostname".
Approved by: tobez MFC after: 1 week
|
127728 |
01-Apr-2004 |
krion |
- Use absolute path for hostname(1)
Approved by: green
|
127663 |
31-Mar-2004 |
luigi |
Extensive documentation changes to the script, but only comments and empty lines have been touched.
All of this should go in the diskless(8) manpage, now if we had some kind of 'literate programming' tool to extract the comments from the script and put them in a reasonable nroff format, it would be a lot easier to keep code and docs in sync
|
127657 |
31-Mar-2004 |
luigi |
Minor changes mostly as discussed on the lists a few days ago:
+ SUBDIR.cpio.gz prevents files from SUBDIR/ to be copied when priming the memory filesystems. This restores the old behaviour and makes the copy process a lot more efficient
+ look for templates also in the list of directories supplied by bootp/dhcp via the T134 option aka kern.bootp_cookie
+ keep track of directories temporarily mounted with "remount" or "diskless_remount" commands and unmount them once we are done with them (at the end of this script).
|
127633 |
30-Mar-2004 |
cperciva |
Synchronize with reality: nologin(8) is now in /usr/sbin
Reminded by: trhodes
|
127620 |
30-Mar-2004 |
des |
Remove the POSIX and en_US.US-ASCII links after ache@ explained why they are unnecessary (and a bad idea).
|
127584 |
29-Mar-2004 |
des |
Fix the case where $ntpdate_hosts was not specified and /etc/ntp.conf does not exist.
Submitted by: ru
|
127562 |
29-Mar-2004 |
tjr |
Add directories under /usr/share/nls and /usr/local/share/nls for the new UTF-8 locales.
Reminded by: ache
|
127478 |
27-Mar-2004 |
dougb |
A few small cleanups:
1. Add the shutdown keyword so that the script is run at shutdown time, and the mixer* files are saved. 2. Twiddle whitespace. 3. Remove an unecessary function, and therefore collapse one variable.
|
127474 |
27-Mar-2004 |
tjr |
Add UTF-8 versions of all the currently supported system locales. Most of the hard work was done by Hye-Shik Chang in the misc/utf8locale port; I made a few minor adjustments and merged the makefiles.
PR: 44307
|
127459 |
26-Mar-2004 |
ru |
Removed more vestiges of the stl(4) driver.
|
127385 |
24-Mar-2004 |
mlaier |
Install the pf rc.d-script (missed Makefile update in original commit)
Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
127383 |
24-Mar-2004 |
obrien |
Back out revision 1.295. share/libdata/gcc/ is valid and used.
|
127370 |
24-Mar-2004 |
pjd |
Added 'nojail' keyword for rc.d/mixer script, while mixer(8) is not usable in jail by default (no /dev/mixer).
|
127357 |
24-Mar-2004 |
des |
Previous commit should have read: remove share/libdata/doscmd/{,fonts/}. This time around, remove share/libdata/gcc/ which seems unused.
|
127356 |
24-Mar-2004 |
des |
Remove share/doscmd/{,fonts/}
|
127345 |
23-Mar-2004 |
brooks |
Overhaul the /etc/rc.d/diskless script by splitting it out into hostname, resolve, tmp, and var scripts. The latter three are new and were repo copied. These scripts no longer depend on being booted with and NFS root instead attempt to automaticly create mfs /tmp and /var volumes if the they are not writable. This behavior can be overridden in /etc/rc.conf.
Reviewed by: luigi, pjd
|
127342 |
23-Mar-2004 |
mlaier |
Add rc.d script for pf(4) (more to come once pflogd(8) works as well). Update defaults and write some lines for rc.conf(5) also. Mostly dup'ed from ipf
Reviewed by: -current Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
127339 |
23-Mar-2004 |
des |
Drop the -d argument to mtree since some of the spec files now list symlinks.
|
127338 |
23-Mar-2004 |
des |
Add share/nls/{POSIX,en_US.US-ASCII} as symlinks to C.
|
127308 |
22-Mar-2004 |
des |
Set start_cmd and stop_cmd correctly so the code that extracts the names of the ntp servers from ntp.conf is actually used. Remove pidfile since ntpdate is not a daemon.
|
127234 |
20-Mar-2004 |
maxim |
o Add user proxy.
|
127222 |
20-Mar-2004 |
green |
Add a way for rc.d/devfs to set more than just the system devfs up. Yes, this means for stuff OTHER than jails, too. Example usage: #devfs_system_ruleset="root" devfs_set_rulesets="/dev=root /etc/namedb/dev=named_devfs"
|
127171 |
18-Mar-2004 |
davidc |
Echo and pass dumpdev as the device argument to savecore.
PR: bin/51655
|
127043 |
15-Mar-2004 |
jhb |
Add a mixer script that saves the current settings of all mixers present in the system on shutdown and restores the settings on boot. The settings can also be reset to the saved values via 'mixer reload'.
Reviewed by: current@
|
127032 |
15-Mar-2004 |
wes |
Add script for creating ramdisks at boot time, in time to be processed by fstab.
|
126978 |
14-Mar-2004 |
dougb |
1. Remove the named_rcng variable. Mike's caution in this area was a good thing, but we're ready to move on.
2. Remove the -g default argument in named_flags. It doesn't actually do what most users think it does, and what most users want it to do is already accomplished with a proper default group for the bind user, which we have. Also, the -g knob does something entirely different in BIND 9, which leads to a lot of needless confusion/aggravation.
3. In the rc.d script, don't bogusly override $command, or $rc_flags. Both are adequately handled in rc.conf[.local].
4. DO properly override $rc_flags if user has named_chrootdir set. This may need to be revisited, but should be ok for now.
5. Protect all chrootdir-related bits under that variable, instead of named_rcng.
There is more work to be done here, especially in the area of BIND 9 compatibility, but this is a start at least.
Prompted in part by (legitmate) grousing from: kuriyama, Randy Bush
|
126977 |
14-Mar-2004 |
ru |
I believe most of /boot/device.hints out there are based (if not identical) on GENERIC.hints, hence the following change:
Moved the creation of /boot/device.hints where it belongs. This should aid in merging GENERIC.hints changes to /boot/device.hints, using mergemaster(8) or a similar approach.
|
126905 |
13-Mar-2004 |
cperciva |
Fix odd grammar in comment.
PR: docs/64190 Submitted by: Dan Langille
|
126868 |
12-Mar-2004 |
brooks |
If /conf/diskless_remount exists, use it to remount the entire /conf directory. This allows multiple roots (say for different architectures) to share the same set of /conf files.
|
126863 |
11-Mar-2004 |
des |
Turn on logging for tftpd.
|
126862 |
11-Mar-2004 |
kientzle |
Don't run fsck if there's no /etc/fstab.
In particular, this allows a "virgin" system installed from source (installworld, installkernel, cd etc && make distribution) to boot correctly and modestly simplifies the creation of single-partition network/cdrom/CF bootable images.
|
126811 |
10-Mar-2004 |
mlaier |
ftp-proxy no longer lives in /usr/local/...
Noticed by: Pyun YongHyeon Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
126810 |
10-Mar-2004 |
mlaier |
Add trailing collon
Noticed by: dwhite Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
126787 |
09-Mar-2004 |
phk |
Make this file more generally usable:
Trigger not only on diskless booting sysctls being set, but also on the existence of the file "/etc/diskless". But do not try to extract IP# related keywords in that case.
Add a general "remount" facility to allow non-NFS remounting.
|
126758 |
08-Mar-2004 |
ale |
Fix typos.
Approved by: blackend (mentor/implicitly)
|
126756 |
08-Mar-2004 |
mlaier |
Link pf to the build and install: This adds the former ports registered groups: proxy and authpf as well as the proxy user. Make sure to run mergemaster -p in oder to complete make installworld without errors.
This also provides the passive OS fingerprints from OpenBSD (pf.os) and an example pf.conf.
For those who want to go without pf; it provides a NO_PF knob to make.conf.
__FreeBSD_version will be bumped soon to reflect this and to be able to change ports accordingly.
Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
126744 |
08-Mar-2004 |
pjd |
Mark scripts as not usable inside a jail by adding keyword 'nojail'.
Some suggestions from: rwatson, Ruben de Groot <mail25@bzerk.org>
|
126743 |
08-Mar-2004 |
pjd |
Fix skipping scripts with given keywords. Proper syntax is '-s keyword1 -s keyword2', not '-s keyword1 keyword2'.
|
126659 |
05-Mar-2004 |
bde |
Removed definition of NOPROG. It was just a style bug (a NetBSD macro that became obsolete in NetBSD 22 months ago).
Submitted by: ru
|
126648 |
05-Mar-2004 |
pjd |
One tab too much.
|
126647 |
05-Mar-2004 |
pjd |
Teach 'hostname' script how to act inside a jail.
No objections from: mtm, arch@
|
126646 |
05-Mar-2004 |
rse |
remove superfluous space before end of backtick expression
|
126641 |
05-Mar-2004 |
mtm |
When this script included NetBSD specific logic, the NetBSD branch included a start_precmd check for gated. The precommand was not executed in the FreeBSD branch. When I did a mass removal of NetBSD specific logic a while back this file apparently got only a partial treatement. This bug did not have any functional consequences, however, since the precommand was not declared to the rc.subr routines.
Noticed by: pjd
|
126639 |
05-Mar-2004 |
mtm |
The syslogd script should require that /var is cleaned before it runs. Otherwise it could be in the situation where its log socket is removed after it has started.
Noticed by: jhay
|
126636 |
05-Mar-2004 |
mtm |
Remove scripts we don't use from requirement lines. These were hold-overs from the initial NetBSD import.
|
126634 |
05-Mar-2004 |
bde |
Removed include of bsd.own.mk. It was just a style bug (half-baked chumminess with the implementation).
|
126618 |
04-Mar-2004 |
bms |
Forgotten commit: Hook /etc/rc.d/ike up to the build.
|
126556 |
03-Mar-2004 |
mtm |
Some (most?) processes don't cleanup their pid files when they exit. Sometimes they simply can't (core-dump, for example). So, when searching for a running program send standard error output from ps(1) to never-never land.
# This should quite those # ps: kvm_getprocs: No such user # errors. Since ports use a duplicate rc.subr(8) you might # still see this error from ports startup scripts.
|
126554 |
03-Mar-2004 |
mtm |
From the PR: Certain MTA configurations mean that the notifications from virecover keep bouncing; so here's a patch to allow administrators to turn them off.
PR: conf/54910 Submitted by: bms (with a minor cleanup)
|
126392 |
29-Feb-2004 |
green |
Further shuffle runcom ordering so that netif does not start before ipfw, but ipfw and ipfilter do start before dhclient.
|
126342 |
28-Feb-2004 |
ache |
Don't remove empty dirs if their names are in $daily_clean_tmps_ignore
|
126333 |
27-Feb-2004 |
green |
What depends on ipfilter should probably also start ipfw at the same time.
|
126310 |
27-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
o Add support for detecting a jailed environment. If a script cannot or does not want to be executed in a jail the KEYWORDS line should contain the nojail keyword. o Update Copyright
# I suggest people who use jails more extensively than I do # make commits to the appropriate files.
|
126303 |
27-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
NetBSD rev. 1.61 Implement ``one'' prefix to allow a "one shot" operation as if ${rcvar}=yes yet all the other prerequisite tests are still performed. The existing ``force'' prefix is a sledgehammer that ignores all the prerequisite checks and always returns a zero exit status; this is a more gentle approach to the problem of "manipulate this disabled service without editing rc.conf(5)".
Obtained From: NetBSD
# We have a work-around in our version of rc.subr that # makes force* return a non-zero exit status if the # command/service could not be acted upon. The work-around # is no longer necessary and should be removed.
|
126288 |
26-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
o NetBSD rev. 1.60 Add "*,v" to the list of scratch files to skip. Suggested by Johnny Lam / Alistair Crooks
o Update NetBSD rcsid
Obtained From: NetBSD
|
126287 |
26-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
NetBSD rev. 1.57 run_rc_command(): when checking if ${command} exists before executing it, be sure to check under ${name_chroot} (if set). Fix from Ed Ravin in [bin/18523]
Obtained From: NetBSD
|
126286 |
26-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
NetBSD rev. 1.56 Use more concise shell syntax: 1. for i in $* -> for i 2. foo=$* -> foo="$@"
Obtained From: NetBSD
|
126285 |
26-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
NetBSD rev. 1.53, 1.54 and 1.55: Change how internal boolean variables are used to: if ! ${_somevar:-false}; then _somevar=true fi (Consisent, slightly quicker, and slightly cleaner)
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
126214 |
25-Feb-2004 |
ache |
Add "posix" subdir to "gnu"
|
126181 |
23-Feb-2004 |
brueffer |
Fix typo
|
126056 |
20-Feb-2004 |
des |
the default password policy for xdm should be pam_deny, since it is incapable of holding a meaningful conversation.
|
125989 |
19-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
Don't forget to enable the ipv6 firewall once the rules are loaded.
PR: misc/61501 Submitted by: Roderick van Domburg <r.s.a.vandomburg@student.utwente.nl>
|
125987 |
19-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
In-line documentation.
Prodded by: alfred
|
125927 |
17-Feb-2004 |
rwatson |
Add com5-com8 (cuaa4-cuaa7) to /etc/remote so they are available to tip by default. On my systems, at least, pccard modems like to turn up on higher addresses.
|
125892 |
16-Feb-2004 |
ache |
Add "gnu" to the list of subdirs
|
125664 |
10-Feb-2004 |
des |
Run /etc/rc.d/routing at the appropriate time.
Spotted by: mat
|
125580 |
07-Feb-2004 |
johan |
Fix typo in comment, s/reebots/reboots/
PR: 62481 Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <q at uni.de>
|
125571 |
07-Feb-2004 |
imp |
ttys is gone, kill it here too
|
125552 |
07-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
Now that devfs is mandatory, there is no need to muck around with tty/pty permissions.
Noticed by: brooks OKed: phk
|
125498 |
05-Feb-2004 |
des |
Require initrandom rather than random, since random requires mountcritlocal, which requires disks, which gbde_swap provides.
Noticed by: brooks
|
125447 |
04-Feb-2004 |
des |
We don't really need a lockfile, and most likely can't create one at this point.
|
125410 |
04-Feb-2004 |
grehan |
PowerPC ttys file.
|
125391 |
03-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
o Unbreak the individual jail starting patch that I broke when I committed it. Apologies to Juergen Unger <j.unger@addict.de>. o When stopping jails output the hostname of the jails that were stopped. o Refactor o Remove extraneous empty line o Correct spelling error
|
125388 |
03-Feb-2004 |
des |
Add support for initializing swap devices with random one-shot keys. Note that the keys are currently generated by computing the MD5 checksum of 512 bytes read from /dev/random, and are passed to gbde on the command line.
Sponsored by: Teleplan AS
|
125385 |
03-Feb-2004 |
des |
Missed one in previous commit.
|
125384 |
03-Feb-2004 |
des |
Style fixes.
|
125376 |
03-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
Configure a jail sysctl value only if it is different than what the rc.conf(5) knob specifies. Also, correct a minor capitalization error.
|
125366 |
03-Feb-2004 |
njl |
Notify the user (at kern.emerg) that the system will be shutting down if it is still above the critical temperature on the next poll cycle. This is a 10 second advance notice by default. Document the private (non-standard) notify we will be using with devd(8).
|
125341 |
02-Feb-2004 |
pjd |
Teach /etc/rc.d/dumpon script how to stop.
Reviewed by: gordon Approved by: gordon, scottl (mentor)
|
125324 |
02-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
Ruleset numbers are not allowed in devfs_* knobs. Noticed by someone on -current.
|
125323 |
02-Feb-2004 |
mtm |
Support starting/stoping of jails individually.
This commit also removes the support for the sysutils/jailer port. This is inline with the general policy to keep ports related knobs out of the base system's configuration mechanism.
Submitted by: Juergen Unger <j.unger@addict.de>
|
125207 |
29-Jan-2004 |
dougb |
Latest version of this file from InterNIC. This version updates the IP address of b.root-servers.net, and various comments.
|
125205 |
29-Jan-2004 |
ache |
Add kk_KZ.PT154
|
125102 |
27-Jan-2004 |
njl |
Remove only X[0-9]-lock.
|
124984 |
25-Jan-2004 |
ambrisko |
- Existing code would ignore pccard_ether_delay when more then 9 seconds - If there was an exiting dhclient running on the same interface as the new iface that left and returned then dhclient would be told to use the same interface twice. Dhclient would fail and exit after getting confused. Use "sort -u" on them to ensure no duplicates. This is a mostly a race condition on suspend and resume and how things happen to occur. - Check for netmask being set on an interface rather then up. An interface can be up but not configured.
Reviewed by: mbr
|
124928 |
24-Jan-2004 |
mux |
Move the test used to determine whether IPFilter is loaded or not into its own function to avoid a small duplication of code.
|
124843 |
22-Jan-2004 |
cperciva |
If we're going to "add path 'fd/*' unhide", it only makes sense to "add path fd unhide" first.
Requested by: mtm Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
124839 |
22-Jan-2004 |
ru |
Catch up with etc/Makefile,v 1.324 -- split "install" and "distribution" targets, have "distribution" always install original (as from the release media) files, whether SENDMAIL_MC is set or not. Do error handling the make(1) way.
Reviewed by: gshapiro Approved by: gshapiro
|
124832 |
22-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Since id(1) is in /usr, it may not be available until after filesystem mounting.
Reminded by: bde
|
124831 |
22-Jan-2004 |
ru |
- Run makewhatis(1) in etc/Makefile at the end of "install". - Removed redundant and undocumented NO_MAKEDB_RUN knob.
|
124797 |
21-Jan-2004 |
cperciva |
After setting a ruleset on a new devfs mount, apply it.
Approved by: phk, rwatson (mentor) PR: bin/61047
|
124782 |
21-Jan-2004 |
ru |
Create section 4 and 8 man subdirectories for all Tier 1 architectures.
|
124781 |
21-Jan-2004 |
ru |
Removed unused {man,cat}9/i386.
|
124766 |
21-Jan-2004 |
njl |
Make sure pid file creation doesn't complain if it can't create the file. This removes a warning message when suspending is called by a non-root user.
|
124753 |
20-Jan-2004 |
eivind |
Add /var/db/ports/ (support directory necessary for ports that use the new OPTIONS infrastructure)
|
124716 |
19-Jan-2004 |
ru |
Use the standard <bsd.files.mk> API to install files.
|
124630 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Remove an extraneous semicolon (;;).
|
124628 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Use the checkyesno routine instead of a case statement to check an rc.conf(5) variable. This is in line with rc.d style.
|
124627 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Remove checks for the FreeBSD OS.
|
124626 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Make conform to general rc.d style.
|
124625 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
o Rename the start command to conform to rc.d style. o Move the additional commands list to the end of the variable initialization to conform to rc.d style
|
124624 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Simplify setting of securelevel.
|
124623 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Remove variables whose sole purpose was to make easier to work with the NetBSD specific stuff.
|
124622 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Luke Mewburn has indicated that they (NetBSD) are not interested in keeping the scripts under rc.d in sync with us. So, remove NetBSD specific stuff (which made our scripts more complicated than necessary).
The NetBSD ident string will be left intact, both for history and also incase we wish to pull in future versions.
|
124618 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Luke Mewburn has indicated that they (NetBSD) are not interested in keeping the scripts under rc.d in sync with us. So, remove NetBSD specific stuff (which made our scripts more complicated than necessary).
The NetBSD ident string will be left intact, both for history and also incase we wish to pull in future versions.
|
124616 |
17-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
Luke Mewburn has indicated that they (NetBSD) are not interested in keeping the scripts under rc.d in sync with us. So, begin removal of NetBSD specific stuff (which made our scripts more complicated than necessary), starting with the NetBSD KEYWORD.
|
124214 |
07-Jan-2004 |
des |
Get moduli from the OpenSSH sources instead of keeping a local copy.
|
124149 |
05-Jan-2004 |
brooks |
Don't run newaliases if sendmail_enable=NONE.
Submitted by: Matt Peterson <matt at peterson dot org> Approved by: silence on freebsd-rc
|
124080 |
02-Jan-2004 |
gshapiro |
Use hoststat/purgestat instead of sendmail -bh/-bH so the calls can be properly mailwrapper'ed.
PR: conf/60676 Submitted by: Colin Percival <cperciva@daemonology.net>, maxim MFC after: 4 days
|
124003 |
30-Dec-2003 |
njl |
Use separate events for resume from standby and suspend in the apm(4) case so that if devices need different initialization, we can key off this in the rc scripts (currently unused). Also update the man page which is a 100% duplicate of the rc scripts.
|
124002 |
30-Dec-2003 |
njl |
Fix a usage message.
|
124001 |
30-Dec-2003 |
njl |
Add support for /etc/rc.suspend and /etc/rc.resume for ACPI. They are called directly from acpiconf(8). Change both scripts to take a subsystem (apm|acpi) and sleep level (suspend,standby|1-5) argument.
|
123841 |
25-Dec-2003 |
babkin |
Added support for intelligent handling of DST transitions in cron.
reviewed by: imp
|
123820 |
24-Dec-2003 |
gshapiro |
Enable IPv6 by default but make it optional so it doesn't affect sites without IPv6.
Submitted by: ume Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
|
123681 |
20-Dec-2003 |
ache |
Add be_BY.*
Submitted by: Yury Tarasievich <grog@grsu.by>
|
123656 |
19-Dec-2003 |
ache |
Add zh_HK.Big5HKSCS
|
123626 |
18-Dec-2003 |
njl |
Add power_profile, a script that changes the ACPI CPU Cx idle state and/or the throttling state in response to line transitions. Future plans include adding support for CPU frequency changes.
Add a devd.conf entry for calling this script.
The default values for this are: performance_cx_lowest="HIGH" # Use HLT (C0) online performance_throttle_state="HIGH" # 100% (no throttling) economy_cx_lowest="LOW" # Use the lowest Cx state possible economy_throttle_state="HIGH" # 100% (no throttling)
|
123533 |
14-Dec-2003 |
seanc |
Backout ataraid rcng script. I must have missed ar0 in my scan of /dev after my first reboot because sure enough, I'm seeing it there now and ata(4) is doing the right thing(TM).
Pointed out by: des
|
123532 |
14-Dec-2003 |
seanc |
Add a script that allows software RAID sets to be created before file systems are mounted. An example set of entries for /etc/rc.conf:
ataraid_enable="YES" ataraid_devices="ar0" ataraid_ar0_set="ad2 ad3" ataraid_ar0_type="RAID1"
Because there is no "correct" way of doing ATA raid (ie, geom vs. atacontrol vs. vinum) that is bikeshed proof, this rcng script stays within the bounds of atacontrol and assumes that other RAID solutions for GEOM or vinum will end up in a different rcNG script.
Reviewed by: green
|
123498 |
12-Dec-2003 |
jesper |
Fix typo, I forgot daily_ in front of the status_ata_raid_enable
|
123390 |
10-Dec-2003 |
peter |
Change rc.d/syscons to not need /usr/sbin/ispcvt to exist. This should make it work for all non-i386 syscons platforms.
|
123344 |
09-Dec-2003 |
mtm |
o Rename devfs_link() to make_symlink() and turn it into a generic symlinking routine. o Modify rc.d/jail to create its own symlink relative to the jail's filesystem
|
123342 |
09-Dec-2003 |
mtm |
If fdescfs(5) is mounted in a jail unmount it before devfs(5).
Submitted by: "Scot W. Hetzel" <hetzelsw@westbend.net>
|
123341 |
09-Dec-2003 |
mtm |
If rc.d/mountcritlocal is unable to mount local filesystems, then immediately terminate the shell (during boot this also terminates the parent rc(8) shell). This was the pre-rcNG behaviour.
Also, remove an extraneous mount /.
PR: conf/57659 Submitted by: yar (with modifications)
|
123340 |
09-Dec-2003 |
mtm |
Redirect rc(8) output to a file in the jail's /var/log directory. Previously it was redirected to /dev/null.
Submitted by: phk
|
123288 |
08-Dec-2003 |
obrien |
Move the bktr(4) <arch>/include/ioctl_{bt848,meteor}.h files to dev/bktr as these ioctl's aren't MD. This also means they are installed in /usr/include/dev/bktr now. Also provide compatability wrappers for where these headers lived in 4.x.
|
123086 |
01-Dec-2003 |
mtm |
When clearing /tmp, X11 lock and temporary files are special. Remove them unconditionaly.
PR: bin/59065 Approved by: re (scottl)
|
123051 |
29-Nov-2003 |
ru |
Scheduled sweep using the README guidelines.
Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
123029 |
28-Nov-2003 |
bms |
Add a means of starting an IKE daemon from the rc system at an appropriate time during the boot process. This is needed in the case where NFS mounts from servers reachable only via IPSEC are in /etc/fstab.
PR: conf/42497 Submitted by: Volker Stolz Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
122956 |
22-Nov-2003 |
scottl |
Install UDF header files to unbreak /sbin building when /sys is not present.
Submitted by: imura@ryu16.org
|
122726 |
15-Nov-2003 |
rwatson |
Add "socket" type to the list of default object types, and by default attempt to list Biba, LOMAC, and MLS label information for the socket if they are present.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
122453 |
11-Nov-2003 |
rwatson |
Use the new "default_labels" syntax in the default mac.conf file.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
122403 |
10-Nov-2003 |
harti |
Create sub-directories under share for bsnmp tree definition and MIB files.
|
122402 |
10-Nov-2003 |
harti |
Create a subdirectory where bsnmp include files will be stuffed to.
|
122317 |
08-Nov-2003 |
rwatson |
If available, also print the lomac label by default for processes, files, and interfaces. This avoids the need to manually add these when setting up LOMAC.
Pointed out by: tjr
|
122297 |
08-Nov-2003 |
davidxu |
Use space instead of tab.
|
122273 |
08-Nov-2003 |
rwatson |
Add /usr/share/security to directories to create in order to hold LOMAC context information.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
122257 |
07-Nov-2003 |
ru |
Use %e in the date(1) format string to eliminate the sed(1) command.
|
122211 |
07-Nov-2003 |
harti |
Add a sub-directory for the signalling layer headers of NgATM.
|
122151 |
05-Nov-2003 |
davidxu |
Enable GB2312 locale.
|
121964 |
03-Nov-2003 |
mux |
Change a bogus -n parameter to echo(1).
|
121949 |
03-Nov-2003 |
harti |
Add a sub-directory for the NgATM message encoding/decoding header files.
|
121911 |
02-Nov-2003 |
markm |
Use a better way to take NO_LPR into account, and correctly check the NOCRYPT macro when looking at crypto.
Reminded by: ru
|
121881 |
02-Nov-2003 |
ru |
DNS should not necessarily be named(8), tweak the comment a bit.
|
121749 |
30-Oct-2003 |
ume |
install address selection policy into kernel when there is /etc/ip6addrctl.conf. following sample of ip6addrctl.conf is a good default:
#Prefix Precedence Label ::1/128 50 0 ::/0 40 1 2002::/16 30 2 ::/96 20 3 ::ffff:0:0/96 10 4
|
121620 |
27-Oct-2003 |
jesper |
Add status checking of ATA raid to the daily periodic scripts.
|
121616 |
27-Oct-2003 |
emax |
Create missing /usr/share/examples/netgraph/bluetooth directory
|
121580 |
26-Oct-2003 |
emax |
Connect /etc/bluetooth and /usr/share/examples/netgraph/bluetooth to the build.
Reviewed by: imp, simon Approved by: imp (mentor)
|
121493 |
25-Oct-2003 |
njl |
Add devctl(4) notify support to ACPI. Various subsystems now notify userland whenever events occur. See the example in devd.conf below to see how to use it.
|
121468 |
24-Oct-2003 |
simokawa |
Add dumb console driver and related bits.
dcons(4): very simple console and gdb port driver dcons_crom(4): FireWire attachment dconschat(8): User interface to dcons
Tested with: i386, i386-PAE, and sparc64.
|
121337 |
22-Oct-2003 |
harti |
Add a sub-directory to netnatm for the SAAL headers.
|
121309 |
21-Oct-2003 |
imp |
Modernize examples/usage. Kill 1200/300 baud modem entries and instead use 14.4kbps and faster modems as examples. Separate line speed and baud rate and be careful when talking of one verses the other.
|
121234 |
19-Oct-2003 |
gshapiro |
Before trying to restart/stop the MTA or MSP queue runner, make sure we are configured to use an MTA or MSP queue runner. Otherwise the script used to complain about the missing PID file.
PR: conf/57075 Submitted by: Jonathan Chen <jonc@chen.org.nz> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
121232 |
19-Oct-2003 |
gshapiro |
Adding WorkAroundBrokenAAAA seems a necessity even in the submit.mc given the number of broken DNS servers out there in the world. Since we are diverging from the sendmail.org submit.mc, it's time to make our own freebsd.submit.mc.
PR: conf/57733 Reviewed by: nork MFC after: 2 weeks
|
121069 |
13-Oct-2003 |
des |
There is no network2 any more.
Pointy hat to: mtm
|
121068 |
13-Oct-2003 |
dougb |
* Remove the OS specific bits, since NetBSD isn't interested in porting this stuff back.
* Test /etc/motd for writability before trying to update it. This is especially useful when /etc/ is mounted ro, like on a diskless boot. (Thanks to phk for the idea on this one.)
* Make the "updating" message reflect what actually happens.
|
121067 |
13-Oct-2003 |
dougb |
Remove trailing whitespace
|
121066 |
13-Oct-2003 |
dougb |
Update references to rc.diskless[12]
|
121054 |
12-Oct-2003 |
emax |
Update Bluetooth code.
Reviewed by: M. Warner Losh <imp@bsdimp.com>; John Hay <jhay@freebsd.org> Approved by: M. Warner Losh <imp@bsdimp.com> (mentor)
|
121014 |
12-Oct-2003 |
kris |
Bump default /etc size from 2MB to 5MB to deal with bloat^Wgrowth in the size of /etc.
|
121005 |
11-Oct-2003 |
fjoe |
/usr/libdata/msdosfs is no longer used, because of kiconv(3) commit.
PR: 57277 Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>
|
120950 |
09-Oct-2003 |
nectar |
Install additional headers for Kerberos (libkafs, libkadm5*, and libhdb).
|
120910 |
08-Oct-2003 |
bms |
Correct definition for 1000/tcp and 1000/udp, sync with <URL:http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers>.
Submitted by: Roman Newhauser <roman@bellavista.cz>
|
120909 |
08-Oct-2003 |
bms |
Add port assignment for Subversion, as per <URL:http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers>.
PR: conf/54371 Submitted by: Roman Newhauser <roman@bellavista.cz> MFC after: 1 week
|
120759 |
04-Oct-2003 |
imp |
any -> ? for new entry (to allow time for people to upgrade their pccardd)
|
120719 |
03-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Default ntpd to write a "driftfile" in /var/db/ntpd.drift.
A "driftfile" caches the oscillator offset estimate from boot to boot, having this means faster and less bumpy time synchronization. Will be overridden by any value in the config file.
|
120711 |
03-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Fix typo.
Spotted by: "Bjoern A. Zeeb" <bzeeb@zabbadoz.net>
|
120709 |
03-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Only install .k5login if people have not set NO_KERBEROS.
|
120706 |
03-Oct-2003 |
phk |
More checking if kenv actually know something.
Guard against test(1)-unfriendly outputs from kenv.
|
120702 |
03-Oct-2003 |
phk |
In case we have no /etc/resolv.conf, don't try to make it out of thin blue air if the kenv doesn't have any info.
This improves the truth value of the comment above significantly and reduces the bogous output on the console considerably.
|
120686 |
03-Oct-2003 |
mux |
Fix bogon in ipfilter_resync() introduced in my last commit.
Spotted by: Gennady Proskurin <gpr@nvnpp.vrn.ru>
|
120521 |
27-Sep-2003 |
markm |
Don't install etc/printcap in the NO_LPR case; ports like 'cups' make their own etc/printcap if they need it.
|
120515 |
27-Sep-2003 |
mux |
A number of fixes/enhancements for the ipfilter rc script: - Use a more robust check to determine if we need to load ipl.ko. - Don't try to run ipf -E if ipfilter is already enabled. Look at the net.inet.ipf.fr_running sysctl to figure this out. This fixes a warning message about ipfilter being already initialized. - Only one ipf -E command is needed. We don't need an extra one for the -6 case which would only print a warning message about ipfilter being already initialized. - Fix one occurence where we were running /sbin/ipf directly without using the ${ipfilter_program} variable if set. - In ipfilter_stop(), don't try to save the firewall state tables if ipfilter is disabled. Similarly, don't try to disable it if it's already disabled. This fixes some more error messages.
|
120463 |
26-Sep-2003 |
phk |
As far as we know, there is no reason to not expose /dev/crypto in jails so code in there can take advantage of hardware assisted crypto.
|
120397 |
24-Sep-2003 |
gshapiro |
Turn SENDMAIL_CF_DIR into an officially supported make.conf variable and use it in src/etc/sendmail/Makefile in case the user wants to use a different path to the sendmail m4 sources (e.g., sendmail port users).
Submitted by: dinoex MFC after: 21 days X-MFC after: RELENG_4 code freeze ends
|
120274 |
20-Sep-2003 |
imp |
A new proxim harmony oem card spotted in the field.
Submitted by: Jeremy Bingham
|
120202 |
18-Sep-2003 |
markm |
Remove excess paranoia. There is no need to chech for the crypto/ dir any more, and this check has been removed elsewhere.
|
120195 |
18-Sep-2003 |
dougb |
Add a default setting of NO for the gbde auto attach script, and document the options.
|
120191 |
18-Sep-2003 |
dougb |
Fix typo, tdp -> tcp
PR: conf/56939 Submitted by: Alain Kalker <miki@dds.nl>
|
120136 |
16-Sep-2003 |
obrien |
Microsoft Remote Desktop Protocol uses 3389/tcp.
|
120110 |
16-Sep-2003 |
mbr |
Get rid of a nasty error message that tells us dhclient couldn't get killed.
If we execute 'dhclient -r', dhclient gets already killed, so there is no need to do it twice. Only do this if we really have to release some leases.
Reviewed by: silence on freebsd-rc@yahoogroups.com
|
120097 |
15-Sep-2003 |
mbr |
Release a previous lease if there is any, instead of just killing dhclient. Needed my some broken dhcpd implementations to be able to get a lease again.
|
120095 |
15-Sep-2003 |
nectar |
Add `-C 60' to the default flags for inetd, so that it is less vulnerable to run-of-the-mill DoS attacks in the default installation.
|
119972 |
11-Sep-2003 |
jake |
Changed the ttyd entries to ttyu, which correspond to the device nodes created by uart(4).
|
119939 |
10-Sep-2003 |
imp |
add ELSA Vianect WLAN (Marco Wertejuk) benq awl100 (David Leemans)
ObTerminalRoomCommit: done!
|
119917 |
09-Sep-2003 |
wpaul |
Add a device driver for the Broadcom BCM4401 ethernet controller, written by Stuart Walsh and Duncan Barclay (with some kibbitzing by me). I'm checking it in on Stuart's behalf.
The BCM4401 is built into several x86 laptop and desktop systems. For the moment, I have only enabled it in the x86 kernel config because although it's a PCI device, I haven't heard of any standalone NICs that use it. If somebody knows of one, we can easily add it to the other arches.
This driver uses register/structure data gleaned from the Linux driver released by Broadcom, but does not contain any of the code from the Linux driver itself. It uses busdma.
|
119915 |
09-Sep-2003 |
yar |
Update the explanation of parity capabilities to bring it into accord with the present getty(8) code.
PR: bin/56325 MFC after: 3 days
|
119870 |
08-Sep-2003 |
wpaul |
Fix PATH: directive in sys/modules/re/Makefile, and add the re(4) driver to devd.conf.
Pointed out by: Larry Rosenman
|
119829 |
07-Sep-2003 |
marcel |
Replace the ttyd[0-3] entries with ttyu[0-3]. The former are the device special files created by sio(4). The latter are the device special files created by uart(4). As of this moment sio(4) is not supported on ia64... by me, that is :-)
|
119631 |
01-Sep-2003 |
gshapiro |
Build the submit.cf file instead of installing the version that ships with the vendor sendmail distribution. By doing so, we avoid mergemaster warnings after every 'make' in /etc/mail/.
Reported by: Jeremy Chadwick <koitsu@parodius.com> MFC after: 3 days X-MFC after: and re approval
|
119555 |
29-Aug-2003 |
mtm |
Remove deprecated files no longer neccesary as part of rc.d. Include a note in UPDATING about removing them from current installations.
|
119397 |
24-Aug-2003 |
mtm |
Enhance the jail start/stop script. o The following additional configuration attributes of a jail can be controlled from rc.conf: - mounting devfs(5) - mounting fdescfs(5) - mounting procfs(5) - custom devfs(8) ruleset If no ruleset is specified, the default jail ruleset is used.
o The output of executing /etc/rc in the jail is now redirected to /dev/null. Instead, the hostname of the jail is echoed if the jail(8) command exited successfully. If the output is wanted it can probably be redirected to a file (/var/run/$jail maybe) instead of /dev/null.
Submitted by: Scot W. Hetzel <hetzels@westbend.net> with modifications by Jens Rehsack <rehsack@liwing.de> and me.
|
119385 |
24-Aug-2003 |
mtm |
o Do not keep a separate list of src/etc/defaults files in the src/etc makefile. This list was used to manually install the files from src/etc. Instead, simply change directory and 'make install'. o There is no reason for the files in src/etc/defaults to be installed as writeable.
Reviewed by: ru
|
119254 |
22-Aug-2003 |
imp |
Remove workaround that I had in place. devd didn't use to be able to handle the empty section, but it has been able to do so for some time now.
|
119170 |
20-Aug-2003 |
mtm |
o Reduce rc(8) startup clutter by turning the informational messages off by default. o Apparently the routine displaying the informational messages wasn't checking its knob in rc.conf, so fix that as well.
Requested by: obrien
|
119166 |
20-Aug-2003 |
mtm |
Add a general mechanism for creating and applying devfs(8) rules in rc(8). It is most useful for applying rules to devfs(5) mount points in /dev or inside jails. The following line of script is sufficient to mount a relatively useful+secure devfs(5) in a jail:
devfs_mount_jail /some/jail/dev
Some new shell routines available to scripts that source rc.subr(5): o devfs_link - Makes it a little easier to create symlinks o devfs_init_rulesets - Create devfs(8) rulesets from devfs.rules o devfs_set_ruleset - Set a ruleset to a devfs(5) mount o devfs_apply_ruleset - Apply a ruleset to a devfs(5) mount o devfs_domount - Mount devfs(5) and apply some ruleset o devfs_mount_jail - Mount devfs(5) and apply a ruleset appropriate to jails.
Additional rulesets can be specified in /etc/devfs.rules. If the devfs_system_ruleset variable is defined in rc.conf and it contains the name of a ruleset defined in /etc/defaults/devfs.rules or user supplied rulesets in /etc/devfs.rules then that ruleset will be applied to /dev at startup by the /etc/rc.d/devfs script. It can also be applied post-startup:
/etc/rc.d/devfs start
This is a more flexible mechanism than the previous method of using /etc/devfs.conf. However, that method is still available.
Note: since devfs(8) doesn't provide any way for creating symlinks as part of a ruleset, anyone wishing to create symlinks in a devfs(5) as part of the bootup sequence will still have to rely on /etc/devfs.conf.
|
119101 |
19-Aug-2003 |
kuriyama |
Quote $jail_exec with double-quote to avoid "[: unexpected operator".
|
119074 |
18-Aug-2003 |
obrien |
include <bsd.own.mk> to get BIN{OWN,GRP}
|
119058 |
18-Aug-2003 |
obrien |
Don't hardcode owner 'root' and group 'wheel'.
Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <q@uni.de>
|
119011 |
17-Aug-2003 |
gordon |
Prepend /lib to the search order for libraries.
|
119010 |
17-Aug-2003 |
gordon |
Add /lib and /libexec directories. These are part of the dynamic root support.
|
118908 |
14-Aug-2003 |
harti |
Now that routes for IP over ATM may look much more complex than before, use the atmconfig(8) utility instead of route(8) to install those routes. For this we need a new rc.conf variable natm_static_routes that works just like static_routes except that the referenced routes use the syntax of atmconfig(8).
Okay'ed by: mtm
|
118847 |
12-Aug-2003 |
mbr |
Move the stop_dhcp in start_dhcp again before the delay. It seems that dhclient really needs the time to get killed.
|
118845 |
12-Aug-2003 |
mbr |
Remove the dhclient.${interface}.pid defines. They are now obsolete. A working dhclient with OMAPI will also not need this.
|
118840 |
12-Aug-2003 |
mbr |
Make this working with two or more pccards and with more than one internal device. Don't call the startup procedure again if we already use start.
Support a manually started dhclient and keep its configured interfaces after pccard removal.
Make pccard_ether working in single-user mode without /usr mounted.
|
118829 |
12-Aug-2003 |
mbr |
Fix typo
|
118825 |
12-Aug-2003 |
harti |
Create a directory for ATM documentation and help files.
|
118797 |
11-Aug-2003 |
mbr |
Improve the handling dhcp handling of pccard_ether.
There are now many configurations which have a NIC on board, and pccard slots. If a dhclient is running on the internal nic, the Improve the handling dhcp handling of pccard_ether.
Improve the dhcp handling of pccard_ether.
There are now many configurations which have a NIC on board and Improve the dhcp handling of pccard_ether.
There are now many configurations which have a NIC on board and cardbus slots too. If a dhclient was already running on the internal NIC, the user was forced to kill a running dhclient manually.
If now a pccard is included at startup time, /etc/rc.d/dhclient start does include it into the startup list for dhcp devices. That means you can now do dhcp on the internal and the pccard devices at the same time. If the card is plugged in later, a running dhclient (working for the internal interface only) is killed, and restarted, but the interface name of the new pccard is added to the internal name. After removal, /etc/rc.d/dhclient is started again. This script does nothing if there are no devices in /etc/rc.conf
This is only a workaround for a well known problem. After we have a dhcp client which handles device adding and removal, it will go away.
|
118738 |
10-Aug-2003 |
gshapiro |
Revert revision 1.25 now that mergemaster does a 'make all' to build the required .cf file(s).
Submitted by: ru X-MFC after: mergemaster MFC
|
118666 |
08-Aug-2003 |
ume |
add rtsol_flags.
MFC after: 1 week
|
118651 |
08-Aug-2003 |
ache |
Add ko_KR.CP949 locale
PR: 55341 submitted by: Hye-Shik Chang <perky@freebsd.org>
|
118638 |
07-Aug-2003 |
fjoe |
Correct typo in Matt's name.
|
118637 |
07-Aug-2003 |
fjoe |
Fix typo in comments: /etc/syslogd.conf -> /etc/syslog.conf
MFC after: 3 days
|
118575 |
07-Aug-2003 |
imp |
Add entries for NETGEAR MA401RA, IO DATA PCET10CL and Panasonic KXL-CB10AN.
Appologies to: those that submitted these to me.
|
118558 |
06-Aug-2003 |
dcs |
RFC 3561 (ad-hoc on-demand distance vector routing) was ratified and the ports assigned by IANA.
PR: conf/55125 Submitted by: Bruce M Simpson <bms@spc.org> MFC after: 2 days
|
118515 |
06-Aug-2003 |
mtm |
Rename localdaemons to localpkg. The original name was really a mistake since /usr/local/etc/rc.d scripts can (and usually do) start more than just daemons. Even the output in the script uses 'local packages.' Also, the term 'local daemons' is used by rc.d/local, which was etc/rc.local of rcOG fame. No repo-copy because there isn't much history to save. I will remove localdaemons shortly with all the other files that don't belong in rc.d anymore.
Discussed with: dougb, freebsd-rc@yahoogroups.com
|
118459 |
05-Aug-2003 |
mtm |
Support for the Amharic locale.
|
118224 |
30-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Apply some sort of order to the FILES list.
|
118223 |
30-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Add two files (early.sh and gbde) that previously were not hooked up to the build.
|
118219 |
30-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
tty whacking should occur early, but not so early that the required commands are not on a mounted file system.
Noticed by: bde
|
118148 |
29-Jul-2003 |
ache |
Add GB18030 dirs
PR: 51729 Submitted by: Kang Liu <liukang@bjpu.edu.cn>
|
118123 |
28-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Convert the atm{2,3}.sh rc scripts to normal rc.d scripts. Add support for the harp(4) pseudo driver and for loadable native HARP drivers (like hfa_pci).
To use harp(4) the rc variable natm_interfaces must be set to the list of NATM interfaces to be used for HARP. These interfaces will be brought up with ifconfig and the harp(4) will be loaded.
To use loadable native HARP drivers atm_load must be set to the list of drivers to load.
Reviewed by: mtm, gordon (partly)
|
118121 |
28-Jul-2003 |
mbr |
Change the default for background_dhclient back to NO. It can cause to much troubles with applications.
|
118108 |
28-Jul-2003 |
mbr |
Always start dhclient in the background.
Reviewed by: mtm
|
118103 |
28-Jul-2003 |
rwatson |
auth.conf seems to be being gradually subsumed by user classes and PAM configuration. Remove the line concerning "auth_list" from the template, since it's referenced only in the tinyware password command, and only #ifdef KERBEROS, which isn't defined in tinyware. Add a comment about auth.conf being on the way out the door. The one remaining consumer of auth.conf is crypt(3).
|
118099 |
27-Jul-2003 |
mbr |
Add -dynamic to natd if dhcp is used for the natd interface. Kill natd in stop().
Reviewed by: mtm
|
118067 |
26-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Define the stop command to do nothing when only a specific interface is to be stopped. In this case we don't want to go beyond releasing the lease.
|
118066 |
26-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
When stopping a dhcp interface, don't just release the lease on the address, also kill the dhclient process. Instead of doing the release in the stop command, move it to the precmd stage and allow rc.subr(8) to automatically kill the dhclient process by leaving the stop command undefined.
Noticed by: mbr
|
117977 |
24-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Missing quotes around a variable. In this case we are only evaluating the $_precmd command as a string. We're not actually trying to evaluate the contents of the command.
Reported by: Glenn Johnson <gjohnson@srrc.ars.usda.gov>
|
117904 |
22-Jul-2003 |
dds |
Added entry for Billionton LM5LT-10N Fixed small typo
Reviewed by: imp Approved by: imp
|
117762 |
19-Jul-2003 |
imp |
Add support for DFE-670TXD to OLDCARD
Submitted by: David Wolfskill PR: 53356
|
117636 |
15-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Move a period out of an if... clause. The period terminates the line and must always appear on the line.
Submitted by: netchild
|
117551 |
14-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Make sure ipmon is run after cleaning up in /var. Otherwise, we would lose it's pid file. Also, cleanup the depencies in rc.d/cleanvar
PR: bin/53516
|
117495 |
13-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Not everyone uses the base system sshd. They can use the sshd_program variable in rc.conf to have sshd from ports (or somewhere else) installed. So, don't make the sshd_config for the base system a required file to start the service.
PR: conf/45766
|
117426 |
11-Jul-2003 |
kan |
Update for new C++ include files layout.
|
117373 |
10-Jul-2003 |
gshapiro |
Continue trying to build SENDMAIL_CF if the user uses SENDMAIL_CF instead of SENDMAIL_MC but don't remove on it 'make clean' as the user may not have the original .mc file and removing it could be dangerous (e.g., make SENDMAIL_CF=/etc/mail/sendmail.cf clean).
Noticed by: peter MFC after: 3 days
|
117360 |
09-Jul-2003 |
des |
Don't do session management in su.
PR: misc/53293 Submitted by: ru
|
117346 |
09-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Be specific about which domainname is not set. It seems the man page reference is not enough.
|
117324 |
08-Jul-2003 |
mtm |
Remove last vestiges of the old rc.
|
117298 |
07-Jul-2003 |
gshapiro |
Put back install/distribution dependency on the buildable .cf files to get mergemaster working again.
Noticed by: Shin-ichi YOSHIMOTO <yosimoto@waishi.jp>
|
117292 |
06-Jul-2003 |
gshapiro |
Do not install sendmail example/infrastructure files if NO_SENDMAIL is defined. The only two files installed in this case are aliases (which I believe other MTAs may use) and mailer.conf (which isn't sendmail, it belongs to mailwrapper).
PR: 50477 MFC after: 5 days
|
117291 |
06-Jul-2003 |
gshapiro |
Bow to popular demand and default SENDMAIL_SUBMIT_MC to `hostname`.submit.mc which is templated from freebsd.submit.mc if the default file does not exist. This makes the building of the submit.cf behavior identical to that of the the sendmail.cf.
PR: 44256 Submitted by: Matt Emmerton <matt@gsicomp.on.ca> MFC after: 5 days
|
117289 |
06-Jul-2003 |
gshapiro |
Get rid of unneeded depend target
Submitted by: ru MFC after: 5 days
|
117288 |
06-Jul-2003 |
gshapiro |
- Prevent buildworld from trying to write to /etc/mail/ - Stop 'make clean' from removing SENDMAIL_CF - install and distribute targets should not attempt to build anything - SENDMAIL_ADDITIONAL_CF were not installed in the distribution case - If SENDMAIL_SET_USER_ID was defined, submit.cf was needlessly installed in the distribution case - Collapse install and distribution target into one to remove code duplication
Submitted by: ru MFC after: 5 days
|
117286 |
06-Jul-2003 |
gshapiro |
Style fixes: tab after a dependency operator should be a single space second level indent of tab should be four spaces
Submitted by: ru MFC after: 3 days
|
117258 |
05-Jul-2003 |
ache |
Add ARMSCII-8 locale dirs
Submitted by: Vahe Khachikyan <vahe@khachikyan.de> PR: 53944
|
117187 |
03-Jul-2003 |
jkoshy |
s/man page/manual page/, to make the default announcement hopefully more comprehensible to a non-geek.
|
117088 |
30-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
Have mktemp(1) construct the temporary file name for us instead of providing a template manually.
Submitted by: Lars Eggert <larse@isi.edu>
|
117087 |
30-Jun-2003 |
brooks |
Allow diskless_remount files to contain path beginning with / which will be mounted relative to the NFS root mountpoint.
Reviewed by: dillon at backplane.com MFC After: 3 days
|
117077 |
30-Jun-2003 |
trhodes |
Properly use ld.so.conf and ld-elf.so.conf as discussed in the manual page.
PR: 25527 Submitted by: Alexey Neyman <alex.neyman@auriga.ru> Reviewed by: jdp
|
117035 |
29-Jun-2003 |
gordon |
Add /rescue bits. This basically encompasses all of bin and sbin along with a couple of bits from usr.bin in a crunchgen'd binary.
Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org>
|
117032 |
29-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
Ugh. Remove debugging echo.
|
117021 |
29-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
Implement individual operations on static and dhcp interfaces. Previously network interfaces could only be turned on and off as a group (all static interfaces or all dhcp interfaces).
When used to start the interface a 'long form' ifconfig output is used to show the status of the interface, but when stopping an interface the script will simply output the name of the interface. This is simply my personal preference. Hopefully as this functionality matures we can stabilize on a prefered form of output for these scripts.
A stop command to the dhclient script now explicitly releases the dhcp lease. Behaviour at system shutdown; however, is unchanged since dhclient is not, by default, run at that time. The client will not release its lease at shutdown.
|
117020 |
29-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
o Hookup rc.d/routing and rc.d/netoptions o Ensure rc.d/network2 and rc.d/network3 are not automatically run during boot o Modify script headers so rcorder(8) can put the two scripts in the correct sequence.
|
117019 |
29-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
o Repocopied routing and netoptions from network2 and network3, respectively. o Change the provider names. o Separate routing into two parts: static routing and routing options. The start command will run both parts, but they can be run separately using the static and options command, respectively: (/etc/rc.d/routing static; /etc/rc.d/routing options)
|
116874 |
26-Jun-2003 |
smkelly |
- Add a software watchdog facility.
This commit has two pieces. One half is the watchdog kernel code which lives primarily in hardclock() in sys/kern/kern_clock.c. The other half is a userland daemon which, when run, will keep the watchdog from firing while the userland is intact and functioning.
Approved by: jeff (mentor)
|
116818 |
25-Jun-2003 |
sam |
install new 802.11 headers
|
116811 |
25-Jun-2003 |
harti |
Install the include file for the netgraph ATM node.
|
116774 |
24-Jun-2003 |
kuriyama |
Check by [ $? -eq 0 ] rather than $?.
Reviewed by: mtm
|
116608 |
20-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Remove the devdb stuff, the kernel answers these questions just fine.
|
116456 |
17-Jun-2003 |
wollman |
Add a script to automatically attach gbde devices found in fstab (or rc.conf) at boot time, and detach them when shutting down. Not added to the Makefile to give the rcng gurus an opportunity to improve it.
|
116436 |
16-Jun-2003 |
maxim |
o Correct usage example: ep(4) does not have 'link0' option. o Fix a typo.
PR: misc/51955 Submitted by: Xander <x+freebsd-gnats@surfnet.nl> MFC after: 1 week
|
116352 |
14-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
Update a comment about symlinking named's pid file to correctly reflect the code.
Suggested by: maxim
|
116331 |
14-Jun-2003 |
des |
Add a system policy, and have the login and su policies include it rather than duplicate it. This requires OpenPAM Dianthus, which was committed two weeks ago; installing these files on a system running a world older than June 1st, 2003 will cause login(1) and su(1) to fail.
|
116258 |
12-Jun-2003 |
harti |
This is a driver for the physical layer chips used in ATM interfaces. It currently supports the PMC Sierra Lite, Ultra and 622 chips and the IDT 77105. The driver handles media options and state in a consistent manner for ATM drivers. The next commit to the midway driver will make it use utopia.
|
116223 |
11-Jun-2003 |
bde |
Fixed some style bugs (disorder and long lines).
|
116133 |
10-Jun-2003 |
ache |
Old-promised removing of deprecated locale names
|
116119 |
09-Jun-2003 |
markm |
Bit of modernising. Remove old KerberosIV entries, add example sshd entries, sort internal services the same as everywhere else.
|
116102 |
09-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
o Have rc.d/apm report on the status of apm. o Modify rc.d/apmd to make correct use of this information.
Submitted by: Simon L. Nielsen <simon@nitro.dk> (with minor modifications)
|
116100 |
09-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
o Fix a typo o Fill in the ipx_down() routine.
Submitted by: ceri
|
116097 |
09-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
Previously, a "forced" command always exited successfully (with the exception of the default 'status' command) regardless of whether the executed command was actually successfull or not. Forced scripts should always correctly reflect the outcome of the command.
NOTE: exit values are treated as booleans. We don't care what the actual exit value was, only whether it was successfull or not.
|
116032 |
08-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
- Remove a debugging echo. - When we change the IFS make sure to return it to its previous value before executing a command.
|
116029 |
08-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
Implement *_down network routines for ifconfig'ed interfaces, cloned interfaces, interface aliases, user supplied ifconfig scripts, and ipx interfaces. The ipx routine fails unconditionaly at the moment. Someone who has a need for it can fill it in with the appropriate incantations.
|
115980 |
07-Jun-2003 |
ume |
follow dhcp_* changes.
|
115950 |
07-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
The dhcp_program and dhcp_flags variables have to be renamed to take advantage of the rc.subr(8) glue. They are renamed dhclient_program and dhclient_flags. o Rename them in rc.conf(5) o Rename them in /etc/defaults/rc.conf o Add the deprecated variables to /etc/rc.subr o Isolate the use of the 'command' variable to the NetBSD specific parts in /etc/rc.d/dhclient. o Now that dhcp_flags has also been renamed it will be applied properly by rc.subr(8) glue code.
Reported by: John Nielsen <john@jnielsen.net>
|
115912 |
06-Jun-2003 |
ache |
Add ru_RU.CP1251
|
115896 |
06-Jun-2003 |
mtm |
Remove a debugging aid the crept in during the last commit. It doesn't really make much difference since this script is not used during startup and is due to be removed before RELENG_5.
Submitted by: "Simon L. Nielsen" <simon@nitro.dk>
|
115892 |
06-Jun-2003 |
yar |
Since FreeBSD has never had a stock NNTP server, move the nntp line down to the section of optional mail/news services. Change the nntpd location to /usr/local/libexec since it's an optional software.
Henceforth, nntpd will be advised to run as "news", which is a standard user in the system, instead of "usenet", which has never existed in the default master.passwd(5). Note: It's not "news:news" since inetd(8) runs a service at the specified user's login group by default.
Add a blank comment line above the uucpd line so the section looks uniform.
Partly pointed out by: Alexey Neyman <alex.neyman at auriga.ru> MFC after: 1 week
|
115627 |
01-Jun-2003 |
ache |
Add zh_CN.GBK
|
115585 |
01-Jun-2003 |
gordon |
Move networkfs_types from mountcritlocal into defaults/rc.conf as netfs_types. Also add logic into mountcritremote to add extra_netfs_types to the list.
This unbreaks putting smbfs, portalfs and now nwfs in fstab.
|
115584 |
01-Jun-2003 |
des |
Try to describe the control flags a little better.
|
115582 |
01-Jun-2003 |
gordon |
nwfs is network filesystem. Treat it as such when mounting filesystems.
|
115124 |
18-May-2003 |
mtm |
Apparently ldconfig(8) prefers the format as the first argument with the rest of the options following it. This caused problems for people using ldconfig_insecure=yes because the '-i' switch was being positioned before the format argument.
Approved by: markm/mentor (implicit), re/rwatson PR: 47430
|
115123 |
18-May-2003 |
mtm |
Install kpasswdd.
Approved by: markm/mentor, re/rwatson
|
114989 |
14-May-2003 |
anholt |
Add new directories from the XFree86 4.3.0 update.
Approved by: re (murray)
|
114942 |
12-May-2003 |
ume |
pccard_ether didn't setup IPv6 after rcTOS sweep.
Reviewed by: mtm and dougb Approved by: re (scott)
|
114852 |
09-May-2003 |
imp |
Comment out the entire nomatch entry. The partially commented out entry causes problems :-(
This effectively backs out the commit the re@ allowed me to commit.
|
114799 |
07-May-2003 |
imp |
Don't use logger by default just yet for unmatched devices. It is a little too chatty on boot and doesn't give enough information.
Approved by: re@ (bmah)
|
114780 |
06-May-2003 |
dougb |
Hook devfs.conf up to the build.
Approved by: re (scottl)
|
114771 |
06-May-2003 |
mtm |
s/kadmind5/kadmin/
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
114769 |
06-May-2003 |
dougb |
Allow users to configure stuff in /dev once again by re-doing the devfs script to read /etc/devfs.conf, and take appropriate actions based on what it finds there.
The (commented out) examples in the new devfs.conf file are taken in part from the old rc.devfs script.
|
114768 |
06-May-2003 |
obrien |
Back out the amd64 additions. Hammer doesn't do APM, and we certainly aren't ready for any ibcs2_compat bits yet.
|
114766 |
05-May-2003 |
obrien |
We won't do APM on Hammer -- ACPI is the game there.
|
114761 |
05-May-2003 |
dougb |
* Add the nut port from the IANA list (for the nut port) * Add the rndc port, by common usage (TCP only since rndc doesn't use UDP, and the port is not officially assigned)
|
114760 |
05-May-2003 |
dougb |
Add traditional BSD names (sio[0-3]) to the finger-friendly com[1-4] entries so that you can do things like 'tip sio1' without having to remember the DOS equivalent.
|
114747 |
05-May-2003 |
gad |
Add the 'N' flag to the entries for three log files which are *not* written to by syslogd: /var/log/{daily.log,weekly.log,monthly.log}
MFC after: 1 week
|
114746 |
05-May-2003 |
ume |
use /etc/rc.d/network_ipv6 instead of obsoleted /etc/rc.network6.
|
114745 |
05-May-2003 |
gad |
Update the comments in this file to reflect the recent changes to newsyslog.
MFC after: 1 week
|
114735 |
05-May-2003 |
mtm |
Move securelevel further back in the boot order.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit) Reviewed by: dougb
|
114726 |
05-May-2003 |
mtm |
The vi(1) recovery script cannot send mail regarding interrupted sessions if the mailer is dynamically linked. This happens because on some systems the ldconfig script is run after the vi recovery script.
I thought I had already fixed this with revision 1.5 of rc.d/ldconfig, but apparently not. So, in addition I'm making ldconfig a requirement of this script.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit) PR: bin/51767
|
114685 |
05-May-2003 |
bde |
Catch up with 1995(?) for modem speeds (use 57600 instead of 115200 for the example host to modem speed).
|
114682 |
04-May-2003 |
bde |
When resetting to defaults, reset drainwait to the current default pf `sysctl -n kern.drainwait` instead of to the boot-time default of 300.
|
114577 |
03-May-2003 |
akiyama |
Add RealTek RTL8150 USB to fast Ethernet controller driver. This driver now supports the Melco LUA-KTX and the GREEN HOUSE GH-USB100B.
Reviewed by: imp MFC after: 2 weeks
|
114555 |
02-May-2003 |
dougb |
Hook rc.sendmail back up, it was removed prematurely
|
114522 |
02-May-2003 |
dougb |
This file was removed prematurely. It contains functionality not currently duplicated by rcNG, and is also relied on by /etc/mail/Makefile.
Submitted by: hrs Pointy hat to: me
|
114520 |
02-May-2003 |
mtm |
Huh? When did the etc bits for amd64 get added? Make sure they're ported over to rc.d. While I'm at it correct a logic mistake in rc.d/apmd.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
114516 |
02-May-2003 |
mtm |
Create a symbolic link /dev/vga -> /dev/ttyv0.
We can't remove the sourcing of /etc/rc.devfs yet in case the user might have custom entries in it. We will have to come up with an /etc/devfs.rules or something to make this kind of thing easier.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
114492 |
02-May-2003 |
dougb |
Per previous announcement, remove the old version of the rc system.
All functionality from the previous system has been preserved, and users should still customize their system boot with the familiar methods, rc.conf, rc.conf.local, rc.firewall, sysctl.conf, etc.
Users who have customized versions of scripts that have been removed should take great care when upgrading, since the compatibility code that used those old scripts has also been removed.
|
114337 |
30-Apr-2003 |
markm |
The PAM module pam_krb5 does not have "session" capabilities. Don't give examples of such use, this is bogus.
|
114328 |
30-Apr-2003 |
markm |
Make the defaults for Kerberos 5 a little more up-to-date.
|
114326 |
30-Apr-2003 |
markm |
Change the name of the kadmind binary to match reality, now that KerberosIV is no longer an issue.
|
114278 |
30-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
This script should require mountcritremote, since that is the last script at which a filesystem will be mounted in FreeBSD. Without this the script was being inserted later in the boot than necessary.
Approved by: markm (mentor) (implicit) Reviewed by: dougb Noticed by: Andrzej ToboÅa <san@wilk.2a.pl>
|
114272 |
30-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
This particular debugging statement is very verbose, making the rest of the debug output hard to follow. Comment it out. It's commented out in NetBSD's version as well.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
114271 |
30-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
o Make the 'Ip-filter module loaded' messages informational o Make 'No ipnat rules' a warning o Remove unecessary ' ..'
Approved by: markm (implicit)
|
114270 |
30-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Running the script with restart or manually stopping and starting it doesn't work because the start_cmd doesn't enable ipfilter if it is currently disabled.
Approved by: markm (mentor) (implicit) Submitted by: Michael Lyngbøl <lyngbol@bifrost.lyngbol.dk> PR: conf/46103
|
114225 |
29-Apr-2003 |
imp |
We need pccard start too.
|
114213 |
29-Apr-2003 |
jwd |
new netstart atm should be correct but is commented out pending appropriate testing.
Submitted by: mtm
|
114212 |
29-Apr-2003 |
jwd |
Add rc.subr (found during new /etc/netstart testing)
|
114209 |
29-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Add entries for Multicast DNS.
|
114198 |
29-Apr-2003 |
dougb |
Move the mktemp invocation inside motd_start to avoid creating temp files when uptdate_motd and clear_tmp_enable are both NO.
Submitted by: Alex Deiter <tiamat@komi.mts.ru>
|
114118 |
27-Apr-2003 |
dougb |
Add a dire warning about the impending demise of the old rc system.
Suggested by: scottl
|
114115 |
27-Apr-2003 |
imp |
xten isn't needed after tw is gone.
Approved by: re@ (scottl)
|
114114 |
27-Apr-2003 |
imp |
xten user no longer needed.
|
113978 |
24-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Use $ipnat_program instead of the hardcoded path, which was wron anyways.
Approved by: markm (mentor) (implicit) Submitted by: leafy <leafy@leafy.idv.tw>
|
113967 |
24-Apr-2003 |
des |
Add nullok to the pam_unix line.
|
113960 |
24-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
o Add support for running /etc/rc.early o Re-run through /etc/sysctl.conf a second time just before we set the securelevel.
Approved by: markm (mentor) (implicit) Reviewed by: dougb
|
113959 |
24-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Make ipfilter, ipnat, ipmon, and ipfs behave more like the old rc. o group them together so they run one right after another o use the NetBSD supplied ipfs script instead of tacking it on to the end of ipnat o Load the ipl module in ipnat and ipfilter, if it's not already loaded o In ipmon and ipnat show a warning if neither ipfilter nor ipnat is enabled or the ipl module is not loaded, and exit
Approved by: markm (mentor) (implicit) Tested by: leafy <leafy@leafy.idv.tw>
|
113904 |
23-Apr-2003 |
matusita |
Set appropriate tag "fsck" to logger(1) for background fsck messages.
PR: 51174 Submitted by: Alex Popa <razor@ldc.ro>
|
113902 |
23-Apr-2003 |
des |
Make sure debug.log only gets debugging messages.
|
113759 |
20-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Run interface specific scripts for dhcp interfaces too. This is how it has always been done (before and after rc.d) but I somehow failed to include it when I broke up network1.
Submitted by: bmah Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
113736 |
20-Apr-2003 |
rwatson |
Remove the 'te' label elements from the default configuration, since we no longer plan on shipping a TE MAC module independent from SEBSD.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
113711 |
19-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Spell ${_jail} correctly
Submitted by: Shizuka Kudo <shizukakudo_99@yahoo.com> Approved by: markm (mentor) (implicit)
|
113702 |
19-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
The changes to rc.d/network1 will not get merged in by mergemaster if it does not appear in the list of files to install.
|
113676 |
18-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
o Hook the new files up to the build. o Make sure all the scripts reference rc.d/netif and not rc.d/network1
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
113675 |
18-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Make use of the dhclient script. This will bring up/down dhcp interfaces.
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
113674 |
18-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Break out and rewrite the network setup scripts. o /etc/network.subr contains common subroutines used for seting up network interfaces o rc.d/hostname sets the hostname if not already set o rc.d/nisdomain sets the nis domain *after* rpcbind but before the yp* daemons. This fixes issues with temporary hangs when looking up informaion in nis before it's ready. o rc.d/netif brings network interfaces (minus dhcp) up. o rc.d/network1 has been disabled and will be retired before RELENG_5. It will be replaced by rc.d/netif
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
113644 |
18-Apr-2003 |
gshapiro |
The sendmail binary now has a reasonable default for MaxMimeHeaderLength built in. No need to set it here.
MFC after: 1 week
|
113570 |
16-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Fix typo (and make it more explicit/self-documenting).
Noticed by: gshapiro
|
113569 |
16-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
Add new knobs for controlling jails in rc.d and document them.
Approved by: makrm (mentor)
|
113568 |
16-Apr-2003 |
mtm |
o Add a script to start jails on boot. o Hook it up to the build
Approved by: markm (mentor) Submitted by: Clement Laforet <sheepkiller@cultdeadsheep.org> (modified) Prodded by: mike
|
113337 |
10-Apr-2003 |
shiba |
Add NTT-ME SS-LAN CARD MN128. This card entry has been committed into NEWCARD.
|
113259 |
08-Apr-2003 |
des |
Introduce debug.log which gets debug.* (most of this would otherwise go to the great bit-bucket in the sky)
|
113025 |
03-Apr-2003 |
yar |
Stop logging ``authpriv'' messages to the world-readable file /var/log/messages. Such messages are for the eyes of authorized personnel only.
PR: conf/48170 Discussed in: freebsd-security MFC after: 2 weeks
|
112986 |
02-Apr-2003 |
ru |
Drop the silly notion that fd* entries have both `a' and `b' partitions; this does nothing except upsetting disklabel(8).
|
112984 |
02-Apr-2003 |
ru |
Make disktab(5) MI (repo-copied from etc.i386/disktab).
|
112956 |
01-Apr-2003 |
jhb |
Remove 220.backup-distfile since it has been deleted.
Reported by: mdodd Pointy hat to: jhb
|
112949 |
01-Apr-2003 |
jhb |
Complete removal of 320.rdist by removing its entry from periodic.conf and removing the related 220.backup-distfile script and associatd periodic.conf entry.
Discussed with: obrien
|
112849 |
30-Mar-2003 |
mtm |
Make the 'restart' command work. Otherwise, it would successfully stop ipfw, but not enable it again.
Aesthetic changes o Use positve logic (instead of negative) o create a 'stop' function, rather than putting the commands in the stop_cmd variable.
Submitted by: des Approved by: markm (mentor) (implicit)
|
112771 |
29-Mar-2003 |
obrien |
320.rdist is OBE as we don't have rdist in the base system any more.
|
112770 |
29-Mar-2003 |
obrien |
This is OBE as we don't have rdist in the base system any longer.
|
112742 |
28-Mar-2003 |
sobomax |
Add pc-card from ARCHOS CD-224E cdrom.
MFC after: 1 week
|
112623 |
25-Mar-2003 |
trhodes |
Update the handbook printing section URL so that it points to the correct location.
|
112573 |
25-Mar-2003 |
gshapiro |
Fix formatting (spaces -> tab)
MFC after: 1 week
|
112525 |
24-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Directories for Russian manpages.
|
112500 |
22-Mar-2003 |
ume |
add missing `ipf -s'.
Submitted by: Mark Huizer <xaa+freebsd@timewasters.nl>
|
112355 |
17-Mar-2003 |
cjc |
Attach the kldxref script to the build/install.
|
112354 |
17-Mar-2003 |
cjc |
A new rc-ng script to build linker.hints files with kldxref(8) automatically at boot time. Associated rc.conf(5) knobs and documentation are included.
|
112255 |
15-Mar-2003 |
dougb |
Make it more clear how to disable keybell, and where its options are found.
PR: conf/41772
|
112230 |
14-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Use the canonical form of installing links. Also, make "ftp" and "ftpd" hard links.
Not objected to by: des
|
112200 |
13-Mar-2003 |
mux |
Rework the wording of the comment for the security.bsd.see_other_uids sysctl a bit.
Approved by: jmallett
|
112144 |
12-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Record the BOG death here too.
|
112086 |
11-Mar-2003 |
ru |
No tabs here.
|
111982 |
08-Mar-2003 |
markm |
Initiate KerberosIV de-orbit burn. Disconnect the /etc configs.
|
111971 |
07-Mar-2003 |
sam |
add ath to the list of Ethernet devices
|
111925 |
05-Mar-2003 |
peter |
Stop creating /usr/include/netns
|
111913 |
05-Mar-2003 |
ume |
Latest IPFilter requires flushing rules for IPv6 separately from IPv4.
|
111810 |
03-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Make sure the default install comes with /etc/login.conf hashed.
|
111210 |
21-Feb-2003 |
dougb |
Don't try to deal with vi.recover if the directory doesn't exist
PR: conf/24515 Submitted by: Jeroen C. van Gelderen <jeroen@systemics.com>
|
111019 |
16-Feb-2003 |
mtm |
We stopped reloading rc.conf for each script a long time ago. Things shouldn't depend on that any more.
PR: conf/48332 Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
110995 |
16-Feb-2003 |
des |
Alphabetize.
|
110994 |
16-Feb-2003 |
des |
Back out previous commit now that pam_opieaccess(8) has an allow_local option.
|
110993 |
16-Feb-2003 |
des |
Add the allow_local option to all pam_opieaccess entries.
|
110992 |
16-Feb-2003 |
des |
Add the want_agent option to the commented-out "session" pam_ssh entry.
|
110965 |
15-Feb-2003 |
des |
Allow password logins from localhost (including the console).
|
110963 |
15-Feb-2003 |
keramida |
Remove {man,cat}n from /usr/share/man. They had been added for TCL, but it's no longer a part of the base-system and buildworld works fine here after deleting them both on disk and from the mtree spec files.
Not objected to by: kris, silence on -audit
|
110943 |
15-Feb-2003 |
jhay |
kenv moved from /usr/bin/ to /bin/.
|
110942 |
15-Feb-2003 |
jhay |
Add another backslash ('\').
|
110938 |
15-Feb-2003 |
shiba |
Add YIS YWL-11B.
|
110907 |
15-Feb-2003 |
mtm |
When cleaning /var/run make sure the control files are not removed unconditionally when the script is being rerun (when it is called with the reload argument).
PR: conf/47517 Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
110746 |
12-Feb-2003 |
imp |
Back out 1.143 and 1.144. They are no longer needed now that we start devd later in the boot process. This should fix all the problems people have had with those commits. Diskless should be working again, and those that mount /usr with nfs should be able to do that again too.
|
110745 |
12-Feb-2003 |
imp |
Start devd after the networking stuff, but before we mount the critical remote systems. This lets us run commands from devd that aren't on the / partition. This also means we can remove some kludges from the networking startup that I added a while ago that caused other problems.
There's still a race in starting devd that needs to be fixed in devd so that things present at boot will be configured by the time devd does daemon(). That race will be fixed later.
|
110744 |
12-Feb-2003 |
imp |
Now that we don't have the NODEVFS case, we can just check to see if a device node exists directly to see if OLDCARD is compiled into the kernel. This eliminates the scary warning that people using NEWCARD are seeing when they have pccard_enable=YES in their /etc/rc.conf files.
|
110663 |
11-Feb-2003 |
ache |
Apply man.alias to /usr/share/openssl/man too
|
110655 |
10-Feb-2003 |
nectar |
Install the OpenSSL man pages in /usr/share/openssl/man and remove the WANT_OPENSSL_MANPAGES knob.
|
110608 |
10-Feb-2003 |
des |
Major cleanup & homogenization.
|
110607 |
10-Feb-2003 |
des |
No idea what this is for, and it doesn't make much sense. If a port needs it, it can install its own copy in /usr/local/etc/pam.d/.
|
110606 |
10-Feb-2003 |
des |
There's no reason to have two identical policies for FTP servers, so make ftp a symlink to ftpd.
|
110596 |
09-Feb-2003 |
joerg |
Set the expected permissions of /dev to 0555 since this is what devfs is using anyway. Otherwise, "make installworld" insists on resetting them to 0755.
|
110576 |
08-Feb-2003 |
gshapiro |
Allow multiple aliases files to be rebuilt
PR: bin/40540 Submitted by: Cyrille Lefevre <cyrille.lefevre@laposte.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
110570 |
08-Feb-2003 |
gshapiro |
/etc/rc.network isn't built to handle a value of "DEFAULT" (nor should it be). Using that string leads rc.network to execute:
# sysctl -w vfs.nfs.bufpackets=DEFAULT vfs.nfs.bufpackets: 4 -> 0
Which isn't what was intended.
PR: conf/31280 MFC after: 3 days
|
110551 |
08-Feb-2003 |
gshapiro |
Add a comment regarding the use of the msgs alias with sendmail to help users who want to enable it.
PR: misc/39951
|
110542 |
08-Feb-2003 |
phk |
Install geom include files.
|
110516 |
07-Feb-2003 |
keramida |
Misc grammar, typo and wording fixes of comments.
PR: docs/41034 Submitted by: Chris Pepper <pepper@rockefeller.edu>
|
110476 |
06-Feb-2003 |
trhodes |
Add a header: #!/bin/sh.
PR: 44363
|
110457 |
06-Feb-2003 |
des |
Use pam_group(8) instead of pam_wheel(8).
|
110402 |
05-Feb-2003 |
ru |
NODEVFS cleanup.
|
110326 |
04-Feb-2003 |
maxim |
ep(4) does not have link0 and link1 options.
PR: conf/46651 Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.pp.ru> Reviewed by: imp, mdodd MFC after: 1 week
|
110284 |
03-Feb-2003 |
des |
Don't enable pam_krb5 by default - most people don't have it since most people don't build with MAKE_KERBEROS5 defined. Provide commented-out usage examples instead, like we do everywhere else.
Pointy hat to: des
|
110239 |
02-Feb-2003 |
des |
Enable pam_krb5 for sshd. I've had this in my tree for ages.
|
110210 |
01-Feb-2003 |
phk |
NODEVFS cleanup: Goodbye, and good riddance!
|
110209 |
01-Feb-2003 |
phk |
NODEVFS cleanup: Don't ever install MAKEDEV anymore.
|
109997 |
28-Jan-2003 |
dbaker |
Re-add information for applying for IP space from a registry since that hasn't been included since the ancient rs.internic.net address was removed.
Offer the option of the five regional registries.
MFC after: 3 days
|
109921 |
27-Jan-2003 |
jake |
Change ofwcons to use the output-device property from the firmware for the name of the device that it creates. Update /etc/ttys accordingly.
An alias is created for the old name so that old /etc/ttys will continue to work, but due to aliases being implemented as symlinks in devfs you cannot login as root when using the alias device.
Discussed with: grehan
|
109837 |
25-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
NETWORKING should also mean routing daemons are up.
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
109836 |
25-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Start isdnd before ppp for those folks who use ppp-over-isdn.
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
109828 |
25-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Read /etc/rc.subr.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit) Noticed by: kris
|
109770 |
24-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Cleanup as many instances of rc.conf variable use before calling load_rc_config().
Approved by: markm (mentor) dougb
|
109723 |
23-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Missing '$'
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
109582 |
20-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Write out the debug messages (from the previous commit) only if the evaluated command exists.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
109579 |
20-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Add a missing OR.
Approved by: markm (mentor)(implicit)
|
109465 |
18-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Make the debug messages, for when a script rolls its own start routine, more usefull. Currently it just says 'xxx_cmd'; whereas with this change it will name the routine that's being run.
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
109455 |
18-Jan-2003 |
shiba |
Add BUFFALO LPC-CF-CLT(10Base-T Compact Flash Ether Card).
|
109431 |
17-Jan-2003 |
shiba |
Add Allied Telesis WR211PCM.
|
109401 |
17-Jan-2003 |
ache |
Add missing ca_ES, lt_LT, sr_YU aliases
|
109348 |
16-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Purely cosmetic change. The # PROVIDE line should precede the # REQUIRE line.
Approved by: markm (mentor)
|
109347 |
16-Jan-2003 |
anholt |
Add missing lib/X11/xedit/lisp directory.
|
109233 |
14-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Add rc_debug knob to rc.conf. The code for it has been in rc.subr for some time now. Document all knobs introduced by rc.d
Approved by: markm (mentor) Reviewd by: gordon (earlier revision)
|
109232 |
14-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Finish merging in rev. 1.124 of rc.network, so that natd can be used withough the $natd_interface having to be explicitly specified on the command line.
Approved by: markm (mentor) Submitted by: Aaron D. Gifford <agifford@infowest.com> PR: conf/47024
MFC: upon re approval
|
109213 |
14-Jan-2003 |
trhodes |
Add an entry for the Dlink Air 660 Wireless PC Card.
PR: 46977 Submitted by: gioria Approved by: imp
|
109127 |
12-Jan-2003 |
mtm |
Fix the named script to find the correct pid file for the named(8) daemon by providing a new rc.conf knob: named_pidfile that defaults to the path specified in the system-installed named.conf(5).
Approved by: markm (mentor) Reviewed by: dougb Noticed by : Galen Sampson <galen_sampson@yahoo.com> Dan Pelleg <daniel+bsd@pelleg.org> PR: conf/46402 MFC: 2 weeks (with re@ approval)
|
109079 |
10-Jan-2003 |
imp |
Either compaq has two variants of the WL200, or the old entry is wrong. Go ahead and include a second entry for the WL200 until I can sort this out.
Submitted by: Matt Pearce
|
108983 |
09-Jan-2003 |
imp |
Move devd.conf here and install it by default (didn't do a repo copy because there's so little history to save).
MFC After: 10 millifortnights
|
108959 |
08-Jan-2003 |
wollman |
Tighten wording of comment.
Suggested by: gshapiro
|
108958 |
08-Jan-2003 |
wollman |
Do not do manually what sendmail(8) can do better automatically. Tell sendmail to clean up its own host status cache. The error condition handling could probably be done better.
|
108727 |
05-Jan-2003 |
se |
Add support for bzip2ed log files.
|
108664 |
04-Jan-2003 |
schweikh |
Comment out imap3@220 and imap4-ssl@585 which are not used.
PR: conf/46294 Submitted by: Larry Rosenman <ler@lerctr.org> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
108661 |
04-Jan-2003 |
schweikh |
Add 1701/l2tp, layer 2 tunnelling protocol, as per IANA services.
PR: conf/35240 Submitted by: Annihilator <annihilator.c@usa.net> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
108533 |
01-Jan-2003 |
schweikh |
Correct typos, mostly s/ a / an / where appropriate. Some whitespace cleanup, especially in troff files.
|
108507 |
31-Dec-2002 |
rwatson |
Further sync to kernel make_dev(): since we don't provide group access to /dev/raidctl, don't set the group to operator. (This isn't a storage device, it's a control device).
Also, since umask here is already restrictive, we don't need to explicitly set the mode.
Submitted by: bde
|
108487 |
31-Dec-2002 |
simokawa |
add fwmem* and fw*.
|
108486 |
31-Dec-2002 |
rwatson |
Set the mode on the raidctl device to 0600.
Reviewed by: scottl
|
108433 |
30-Dec-2002 |
simokawa |
Install /sys/dev/firewire/*.h under /usr/include/dev/firewire for userland utilities.
|
108427 |
30-Dec-2002 |
ache |
Add directories for upcoming ca_ES locale
|
108350 |
28-Dec-2002 |
dillon |
Synchronize old rc.diskless scripts from new rc.d/ scripts
|
108200 |
23-Dec-2002 |
dillon |
Redo the initial rc_ng check to avoid rc.conf pollution occuring too early, initdiskless may retarget /etc and various rc.conf files. The initial check is now done in a subshell. Reviewed by: Mike Makonnen <mtm@identd.net>
|
108192 |
22-Dec-2002 |
dillon |
Forgot to add rcconf.sh to the Makefile, and forgot to rename rcconf to rcconf.sh in the last commit.
|
108191 |
22-Dec-2002 |
dillon |
Do not unconditionally load the configuration files for the RCNG case. Instead, load them as part of the rc.d system. This allows us to prioritize the initidiskless script so it runs before the configuration files are loaded and allows us to get rid of the exit 2 hack in /etc/rc. The exit 2 never worked anyway since it did not unset the prior configuration, causing the diskless code to not operate properly.
Do a major cleanup and revamping of the diskless code for RCNG. This will be backported to the non-RCNG scripts as well as -stable.
With suggestions from: Mike Makonnen <mtm@identd.net> MFC after: 7 days
|
108145 |
21-Dec-2002 |
dillon |
Revamp the way rc.diskless1 creates and populates memory filesystems. Make the whole thing generic. That is, /conf/base, /conf/default, /conf/${ipba}, and /conf/${ip} are all handled the same way.
Introduce an NFS remounting feature via the /conf/base/<dir>/diskless_remount so you can avoid dup'ing system directories in /conf (described in rc file).
Introduce a memory filesystem sizing feature via the /conf/base/<dir>/md_size file that allows you to override the default memory filesystem size.
Introduce a file containing relative paths to remove for each memory filesystem directory as /conf/base/<dirname>.remove.
Make the cpio feature more generic (applies to any filesystem) (aka /conf/base/<dirname>.cpio.gz).
Allow any root directories to be created as a memory filesystem via the /conf/*/* mechanism.
Replace the copyright notice with a reference to the COPYRIGHT file and do other cleanups.
(documentation and man page updates to follow).
MFC after: 3 days
|
108018 |
18-Dec-2002 |
mckusick |
Delay an optional amount of time after booting before starting a background fsck. The delay defaults to sixty seconds to allow large applications such as the X server to start before disk I/O bandwidth is monopolized by fsck.
Submitted by: Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
108008 |
17-Dec-2002 |
eric |
Add Web Objects.
Obtained from: IANA Sponsored by: Apple
|
108002 |
17-Dec-2002 |
green |
Back out the previous commit, since there could be dire consequences if /etc/rc were accidentally executed (as requested by other committeers).
|
107994 |
17-Dec-2002 |
green |
/home/green/tmp/cvsSFosXg
|
107988 |
17-Dec-2002 |
eric |
Add IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) and remove blank lines.
Obtained from: IANA Sponsored by: Apple
|
107952 |
16-Dec-2002 |
mbr |
Change the name for the local unix-socket based protocol from "unix" back to "local". Add some compat stuff so both ways work for some time.
Reviewed by: phk Approved by: imp (UPDATING) Requested by: iedowse, lukem@netbsd.org
|
107919 |
15-Dec-2002 |
dougb |
Bring in the settings from /etc/rc.devfs, which include the vga symlink that's being replaced here. This is what /etc/rc does now.
There is no NetBSD devfs, so there is no compatibility issue.
Not objected to by: FreeBSD-rc@yahoogroups.com Approved by: re (murray)
|
107841 |
13-Dec-2002 |
imp |
o Don't consider LOOPBACK devices as configured...
|
107817 |
13-Dec-2002 |
fenner |
Renumber divert.
Forgotten by: fenner Approved by: re (murray)
|
107774 |
12-Dec-2002 |
imp |
o redirect the grep to /dev/null o use ifn rather than interface in rc.network o merge into rc.d/network1
Approved by: (re blanket)
|
107765 |
12-Dec-2002 |
eric |
Add Remote AppleEvents/PPC Toolbox.
Approved by: rwatson Obtained from: IANA Sponsored by: Apple
|
107761 |
11-Dec-2002 |
imp |
o Don't do anything if the interface is already up. o Only delay in pccard_ether when we're doing dhcp and starting the interface.
Approved: (re blanket for devd)
|
107674 |
07-Dec-2002 |
keramida |
Avoid using perl in the periodic & security scripts. This brings the base system one step closer to being totally perl-free.
Approved by: re (jhb)
|
107655 |
06-Dec-2002 |
imp |
Make pccardd have -z by default. This fixes a few startup problems where people want to have the cards configured. Lack of -z is a speed optimization.
Submitted by: many voices on mobile@ Approved by: re@ (rwatson) MFC after: 3 days
|
107553 |
03-Dec-2002 |
des |
Since OpenSSH drops privileges before calling pam_open_session(3), pam_lastlog(8) can't possibly work, so let OpenSSH handle lastlog.
Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
107547 |
03-Dec-2002 |
rwatson |
Don't install old LOMAC include files; do install new mac_lomac include files.
Approved by: re (jhb) Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
107397 |
30-Nov-2002 |
imp |
Two fixes for devd: 1) Move devd to the start of the head of the boot process rather than the end. 2) Disable devctl if devd is disabled.
|
107318 |
27-Nov-2002 |
ru |
Removed the vestiges of modems(5).
Approved by: re
|
107280 |
26-Nov-2002 |
rwatson |
Update rc scripts to load mac_lomac instead of lomac.
Approved by: re Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
107254 |
26-Nov-2002 |
ume |
compliance with RFC3152.
PR: standards/45557 Submitted by: Matthew Seaman <m.seaman@infracaninophile.co.uk> Approved by: re
|
107171 |
22-Nov-2002 |
tom |
Clarify adjkerntz(8) note and use complete sentences in comments.
PR: misc/45493 Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
107123 |
21-Nov-2002 |
julian |
Make directory for bluetooth include files.
|
106988 |
16-Nov-2002 |
thomas |
Do not emit a message on stderr when one of the compared files is shorter than the other.
Reviewed by: roberto MFC after: 3 days
|
106987 |
16-Nov-2002 |
thomas |
Remove incorrect output redirection.
Reviewed by: roberto Committed from: EuroBSDCon Amsterdam MFC after: 3 days
|
106958 |
15-Nov-2002 |
ru |
Backout rev. 1.263.
Approved by: jmallett
|
106946 |
15-Nov-2002 |
ru |
Fixed two typos in comments.
|
106817 |
12-Nov-2002 |
obrien |
[DAIVD O'BRIEN's OPINION] Head off what I think is an abuse of the TRB, and disable lukemftpd.
|
106797 |
12-Nov-2002 |
imp |
Turn off devd until I have a devd.conf file that I can install one that does no harm.
|
106723 |
10-Nov-2002 |
imp |
Add devd_enable
Submitted by: dougb
|
106700 |
09-Nov-2002 |
gordon |
By popular demand, make the debug log to syslog. Remove an extraneous return too.
|
106688 |
09-Nov-2002 |
imp |
Add devd to the mix. It should run basically last at this point.
# I've tested this, but only lightly, so please email me with problems.
|
106643 |
08-Nov-2002 |
gordon |
Diff reduction to NetBSD:
Fix a minor grammer nit. Get rid of _echo that uses logger and just call logger in the 3 routines that need it. Add a comment referencing rc.conf(5) in the case of an incorrectly set variable.
This pulls rc.subr up to 1.51 of rc.subr. I skipped 1.49 (systrace support) since I don't have systrace.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
106493 |
06-Nov-2002 |
dougb |
Import the latest hints file from Internic. The most important change is that J has moved, however I'm sure you'll all be very disappointed to hear that you can no longer retrieve this file via gopher.
|
106431 |
04-Nov-2002 |
fenner |
Force rpcbind to start even if it wasn't enabled. This solves the ypbind problems people were having at startup.
Approved by: re
|
106403 |
04-Nov-2002 |
markm |
Restore /var/games; lots of ports' games use it.
|
106333 |
02-Nov-2002 |
ume |
Add IPv6 setup for ipfilter. `ipv6_ipfilter_rules' was added to specify rules definition file for ipfilter. The default is /etc/ipf6.rules. If there is a file which is specified by 'ipv6_ipfilter_rules', IPv6 rule is installed.
Reviewed by: Ronald van der Pol <Ronald.vanderPol@rvdp.org> MFC after: 1 week
|
106231 |
31-Oct-2002 |
gordon |
Wrap test case in an if statement to avoid crunching a return value.
|
106154 |
29-Oct-2002 |
tobez |
Remove Perl bits still lurking in BSD.local.dist. It is a responsibility of lang/perl5 to deal with those nowadays.
Requested by: kkenn
|
106117 |
29-Oct-2002 |
obrien |
Tweak the warning language.
|
105969 |
26-Oct-2002 |
fenner |
Fix "err" usage.
PR: 44284 Submitted by: Sergey Mokryshev <mokr@mokr.net>
|
105968 |
25-Oct-2002 |
fenner |
Fix two typos. Using "-eq" instead of "=" in a [ caused an error when an entry in /etc/sysctl.conf didn't exist. Fixing this exposed a minor typo "exits" vs. "exist".
However, there doesn't appear to be any provision to run this with the "lastload" argument, meaning that the error will never appear.
|
105964 |
25-Oct-2002 |
ache |
Add lt_LT.ISO8859-13
|
105951 |
25-Oct-2002 |
markm |
No need for this config file; games are gone.
|
105938 |
25-Oct-2002 |
thomas |
Add newly-added sripts to FILES.
Reviewed by: roberto
|
105937 |
25-Oct-2002 |
thomas |
Add a new /etc/periodic/security script to check for packets rejected by ipfilter (510.ipfdenied), and a corresponding periodic.conf knob (daily_status_security_ipfdenied_enable).
Reviewed by: roberto Approved by: re@
|
105936 |
25-Oct-2002 |
thomas |
Factor out code across various /etc/periodic/security scripts into a separate file, /etc/periodic/security/security.functions.
Reviewed by: roberto (mentor) Approved by: re@
|
105885 |
24-Oct-2002 |
luigi |
Fix a bug in MAKEDEV -- when creating /dev/usb, the code was using whatever random value was already in $unit. It happened to work because the variable is often unset, but this is not always the case e.g. when you call "MAKEDEV sio2 usb ..."
This affects -stable as well.
Reviewed by: n_hibma Silence from: re MFC after: 3 days
|
105876 |
24-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
# WARNING: lukemftpd does not support PAM, MAC, per-class nologin files, # or any login.conf resource limits or features; use it only if this is # appropriate for your environment. If you require these features, use # the regular FreeBSD ftpd below.
Discourage users from using lukemftpd if they rely any of these standard FreeBSD features that are fully supported by our native ftpd. There may be other features that are not yet supported that I have not yet discovered.
|
105875 |
24-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Install mac_partition include files.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
105702 |
22-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Invert the logic of the NO_MAKEDEV options to match the 5.0-R default install.
|
105699 |
22-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Hook up a sample mac.conf to the install. The sample basically tells applications to print labels for all of the TrustedBSD- generated policies, if they are present.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
105515 |
20-Oct-2002 |
markm |
Do not build the majority of the games. Remaining are the "utility-like" games and everyone's favourite, fortune(6).
|
105503 |
20-Oct-2002 |
scottl |
After much delay and anticipation, welcome RAIDFrame into the FreeBSD world. This should be considered highly experimental.
Approved-by: re
|
105443 |
19-Oct-2002 |
ache |
Add sr_YU locale directories Submitted by: Toni Andjelkovic <toni@soth.at>
|
105400 |
18-Oct-2002 |
tmm |
Install the include files in sys/dev/ofw.
|
105376 |
18-Oct-2002 |
sam |
install "fast ipsec" include files
|
105374 |
18-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Exempt the "wheel group requirement" by default when su'ing to root if the wheel group has no explicit members listed in /etc/group. This adds the "exempt_if_empty" flag to pam_wheel in the default configuration; in some environments, it may be appropriate to remove this flag, however, this default is the same as pre-pam_wheel.
Reviewed by: markm Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
105364 |
17-Oct-2002 |
sobomax |
Fix silly typo: loacal --> local.
|
105302 |
16-Oct-2002 |
keramida |
Replace old, not-working URL for an online index of DNS blacklist servers with a reference to the Google directory.
Reviewed by: gshapiro MFC after: 1 week
|
105131 |
14-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Remove root from the 'guest' group: missed in a previous pass.
Spotted by: jhb
|
105055 |
13-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Remove root from the kmem, sys, tty, and staff groups in the default configuration. Root privileges override DAC on local file systems and therefore root does not generally need to be a member of a group to access files owned by that group. In the NFS case, require explicit authorization for root to have these privileges.
Leave root in operator for dump/restore broadcast reasons; leave root in wheel until discrepencies in the "no users in wheel means any user can su" policy are resolved (possibly indefinitely).
|
105053 |
13-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
For consistency with other entries in group, don't put the daemon or xten users in their groups explicitly--we pick that up from the gid field in master.passwd.
|
104985 |
12-Oct-2002 |
schweikh |
s/dependancy/dependency/
|
104980 |
12-Oct-2002 |
schweikh |
Fix style bugs: * Space -> tabs conversion. * Removed blanks before semicolon in "if ... ; then". * Proper indentation of misindented lines. * Put a full stop after some comments. * Removed whitespace at end of line.
Approved by: silence from gordon
|
104973 |
12-Oct-2002 |
dd |
Aesthetics: Output a prefix before sourcing rc.local as the old rc script did. Stuff in rc.local frequently has lines like "echo -n ' service_name'" which look ugly without a prefix and a trailing period. Likewise for rc.shutdown.local for consistency.
|
104972 |
12-Oct-2002 |
dd |
Aesthetics: Most (all?) other messages output at boot time have trailing periods, so why shouldn't this one?
|
104574 |
06-Oct-2002 |
joerg |
When considering temporary files for deletion, don't examine the mtime and atime only, but also the ctime. Otherwise, files extracted from tar or zip archives will immediately be declared stale since they've got their mtime reset to the original mtime.
Reviewed by: brian MFC after: 1 week
|
104531 |
05-Oct-2002 |
scottl |
Remove matcd from MAKEDEV.
X-MFC after: ASAP
|
104490 |
04-Oct-2002 |
sam |
add support for /dev/crypto
|
104489 |
04-Oct-2002 |
sam |
install sys/opencrypto include files in /usr/include/crypto
|
104423 |
03-Oct-2002 |
schweikh |
Fix all whitespace style bugs where spaces have been used where tabs should have been. Cut & paste disease?
Spotted by: vi(1) tabstop=4 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
104334 |
02-Oct-2002 |
dd |
In a diskless setup, rc.d/initdiskless may overwrite parts of /etc on a per-machine or per-cluster (with different ways of expressing what's part of a cluster) basis. In order for this to be effective, rc.conf has to be reread after initdiskless is finished. Implement this by adding a hook to etc/rc which rereads rc.conf by request. This can also be implemented by renaming initdiskless to initdiskless.sh and sourcing rc.conf there manually, but it was decided that, that would be uglier than a hook in etc/rc.
Developed in concert with: gordon
|
104288 |
01-Oct-2002 |
ru |
test -h is deprecated; use -L instead.
PR: bin/40846
|
104181 |
30-Sep-2002 |
mdodd |
- Recognize 'idt' interfaces. - The start command is 'atm_start' not 'start_cmd'.
|
104180 |
30-Sep-2002 |
mdodd |
Recognize 'idt' interfaces.
|
104171 |
30-Sep-2002 |
imp |
SAMSUNG SWL-2000P PCI Card
Submitted by: Robert Dezorzo
|
104170 |
30-Sep-2002 |
imp |
Psion Dacom Gold Card Ethernet
Submitted by: Rick Hoppe
|
104169 |
30-Sep-2002 |
imp |
Generic Prism2.5 card
Submitted by: Matt Peterson
|
104168 |
30-Sep-2002 |
imp |
Belkin F5D5020 pccard.
Submitted by: Philip Pereira
|
104167 |
30-Sep-2002 |
imp |
Entry for I-O Data PCET/100-CL
Submitted by: MATSUO Masahiko-san
|
104159 |
29-Sep-2002 |
imp |
oops, last second botch: fix extra 'i'
|
104158 |
29-Sep-2002 |
imp |
o Belkin wireless card
PR: 38919 Submitted by: Tommy Johnson
o IBM IDE CDROM
PR: 39537 Submitted by: Kevin Van Maren
o T-Sunus 130 card
PR: 41802 Submitted by: Oliver Schneider
|
104153 |
29-Sep-2002 |
imp |
o FreeSPirit ISDN/56K modem card o No-name OEM Prism card o ActionTec Prism card o ZoomAir 11Mbps High Rate wireless networking
PR: 41929, 41928 Submitted by: Bruce M Simpson
o Dynalink L100C16
PR: 41938 Submitted by: Marco van de Voort
|
104098 |
28-Sep-2002 |
imp |
Newer Netgear MA401RA entry.
Submitted by: Michael Ranner
|
104039 |
27-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Fix moused so you can use the stop command
Reported by: wa1ter@myrealbox.com
|
104029 |
27-Sep-2002 |
imp |
Two fixes: 1) Add new card entry for nortel eMobility wi card (from email that I've lost the sender on :-( 2) put ata devices at config 0x1 rather than auto. This should be better for nearly all cases.
MFC after: 3 days
|
103975 |
25-Sep-2002 |
jmallett |
Document at least one meaningful RELENG_5 feature, the ability to hide from a user processes which run with an inequivalent class of UID credentials.
Sponsored by: Rachel Hestilow <rachel@jerkcity.com>
|
103948 |
25-Sep-2002 |
brian |
Add a pkg_version variable so that it's possible to run portsversion instead of pkg_version in periodic/weekly/400.status-pkg.
|
103903 |
24-Sep-2002 |
ache |
Make it work with POSIX sort (POS arg). All old sorts understand -k too.
|
103799 |
22-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Use mdmfs(8) rather than rolling our own RAM-disks.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
103738 |
21-Sep-2002 |
markm |
Rename the ftp log filename for compatability with OpenBSD and NetBSD.
Requested by: ru
|
103720 |
20-Sep-2002 |
markm |
Install empty ftp.log file to start off ftp logging.
|
103719 |
20-Sep-2002 |
markm |
Log ftpd stuff in the same way that we log lpd stuff. Too many ftpd's are attacked for us to throw away this sort of evidence.
|
103710 |
20-Sep-2002 |
ume |
up gif during setup.
|
103655 |
19-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Quiet warnings on shutdown.
|
103627 |
19-Sep-2002 |
truckman |
Unbreak installworld.
Apparently /usr/include/dev grew a couple of subdirectories, but nobody informed mtree.
|
103580 |
19-Sep-2002 |
kris |
Add some extra directories created by recent versions of XFree86-4
Reviewed by: anholt (XFree86-4 maintainer) MFC after: 1 day
|
103532 |
18-Sep-2002 |
rse |
Fix implementation of rc variables $amd_flags and $amd_map_program in rcNG. The $amd_flags variable was already taken over into $rc_flags by run_rc_command() when amd_precmd() is executed, so changing $amd_flags there no longer effects the actual execution of amd. Hence in amd_precmd() the $rc_flags have to be adjusted instead.
|
103510 |
17-Sep-2002 |
sam |
MFC: Elan support;
o Recognize AMD Elan SC520 hostbridge. o Add initialization code for the AMD Elan sc520 which maps the MMCR into KVM and sets the i8254 frequency to the correct value. o MAKEDEV entry for elan-mmcr device
Reviewed by: phk, jhb Approved by: re(jhb)
|
103436 |
17-Sep-2002 |
peter |
Initiate deorbit burn for the i386-only a.out related support. Moves are under way to move the remnants of the a.out toolchain to ports. As the comment in src/Makefile said, this stuff is deprecated and one should not expect this to remain beyond 4.0-REL. It has already lasted WAY beyond that.
Notable exceptions: gcc - I have not touched the a.out generation stuff there. ldd/ldconfig - still have some code to interface with a.out rtld. old as/ld/etc - I have not removed these yet, pending their move to ports. some includes - necessary for ldd/ldconfig for now.
Tested on: i386 (extensively), alpha
|
103264 |
12-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Fix sendmail to use checkyesno since rc.conf is no longer re'sourced from the debug statement.
|
103263 |
12-Sep-2002 |
obrien |
Use bzip2 instead of gzip for those logs we compress.
Basic idea agreed to by: rwatson
|
103262 |
12-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Remove the sourceing of rc.conf from the debug subroutine. This caused problems when you try to override variables locally.
|
103231 |
11-Sep-2002 |
jhb |
Cosmetic cleanup to a message.
|
103207 |
11-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Quiet warnings about non-existent scripts. My own fault for not testing my own patches as well as I should.
|
103161 |
09-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Fix syscons so it actually does start.
Reported by: keramida, ume Submitted by: keramida
|
103031 |
06-Sep-2002 |
iwasaki |
Add an entry for corega WL PCCL-11.
PR: conf/42481 Submitted by: NINOMIYA Hideyuki <nin@jp.FreeBSD.org> Approved by: imp MFC after: 1 week
|
103019 |
06-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Convert from `${CMD_OSTYPE}` to ${OSTYPE}. This saves a shell invocation on OS-dependent case switches.
|
103018 |
06-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Add a support for a ${OSTYPE} which is set once in /etc/rc.subr. Also convert all instances of `${CMD_OSTYPE}` to just using ${OSTYPE}. This saves us a shell invocation on anything that is OS-dependent. I seriously doubt that we will be spontaneously changing OS types during bootup.
|
102997 |
06-Sep-2002 |
peter |
rev 1.6 claimed to add 'bootparams', but in fact added 'bootparamd' which does not exist.
|
102993 |
05-Sep-2002 |
fenner |
Only try to initialize syscons if /dev/ttyv0 exists and it's not a pcvt.
|
102992 |
05-Sep-2002 |
fenner |
Only try to run /usr/sbin/ispcvt if it exists and is executable.
|
102986 |
05-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Add an archdep script and hook it up to the build.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
102983 |
05-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Hook bootparams up to the world
|
102982 |
05-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Introduce bootparamd into the boot scripts. Add a bootparamd_enable and _flags to rc.conf
Submitted by: John Hay <jhay@zibbi.icomtek.csir.co.za>
|
102915 |
03-Sep-2002 |
gshapiro |
Deprecate the use of sendmail_enable="NONE" as it adversely affects the new rcNG effort.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
102901 |
03-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
nfsd doesn't die on SIGTERM but on SIGUSR1, correct script to kill nfsd with the right signal.
|
102866 |
02-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
We don't use single_mountd_enable anymore. It's just mountd_enable. I must have missed this in my earlier sweep.
|
102865 |
02-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Only install the scripts that actually used on FreeBSD.
|
102864 |
02-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Commit a revised sendmail script that works the same way as rc.sendmail. This should also quell warnings when sendmail_enable="NONE"
|
102856 |
02-Sep-2002 |
gordon |
Turn rc_ng on by default now, it's time has come. While we are at it, I'd like to thank Mike Makonnen for all his work on rcNG. Without him, none of this would have been possible.
|
102617 |
30-Aug-2002 |
hm |
establish default values for /etc/rc.d/pcvt script
|
102615 |
30-Aug-2002 |
hm |
integrate pcvt configuration into the new /etc/rc.d startup system
PR: i386/7100 Reviewed by: Gordon Tetlow <gordon@FreeBSD.org>
|
102398 |
25-Aug-2002 |
cjc |
Only create a temporary file if we are actually going to do something in the script. Eliminates a bug where we create a temp file, but don't delete it since the rm(1) is only done if the check is enabled.
PR: bin/40960 Submitted by: frf <frf@xocolatl.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
102154 |
20-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Print out a carriage return to make the screen output make more sense
Submitted by: mike@
|
101894 |
15-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
I missed the single_mountd_enable in rc.network.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101893 |
15-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Remove an accidental double chkdepend that snuck in during the last commit.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101852 |
14-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Don't export variables from /etc/rc when doing rc_ng because the scripts are sourced in a subshell.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101851 |
14-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Clean up the scripts to use the new variables: xntpd_* -> ntpd_* portmap_* -> rpcbind_*
Also change single_mountd_enable -> mountd_enable Changing the mountd flags brings us closer to NetBSD.
All of the old variable names are shimmed so you can continue to use the old variable name.
Finally make /etc/rc.d/mountd no longer dependent on nfs as there are (apparently) other consumers of mountd.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101850 |
14-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Clean up some variables that should have been done before: xntpd_* -> ntpd_* portmap_* -> rpcbind_*
Also change single_mountd_enable to mountd_enable.
We also include shims for all the old variable names.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101723 |
12-Aug-2002 |
schweikh |
o Test and change to the correct directory, /var/spool/.hoststat o Bring if/then style in sync with /etc/rc scripts
PR: conf/41570 Submitted by: Konstantin M Volevatch <cox@rosnet.ru> MFC after: 1 week
|
101718 |
12-Aug-2002 |
schweikh |
Fix typos (s/seperat/separat/ et al); add FreeBSD ID. Suggested by: bde MFC after: 3 days
|
101652 |
10-Aug-2002 |
iedowse |
Remove some unnecessary sanity checks that break "sh MAKEDEV cd" and others, because test(1) does not do shortcut evaluation.
Fix the same off-by-one error for acd*t* that revision 1.326 fixed for other *cd devices.
Suggested by: bde Reviewed by: bde
|
101612 |
10-Aug-2002 |
iedowse |
Permit the creation of just cd0 if desired. Previously it always created cd1 as well due to an off-by-one error left over from revision 1.249.
PR: conf/20436 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de> MFC after: 1 week
|
101607 |
09-Aug-2002 |
fanf |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
101596 |
09-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Make the othermta script DTRT when an mta startup script is not specified.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101595 |
09-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Correct comment. We use rpcbind now, not portmap
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101594 |
09-Aug-2002 |
gordon |
Correct comment
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101463 |
07-Aug-2002 |
ru |
We no longer have a COPY.
|
101329 |
04-Aug-2002 |
jake |
Add example entries for ttya and ttyb (sab).
|
101281 |
03-Aug-2002 |
gshapiro |
If all file systems are marked nosuid, the line:
MP=`mount -t ufs | grep -v " nosuid" | awk '{ print $3 }' | sort`
sets ${MP} to an empty string so the next line:
set ${MP}
actually just dumps all of the shells variables to stdout (and therefore the security report). Fixed by surrounding the code which goes through the mounts with a test for an empty string before using ${MP}.
Reviewed by: brian MFC after: 3 days
|
101192 |
01-Aug-2002 |
rwatson |
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control.
Create directories for per-policy include files.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
101085 |
31-Jul-2002 |
ume |
FreeBSD has setkey in different location from NetBSD.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
101030 |
31-Jul-2002 |
blackend |
Correct URL to the Handbook
MFC after: 1 week
|
100872 |
29-Jul-2002 |
ru |
Drop support for COPY, -c has been the default mode of install(1) for a long time now.
Approved by: bde
|
100791 |
28-Jul-2002 |
dd |
Stock -current has more than 300 files in /etc, so 255 inodes for the /etc filesystem isn't enough; consequently, add "-i 4096" to the newfs command for /etc. This results in 1022 inodes, which should be enough for the forseeable future (although I don't know why we would ever have more than 1000 files in a default /etc).
Silence by: -current
|
100790 |
28-Jul-2002 |
dd |
Add a period to the end of the "starting" message to be consistent with the rest of the output during a boot.
|
100700 |
26-Jul-2002 |
imp |
Add a generic NANOSPEED wi card.
Submitted by: matt peterson
While I'm here, kill the flags 0x10000 on all the prism based cards. Both stable and current figure this out on their own and we've had at least one releases where this is the case.
|
100676 |
25-Jul-2002 |
ume |
Change the default setting of an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address to off.
Requested by: many people
|
100449 |
21-Jul-2002 |
ume |
be able to configure to run an IPv6 routing daemon even on an end node (sync with rc.network6 1.30).
Approved by: gordon
|
100405 |
20-Jul-2002 |
ru |
sys.mk no longer includes bsd.own.mk.
|
100316 |
18-Jul-2002 |
ru |
Install scripts via FILES (purposedly not via SCRIPTS that would strip the suffixes).
|
100313 |
18-Jul-2002 |
ru |
s/${INSTALL} -c/${INSTALL} ${COPY}/
|
100290 |
18-Jul-2002 |
imp |
The Compaq WL200 is a CL-PD6729 based pci card with a prism 2 pcmcia card behind it (without the pcmcia form factor). This entry gets to the point of attaching, but there's something wrong with the '29 support, so it doesn't quite work yet.
|
100286 |
18-Jul-2002 |
dd |
Remove spurious "echo '.'".
|
100285 |
18-Jul-2002 |
bsd |
Apply same fix as Rev 1.19 of /etc/rc.diskless2: create sendmail required directories if sendmail_enable is not set to "none".
Suggested by: gordon
|
100284 |
18-Jul-2002 |
dougb |
Anonymize the "portmap" program to get better compatibility with rpcbind in -current.
Submitted by: Alexander Kabaev <ak03@gte.com>
|
100283 |
18-Jul-2002 |
dougb |
Make nisdomainname=NO DTRT
Submitted by: des, via Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
100282 |
18-Jul-2002 |
dougb |
Cleanup some pollution from the NetBSD sync, and add gif setup.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
100281 |
18-Jul-2002 |
gordon |
Fix a typo that caused dhclient not to work.
Submitted by: Dennis Kristensen <snicki@snicki.dk> Reviewed by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
100280 |
18-Jul-2002 |
gordon |
Merge in all the changes that Mike Makonnen has been maintaining for a while. This is only the script pieces, the glue for the build comes next.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net> Reviewed by: silence on -current and -hackers Prodded by: rwatson
|
100279 |
18-Jul-2002 |
ume |
be able to configure to run an IPv6 routing daemon even on an end node.
Requested by: Masachika ISHIZUKA <ishizuka@ish.org> MFC after: 1 week
|
99763 |
11-Jul-2002 |
ru |
Removed no longer used share/examples/diskless/* dirs (forgotten by luigi@) and never used share/examples/kld/dyn_sysctl/module.
|
99734 |
10-Jul-2002 |
joe |
Rename 'usio' to 'ucom'.
Spotted by: akiyama
|
99609 |
08-Jul-2002 |
gordon |
Remove debugging nit
Submitted by: bmah
|
99570 |
08-Jul-2002 |
peter |
GRRR! rc.* cannot do an "exit 0" or it aborts the entire /etc/rc process. We do a '. /etc/rc.syscons' - not run it in a seperate shell.
|
99550 |
07-Jul-2002 |
gordon |
nfsd and mountd now live in /usr/sbin not /sbin. Correct the command args. This also reduces the diff to NetBSD (very marginally).
Reviewed by: jake (mentor)
|
99523 |
07-Jul-2002 |
des |
Silence pam_lastlog for now.
|
99518 |
07-Jul-2002 |
dougb |
Another update from Mike Makonnen.
Missed by: Me
|
99511 |
07-Jul-2002 |
dougb |
Latest improvements from Mike Makonnen. Better kerberos and apm handling.
|
99452 |
05-Jul-2002 |
ru |
There is apparently no reason for the existence of the `etc' target.
|
99451 |
05-Jul-2002 |
ru |
Whitespace and indentation (style) fixes.
|
99449 |
05-Jul-2002 |
ru |
Added DEFAULTS, to denote the contents of etc/defaults/.
Once upon a time (in rev. 1.81), COPYRIGHT and FREEBSD were multi-value.
Moved installation of /var/log/cron to where it belongs (this finishes the change in rev. 1.205).
Removed (with extreme prejudice) a bunch of parentheses that unnecessarily obfuscated this makefile.
Run pwd_mkdb(8) right after master.passwd is installed.
Install nsmb.conf to /usr/share/examples/etc/.
|
99134 |
30-Jun-2002 |
maxim |
Trim EOL spaces.
Reviewed by: gshapiro
|
99133 |
30-Jun-2002 |
maxim |
Add an alias for sshd.
|
98978 |
28-Jun-2002 |
maxim |
Include 'sshd' to the lists of forbidden users.
Reviewed by: cvs-committers
|
98972 |
28-Jun-2002 |
brian |
Mention that we're checking kernel log messages, even if there's no output.
PR: 39618 MFC after: 1 week
|
98883 |
26-Jun-2002 |
sheldonh |
Revert previous delta, setting the system immutable flag on /var/empty instead of the user immutable flag, now that mergemaster handles schg directories in its /var/tmp/temproot.
|
98873 |
26-Jun-2002 |
sheldonh |
Tone down the previous delta: don't set the system immutable flag on /var/empty, because it makes it difficult for mergemaster(8) to remove /var/tmp/temproot/var.
|
98853 |
26-Jun-2002 |
dillon |
add default vmemoryuse (unlimited), and samples
|
98849 |
26-Jun-2002 |
ken |
At long last, commit the zero copy sockets code.
MAKEDEV: Add MAKEDEV glue for the ti(4) device nodes.
ti.4: Update the ti(4) man page to include information on the TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT and TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS kernel options, and also include information about the new character device interface and the associated ioctls.
man9/Makefile: Add jumbo.9 and zero_copy.9 man pages and associated links.
jumbo.9: New man page describing the jumbo buffer allocator interface and operation.
zero_copy.9: New man page describing the general characteristics of the zero copy send and receive code, and what an application author should do to take advantage of the zero copy functionality.
NOTES: Add entries for ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS, TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS, TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT, MSIZE, and MCLSHIFT.
conf/files: Add uipc_jumbo.c and uipc_cow.c.
conf/options: Add the 5 options mentioned above.
kern_subr.c: Receive side zero copy implementation. This takes "disposable" pages attached to an mbuf, gives them to a user process, and then recycles the user's page. This is only active when ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS is turned on and the kern.ipc.zero_copy.receive sysctl variable is set to 1.
uipc_cow.c: Send side zero copy functions. Takes a page written by the user and maps it copy on write and assigns it kernel virtual address space. Removes copy on write mapping once the buffer has been freed by the network stack.
uipc_jumbo.c: Jumbo disposable page allocator code. This allocates (optionally) disposable pages for network drivers that want to give the user the option of doing zero copy receive.
uipc_socket.c: Add kern.ipc.zero_copy.{send,receive} sysctls that are enabled if ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS is turned on.
Add zero copy send support to sosend() -- pages get mapped into the kernel instead of getting copied if they meet size and alignment restrictions.
uipc_syscalls.c:Un-staticize some of the sf* functions so that they can be used elsewhere. (uipc_cow.c)
if_media.c: In the SIOCGIFMEDIA ioctl in ifmedia_ioctl(), avoid calling malloc() with M_WAITOK. Return an error if the M_NOWAIT malloc fails.
The ti(4) driver and the wi(4) driver, at least, call this with a mutex held. This causes witness warnings for 'ifconfig -a' with a wi(4) or ti(4) board in the system. (I've only verified for ti(4)).
ip_output.c: Fragment large datagrams so that each segment contains a multiple of PAGE_SIZE amount of data plus headers. This allows the receiver to potentially do page flipping on receives.
if_ti.c: Add zero copy receive support to the ti(4) driver. If TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS is not defined, it now uses the jumbo(9) buffer allocator for jumbo receive buffers.
Add a new character device interface for the ti(4) driver for the new debugging interface. This allows (a patched version of) gdb to talk to the Tigon board and debug the firmware. There are also a few additional debugging ioctls available through this interface.
Add header splitting support to the ti(4) driver.
Tweak some of the default interrupt coalescing parameters to more useful defaults.
Add hooks for supporting transmit flow control, but leave it turned off with a comment describing why it is turned off.
if_tireg.h: Change the firmware rev to 12.4.11, since we're really at 12.4.11 plus fixes from 12.4.13.
Add defines needed for debugging.
Remove the ti_stats structure, it is now defined in sys/tiio.h.
ti_fw.h: 12.4.11 firmware.
ti_fw2.h: 12.4.11 firmware, plus selected fixes from 12.4.13, and my header splitting patches. Revision 12.4.13 doesn't handle 10/100 negotiation properly. (This firmware is the same as what was in the tree previously, with the addition of header splitting support.)
sys/jumbo.h: Jumbo buffer allocator interface.
sys/mbuf.h: Add a new external mbuf type, EXT_DISPOSABLE, to indicate that the payload buffer can be thrown away / flipped to a userland process.
socketvar.h: Add prototype for socow_setup.
tiio.h: ioctl interface to the character portion of the ti(4) driver, plus associated structure/type definitions.
uio.h: Change prototype for uiomoveco() so that we'll know whether the source page is disposable.
ufs_readwrite.c:Update for new prototype of uiomoveco().
vm_fault.c: In vm_fault(), check to see whether we need to do a page based copy on write fault.
vm_object.c: Add a new function, vm_object_allocate_wait(). This does the same thing that vm_object allocate does, except that it gives the caller the opportunity to specify whether it should wait on the uma_zalloc() of the object structre.
This allows vm objects to be allocated while holding a mutex. (Without generating WITNESS warnings.)
vm_object_allocate() is implemented as a call to vm_object_allocate_wait() with the malloc flag set to M_WAITOK.
vm_object.h: Add prototype for vm_object_allocate_wait().
vm_page.c: Add page-based copy on write setup, clear and fault routines.
vm_page.h: Add page based COW function prototypes and variable in the vm_page structure.
Many thanks to Drew Gallatin, who wrote the zero copy send and receive code, and to all the other folks who have tested and reviewed this code over the years.
|
98774 |
24-Jun-2002 |
jdp |
Fix the amd invocation to honor the amd_flags setting.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
98772 |
24-Jun-2002 |
sheldonh |
The previous delta introduced /var/empty, for use by openssh-portable, which needs an empty directory into which to chroot(2).
Hint to the operator that this directory really _should_ be empty by creating it with mode 0555 and the system immutable flag (schg) set.
Reviewed by: des
|
98700 |
23-Jun-2002 |
des |
Previous commit was just a tad too hasty, the sshd peudo-user's home directory should be /var/empty.
|
98699 |
23-Jun-2002 |
des |
Add /var/empty for the OpenSSH privsep code.
|
98696 |
23-Jun-2002 |
des |
Add an sshd user and group for the OpenSSH privilege separation code.
|
98634 |
22-Jun-2002 |
bsd |
Create sendmail required directories if sendmail is enabled.
|
98585 |
21-Jun-2002 |
dougb |
Hone the rpcbind dependency checking.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
98577 |
21-Jun-2002 |
obrien |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r98576, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
98548 |
21-Jun-2002 |
ru |
Make NO_OPENSSL actually imply NO_OPENSSH, as documented in make.conf(5).
|
98486 |
20-Jun-2002 |
dougb |
Anonymize the "portmap" program to get better compatibility with rpcbind in -current.
Submitted by: Alexander Kabaev <ak03@gte.com>
|
98448 |
19-Jun-2002 |
des |
We don't use this any more.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
98447 |
19-Jun-2002 |
des |
Enable OPIE for sshd and telnetd. I thought I'd done this a long time ago...
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
98412 |
19-Jun-2002 |
dougb |
Another good suggestion from Bruce, only create links if the file doesn't exist already.
|
98399 |
18-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Fix a typo in the named startup options
Submitted by: sheldonh@
|
98386 |
18-Jun-2002 |
dougb |
Do vidcontrol -m on after starting moused for a usb mouse.
PR: conf/39125 Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net> Not objected to by: -current and -hackers
|
98384 |
18-Jun-2002 |
dougb |
Should have paid more attention to the PR. Update (improve?) the examples by doing them in /dev/, and provide more than just the one example.
Submitted by: bde (for the ideas, blame for mistakes is mine)
|
98383 |
18-Jun-2002 |
dougb |
Only create symlink if /dev/ttyv0 exists.
PR: misc/39381 Submitted by: Dirk-Willem van Gulik <dirkx@covalent.net>
|
98306 |
16-Jun-2002 |
dougb |
Try handling lack of syscons (for diskless boot, or other) by testing for the presence of /dev/ttyv0.
PR: misc/39351 Submitted by: Dirk-Willem van Gulik <dirkx@covalent.net>
|
98261 |
15-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Make sendmail really not start when sendmail_enable="NONE"
Submitted by: Dennis Kristensen <snicki@snicki.dk> Reviewed by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
98189 |
13-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Add the final bits that allow the use of rc.d. Note that you can toggle between rc.d and the classic boot scripts based on the rcng variable in your rc.conf. Defaults to classic boot scripts.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen
|
98188 |
13-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Add a couple of variables for rc.d
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen
|
98187 |
13-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Hook rcorder and rc.d into the build.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen
|
98186 |
13-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Bring this up to date with the latest NetBSD bits. Also add some bits of our own.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen Reviewed by: silence on -current and -hackers
|
98184 |
13-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Merge in all the changes that Mike Makonnen has been maintaining for a while. This is only the script pieces, the glue for the build comes next.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net> Reviewed by: silence on -current and -hackers Prodded by: rwatson
|
98079 |
10-Jun-2002 |
obrien |
Change our default XF86Config location from /etc/ to /etc/X11/, following the lead of The XFree86 Project's default.
Approved by: Murray
|
97838 |
04-Jun-2002 |
obrien |
We want to play osterage and stick our heads in the sand and ignore things.
Requested by: jhb
|
97835 |
04-Jun-2002 |
obrien |
ntpdate(1) is depreciated.
|
97518 |
29-May-2002 |
shiba |
Add new entry PLANEX GW-NS11H(PRISM3.0).
Submitted by [bsd-nomads:16322] Yasufumi Susuki <yasu@triaez.kaisei.org>
|
97434 |
29-May-2002 |
peter |
Update g++ include subdirs
|
97247 |
24-May-2002 |
imp |
Correct US Robotics Wireless Card 2410 entry
|
97200 |
24-May-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add a new make.conf knob, SENDMAIL_MAP_PERMS, which specifies the permissions to use for alias and map database files built by /etc/mail/Makefile. The default is 0640 to assist users in avoiding a file locking local denial of service.
MFC after: 1 day pending RE approval
|
97199 |
24-May-2002 |
gshapiro |
Change the default permissions for the sendmail statistics file to 0640 instead of 0644 to help protect users against a file locking local denial of service.
MFC after: 1 day pending RE approval
|
97131 |
22-May-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add a warning regarding localhost-only listening daemons inside jails. Apparently binding only to 127.0.0.1 inside of a jail actually binds to the jail IP address as well (in effect, bind to all available interfaces in the jail).
Submitted by: Helge Oldach <test-smtp@oldach.net> MFC after: 1 day pending RE approval
|
97108 |
22-May-2002 |
ru |
Build sccs(1) docs.
|
97098 |
22-May-2002 |
ru |
Added share/doc/[pu]sd entries.
Reviewed by: grog
|
97029 |
21-May-2002 |
gshapiro |
There are still many broken nameservers out there in the wild. Even though I would personally prefer to see the broken nameservers fixed instead of standards compliant applications work around them, I can't force FreeBSD users to help fight that battle.
Submitted by: Damon Anton Permezel <dap@damon.com> MFC after: 2 days pending RE approval
|
96971 |
20-May-2002 |
gordon |
Explictly set kerberos_stash to NO instead of blank. While we are at it, fix a comment that suggested setting ipv6_ipv4mapping to blank. This will aid in merging with rcng which requires all veriables to be explicitly set.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen MFC after: 1 week
|
96860 |
18-May-2002 |
markm |
Remove Perl and TCL/TK bits, neither of which are in the base system (anymore).
|
96856 |
18-May-2002 |
ru |
Sigh, this README is not a shell script.
|
96855 |
18-May-2002 |
ru |
Remind developers to update hier(7) if they make changes to these files.
|
96838 |
18-May-2002 |
obrien |
We haven't needed libg++ since 1999-04-04 (pre 4.0).
|
96830 |
18-May-2002 |
gordon |
Fix the order of shutdown scripts so it not only reverses the order of the files in each ${local_startup} directory, it also reverses the order of the directories.
Suggested by: jhb Reviewed by: jake Approved by: dougb MFC after: 1 week
|
96813 |
17-May-2002 |
brian |
Temporarily change our umask to 066 so that the potential creation of wtmp.0 is done as mode 600.
This ensures that tight permissions set in /etc/newsyslog.conf for wtmp logging aren't ``betrayed''.
Suggested by: lumpy <lumpy@the.whole.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
96812 |
17-May-2002 |
brian |
Change ``dmesg -a'' to ``dmesg''.
The change was introduced in src/etc/security 1.53 almost a year ago in an attempt to see ipfw deny message logs.
However, ipfw deny/reject logs have been displayed since version 1.13 of the same file as a separate ``job'' and have since moved to src/etc/periodic/security/500.ipfwdenied.
MFC after: 3 days
|
96805 |
17-May-2002 |
brian |
Tighten up temporary file permissions and move them to ${TMPDIR:-/tmp}
Problem reported by: lumpy <lumpy@the.whole.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
96804 |
17-May-2002 |
brian |
Return 3 unless $daily_status_security_enable != YES. Returning $? masks security output when ``periodic security'' is successful !
MFC after: 3 days
|
96721 |
16-May-2002 |
markm |
No need to build perl dirs anymore.
|
96716 |
16-May-2002 |
ru |
MF4: sync with RELENG_4 version as much as possible.
|
96703 |
16-May-2002 |
trhodes |
Consistancy, file system > filesystem
|
96698 |
15-May-2002 |
obrien |
Time to enter modern age and default to NFS version 3.
|
96218 |
08-May-2002 |
nectar |
It is dangerous to use globbing like so in startup scripts:
rm -f /tmp/.X11-unix/*
If /tmp/.X11-unix didn't already exist, a user could symlink it to a directory with files that he wants to wipe out, and wait for next reboot.
Reported by: lumpy <lumpy@the.whole.net>
|
96210 |
08-May-2002 |
gshapiro |
Fix typo.
Submitted by: Marius Strom <marius@marius.org> MFC after: 1 day and RE approval
|
96193 |
08-May-2002 |
des |
Use pam_lastlog(8)'s new no_fail option.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
96166 |
07-May-2002 |
keichii |
This is two new entries for Taiwanese 16bit PCMCIA cards. The Blue Concentric CF 802.11b card is a compactflash form-factored card that does 802.11b, including 128bit encryption. The Zonet modem pccard is a simple FAX/Modem card.
Both are sold in Guang-Hua Market in Taipei, and functions perfectly with -current and -stable.
|
96160 |
07-May-2002 |
brian |
Fix the output when daily_status_mailq_shorten is set to YES
PR: 23766 Mostly submitted by: lambert@ssabsd.csw.net MFC after: 3 days
|
96156 |
07-May-2002 |
maxim |
Include 'www' in the list of forbidden ftp users.
Reviewed by: sheldonh MFC after: 3 days
|
96048 |
05-May-2002 |
cjc |
Remove leading whitespace from the setuid file lists.
Due to the way we run ls(1), through xargs(1), the leading whitespace can change even when the setuid files haven't. To avoid displaying these lines, we currently run diff(1) with the '-w' option. However, this is probably not the ideal way to go; there is a very, very small possibility for diff(1) to miss things is shouldn't. So, with the leading space cleaned, we can revert to the '-b' option which is "safer."
PR: conf/37618 Reviewed by: brian MFC after: 3 days
|
95914 |
02-May-2002 |
des |
Add a PAM policy for rexecd(8).
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
95912 |
02-May-2002 |
des |
xdm plays horrid tricks with PAM, and dumps core if it's allowed to call pam_lastlog, so add a dummy session chain to avoid using the one from pam.d/other. I assume gdm does something similar, so give it a dummy session chain as well.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs.
|
95808 |
30-Apr-2002 |
brian |
Handle .bz2 files created by newsyslog
PR: 37529 Partially submitted by: Peter Hollaubek <fifteen@inext.hu> MFC after: 1 week
|
95753 |
29-Apr-2002 |
dwmalone |
Don't use ISO_8859 when I should use ISO8859.
|
95729 |
29-Apr-2002 |
des |
Add no_warn to pam_lastlog. This should prevent xdm from dumping core when linked with Linux-PAM.
|
95688 |
28-Apr-2002 |
dwmalone |
Add a French calendar.
PR: 32265 Submitted by: Thierry Thomas <thierry@pompo.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
95547 |
27-Apr-2002 |
dougb |
Remove reference to the TCP_RESTRICT_RST option, which was removed over a year ago.
Small ws twiddle while I'm here.
|
95531 |
26-Apr-2002 |
wes |
Rename the file used to specify the nextboot to make it clear that this is a loader configuration file and can be used for more than just a kernel name.
Submitted by: Gordon Tetlow <gordont@gnf.org>
|
95509 |
26-Apr-2002 |
ru |
Milestone #1 in cross-arch make releases.
Do not install games and profiled libraries to the ${CHROOTDIR} with the initial installworld.
Eliminate the need in the second installworld. For that, make sure _everything_ is built in the "world" environment, using the right tool chain.
Added SUBDIR_OVERRIDE helper stuff to Makefile.inc1. Split the buildworld process into stages, and skip some stages when SUBDIR_OVERRIDE is set (used to build crypto, krb4, and krb5 dists).
Added NO_MAKEDB_RUN knob to Makefile.inc1 to avoid running makewhatis(1) at the end of installworld (used when making crypto, krb4, and krb5 dists).
In release/scripts/doFS.sh, ensure that the correct boot blocks are used.
Moved the creation of the "crypto" dist from release.5 to release.2.
In release.3 and doMFSKERN, build kernels in the "world" environment. KERNELS now means "additional" kernels, GENERIC is always built.
Ensure we build crunched binaries in the "world" environment. Obfuscate release/Makefile some more (WMAKEENV) to achieve this.
Inline createBOOTMFS target.
Use already built GENERIC kernel modules to augment mfsfd's /stand/modules. GC doMODULES as such.
Assorted fixes:
Get rid of the "afterdistribute" target by moving the single use of it from sys/Makefile to etc/Makefile's "distribute".
Makefile.inc1: apparently "etc" no longer needs to be last for "distribute" to succeed.
gnu/usr.bin/perl/library/Makefile.inc: do not override the "install" and "distribute" targets, do it the "canonical" way.
release/scripts/{man,cat}pages-make.sh: make sure Perl manpages and catpages appear in the right dists. Note that because Perl does not respect the MANBUILDCAT (and NOMAN), this results in a loss of /usr/share/perl/man/cat* empty directories. This will be fixed soon.
Turn MAKE_KERBEROS4 into a plain boolean variable (if it is set it means "make KerberosIV"), as documented in the make.conf(5) manpage. Most of the userland makefiles did not test it for "YES" anyway.
XXX Should specialized kerberized libpam versions be included into the krb4 and krb5 dists? (libpam.a would be incorrect anyway if both krb4 and krb5 dists were choosen.)
Make sure "games" dist is made before "catpages", otherwise games catpages settle in the wrong dist.
Fast build machine provided by: Igor Kucherenko <kivvy@sunbay.com>
|
95485 |
26-Apr-2002 |
wes |
Add a -k option to reboot to specify the kernel to boot next time around. If the kernel boots successfully, the record of this kernel is erased, it is intended to be a one-shot option for testing kernels.
This could be improved by having the loader remove the record of the next kernel to boot, it is currently removed in /etc/rc immediately after disks are mounted r/w.
I'd like to MFC this before the 4.6 freeze unless there is violent objection.
Reviewed by: Several on IRC MFC after: 4 days
|
95327 |
23-Apr-2002 |
obrien |
Change the name of the 'bin' distribution to 'base'. This is done since it contains much more than /bin, and also gets in the way when making a combined install+fixit CD.
OK'ed by: jkh
|
95317 |
23-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
sys.mk no longer includes bsd.own.mk so I need to include it here for the definition of SHAREMODE.
Submitted by: Udo Schweigert <Udo.Schweigert@siemens.com>
|
95305 |
23-Apr-2002 |
sobomax |
Correct default value of drainwait: it should be 300 seconds, not forever.
PR: 37370 Submitted by: Daniel O'Connor <doconnor@gsoft.com.au> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
95292 |
23-Apr-2002 |
obrien |
Do not use 'ps -e' for entropy gathering. It uses /proc/*/mem to rummage around *user* memory to extract the environment variable strings. This is problematic for us.
Submitted by: peter
|
95280 |
22-Apr-2002 |
obrien |
Utilize dhcp information in the kernel environment if we don't have hostname and DNS information already.
Submitted by: Danny Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
|
95270 |
22-Apr-2002 |
sheldonh |
Bring in changes from smbfs-1.4.4.
|
95258 |
22-Apr-2002 |
des |
Usage style sweep: spell "usage" with a small 'u'. Also change one case of blatant __progname abuse (several more remain) This commit does not touch anything in src/{contrib,crypto,gnu}/.
|
95227 |
21-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
Non-sendmail users use the FreeBSD sendmail startup functionality to start alternative MTAs. Therefore, always install rc.sendmail, regardless of NO_SENDMAIL make.conf setting. Users can still set mta_start_script to a different script.
This commit is after a repo-copy of src/etc/sendmail/rc.sendmail to src/etc/rc.sendmail.
Noticed by: Calvin NG <calvinng@brel.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
95189 |
21-Apr-2002 |
cjc |
Consistently use full pathnames for files, especially executables.
PR: conf/37292 Submitted by: Helge Oldach <send-pr@oldach.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
95144 |
20-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
In my continuing crusade to make life better for non-sendmail users, avoid the creation of /var/spool/clientmqueue and therefore the need for the smmsp user and group if NO_SENDMAIL is defined. This required breaking out the creation of the directory into a new BSD.sendmail.dist mtree file.
MFC after: 1 week
|
95006 |
18-Apr-2002 |
des |
Don't list pam_unix in the session chain, since it does not provide any session management services.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
94989 |
18-Apr-2002 |
ru |
Fixed bugs in previous revision:
Added NOOBJ if anyone even attempts to "make obj" here. Revert to installing files with mode 644 except README. Make this overall look like a BSD-style Makefile rather than roll-your-own (this is not a bug).
For the record. Previous revision also fixed the breakage introduced by the sys.mk,v 1.60 commit: bsd.own.mk is no longer automatically included from sys.mk.
Reported by: jhay
|
94988 |
18-Apr-2002 |
des |
Use ${FILES} and <bsd.prog.mk> rather than roll-your-own.
|
94929 |
17-Apr-2002 |
gerald |
Mention that terminal type vt220 will work better if one needs interoperability with other systems like Solaris or GNU/Linux.
PR: 33810 Approved by: obrien
|
94825 |
16-Apr-2002 |
ru |
Really sort entries.
|
94718 |
15-Apr-2002 |
des |
Add PAM policy for the "passwd" service, including a sample config line for pam_passwdqc.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
94716 |
15-Apr-2002 |
des |
Add pam_lastlog(8) here since I removed lastlog support from sshd.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
94694 |
14-Apr-2002 |
dougb |
Remove ws at EOL
|
94678 |
14-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
Fix up submit.cf alternation instructions in light of new SENDMAIL_SUBMIT_MC make.conf knob.
MFC after: 1 week
|
94676 |
14-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
Provide a new make.conf knob, SENDMAIL_SUBMIT_MC to allow users to pick the .mc file used for /etc/mail/submit.cf. By default, /etc/mail/freebsd.submit.mc is installed and used.
Requested by: fenner Submitted by: ume MFC after: 1 week
|
94596 |
13-Apr-2002 |
hm |
update german national holidays file for 2002, 2003 and 2004
|
94565 |
12-Apr-2002 |
des |
Use pam_rhosts(8).
|
94554 |
12-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add my Copyright on this file so I can allow others to use it
|
94517 |
12-Apr-2002 |
des |
Add etc/pam.d.
|
94465 |
11-Apr-2002 |
des |
Cosmetic changes to the previous commit, bringing it closer to what I already had in my tree but didn't want to commit.
|
94444 |
11-Apr-2002 |
ume |
Add an IPv6 sample line for tftpd.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
94407 |
11-Apr-2002 |
peter |
Back out /etc/rc.d addition. I'd like to see something come of what has already been imported. It would have been nice to get it out there in DP1, but that is too late now.
|
94392 |
10-Apr-2002 |
peter |
<peril sensitive sunglasses on> Add /etc/rc.d to the startup dirs list. It is a convenient place to put custom startup scripts instead of hacking a shared rc.local. eg: ftpd in listener mode, or maybe even sendmail or another mailer, etc. <peril sensitive sunglasses off>
|
94391 |
10-Apr-2002 |
peter |
Since sshd expects /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key to exist, we had better create it. Also specify protocol v1/v2 in case people wonder why we generate two RSA keys.
|
94342 |
10-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
Update mail queue related periodic scripts to account for sendmail 8.12's clientmqueue (submit mail queue).
The new mailq display is only active if both the old daily_status_mailq_enable is set to "YES" and the new daily_status_include_submit_mailq is set to "YES" so people who disabled 440.status-mailq won't have any surprises.
Likewise, the new queue run is only active if both the old daily_queuerun_enable is set to "YES" and the new daily_submit_queuerun is set to "YES" so people who disabled 500.queuerun won't have any surprises.
While I am here, remove the [ ! -d /var/spool/mqueue ] checks from both scripts as the queue directory isn't always /var/spool/mqueue for the main daemon -- it can be set to anything in the sendmail.cf file.
MFC after: 1 week
|
94189 |
08-Apr-2002 |
des |
If used, pam_ssh should be marked "sufficient", not "required".
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
93977 |
06-Apr-2002 |
asmodai |
Correct path for saver to reflect reality.
Submitted by: Martin Faxer <gmh003532@brfmasthugget.se>
|
93974 |
06-Apr-2002 |
ume |
Now, you can specify "" or "NONE" for ipv6_network_interfaces to prevent the interfaces from being initialized by /etc/rc.network6 wrongly. So, you can explicitly initialize the interfaces by /etc/pccard_ether. With previous rc.network6, if you specify pccardd_flags="-z", net.inet6.ip6.accept_rtadv was wronly set to 0, then RA was not accepted.
|
93958 |
06-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Per discussion on current: Don't spam root with syslog messages.
|
93953 |
06-Apr-2002 |
dd |
Correct grammar(?) in comments.
PR: 36808 Submitted by: Andrew Boothman <andrew@cream.org>
|
93884 |
05-Apr-2002 |
phantom |
Add directories for pt_BR.ISO8859-1 locale
|
93858 |
05-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add the missing hoststat and purgestat commands. These are normally symlinks to the sendmail binary but in FreeBSD's case, they are symlinks to mailwrapper.
Submitted by: tisco MFC after: 4 days
|
93853 |
05-Apr-2002 |
gshapiro |
Quoting Peter Wemm, "At great personal risk, touch the sendmail startup again."
As an alternative to sendmail_enable=NONE, solve the boot time problem for non-sendmail users completely by moving all of the sendmail startup code from /etc/rc to /etc/rc.sendmail. The source for that script will be kept in src/etc/sendmail/rc.sendmail so make.conf's NO_SENDMAIL will prevent it from being installed. A new rc.conf variable, mta_start_script specifies the script to run to start the user's preferred MTA. For backward compatibility, it will default to /etc/rc.sendmail. The specified script is called out of /etc/rc after checking to make sure it exists. A new rc.sendmail.8 man page has also been added which now houses the sendmail_* variable descriptions formerly in rc.conf.5.
Use /etc/rc.sendmail in /etc/mail/Makefile to reduce code duplication.
Reviewed by: -current, -stable, obrien, peter, ru MFC after: 1 week
|
93765 |
04-Apr-2002 |
ru |
Back out last commit. (This file is installed under /etc/mail.)
Requested by: gshapiro
|
93763 |
04-Apr-2002 |
ru |
Use a relative path to contrib/sendmail/cf.
|
93566 |
01-Apr-2002 |
dougb |
The good news is that my initial PR was correct... the bad news is that I was apparently smoking something when I committed the last fix, because as ume was kindly enough to set me straight on, amd *will* start with no arguments at all, as long as there is an /etc/amd.conf file for it to read. What it won't do is start with *just* -p.
In any case, now it's fixed.
|
93470 |
31-Mar-2002 |
bde |
Support more than 32 sio unit numbers. The maximum unit number is now (65536 * 32 - 1), but MAKEDEV only supports up to (32 * 32 -1). Device names use the unit number in base 32 for all "digits".
This required fixing an old bug in MAKEDEV:ttyminor(). Its arg was the global $unit instead of $1.
Reminded by: Valentin K. Ponomarenko <valka@krog.ukrtel.net> MFC-after: 1 week
|
93315 |
28-Mar-2002 |
gshapiro |
Update the /etc/mail/Makefile "start" target code to match the new startup logic and added a new set of targets for controlling the MSP queue runner (start-mspq, stop-mspq, and restart-mspq).
Reminded by: Mark Santcroos <marks@ripe.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
93314 |
28-Mar-2002 |
gshapiro |
Provide a way for users to completely prevent sendmail from trying to start at boot time.
Instead of rc.conf's sendmail_enable only accepting YES or NO, it can now also accept NONE. If set to NONE, none of the other sendmail related startup items will be done.
Remove an extra queue running daemon might be started that wasn't necessary (it didn't hurt anything but it wasn't needed).
The new logic is:
# MTA if ${sendmail_enable} == NONE # Do nothing else if ${sendmail_enable} == YES start sendmail with ${sendmail_flags} else if ${sendmail_submit_enable} == YES start sendmail with ${sendmail_submit_flags} else if ${sendmail_outbound_enable} == YES start sendmail with ${sendmail_outbound_flags} endif # MSP Queue Runner if ${sendmail_enable} != NONE && [ -r /etc/mail/submit.cf] && ${sendmail_msp_queue_enable} == YES start sendmail with ${sendmail_msp_queue_flags} endif
Discussed with: Thomas Quinot <Thomas.Quinot@Cuivre.FR.EU.ORG>, Christopher Schulte <schulte+freebsd@nospam.schulte.org> MFC after: 1 week
|
93243 |
26-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Add a sample line for lukemftp.
|
93231 |
26-Mar-2002 |
gshapiro |
Fix typos
Noticed by: Larry Rosenman <ler@lerctr.org>
|
93229 |
26-Mar-2002 |
ru |
Install sys/security/lomac/*.h to /usr/include/security/lomac/.
Install sys/<arch>/include/pc/*.h to /usr/include/machine/pc/.
PR: docs/29534
Install sys/netatm/*/*.h to /usr/include/netatm/*/.
Don't install compatibility symlinks for <machine/soundcard.h> and <machine/joystick.h>. Three years is enough to be aware of the change, and these weren't visible in the SHARED=symlinks case.
Back out include/Makefile,v 1.160 that was a null change anyway due to the bug in the path, and we now don't want to install these headers because they would otherwise be invisible in the SHARED=symlinks case.
Don't install IPFILTER headers. Userland utilities fetch them directly, and they were not visible in the SHARED=symlinks case.
Resurrect SHARED=symlinks in Makefile.inc1.
PR: bin/28002
Prodded by: bde MFC after: 2 weeks
|
93222 |
26-Mar-2002 |
ru |
Removed some redundant stuff that causes compilation warnings.
|
93221 |
26-Mar-2002 |
ru |
Switch over to using pam_login_access(8) module in sshd(8). (Fixes static compilation. Reduces diffs to OpenSSH.)
Reviewed by: bde
|
93191 |
26-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Don't start any sendmail process in the back ground.
Requested by: gshapiro
|
93162 |
25-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Don't background the sendmail-clientmqueue process -- can give: sm-queue[181]: NOQUEUE: SYSERR(root): fill_fd: before readcf: fd 1 not open: Bad file descriptor
|
92992 |
22-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Sendmail can be slow to startup. So start it in the background to speed up booting.
|
92933 |
22-Mar-2002 |
gshapiro |
Instead of dealing with the endless requests to provide more DNS based black lists in the default config, give a pointer to a non-static list. I was convinced this was the right thing to do after getting a PR asking to add ORBZ the day before ORBZ went off the air.
PR: conf/35884 MFC after: 4 days
|
92898 |
21-Mar-2002 |
des |
Install moduli instead of primes
|
92895 |
21-Mar-2002 |
des |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r92894, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
92857 |
21-Mar-2002 |
gshapiro |
Use the proper terminology.
|
92638 |
19-Mar-2002 |
des |
Don't try to generate ssh keys if ssh isn't installed.
|
92628 |
19-Mar-2002 |
cjc |
IPFilter may need to be re-sync'ed even if we are not filtering, but only doing ipnat(8). Go back to using $ipfilter_active, but turn off $ipfilter_active when loading ipl.ko has failed.
Submitted by: devet@devet.org (Arjan de Vet) MFC after: 3 days
|
92534 |
18-Mar-2002 |
imp |
Home Wireless Network Airway wireless card
|
92523 |
18-Mar-2002 |
dougb |
Make sure that rc.syctl gets its own version of positional parameters
Submitted by: cjc
|
92516 |
17-Mar-2002 |
dougb |
Distinguish between first and last passes of rc.sysctl, and only set mibs whose values are not already what is specified in sysctl.conf.
|
92481 |
17-Mar-2002 |
dougb |
Add a late rc.sysctl pass to catch sysctl's for things that were not loaded yet on the first pass.
PR: conf/19629 Submitted by: Stephen J. Roznowski <sjr@home.com>
|
92478 |
17-Mar-2002 |
dougb |
Answer the question posed in 1.126. amd won't start without either a conf file, or command line options. I brought this up in PR 12432, which (ironically) obrien assigned to me after I became a committer. :)
PR: conf/12432 Submitted by: Me
|
92452 |
16-Mar-2002 |
markm |
Update for Perl 5.6.1
|
92451 |
16-Mar-2002 |
markm |
Correct a comment; FreeBSD-4 --> FreeBSD-5.
|
92441 |
16-Mar-2002 |
cjc |
Only put standard FreeBSD directories in the PATH. If the administrator wishes to run commands outside of the PATH, he should use a full pathname for the executable or set the PATH as appropriate in any local startup scripts.
PR: misc/35770
|
92192 |
12-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
Allow LOMAC to be loaded as part of the boot scripts using "lomac_enable" setting in rc.conf.
Extracted from the still clammy hands of: green Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
92191 |
12-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
No need to explicitly check for both cases when using grep -i.
|
92187 |
12-Mar-2002 |
cjc |
Run dumpon(8) early so crashes during startup can be caught. In addition, take out the checks on the $dumpdev. dumpon(8) behaves well if given a non-existent filename. It gives a nice error message which is better rather than the current silent failure.
Reviewed by: des
|
92184 |
12-Mar-2002 |
cjc |
The reload of ipf(8) rules should depend on $ipfilter_enable, not $ipfilter_active. $ipfilter_enable is set to "NO" if modules fail to load, and $ipfilter_active can be "YES" when we are not using ipf(8).
MFC after: 3 days
|
92127 |
12-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Background the startup of `Amd', it often blocks on startup.
|
92126 |
12-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Why shouldn't amd always write its PID to a file? Since I cannot answer that question, make it.
|
92102 |
11-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
Update login failure checking to check auth.log instead of messages, and teach it to look for more general classes of failures, including SSH login failures. This is similar but not identical to a patch submitted by aeonflux@synapse.subneural.net.
|
92100 |
11-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
Turns out everyone is a lot lazier than I thought. Spell 'authentication.log' as 'auth.log'.
This is also more consistent with syslog facility names.
Sigh. :-)
Submitted by: asmodai, aeonflux, green, ....
|
92099 |
11-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
Clean up logging of security information a bit:
o Introduce /var/log/authentication.log, which will be the target for auth.info and authpriv.info by default. Rotate on the same schedule as most other logs. Create at installation.
o Remove logging of auth.info from /var/log/security.log, which will return to being only for security feature subsystems (such as ipfw, and so on).
This creates a special authentication log, which can now be searched by scripts for authentication events.
|
92080 |
11-Mar-2002 |
cjc |
Don't protect savecore(8) from being run with a bad dumpdir argument. Don't fail silently, but let savecore(8) make noise. It won't behave badly, it doesn't need protection.
At the same time, allow the administrator to have dumpdev enabled while dumpdir (savecore(8)) is disabled and document how to do it.
PR: conf/35725
|
92031 |
10-Mar-2002 |
cjc |
Remove a mention of the worm(4) device that was missed when it was removed from MAKEDEV in 1.171.
PR: misc/35729 MFC after: 1 day
|
92007 |
10-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
/var/log/security gets almost no (if not no) activity on many FreeBSD systems due to sshd not using the security log class. Tweak syslog.conf so that /var/log/security also gets a useful set of authentication-related logging.
Submitted by: aeonflux@synapse.subneural.net MFC after: 4 weeks
|
91929 |
09-Mar-2002 |
dd |
In the words of the submitter:
Kerberized CVS (kserver) listens on the same port as normal CVS (pserver). In /etc/inetd.conf cvs kserver is disabled by default, but set to listen to the service port 'cvs' which doesn't exist. It should listen to 'cvspserver'.
PR: 34317 Submitted by: Sean Chittenden <sean@chittenden.org>
|
91894 |
08-Mar-2002 |
n_hibma |
Add an entry for coldsync, to facilitate synchronising a Handspring Visor with FreeBSD.
|
91785 |
07-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
fix backwards spelling
|
91704 |
05-Mar-2002 |
cjc |
Environmental variable was not being passed to a subshell as intended.
PR: bin/35558 Submitted by: Nicolas Rachinsky <list@rachinsky.de>
|
91668 |
05-Mar-2002 |
imp |
Buffalo LPC3-CLT
Submitted by: TANAKA Tomohiko <tomo@oso.to> PR: 34954
|
91667 |
05-Mar-2002 |
imp |
Fix Simple Tech STI-ATA
Submitted by: dwhite@paypal.com PR: 34243
|
91666 |
05-Mar-2002 |
imp |
US Robotics Wireless Card 2410
Submitted by: Jerry A! <jerry@thehutt.org> PR: 33858
|
91626 |
04-Mar-2002 |
dd |
Redirect stdout of `ipf -y' to /dev/null. This removes a stray "filter sync'd" in the middle of the boot output if IPFilter is enabled, but does not hide any potential errors, which go to stderr.
|
91528 |
01-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
Fix typo. '|' looks a lot like 'l' in my xterm font.
|
91527 |
01-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
When having an expanded name for a class, use '|' instead if ':' to seperate the short name and the long name. This was present for most but not all entries. Because the parsing doesn't reject unrecognized entries, this didn't cause failures, but it wasn't strictly correct.
Submitted by: Martin Faxer <gmh003532@brfmasthugget.se> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
91379 |
27-Feb-2002 |
ru |
Fixed a few typos.
|
91273 |
26-Feb-2002 |
cjc |
After getting IANA to fix a typo in their port assignments, add some new IANA-blessed services and close some PRs. Ports for Jabber and PostgreSQL.
PR: conf/35219, conf/35220 Submitted by: Sean Chittenden <sean@chittenden.org> MFC after: 1 day
|
91187 |
24-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Make sure we don't remove /etc/mail/sendmail.cf on make clean since this will break a running system during a buildworld.
Noticed by: Alexandr Listopad <laa@laa.zp.ua> MFC after: 1 week
|
91145 |
23-Feb-2002 |
iwasaki |
Use the regular expression form to solve the ambiguous card parameters which have tailing spaces. Some card entries had problem because of incorrect number of spaces.
Approved by: imp MFC after: 1 week
|
91141 |
23-Feb-2002 |
cjc |
Long overdue whitespace cleanup. To give yourself an idea of how ugly it was,
$ awk '/[[:space:]]$/ { sub(/$/,"\$"); print; }' /etc/services
On the previous revision. And that's only the trailing whitespace.
|
91105 |
23-Feb-2002 |
obrien |
The usage of 'newaliases' needs to be after we know for sure that /usr is mounted.
Submitted by: rizzo
|
91074 |
22-Feb-2002 |
obrien |
The existing bazaar and site-specific policy in rc.diskless1 is Just Wrong; and looks like no other Unix diskless configuration I've ever seen. Thus allow a more traditional /etc.
Note, the use of an MFS /var should also be settable. Otherwise installing ports(packages) is just a total PITA.
|
91019 |
21-Feb-2002 |
cjc |
Bring rc.firewall{,6} more in line with the word and spirit of rc.conf(5) and the files' inline documentation.
- Add the "closed"-type, documented in both places, but which did not exist in the code.
- When provided a ruleset, the system should not make any assumptions about the sites's policy and should add no rules of its own.
- Make the "UNKNOWN" (documented in-line) actual work as advertised, load no rules.
Prodded by: Igor M Podlesny <poige@morning.ru> MFC after: 1 week
|
90989 |
20-Feb-2002 |
ume |
Delete a needless rule for DAD. An unspecified address is never used as a destination address of IPv6 packets.
Submitted by: cjc MFC after: 1 week
|
90957 |
20-Feb-2002 |
cjc |
There is no reason to demand the administrator set 'natd_interface' when running natd(8) out of the rc-files. It is perfectly valid for the interface or alias address to be set in a natd(8) configuration file, not on the command line. Also, loosen up the restrictions on identifying an IP address argument in 'natd_interface.'
Fix the documentation, rc.conf(5), to reflect this change.
Take the bogus default for 'natd_interface' out of /etc/defaults/rc.conf.
MFC after: 3 days
|
90811 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Turn FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) off by default. It should not be used unless absolutely necessary
Requested by: peter PR: conf/33855 MFC after: 1 week
|
90808 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add infrastructure for sendmail 8.12. If users are not starting a daemon at boot (sendmail_enable=NO), a localhost-only daemon may started (sendmail_submit_enable) as it is needed to accept mail from command line submissions. If this isn't desired, see etc/mail/README for more hints.
Optionally (sendmail_msp_queue_enable) start a queue runner for the submission queue in case a daemon isn't available to accept command line submitted mail at submission time.
Note that the syslog labels for all of these sendmail processes have been uniquified for easier log parsing.
|
90807 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add information about how the new sendmail set-group-ID mail submission works and ways to work around common problems people might have. Include information on reverting to a set-user-ID root sendmail binary in case anyone really needs to do this.
|
90806 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Don't build a submit.cf file if SENDMAIL_SET_USER_ID is set
|
90805 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add /var/spool/clientmqueue for 8.12's non-set-user-ID root mail submission
|
90804 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add new include/libmilter directory for libmilter (sendmail mail filter API) include files
|
90802 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Add new build knob, SENDMAIL_SET_USER_ID, which installs sendmail as a set-user-ID root binary instead of the new method (set-group-ID smmsp). Therefore, we shouldn't install /etc/mail/submit.cf if it is set.
|
90801 |
17-Feb-2002 |
gshapiro |
Update for sendmail 8.12 which has a new OSTYPE(freebsd5) Fix access_db usage for 8.12
|
90782 |
17-Feb-2002 |
imp |
Add Proxim RangeLAN-DS.
Submitted by: Matt Peterson <matt@peterson.org> PR: 35057
Also update my note for the 3crwe737A after talking to Alan Clegg at BSDcon.
|
90750 |
17-Feb-2002 |
cjc |
Remove check for sendmail.conf before even trying to start sendmail.
Checking for the existence of sendmail.cf is rather silly when someone is using the mailwrapper(8) to run a mail daemon that is not actually sendmail(8). It is also probably better to let sendmail(8) actually try to start and error out if the administrator has 'sendmail_enable="YES"' but no sendmail.conf. At present, it would fail silently.
Reviewed by: gshapiro MFC after: 2 days
|
90630 |
13-Feb-2002 |
brian |
Set rc=1 rather than 0 so that setting daily_show_success=YES masks the output of all goes well.
PR: 34825 Submitted by: Valentin Nechayev <netch@netch.kiev.ua> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
90600 |
13-Feb-2002 |
maxim |
Fix a typo in swat example.
Spotted by: Sergey Osokin <osa@freebsd.org.ru> Reviewed by: ru Approved by: ru MFC after: 1 week
|
90559 |
12-Feb-2002 |
mp |
Install complete.tcsh and csh-mode.el into ${SHAREDIR}/examples/tcsh.
PR: misc/34800 (from Steven Grady) Submitted by: phantom (patch) MFC after: 3 days
|
90462 |
10-Feb-2002 |
dd |
crdup(9) is not a protocol.
PR: 34624 Submitted by: John Nielsen <nielsenj@cs.byu.edu>, Hiten Pandya <hiten@uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
90434 |
09-Feb-2002 |
jhb |
Fix MAKEDEV for RocketPort (rp(4)) cuaR* and ttyR* to work with the updated driver. The newer driver in current outputs a version string that contains a space, so we need to eat two words in between RocketPortX and the number of ports on the board.
|
90417 |
08-Feb-2002 |
des |
Add missing "nullok" option to pam_unix.
|
90403 |
08-Feb-2002 |
cjc |
peter points out that we probably should not mess with the sysctl(8) values at all if they are not purposefully set. What if the administrator messed with them in /etc/sysctl.conf? We don't want to overwrite them.
If 'log_in_vain' is zero, do not force the issue. If it is non-zero, set it.
|
90319 |
06-Feb-2002 |
markm |
Enable TCP_WRAPPERs for the NIS server. The protection afforded is not massive, but usable.
|
90281 |
06-Feb-2002 |
ume |
Install PROTO.localhost-v6.rev. Umm, it seems namedb/Makefile is not used.
|
90279 |
06-Feb-2002 |
ume |
Install PROTO.localhost-v6.rev.
Reported by: Scott Allendorf <scott-allendorf@uiowa.edu> Forgot by: me (ume)
|
90185 |
04-Feb-2002 |
sheldonh |
Add the MTA users 'mailnull' and 'smmp'.
PR: conf/34535 Submitted by: Ceri <setantae@submonkey.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
90178 |
04-Feb-2002 |
nyan |
Use MACHINE_ARCH instead of MACHINE to check i386 arch.
MFC after: 3 days
|
89995 |
30-Jan-2002 |
des |
Add pam_self(8) so users can login(1) as themselves without authentication, pam_login_access(8) and pam_securetty(8) to enforce various checks previously done by login(1) but now handled by PAM, and pam_lastlog(8) to record login sessions in utmp / wtmp / lastlog.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
89992 |
30-Jan-2002 |
des |
Use pam_self(8) to allow users to su(1) to themselves without authentication.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
89976 |
30-Jan-2002 |
bde |
Added this makefile. This is not attached to the build yet. I often install parts of /etc manually and it helps to have a makefile for each subdir even if the main makefile doesn't invoke it.
|
89965 |
29-Jan-2002 |
sanpei |
By commit of usr.sbin/pccard/pccardd/cardd.c at Nov 29 (Dec 10 in -STABLE), pccardd's string comparison between pccard.conf's entry and PC card's CIS tupple became strict matching.
As influences of this commit, some PC cards don't work since some /etc/default/pccard.conf's card identifiers entries are incorrectly described.
- Lexar Media compact flash - IO DATA CBIDE2 in 16 bit mode - TOSHIBA Portable 24X Speed CD-ROM Drive PA2673UJ - Hewlett Packard M820e (CD-writer)
Update these card configs.
PR: 33815 Obtained from: [bsd-nomads:16128]
|
89956 |
29-Jan-2002 |
ru |
Tidy up gecos field for `bin'.
|
89954 |
29-Jan-2002 |
sheldonh |
Uncomment kserver-adm, which is IANA-sanctioned and has no apparent conflicts.
PR: conf/34316 Submitted by: Sean Chittenden <sean@chittenden.org> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
89942 |
29-Jan-2002 |
imp |
Add Linksys Instant Wireless WPC11 v2.5
Submitted by: eliedtke@apogeetelecom.com
|
89937 |
29-Jan-2002 |
cjc |
Put a complete set of pppd(8) sample configuration files in /usr/share/examples/pppd.
Remove the out-of-place pppd(8) configuration files in etc/ppp, ppp.shells.sample and ppp.deny.
Make the appropriate changes to the build process, etc/Makefile and etc/mtree/BSD.usr.mtree, so it all works.
|
89936 |
29-Jan-2002 |
cjc |
Put a complete set of pppd(8) sample configuration files in /usr/share/examples/pppd.
Update pppd(8) documentation to reflect this, usr.sbin/pppd/pppd.8.
Remove the out-of-place pppd(8) configuration files in etc/ppp, ppp.shells.sample and ppp.deny.
Make the appropriate changes to the build process, etc/Makefile and etc/mtree/BSD.usr.mtree, so it all works.
The files from etc/ppp, ppp.shells.sample and ppp.deny, were moved with a repo copy. Note it in the logs with a forced commit to these two.
Submitted by: Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru> provided the new samples.
|
89911 |
28-Jan-2002 |
sheldonh |
Register amd's dependency on NFS.
This change was submitted to the freebsd-audit mailing list for review but received no feedback. Hindsight-enabled reviews are welcome.
PR: conf/31358 Submitted: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>
|
89901 |
28-Jan-2002 |
imp |
Add ADLINK340C wireless card mentioned in nomads.
# This card has the same PCMCIA and OEM id as ELSA XI300 wireless card, which # appears to be listed elsewhere in this file.
Submitted by: Abe Toshiaki-san <ans@sun-tec.co.jp> MFC After: 5 days
|
89808 |
26-Jan-2002 |
cjc |
Make the rc.conf(5) 'log_in_vain' knob an integer.
Try this out in -CURRENT, MFC, and then consider dropping the 'log_in_vain' knob all together. It really is something for sysctl.conf(5).
PR: bin/32953 Reviewed by: -bugs discussion MFC after: 1 week
|
89701 |
23-Jan-2002 |
des |
Add local/share/java/classes, local/share/sgml, local/share/xml
Approved by: ru, silence on -ports MFC after: 1 week
|
89660 |
22-Jan-2002 |
ume |
Do not taint ::/124 for localhost reverse table.
|
89653 |
22-Jan-2002 |
ru |
Reincarnate SETUID code in man(1), not compiled in by default.
The code will be fixed for all known security vulnerabilities, and a make.conf(5) knob (ENABLE_SUID_MAN) will be provided for those who still want it installed setuid for whatever reasons.
|
89619 |
21-Jan-2002 |
des |
Enable OPIE by default, using the no_fake_prompts option to hide it from users who don't wish to use it. If the admin is worried about leaking information about which users exist and which have OPIE enabled, the no_fake_prompts option can simply be removed.
Also insert the appropriate pam_opieaccess lines after pam_opie to break the chain in case the user is logging in from an untrusted host, or has a .opiealways file. The entire opieaccess / opiealways concept is slightly unpammish, but admins familiar with OPIE will expect it to work.
Reviewed by: ache, markm Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
89569 |
19-Jan-2002 |
des |
Really back out ache's commits. These files are now precisely as they were twentyfour hours ago, except for RCS ids.
|
89567 |
19-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Back out recent changes
|
89556 |
19-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Turn on pam_opie by default. It should not affect non-OPIE users.
|
89553 |
19-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Turn on pam_opie by default. It not affect non-OPIE users
|
89551 |
19-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Previous commit was incomplete, use "[default=ignore success=done cred_err=die]" options instead of "required"
|
89549 |
19-Jan-2002 |
imp |
Add flags 0x10000 to IO Data WN-B11/PCM's entry. Evidentally, they changed firmware and the new cards don't work without this.
Submitted by: ume MFC after: 3 days
|
89547 |
19-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Remove explaining comment and pam_unix commented out, now pam_unix can be chained with pam_opie
|
89532 |
19-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Change comment since fallback provided now not by ftpd but by pam_opie
|
89488 |
18-Jan-2002 |
imp |
Add: Accton airDirect WN3301 Melco WLI-CF-S11G GeoWave GW-NS11S
Submitted by: Shigeru Ishida-san on bsd-nomads (16142,16143,16144)
|
89475 |
17-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
Re-add a call to "camcontrol rescan" after insertion of an aic pccard. We now do it as a "camcontrol rescan all" which is something ken promised to implement; for the time being it's not worse than the old "camcontrol rescan $device" which ended up in something like "camcontrol rescan aic1". Currently, camcontrol misinterprets the third non-numeric arg as number 0, and rescans bus 0, which is about the best we could get at this time.
Approved by: imp MFC after: 1 week
|
89438 |
17-Jan-2002 |
rwatson |
o Improve the line-wrapping of additional comments, some of which appeared to be wrapped around 60, others around 40 columns.
|
89437 |
17-Jan-2002 |
rwatson |
o Remove a somewhat less comprehensible comment about modifying /etc/rc. o Improve line-wrapping of another comment for consistency.
|
89417 |
16-Jan-2002 |
bde |
Added this makefile. This is not attached to the build yet. I often install parts of /etc manually and it helps to have a makefile for each subdir even if the main makefile doesn't invoke it.
|
89390 |
15-Jan-2002 |
ru |
Do not install man(1) setuid ``man''.
The catpaging and setuidness features of man(1) combined make it vulnerable to a number of security attacks. Specifically, it was possible to overwrite system catpages with arbitrarily contents by either setting up a symlink to a directory holding system catpages, or by writing custom -mdoc or -man groff(1) macro packages and setting up GROFF_TMAC_PATH in environment to point to them. (See PR below for details).
This means man(1) can no longer create system catpages on a regular user's behalf. (It is still able to if the user has write permissions to the directory holding catpages, e.g., user's own manpages, or if the running user is ``root''.)
To create and install catpages during ``make world'', please set MANBUILDCAT=YES in /etc/make.conf. To rebuild catpages on a weekly basis, please set weekly_catman_enable="YES" in /etc/periodic.conf.
PR: bin/32791
|
89364 |
14-Jan-2002 |
des |
Everybody (for suitable values of "everybody") seems to think pam.conf should be removed outright.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
89359 |
14-Jan-2002 |
des |
Re-add pam.conf so it will get installed so people who don't know about pam.d will find out about it by reading pam.conf.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
89350 |
14-Jan-2002 |
des |
Point people towards /etc/pam.d/README.
|
89298 |
12-Jan-2002 |
des |
Unmunge the version preservation code and obfuscate it so CVS won't munge it all over again.
|
89290 |
12-Jan-2002 |
des |
Back out previous commit, which erroneously removed essential comments. I definitely need coffee.
Apologies to: ache
|
89289 |
12-Jan-2002 |
des |
Update copyright
|
89287 |
12-Jan-2002 |
des |
Switch over to /etc/pam.d/.
Sponsored by: DARPA / NAI Labs
|
89286 |
12-Jan-2002 |
des |
Sync with pam.conf revision 1.25.
|
89285 |
12-Jan-2002 |
des |
Preserve FreeBSD version strings in target files.
|
89281 |
12-Jan-2002 |
imp |
Correct Corega KK Wireless entry
|
89261 |
11-Jan-2002 |
phantom |
Sort entries and clarify comments
|
89239 |
10-Jan-2002 |
imp |
o Add T-POWER flash Submitted by: Michael Johansson <micke@nevermind.net>
o Sony PCWA-C100 WaveLAN card Submitted by: "Jeremiah Gowdy" <jgowdy@home.com>
o Corega KK Wireless LAN PCCA-11 (version b?) Submitted by: Masahide *MAC* Noda <mac@clave.gr.jp>
|
89106 |
08-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
Add a commented-out alternative for the ether line of a DIGITIAL DEPCM-BA card, as found on my rev. C01 card.
MFC after: 1 week
|
89087 |
08-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Add forgotten alias for ru_SU.ISO8859-5
|
89083 |
08-Jan-2002 |
phantom |
Add ru_SU locale aliases for nls area also
|
89078 |
08-Jan-2002 |
phantom |
Actually make aliases for ru_SU locales.
|
89076 |
08-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Add ro_RO
PR: 33343 Submitted by: Adrian Penisoara <ady@warpnet.ro>
|
89075 |
08-Jan-2002 |
ache |
ISO 8859-1 -> ISO 8859-5 for ru_*
|
89074 |
08-Jan-2002 |
phantom |
Correctly handle cases of deprecated locales which are supposed to have backward compatibility symbolic links.
This code should check existence of deprecated locales and fix them using following scheme:
. if new locale directory exisists and is a symlink -- remove it . if old locale directory exists and not a symlink -- rename it to its new name
This should allow to mtree(1) and existing locale aliases make(1) rules to setup locale dirs correctly (avoid self-referenced symlinks)
BTW, this commit brings in backward compatibility support for ru_SU locales (aliased to appropriate ru_RU ones).
|
89029 |
07-Jan-2002 |
jhb |
Populate etc.sparc64: - The disktab was taken from etc.alpha. - rc.sparc64 doesn't do anything right now. - The ttys file has all the vty's commented out since we don't know how those will work yet. Also, an entry is added for the Openfirmware console device.
Submitted by: jake (partially)
|
89001 |
07-Jan-2002 |
sheldonh |
Comment out an example that was missed on first import.
Reported by: Jeroen Ruigrok <asmodai@wxs.nl>
|
88878 |
04-Jan-2002 |
sheldonh |
Install nsmb.conf with mode 0600, since it may be modified to include passwords for remote shares.
Reported by: Andre Albsmeier <andre@albsmeier.net>
|
88807 |
02-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Improve pam_unix/opie related ftpd comment even more
|
88766 |
01-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Clarify comment about pam_unix fallback for ftpd
|
88764 |
01-Jan-2002 |
ache |
Turn on pam_opie.so for ftpd by default It not affect non-OPIE users
|
88748 |
31-Dec-2001 |
ambrisko |
Fix bugs in the structure for rx_frame by making gap length one byte and a packed array so sizeof work. This broke RFMON mode and passing up 802.11 packets.
The Linux emulation code was derived from the open source Linux driver to maintain compatibility.
LEAP support is added, hints from Richard Johnson. I've verified this locally with PC350v42510.img firmware. More bug fixing from Marco to fix long passwords.
Change DELAYs in flash part of driver to FLASH_DELAY which uses tsleep so it doesn't look like your system died during a flash update.
Install header files in /usr/include/dev/an
Cleanup some ifmedia bugs add "Home" key mode to ifmedia and ancontrol. This way you can manage 2 keys a little easier. Map the home mode into key 5. Enhance ifconfig to dump the various configured SSIDs. I use a bunch of different ones and roam between them. Use the syntax similar to the WEP keys to deal with setting difference SSIDs.
Bump up up the Card capabilities RID since they added 2 bytes to it in the latest firmware. Thankfully we changed it from a terminal failure so the card still worked but the driver whined.
Some cleanup patches from Marco Molteni.
Submitted by: Richard Johnson <raj@cisco.com> Marco Molteni <molter@tin.it> and myself Various checks: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org> Reviewed by: Brooks Davis <brooks@freebsd.org> Warner Losh <imp@freebsd.org> Approved by: Brooks Davis <brooks@freebsd.org> Warner Losh <imp@freebsd.org> Obtained from: Linux emulation API's from Aironet driver.
|
88684 |
30-Dec-2001 |
gshapiro |
Grammar fix for comment
|
88676 |
29-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Don't require operators to override the list of network filesystem types (networkfs_types) with a version that includes the original list.
This increases the scope for user error and also means that systems with networkfs_types set in /etc/rc.conf will not benefit from changes to the list in /etc/defaults/rc.conf on upgrade.
Instead, store the default list in /etc/rc itself and allow the operator to append to that list by specifying her own list in networkfs_types.
Rename networkfs_types to extra_netfs_types accordingly, as the new name better describes the purpose of the variable. Default the value to 'NO'.
|
88605 |
29-Dec-2001 |
imp |
"10/100Base FastEthernet PC CARD" (LNA-100) from Billionton Systems Inc.
Submitted by: "Torfinn Ingolfsen" <torfinn.ingolfsen@oslo.online.no>
|
88563 |
28-Dec-2001 |
imp |
Novac DVD/CD Station(Portable DVD/CD-ROM player
Submitted by: moment@pluto.dti.ne.jp
|
88562 |
28-Dec-2001 |
imp |
Xircom RealPort RE-10
Submitted by: Willem van Engen <wvengen@stack.nl>
|
88561 |
28-Dec-2001 |
imp |
Add Proxim Harmony card (from Bob) Also fix a minor disordering of a wi card while I'm here.
Submitted by: bob bobing <this_is_my_act@yahoo.com>
|
88560 |
27-Dec-2001 |
cjc |
Fix some leftover stray characters from expr(1)-to-$(()) sweeps.
PR: bin/33158 Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com> MFC after: 1 day
|
88533 |
27-Dec-2001 |
joerg |
Remove nonstandard floppy device nodes. Only keep the base device node, plus the symbolic links to the fake BSD partitions.
Also remove the rfd* devices, they are neither necessary nor documented anymore.
|
88531 |
27-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Re-introduce the fix that delays mounting of network filesystems until the network is initialized. This was first implemented in rev 1.268 of src/etc/rc, but was backed out at wollman's request.
The objection was that the right place for the fix is in mount(8). Having looked at that problem, I find it hard to believe that the hoops one would have to jump through can be justified by the desire for purity alone.
Note that there are reported issues surrounding nfsclient kernel support and mount_nfs(8), which currently make NFS an ugly exception to the general case.
With this change, systems with non-NFS network filesystems configured for mounting on startup in /etc/fstab are no longer guaranteed to fail on startup.
|
88523 |
27-Dec-2001 |
luigi |
Remove a stale entry related to passing ARP with bridging and ipfw. This feature has been removed since 4.1 times and it is only a source of confusion.
Same needs to be done on -stable.
MFC after: 1 day
|
88522 |
27-Dec-2001 |
imp |
Longshire LCS-8634TB
Submitted by: "Frank W. Josellis" <josellis@dynamics.claranet.de>
|
88517 |
27-Dec-2001 |
imp |
Some new cards: o uncommnent joy stuff (me) o Add BONDWELL B236 joystick card (me) o Add Buffalo WLI-CF-S11G wi card (me) o CNF CD-m (submitted by gda)
Submitted by: Dmitry A Goncharov <gda@sani.ru>
|
88497 |
26-Dec-2001 |
rwatson |
o Add a comment indicating that if /tmp==/var/tmp in rc.diskless2, the md device and file system creation occurs *after* mtree is run, and as such an /var/tmp/* or /tmp/* entries will be under the mountpoint (or fail) rather than appearing in the md filesystems. This prevents the creation of vi.recover, and might affect other localizations that rely on the mtree calls affecting these directories.
|
88496 |
26-Dec-2001 |
rwatson |
Remove incorrect comments about the population of /etc: no attempt is made to copy the NFS-mounted on to /tmp/etc, instead, it is populated entirely from /conf/default, then overriden from /conf/IP.
|
88495 |
26-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Now that smbfs is fully integrated into the base system, create /dev/nsmb* device nodes, which used to be done by the port installation.
PR: 33068 Submitted by: Dimitry Andric <dim@xs4all.nl>
|
88459 |
24-Dec-2001 |
phantom |
Back out recent replacement of LC_MESSAGES file with directory.
Requested by: ache
|
88402 |
22-Dec-2001 |
phantom |
add LC_MESSAGES directory for uk_UA.ISO8859-5 locale
|
88348 |
21-Dec-2001 |
phantom |
Slightly re-work locale messages storage scheme. Before this commit LC_MESSAGES related data was installed to <locale>/LC_MESSAGES file. Now it go to <locale>/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES file. LC_MESSAGES directory is supposed to be storage of message catalogs of userland tools. This should allow us to avoid many potential problems with future libintl related functionality introduction.
Thanks for useful suggestions about correct way how to replace plain files with directories at installworld stage to: Ruslan Ermilov <ru>
|
88314 |
20-Dec-2001 |
ache |
Add uk_UA.ISO8859-5 locale
PR: 32450 Submitted by: partially by Alexey Klimov <kao@wiuu.kiev.ua>
|
88287 |
20-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Correct the given path to nsmb.conf in the comments, now that it's corrected in libsmb.
|
88199 |
19-Dec-2001 |
brian |
Don't assume that /var/run and /var/spool/lock are on the same partition.
Submitted by: ru
|
88140 |
18-Dec-2001 |
ru |
Whitespace police.
|
88050 |
17-Dec-2001 |
green |
Install devfs includes.
|
87980 |
15-Dec-2001 |
jhay |
Add a missing .. to get out of smbfs/print.
|
87974 |
15-Dec-2001 |
ume |
automatic creation of faith0 and stf0 for backward compatibility.
MFC after: 2 days
|
87959 |
14-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Add share/examples/smbfs/print for userland smbfs import.
The addition of the smbfs examples should have included this delta. Failure to include this delta broken world.
Reported by: jhay
|
87956 |
14-Dec-2001 |
cjc |
Fix a stray character that found its way into a filename.
|
87887 |
14-Dec-2001 |
mikeh |
ftp(1) was not the only user of FTP_PASSIVE_MODE, libfetch uses it too, so add it back
|
87874 |
14-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Add bmake glue for src/contrib/smbfs and connect userland smbfs support to the build.
The MFC reminder below is subject to <re@FreeBSD.org> approval prior to 4.5-RELEASE.
Reviewed by: bp, fjoe MFC: 1 week
|
87852 |
14-Dec-2001 |
ru |
Work around the bugfeature of test(1).
PR: bin/32822
|
87835 |
14-Dec-2001 |
mikeh |
ftp(1) uses passive mode by default now, therefore remove FTP_PASSIVE_MODE=YES.
Pointed out by: billf
|
87781 |
13-Dec-2001 |
alfred |
rpc.lockd needs rpc.statd to be running for it to start up properly. so swap the order.
Also allow rpc.lockd and rpc.statd to be turned on if nfsclient is enabled. They are needed to provide client side locking support.
PR: conf/27811
|
87728 |
12-Dec-2001 |
roam |
Set the script_name_sep variable to a safe value if it is not already set (e.g. a failed/skipped mergemaster run during an upgrade). Without this, if script_name_sep was not set in the rc.conf files, local scripts will not be executed on startup or shutdown.
PR: misc/32687 Submitted by: Nicholas Paufler <echofox@discordia.ca> (the problem) Sheldon Hearn (the idea behind the fix) Reviewed by: sheldonh MFC after: 1 week
|
87683 |
11-Dec-2001 |
rwatson |
- Improve line-wrapping and spacing so as to improve readability. - Add instructions regarding replacing 'my.domain', as this has come up on freebsd-questions. - Remove reference to rs.internic.net/templates, as that directory no longer exists. Instead, encourage them gently to talk to their network provider.
MFC after: 1 week
|
87664 |
11-Dec-2001 |
gshapiro |
Add aliases pointing to postmaster for the two new mail related accounts.
Reminded by: sheldonh MFC after: 3 days
|
87646 |
11-Dec-2001 |
ru |
s/sysctl -w/sysctl/
|
87514 |
07-Dec-2001 |
cjc |
Long ago, there was just /etc/daily. Then /etc/security was split out of /etc/daily. Some time later, /etc/daily became a set of periodic(8) scripts. Now, this evolution continues, and /etc/security has been broken into periodic(8) scripts to make local customization easier and more maintainable.
Reviewed by: ru Approved by: ru
|
87500 |
07-Dec-2001 |
rwatson |
o Update rc.network to reflect the recent change of default in the kernel TCP timer code: rather than checking for tcp_keepalive being set to "YES", check for "NO" and turn off keepalives if the variable is set in that manner.
o Note: eventually, it would make sense to remove this variable from rc.conf management, and instead rely on sysctl.conf. In fact, this is probably true of a number of rc.conf variables whose sole aim is to drive the setting of sysctls at boot time.
|
87468 |
06-Dec-2001 |
des |
Install pam.d files with mode 0644, not 0755.
|
87464 |
06-Dec-2001 |
nsayer |
Add a commented-out defaultrouter entry for 6to4 users. See RFC-3068
|
87447 |
06-Dec-2001 |
des |
Introduce the variable USE_PAM_D, which, if set, will cause pam.d to be installed instead of pam.conf. This is for testing; the conditionals will be removed once we are confident that pam.d works as intended.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
87446 |
06-Dec-2001 |
des |
Makefile for pam.d configuration files.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
87443 |
06-Dec-2001 |
cjc |
Protect the '*' in pppoed_provider (the default) from metacharacter expansion in the rc-scripts.
PR: 32552 Submitted by: Gleb Smirnoff <glebius@rinet.ru> Approved by: ru Obtained from: ru MFC after: 1 day
|
87423 |
05-Dec-2001 |
des |
Awright, egg on my face. I should have taken more time with this. The conversion script generated the wrong format, so the configuration files didn't actually work. Good thing I hadn't thrown the switch yet...
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs (but the f***ups are all mine)
|
87422 |
05-Dec-2001 |
des |
Oops! Previous commit used tabs instead of spaces.
|
87421 |
05-Dec-2001 |
des |
Add /etc/pam.d.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
87419 |
05-Dec-2001 |
des |
pam.d-style configuration, auto-generated from pam.conf.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
87417 |
05-Dec-2001 |
des |
Short README for /etc/pam.d, mostly extracted from the comments in pam.conf.
|
87416 |
05-Dec-2001 |
des |
Perl script that splits pam.conf into separate files suitable for pam.d.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
87382 |
05-Dec-2001 |
des |
Bruce says the links are not needed.
|
87314 |
04-Dec-2001 |
des |
Call the ATAPI tape devices "ast" and "nast", not "rast" and "nrast". Add backward compatibility symlinks for good measure. DEVFS already gets this right (except for the symlinks).
PR: 24781 Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.inka.de> MFC after: 3 days
|
87313 |
04-Dec-2001 |
des |
Create {ad,da,...}s1[a-h].
PR: 19849 Submitted by: Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de> MFC after: 3 days
|
87262 |
03-Dec-2001 |
cjc |
The named.conf file should refer to named.conf(5) in addition to named(8) in the comments.
PR: 32459 Submitted by: "Gary W. Swearingen" <swear@blarg.net> MFC after: 2 days
|
87170 |
01-Dec-2001 |
obrien |
Use tabs where possible.
|
87051 |
28-Nov-2001 |
ru |
GC cvs-1.8.1 import left-overs.
|
87047 |
28-Nov-2001 |
ru |
Whitespace police.
Submitted by: cjc, ru
|
87030 |
28-Nov-2001 |
silby |
Make sure the security check output includes a To: line in the same way the daily run output does.
|
87014 |
27-Nov-2001 |
ache |
Add hi_IN.ISCII-DEV
|
87013 |
27-Nov-2001 |
msmith |
Support the 'ciss' device node.
MFC after: 1 week
|
87010 |
27-Nov-2001 |
rwatson |
Remeber to set the permissions on an md-backed /tmp to 01777, rather than using the default of 0755.
|
86960 |
27-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Catch two extraneous calls to expr(1) that slipped past rev 1.311.
|
86934 |
27-Nov-2001 |
silby |
Have security add a To: root@host line; the lack of a To: line is causing spambouncer to think my security logs are spam.
|
86914 |
26-Nov-2001 |
sobomax |
Add entries for GDM (GNOME Display Manager).
MFC after: 3 days
|
86886 |
25-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Style clean-up.
Submitted by: bde
|
86882 |
24-Nov-2001 |
dd |
Spelling police: sucessful -> successful.
|
86856 |
24-Nov-2001 |
darrenr |
second part of the patches to complete ipf changes to rc
PR: multiple Submitted by: Arjan de Vet <devet@devet.org>
|
86851 |
24-Nov-2001 |
darrenr |
Resolve all the ipfilter startup issues in rc.network with one big patch to get it all right, allowing ipnat to be enabled independantly of ipfilter in rc.conf (among other things).
PR: multiple Submitted by: Arjan de Vet <devet@devet.org> Reviewed by: Giorgos Keramidas <keramida@FreeBSD.org>
|
86793 |
22-Nov-2001 |
ache |
Sync with main
|
86791 |
22-Nov-2001 |
ache |
Copy from main termcap
|
86789 |
22-Nov-2001 |
ache |
Merge with main variant
|
86709 |
21-Nov-2001 |
imp |
Add Toshiba wireless LAN card
Submitted by: "Mark Sergeant" <msergeant@snsonline.net>
|
86699 |
20-Nov-2001 |
obrien |
'ircd' is a better service name. Also note '6667' is unoffical
Submitted by: knu (name change)
|
86696 |
20-Nov-2001 |
obrien |
There is already an 'irc' service at port 194. However my experience is that 1667 is what is really used. So name port 1667 'irc-client'.
|
86688 |
20-Nov-2001 |
obrien |
Add IRC
|
86687 |
20-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Avoid unnecessary calls to expr(1) by using standard shell arithmetic expansion instead.
MFC after: 1 week
|
86682 |
20-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Introduce new shell functions hexdigit, hexprint and zeropad.
Use these new functions instead of printf(1), which is scheduled for removal as a shell builtin command, and which will not be available as a standalone utility if MAKEDEV is run prior to mounting /usr.
Requested by: knu
|
86668 |
20-Nov-2001 |
brian |
Handle wtmp.0 being compressed
PR: 32113 Submitted by: Yar Tikhiy <yar@comp.chem.msu.su> MFC after: 1 week
|
86653 |
20-Nov-2001 |
ume |
The rtsol must be done before the alias processing.
PR: conf/31366 Submitted by: gshapiro MFC after: 1 week
|
86639 |
20-Nov-2001 |
gshapiro |
Since buildworld builds cf files specified in SENDMAIL_ADDITIONAL_MC, installworld should install them.
PR: 29928 Submitted by: wollman MFC after: 3 days
|
86638 |
20-Nov-2001 |
gshapiro |
Handle the sendmail_outbound_enable knob in the start target.
PR: 32033 MFC after: 3 days
|
86603 |
19-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Use shell functions for printing hex instead of printf(1) so that printf(1) can be dropped from the system shell as a shell builtin.
|
86601 |
19-Nov-2001 |
ru |
Apply README style guidelines (this time checked).
|
86565 |
19-Nov-2001 |
imp |
Avaya Wireless PCCARD
Submitted by: Ants Aader <ants@kernel.ee>
|
86539 |
18-Nov-2001 |
imp |
Add Xircom wireless card from pir@pir.net
|
86515 |
18-Nov-2001 |
iedowse |
Add support for making the Coda /dev/cfsN devices.
PR: conf/22695 Submitted by: Kenneth Ingham <ingham@i-pi.com>
|
86510 |
17-Nov-2001 |
gshapiro |
Add two new accounts/groups for sendmail:
smmsp - sendmail 8.12 operates as a set-group-ID binary (instead of set-user-ID). This new user/group will be used for command line submissions. UID/GID 25 is suggested in the sendmail documentation and has been adopted by other operating systems such as OpenBSD and Solaris 9.
mailnull - The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. Currently FreeBSD uses daemon for DefaultUser but I would prefer not to use an account used by other programs, hence the addition of mailnull. UID/GID 26 has been chosen for this user.
This was discussed on -arch on October 18-19, 2001.
MFC after: 1 week
|
86489 |
17-Nov-2001 |
guido |
Change mode for var/db/ipf to 0700
|
86380 |
15-Nov-2001 |
imp |
GVC 10Mbps Ethernet Card
PR: 30329 Submitted by: David Xu <davidx@viasoft.com.cn>
|
86379 |
15-Nov-2001 |
imp |
Add Compaq WL110 PC Card to the list.
PR: 31023 Submitted by: wilko
|
86344 |
14-Nov-2001 |
cjc |
After further discussion on -CURRENT, some people (jhb) do not like the idea of not masking passwords on comments in case the administrator comments out an entry without clearing the password. Instead completely ignore comments (since they have no security impact) when doing the diff of the old and new passwd file.
Suggested by: rwatson
|
86342 |
14-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Avoid unnecessary calls to expr(1) by using standard shell arithmetic expansion instead.
|
86328 |
13-Nov-2001 |
matusita |
sysinstall complains about creating acd0t* devices while all dists are extracted and recreating device files.
Without this, you'll see following messages when 'MAKEDEV all': [: : out of range [: : out of range acd0t is invalid -- can't have more than 32 devices or 169 tracks
Reported by: David Syphers <dsyphers@uchicago.edu> (at current@FreeBSD.org)
|
86257 |
11-Nov-2001 |
cjc |
No need to hide stuff in the $FreeBSD$ tag or in other comments like,
Backup passwd and group files: 1c1 < # $FreeBSD:(password):09:07 peter Exp $ --- > # $FreeBSD:(password):27:16 ache Exp $
MFC after: 1 week
|
86240 |
10-Nov-2001 |
markm |
Make rsh(d) more secure (Hah!) by not defaulting PAM to promiscuously accepting connections.
Add KDE entries.
Committed From: BSDConEU Terminal Room
|
86217 |
09-Nov-2001 |
wollman |
Add share/zoneinfo/North_Dakota in preparation for tzdata update.
|
86163 |
07-Nov-2001 |
fenner |
Update the nsswitch.conf -> host.conf generator to handle criteria, continuation lines, extra whitespace, and to use the last matching line in the file. This syncs the host.conf generation with how the nsswitch.conf is parsed. Only print " host.conf" instead of a multi-line message, since this happens on every boot.
|
86070 |
05-Nov-2001 |
ache |
Add bg_BG.CP1251
PR: 25472 Submitted by: Peter Pentchev <roam@ringlet.net>
|
85916 |
02-Nov-2001 |
cjc |
Fix a bug I introduced yesterday. People who built world since the previous commit yesterday may wish to check /var/run for junk.
|
85848 |
01-Nov-2001 |
cjc |
Add a directory in /var/run to store ppp(8) command sockets.
PR: bin/29966 Approved by: brian MFC after: 4
|
85831 |
01-Nov-2001 |
des |
Modify the way host.conf and nsswitch.conf are treated at boot time:
- if nsswitch.conf exists, host.conf is auto-generated for compatibility with legacy applications and libraries.
- if host.conf exists but nsswitch.conf does not, nsswitch.conf is auto- generated as usual.
|
85626 |
28-Oct-2001 |
asmodai |
Explain that /var/log/all.log needs to be touched and chmod'd 'ere it can be used.
PR: 17022 Submitted by: Niels Christian Bank-Pedersen <ncbp@bank-pedersen.dk> MFC after: 1 week
|
85575 |
27-Oct-2001 |
rwatson |
o Spelling error s/suffient/sufficient/
PR: 31524 Submitted by: Dan Langille <dan@freebsddiary.org>
|
85530 |
26-Oct-2001 |
ache |
Remove /var/spool/uucp subtree, not needed for 'cu'
|
85516 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ache |
The same unbreakage (0755 -> 0775) for /var/games and subdirs
|
85514 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ache |
Fix /var/mail, /var/rwho and /var/spool/lock back to 0775 Not sure about other dirs with the same damage (0755) by recent commit.
|
85484 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ru |
Style these once again.
|
85481 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ru |
Finish the removal of uucp scripts.
Forgotten by: kris
|
85455 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ache |
Re-commit www:www If anybody wants to remove them for some reason, please consider "pop" removing first.
Approved by: arch discussion from Oct 20 MFC after: 3 days
|
85298 |
22-Oct-2001 |
obrien |
Chroot to /tftpboot for tftp.
Reviewed by: mdodd, peter
|
85222 |
20-Oct-2001 |
darrenr |
Do an ipf -y after bringing up ppp to ensure rules which mention ppp get matched. Moification on PR to handle ipnat not being dependant on ipfilter_enable
PR: 22859
|
85221 |
20-Oct-2001 |
darrenr |
Allow ipnat_enable to be set to "yes" without requiring ipfiltre_enable to be set to "yes"
PR: 25223
|
85220 |
20-Oct-2001 |
darrenr |
Create /var/db/ipf
PR: 27070
|
85219 |
20-Oct-2001 |
darrenr |
Put in place for using ipfs use on shutdown and startup.
PR: 27070
|
85215 |
20-Oct-2001 |
darrenr |
Add the ipfilter directory in share/examples
PR: 26763
|
85136 |
19-Oct-2001 |
dougb |
Handle the lack of nfs server or client support in the kernel by kldload'ing the appropriate modules before enabling the service.
|
85114 |
18-Oct-2001 |
alfred |
Update to note that rpc.statd and rpc.lockd are now needed for client side NFS mounts.
Stumbled upon by: rwatson
|
85111 |
18-Oct-2001 |
sheldonh |
Back previous revision out until it has been discussed on -arch and motivated. Currently, it is under dispute.
|
85110 |
18-Oct-2001 |
sheldonh |
Back previous revision out until it has been discussed on -arch and motivated. Currently, it is under dispute.
|
85062 |
17-Oct-2001 |
bsd |
Ensure that /var/log/lastlog exists so that login doesn't complain.
Submitted by: Harti Brandt <brandt@fokus.gmd.de> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
85056 |
17-Oct-2001 |
ache |
Add www:www (80:80) for upcoming Apache changes
|
84780 |
10-Oct-2001 |
jhb |
Remove references to nfsiod and nfs_client_flags now that they are obsolete.
Submitted by: Gordon Tetlow <gordont@gnf.org>
|
84772 |
10-Oct-2001 |
archie |
Update reference URL.
MFC after: 3 days
|
84767 |
10-Oct-2001 |
obrien |
Fix tabbing damage in last commit.
|
84744 |
10-Oct-2001 |
dougb |
Follow existing style a little better
|
84730 |
09-Oct-2001 |
des |
Add a dumpdir variable that determines where savecore stores crash dumps. I've had this on my development box for ages...
|
84684 |
08-Oct-2001 |
gshapiro |
Do not clobber users hostname.mc file if freebsd.mc changes (likely after an installworld).
Submitted by: Steve Watt <steve@Watt.COM> MFC after: 2 days
|
84588 |
06-Oct-2001 |
dfr |
Add /etc files for ia64.
|
84537 |
05-Oct-2001 |
sheldonh |
Quote the value of pccard_ether_delay, the only unquoted value in the entire file.
|
84421 |
03-Oct-2001 |
ume |
We don't ship pim6dd/pim6sd any more.
MFC after: 1 week
|
84400 |
03-Oct-2001 |
jkh |
Add commented-out/prototype entries for samba's swat configuration tool.
Requested by: "William Wong" <willwong@samurai.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
84370 |
02-Oct-2001 |
ru |
Sigh, fix the unfixed typo: s/-l/-L/.
|
84367 |
02-Oct-2001 |
knu |
Fix a typo: s/-or/-o/.
|
84332 |
01-Oct-2001 |
obrien |
Add ()'s around the warning message when skipping a startup script. Also don't give the whole path, just the script name.
Submitted by: des Requested by: jhb
|
84329 |
01-Oct-2001 |
obrien |
Tweak the Skipping ${script} logic to also handle symlinks. Also echo with "-n".
|
84311 |
01-Oct-2001 |
markm |
Remove (commented out) use of pam_ssh where it won't work.
|
84265 |
01-Oct-2001 |
kris |
Move the uucpd entry down a bit to live with other optional services and correct the path to /usr/local as an example.
Submitted by: ru
|
84264 |
01-Oct-2001 |
kris |
Put back /var/spool/uucp so it can be used for serial port locking.
|
84253 |
01-Oct-2001 |
kris |
UUCP removal Phase III.
|
84252 |
01-Oct-2001 |
kris |
UUCP removal phase II. These directories are now created by the freebsd-uucp port.
|
84217 |
30-Sep-2001 |
obrien |
Fix the problem that the startup directory is printed out if it is empty.
Submitted by: Udo Schweigert <udo.schweigert@siemens.com>
|
84163 |
30-Sep-2001 |
dd |
Add missing word in comment.
|
84143 |
29-Sep-2001 |
obrien |
Add `dict' per http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers and RFC 2229.
|
84133 |
29-Sep-2001 |
ru |
Backout revision 1.9 that added `myname.my.domain' as another alias for `localhost'. If your /etc/nsswitch.conf has ``hosts: files dns'', and you changed `myname.my.domain' in /etc/hosts to match hostname(1), and you run inetd(8) with the -l option, any connect to `myname' using its real IP address through inetd(8), e.g. `ftp -a myname', will spam your /var/log/messages with:
inetd[PID]: warning: /etc/hosts.allow, line 23: host name/name mismatch: myname.my.domain != localhost
This is especially bad for -STABLE, where /etc/host.conf defaults to "files first then DNS" resolution order.
Noticed by: Igor Kucherenko <kivvy@sunbay.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
84051 |
27-Sep-2001 |
brooks |
Add an apparently working entry for the BayStack 660, 2mbps direct sequence wireless card.
Approved by: imp (in principle)
|
83966 |
26-Sep-2001 |
dillon |
Enable vmiodirenable by default. Remove incorrect comment from sysctl.conf.
MFC after: 1 week
|
83957 |
26-Sep-2001 |
phk |
Give people a chance to do things before fsck is run.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
83956 |
26-Sep-2001 |
obrien |
Run rc.devfs a little bit earlier. Many people like to use generic devices in rc.syscons, etc.. So rc.devfs needs to run before those rc files.
Requested by: Jos Backus <josb@cncdsl.com>
|
83916 |
25-Sep-2001 |
obrien |
Let people know when a startup script is skipped because it is not executable.
Suggested by: gad
|
83897 |
24-Sep-2001 |
obrien |
Back out rev 1.274. The previous behavior was documented in rc.8 and the original commit of local_startup depended on the scripts being executable; so there is too much precedence to change it now. About all anyone could agree on is that rev 1.274 broke POLA and before rev 1.274 also broke POLA.
|
83871 |
24-Sep-2001 |
obrien |
+ explicitly use the shell to run ${local_startup} so one does not have to ensure the executable bit is set on the scripts. + Fix VCS ID's
|
83677 |
19-Sep-2001 |
brooks |
Add a new rc.conf variable, cloned_interfaces, to create cloned interfaces at boot.
|
83656 |
19-Sep-2001 |
peter |
The vfs.nfs.bufpackets sysctl is in the client, not the server. Move it to the client section. Turn off nfsiod, it no longer exists (now just kthreads). I need revisit nfsiod so that we have an argument passthrough.
|
83653 |
18-Sep-2001 |
peter |
Userland part of nfs client/server split and cleanup.
|
83596 |
18-Sep-2001 |
fenner |
Handle the absence of net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit better, just like brian's fix for v6 in rev 1.56.
|
83561 |
17-Sep-2001 |
jlemon |
Change permissions for initial install of maillog file to 640. (from 644)
Pointed out by: rwatson
|
83560 |
17-Sep-2001 |
jlemon |
Change maillog to have permissions of 640. Users shouldn't be able to eavesdrop on other users' communications.
|
83447 |
14-Sep-2001 |
brian |
Handle the absence of net.inet6.ip6.fw.verbose_limit better
|
83389 |
13-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Due to a bug in the ed driver, which leads to hangs when using it with dhclient and pccard_ether, introduce the concept of a "settle time" to pccard_ether with the new pccard_ether_delay variable. Defaults to 5 seconds, which is enough time for the ed driver to finish its autoconfiguration for newer Linksys based cards. This also can eliminate the ed0: timeout messages that happen at startup as well.
MFC: after RE says OK.
|
83345 |
11-Sep-2001 |
ru |
Added forgotten share/zoneinfo/America/Kentucky.
|
83325 |
11-Sep-2001 |
ru |
s/password_format/passwd_format/
PR: misc/30494 Submitted by: "brian j. peterson" <rbw@myplace.org>
|
83285 |
10-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Typo s/AirLAncer/AirLancer/g
|
83284 |
10-Sep-2001 |
imp |
clarify PCMLM56 status
|
83283 |
10-Sep-2001 |
imp |
The EXCard-10-PCMCIA entry was slightly bogus.
|
83273 |
10-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Add cs driver for IBM EtherJet card. Doesn't completely work yet, but it won't work without it.
|
83272 |
10-Sep-2001 |
imp |
2Mbps card from Teletronics. Looks like a generic OEM card for the awi driver, but the MAC address isn't recognized, so maybe this is wrong.
|
83271 |
10-Sep-2001 |
imp |
ELSA Air Lancer wireless card. Appears to be a Lucent OEM.
Submitted by: Eric Masson <e-masson@kisoft-services.com>
|
83264 |
09-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Mihira-san says that this works for him. Linksys EtherFast 10/100 + 56k modem with the fat connector.
Submitted by: sanpei@sanpei.org (MIHIRA yoshiro) Ignored since Jan 2001 by: imp
|
83261 |
09-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Addtron AWP-100 wireless card.
Submitted by: Alfred Perlstein <bright@mu.org>
|
83260 |
09-Sep-2001 |
imp |
EZCard, not EXCard
|
83259 |
09-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Speculatively commit fix for Surecom EP-427TX PCMCIA adapter. This appears to be another OEM version of the Netgear FA411. This is a guess, since the original didn't include the flags, but this is too similar to my netgear card...
Submitted by: neal@nelsonnet.org
|
83258 |
09-Sep-2001 |
imp |
SMC EZ Card 10 PCMCIA
Submitted by: Goncharov D <gda@sani.ru>
|
83257 |
09-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Add NE-2000 compatible card sold by addron.
Submitted by: johs@copyleft.no
|
83255 |
09-Sep-2001 |
imp |
Add NetGEAR FA411 card. This appears to be based on the AX88190 chipset and works with those flags.
|
83240 |
09-Sep-2001 |
kris |
Run the uustat command as the uucp user, not as root.
|
82866 |
03-Sep-2001 |
brian |
Allow group network to read ppp.log & slip.log.
Suggested by: Jesper Skriver <jesper@FreeBSD.org>
|
82831 |
02-Sep-2001 |
rwatson |
o Add sample syslogd_flags for "-ss" which causes syslogd not to bind an inet socket.
|
82758 |
01-Sep-2001 |
rwatson |
o Note that some sites will want to select generally more conservative permissions on some files, and give hints as to what those permissions might be. Note also that the current more liberal permissions might get changed in future revisions.
|
82706 |
31-Aug-2001 |
rwatson |
o More conservative permissions for kerberos.log: 600 instead of 644.
Reviewed by: peter
|
82703 |
31-Aug-2001 |
murray |
Add an entry for the Zip 250.
PR: i386/29639 Submitted by: David Yeske <dyeske@yahoo.com>
|
82700 |
31-Aug-2001 |
murray |
Add entries for 3wire terminals. (carrier not supplied, so we set nc).
PR: conf/26420 Submitted by: Jon Passki <cykyc@yahoo.com>
|
82660 |
31-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Make the 'echo' output for blanktime and scrnmap consistent with their variable names. There were minor differences in both cases, which were needlessly confusing and inconsistent.
|
82604 |
30-Aug-2001 |
alex |
Move /etc/defaults/make.conf to /usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf as discussed on the arch@ mailinglist (after repo-copy).
sys.mk will .error if it finds /etc/defaults/make.conf but include it anyways (this is the same behaviour as with the make.conf.local removal).
/usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf has BDEFLAGS commented out now, since it's only an example file.
Adjust all textes that talk about make.conf or defaults/make.conf to match the new situation.
|
82521 |
29-Aug-2001 |
alex |
chown syntax is user:group now.
|
82519 |
29-Aug-2001 |
alex |
RIP all ports options, as discussed on arch@.
|
82482 |
29-Aug-2001 |
obrien |
Remove more vestages of diskcheckd, which is now in ports/sysutils.
|
82480 |
29-Aug-2001 |
brian |
Remove diskcheckd.conf
|
82475 |
28-Aug-2001 |
obrien |
Remove `diskcheckd'. It is now in ports/sysutils.
Consensus on: freebsd-current.
|
82361 |
26-Aug-2001 |
markm |
Tidy, reorder and adjust to more correctly reflect FreeBSD default policy.
|
82335 |
26-Aug-2001 |
dd |
End sentence with a period.
|
82236 |
23-Aug-2001 |
dd |
$units is the canonical name for the number of units to create; use it.
PR: 29971 Submitted by: Joseph Mallett <jmallett@xMach.org>
|
82191 |
23-Aug-2001 |
kuriyama |
Invoke named with privilege of bind:bind. Change pidfile location to /var/run/named/pid.
|
82062 |
21-Aug-2001 |
ume |
fix typo. icmptype of destination unreach is not 2 but 1.
Submitted by: kuriyama
|
82015 |
21-Aug-2001 |
mjacob |
move forward the ability to MAKEDEV zs devices for TurboLaser
|
81968 |
20-Aug-2001 |
markm |
More libss removal.
|
81890 |
18-Aug-2001 |
dwmalone |
Clear up what the line "ALL : PARANOID : RFC931 20 : deny" means to tcp wrappers. The description is a little long, but hopefully accurate.
|
81749 |
16-Aug-2001 |
obrien |
Add the `WANT_FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE' knob. If set to an integer value, it forces GCC to not optimize above this level. For intance, GCC made with "WANT_FORCE_OPTIMIZATION_DOWNGRADE=1" is a good setting for the Alpha platform when building ports.
|
81731 |
15-Aug-2001 |
markm |
Add no_warn option to the "auth" lines. Minor tidy-up as well.
|
81669 |
15-Aug-2001 |
ache |
Reflect main termcap v1.109
|
81659 |
14-Aug-2001 |
ache |
Add commented out example
|
81656 |
14-Aug-2001 |
ache |
Add/install /etc/opieaccess skeleton
Approved by: markm
|
81618 |
14-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Sync the code that sucks in rc.conf and friends with what's in rc.firewall6. Specifically, don't do anything if [ -z ${source_rc_confs_defined} ]. Not doing this leads to a problem with dependencies: chkdepend will set, e.g., portmap_enable to YES if some service that needs portmap is enabled, but rc.network sources rc.firewall, which used to source defaults/rc.conf unconditionally, which would result in portmap_enable being set back to NO.
PR: 29631 Submitted by: OGAWA Takaya <t-ogawa@triaez.kaisei.org>
|
81557 |
12-Aug-2001 |
markm |
Remove the WANT_INSECURE_OPIE option - it is now a default. This is not nearly as ominous as it sounds, and it allows OPIE to be used over SSH and on xterms.
Requested by: ache Discussed on: -security
|
81554 |
12-Aug-2001 |
knu |
Chagne MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD to MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD_ORG, because MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD is already used in bsd.port.mk for some different purpose.
|
81553 |
12-Aug-2001 |
knu |
Fix MASTER_SITE_RUBY. The listed master site is obsolete.
|
81552 |
12-Aug-2001 |
knu |
Add MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD.
|
81526 |
11-Aug-2001 |
schweikh |
Add sgi_fam 391002, file alteration monitor.
PR: 25925 Submitted by: Jeremy Norris <ishmael27@home.com> MFC after: 5 weeks
|
81357 |
09-Aug-2001 |
obrien |
Fix minor typo.
|
81205 |
06-Aug-2001 |
nsayer |
Now properly use logger's facility argument
|
81167 |
05-Aug-2001 |
nsayer |
Make the sample entries actually syntactically correct. :-/
|
81160 |
05-Aug-2001 |
nsayer |
Add a little pizzaz to the sample entries. :-)
|
81159 |
05-Aug-2001 |
nsayer |
Add some sample entries to illustrate battery state monitoring.
|
81047 |
02-Aug-2001 |
dwmalone |
Remove duplicate ufsd entry. This seems to go back to the Sun's version of the file.
PR: 29386 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
|
81020 |
02-Aug-2001 |
rwatson |
Default to disabling all inetd.conf entries, in particular, telnetd and ftpd. This more conservative default reduces the exposure of freshly installed machines, which is especially valuable for machines that receive minimal further configuration before being put into production. Generally speaking, SSH has superseded the use of both telnet and ftp in many environments. In light of recent remotely exploitable security holes in both telnetd and ftpd, this choice retains flexibility (both telnetd and ftpd daemons remain installed and easily enableable) while protecting users who don't need the additional risk. This change brings our configuration into line with the majority of other UNIX vendors, including OpenBSD and NetBSD.
To address the concerns of those requiring remote access via telnet from first install, changes will shortly be committed to sysinstall to provide the ability to edit inetd.conf during the installation process, allowing telnetd and ftp to be re-enabled during the installation process.
While I'm at it, slightly improve commenting for inetd.conf so that it's more clear to users how to enable and disable services. Further commenting to indicate the functions of various columns would probably also be useful.
Reviewed by: imp, chris, jake, nate, -arch, -stable
|
80961 |
01-Aug-2001 |
dougb |
Scratch an itch of long standing by adding entries for the most commonly used x11 ports
|
80945 |
01-Aug-2001 |
dougb |
I could have sworn I did this already, but obviously I didn't. So, take another stab at updating the IANA web page.
|
80796 |
01-Aug-2001 |
gshapiro |
Revert change to always include _FFR_TLS_O_T as it requires FEATURE(access_db)
Problem found by: nsayer
|
80683 |
30-Jul-2001 |
darrenr |
Merge in patch to automagically decide whether or not a kldload of ipfilter is required into rc.network.
Person failed to use a real name so both email addresses from PR included (Sent was different to From).
PR: 22998 Submitted by: dl@leo.org/spock@empire.trek.org
|
80662 |
30-Jul-2001 |
dougb |
Add an entry for the commonly used (although unofficial) kpop port.
PR: conf/21551 Submitted by: Luis Casillas <casillas@stanford.edu> Reviewed by: rwatson
|
80639 |
30-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Document Bzip2's flag.
PR: 27901 Submitted by: Anders Nordby <anders@fix.no> (stylistic changes by me)
|
80597 |
30-Jul-2001 |
dougb |
Add a note about port 98 commonly being used for RH linuxconf, (unofficially of course).
PR: misc/21775 Submitted by: Dann Lunsford <dann@greycat.com>
|
80516 |
28-Jul-2001 |
markm |
Build standard directory for kerberos 5 (Heimdal) database.
|
80515 |
28-Jul-2001 |
markm |
Upgraded launchpad for kerberos. Noe kerberos IV OR kerberos 5 may be started at boot for kerberos servers.
|
80452 |
27-Jul-2001 |
peter |
Take -Wconversion out of BDECFLAGS. It is not particularly useful for us anyway because it doesn't work right on the x86 and alpha. On K&R code, small ints would be promoted to int. ANSI-C doesn't require this and the small ints can be passed taking 8 or 16 bits of stack space. However, the x86 abi that we use *does* promote to 32 bit, and the alpha ABI passes them in 64 bit registers so we dont have that aspect of the problem here. Losing float precision by having it cast down to int because the funtion prototype specifies int is the least of our problems. -Wmissing-prototypes helps here anyway.
|
80444 |
27-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Be consistent about how we quote commands that could be entered by the user.
|
80368 |
26-Jul-2001 |
brian |
Remove $daily_status_named_logs and figure out which /var/log/messages* files to look an (in the same way that /etc/security does).
Don't single-quote $start, reducing it to an empty string.
MFC after: 3 days
|
80359 |
25-Jul-2001 |
scottl |
Add /dev/hpn? as an alias to /dev/aac? so that the HP version of the CLI utility will work, and document it in the manpage.
MFC after: 3 days
|
80283 |
24-Jul-2001 |
ume |
pass any NS/NA/toobig.
Requested by: itojun MFC after: 5 days
|
80266 |
24-Jul-2001 |
dougb |
Add ports for sshell, ldaps, rsync, ftps-{data|control}, ircs, and correct some ommissions of udp ports.
Update IANA web page.
Clean up/correct some comments. I went a little further than the PR.
PR: conf/23416 Submitted by: Rudolf Cejka <cejkar@dcse.fee.vutbr.cz>
|
80209 |
23-Jul-2001 |
hm |
change the default for isdn_fsdev to NO. specifying a device here results in a potential conflict with a getty running on that device. PR: 26818 Submitted by: Clement Ballabriga <clement@asso.ups-tlse.fr>
|
80176 |
23-Jul-2001 |
gshapiro |
If the user sets SENDMAIL_MC to /etc/mail/sendmail.mc, install is told to install /etc/mail/sendmail.cf to /etc/mail/sendmail.cf and exits with an error:
===> etc/sendmail install -c -o root -g wheel -m 644 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf /etc/mail/sendmail.cf install: /etc/mail/sendmail.cf and /etc/mail/sendmail.cf are the same file *** Error code 64
Catch this in the Makefile and don't call install if the source and target are the same file.
Reported by: Alexandr Listopad <laa@reis.zp.ua> MFC after: 1 week
|
80175 |
23-Jul-2001 |
gshapiro |
New make knob, SENDMAIL_M4_FLAGS, modifies the flags passed to m4 when building a .cf file from a .mc file.
Include -D_FFR_TLS_O_T to enable tls policy control since the sendmail binary build enables that FFR as well.
PR: conf/28361 MFC after: 1 week
|
80154 |
22-Jul-2001 |
imp |
Add entry for SMC 2632W card.
Submitted by: lots of people, most recently by Mike Buchanon
Also, Tried to clean up the comments about IRQs to match the new world order.
|
80134 |
22-Jul-2001 |
hm |
add directory i4brunppp. Pointed out by: David H. Wolfskill david@catwhisker.org and Crist J. Clark <cristjc@earthlink.net>
|
80112 |
21-Jul-2001 |
nsayer |
The MA401 is a Prism II
Approved by: imp
|
80107 |
21-Jul-2001 |
ume |
- Allow link-local multicast traffic for client. - Allow ICMPv6 destination unreach, packet too big and NS/NA. - RIPng also uses link-local to link-local.
MFC after: 1 week
|
80051 |
20-Jul-2001 |
ume |
Do more strict checking for an interface.
Suggested by: matusita@jp.FreeBSD.org MFC after: 1 week
|
79958 |
19-Jul-2001 |
ume |
- Avoid to select an interface which is not good for RA/RS. Submitted by: sakane@kame.net - Avoid to select lo0 or faith for a default interface.
|
79956 |
19-Jul-2001 |
brian |
Don't try to remove directories unless we've emptied them first
Submitted by: NIIMI Satoshi <sa2c@and.or.jp> PR: 28355 MFC after: 1 week
|
79839 |
17-Jul-2001 |
jhb |
sysctl(8) doesn't need '-w' to write to sysctl variables anymore.
|
79825 |
17-Jul-2001 |
roam |
Add a script_name_sep rc.conf knob to specify the IFS character for separating the startup scripts' list into individual filenames.
Run the shutdown scripts in reverse alphabetical order, so dependent services are stopped before the services they depend upon.
Reviewed by: -arch, -audit MFC after: 3 weeks
|
79715 |
14-Jul-2001 |
markm |
Add OPIE examples.
Tidy up columns.
Fix pam_wheel options.
|
79693 |
13-Jul-2001 |
gshapiro |
MAPS is becoming a subscription (fee based) service, warn users ORBS is gone
MFC after: 1 day
|
79548 |
10-Jul-2001 |
markm |
Provide a hint for the OPIE 'insecure' mode.
|
79406 |
07-Jul-2001 |
nsayer |
The Netgear card works for me under 'wi'.
|
79233 |
04-Jul-2001 |
ben |
Add older CD types, matcd, mcd, scd.
Submitted by: imp
|
79229 |
04-Jul-2001 |
ben |
Exclude acd*, cd*, and md* from being checked by default.
|
79206 |
04-Jul-2001 |
ume |
Show IPv6 denied packets.
MFC after: 1 week
|
79107 |
02-Jul-2001 |
brooks |
Create gif devices in the "gifconfig" stage while configuring them.
Reviewed by: ru, ume Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
|
79093 |
02-Jul-2001 |
assar |
add MR-AFS port numbers
|
78935 |
28-Jun-2001 |
ume |
Change default of ipv6_default_interface to NO. This is meaningless in most cases and rather harmful.
Reported by: Kevin Oberman <oberman@es.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
78920 |
28-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Don't insist on creating rocketport devices in /dev.
PR: 21394 Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee.lbl.gov>
|
78918 |
28-Jun-2001 |
rwatson |
Reduce chattiness of entropy file mechanism with extreme prejudice.
Reviewed by: USENIX Cabal (peter, jhb, wpaul, et al)
|
78905 |
28-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Introduce syslogd_program and inetd_program variables in case somebody wants to replace one of those programs.
PR: 13609 Submitted by: Goran Lowkrantz <goran.lowkrantz@infologigruppen.se>
|
78862 |
27-Jun-2001 |
gshapiro |
Typo fix (modifes -> modifies)
|
78861 |
26-Jun-2001 |
dan |
stpo --> stop (typo).
|
78851 |
26-Jun-2001 |
imp |
Use tabs where tabs are supposed to go!
|
78850 |
26-Jun-2001 |
imp |
Add dell wireless card
Submitted by: keichi
|
78843 |
26-Jun-2001 |
dan |
Add support for linksys instant wireless.
Approved by: imp
|
78822 |
26-Jun-2001 |
nik |
Mention the path to the README file in the header comment.
Submitted by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>
|
78791 |
26-Jun-2001 |
ache |
Fix name for de manpages dir
|
78790 |
26-Jun-2001 |
ache |
Remove aliases not needed for new man version
|
78783 |
25-Jun-2001 |
brooks |
Add support for the Cisco Aironet 350 Series of adaptors. Also, make a minor ocrrection to the Aironet 340 Series comment.
Approved by: imp (in principle)
|
78600 |
22-Jun-2001 |
ume |
Correct typo. It should be site-local address prefix.
Submitted by: kuriyama MFC after: 3 days
|
78594 |
22-Jun-2001 |
obrien |
Got my r's and t's mixed up. Fix sorting.
|
78591 |
22-Jun-2001 |
kuriyama |
Fix typos in comment. (s/IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT/IPV6FIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT/)
MFC after: 1 week
|
78585 |
22-Jun-2001 |
imp |
Add BreezeNET PC-DS.11. It is yet another wireless card.
Submitted by: Danny Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
|
78561 |
21-Jun-2001 |
cjc |
Fixing a bug reported on freebsd-security. It is possible for non-printable characters to sneak into /var/log/messages (e.g. someone aims a Solaris/Linux RCP exploit at your FreeBSD box and you end up with his shellcode as part of a log entry). You might get something like,
host.mydom.org login failures: Binary file (standard input) matches
In the daily security script as a result. Allowing attackers to mess with your security script's ability to accurately report is a Bad Thing. Tell grep(1) to treat /var/log/messages like a text file even if it has non-printable characters.
Submitted by: Tim Zingelman <zingelman@fnal.gov> on freebsd-security Approved by: ru MFC after: 1 week
|
78554 |
21-Jun-2001 |
brian |
Move the interface address setting and default route setting out of the default section and into the papchap section.
It's really irritating when you run ppp with no arguments and end up blowing away your default route !
|
78523 |
21-Jun-2001 |
obrien |
Add etc/rc.d (looking to the future)
|
78493 |
20-Jun-2001 |
ume |
Change default value of rtadvd_enable to NO to be compatible with the following description in RFC2461:
AdvSendAdvertisements A flag indicating whether or not the router sends periodic Router Advertisements and responds to Router Solicitations.
Default: FALSE
Note that AdvSendAdvertisements MUST be FALSE by default so that a node will not accidentally start acting as a router unless it is explicitly configured by system management to send Router Advertisements.
Submitted by: JINMEI Tatuya <jinmei@isl.rdc.toshiba.co.jp> MFC after: 1 week
|
78475 |
19-Jun-2001 |
ume |
Add configuration for a FAITH IPv6-to-IPv4 TCP translator. To use a FAITH actually, you also need faithd(8) setup. Please consult faithd(8) manpage.
|
78453 |
19-Jun-2001 |
grog |
Add IBM "High Rate Wireless LAN PC Card", a rebadged Lucent WaveLAN/IEEE.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
78446 |
18-Jun-2001 |
dbaker |
add ircs, per IANA
MFC after: 3 days
|
78354 |
16-Jun-2001 |
schweikh |
Fix misindented esac.
MFC after: 1 week
|
78345 |
16-Jun-2001 |
obrien |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r78344, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
78344 |
16-Jun-2001 |
obrien |
Import the NetBSD 1.5 RC system.
Note that `rc' and `rc.shutdown' could not be imported because we already have files with those names.
|
78318 |
16-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Explicitly set arpproxy_all and start_vinum to "NO" for consistency.
PR: 28185 Submitted by: Gordon Tetlow <gordont@bluemtn.net>
|
78265 |
15-Jun-2001 |
nik |
Include a mention of WRKDIRPREFIX, useful when mounting /usr/ports readonly from another host.
|
78199 |
14-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Pass -a to dmesg(8).
PR: 26870 Submitted by: Tomonobu AKIMOTO <akimoto@xephion.ne.jp>
|
78175 |
13-Jun-2001 |
phk |
Remember to install diskcheckd.conf
|
78111 |
11-Jun-2001 |
tobez |
Recognize and support new output which pkg_version(1) might produce.
PR: 27707 Approved by: bmah, markm
|
78069 |
11-Jun-2001 |
ume |
prefixcmd_enable was obsoleted by syncing recent KAME. New prefix(8) is just a shell script for backward compatibility. Now, we always use ifconfig(8) instead of prefix(8).
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
78066 |
11-Jun-2001 |
ru |
The README file says:
c) The listing should be kept in filename sorted order.
|
78064 |
11-Jun-2001 |
ume |
Sync with recent KAME. This work was based on kame-20010528-freebsd43-snap.tgz and some critical problem after the snap was out were fixed. There are many many changes since last KAME merge.
TODO: - The definitions of SADB_* in sys/net/pfkeyv2.h are still different from RFC2407/IANA assignment because of binary compatibility issue. It should be fixed under 5-CURRENT. - ip6po_m member of struct ip6_pktopts is no longer used. But, it is still there because of binary compatibility issue. It should be removed under 5-CURRENT.
Reviewed by: itojun Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 3 weeks
|
78045 |
11-Jun-2001 |
ache |
ISO_ -> ISO, calendar
|
78035 |
11-Jun-2001 |
ache |
ISO_ -> ISO in DOC_LANG
|
78021 |
10-Jun-2001 |
ache |
Back out *.US-ASCII compactification - application should decide
|
78019 |
10-Jun-2001 |
ache |
Add man/en.ISO8859-1 hierarchy
|
77999 |
10-Jun-2001 |
ache |
Deal properly with *.US-ASCII family
|
77993 |
10-Jun-2001 |
ache |
Fix Latin1 man directories for new locale names
|
77992 |
10-Jun-2001 |
brian |
Add a missing \n
Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de> PR: 28014 MFC after: 1 week
|
77976 |
10-Jun-2001 |
ache |
New locale names and aliases to old ones
|
77974 |
10-Jun-2001 |
sheldonh |
Back out rev 1.268.
Requested by: wollman, rwatson
|
77938 |
09-Jun-2001 |
sheldonh |
Fix /etc/rc so that all remote filesystems, not just NFS, are mounted after the network is configured.
Future remote filesystem types should be added to remote_fstypes, which is a whitespace-delimited list of type:description pairs.
The specific problem this fixes right now is that smbfs mounts described in /etc/ftsab were failing.
|
77875 |
07-Jun-2001 |
sf |
add new directories for XFree86-4.1.0.
Reviewed by: ru
|
77825 |
06-Jun-2001 |
dcs |
Unbreak world by adding the new example directiory.
Reminded by: Niels Chr. Bank-Pedersen <ncbp@bank-pedersen.dk> MFC after: 1 week
|
77756 |
05-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Don't use tabs here!
|
77728 |
04-Jun-2001 |
joerg |
Round #2 of the sys/isa/ic/ => sys/dev/ic/ move: install sys/dev/ic as /usr/include/dev/ic.
|
77721 |
04-Jun-2001 |
markm |
Extend the su(1) example to take into account recent options to give a more BSD flavour.
|
77698 |
04-Jun-2001 |
ume |
Remove configuration file for pim6[ds]d.
Submitted by: sumikawa
|
77662 |
03-Jun-2001 |
phk |
Add diskcheckd to /etc/rc with a knob in rc.conf.
Make the default setting YES for now to get some experience with it.
Note: If people starts seeing disk errors because of this then it should not be backed.
|
77661 |
03-Jun-2001 |
phk |
Add diskcheck-daemon.
With a small disk being 20GB these days, chances are pretty good that an ailing sector will not be read while still being recoverable by the drive.
Diskcheck daemon will read disks in the background at a low rate and that way give the diskdrive a chance to detect and correct soft read errors before they become hard errors.
Idea by: phk Written by: ben
|
77651 |
03-Jun-2001 |
brian |
Move gif_interfaces from an IP6 option to a regular IP option.
PR: 26543 Submitted by: Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
77592 |
01-Jun-2001 |
dougb |
Small adjustment to whitespace in output
|
77575 |
01-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Remove vestiges of MFS.
|
77573 |
01-Jun-2001 |
obrien |
Both X11 (3.x and 4.x) currently lack a libdata/ subdirectory, (which is present both in /usr and /usr/local) which is causing a few ports to erroneously report mtree failures on bento.
Submitted by: ade
|
77520 |
31-May-2001 |
markm |
PERL_THREADED is too experimental at this stage. Remove.
|
77517 |
31-May-2001 |
dougb |
Truly limit the path to local filesystems.
|
77500 |
30-May-2001 |
imp |
Add Billionton LNT-10TN
Submitted by: Miklos Niedermayer <mico@bsd.hu> PR: conf/27726
|
77496 |
30-May-2001 |
brian |
Default daily_accounting_flags to -q. I thought this was a typo in the originally submitted patch (oops!).
Also check for an empty $daily_accounting_save.
Submitted by: Udo Schweigert <Udo.Schweigert@cert.siemens.de>
|
77492 |
30-May-2001 |
brian |
Add $daily_accounting_save and $daily_accounting_flags
Submitted by: Udo Schweigert <Udo.Schweigert@cert.siemens.de> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
77473 |
30-May-2001 |
kuriyama |
Add Melco's WLI-PCM-L11G.
MFC after: 1 week
|
77465 |
30-May-2001 |
imp |
List the valid IRQs and the non-sharingness.
Submitted by: gshapiro
|
77388 |
29-May-2001 |
phk |
Stop creating vn(4) devices.
|
77387 |
29-May-2001 |
phk |
Remove altmodishe "[bc]dev, " comments.
PR: 18836 Submitted by: ben
|
77363 |
28-May-2001 |
phk |
/var/log/console.log should be mode 600.
PR: 25329 Submitted by: Yoshihiro Koya Yoshihiro.Koya@math.yokohama-cu.ac.jp MFC after: 1 week
|
77358 |
28-May-2001 |
gshapiro |
Take advantage of the new OSTYPE(freebsd4) in sendmail 8.11.4
MFC after: 1 week
|
77336 |
28-May-2001 |
sheldonh |
Replace old-style "chown foo.bar" with orthodox "chown foo:bar".
|
77281 |
27-May-2001 |
yar |
Don't confuse the admin with spurious error messages about non-existent mount directories (which would come into existence after the real mount has occured) when just testing for if there are any NFS filesystems in /etc/fstab.
PR: bin/26597 Submitted by: Dmitry Morozovsky <marck@rinet.ru> MFC after: 3 days
|
77262 |
27-May-2001 |
sheldonh |
The PERL_THREADED knob is causing too many people too many problems. Add a dire warning about the experimental nature of threaded Perl.
|
77259 |
27-May-2001 |
hm |
update the sample isdnd.rc file with a firmware keyword example and a real world example of the use of the valid keyword in conjunction with budget handling.
|
77223 |
26-May-2001 |
ru |
- sys/n[tw]fs moved to sys/fs/n[tw]fs - /usr/include/n[tw]fs moved to /usr/include/fs/n[tw]fs
|
77221 |
26-May-2001 |
markm |
Improve and extend. Use new modules to set policy, and provide another example for WHEELSU-type su(1).
|
77208 |
25-May-2001 |
bmah |
List new directories created under share/examples/isdn/* in order to unbreak installworld.
|
77162 |
25-May-2001 |
ru |
- sys/msdosfs moved to sys/fs/msdosfs - msdos.ko renamed to msdosfs.ko - /usr/include/msdosfs moved to /usr/include/fs/msdosfs
|
77156 |
25-May-2001 |
imp |
Add support for card "D" "Link DWL-650 11Mbps WLAN Card" which is the most amusing CIS mistake I've seen in some time.
# I'm using this card to make this commit!
|
77154 |
25-May-2001 |
obrien |
I didn't fix the comment in rev 1.107.
|
77153 |
25-May-2001 |
obrien |
Turn on TCP_EXTENSIONS (rfc1323) by defualt.
|
77041 |
23-May-2001 |
ru |
Add NO_I4B to avoid building/installing isdn4bsd package.
Prompted by: Alexandr Listopad <laa@laa.zp.ua> MFC after: 3 days
|
77031 |
23-May-2001 |
ru |
- FDESC, FIFO, NULL, PORTAL, PROC, UMAP and UNION file systems were repo-copied from sys/miscfs to sys/fs.
- Renamed the following file systems and their modules: fdesc -> fdescfs, portal -> portalfs, union -> unionfs.
- Renamed corresponding kernel options: FDESC -> FDESCFS, PORTAL -> PORTALFS, UNION -> UNIONFS.
- Install header files for the above file systems.
- Removed bogus -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys CFLAGS from userland Makefiles.
|
76946 |
22-May-2001 |
dd |
Introduce a background_fsck rc.conf option which allows the user to enable or disable background fsck'ing all in one shot. Default is currently 'YES'.
Reviewed by: jkh
|
76849 |
19-May-2001 |
brian |
Back out previous commit. digiio.h has moved to /usr/include/sys
|
76846 |
19-May-2001 |
schweikh |
Anti-foot-shooting for pcvt users: ignore isdn_screenflags which is only for syscons.
Requested by: Alexander Leidinger <Alexander@Leidinger.net> MFC after: 7 days
|
76820 |
18-May-2001 |
obrien |
Restore the RSA host key to /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key. Also fix $FreeBSD$ spamage in crypto/openssh/sshd_config rev. 1.16.
|
76803 |
18-May-2001 |
brian |
Run network6_pass1 if ipv6_enable is YES
|
76761 |
17-May-2001 |
dmlb |
Add an entry for RAYLINK pccard using the ray driver.
MFC after: 3 days
|
76703 |
17-May-2001 |
brian |
Add /usr/include/dev/digi/
|
76695 |
16-May-2001 |
jesper |
Link /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key to /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key to deal with gratutious changes in the latest SSH
Reviewed by: obrien Approved by: obrien
|
76623 |
15-May-2001 |
gshapiro |
Allow users to add local Makefile targets.
Submitted by: dinoex MFC after: 7 days
|
76622 |
15-May-2001 |
gshapiro |
Make the default .mc file be `hostname`.mc if SENDMAIL_MC make.conf knob is not set. This allows admins to create a per-machine configuration file while leaving the freebsd.mc template pristine. Provide a rule to create `hostname`.mc from freebsd.mc if it doesn't exist.
PR: misc/26299 MFC after: 8 days
|
76592 |
14-May-2001 |
schweikh |
New option isdn_screenflags to set the syscons screen params for isdnd, plus documentation.
Submitted by: Alexander Leidinger <Alexander@Leidinger.net> Not objected to by: hm MFC after: 1 week
|
76553 |
13-May-2001 |
peter |
Back out rev 1.260. The 'streams' module is a registered dependency of the 'svr4' module already. This was a 4.x-only problem and should not have been MFS'ed.
|
76550 |
13-May-2001 |
ache |
Add sk_SK
PR: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Approved by: Obtained from:
|
76518 |
12-May-2001 |
assar |
clarify comment about MAKE_KERBEROS5. noticed by Peter Pentchev <roam@orbitel.bg>
|
76463 |
11-May-2001 |
dirk |
Add 470.status-named.
Reminded by: gshapiro
|
76460 |
11-May-2001 |
mckusick |
Update the fsck command in /etc/rc to use the new background fsck checking. Applying these changes (typically via mergemaster) will cause your system to start running background checks on all your soft update enabled filesystems (provided that you have a kernel with the required functionality, e.g., one built since the end of April). Please report any and all problems to mckusick@mckusick.com (not mckusick@freebsd.org which I read infrequently). See the comment above the fsck command in /etc/rc for instructions on how to disable background checking should it cause you too much trouble.
Several FAQs:
1) Can I reboot before the background checks are done?
Ans) Yes, when the system restarts the checks will pick up where they left off.
2) Can a crash during checking corrupt my filesystem?
Ans) No, recovered resources are returned to the system using soft updates which ensure that the freeing is done in a safe order.
3) How will I know if any background checks are being done?
Ans) Filesystems that are to be checked in background will be listed as `DEFER FOR BACKGROUND CHECKING' at the usual fsck check time during system startup.
4) What happens to the output of the background checks?
Ans) It is sent to syslog `daemon' facility log level `notice'.
5) When will this feature be available in the 4.X kernel?
Ans) Never. It is much too radical and extensive a change to be MFC'ed. Besides, it needs many months of experience and tuning before it is ready for widespread use.
6) What happens if a background fsck fails (i.e., fsck finds errors that would normally require a manual fsck)?
Ans) The filesystem will be marked as needing a manual fsck. At the next system reboot, the check will be done in foreground and the usual actions taken (usually a failure to go multi-user until fsck has been run by hand on the affected filesystem).
|
76430 |
10-May-2001 |
brian |
Delete everything that's not a directory in /var/run and /var/spool/lock at boot time.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
76415 |
09-May-2001 |
ume |
Avoid flushing IPv6 routes. `route flush' removes necessary routes for IPv6 as well as IPv4 routes.
|
76409 |
09-May-2001 |
bsd |
* Simplify the population of the /etc memory filesystem. To avoid the null mount, we currently create a temporary mfs on /tmp, copy /etc to /tmp, then mount /etc as mfs and copy everything back from /tmp, then delete the /tmp mfs.
The patch eliminates the temporary /tmp mfs and the subsequent copying and simply populates the /etc mfs by copying from /conf/default/etc. This requires that /conf/default/etc contain a complete copy of all the /etc stuff instead of just overrides. I don't think that is too much of an extra step in setting up a diskless environment.
* Provide the ability to make /tmp a memory filesystem independent of /var. This removes the requirement that /tmp be a symlink to /var/tmp and this makes the diskless code work with the default filesystem layout. If a seperate /tmp memory filesystem is created, the 'tmpsize' environment variable is used to determine its size (default to 10 Meg).
* Reduce diffs between the -current and -stable versions of these files to a bare minimum. Only the definition of the shell function 'mount_md' is different.
Not Objected to by: -arch@, -small@
MFC after: 2 days
|
76400 |
09-May-2001 |
peter |
s/ssh_host_key/ssh_host_rsa_key/ since that is what openssh uses now after a mergemaster.
|
76337 |
07-May-2001 |
nsayer |
Add PAM support to SRA authentication. Cribbed mostly from ftpd. This doesn't solve the problem of root being allowed to log in, but that sort of thing is something PAM should be doing anyway.
|
76331 |
07-May-2001 |
schweikh |
Use foo () instead of foo ( ) for function definition, so zsh can parse this file as well.
|
76204 |
02-May-2001 |
brian |
Fix a misleading comment
Submitted by: Mark Knight <markk@knigma.org>
|
76195 |
02-May-2001 |
brian |
Add a ``digi'' driver.
This driver supports PCI Xr-based and ISA Xem Digiboard cards. dgm will go away soon if there are no problems reported. For now, configuring dgm into your kernel warns that you should be using digi. This driver is probably close to supporting Xi, Xe and Xeve cards, but I wouldn't expect them to work properly (hardware donations welcome).
The digi_* pseudo-drivers are not drivers themselves but contain the BIOS and FEP/OS binaries for various digiboard cards and are auto-loaded and auto-unloaded by the digi driver at initialisation time. They *may* be configured into the kernel, but waste a lot of space if they are. They're intended to be left as modules.
The digictl program is (mainly) used to re-initialise cards that have external port modules attached such as the PC/Xem.
|
76193 |
01-May-2001 |
phk |
Don't mount a md(4) over /dev on DEVFS enabled diskless systems.
|
76110 |
28-Apr-2001 |
dd |
Add an allscreens_kbdflags option. Same thing as allscreens_flags, but runs kbdcontrol instead of vidcontrol.
Reviewed by: ru
|
76107 |
28-Apr-2001 |
joe |
Remind the user that they need to check CPAN manually for updates to perl5 modules installed by hand.
|
76073 |
27-Apr-2001 |
ru |
Removed reference to withdrawn secure-supfile.
|
76045 |
26-Apr-2001 |
ume |
Enable static IPv6 address assignment on PCMCIA NIC.
PR: conf/26633
|
76030 |
26-Apr-2001 |
alex |
"Portmapper" -> "Rpcbind" in a comment.
|
75982 |
25-Apr-2001 |
jim |
Document XFREE86_VERSION.
|
75961 |
25-Apr-2001 |
ru |
Fixed typo.
PR: bin/26836 Submitted by: Matthew Seaman <matthew.seaman@tornadogroup.com>
|
75931 |
25-Apr-2001 |
imp |
Move to using md. o create a simple wrapper function mount_md that makes it easy to move from mount_mfs.
# NOTE: you will need to MAKEDEV md[0123] in order for this to work.
Reviewed by: bsd, keichii
|
75920 |
24-Apr-2001 |
schweikh |
Add isdn_ttype (moved to rc.conf from rc.isdn) PR: conf/24865 Submitted by: schweikh Reviewed by: hm
|
75919 |
24-Apr-2001 |
schweikh |
Don't hardcode isdn_ttype overwriting rc.conf settings. PR: conf/24865 Submitted by: schweikh Reviewed by: hm
|
75898 |
24-Apr-2001 |
imp |
MFS: the MFS still applies to -current until such time as someone fixes rc.diskless2 to use mdconfig rather than mount_mfs. These changes are still relevant to -current.
|
75839 |
22-Apr-2001 |
sobomax |
Add missed and update existing MASTER_SITE_*.
|
75810 |
21-Apr-2001 |
dirk |
Checking of denied zone transfers is now done in periodic/daily/470.status-named.
|
75809 |
21-Apr-2001 |
dirk |
Check for denied zone transfers (AXFR and IXFR).
|
75796 |
21-Apr-2001 |
ache |
Fix typo in mouse_char range
|
75786 |
21-Apr-2001 |
ache |
Sync with main v1.105
|
75746 |
20-Apr-2001 |
bsd |
Eliminate the null mount for /etc for diskless clients.
|
75717 |
19-Apr-2001 |
ache |
Sync with main termcap
|
75712 |
19-Apr-2001 |
sobomax |
Comment out vfs.vmiodirenable=0 by default, to prevent inproducing another place where default sysctl value have to be tweaked if we ever would want to switch kernel default to 1.
Submitted by: dillon
|
75708 |
19-Apr-2001 |
ache |
Add mousechar_start hook
Reviewed by: Nick Hibma <n_hibma@qubesoft.com>
|
75703 |
19-Apr-2001 |
sobomax |
o Install sysctl.conf with all other *.conf files; o put a note into sysctl.conf describing vfs.vmiodirenable knob.
OK'ed by: alfred
|
75694 |
19-Apr-2001 |
ume |
Add missing entry for ospf6d.
Submitted by: Akihiro Kosakada <pdp@cyber-fleet.com>
|
75601 |
17-Apr-2001 |
ru |
Remove share/tmac/locale/ and share/tmac/mdoc/locale/.
|
75525 |
15-Apr-2001 |
phk |
In the /etc/rc startup script a soft link is created from /var/run/log to /dev/log like this: if [ ! -h /dev/log ]; The man page for test(1) says that the -h switch is depracated and that users should NOT rely on it being available. It suggest the -L switch instead. They both do the same thing: check for the existence of the symbolic link.
PR: 26596 Submitted by: mikem <mike_makonnen@yahoo.com>
|
75508 |
14-Apr-2001 |
jkh |
MFS: deal with svr4 module's dependency on streams module
|
75506 |
14-Apr-2001 |
dirk |
Log denied IXFR, too.
MFC canidate.
|
75481 |
13-Apr-2001 |
nate |
- Newer versions of bind log denied secondary zone tranfers with 'denied AXFR', not 'unapproved AXFR'.
This is an MFC candidate.
PR: misc/26529 Submitted by: duwde@duwde.com.br
|
75461 |
13-Apr-2001 |
ru |
People, please read the README file!!!
: These files use 4 space indentation, and other than in the header : comments, should not contain any tabs.
|
75455 |
13-Apr-2001 |
gshapiro |
With the recent change to ip6fw, it is safe to return to using ${fw6cmd} which may include the -q flag.
|
75415 |
11-Apr-2001 |
bp |
Actually install include/fs/smbfs and include/netsmb directories.
|
75384 |
10-Apr-2001 |
ru |
vnconfig(8) -> mdconfig(8).
Reviewed by: phk
|
75375 |
10-Apr-2001 |
bp |
Add netsmb and smbfs include directories
|
75352 |
09-Apr-2001 |
obrien |
Add a comment out console line for AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 ("TurboLaser")
|
75254 |
06-Apr-2001 |
green |
Label the OpenSSH section, then add a small explanation for the existence of the non-typo "csshd" service.
Prodded by: markm Reviewed by: markm, dwhite, rwatson
|
75181 |
04-Apr-2001 |
bmah |
Add removable_interfaces to /etc/defaults/rc.conf. It is used (undocumented until now) by /etc/pccard_ether.
MFC candidate.
Pointed out by: Dave Crane <dave@trig.net> Reviewed by: -mobile
|
75140 |
03-Apr-2001 |
joe |
Commit the first version of BSDPAN.
BSDPAN is the collection of modules that provides tighter than ever integration of Perl into BSD Unix.
Currently, BSDPAN does the following:
o makes p5- FreeBSD ports PREFIX-clean;
o registers Perl modules in the FreeBSD package database with a package name derived from the module name. The name is of the form: bsdpan-ModuleName-V.VV.
Anyone interested in where BSDPAN is developing should read Anton's message to the ports mailling list: Message-ID: <20010105040828.A26011@heechee.tobez.org>
Submitted by: Anton Berezin <tobez@tobez.org>
|
75101 |
03-Apr-2001 |
bsd |
Change the order in which /etc files are copied into place; copy default first, then network-specific files, then host-specific files. I think this was the original intent, as Matt indicated the previous code appeared to be a bug.
|
75074 |
01-Apr-2001 |
gshapiro |
Allow users to override the default map type used for building maps.
|
75073 |
01-Apr-2001 |
gshapiro |
The userdb database is different from the rest of the databases. It *must* be a btree.
PR: bin/26149
|
75031 |
31-Mar-2001 |
murray |
Note in the comments that it is possible, but not recommended to use spaces instead of tabs in this file. This matches the description in the manpage.
PR: 25945 Submitted by: T. William Wells <bill@twwells.com>
|
75017 |
30-Mar-2001 |
peter |
Integrate the IPv6 entries with the rest of them to avoid things getting out of sync. A similar change was made by itojun on the OpenBSD tree a few weeks ago. This should stop people disabling one server and forgetting the other one (eg: ftp and/or telnet)
|
75006 |
30-Mar-2001 |
green |
Attempt to support TIS auth by default in the SSHD by providing a "csshd" requirement of the S/KEY PAM module.
|
74990 |
29-Mar-2001 |
asmodai |
Change NO_MAKEDEV to a finer granularity method: NO_MAKEDEV_INSTALL and NO_MAKEDEV_RUN. The former implying the latter. The names imply what they do. The last commit by DES based on a PR defeated the original idea behind NO_MAKEDEV, which was not to run MAKEDEV, but to do the installation of MAKEDEV. This should satisfy both parties on the MAKEDEV challenge.
|
74949 |
28-Mar-2001 |
phk |
Change ntp_flags to "-b" to inspire people to set it right.
Note that "right" in this case is not universally recognized, but NTP-practittioners as opposed to theoretians generally agree that getting "inside the window" using ntpdate is TRTTD on PC hardware.
PR: 25514 Submitted by: Chris Johnson <cjohnson-pr@palomine.net>
|
74919 |
28-Mar-2001 |
brian |
Remove sockets found in /var/run or /var/spool/lock at boot time (as well as files).
|
74874 |
27-Mar-2001 |
markm |
Add full PAM support for account management and sessions.
The PAM_FAIL_CHECK and PAM_END macros in su.c came from the util-linux package's PAM patches to the BSD login.c
Submitted by: "David J. MacKenzie" <djm@web.us.uu.net>
|
74869 |
27-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Formatting fix for rev 1.298 where I did not take enough care.
|
74837 |
27-Mar-2001 |
green |
At least install primes to the right place, for now. I suppose.
Reminded by: everyone
|
74835 |
27-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Don't call the fictious `MAKEDEV' from the path "/sbin:/bin" when we recurse. Rather recurse on ourself (as we know our own name).
|
74782 |
25-Mar-2001 |
scottl |
Bah. 'ln -sf' -> 'ln -fs'. I need to read my email more closely in the mornings.
Pointy hat again Obtained from: roam@orbitel.org
|
74779 |
25-Mar-2001 |
scottl |
'ln -s' -> 'ln -sf' for the afa link.
Pointy hat Obtained from: roam@orbitel.bg
|
74776 |
25-Mar-2001 |
brian |
Identify obsolete ports
|
74735 |
24-Mar-2001 |
dougb |
Add cvs tag
|
74718 |
24-Mar-2001 |
green |
Install /etc/primes.
|
74714 |
24-Mar-2001 |
green |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r74713, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
74685 |
23-Mar-2001 |
sf |
added new directories to sync with XFree86-4.0.3.
Approved by: asami
|
74665 |
22-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Revert rev 1.7 which used "`console' rather than `ttyv0' so there will always be a getty on the console reguardless of the type of console. Instead always run a getty on ttyd0.
Reviewed by: gallatin
|
74662 |
22-Mar-2001 |
scottl |
Create afaN as a simlink to aacN. Add a comment about the aac device.
|
74656 |
22-Mar-2001 |
wosch |
Update search URL:
http://www.FreeBSD.org/search.html -> http://www.FreeBSD.org/search/
|
74648 |
22-Mar-2001 |
jkh |
Add back the wd* entries. It turns out they're still used by the PC98.
Noted by: nyan
|
74640 |
22-Mar-2001 |
jkh |
Don't create legacy wd* devices by default. Let the user do this if they so desire it.
Suggested by: rwatson
|
74638 |
22-Mar-2001 |
jkh |
Use orthogonal www.FreeBSD.org syntax.
Whined about by: rwatson
|
74537 |
20-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
s/portmap/rpcbind Pointed out by: Hajimu UMEMOTO <ume@mahoroba.org>
|
74493 |
19-Mar-2001 |
des |
Axe TCP_RESTRICT_RST. It was never a particularly good idea except for a few very specific scenarios, and now that we have had net.inet.tcp.blackhole for quite some time there is really no reason to use it any more.
(second of three commits)
|
74462 |
19-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
Bring in a hybrid of SunSoft's transport-independent RPC (TI-RPC) and associated changes that had to happen to make this possible as well as bugs fixed along the way.
Bring in required TLI library routines to support this.
Since we don't support TLI we've essentially copied what NetBSD has done, adding a thin layer to emulate direct the TLI calls into BSD socket calls.
This is mostly from Sun's tirpc release that was made in 1994, however some fixes were backported from the 1999 release (supposedly only made available after this porting effort was underway).
The submitter has agreed to continue on and bring us up to the 1999 release.
Several key features are introduced with this update: Client calls are thread safe. (1999 code has server side thread safe) Updated, a more modern interface.
Many userland updates were done to bring the code up to par with the recent RPC API.
There is an update to the pthreads library, a function pthread_main_np() was added to emulate a function of Sun's threads library.
While we're at it, bring in NetBSD's lockd, it's been far too long of a wait.
New rpcbind(8) replaces portmap(8) (supporting communication over an authenticated Unix-domain socket, and by default only allowing set and unset requests over that channel). It's much more secure than the old portmapper.
Umount(8), mountd(8), mount_nfs(8), nfsd(8) have also been upgraded to support TI-RPC and to support IPV6.
Umount(8) is also fixed to unmount pathnames longer than 80 chars, which are currently truncated by the Kernel statfs structure.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch> Manpage review: ru Secure RPC implemented by: wpaul
|
74418 |
18-Mar-2001 |
ume |
Add `ipv6_ifconfig_IFN_aliasN' directive to allow multiple aliases.
PR: conf/24239
|
74400 |
17-Mar-2001 |
brian |
Ignore comments in /etc/passwd
PR: 25845 Submitted by: Udo Schweigert <ust@cert.siemens.de>
|
74399 |
17-Mar-2001 |
ache |
Remove unused locale/nls directories. Corresponding fixes for "make release" already commited elsewhere.
|
74396 |
17-Mar-2001 |
phk |
Attempt to make "make release" work again. Without a nls/fi_FI.DIS_8859-15 tcsh barfs.
|
74382 |
17-Mar-2001 |
markm |
Unbreak "make installworld"
|
74338 |
16-Mar-2001 |
ache |
Add et_EE.ISO_8859-15
|
74335 |
16-Mar-2001 |
ru |
Apply the README's requirement a) to the previous commit.
|
74332 |
16-Mar-2001 |
imp |
Add some devices: Xircom CreditCard Netwave cnw Intel PRO/Wireless 2011 (PRISM II) wi 3COM 3CRWE737A (PRISM II) wi Note: I've had some reports that the latter two cards work, but I've not been able to get them to work for me.
|
74325 |
16-Mar-2001 |
ache |
DIS_8859_15 -> ISO_8859-15 rename
|
74314 |
15-Mar-2001 |
brian |
Fix a comment
PR: 25831 Submitted by: quinot@inf.enst.fr
|
74301 |
15-Mar-2001 |
sos |
Add the ata control device
|
74247 |
14-Mar-2001 |
murray |
Add a commented out entry for compat4x
PR: 25196 Submitted by: Chris Knight <chris@aims.com.au>
|
74218 |
13-Mar-2001 |
gshapiro |
Read information from local rc.conf file(s) to get proper settings for 'make start'.
PR: conf/25639 Submitted by: Esa Karkkainen <ejk@pp.htv.fi>
|
74198 |
13-Mar-2001 |
peter |
At great personal risk, touch the sendmail startup again. This adds easy seperate knobs for inbound (accepting SMTP connections) and outbound (just occasionally dequeueing) sendmail daemon startup.
|
74194 |
13-Mar-2001 |
des |
Don't install MAKEDEV or MAKEDEV.local if NO_MAKEDEV is set.
PR: 25596 Submitted by: Jonathan Perkin <sketchy@bsdcode.net>
|
74167 |
12-Mar-2001 |
sanpei |
Add PC-Card entry, I-O DATA PCET/TX-R
This card was DL10022 based card.
Submitted by: [bsd-nomads:15287] Yoshihiko SARUMARU <mistral@imasy.or.jp>
|
74146 |
12-Mar-2001 |
kris |
Use CPUTYPE to add appropriate compiler flags to COPTFLAGS for kernel builds. This may be disabled using the NO_CPU_COPTFLAGS variable.
Reviewed by: arch
|
74143 |
12-Mar-2001 |
markm |
Remove duplicate entry.
Submitted by: Paul Herman <pherman@frenchfries.net>
|
74140 |
12-Mar-2001 |
dougb |
Add flags option for savecore.
Submitted by: David A. Panariti <davep@who.net>
|
74107 |
11-Mar-2001 |
markm |
Updates for Blowfish password hashing.
|
74075 |
10-Mar-2001 |
markm |
The /dev/random harvesting sysctls have had a name change. Reflect this.
|
74063 |
10-Mar-2001 |
dougb |
Avoid complicated tests of whether devices are present or not, and enable all harvesting options by default since having them on for devices not present doesn't hurt anything. Leave them on by default since for the most part they are not producing noticable slowdown, and are about to get a lot more efficient.
Re-order part of the cheesy entropy process in preparation for its complete removal.
|
74056 |
10-Mar-2001 |
kris |
Add libdata, some ports were using it.
|
74055 |
10-Mar-2001 |
gshapiro |
Use the correct path to the SASL .h files as installed by the SASL port.
MFC candidate.
Submitted by: jeh
|
74004 |
09-Mar-2001 |
sanpei |
Stick the I-O DATA PCLA/TE PC Card adapter entry in the right sort order.
|
73959 |
07-Mar-2001 |
sanpei |
add PC-Card entry Corega KK Wireless LAN PCCA-11 NEC WL11C (PC-WL/11C) NEC Corporation PK-WL001
Submitted by: [bsd-nomads:15128] [bsd-nomads:15159] [bsd-nomads:15176] [bsd-nomads:15283] YAMAMOTO Shigeru <shigeru@iij.ad.jp> NAKAGAWA Yoshihisa <y-nakaga@nwsl.mesh.ad.jp>
|
73958 |
07-Mar-2001 |
sanpei |
add PC-Card entry, Panasonic Flash ATA BN-040ABP3
pccardd[358]: Card "Panasonic"("ATA") [BN-040AB-M 1.00 ] [(null)] matched "Panasonic" ("ATA") [BN-040AB-M ] [(null)] ata2 at port 0x240-0x24f irq 10 slot 0 on pccard0 ad4: 39MB <BN-040AB-M 1.00 > [625/8/16] at ata2-master BIOSPIO
Submitted by: [bsd-nomads:15261] <m-kawata@cd.jp.nec.com>
|
73902 |
07-Mar-2001 |
sanpei |
add new PC-Card entry, IO Data WN-B11/PCM
Submitted by: [FreeBSD-users-jp 59373] "Masatake E. Hori" <eddie@luft.geo.tsukuba.ac.jp>
|
73842 |
06-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
style nit
|
73836 |
06-Mar-2001 |
gshapiro |
Use a different example to avoid confusion
|
73814 |
06-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Comment style fixes
|
73785 |
05-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Also deny 127.0.0.0/8 going out.
Submitted by: grimes
|
73779 |
05-Mar-2001 |
assar |
remove warning of experimental nature of heimdal. it's now the same version as the one in ports (and the latest at that), except that not all programs that are in the port get built
|
73524 |
04-Mar-2001 |
jhb |
Alter the pccard setup a bit so that it looks prettier by redirecting pccardc's stdout to /dev/null and outputting short messages on succesful completion instead much like other rc scripts.
Reviewed by: imp
|
73401 |
04-Mar-2001 |
kris |
Correct the comment above MAKE_IDEA to be less confusing now that we only have one patented algorithm in make.conf.
|
73349 |
02-Mar-2001 |
ru |
setlocale(3) has been fixed to match POSIX standard: LC_ALL takes precedence over other LC_* envariables.
|
73303 |
02-Mar-2001 |
gshapiro |
Add comments regarding enabling IPv6
Submitted by: ume
|
73277 |
01-Mar-2001 |
dougb |
Add code to turn on the entropy harvesting sysctl's as early as possible during the boot process. We're turning it on by default, based on the actual presence of a configured ethernet card, and/or ppp/tun devices. Of course, it's easy to disable in rc.conf.
|
73251 |
01-Mar-2001 |
gshapiro |
Don't build/install sendmail related items if NO_SENDMAIL is set.
Submitted by: ru
|
73250 |
01-Mar-2001 |
gshapiro |
Move installation of sendmail helpfile into etc/sendmail/Makefile. It is a user configurable file and it would benefit from mergemaster.
|
73242 |
28-Feb-2001 |
jkh |
Have coff be a default ibcs2 loader if we have ibcs2 support enabled.
|
73216 |
28-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
ip6fw doesn't support -q if reading from a file so don't use ${fw6cmd} which may have a -q if ${ipv6_firewall_quiet} is set.
Reviewed by: kris
|
73210 |
28-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Fix dependencies and cleanup spacing in the file
|
73209 |
28-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Fix dependencies and use a better variable name
|
73202 |
28-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Add a pointer to the ORBS web site for more DNS black hole lists.
|
73197 |
28-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Fixup some of the commented out examples:
1) blackholes.mail-abuse.org is the same as FEATURE(dnsbl), so specifying it in the "Other DNS based black hole lists" section leads to confusion of specifying it twice.
2) Formatting issues. If error diagnostic not enclosed in double quotes, varius visual artefacts appearse like 1) no space after ; and 2) redundant space after ? (in CGI request), so I add quotes where needed.
3) FEATURE(dnsbl) directly use error code 550 by default, so I made other dnsbl variants use the same error code too.
4) Comment relays.* list as "open relays" list, just "other" word is not explain enough.
Submitted by: ache
|
73167 |
27-Feb-2001 |
julian |
Add an entry for the nmdm devices
|
73145 |
27-Feb-2001 |
kris |
Add definitions and support for the AMD k6-2, Pentium MMX (i586/MMX), and Pentium II, III and IV processors (p2, p3, p4), as well as 'mmx' and '3dnow' MACHINE_CPU tags as appropriate. In the near future this will be used to control various ports which have MMX/3dNow optimizations, instead of the ad-hoc methods currently used.
Reviewed by: peter
|
73141 |
27-Feb-2001 |
asmodai |
Short lived fame for -Wundef.
Second thoughts by: bde
|
73136 |
27-Feb-2001 |
asmodai |
Add -Wundef to BDECFLAGS:
Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an `#if' directive.
Not objected to by: bde
|
73052 |
25-Feb-2001 |
msmith |
Add the 'mly' device nodes.
|
73043 |
25-Feb-2001 |
kris |
Update the list of OpenSSL manpages (now contains many more describing libssl, for example), and hide it behind a make.conf option, WANT_OPENSSL_MANPAGES, instead of having it commented out. We still can't install these by default because of clobbering of a number of system manpages with the same name, but they're there for people who want them.
|
73023 |
25-Feb-2001 |
des |
Fix references to Chapman & Zwicky and Cheswick & Bellowin.
PR: 24652 Submitted by: jjreynold@home.com
|
72971 |
24-Feb-2001 |
tanimura |
I thought it was a new CPU :)
s/i585/i586/
|
72932 |
23-Feb-2001 |
peter |
Remove the camcontrol rescan $device insert events for the aic driver, which does it itself now. Although CAM should do the rescan itself if the initial boot-time rescan has already been done.
|
72925 |
22-Feb-2001 |
brian |
Change the 120 second timeout to 180 seconds to reflect the real default
|
72918 |
22-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Need one additional make.conf knob, SENDMAIL_ADDITIONAL_MC to satisfy bug report. It allows building multiple .cf files at build time.
PR: bin/19897
|
72916 |
22-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Add a note indicating that SENDMAIL_MC should include the path. This is necessary if you expect to be able to use this setting in both /etc/mail and etc/sendmail.
|
72878 |
22-Feb-2001 |
kris |
Overhaul the MACHINE_CPU behaviour:
* Rip out MACHINE_CPU stuff from sys.mk and include a new <bsd.cpu.mk> after we pull in /etc/make.conf. We need to do it afterwards so we can react to the user setting of the:
* CPUTYPE variable, which contains the CPU type which the user wants to optimize for. For example, if you want your binaries to only run on an i686-class machine (or higher), set this to i686. If you want to support running binaries on a variety of CPU generations, set this to the lowest common denominator. Supported values are listed in make.conf.
* bsd.cpu.mk does the expansion of CPUTYPE into MACHINE_CPU using the (hopefully) correct unordered list of CPU types which should be used on that CPU. For example, an AMD k6 CPU wants any of the following: k6 k5 i586 i486 i386 This is still an unordered list so the client makefile logic is simple - client makefiles need to test for the various elements of the set in decreasing order of priority using ${MACHINE_CPU:M<foo>}, as before. The various MACHINE_CPU lists are believed to be correct, but should be checked.
* If NO_CPU_CFLAGS is not defined, add relevant gcc compiler optimization settings by default (e.g. -karch=k6 for CPUTYPE=k6, etc). Release builders and developers of third-party software need to make sure not to enable CPU-specific optimization when generating code intended to be portable. We probably need to move to an /etc/world.conf to allow the optimization stuff to be applied separately to world/kernel and external compilations, but it's not any worse a problem than it was before.
* Add coverage for the ia64/itanium MACHINE_ARCH/CPUTYPE.
* Add CPUTYPE support for all of the CPU types supported by FreeBSD and gcc (only i386, alpha and ia64 first, since those are the minimally-working ports. Other architecture porters, please feel free to add the relevant gunk for your platform).
Reviewed by: jhb, obrien
|
72847 |
22-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Revamp /etc/mail/Makefile:
+ Add support for the new SENDMAIL_MC make.conf knob + Add the ability to build .cf files from .mc files + Generalize map rebuilding + Add the ability to rebuild the aliases file + Add the ability to stop, start, and restart sendmail
PR: bin/13759, bin/19897, bin/24397
|
72846 |
22-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Add a new make knob, SENDMAIL_MC, which is meant to replace SENDMAIL_CF as users should be configuring via m4 now. If set, use m4 to create the .cf file. Also, if either SENDMAIL_MC or SENDMAIL_CF is set, 'make install' or 'make distribution' in src/etc/sendmail/ will install the appropriate .cf as /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. This fixes some mergemaster problems.
PR: conf/13016
|
72845 |
22-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Install freebsd.mc and freebsd.cf in /etc/mail so users have the base files for creating their own configuration.
|
72843 |
22-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Move creation of the sendmail statistics file from the usr.sbin/sendmail Makefile to the etc/sendmail Makefile to be consistent with all of the other /var file creations. In doing so, change the Makefile target from etc-sendmail.cf to distribution as it installs more than just the sendmail.cf.
|
72842 |
22-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Clean up freebsd.mc to make it easier for users to read and modify. The freebsd.cf from this new freebsd.mc is functionally equivalent.
|
72809 |
21-Feb-2001 |
nik |
Add com1-4 as finger friendly shortcuts for /dev/cuaa0-3. Specify a default baud rate of 9600.
Reviewed by: arch
|
72772 |
20-Feb-2001 |
nsayer |
Fix some glaring insecurities in the prototype firewall configurations.
pass udp from any 53 to ${oip}
allows an attacker to access ANY local port by simply binding his local side to 53. The state keeping mechanism is the correct way to allow DNS replies to go back to their source.
|
72699 |
19-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Add missing .../cat?/alpha directories.
|
72692 |
19-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Create directory infrastructure required to format, display and store preformatted /usr/share/man manual pages in 8-bit iso-8859-1 charset for all *_*.ISO_8859-1 locales.
Requested by: des Input from: ache
|
72687 |
19-Feb-2001 |
ache |
Add 500.queuerun
|
72679 |
19-Feb-2001 |
kris |
Introduce support for using OpenSSL ASM optimizations. This is done through the use of a new build directive, MACHINE_CPU, which contains a list of the CPU generations/features for which optimizations are desired. This feature will be extended to cover the ports tree in the future.
Currently OpenSSL provides optimizations for i386, i586 and i686-class CPUs. Currently it has not been tested on an i386 or i486.
Teach make(1) to provide sensible defaults for MACHINE_CPU if it is not defined (namely, the lowest common denominator CPU we support for each architecture). Currently this is i386 for the i386 architecture and ev4 for the alpha. sys.mk also sets the variable as a last resort for consistency with MACHINE_ARCH and bootstrapping from very old versions of make.
Benchmarks show a significant speed increase even in the i386 case, with additional improvements for i586 and i686 systems. For maximum performance define MACHINE_CPU=i686 i586 i386 in /etc/make.conf.
Based on a patch submitted by: Mike Silbersack <silby@silby.com> Reviewed by: current
|
72677 |
19-Feb-2001 |
peter |
Move the sendmail -q from cron to periodic, as suggested by a few people. This has the benefit of adding a random start time element as daily processing takes a different amount of time on different machines.
|
72636 |
18-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Duh! forgot to add BSD_daemon to the mtree files.
Submitted by: "Niels Chr. Bank-Pedersen" <ncbp@bank-pedersen.dk>
|
72589 |
18-Feb-2001 |
kris |
120 seconds is not 3 minutes
|
72580 |
17-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Log the console output to "/var/log/console.log", not "/var/log/console" (MFC candidate)
|
72515 |
15-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Apparently, people do not listen for a plea to look into the README file before making changes here. Fix them once again.
|
72509 |
15-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Fixed the fatal (missing "..").
Pointy hat to: asmodai
|
72506 |
15-Feb-2001 |
peter |
Manually run /usr/sbin/sendmail -q once a day. Folks seem to be too trigger happy and turn off sendmail_enable entirely (instead of setting sendmail_flags to -q30m instead). I have seen boxes with things like daily run reports that have sat in mailq for 5 months. Since /usr/sbin/sendmail is actually mailwrapper, this should be safe for the other plugins that provide the sendmail calling interface.
|
72399 |
12-Feb-2001 |
toshi |
Added the KME SCSI-CARD-001 of a SCSI card (accessory of Hewlett Packard M820e CD-writer).
Pointed out by: mitchy@er.ams.eng.osaka-u.ac.jp Submitted by: Stacy Millions <stacy@millions.ca>
|
72395 |
12-Feb-2001 |
gshapiro |
Give some additional DNS black hole possibilities as comments.
Submitted by: clive
|
72320 |
10-Feb-2001 |
asmodai |
Add en_NZ.ISO_8859-1.
|
72261 |
09-Feb-2001 |
asmodai |
Add af_ZA.ISO_8859-1
Submitted by: ache
|
72181 |
08-Feb-2001 |
brian |
Show denied secondary bind transfer attempts
Submitted by: inTEXT Communications <glenn@intextonline.com> Ok'd by: imp, kris Not objected to by: freebsd-audit
|
72075 |
06-Feb-2001 |
rwatson |
o Introduce automated log rotation for /var/log/console, the default syslog target for console messages (when enabled in syslog.conf). Use the same rotation defaults as with /var/log/messages -- every 100kb of log, compress back logs, and keep five rotated logs. o Note: phk also thought it would be useful to force rotation each boot. This commit does not introduce such a rotation.
Reviewed by: phk
|
72031 |
05-Feb-2001 |
dougb |
Introduce the option of running fsck -y if the initial preen fails. Defaults to off.
Obtained from: Yahoo!
|
71969 |
03-Feb-2001 |
brian |
Don't specify root:wheel for tun*, it's the default.
Pointed out by: bde
|
71952 |
03-Feb-2001 |
rwatson |
o Reinstate Kerberos IV support for sshd when MAKE_KERBEROS4 is compiled in. This involves a commented out sshd line to match the remainder of the commented out pam_kerberosIV.so entries. This doesn't quite restore the correct behavior, as ticket files are not managed properly, but it's an improvement.
Forgotten by: green
|
71948 |
03-Feb-2001 |
brian |
Pick up all messages* files less than two days old rather than just messages{,.0*} when looking for login failures and refused connections.
PR: 23415 Mostly submitted by: phk
Convert a few " "s to tabs while I'm here - for consistency.
|
71947 |
03-Feb-2001 |
brian |
Change the permissions on /dev/tun* to 0600 root:wheel
|
71834 |
30-Jan-2001 |
brian |
Allow the output of /etc/security to be logged or mailed to different users in line with ${daily,weekly,monthly}_output using a new $daily_status_security_output variable.
PR: 24643
|
71830 |
30-Jan-2001 |
brian |
Run purgedir (a local function) on /var/run instead of rm /var/run/*
PR: 24612 Submitted by: David Drum <david@mu.org>
|
71778 |
29-Jan-2001 |
sheldonh |
Replace the full path to sysinstall with a standard manual page reference. The sysinstall binary is now in root's standard PATH, so there's no need for explicit pathing, and there's some value in a manual page reference.
|
71656 |
26-Jan-2001 |
cokane |
D'oh! Forgot to link to /dev/voodoo.
|
71638 |
25-Jan-2001 |
ume |
- Don't try to send RA to lo0, gifN and faithN. - ipv6_network_interfaces has all available interfaces to work for static configuration even if the host is end host. When rtsol is invoked, singleness of interface is checked.
|
71632 |
25-Jan-2001 |
ume |
Mention about rtadvd_interfaces. It should be specified if you want use rtadvd.
|
71340 |
21-Jan-2001 |
dougb |
Add the options of which cron program to run, and specifying flags to it.
PR: conf/24358 Submitted by: Gerhard Sittig <Gerhard.Sittig@gmx.net>
|
71184 |
17-Jan-2001 |
jhb |
Tell users to run /usr/sbin/sysinstall now instead of /stand/sysinstall.
Reminded by: jkh
|
71162 |
17-Jan-2001 |
ache |
Add el_GR.ISO_8859-7
|
71123 |
16-Jan-2001 |
ben |
FreeBSD doesn't run named in a sandbox by default, so change a comment so it doesn't imply we do.
|
71121 |
16-Jan-2001 |
des |
Add a sysvipc_enable variable that causes the SysV IPC modules to be loaded.
Reviewed by: dougb
|
71020 |
14-Jan-2001 |
dougb |
Fix this to be more consistent with similar constructions elsewhere
|
71017 |
14-Jan-2001 |
sanpei |
add new PC-Card entry, Melco/Buffalo LPC2-CLT
ed1 at port 0x300-0x31f irq 3 slot 0 on pccard0 ed1: address 00:40:26:xx:xx:xx, type NE2000 (16 bit)
Submitted by: [FreeBSD-users-jp 58182] YANAGAWA Kazuhisa <kjana@os.xaxon.ne.jp>
|
71014 |
14-Jan-2001 |
dougb |
Move the process of storing entropy from /dev/random and reseeding with it at boot time closer to the way we want it to be in the final version.
* Move the default directory to /var/db/entropy * Run the entropy saving cron job every 11 minutes. This seems to be a better default, although still bikeshed material. * Feed /dev/random some cheesy "entropy" from various commands and files before the disks are mounted. This gives /dev/random a better chance of running without blocking early. * Move the reseeding with previously stored entropy to the point immediately after the disks are mounted. * Make the harvesting script a little safer in regards to the possibility of accidentally overwriting something other than a regular file.
|
70923 |
11-Jan-2001 |
dougb |
Fix a small typo
|
70922 |
11-Jan-2001 |
dougb |
Add a system to save entropy from /dev/random periodically so that it can be used to reseed at boot time. This will greatly increase the chances that there will be sufficient entropy available at boot time to prevent long delays.
For /etc/rc, remove the vmstat and iostat runs from the attempt to provide some cheesy randomness if the files fail, since those programs are dynamically linked, and ldd seems to want some randomness to do its magic.
Guidance and parameters for this project were provided by Mark Murray, based on the requirements of the Yarrow algorithm. Some helpful suggestions for implementation (including the tip about iostat and vmstat) were provided by Sheldon Hearn. All blame for problems or mistakes is mine of course.
|
70916 |
11-Jan-2001 |
bsd |
Add portmap as a dependency for NIS client and server.
Requested by: gallatin
|
70879 |
10-Jan-2001 |
hm |
update the makefile to install all files from this directory to /etc/isdn
|
70878 |
10-Jan-2001 |
hm |
Update: allow a list of numbers to be ignored and display the line on which the call was received.
|
70877 |
10-Jan-2001 |
hm |
correct two horrible spelling errors
|
70876 |
10-Jan-2001 |
hm |
add a the missing (german) holidays file
|
70859 |
10-Jan-2001 |
archie |
Add these key bindings for tcsh users in interactive mode:
bindkey "^W" backward-delete-word bindkey -k up history-search-backward bindkey -k down history-search-forward
Reviewed by: -current
|
70856 |
09-Jan-2001 |
jhb |
Move the syscons configuration to a machine independent rc.syscons. The syscons sh code was identical on both platforms except for whitespace differences.
|
70812 |
09-Jan-2001 |
ben |
Remove empty directories.
PR: 23769, 23772, 23868 Submitted by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>
|
70811 |
09-Jan-2001 |
peter |
Move MD <machine/if_wavelan_ieee.h> to MI <dev/wi/if_wavelan_ieee.h>
|
70756 |
07-Jan-2001 |
n_hibma |
Give the USB devices sensible default permissions.
Suggested by: Kaltashkin Eugene <zhecka@klondike.ru>
|
70737 |
07-Jan-2001 |
jhb |
Don't announce that rc.${MACHINE_ARCH} is doing the syscons configuration as the previous line already tells us we are in rc.${MACHINE_ARCH}. This also allows more syscons configuration messages during startup to fit on one line.
Reviewed by: dougb
|
70624 |
03-Jan-2001 |
sanpei |
add new PC-Card entry, COREGA FEther PCC-TXD
ed1 at port 0x300-0x31f iomem 0xd0000-0xd0fff irq 3 slot 0 on pccard0 ed1: address 00:90:99:xx:xx:xx, type NE2000 (16 bit)
|
70602 |
02-Jan-2001 |
brian |
Cope with ports that have multiple versions *and* have embedded ``-''s in their name.
|
70600 |
02-Jan-2001 |
brian |
Understand ``multiple versions'' lines emitted from pkg_version.
|
70551 |
01-Jan-2001 |
ache |
ru_SU -> ru_RU for nls too
|
70543 |
31-Dec-2000 |
phk |
... and ru_RU.KOI8-R.
Remove ru_SU
Forgotten by: phantom on 2000/12/29 14:58:01
|
70542 |
31-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add ru_RU.ISO_8859-5 also.
|
70540 |
31-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add forgotten entry for ru_RU.CP866 to try to make make release work.
|
70484 |
29-Dec-2000 |
phantom |
Get rid of deprecated ru_SU.* locales. ru_RU.* will be used instead.
|
70470 |
29-Dec-2000 |
toshi |
Fixed my mistake (rev: 1.169).
Submitted by: sanpei
|
70449 |
28-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add the "mdctl" device under the "std" stanza.
|
70419 |
28-Dec-2000 |
peter |
Merge into a single US-exportable libcrypt, which only provides one-way hash functions for authentication purposes. There is no more "set the libcrypt->libXXXcrypt" nightmare. - Undo the libmd.so hack, use -D to hide the md5c.c internals. - Remove the symlink hacks in release/Makefile - the algorthm is set by set_crypt_format() as before. If this is not called, it tries to heuristically figure out the hash format, and if all else fails, it uses the optional auth.conf entry to chose the overall default hash. - Since source has non-hidden crypto in it there may be some issues with having the source it in some countries, so preserve the "secure/*" division. You can still build a des-free libcrypt library if you want to badly enough. This should not be a problem in the US or exporting from the US as freebsd.org had notified BXA some time ago. That makes this stuff re-exportable by anyone. - For consistancy, the default in absence of any other clues is md5. This is to try and minimize POLA across buildworld where folk may suddenly be activating des-crypt()-hash support. Since the des hash may not always be present, it seemed sensible to make the stronger md5 algorithm the default. All things being equal, no functionality is lost.
Reviewed-by: jkh
(flame-proof suit on)
|
70378 |
26-Dec-2000 |
dougb |
Fix a quoting problem I introduced. Fix a tiny style problem while I'm here.
Submitted by: knu
|
70353 |
26-Dec-2000 |
sanpei |
add PC-Card entry, ELECOM Laneed LD-CDL/TX
ed1 at port 0x240-0x25f irq 3 slot 0 on pccard0 ed1: address 00:90:fe:xx:xx:xx, type Linksys (16 bit)
Submitted by: taguchi@tohoku.iij.ad.jp
|
70349 |
25-Dec-2000 |
toshi |
Add support for PC-card router configuration. (MFPAO)
o Add the removable_interfaces variable for list of removable network interfaces (PC-card ethernet, wireless network and USB ethernet etc). o ifconfig_<ifn>_alias0, static_routes_<ifn>, removable_route_flush, /etc/start_if.<ifn> and /etc/stop_if.<ifn> are support. o removable_route_flush variable is set to "NO" if you want to use the machine as gateway using two or more removable network cards. If static routing is needed use static_routes_<ifn> instead of static_routes or defaultrouter. o The optional static_routes_<ifn> variable is likely static_routes. o /etc/start_if.<ifn> and /etc/stop_if.<ifn> are shell script to be specified that are called when a card is inserted or removed.
|
70337 |
24-Dec-2000 |
toshi |
o Almost all the config line changed to `auto', except for multifunction cards and I recieved reports that the card does not workd by `config auto'. (MFPAO) o Remove static assign of the IRQ number. o Remove two duplicated entries. o Join some entries using regex and fixed matching order problem.
These changes for boot.flp.
Suggested by: sanpei
|
70323 |
24-Dec-2000 |
brian |
Handle multiple words in $daily_clean_disks_files
PR: 23805 Submitted mostly by: Norbert Papke <npapke@telus.net>
|
70309 |
23-Dec-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto'' for ACCTON EN2216-PCMCIA-ETHERNET
Submitted by: taguchi@tohoku.iij.ad.jp
|
70308 |
23-Dec-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto'' for IBM PCMCIA Ethernet I/II
Submitted by: WAKABAYAI Susumu <susumu@wakabaya.net>
|
70306 |
23-Dec-2000 |
sanpei |
fix MELCO LPC3-TX config use ``config auto'' add ether line
Submitted by: bsd-nomads mailing list 14954: Seigo Tanimura <tanimura@r.dl.itc.u-tokyo.ac.jp> 14967: Yoichi Nakayama <yoichi@eken.phys.nagoya-u.ac.jp> 14971: WAKABAYAI Susumu <susumu@wakabaya.net>
|
70302 |
23-Dec-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto "sio" ?'' for Xircom CreditCard Modem CM-56T
PR: conf/23068 Submitted by: Matt <kienow@infinet.com>
|
70241 |
20-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add commented out entry showing use of console.info feature.
|
70235 |
20-Dec-2000 |
toshi |
Join tree entries for Linksys PCMPC100 series as follows:
"Linksys" "EtherFast 10/100 PC Card (PCMPC100)" "Linksys" "Etherfast 10/100 PC Card (PCMPC100 V2)" "Linksys" "EtherFast 10/100 PC Card (PCMPC100 V3)"
|
70189 |
19-Dec-2000 |
rwatson |
o Back out 1.39, it was a bad idea. There was, and should be, a distinction between the OS copyright message and the message displayed gratuitously to each user at login. Because, well, they may be different, among other things, and boy can a copyright message each login consume some screen space. If people really want to do this, they can copy /COPYRIGHT to /etc/COPYRIGHT.
Submitted by: Anders Andersson <anders@codefactory.se>
|
70164 |
18-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add if=/etc/issue to the default getty entry.
This does nothing if you don't have an /etc/issue file.
PR: 22331 Submitted by: Rick C. Petty <rick@kiwi-computer.com>
|
70154 |
18-Dec-2000 |
toshi |
Linksys Fast Ethernet PCCARD cards supported by the ed driver now require the addition of flag 0x80000 to their config line in pccard.conf(5). This flag is not optional. These Linksys cards will not be recognized without it.
Reviewed by: imp, iwasaki
|
70129 |
17-Dec-2000 |
dougb |
* Add an eval so that ipnat_flags=">/dev/null" works, per the PR * Do some line length and specify full path cleanups while I'm here
PR: conf/22937 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
|
70122 |
17-Dec-2000 |
rwatson |
o /etc/COPYRIGHT -> /COPYRIGHT, since that's where it's installed.
Submitted by: Anders Andersson <anders@sanyusan.se>
|
70109 |
17-Dec-2000 |
dougb |
In addition to: Apply a more consistent style to the echo statements in /etc/ scripts. * Put quotes around each line * Single quotes for lines with no variable interpolation * Double quotes if there is * Capitalize each word that begins a line * Make echo -n 'Doing foo:' ... echo '.' more of a standard
Also: * Use rm -f on /var/run/dev.db so if it's not there (devfs) it doesn't error * Shorten the ldconfig messages so that the default fits on one line * Test whether /var/msgs/bounds is a link before overwriting it * Generally futz around with whitespace
|
70108 |
17-Dec-2000 |
dougb |
Apply a more consistent style to the echo statements in /etc/ scripts. * Put quotes around each line * Single quotes for lines with no variable interpolation * Double quotes if there is * Capitalize each word that begins a line * Make echo -n 'Doing foo:' ... echo '.' more of a standard
No functionality changes
|
70101 |
16-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Create the vn%d.ctl devices.
In a few days I will commit a patch which changes vn(4) to use the disk-minilayer. This will make vn(4) fully DEVFS friendly but have the side effect that vnconfig needs the vn%d.ctl devices to be able to configure vn(4).
Please remake your /dev/vn entries with this revision of MAKEDEV if you don't rung DEVFS already.
|
70081 |
16-Dec-2000 |
des |
Run rc.pccard from netstart so it works for us laptop users as well.
|
69988 |
13-Dec-2000 |
bsd |
Flesh out a simple framework for dependency checking rc.conf enabled services. Simple YES/NO style *_enable services are supported.
Reviewed by: obrien
|
69978 |
13-Dec-2000 |
non |
-Change manufacture ID for REX-5535AC, REX-5535X, REX-9835X, and REX-9835Z from "PCMCIA SCSI MBH1040" to "PCMCIA SCSI MBH10401" "01". They are based on the spc driver. This will fix the conflicts of entry with REX-5536AM, REX-9836A, and ICM PSC-2401 ("MBH10404" ones) which are based on stg driver. The problem was pointed out in bsd-nomads several times since PAO2 days.
-Comment out the entry for "MBH10401" ones. The spc driver is not supported yet.
-Add more comment about cards which has broken CIS (some cards which has tuple of "PCMCIA SCSI MBH10404" "01").
Reported by: takachan@running-dog.net, y-nakaga@nwsl.mesh.ad.jp, yuki@dayo.ne.jp Obtained from: discussion in bsd-nomads mailing list
|
69949 |
13-Dec-2000 |
bsd |
If portmap is started as a dependancy, echo a notice during boot.
Approved by: obrien
|
69935 |
12-Dec-2000 |
dannyboy |
Typofix: Configration -> Configuration.
Submitted by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>
|
69876 |
11-Dec-2000 |
obrien |
Set portmap_enable if Amd or running as an NFS server is enabled. This bites too many systems upgrading from our change in defaults.
|
69872 |
11-Dec-2000 |
imp |
Add comments just before each config for the awi cards. Add ZoomAir card. Change a couple default to auto. Also change a couple awi entires to auto from 0x1.
|
69871 |
11-Dec-2000 |
nsayer |
Add MAKEDEV support for jogdial device, the first cut of which will be committed shortly.
|
69865 |
11-Dec-2000 |
obrien |
Revert back to rev 1.24 as we have not come to a consensus if is is OK for a hung `daily' run to keep a `weekly' run from happening. Same for `monthly'. We have always run `weekly' and `monthly' reguardless of the execution status of `daily'. Until there is some consensus we should not change the behavior.
|
69863 |
11-Dec-2000 |
des |
Run all three maintenance script in succession, making sure they always run on the right day but never overlap.
Submitted by: Giorgos Keramidas <keramida@ceid.upatras.gr>
|
69820 |
10-Dec-2000 |
des |
Add a reference to the fetch(3) man page.
|
69819 |
10-Dec-2000 |
des |
On Sundays through Fridays, run daily at 03:01 am. On Saturdays, run daily and weekly sequentially, starting at 03:01 am.
This prevents daily and weekly from overlapping, while running weekly as early as possible (i.e. as soon as daily finishes) to give it time to finish before monthly starts at 05:30 am.
It's probably possible to do something similar with monthly, making it run as soon as daily (and possibly weekly, if the first of the month is a Saturday) finishes, but this is left as an exercise for the reader.
|
69753 |
08-Dec-2000 |
obrien |
Run weekly a little bit later to give more time for daily to complete (since it starts later now).
|
69633 |
05-Dec-2000 |
ru |
Added directories needed for Groff 1.16.1 distribution.
|
69593 |
05-Dec-2000 |
green |
Update for OpenSSH 2.3.0.
|
69382 |
30-Nov-2000 |
sheldonh |
The osf1 utility has not been installed since rev 1.5 of src/sys/modules/osf1/Makefile, so don't use it here!
|
69380 |
30-Nov-2000 |
gshapiro |
Add commentary about shared SASL files versus sendmail compilation.
Submitted by: Scot W. Hetzel <hetzels@westbend.net>
|
69364 |
29-Nov-2000 |
rwatson |
o Add a PATH statement to the beginning of make-localhost, making it work right when the administrator has modified their runtime environment in a manner not anticipated by our script.
Requested by: Tom Maher <tardis@ece.cmu.edu>
|
69328 |
28-Nov-2000 |
msmith |
Add the 'amr' control device.
|
69305 |
28-Nov-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto "wi" ?'' for MELCO/WLI-PCM-L11
Submitted by: susumu.wakabayashi@ntt.com
|
69191 |
26-Nov-2000 |
dougb |
Add the remaining pseudo-users as aliases to root
PR: conf/23105 Submitted by: Matthew West, mwest@uct.ac.za
|
69063 |
22-Nov-2000 |
obrien |
Remove "NODESCRYPTLINKS" it has been superseeded by "passwd_format" in /etc/login.conf.
|
69040 |
22-Nov-2000 |
ben |
Add a note asking committers to update make.conf.5 when they update this.
|
69015 |
21-Nov-2000 |
obrien |
Add `password_format=md5' to the default settings. I've had this locally for a while, but a recent email to -stable suggests it should be spelled out as the documentation of "password_format" is sparse.
Also add a `des_users' entry. Submitted by: Sean O'Connell <sean@stat.Duke.EDU>
|
68992 |
21-Nov-2000 |
sanpei |
add Linksts EtherFast 10/100 PC Card (PCMPC100 V2)
Submitted by: Ben Lutgens <blutgens@usinternet.com>
|
68985 |
21-Nov-2000 |
dougb |
Do a better job of preserving the value rc is called with in the face of possible corruption by rc.diskless*.
PR: misc/21904 Submitted by: Anton Voronin, anton@urc.ac.ru
|
68942 |
20-Nov-2000 |
sheldonh |
Connect the new man4.alpha to the build.
|
68917 |
19-Nov-2000 |
dougb |
Standardize spelling of "optimization" in comments
PR: conf/22622 Submitted by: knu
|
68911 |
19-Nov-2000 |
dougb |
When to run the periodic/daily event has had several rounds of discussion over the past couple years. The most recent came to the general consensus that this was the best time, but no one actually made the change, so I'll don my asbestos undies and dive in.
Please note that this time was chosen with input from people in various countries with various methods and schedules for switching to and from DST. There is no perfect time to schedule this job that works for everyone, but this time both A) Works for more people, and B) Causes problems for fewer people. And, ultimately, you can always change it if you need to.
|
68902 |
19-Nov-2000 |
kris |
Correct typo
|
68721 |
14-Nov-2000 |
ume |
Don't install route for fec0::/10. It was wrongly replaced from ff02::/16 by me.
PR: 22715
|
68705 |
14-Nov-2000 |
green |
Disable /usr/bin/ssh being setuid root by default. Let the variable ENABLE_SUID_SSH being defined reenable it for those that want it.
This follows discussion favoring the change from September. It is not usually necessary to be setuid root, possibly less safe, and less convenient (cannot use $HOSTALIASES, for example).
Submitted by: jedgar
|
68690 |
13-Nov-2000 |
ben |
fix typo; loppgin -> login
PR: 22823 Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>
|
68659 |
13-Nov-2000 |
sanpei |
add SII MC-P200
Submitted by: Shigeru Ishida <ishida@isl.intec.co.jp> bsd-nomads:14801
|
68650 |
12-Nov-2000 |
imp |
Add webgear aviator card
|
68565 |
10-Nov-2000 |
sanpei |
add Melco WLI-PCM
|
68564 |
10-Nov-2000 |
sanpei |
add Nokia Card Phone 2.0 (gsm900/dcs1800 HSCSD terminal) and this PC-Card has function ID as modem, pccard.conf entry is not needed.
Submitted by: (Roger Hardiman <roger@freebsd.org>)
|
68559 |
10-Nov-2000 |
ru |
Fixed typo in description of ENABLE_SUIDPERL.
|
68481 |
08-Nov-2000 |
jkh |
Add commented-out entries for FTP_PROXY and HTTP_PROXY so those behind firewalls have examples to work from.
Requested by: chein
|
68365 |
05-Nov-2000 |
truckman |
Back out change to prepend /sbin:/bin to $PATH, just overwrite $PATH with these in the normal case.
Set MAKEDEVPATH in sysinstall to include the /mnt2 stuff before starting the fixit shell.
|
68363 |
05-Nov-2000 |
truckman |
Change MAKEDEV so that it prepends /sbin:/bin to $PATH instead of totally overwriting $PATH, and find mknod $PATH instead of hardcoding /sbin so that the copy of MAKEDEV on the fixit floppy is usable, since mknod and expr live in /mnt2/stand when the fixit floppy is running.
Get rid of the sed invokation in release/Makefile that attempts to delete the PATH setting stuff from MAKEDEV on the fixit floppy. This hasn't worked since a long ago change to MAKEDEV caused the sed expression to no longer match.
PR: misc/21241
|
68310 |
04-Nov-2000 |
ps |
MF4: Add LOADER_TFTP_SUPPORT make.conf flag.
|
68306 |
04-Nov-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto "ata" ?'' for DHU Mobile Media CD-ROM
Submitted by: Motonobu KOBAYASHI <kobayashimo@nttdocomo.co.jp> [bsd-nomads:14777]
|
68297 |
04-Nov-2000 |
gshapiro |
Grammar fix
Submitted by: asmodai
|
68274 |
03-Nov-2000 |
jhb |
Stick the Xircom 10/100 Network PC Card adapter entry in the right sort order.
Requested by: sanpei
|
68267 |
02-Nov-2000 |
dirk |
/etc/mail/sendmail.cw is /etc/mail/local-host-names, now.
PR: misc/22261 Submitted by: Michael Bryan <fbsd-security@ursine.com>
|
68266 |
02-Nov-2000 |
dirk |
/etc/mail/sendmail.cw is /etc/mail/local-host-names, now.
PR: misc/22262 Submitted by: Michael Bryan <fbsd-security@ursine.com>
|
68263 |
02-Nov-2000 |
obrien |
State that using optimization level above -O for kernel builds isn't smart.
|
68228 |
02-Nov-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto'' for COREGA Ether PCC-T
|
68171 |
01-Nov-2000 |
andreas |
fixes: a) the configured default printer entry might turn out to become a security hole Although lpd isn't enabled by default in FreeBSD 4 and later versions bad things might happen because of a simple copy and paste failure: - fill up root-fs, if /dev/lpt0 doesn't exist - fill up the spool dir (either root-fs or var-fs) if machine hadn't been designed as print server Therefore best decision: if people want printing, then configure both 1. /etc/rc.conf 2. /etc/printcap the default entry wouldn't have served well all tastes and needs anyway... design of most of our config files is, to have commented out suggestions if a service is not active. b) [Garance] fix old and wrong documentation: input filters are possible even if you print to a remote printer this makes FreeBSDs implementation of lpd currently the best without having to switch to port monster LPRng ... c) fix pointer to wrong handbook section for a longer time .. so I doesn't fix the number I'm only referring to the printing section, otherwise this would have to be fixed several times, if the chapters should be reordered again ... d) typo: chose -> choose
Submitted by: me and some suggestions by Garance Approved by: Eivind and Garance A Drosihn <drosih@rpi.edu> in private e-mail
|
68166 |
01-Nov-2000 |
toshi |
Add BUFFALO LPC3-CLX Submitted by: Takashi Ikeda <ccikeda@moon.aichi-u.ac.jp>
Add TOSHIBA Ethernet Card LABCTA00A. Submitted by: "minoru kurata" <minoru.kurata@toshiba.co.jp> Obtained from: PAO3
|
68164 |
01-Nov-2000 |
rse |
Don't use the old URL to the GNU ftp location any more: ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/ -> ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/
|
68062 |
31-Oct-2000 |
hm |
Add missing redirection to /dev/null to prevent disturbing of fullscreen display.
|
68041 |
31-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
remove duplicated item. "Laneed Wireless card" is "ELECOM *Laneed* Air@Hawk/LD-WL11/PCC Wireless card" which was already committed.
|
68017 |
31-Oct-2000 |
msmith |
Move 'tw*' after 'twe*' so that it's possible to create the control device for the 'twe' driver. This is an expedient solution for an actually-manifesting symptom of a major problem with MAKEDEV. Roll on DEVFS.
|
68011 |
30-Oct-2000 |
jhb |
Add an entry for the Xircom 10/100 Network PC Card adapter.
|
67970 |
30-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
MFS: cosmetic changes
use /etc/pccard_ether for Xircom CreditCard Netwave and 3Com Corporation" "3C562" (BUT NOT SUPPORTED).
fix `card line' of RATOC REX-5572 (as SCSI only)
use `config auto' for RATOC REX-5536AM, REX-9836A, ICM PSC-2401 SCSI
|
67929 |
30-Oct-2000 |
ume |
install rc.firewall6.
|
67906 |
29-Oct-2000 |
ume |
- ipv6_prefix_* and ipv6_ifconfig_* work for end node - rtsol should be work for only one interface - new variable ipv6_defaultrouter is added - option name of rtadvd in comment are corrected - ipv6_firewall_enable, ipv6_firewall_type, ipv6_firewall_script, ipv6_firewall_logging are added to introduce rc.firewall6.
IPv6 firewall rule is just starting point and should be brushed up. This commit includes PR18621, PR21694, PR22051.
PR: conf/18621, conf/21694, conf/22051 Reviewed by: asmodai
|
67883 |
29-Oct-2000 |
n_hibma |
Entry for umodem0 devices, 124.
|
67849 |
29-Oct-2000 |
dougb |
Finish the job of conditionalizing UUCP by preventing files in /etc/uucp from being installed, and make rmail conditional on neither of NO_SENDMAIL and NOUUCP.
PR: bin/21321 Submitted by: Me
|
67848 |
29-Oct-2000 |
non |
Change flags of ncv and nsp driver. Both were conflicted with the flags used in lower layer (scsi_low.c).
The flag of ncv for KME KXLC004 was chaged from 0x1 to 0x100. The flag of nsp for PIO mode was chaged from 0x1 to 0x100.
|
67795 |
28-Oct-2000 |
joe |
Fix a blatant bug when running '/etc/pccard_ether device stop'. I wasn't dropping the interface correctly, but not noticing because the interface was going away when the card was ejected.
Submitted by: Motomichi Matsuzaki <mzaki@e-mail.ne.jp>
|
67793 |
28-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
add PC-Card melody beep(PC Card bus, kludge version)
Original idea from: PAO3
|
67712 |
27-Oct-2000 |
non |
Comment out the entry for Workbit Ninja SCSI series in PIO mode. This confilcted with the entry of non PIO mode.
If you want to use them in PIO mode comment out entry of the non PIO mode and uncommnet the PIO mode entry.
|
67631 |
26-Oct-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added "minimum3": spare room for multilingual installer and driver floppy. The size is 3 x 1.44MB.
|
67608 |
26-Oct-2000 |
non |
Uncommnet entries for PC-Cards which are supposed work with ncv, nsp, and stg drivers. Also all config indexes for these cards are changed to auto.
Note, still if you would like to use cards which has a comment; # (Do not put this entry under Bustoaster) you need some quick hack. Uncomment the entry above.
Reviewed by: sanpei@FreeBSD.org
|
67562 |
25-Oct-2000 |
n_hibma |
The USB scanner driver. To be used together with SANE.
|
67523 |
24-Oct-2000 |
archie |
Build the ISC library as libisc. This library comes as part of the bind distribution, but until now was not being built as a separate entity. For documentation, see these man pages:
assertions(3), eventlib(3), heap(3), logging(3), memcluster(3), tree(3).
Reviewed by: jdp
|
67500 |
24-Oct-2000 |
sos |
Oops better ad the ar device to the all target, people might want to install on these...
|
67497 |
24-Oct-2000 |
sos |
Add the ATA RAID (ar) device
|
67491 |
24-Oct-2000 |
knu |
Add MASTER_SITE_MOZILLA and MASTER_SITE_XEMACS.
|
67445 |
22-Oct-2000 |
phk |
On DEVFS machines, the device name database is no use.
|
67431 |
22-Oct-2000 |
knu |
It is bsd.sites.mk one should look for a full list of default sites, not bsd.port.mk anymore.
Add MASTER_SITE_XFREE, MASTER_SITE_RINGSERVER, MASTER_SITE_TCLTK and MASTER_SITE_RUBY.
Document and add MASTER_SORT_REGEX.
|
67420 |
21-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
add TDK Grey Cell GCS2000 Ethernet Card
PR: 22184
|
67397 |
20-Oct-2000 |
ache |
Back out increasing entropy file size workaround and wait for real fix instead.
Requested by: markm
|
67394 |
20-Oct-2000 |
joe |
Fix a typo in the last commit; should be 'remove' not 'insert'.
Noticed by: sanpei
|
67383 |
20-Oct-2000 |
jkh |
Redirect the stderr of dd to /dev/null so the user doesn't see rather weird dd output on bootup as /dev/random is being reseeded. Also, can't this happen in the background since /dev/random blocks?
|
67381 |
20-Oct-2000 |
ache |
Increase entropy file size from 4096 to 16384 because 4096 actually is not enough to cause reseeding
|
67342 |
20-Oct-2000 |
n_hibma |
Kill the correct dhclient on detach of the ethernet device.
Submitted by: Josef Karthauser <joe@freebsd.org> Submitted by: Chris Dillon <cdillon@wolves.k12.mo.us>
|
67339 |
20-Oct-2000 |
joe |
Fixup a couple of ether card entries to use the new pccard_ether calling convention.
|
67279 |
18-Oct-2000 |
jwd |
Use dd to better block the data being sent to /dev/random. Note: I am not redirecting stdout so that the amount of data being transferred can be seen (22k and 576k currently).
|
67271 |
18-Oct-2000 |
imp |
Move auto doesn't work comment closer to config line
|
67263 |
17-Oct-2000 |
imp |
Add a bunch of wireless cards from Japan. Shigeru YAMAMOTO-san brought them to BSDcon and gratiously allowed me to test each one with the wireless setup here. In addition, support another CF card which YAMAMOTO-san also brought.
Also add a Lexar CF card which didn't work with auto on many laptops.
|
67241 |
17-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto'' for NCR WaveLAN/IEEE
|
67221 |
16-Oct-2000 |
joe |
Add an optional start/stop argument to pccard_ether, and migrate the 'ifconfig ifN delete' into pccard_ether under the 'stop' function.
In addition start dhclient with a pid file based on the interface name, e.g. /var/run/dhclient.ep0.pid, and kill the correct dhclient (or dhcpc) process when the card is removed.
|
67220 |
16-Oct-2000 |
joe |
Avoid passing the optional ifconfig arguments to dhcpc as well as ifconfig. This bug has been here since revision 1.8.
|
67207 |
16-Oct-2000 |
n_hibma |
Merge from stable: Update of comments
|
67181 |
16-Oct-2000 |
jwd |
Style fix only.
init 6 vs. /sbin/reboot problem still exists (pr 14829)
Submitted by: Doug Barton <DougB@gorean.org>
|
67180 |
16-Oct-2000 |
jwd |
Set new default: entropy_file="/entropy"
with /var/db/entropy being a hardcoded backup.
Submitted by: Doug Barton <DougB@gorean.org> Approved by: markm
|
67179 |
16-Oct-2000 |
jwd |
Having played with this commit request for a few hours, I've convinced myself that it's better then what we have, but still not perfect.
/etc/rc : Attempt to seed /dev/random with multiple backoffs.
/etc/rc.shutdown : Attempt to write the entropy_file.
In debugging the above changes, I've run into some inconsistancies... rc.shutdown is run via 'init 6', but does not appear to be run via '/sbin/reboot'. Thus, this set of changes improves life depending on the mechanism used to shut the system down.
Submitted by: Doug Barton <DougB@gorean.org> Approved by: markm
|
67128 |
15-Oct-2000 |
brian |
Add /usr/include/netnatm/
|
67113 |
14-Oct-2000 |
markm |
Reseed the random device as early as possible to prevent hangs, and provide some form of entropy in case there is no seed file to prevent a reboot from hanging unnecessarily.
|
67040 |
12-Oct-2000 |
ache |
"fix" savecore by moving dev_mkdb before it to allow device name sensing
|
67012 |
12-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Fixed the reporting of ip_portrange_{first|last}.
|
67008 |
12-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Turn the verbose mode on for dumpon(8).
|
67001 |
12-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Removed broken PAM support from rshd(8) and rlogind(8). rshd does not allocate a pty(4) so it is not suitable at all for interactive PAM modules. rlogind calls login(1) which is already PAM enabled.
Approved by: markm
|
66941 |
10-Oct-2000 |
gshapiro |
Disable the SMTP EXPN and VRFY commands by default to prevent information leakage.
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mux@qualys.com>
|
66940 |
10-Oct-2000 |
gshapiro |
Install the sendmail cf building tools (contrib/sendmail/cf) in /usr/share/sendmail/cf.
PR: 19790
|
66935 |
10-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
add new version of ELECOM Air@Hawk/LD-WL11/PCC (Yasuhiro Magara <gama@rose.zero.ad.jp> in [bsd-nomads:14588])
add "wi" cards into HARDWARE.TXT and RELNOTES.TXT
|
66830 |
08-Oct-2000 |
obrien |
Add copyright notices. Other systems have been barrowing our /etc files w/o giving any credit.
|
66806 |
08-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
add COREGA FEther PCC-TXF (MITA Yoshio <mita@ee.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp> in [bsd-nomads:14572])
|
66796 |
07-Oct-2000 |
gshapiro |
Forgot to remove the directory from mtree for the obsolete sendmail documentation.
|
66757 |
06-Oct-2000 |
alex |
Fix typo: kereros -> kerberos
PR: 21468 Submitted by: "Giorgos Keramidas" <keramida@westgate.gr>
|
66745 |
06-Oct-2000 |
darrenr |
This brings support for IP Filter into rc.network and rc.conf with the appropriate documentation added to rc.conf(5). If all goes well with this over the next few weeks, the PR will be closed with the pullup of patches back to 4-STABLE.
PR: 20202 Submitted by: Gerhard Sittig <Gerhard.Sittig@gmx.net> Reviewed by: Darren Reed <darrenr@freebsd.org> Approved by: Darren Reed <darrenr@freebsd.org> Obtained from: Gerhard Sittig <Gerhard.Sittig@gmx.net>
|
66689 |
05-Oct-2000 |
toshi |
Fix typo and change from `ifconfig ...' to `/sbin/ifconfig ...'
|
66688 |
05-Oct-2000 |
toshi |
Fix some remove method.
|
66687 |
05-Oct-2000 |
toshi |
Add TDK LAK-CD031.
Submitted by: Tsuyoshi Hatakenaka <tsuyoshi@wni.co.jp>
|
66668 |
05-Oct-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add James Housley's official IANA assigned numbers for healthd.
Requested by: jeh
|
66634 |
04-Oct-2000 |
brian |
Add a unaligned_print option (alpha only) Document osf1_enable
Submitted by: Eric D. Futch <efutch@nyct.net> PR: 21649
|
66621 |
04-Oct-2000 |
kris |
Disable rsh and rlogin by default. ssh and telnet are still available for remote access on default installations.
|
66568 |
03-Oct-2000 |
jkh |
Turn fingerd OFF by default. Comparative essentials like telnetd are bad enough, but finger is hardly a critical system service and it's traditionally been vulnerable to a variety of attacks; anybody remember RTFM and his worm?
|
66561 |
02-Oct-2000 |
brian |
Case is irrelevant when sorting mail redirects
PR: 21600 Submitted by: David Wolfskill <dhw@whistle.com>
|
66551 |
02-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto'' - Melco LPC-T (PIO mode) - AR-P500 ethernet card - Accton EN2226/Fast EtherCard (16-bit verison)
|
66500 |
01-Oct-2000 |
sanpei |
use ``config auto'' for COREGA EtherII PCC-T.
|
66422 |
28-Sep-2000 |
brian |
Use su -m instead of just su to avoid reading the users login profile
|
66382 |
26-Sep-2000 |
sanpei |
add Cisco Systems Aironet 342 Series 11Mbps 802.11 wireless NIC same cis as Aironet 340
PR: 21447
|
66380 |
26-Sep-2000 |
sanpei |
add Cisco Systems Aironet 340 Series 11Mbps 802.11 wireless NIC
PR: 20777
|
66321 |
24-Sep-2000 |
asmodai |
Do IANA update maintenance: list synched up to the latest version.
Document that 254 (divert) is not IANA assigned.
|
66298 |
23-Sep-2000 |
alex |
Print "Enable PC-card." before anything else is done with PC-card stuff. Also print a NEWLINE (!!) after that.
I'm driving mad each time when I see messages related to pccard before "Enable PC-card." and particulary when I see "Doing initial network setup". on the same line w/o a break.
|
66218 |
22-Sep-2000 |
brian |
Remove a forgotten line
Submitted by: Philipp Mergenthaler <un1i@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
66161 |
21-Sep-2000 |
ru |
The final entry should be `required', not `sufficient'.
|
66042 |
18-Sep-2000 |
brian |
Sort the output of mount Requested by: des
Remove a redundant sed
|
65970 |
17-Sep-2000 |
gshapiro |
Give users a way to alter the sendmail (and related utilities) build environment so they can enable functionality such as SASL, LDAP, Hesiod.
|
65959 |
16-Sep-2000 |
ache |
Add tr_TR.ISO_8859-9 to nls
|
65958 |
16-Sep-2000 |
ache |
Add tr_TR.ISO_8859-9
|
65957 |
16-Sep-2000 |
ache |
Comment out MTREE_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS by default, since it picked before mtree is builded (on the clean machine without /etc/make.conf)
Submitted by: imp
|
65952 |
16-Sep-2000 |
phk |
Add missing tr_TR.ISO_8859-9 directory.
|
65884 |
15-Sep-2000 |
ache |
Add/use MTREE_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS make.conf option This is part of whole subsystem fixing
Reviewed by: imp
|
65845 |
14-Sep-2000 |
markm |
Make the [u]random device's permissions match those in the matching make_dev() call.
At the moment, it is an error for anyone but root to write to this device (EPERM), and the permissions don't suggest that. Soon, however, anyone will be able to write here, but only root will cause an implicit reseed.
|
65843 |
14-Sep-2000 |
brian |
Another overhaul of the periodic stuff.
All periodic sub-scripts <larf> now have their return codes interpreted by periodic(8). Output may be masked based on variable values in periodic.conf.
It's also now possible to email periodic output to arbitrary addresses, or to send it to a log file, examples of which can be found in newsyslog.conf.
The upshot of it all should be no discernable changes to the default behaviour of periodic(8).
PR: 21250
|
65840 |
14-Sep-2000 |
sanpei |
"fe" driver was newbus'ify and bus_space'ify by nyan.
comment-in "XXX NOT SUPPORTED YET" cards which was supported by "fe" driver.
|
65800 |
13-Sep-2000 |
msmith |
Teach MAKEDEV about 'aac'.
|
65701 |
10-Sep-2000 |
ume |
Make default interface work.
Obtained from: KAME
|
65653 |
10-Sep-2000 |
kris |
Nuke RSAREF support from orbit.
It's the only way to be sure.
|
65559 |
07-Sep-2000 |
ume |
Make sure to accept RA. Some laptops run /etc/pccard_ether before /etc/rc.network6.
PR: bin/21062
|
65551 |
06-Sep-2000 |
kris |
``Anyone is now free to rub two primes together for their own gratification'' -- Unknown
Now that the RSA algorithm is released into the public domain, build librsaintl by default unless NO_RSAINTL is set in make.conf.
The native OpenSSL implementation of RSA is much faster, doesn't have an artificial keysize limitation, has 30% fewer calories and tastes great!
|
65532 |
06-Sep-2000 |
nectar |
Add nsswitch support. By creating an /etc/nsswitch.conf file, you can configure FreeBSD so that various databases such as passwd and group can be looked up using flat files, NIS, or Hesiod.
= Hesiod has been added to libc (see hesiod(3)).
= A library routine for parsing nsswitch.conf and invoking callback functions as specified has been added to libc (see nsdispatch(3)).
= The following C library functions have been modified to use nsdispatch: . getgrent, getgrnam, getgrgid . getpwent, getpwnam, getpwuid . getusershell . getaddrinfo . gethostbyname, gethostbyname2, gethostbyaddr . getnetbyname, getnetbyaddr . getipnodebyname, getipnodebyaddr, getnodebyname, getnodebyaddr
= host.conf has been removed from src/etc. rc.network has been modified to warn that host.conf is no longer used at boot time. In addition, if there is a host.conf but no nsswitch.conf, the latter is created at boot time from the former.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
65519 |
06-Sep-2000 |
ache |
Add /boot/kernel/
|
65513 |
06-Sep-2000 |
obrien |
The default is for 3rd party kernel modules to live in /boot/modules rather than /modules.
|
65509 |
06-Sep-2000 |
ume |
Avoid doing rtsol to psuedo interface.
PR: bin/21062
|
65465 |
05-Sep-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add acap, as per IANA.
PR: 20990 Submitted by: Lyndon Nerenberg <lyndon@orthanc.ab.ca>
|
65381 |
02-Sep-2000 |
obrien |
Move `NOPROFILE' and `NOPERL' to be with the reset of their "NO" brethren.
|
65380 |
02-Sep-2000 |
obrien |
Move the kernel's "cflags" to be next to the world ones.
|
65306 |
01-Sep-2000 |
obrien |
Remove our override on the default time that a looked up name remains cached when not in use. This changes the FreeBSD default from 30 minutes to 5 minutes. JKH was the one that added the override to amd_flags, but there was no reason given other to serve as an example of what could be done.
|
65257 |
30-Aug-2000 |
ru |
Only install `divert natd' rule for predefined firewall types, not when ${firewall_type} is set to a filename, as we know nothing about user's script specifics.
Reported by: Bernhard Valenti <bernhard.valenti@gmx.net>
|
65215 |
29-Aug-2000 |
iwasaki |
Add /dev/acpi for ACPI.
|
65179 |
28-Aug-2000 |
jhb |
- Break the acd track devices out into a seperate target acdXt[Y]. The X field is treated the same as the unit number for acdX. The optional Y parameter specifies the number of track devices to create starting at track 1. If Y is not specified, it defaults to 100. - Add the acd0t target to the all target to preserve previous behavior. - Don't add the acd0t target to the fixit target, thus keeping the fixit floppy from running out of i-nodes.
|
65168 |
28-Aug-2000 |
asami |
Add BSD.x11-4.dist to list of mtree files to install (d'oh!).
Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
65160 |
28-Aug-2000 |
sanpei |
add ELECOM Air@Hark/LD-WL11/PCC card add NEC Wireless Card CMZ-RT-WP card
Obtained from: [bsd-nomads:13988] by YAMAMOTO Shigeru <shigeru@iij.ad.jp>
sort Farallon Skyline 11Mbps Wireless entory
|
65084 |
25-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Correct variable spelling
PR: 20841
|
65077 |
25-Aug-2000 |
asami |
Update BSD.x11-4.dist to XFree86-4 after repo copy. I believe this is correct but I won't know for sure until bento's cluster comes back up.
|
65073 |
25-Aug-2000 |
ache |
Sync with main
|
65033 |
23-Aug-2000 |
wpaul |
Add entry for the Farallon Skyline 11Mbps wireless NIC (WaveLAN/IEEE compatible)
|
64893 |
21-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Only whack pseudo-terminals into shape if they exist. They might not yet exist in the DEVFS case.
|
64892 |
21-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
After some discussion with markm, back out most of rev 1.221, which really wasn't such a hot idea in retrospect.
If the random device isn't available, it probably isn't wanted. If it's wanted, it should be enabled in loader.conf.
|
64882 |
21-Aug-2000 |
markm |
Move $PERL/IO/Socket to the right place.
Reported by: ache
|
64874 |
20-Aug-2000 |
markm |
Add missing perl directories.
|
64821 |
18-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove an unwanted space from the "Shutting down daemon processes" message.
PR: 20692 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
|
64817 |
18-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Fix bug in rev 1.54; the terminating `;;' for the ibcs2_enable=YES case got lost.
|
64816 |
18-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Document ibcs2_loaders and provide a default for it in etc/defaults/rc.conf .
|
64810 |
18-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
The output of this script got a little broken in rev 1.225, with the output for the linux_enable and svr4_enable stuff "floating in the middle of nowhere".
Give them their own section, called "additional ABI support".
|
64809 |
18-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Don't rely on a shell scripts to do the simple job of loading kernel modules for ibcs2_enable and svr4_enable.
Don't rely on a shell script to do the neglibly less simple job of loading a kernel module and running one command for linux_enable.
These shell scripts are going away.
|
64807 |
18-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Fix the urio and ugen devices (I meant unit2minor, not minor2unit)
Problem pointed out by: markm
|
64803 |
18-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Add a PPP_NOSUID hook
|
64749 |
17-Aug-2000 |
jhb |
Mention that basic network options now include firewall/security options as well.
|
64731 |
16-Aug-2000 |
jhb |
Fix a whitespace bogon.
|
64718 |
16-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Add unit2minor() and use it where appropriate so that we handle units > 255 properly.
Fix usio while I'm there
|
64684 |
15-Aug-2000 |
obrien |
Move the running of the Linux and SVR4 compat bits to the arch independent location.
Sponsored by: LinuxWorld frustration
|
64677 |
15-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add a sample ifconfig entry for an IPX address family address, to give IPX folks a fighting chance of figuring this out themselves. I can't work out how to document this carefully in rc.conf(5), but this ought to close the PR.
PR: 17904 Reported by: John Gelnaw <jeg@hawk.circa.ufl.edu>
|
64665 |
15-Aug-2000 |
kris |
Install /var/crash/minfree mode 644 instead of 664 - group wheel shouldn't have special write permissions to things.
|
64664 |
15-Aug-2000 |
itojun |
reorder "localhost" entry, to prefer ::1 than 127.0.0.1.
|
64629 |
14-Aug-2000 |
gshapiro |
Upon installation, create a symbolic link for /etc/aliases pointing to /etc/mail/aliases. This should both help users as well as other MTAs which still use a default aliases path of /etc/aliases.
|
64622 |
13-Aug-2000 |
gshapiro |
Do not require a local-host-names file as this configuration file is the default /etc/mail/sendmail.cf installed on a fresh install. Problem noted by: Hajimu UMEMOTO <ume@mahoroba.org>
|
64618 |
13-Aug-2000 |
gshapiro |
Complete migration of aliases file to /etc/mail/aliases. The maintainers of share/examples/diskless/README.TEMPLATING and mergemaster have been contacted so those may be updated as well.
|
64605 |
13-Aug-2000 |
joe |
Define SUPHOST. If this is set a '-h ${SUPHOST}' is added to the SUPFLAGS when a 'make update' is run. This means that the supfile doesn't need to be edited because the -h will override the CHANGE_THIS.FreeBSD.org host.
|
64598 |
13-Aug-2000 |
gshapiro |
Add alaises as another file to install into /etc/mail/. Rename the variable from NOSPAM to ETCMAIL as the list of files actually only contains one antispam related file.
|
64576 |
13-Aug-2000 |
imp |
Change BUILD_SUIDPERL to ENABLE_SUIDPERL, with changed note as to what it does.
|
64567 |
12-Aug-2000 |
gshapiro |
The rest of the changes needed to support the new version of sendmail (8.11.0). Beyond changes to the build system, this includes fixing up the sample freebsd.mc configuration for changes in defaults and syntax, removing outdated documentation, and updating the release notes.
|
64531 |
11-Aug-2000 |
sos |
Add the acdNt# devices to the acd entry, for individual track access.
|
64520 |
11-Aug-2000 |
jdp |
Add an rc.conf knob "ldconfig_insecure" to disable ldconfig's security checks. Set the default to NO, i.e., secure.
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mhenrion@cybercable.fr>
|
64515 |
10-Aug-2000 |
imp |
Change NOSUIDPERL to BUILD_SUIDPERL. One must now explicitly enable building suidperl.
|
64501 |
10-Aug-2000 |
billf |
make sshd follow the pattern of enable, program, flags like every other entry does.
|
64490 |
10-Aug-2000 |
sanpei |
add Nokia Card Phone 2.0 (gsm900/dcs1800 HSCSD terminal)
PR: conf/20037
|
64488 |
10-Aug-2000 |
sanpei |
I tested Toshiba Modem/LAN card IPC5001B (as Modem) and enable it. This card has `Network/LAN adapter' function ID(06 00), not Serial port/modem.
|
64485 |
10-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Correct dodgy wild card expansion
PR: 20514
|
64471 |
10-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Allow a ppp_user specification to run ppp at startup
PR: 20258
|
64449 |
09-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Improve purgedir():
Fix leading & trailing space handling
Suggested by: ben
Handle files beginning with - correctly Don't follow symlinks (cd /var/spool/lock; ln -s /. horror)
|
64446 |
09-Aug-2000 |
chris |
Use shell matching instead of sed(1) to strip comments and blank lines. Since it doesn't depend on anything in /usr, it should work with a NFS-mounted /usr partition.
Thanks to Bruce Evans to bringing this to my attention.
|
64400 |
08-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Don't use find(1) before nfs filesystems have been mounted as it lives in /usr/bin. Instead, locate files manually.
Note, only *files* under /var/spool/lock are now deleted rather than everything that's not a directory. I think this is more correct, but if anyone disagrees please feel free to change it.
Problem pointed out by: bde
|
64333 |
07-Aug-2000 |
brian |
Use ``diff -w'' for setuid.{to,yester}day comparisons rather than ``diff -b''.
|
64244 |
04-Aug-2000 |
ru |
Make natd(8) "compatible" with firewall_type="simple".
PR: conf/13769, conf/20197
|
64028 |
30-Jul-2000 |
obrien |
Update rev 1.29 -- 'draft-manning-dsua' is now in its 3rd version.
|
64026 |
30-Jul-2000 |
green |
Keep urandom as a link to random (but a hard link).
|
64016 |
30-Jul-2000 |
green |
Since the driver supports both (and may have different semantics for both soon...), create urandom instead of the link to random. It's also what makes sense according to the make_dev(9)'s in random(4).
|
63980 |
28-Jul-2000 |
eivind |
Change the defaults for portmap, sendmail and inetd to be not running them. Make sysinstall override this on install, so the effective behavioural change for a newly installed system is null. Overall, this makes a system with an empty /etc/rc.conf not run any network services, and makes the FreeBSD-provided network services that are running visible in /etc/rc.conf (instead of making people look through /etc/defaults/rc.conf to find the things they need to disable to secure the system.)
Reviewed by: jhb Discussed with: The usual cabal
|
63936 |
27-Jul-2000 |
obrien |
Add this empty version of this file to make it easier for pre-4.0 users to find.
|
63912 |
27-Jul-2000 |
asmodai |
Remove all mention of LANG and MM_CHARSET. Add hints towards login.conf(5), which should be the preferred way to set this systemwide without having to worry about the shell used.
PR: 9245 Submitted by: martin Kammerhofer <dada@sbox.tu-graz.ac.at>
|
63801 |
24-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Close a window of readability when creating the entropy seed file, which must not be world-readable.
|
63793 |
24-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
If the initial attempt to write ${entropy_file} to /dev/random fails and the randomdev.ko module is not resident, try to load the module and perform the write again.
Reviewed by: markm
|
63776 |
23-Jul-2000 |
marcel |
Backout addition of -L switch to mtree. Using -L breaks the build process in too many cases. Adding mtree to bootstrap-tools to solve this breaks the upgrade path because mtree needs a libc that has strtofflags and fflagstostr.
|
63773 |
23-Jul-2000 |
asmodai |
Add weak_mountd_authentication, which is examined in /etc/rc.network. Setting this to YES instead of its default NO, causes mountd to be passed the -n flag, which allow non-root users mount requests to be served.
|
63728 |
21-Jul-2000 |
ache |
Sync
|
63689 |
20-Jul-2000 |
ache |
dd is too verbose writting entropy, redirect its output to /dev/null Add period at the end of sentence
|
63685 |
20-Jul-2000 |
ache |
Sync with main termcap, SGR 24,27
|
63670 |
20-Jul-2000 |
nsayer |
Add the tap driver.
The tap driver is used to present a virtual Ethernet interface to the system. Packets presented by the network stack to the interface are made available to a character device in /dev. With tap and the bridge code, you can make remote bridge configurations where both sides of the bridge are separated by userland daemons.
This driver also has a special naming hack to allow it to serve a similar purpose to the vmware port.
Submitted by: myevmenkin@att.com, vsilyaev@mindspring.com
|
63658 |
20-Jul-2000 |
ache |
Sync with main termcap (AX, latin2 mono)
|
63515 |
19-Jul-2000 |
ume |
Add some examples for IPv6 addresses.
PR: conf/18614 Submitted by: James Housley <jim@thehousleys.net>
|
63509 |
19-Jul-2000 |
brian |
Add a default ident string and do some minor whitespace adjustments
|
63504 |
19-Jul-2000 |
ru |
Add /dev/agpgart for AGP.
Reviewed by: dfr
|
63496 |
19-Jul-2000 |
imp |
Apm device is now safe to be world readable, so make it so.
|
63400 |
18-Jul-2000 |
ume |
Fix an unmatched opening quote.
PR: conf/20000 Submitted by: Alex Kapranoff <alex@kapran.bitmcnit.bryansk.su>
|
63311 |
17-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Improve on previous commit:
Don't inhibit the trailing newline for entropy-related messages. Try harder to save the seed file on shutdown.
Reviewed by: markm
|
63308 |
17-Jul-2000 |
ume |
If ipv6_enable is set to yes, do IPv6 setup for PCCARD ethernet card. This is still at staring point and end node case only.
|
63307 |
17-Jul-2000 |
markm |
Add entropy caching. With this, some entropy is cached at shutdown time, and this is used to reseed the random number generator at boot time.
NOTE - this has no hope of working if you halt(); you need to execute rc.shutdown to get the entropy stash.
|
63275 |
16-Jul-2000 |
iwasaki |
PCCard entry cleanup: - Remove unit numbers in config lines. - Remove all of logger lines and add logstr lines for some cards. This changes reduced file size from 84k to 45k. - Use '/sbin/ifconfig $device delete' instead of /etc/pccard_ether_remove which haven't merge from PAO yet. - Cosmetic changes.
|
63271 |
16-Jul-2000 |
sanpei |
[Merge from PAO] add about 67 entry and rewrite 18 entry change Xircom CompactCard Ethernet 10 entry config 0x20 -> auto
Reviewed by: iwasaki Obtained from: PAO3
|
63257 |
16-Jul-2000 |
ache |
Add -L to mtree calls since defaults changed back
|
63211 |
15-Jul-2000 |
abial |
*** empty log message ***
|
63200 |
15-Jul-2000 |
rwatson |
o Display only a short fortune at the root login prompt, as large ones scroll of our pretty /etc/motd that helps the user know what to do. o Change reflects similar setting in /share/skel
|
63147 |
14-Jul-2000 |
nbm |
Add to, don't overwrite, user-settable mountd_flags.
PR: conf/15745 Submitted by: Vivek Khera <khera@kciLink.com>
|
63123 |
14-Jul-2000 |
peter |
Be consistant about WITH_ vs MAKE_ flags. We have a precedent of using MAKE_foo for things like MAKE_KERBEROS etc. Use that. I managed to confuse myself last time and made make.conf different to the code. ;-(
Reported by: Jun Kuriyama <kuriyama@FreeBSD.org>
|
63097 |
14-Jul-2000 |
peter |
Change various log file modes from mode 664 to 644. Allowing group wheel to trash logfiles is not exactly good security policy. There have been several gid wheel holes in ports. Various other files were changed as well (eg: the locate database were set to more restrictive modes (444) by their generation scripts) so this should be safe for them. utmp and wtmp are mode 644 already on all the systems we checked.
Submitted by: jkb Reviewed by: kris
|
62991 |
12-Jul-2000 |
imp |
Add Xircom CompactCard Ethernet CFE-10 1.00.
Seems to work great in the type II cf<->pccard adapter that came with the card. Others have reported with different chipsets for the pccard bridge that additional support is needed to make this card work with the 3.3 volts it needs.
|
62962 |
11-Jul-2000 |
imp |
Remove irq 13 from the list of valid IRQs. It is used by the math co and is therefore unavailable. Also, IRQ13 isn't connected to the pcic chip on most laptops.
|
62961 |
11-Jul-2000 |
imp |
Merge latest cards from my laptop: o The Shining PMIDE-ASC card is also used in Road Warrior's Bullet Drive, so add that to the comments. o Eiger Lab's fujitsu based ethernet card: EPX-10BT (thanks to Ryan Losh for donating the card to the cause). o Add place holder entry for the 3Com Megahertz 3CXEM556. It doesn't work yet, but that will change in time.
|
62956 |
11-Jul-2000 |
dwmalone |
Get the security script to list the indoe numbers of the suid files. I've seen some script kiddie tools out there that fake the timestamps but don't preserve the inode number.
Note - this will cause a lot of output the first time it is run!
PR: 18947 Reviewed by: Sheldon Hearn <sheldonh@uunet.co.za>
|
62955 |
11-Jul-2000 |
sanpei |
add Planex FNW-3600-TX 16bit FastEthernet DirectDock
Obtained from: [bsd-nomads:13991] reported by Akihiro IIJIMA <aki@jp.FreeBSD.org>
|
62947 |
11-Jul-2000 |
tanimura |
Finally merge newmidi. (I had been busy for my own research activity until the last weekend)
Supported devices:
SB Midi Port (sbc + midi) SB OPL3 (sbc + midi) 16550 UART (midi, needs a trick in your hint) CS461x Midi Port (csa + midi)
OSS-compatible sequencer (seq)
Supported playing software:
playmidi (We definitely need more)
Notes:
/dev/midistat now reports installed midi drivers. /dev/sndstat reports only pcm drivers. We need the new name(pcmstat?).
EMU8000(SB AWE) does not sound yet but does get probed so that the OPL3 synth on an AWE card works.
TODO:
MSS/PCI bridge drivers Midi-tty interface to support general serial devices Modules
|
62886 |
10-Jul-2000 |
sanpei |
add Billionton 56Kbps Fax Modem
PR: 18866
|
62883 |
10-Jul-2000 |
sanpei |
add Ericsson DC23 GSM modem card
PR: 18962
|
62880 |
10-Jul-2000 |
sanpei |
add Compaq Netelligent 10/100 PC Card
PR: 19007
|
62859 |
09-Jul-2000 |
ume |
- Remove use of programs in /usr like sed as possible. In this time, I have no idea if there is equivalence of printf. So, stf setup still depends on /usr. In addition, prefix(8) and gifconfig(8) are in /usr/sbin. Should we move these into /sbin?
- Sync with latest stf behavior. Latest stf doesn't have link-local address. And, latest stf is not gif but stf.
|
62845 |
09-Jul-2000 |
sanpei |
add Shining PMIDE-ASC CDROM
PR: 19236
|
62781 |
07-Jul-2000 |
ume |
Add reverse lookup entry for ::1
Suggested by: itojun
|
62680 |
06-Jul-2000 |
brian |
Add various system usernames (even though I try to avoid pppd!!!)
PR: 19717 Submitted by: Tony Finch <dot@dotat.at>
|
62644 |
05-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
The previous commit changed the df(1) units flag from -k to -h, which produced human-readable output. I like this, but it's certainly not something to change willy-nilly without discussion. Revert to -k.
Anyway, the new variable allows folks to pick any units flag that fits their fancy.
|
62640 |
05-Jul-2000 |
tg |
Now that the scripts in our ports support this, call the scripts in ${local_startup} with the `stop' option on shutdown.
|
62636 |
05-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Introduce a new option, daily_status_disks_df_flags, which specifies the command-line arguments to be used for the call to df(1) when daily_status_disks_enable is set to YES.
The name of the new variable was chosen by the maintainer of our periodic hierarchy, Brian Somers.
PR: 19631
|
62630 |
05-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Fix typo: "managment" -> "management".
PR: 19689 Submitted by: SUGIMURA Takashi <sugimura@jp.FreeBSD.org>
|
62592 |
04-Jul-2000 |
ache |
Fix site_perl hierarchy
|
62482 |
03-Jul-2000 |
peter |
Delete the RSAREF=YES example from make.conf - it is not used at all. Add knobs for the optional crypto parts with some notes.
|
62416 |
02-Jul-2000 |
markm |
Follow-up commit to today's gnu/usr.bin/perl commit; serial number brought inline with Perl standards.
|
62284 |
30-Jun-2000 |
ache |
Update cons* entries from termcap
|
62274 |
30-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Add $daily_status_mail_rejects_logs, defaulting to 3 to control how many /var/log/maillog* files to check
PR: 19587
|
62273 |
30-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Correct two variable names
Mostly submitted by: howardjp@wam.umd.edu PR: 19567
|
62234 |
29-Jun-2000 |
asami |
Add "mach" dir for perl, that's where it installs a lot of stuff now.
|
62212 |
28-Jun-2000 |
joe |
Added 400.status-pkg.
Forgotten by: brian
|
62206 |
28-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Fix a comment
Submitted by: joe
|
62155 |
27-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Add weekly_status_pkg_enable (defaults to NO)
|
62136 |
26-Jun-2000 |
obrien |
Add BDECFLAGS so people can use them easily in /etc/make.conf.
|
62126 |
26-Jun-2000 |
cokane |
Force the link from 3dfx# -> 3dfx, so that it doesn't bail with "file exists"
|
62082 |
25-Jun-2000 |
markm |
Version number and directory changes for Perl 5.006.
|
62075 |
25-Jun-2000 |
markm |
Clean up all the old setup code for the old /dev/random. This will be revisited when the new /dev/random is done.
|
62054 |
25-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Allow compressed acct files
PR: 19483 Submitted by: Ben Smithurst <ben@scientia.demon.co.uk>
|
62029 |
24-Jun-2000 |
cokane |
Add 3dfxN to MAKEDEV, automatically links 3dfx to the last 3dfxN made.
|
62006 |
23-Jun-2000 |
nbm |
Fix installworld-breaking bracket hanging around from last commit.
|
62005 |
23-Jun-2000 |
brian |
daily_status_network_enable -> daily_status_network_usedns
Submitted by: Alexander Leidinger <Alexander@leidinger.net>
|
61997 |
23-Jun-2000 |
tg |
Install a VGA font for the X11 mode. Use a line like xset fp+ /usr/libdata/doscmd/fonts in your .xsession to activate it.
Document X11_FONT option in .doscmdrc.
Open window if $DISPLAY is set.
|
61981 |
23-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Introduce /etc/defaults/periodic.conf, similar in concept to rc.conf. The only change in the default functionality should be that the output reports are slightly more verbose WRT files deleted.
Not objected to by: freebsd-arch
|
61980 |
23-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Add -s -a and -m flags for supressing the subject line, ignoring amd mounts and ignoring mfs mounts. Default functionality stays the same.
|
61961 |
22-Jun-2000 |
dillon |
Add ip_portrange_first and ip_portrange_last rc.conf/rc.network options. This allows you to set the standard dynamic port assignment range prior to any network daemons (like named) starting up, necessary if you are also using a firewall to restrict lower ports. will be MFC'd in a few days
|
61888 |
21-Jun-2000 |
asmodai |
Don't build manpages if NOMAN has been set.
PR: 17967 Submitted by: Benno Rice <benno@netizen.com.au>
|
61867 |
20-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Don't include /compat/linux/tmp in $clean_daily_dirs as it's usually a link to /tmp
Pointed out by: des
|
61862 |
20-Jun-2000 |
sanpei |
Added CyQ've ELA-110
Obtained from: [FreeBSD-users-jp 52722] cory@cory.to (CORY/ISAKA_Yoji)
|
61744 |
17-Jun-2000 |
obrien |
If "MODULES_WITH_WORLD" is defined, sys/modules will be built with the world as was our old way, rather than when building a kernel.
Some people do not like the new way, and the release building still assumes modules are built with the world.
|
61733 |
16-Jun-2000 |
asami |
Add a few directories that were shared by a lot of ports: section 3 of perl man pages and site_perl directories for alpha and i386 in /usr/local, and share/aclocal and share/doc/ja in /usr/local and /usr/X11R6.
Reviewed by: the ports list Approved by: steve (alpha part)
|
61601 |
13-Jun-2000 |
imp |
Remove the "any" and "pio" stuff from PAO. We don't (yet) support that notation.
Reported by: jkh on the train from Tokyo to Nagoya.
|
61541 |
11-Jun-2000 |
tanimura |
1. Update Comtrol RocketPort driver(rp) to version 3.02. 2. Newbusify the driver. 3. Build as a module.
4. Use correct minor numbers when creating device files. 5. Correctly lock control characters. 6. Return ENXIO when device not configured. Submitted by: Tor Egge <Tor.Egge@fast.no>
7. Fix the baud_table. Submitted by: Elliot Dierksen <ebd@oau.org>
Note: - the old driver still lives in src/sys/i386/isa, so that you can revert to it if something goes wrong. - The module does not detach very well. Attaching works fine.
|
61513 |
10-Jun-2000 |
phk |
Add an autologin example.
PR: 18082 Submitted by: C. Stephen Gunn <csg@dustdevil.waterspout.com>
|
61459 |
09-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Add clear_daily_* variables
|
61458 |
09-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Use $clear_daily_* from rc.conf to decide what should be deleted
Reviewed by: The silence of -committers
|
61412 |
08-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Add some comments and wrap the dial line nicely
|
61411 |
08-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Don't attempt to rm directories under /var/spool/lock.
|
61410 |
08-Jun-2000 |
brian |
Clean /tmp and /var/tmp if $clear_tmp_enable is set to YES in rc.conf Clean /compat/linux/tmp if $linux_enable is also set to YES in rc.conf
|
61285 |
05-Jun-2000 |
ru |
/usr/mdec has gone 1.5 years ago.
|
61184 |
02-Jun-2000 |
alfred |
document sbsize limit.
|
61139 |
31-May-2000 |
hoek |
Add a NO_LPR option. Useful for people who want to use LPRng.
PR: bin/18787 (David Gilbert <dgilbert@velocet.ca>)
|
61085 |
30-May-2000 |
imp |
Add Digital Roamabout. This is for the wlp driver, not yet ported from PAO, but I don't want to lose this entry.
Submitted by: Randy Bush
|
61083 |
30-May-2000 |
imp |
Lots of entries culled from nomads (some of them may need additional patches to work properly). These are the ones I managed to save since the first of the year. While I tried to make sure all the entries would work, some of them were converted by hand from the PAO entries.
MELCO LPC3-TX (Hiroshi Yamashita-san <bluemoon@msj.biglobe.ne.jp>) Allied Telesis CentreCOM LA100-PCM-T V2 (hideaki yoshimura-san <Hideaki_Yoshimura@YAM-YAMASYS5.ccgw.nec.co.jp>) Planex FNW-3600-T (Satoru Sawada-san <sawada@angel.ne.jp>) Planex FNW-3700-T (Shigeru Ishida-san <ishida@isl.intec.co.jp>) ADVANTECH COMpad-32/85 (Kuo Chun Fan-san) (one of two ports) TDK DN1280R (Toshihisa Eto-san <eto@clave.gr.jp> and <masahiro@inet.isogo.yokohama.jp> Masahiro Higuchi-san) Panasonic TO-CAF56K FAX/Data Modem (katsutoshi ito <itokatsu@mns.lsi.melco.co.jp>) NTT DoCoMo (formerly NTT Personal) Paldio 611S (Yoshihiko SARUMARU-san <mistral@imasy.or.jp>) KME (TAXAN ICD-400PN, etc.) (ncv not in tree yet) (HASEGAWA-san Tomoki <thasegawa@mta.biglobe.ne.jp>) WORKBIT Ninja SCSI series (nsp not in tree yet) (HASEGAWA-san Tomoki <thasegawa@mta.biglobe.ne.jp>) SMC EtherEZ Combo (Masanori Takeishi-san <marina@yaya.forks.co.jp>) KANSAI ELECTRIC KLA-PCM/T (Hideaki FUKUI-san <hideman@infosakyu.ne.jp>)
Plus Two cards from Kazuya Kodama-san <kodama@rd.nacsis.ac.jp> which were in the last commit.
|
61082 |
30-May-2000 |
imp |
Kingston KNE-PC2 (Nick Sayer)
|
61067 |
29-May-2000 |
ps |
Remove more from here too.
Reminded by: hoek
|
61065 |
29-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Sanitise NFS fs mounting for /usr NFS mounts.
Submitted by: Doug Barton <DougB@gorean.org> Reviewed by: bde
|
61062 |
29-May-2000 |
imp |
Add Planex geowave (hosokawa in nomads) Added two ata devices (Kazuya Kodama <kodama@rd.nacsis.ac.jp> in nomads) Added CyQ've ELA-110E (mihira-san <sanpei@sanpei.org>)
The CyQ card doesn't have a PR number (yet).
|
61029 |
28-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Fix typo. rightous -> righteous.
|
60977 |
27-May-2000 |
wilko |
Add suggested comment for TCP_DROP_SYNFIN and TCP_RESTRICT_RST
PR: conf/18124 Submitted by: Matt Heckaman <matt@arpa.mail.net>
|
60971 |
27-May-2000 |
imp |
Add IBM 56K Modem (PR 17992, Jeroen C. van Gelderen) Fix D-Link 660 entry (PR 1340, Annelise Anderson) Add more comments to very generic pcmcia ethernet card entry (PR 17006, Georg Graf) Add Linksys EtherFast 10/100 Intergrated PC Card (PCM100) (private mail from Sean O'Connell)
PRs: 17006, 13402, 17992
|
60899 |
24-May-2000 |
msmith |
Learn how to create device nodes for the 'twe' devices.
|
60835 |
23-May-2000 |
imp |
Add D-Link DE-650.
Submitted by: Thiemo Nordenholz <nordenholz@rz.tu-clausthal.de>
|
60724 |
19-May-2000 |
peter |
Add dev/ppbus for lptio.h
|
60685 |
18-May-2000 |
wollman |
Fix misleading comment.
|
60677 |
18-May-2000 |
kris |
Install /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf
Submitted by: Doug Barton <DougB@gorean.org> Forgotten by: kris
|
60654 |
16-May-2000 |
imp |
Add Iomega IDE card for their 250M drives. Also remove the N in all ataN entries while I'm here. They aren't generally needed.
Submitted by: "Sean O'Connell" <sean@stat.Duke.EDU>
|
60633 |
16-May-2000 |
imp |
Added Toshiba CD-ROM from Mikael Hybsh
|
60632 |
16-May-2000 |
imp |
Two more entries from the highly productive PRs of mihira-san yoshiro <sanpei@sanpei.org>.
PR: 17622,18126
|
60628 |
16-May-2000 |
dillon |
Add ipsec_enable and ipsec_file options to run IPSEC's setkey program with the specified configuration file at the appropriate time.
|
60627 |
16-May-2000 |
imp |
Woof. Had lots more of these than I thought when I started. Time to batch the rest:
Add EXP DVD-780 DVD rom drive (brian reichert) Generic cdrom (???) Two modems eicon DIVA and com1 mc218 from oliver breuninger Farallon SkyLINE (Dirk-Willem van Gulik) Nits to the xe cards for xe driver!
|
60626 |
16-May-2000 |
imp |
Add Accton EN2226/Faster EtherCard-16.
Submitted by: Mihira-san Yoshiro <sanpei@sanpei.org> PR: 18545
|
60625 |
16-May-2000 |
imp |
Add Kingston KNE ed0 clone.
Submitted by: Nick Sayer
|
60624 |
16-May-2000 |
imp |
Sony VAIO cdrom
|
60613 |
15-May-2000 |
kris |
Remove extraneous ";;" in previous commit
Submitted by: jedgar
|
60578 |
15-May-2000 |
kris |
Create a DSA host key if one does not already exist, and teach sshd_config about it.
|
60540 |
14-May-2000 |
kris |
Add /bin/tcsh for completeness
Submitted by: knu
|
60414 |
12-May-2000 |
jhb |
Add kbd1 to MAKEDEV's all) target so that we support using kbdcontrol to switch keyboards out of the box.
|
60350 |
11-May-2000 |
davidn |
Pedantic change: "reboot" -> "boot"
|
60309 |
10-May-2000 |
obrien |
Fix the linking in my `sa' changes.
Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.inka.de>
|
60225 |
09-May-2000 |
peter |
Fix some whitespace brokeness.. (usio and ctx)
|
60215 |
09-May-2000 |
peter |
Finish off replacing the rest of the duplicate mknod's with hard links.
|
60212 |
08-May-2000 |
peter |
Use printf (shell builtin) instead of cut - cut isn't in /bin. This should fix the ttyA* and cuaA* up to the maximum possible 128 nodes.
|
60210 |
08-May-2000 |
obrien |
Add [en]sa devices for othoginality.
|
60208 |
08-May-2000 |
ps |
Add an explicit rule number to natd so you do not end up with two rule 100's.
Submitted by: Jan Koum <jkb@yahoo-inc.com>
|
60103 |
06-May-2000 |
ache |
Add firewall_logging knob to enable/disablle events logging, disabled by default. Needed mainly for ipfw kernel module to enable logging disabled there.
|
60094 |
06-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Fix comparison of units.
Submitted by: Maxim Sobolev <sobomax@altavista.net> on -current
|
60031 |
05-May-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add IP addresses to the rules required to "Allow anything from localhost", since portmap(8) is included in "anything".
Submitted by: Doug Barton <Doug@gorean.org>
|
59949 |
04-May-2000 |
phantom |
Directory renamed in /usr/share/calendar: ru_SU.KOI8-R -> ru_RU.KOI8-R
|
59897 |
02-May-2000 |
joe |
Disconnect libm from the build tree. It's broken, not being maintained, and has been replaced by msun. The libm sources shouldn't be removed just yet as there are parts that should be merged into msun first.
PR: misc/17848 Discussed with: phk & bde
|
59884 |
02-May-2000 |
chuckr |
Cause modules to build with the kernel build. Modules are removed from the sys Makefile's SUBDIRs. This is conditioned in make.conf by the NO_MODULES variable and the existence of the modules directory. The actual location of the modules is not modified. Changes in Makefiles only, this does not affect Peter's recent changes.
Reviewed by: Peter Wemm, who warned me I would get some flack, and he had the good idea for the NO_MODULES variable.
|
59819 |
01-May-2000 |
peter |
Fix a couple of easy cases where we make two identical devices.. one /dev/xxx and one /dev/rxxx. This changes them to a hard link so that less inodes are consumed and so that the permissions are always in sync. There are lots more of these still.
|
59746 |
29-Apr-2000 |
asami |
Add lib/X11/locale/zh_TW.Big5.
Found by: bento
|
59717 |
27-Apr-2000 |
ache |
remove last empty line
|
59674 |
27-Apr-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add to defaults/rc.conf a new function source_rc_confs which rc scripts may use to source safely overrides in ${rc_conf_files} files.
This protects users who insist on the bad practice of copying /etc/defaults/rc.conf to /etc/rc.conf from a recursive loop that exhausts available file descriptors.
Several people have expressed interest in breaking this function out into its own shell script. Anyone who wants to embark on such an undertaking would do well to study the attributed PR.
PR: 17595 Reported by: adrian Submitted by: Doug Barton <Doug@gorean.org>
|
59669 |
27-Apr-2000 |
bsd |
Back out the hook to execute the file ${firewall_type}. The intended purpose of the hook was to provide the ability for a shell program to instantiate the firewall rules instead of forcing them to be statically coded. This functionality was already present through the use of ${firewall_script}, and I see no need to keep the ${firewall_type} hook around.
Reminded by: Dag-Erling Smorgrav <des@freebsd.org>
|
59639 |
26-Apr-2000 |
chris |
Replace the /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, and /dev/stderr nodes with symlinks to fd/0, fd/1, and fd/2 respectively. This will make things easier for upcoming changes to fdesc (and does not break anything for the current state of things) and hopefully its position as the replacement for our existing static /dev/fd nodes.
Suggested (and reviewed) by: phk
|
59434 |
20-Apr-2000 |
ache |
Add /bin/tcsh
|
59338 |
17-Apr-2000 |
obrien |
Document NO_TCSH knob.
|
59270 |
16-Apr-2000 |
bsd |
Allow the firewall rules to be established by a shell script instead of forcing them to be an 'ipfw' rules file. This allows one to determine interface addresses dynamically, etc. The rule is if the file referenced by ${firewall_type} is executable, it is sourced, but if it is just readable, it is used as input to 'ipfw' like before.
|
59257 |
15-Apr-2000 |
iwasaki |
Remove pccard.conf.sample from Makefile, sorry I forgot.
|
59255 |
15-Apr-2000 |
iwasaki |
Remove src/etc/pccard.conf.sample. This file is no longer used. The pccardd default config file is changed to /etc/defaults/pccard.conf.
Approved by: imp
|
59124 |
10-Apr-2000 |
asmodai |
Document NO_BIND toggle flag.
PR: 17710 Submitted by: Mark Huizer <xaa+sendpr@dohd.cx>
|
59073 |
06-Apr-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add a step for showing changes in the way filesystems are mounted today from the way they were mounted yesterday.
PR: 17155 Submitted by: "Crist J. Clark" <cjc@cc942873-a.ewndsr1.nj.home.com>
|
59059 |
06-Apr-2000 |
imp |
Two changes: 1) Move an cards to after aic, since an sorts after aic. 2) Add awi cards for the new awi drivers. This is a wireless pcmcia card.
|
59056 |
06-Apr-2000 |
shin |
Removed unnecessary comma in stf addr printf in hex format, which I mysteriously added.
Submitted by: ume
|
59053 |
05-Apr-2000 |
iwasaki |
MFPAO: support wildcard entry for generic serial and fixed disk as fallthrough entry.
Submitted by: MIHIRA Sanpei Yoshiro <sanpei@sanpei.org>, iwasaki Reviewed by: imp, -mobile ML and nomads ML in Japan Obtained from: http://www.freebsd.org/~iwasaki/pccard/pccardd-generic.diff http://home.jp.freebsd.org/~sanpei/4-current/usr.sbin-pccard-pccardd.diff
|
59040 |
05-Apr-2000 |
sheldonh |
Do not report blocked out NIS password entries as passwordless.
Submitted by: "Sean O'Connell" <sean@stat.Duke.EDU>
|
59006 |
04-Apr-2000 |
obrien |
Add an example of how to tweak CXXFLAGS in a make.conf file.
This is in responce to several people breaking their world builds by incorrectly assigning to CXXFLAGS.
|
58979 |
03-Apr-2000 |
iwasaki |
Enable etc/defaults/pccard.conf which is default configuration file for pccardd. Please install /etc/defaults/pccard.conf and update /etc/defaults/rc.conf as well. Note that old pccard.conf.sample still remains for while but no longer to be maintained.
Reviewed by: imp, -mobile ML and nomads ML in Japan.
|
58973 |
03-Apr-2000 |
n_hibma |
Entry for Zip drive no longer needed. We do automatic rescans on connect now.
|
58859 |
31-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add a NO_MAILWRAPPER knob to make.conf and wrap it around mailwrapper(8) for folks who find it annoying to have their development version of sendmail blown away by ``make world''.
PR: 17394
|
58791 |
29-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Fix english.
Specified by: sheldonh
|
58753 |
28-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Avoid using sed and awk in configure script.
TODO: also replace other sed and awk usages.
Submitted by: wollman
|
58752 |
28-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Add a configuration options which enable/disable IPv4 mapped IPv6 addr support.
Suggested and Reviewed by: ume
|
58750 |
28-Mar-2000 |
cwt |
Clarify the disposition of hosts.deny and provide a logically consistent portmap example rule. Reviewed by: obrien, markm Obtained-good-ideas from: obrien
|
58710 |
27-Mar-2000 |
dillon |
Add a sysctl to specify the amount of UDP receive space NFS should reserve, in maximal NFS packets. Originally only 2 packets worth of space was reserved. The default is now 4, which appears to greatly improve performance for slow to mid-speed machines on gigabit networks.
Add documentation and correct some prior documentation.
Problem Researched by: Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@cs.duke.edu> Approved by: jkh
|
58678 |
27-Mar-2000 |
dan |
s/grep/grep -q
Submitted by: ru
|
58648 |
27-Mar-2000 |
kris |
Update CFLAGS documentation
|
58638 |
26-Mar-2000 |
n_hibma |
Doug Ambrisko recommends not using minor 0-127 yet (Hardware flow control)
|
58600 |
26-Mar-2000 |
n_hibma |
Add the entry for usio, major 138
|
58579 |
26-Mar-2000 |
rwatson |
o Improve the comment concerning rebuilding the database using cap_mkdb -- it's not a speed thing, it's a correctness thing :-) o Reorder the path slightly to be more consistent
Reviewed by: jhb
|
58578 |
26-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Comb through my mailboxes, trying to merge all the entries that others have set me. This goes from now back to sometime in January 2000. Last years' entries might result in more. But it will need to wait for another time.
o XJEM3288 entry (Ron Rosson <insane@lunatic.oneinsane.net>) o Fix Xircom CreditCard Modem 56 entry ("Juriy Goloveshkin <juriy@avias.com> ") o Add pcmcia cd-rom entry from juriy as well, even though it doesn't work o Add Intellegent Modem (sos) o 3C562 entries (Marat Fayzullin <fms@cs.umd.edu>) o Digiteam expresso modem (joerg_wunsch) o RFI Hotline serial card (joerg_wunsch) o EP401 Ethernet (jkoshy) o Novatel wireless modem (nsayer) o Intel modem 2400+ (aka US Roboitcs Worldport 14400) (sos) o Option I18n GSM fax modem (markm) o Toshiba SLIMV90 (roberto)
|
58574 |
25-Mar-2000 |
jhb |
Fix a misspelling in the comments for tha IPv6 auth service and change them to more closely resembles those in the IPv4 sction.
|
58572 |
25-Mar-2000 |
rwatson |
Synchronize login.conf default path with skel/dot.cshrc and root/dot.cshrc
|
58570 |
25-Mar-2000 |
rwatson |
o Migrate path, umask from dot.login to dot.cshrc o Comment out display of fortune by default. o Synch root's .cshrc/.login and non-root's .cshrc/.login in terms of gratuitous variables set (EDITOR). o Remove some commented out variables set inconsistently or gratuitously, such as Interviews settings, 8-bit German locale for root only. o Synchronize comments in header, as well as references to appropriate man pages. o Remove MANPATH setting as apparently /etc/manpath.config does all that already.
Similar changes probably need to be made in other dot.* files for root and skel, as all of these files seem to set different aliases, environmental variables, prompts, and have different semantics.
As a result of this patch, leaving aside the setting of a special prompt for root, users of csh and tcsh should find similar environments when logging in or su'ing to any account using that shell.
Reviewed by: asmodai, nbm, will
|
58566 |
25-Mar-2000 |
dan |
Only tell the user that we're Mounting NFS file systems when we have NFS file systems to mount.
PR: 17594 Submitted by: Doug Barton <Doug@gorean.org>
|
58540 |
25-Mar-2000 |
asami |
Add ${X11BASE}/lib/aout.
|
58471 |
23-Mar-2000 |
kuriyama |
Move "Melco Airconnect" entry to correct place.
|
58449 |
22-Mar-2000 |
nik |
Add the DOC_LANG variable, and associated documentary comments.
|
58418 |
21-Mar-2000 |
obrien |
Add a knob to turn off the mostly static docs (src/share/doc/).
On a K6-2/450 with fairly fast SCSI disks, building+installing src/share/ takes 2m51.3s, where src/share/doc/ is 1m9.9s of that.
However on a slow Alpha (233MHz) the times are 7m39.3s and 4m58.3s respectively.
This commit allows one to speed up their build time, without not getting any important and required changes if one used "NOSHARE".
|
58400 |
20-Mar-2000 |
billf |
Make syslogd boot -s by default, which prevents Bad People from filling up your diskspace.
PR: conf/15737 Submitted by: Kevin Day <toasty@dragondata.com> (PR) Nick Johnson <freebsd@spatula.net> (on -current)
|
58390 |
20-Mar-2000 |
dan |
Document NOUUCP switch
|
58280 |
19-Mar-2000 |
kris |
Add and document a NO_X knob to force disabling of X support in doscmd
Requested by: sysop@silver.komanda.com.ua
|
58242 |
18-Mar-2000 |
n_hibma |
Add the entries for urio.
|
58193 |
18-Mar-2000 |
rwatson |
Correct $FreeBSD tags to include the (missing) ``:'', restoring the tags to a useful condition.
|
58137 |
16-Mar-2000 |
n_hibma |
Add the aue ethernet interface as well
Submitted by: Can't remember and can't find it either.
|
58129 |
16-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Entries are now SORTED in this file. They are sorted first by the driver that they use, followed by the MFG CIS string, followed by the model CIS.
Future entries *WILL* follow this convention, or I'll be grumpy.
Please let me know if this messes anybody up. There were one or two pentries that were duplicated. Some were removed since they were identical, others were left in place.
Approved, in principle, by the nomads mailing list.
|
58023 |
13-Mar-2000 |
dcs |
Rescan the SCSI bus of just-added aic devices, so they can be used during installation.
|
57970 |
13-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Add IO DATA card built around the linksys parts.
Submitted by: takawata@shidahara1.planet.sci.kobe-u.ac.jp PR: 16922
|
57954 |
13-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Register recently added pim6dd.conf and pim6sd.conf.
Specified by: haro@tk.kubota.co.jp (Munehiro Matsuda)
|
57948 |
12-Mar-2000 |
rwatson |
Expand the increasingly inaccurately named NOSPAM /etc file list to include new sample database files, so that they will be installed with make distribution. NOSPAM probably ought to be renamed to MAIL.
Reviewed by: peter Approved by: jkh
|
57947 |
12-Mar-2000 |
rwatson |
Add sample databases for sendmail (access, mailertable, virtusertable), as well as rename access.txt back to the standard access. Also modify the Makefile to know how to build hashes for each of these databases. If one of the databases is missing when Make is run, use a commented out version of the sample.
Reviewed by: peter Approved by: jkh
|
57944 |
12-Mar-2000 |
shin |
IPv6 related configuration updates. - 6to4(stf) interface configuration. - Static route configuration. - Comment additions. - Replaced a still existed '@' to '%' in IPv6 scoped addr format. (This became necessary as previous IPv6 scoped addr format change.)
Much thanks to ume, who helped me reviewing, testing, and finding problems with these changes.
Approved by: jkh
Reviewed by: ume
|
57916 |
11-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Correct socket ethernet card entry. Remove ^M that snuck into the last commit by mistake.
|
57913 |
11-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Prevent multicast packets from being sent over stf0 interface, to avoid error messages printed on /var/log/messages.
Recently added "stf" interface has IFF_MULTICAST bit set, because IPv6 don't work on non IFF_MULTICAST set interfaces in current implementation. But "stf" interface is multi-dest IPv6 over IPv4 tunnel, so can't treat multicast packet with no special configuration.
On the other hand, tools like "rtadvd", "pim6dd", "pim6sd" send messages on IFF_MULTICAST set interfaces by default. So there will be many bogus error message on /var/log/messages, that multicast packets sent to "stf0" failed.
So,
-strip "stf0" from rtadvd sending interfaces in rc.network6 ("rtadvd" is a daemon used only for local subnet, so it will never need to send its packets over "stf0" interfaces.)
-Add default configuration files for "pim6dd" and "pim6sd", and disable "stf0" in those files.
Approved by: jkh
|
57899 |
10-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Add COM1 SA MC220
Submitted by: Michael Reifenberger <root@nihil.plaut.de>
|
57880 |
10-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Minor tweaks to Xircom entries. With this I can now attach to the modem side of my Xircom CreditCard Ethernet+Modem 33.6. Eliminate bad Xircom entry. Complete IBM Push/Pop Modem(14.4 -> Push/Pop Modem(14.4K).
Approved in concept by: jkh
|
57860 |
09-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Change default of rtadvd to "YES". Also add IPv6 example for "ifconfig_ifname_alias".
Suggested by: bmah@CA.Sandia.GOV
|
57842 |
09-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Add comment suggesting that people send new entries to me. I've been coordinating things for a while.
|
57835 |
09-Mar-2000 |
imp |
More new/corrected devices: o Correct Entry for Intel EtherExpress (jkoshy) o Add Option International 56K modem (markm) o Socket LP-E low power WinCE ethernet card (imp)
Correction approved by: jkh Adding devices approved in principle by: jkh
|
57831 |
08-Mar-2000 |
jlemon |
Correct device naming for IDA disk nodes (idad)
|
57802 |
07-Mar-2000 |
rwatson |
There is nothing more annoying than su'ing to root and discovering that even simple things like md5 and ping aren't in your path. This patch moves the custom root-path setting from .login to .cshrc, so that users who su to root get a decent (and consistent) path. An appeal to change /etc/login.conf to provide a decent path for all users seems to have been vetoed for the time being. As a result, users will still, by default, not find ping or md5 in their path. However, at least root gets a decent default now.
Reviewed by: asmodai Approved by: jkh
|
57790 |
07-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Add two more cards: CNET CN40BC Ethernet adapter (ne2000 clone) Megahertz XJ32288
Submitted by: Juriy Goloveshkin <juriy@avias.com>
|
57788 |
07-Mar-2000 |
imp |
Minor nits and extra devices: o use ata2 consistanty, even though it doesn't matter too much o SunDisk (aka SanDisk) SDP's need a different config to actualy work (tested on the 10M part) by me. o Non-name ata card. o WIT IDE controller o IBM FLASH card o Megahert 28.8 cellular modem that I thought I'd added before. o LinkMake LM 336 combo modem/fax.
Submitted by various people and gleaned from the nomads and mobile mailing lists, but I've lost the names. I'm sorry.
|
57773 |
05-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Fix a typo. (s/eExample/Example/)
Submitted by: Robert Muir <rmuir@looksharp.net>
|
57764 |
05-Mar-2000 |
kris |
Document NO_OBJC for disabling Objective C support
|
57627 |
29-Feb-2000 |
jkh |
cosmetic fix - add a space.
|
57611 |
29-Feb-2000 |
billf |
Add the new ses example code directories, unbreak world.
Submitted by: cpiazza, who... Actually tested: make world Desired by: jkh, mjacob
|
57603 |
29-Feb-2000 |
kris |
Document NODESCRYPTLINKS
|
57572 |
28-Feb-2000 |
markm |
Get the order of things right; the keys need to be generated early to allow entropy to replenish. sshd must start late to catch the full effects of ldconfig.
|
57567 |
28-Feb-2000 |
jkh |
Generate new sshd host key when necessary. I'm tired of waiting for someone to commit this. :)
|
57553 |
28-Feb-2000 |
kris |
Update the description of NOCRYPT and NOSECURE to match reality.
|
57545 |
28-Feb-2000 |
steve |
Fix a typo, so that the Aironet 4500 really does have an entry here.
PR: 17028 Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie> Approved by: jkh
|
57542 |
27-Feb-2000 |
kris |
Document the following buildworld knobs:
NO_FORTRAN NOCRYPT NOGAMES NOINFO NOLIBC_R NOSECURE NOSHARE
|
57541 |
27-Feb-2000 |
kris |
Document NOPERL for disabling building of PERL altogether.
|
57537 |
27-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Add IPv6 services into inetd.conf. Also enable some standard IPv6 apps by default. These entries will be simply ignored on systems with no INET6 defined.
Approved by: jkh Suggested by: peter
|
57522 |
26-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Add IPv6 related docs.
Reviewed by: phantom
|
57488 |
25-Feb-2000 |
peter |
Install ssh files in /etc/ssh and tidy up a couple of other nits
|
57486 |
25-Feb-2000 |
peter |
Add /etc/ssh
|
57479 |
25-Feb-2000 |
peter |
Ack! Time to get the pointy hat. Re-add missing / I left out.
Submitted by: John Hay <jhay@mikom.csir.co.za>
|
57469 |
25-Feb-2000 |
peter |
Fix references to crypto code to check that it exists first. Otherwise it breaks mergemaster (and probably other things).
Submitted by: Munehiro Matsuda <haro@tk.kubota.co.jp> Approved by: jkh
|
57459 |
24-Feb-2000 |
markm |
Run sshd at boot time if the sysadmin wants it. Also install ssh[d] config files in the right place.
|
57458 |
24-Feb-2000 |
markm |
Add userland tweakables for OpenSSH and OpenSSL.
|
57436 |
24-Feb-2000 |
shin |
-Remove IPv6 initialization failed interfaces from the list of interfaces passed to rtadvd -Comment out example sentences more completely -Redirect error message of ifconfig output into /dev/null, to correctly find out working IPv6 interfaces
Approved by: jkh
|
57408 |
24-Feb-2000 |
shin |
-Removed unnecessary use of awk. -small comment fix.
Approved by: jkh
Submitted by: Chris Costello <chris@calldei.com>
|
57407 |
24-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Added rc.network6.
Approved by: jkh
Submitted by: bmah@CA.Sandia.GOV (Bruce A. Mah), Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
|
57398 |
23-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Add IPv6 configuration scripts.
Initial version created by, and kindly much tested by: bmah@CA.Sandia.GOV (Bruce A. Mah)
Approved by: jkh
Reviewed by: bmah@CA.Sandia.GOV (Bruce A. Mah), Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr> Obtained from: KAME project
|
57390 |
22-Feb-2000 |
joe |
Fixed a typo. The D-Link is a DFE-650, not a DEF-650.
Approved by: jkh
|
57337 |
19-Feb-2000 |
jkh |
PS/2 mice are a lot more common than serial mice now; use /dev/psm0 as default rather than /dev/cuaa0
|
57310 |
18-Feb-2000 |
rwatson |
Modify MAKEDEV to create four bpf devices instead of one when doing a MAKEDEV all, making DHCP on multiple interfaces happier, and allowing use of tcpdump to to debug DHCP, without creating more devices. (we need devfs)
Modify MAKEDEV to create four tun devices in MAKEDEV all as well, since we're being gratuitous with network pseudo-devices. (we need devfs)
Approved by: The Hubbard
|
57299 |
18-Feb-2000 |
asami |
Add ${X11BASE}/lib/X11/local -- this directory is created by the X installation, so it should be in this file too.
Approved by: jkh
|
57285 |
17-Feb-2000 |
imp |
Fix previous commit to not use the PAO 'any' keyword.
Approved: Prior commit approved by jkh
|
57284 |
17-Feb-2000 |
jkh |
The default rule in this file actually sent mail to root as its default action when denying access to a service. Unfortunately, this also makes a dandy denial-of-service attack possible. Change to just log the event and shoot a "go away" response back down the socket.
|
57231 |
15-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Add IPv6 loopback entry into src/etc/hosts.
Missing IPv6 loopback name record cause name resolving lock on INET6 enabled systems in some cases. So define it.
Approved by: jkh
|
57230 |
15-Feb-2000 |
phk |
No arguments needed for fore_dnld any longer.
Approved by: jkh
|
57201 |
14-Feb-2000 |
imp |
More cards from posts to -mobile.
|
57176 |
13-Feb-2000 |
kuriyama |
Fix typo (s/Pladio/Paldio/).
|
57172 |
12-Feb-2000 |
n_hibma |
Add the uhid device.
Approved by: jhk
|
57170 |
12-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Add ftpd entries into /etc/pam.conf.
S/Key authentication for ftpd was not working due to ftp implementation and /etc/pam.conf missmatch. So add ftpd entries into /etc/pam.conf.
Reported by: "Jose M. Alcaide" <jose@we.lc.ehu.es> Approved by: jkh
Reviewed by: markm
|
57156 |
12-Feb-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added Melco Airconnect wireless Ethernet.
Submitted by: Hidetoshi Shimokawa <simokawa@sat.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp> OK'ed by: jkh@FreeBSD.org
|
57144 |
11-Feb-2000 |
nsayer |
When running dhclient on a PC-Card insertion, specify the inserted interface on the dhclient command line. Not doing so screws up vmware's network interface by attempting to configure it for DHCP (which will never work, of course). It also would impact any other interface that may be present that, again, would likely be manually configured for some other purpose.
Approved by: jkh
|
57100 |
09-Feb-2000 |
rwatson |
Remove /dev/console from the jail /dev environment. It's probably not strictly a security hole, but neither is it a very good idea. Replace it with a symlink to /dev/null to happify programs that expect it.
It is suggested that users of the jail environment modify the jail's syslog.conf to not send stuff to /dev/console, but instead syslog it somewhere else. Such as a loghost, potentially even to the host environment's syslog.
Approved by: jkh
|
57071 |
09-Feb-2000 |
rwatson |
Intoduce a new make.conf entry, NO_MAKEDEV, and modifications to /etc/Makefile so that if it is defined, MAKEDEV all is not called during a make distribution. This helps clean up the messy userland in jail(), by reducing the number of devices exposed in jail. Modifications to jail(2) to follow.
Approved by: jkh-arius
|
57065 |
08-Feb-2000 |
rwatson |
Add two commented out syslog.conf entries, one to demonstrate the use of an all.log for logging all messages, and one to demonstrate use of loghosts. Also, a matching entry in newsyslog.conf for all.log.
Per request of Garrett Wollman, also modified the maillog entry to use the @T newsyslog time specification mechanism. Because newsyslog doesn't support the mod date specification machanism, couldn't change other entries that required more than one execution a month, but less than once a day.
Approved by: jkh Reviewed by: freebsd-security
|
57014 |
06-Feb-2000 |
paul |
Add a firewall_flags option that is used when ipfw processes a file. It allows you to run a preprocessor, such as m4, so that you can use macros in your rules file.
Approved by: jkh
|
57012 |
06-Feb-2000 |
hm |
Approved by: jkh Reviewed by: joerg
The isdnd is able to listen on a socket for isdnmonitor to connect to it to remotely control it (similar to ppp and pppctl). When this is enabled in the isdnd config file, it will fail currently because isdnd is started before the network interfaces are configured. It is necessary to move the isdnd start after the ifconfig of the network interfaces, then this problem will not occur.
|
56969 |
03-Feb-2000 |
nsayer |
/dev/vn0b is a character device now.
Approved by: jkh
|
56805 |
29-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
Revert to rev 1.6 until post 4.0-R. As probably 98% of i386 installs happen with a keyboard and monitor the console change was not as needed in the i386 case as the Alpha case. IMO >50% of Alpha installs are using a serial console, the change matching rev 1.7 should not be backed out.
|
56799 |
29-Jan-2000 |
bde |
Fixed chgrp lossage in rev.1.233. Most floppy devices and all slices for disk devices because accessible by group wheel instead of group operator.
Didn't fix fishy group for rsa*.ctl. This device should have group operator if that is safe, or mode 600 and group wheel.
Removed ssc and uk*.
Removed bogus (redundant) chmod's to 600.
|
56784 |
29-Jan-2000 |
imp |
Add three entries: # Apollo PCMCIA Ethernet Adapter # Olicom OC2220 # National Semiconductor InfoMover NE4100
I forgot who submitted the first two, but the third one was submitted by Jim Bloom.
|
56776 |
29-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
* Use `console' rather than `ttyv0' so there will always be a getty on the console reguardless of the type of console. * Make the Alpha version match the i386 version.
|
56736 |
28-Jan-2000 |
rgrimes |
Update this with the additional nets recomended by reading draft-manning-dsua-01.txt.
Stop using public addresses as samples and use the recommended 192.0.2.0/24 netblock that has specifically been set aside for documentation purposes.
Reviewed by: readers of freebsd-security did not respond to a request for review
|
56699 |
27-Jan-2000 |
iwasaki |
Add 'config auto' confirmed entries.
Submitted by: Atsushi Onoe <onoe@sm.sony.co.jp>, YAMAMOTO Shigeru <shigeru@iij.ad.jp>, Masahide -mac- NODA <mac@clave.gr.jp>
|
56697 |
27-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
Revert to rev 1.3 since the sed'ing is wrong. Revisit this after 4.0-RELEASE.
|
56687 |
27-Jan-2000 |
sumikawa |
Remove 'USE_INET6' define. Now we check IPv6 ability by 'OSVERSION'
Suggested by: asami
|
56585 |
25-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
Fix English. Also use full spelling and reorg a little while I'm here.
Submitted by: Andy Farkas <andyf@speednet.com.au>
|
56583 |
25-Jan-2000 |
n_hibma |
Install the USB include files in /usr/include/dev/usb.
We should still sort out some way of avoiding the clutter. Not all files should be there.
Prompted by: Louis A. Mamakos <louie@TransSys.COM>
|
56553 |
24-Jan-2000 |
markm |
Add a (commented out) macro that will, when uncommented, cause Kerberos5 (AKA Heimdal) to be built. Suitable admonishments about the experimental state of this code are included.
SEROUS HACKERS ONLY!!
|
56534 |
24-Jan-2000 |
asmodai |
Bah! Give me the pointy hat. Never commit fixes when just awake. anable -> enable
Spotted by: Alexander Leidinger <Alexander@leidinger.net>
|
56526 |
24-Jan-2000 |
iwasaki |
Two PCCard Modem entries. o Fix entry for Megahertz XJ4336-CC4336. Old config (sio1) seems conflict with IrDA port or COM port on some laptop and sometimes totally hang up after insertion. o Add 'NTT DoCoMo Mobile D Card 96P1' which is used by many people in Japan.
Reviewed by: imp
|
56519 |
24-Jan-2000 |
asmodai |
Fix my obmission of the keyword enable after apm -e.
Submitted by: Blaz Zupan <blaz@amis.net>
|
56502 |
24-Jan-2000 |
imp |
Add Billionton 10 Base-TX ETHERNET PC CARD. This entry has a high likelyhood of conflicting with others since the CIS identifies this as "PCMCIA" "PCMCIA-ETHERNET-CARD".
|
56496 |
23-Jan-2000 |
kuriyama |
Whitespace/TAB cleanups only.
|
56438 |
23-Jan-2000 |
n_hibma |
Add the unlpt\d+ device to MAKEDEV. It is the same as ulpt\d+, except that it does not reset the printer when opened. This fixes the problem of printing a document almost till the end and then resetting the printer when the next print job is started.
Submitted by: Christopher Masto <chris@netmonger.net>
Also, remove all but the ums0 device from the fixit target 'to save precious i-nodes on the fixit floppy'.
|
56435 |
23-Jan-2000 |
asmodai |
Use apm instead of apmconf. Necessary change to due removal of apmconf which got moved into apm by green.
|
56426 |
23-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added Banksia CardModem 56.
Submitted by: Rice <benno@netizen.com.au>
|
56419 |
23-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Fixed name of CyQ've Ethernet Card.
|
56418 |
23-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added IC-CARD+ Ethernet card.
|
56403 |
22-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added Planex FNW-3600-T 16bit FastEthernet.
|
56396 |
22-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added tag (pccard:$device) for insert/remove event log.
Submitted by: Warner Losh <imp@village.org>
|
56390 |
22-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added Corega Ether PCC-T.
PR: conf/14297 Submitted by: sanpei@sanpei.org
|
56373 |
21-Jan-2000 |
imp |
Cleanup of the card database: o Make sure every entry has a logger event on insert/delete o Make sure that the order of loggers is consistant o Add D-Link DEF-650 o use /sbin/ifconfig consistantly o Add Elecom Laneed LD-CDE, NTT DoCoMo Paldio 321S and 341S (from shige@FreeBSD.org)
|
56371 |
21-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Fixed "NTT DoCoMo PCMCIA DATA/FAX ADAPTER 9600".
Submitted by: Hidetoshi Shimokawa <simokawa@sat.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>
|
56369 |
21-Jan-2000 |
n_hibma |
Group of usb and usb\d+ is now operator and permissions are 0660.
Might need to be revisted to make it 0640 and limit the access to usb and usb\d+ (in sys/dev/usb/usb.c) to 'retrieve info' only for operator.
|
56368 |
21-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added Megahertz X-Jack Ethernet Card. (sorry, Warner, please merge it!)
Obtained from: PAO
|
56364 |
21-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Added Allied Telesis Ethernet Card Panasonic KX-PH402D
Submitted by: Hidetoshi Shimokawa <simokawa@sat.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>
|
56362 |
21-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
s/echo/logger -s/ to insert/remove lines in pccard.conf.
Obtained from: PAO
|
56336 |
20-Jan-2000 |
kuriyama |
Add $FreeBSD$.
|
56308 |
20-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
Update the sed action to match the change to "diff -u". Otherwise the encrypted password of any account who's information changed was shown in the daily email to root.
Submitted by: jhb
|
56291 |
19-Jan-2000 |
jkh |
Add device entries for new parallel port radio clock driver.
We were supposed to get these in far earlier and didn't, hence the commit after feature freeze. A promise is a promise. :)
Submitted by: Sascha Schumann <sascha@schumann.cx>
|
56290 |
19-Jan-2000 |
imp |
Add entries for: 3com 3c589ET Simple Technology CF ATA flash cards Viking Components CF ATA flash cards
|
56118 |
16-Jan-2000 |
chris |
Add and document support for handling comments and blank lines in /etc/sysctl.conf.
Reviewed by: imp, jkh
|
56114 |
16-Jan-2000 |
phk |
Add missing share/examples/ses directory.
|
56112 |
16-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
There's not /etc/pccard_ether_remove on -current.
|
56111 |
16-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
I've forgotten one hardwired device name in insert/remove line.
|
56066 |
15-Jan-2000 |
hosokawa |
Use "$device" instead of hardwired device names in insert/remove lines of /etc/pccard.conf.sample
|
56065 |
15-Jan-2000 |
mjacob |
add SES driver
|
56038 |
15-Jan-2000 |
green |
This is another in Martin Blapp's N-series of mount-related cleanups :) Changes are: - rpc.umntall is called at the right places now in /etc/rc* - rpc.umntall timeout has been lowered from two days (too high) to one - verbose messages in rpc.umntall have been clarified - kill double entries in /var/db/mounttab when rpc.umntall is invoked - ${early_nfs_mounts} has been removed from /etc/rc - patched mount(8) -p to print different pass/dump values for ufs filesystems. (last patch recieved from dan <bugg@bugg.strangled.net>)
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mbr@imp.ch>, dan <bugg@bugg.strangled.net>
|
56021 |
15-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
Fix the 3Com Fast Etherlink 3C574TX's ID string as we now get the complete description from the PCCARD system.
|
56020 |
15-Jan-2000 |
mdodd |
Add example entry for the 3Com Megahertz 574B
|
55992 |
14-Jan-2000 |
wpaul |
Add driver support for the Aironet 4500/4800 series wireless 802.11 NICs. (Finally!) The PCMCIA, ISA and PCI varieties are all supported, though only the ISA and PCI ones will work on the alpha for now. PCCARD, ISA and PCI attachments are all provided. Also provided an ancontrol(8) utility for configuring the NIC, man pages, and updated pccard.conf.sample. ISA cards are supported in both ISA PnP and hard-wired mode, although you must configure the kernel explicitly to support the hardwired mode since you have to know the I/O address and port ahead of time.
Special thanks to Doug Ambrisko for doing the initial newbus hackery and getting it to work in infrastructure mode.
|
55935 |
13-Jan-2000 |
guido |
Readd ipfilter devices
PR: 16093
|
55867 |
13-Jan-2000 |
imp |
o Remove entry that has 'any' for the interrupt and 'auto' for config. We don't have that yet. o Uncomment FLASH cards so when the ata flash patches go into the tree they will work.
Reported by: hosokawa-san
|
55850 |
12-Jan-2000 |
asmodai |
Add devhtml entry for the groff_font directory. This is needed for the new devhtml in the groff 1.15 package.
|
55797 |
11-Jan-2000 |
rgrimes |
Add missing -p /tmp/MTREE to mtree command in README so that it will actually work now.
Remove tabs and once again sort the *.dist files.
|
55790 |
11-Jan-2000 |
jmb |
correct the entry for the Linksys EtherFast 10/100 PC Card (PCMPC100). the entry was one character short...the final ")" was missing.
Pointed out by: Chris D. Faulhaber - jedgar@fxp.org - jedgar@FreeBSD.org
|
55787 |
10-Jan-2000 |
n_hibma |
Add an entry for dhclient and the USB ethernet adapters.
|
55779 |
10-Jan-2000 |
dbaker |
Include a note below the example qmail entry that mentions that inetd is no longer the correct way to have qmail handle incoming qmail smtp connections. Also provide a url to the correct method.
|
55774 |
10-Jan-2000 |
peter |
Sigh. RFC2038 and bind 8.2.2 have a slight variation of interpretation of the SOA 'minimum' field. Now it's necessary to define $TTL seperately to shut it up. Bind does reasonable things by default but it's annoying still.
PR: 15834 Submitted by: Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
|
55772 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Add items for pop3 and imap
PR: conf/14714 Submitted by: Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>
|
55758 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Create /usr/share/doc/ncurses (place for html files from ncurses dist)
|
55754 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Create /usr/share/examples/libdialog (examples of dialog(3) usage)
|
55739 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Create doc dir for ntp (/usr/share/doc/ntp)
|
55736 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Create dirs for bind's additional documentation: /usr/share/doc/bind/{html,misc}
|
55733 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
add /usr/share/examples/bc
|
55704 |
10-Jan-2000 |
imp |
Add 3com OfficeConnect 572
|
55631 |
09-Jan-2000 |
nyan |
Install mailer.conf in /etc/mail instead of /etc.
Reviewed by: peter
|
55600 |
08-Jan-2000 |
sumikawa |
Add new define USE_INET6, which enbale IPv6 support on certain packages.
Approved by: asami Reviewed by: billf
|
55573 |
07-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
Remove usage of chgrp(1) and wrap long lines.
|
55568 |
07-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Add share/examples/dialog - examples of dialog(1) usage
|
55520 |
06-Jan-2000 |
luigi |
Cleanup diskless support in current, mostly aligning it to the one in the 3.x branch. Also remove the dependency on /usr to find the boot address/interface. Mostly-submitted-abd-tested-by: MIHIRA Sanpei Yoshiro <sanpei@sanpei.org>
|
55511 |
06-Jan-2000 |
peter |
Third try.. Avoid filenames with spaces in them.
PR: 15937 Pointed out by: Koga Youichirou <y-koga@jp.FreeBSD.org>
|
55503 |
06-Jan-2000 |
msmith |
Now that chown is no longer available, we shouldn't try to use it.
Improve the internal mknod() to understand being passed an (optional) user:group specification.
Don't apply root:wheel to nodes explicitly anywhere, it's the default.
Remove an odd looking uucp:wheel assignment, as it's inconsistent with all the other tty?? devices.
|
55453 |
05-Jan-2000 |
peter |
Missed a filename variable quote in rc
|
55451 |
05-Jan-2000 |
peter |
Quote arguments in vi recover script.
PR: 15901 Submitted by: KOJIMA Hajime <kjm@rins.ryukoku.ac.jp>
|
55397 |
04-Jan-2000 |
markm |
Add a whole bunch of example entries for pam. This should help get folk over various hurdles.
|
55235 |
29-Dec-1999 |
peter |
Add /usr/libexec/sendmail
|
55232 |
29-Dec-1999 |
peter |
Add $FreeBSD$
|
55231 |
29-Dec-1999 |
peter |
moved to etc/mail
Requested by: obrien
|
55230 |
29-Dec-1999 |
peter |
Try and sort BIN1 a bit, it was all over the place. Add mail/mailer.conf (repocopied from /etc/mailer.conf to /etc/mail/mailer.conf on obrien's request)
|
55229 |
29-Dec-1999 |
peter |
Revert previous commit, -o is functional here and is required.
|
55224 |
29-Dec-1999 |
ache |
Remove -o before sendmail.cw - pure file name needed here
|
55200 |
29-Dec-1999 |
msmith |
Add support for building the 'mlx?' devices, which will be used by the upcoming 'mlxcontrol' utility.
|
55196 |
28-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
Use the *much* more readable unified diff format.
|
55177 |
28-Dec-1999 |
kato |
Added following modes: 5in HD 2 heads, 77 cylinders, 8 sectors/track, 1024 bytes/sector 5/3.5in DD 2 heads, 80 cylinders, 8 sectors/track, 512 bytes/sector
Meanings of the rogrammer-readeble fd name were explained by Brian Fundakowski Feldman and Peter Wemm in hackers list and NOKUBI Hirotaka.
Reviewed by: nyan
|
55134 |
27-Dec-1999 |
julian |
Reset the Zoom 56K modem when starting to use it. Failing to do so freezes your system.
Submitted by:Sean O'Connell <sean@stat.Duke.EDU> (my hero)
|
55131 |
27-Dec-1999 |
peter |
Remove kvm_mkdb as it isn't installed anymore. libkvm asks directly via kldsym(2), and crash dumps use nlist directly (and always have).
|
55116 |
26-Dec-1999 |
bde |
Moved $FreeBSD$ to its usual place after the CSRG id.
Fixed some style bugs for cam (superflous umask and missing newline).
Fixed bogons for apm. The pattern "apm*" matched too many things; apm and apmctl were both made twice by `MAKEDEV all'. Hopefully no one depends on `MAKEDEV apm0' making apm or on `MAKEDEV apm' making apmctl.
|
55115 |
26-Dec-1999 |
peter |
Update the cvs pserver example so that it gives some more obvious clues about the --allow-root switch.
PR: 14463
|
55097 |
25-Dec-1999 |
kris |
Add directories: preparation for OpenSSL import.
|
55074 |
24-Dec-1999 |
ache |
Add 8859-4 and lt_LT entries
|
55012 |
22-Dec-1999 |
ache |
lt_LN->la_LN
|
54973 |
21-Dec-1999 |
ache |
Add cs_CZ
Submitted by: Cejka Rudolf <cejkar@dcse.fee.vutbr.cz>
|
54950 |
21-Dec-1999 |
sheldonh |
Use more thorough redirection to make the impact of allscreens_flags more comprehensive. Previously, at least colour changes were not applied to all virtual consoles.
PR: 15066 Reported by: Andy Farkas <andyf@speednet.com.au> Submitted by: yokota
|
54949 |
21-Dec-1999 |
sheldonh |
Add an explicit warning against copying this file into /etc/, since work-arounds for the ".: Out of file descriptors" problem (see PR 13724) are taking longer than expected to come to fruition.
|
54941 |
21-Dec-1999 |
mharo |
make previous commit's format match rest of file
|
54940 |
21-Dec-1999 |
mharo |
add default service (other) entries
Reviewed by: markm (in concept)
|
54902 |
20-Dec-1999 |
phantom |
Test rotated logs for dangerous messages as well as current
PR: misc/12228 Submitted by: Philippe SCHACK <phschak@inba.fr>
|
54843 |
19-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
Install sendmail.cf into /etc/mail.
The current offical Sendmail Inc. version uses /var/mail/ and when we upgrade our repository to that version, we will get the change. It is best to make the path change in 4.0-R (which may not have the latest Sendmail Inc. version, than to change in mid-4.x stream when we may upgrade.
Ok'ed by: Peter (quite a while ago)
|
54836 |
19-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
Install sendmail.cf into /etc/mail.
The current offical Sendmail Inc. version uses /var/mail/ and when we upgrade our repository to that version, we will get the change. It is best to make the path change in 4.0-R (which may not have the latest Sendmail Inc. version, than to change in mid-4.x stream when we may upgrade.
Ok'ed by: Peter (quite a while ago)
|
54817 |
19-Dec-1999 |
peter |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r54816, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
54814 |
19-Dec-1999 |
green |
Remove all vestiges of /usr programs (awk, sed, grep...) from MAKEDEV. MAKEDEV can now run (with /sbin/chown and /bin/chgrp, still) without any /usr. The default PATH for MAKEDEV is now "/sbin:/bin" to prevent against further spammage of /usr programs in MAKEDEV. In the event of an emergency, the variable "MAKEDEVPATH" can be used to replace PATH, but I don't know what that emergency could be. Let me know if you have any problems. I've tested it as well as I could, which basically means everything except for RocketPorts.
Reviewed in principle by: peter
|
54739 |
17-Dec-1999 |
roberto |
xntpd -> ntpd.
Submitted by: ru
|
54683 |
16-Dec-1999 |
roberto |
Bye bye xntpd, enter ntp.
The variable names haven't changed for compapatibility reasons.
|
54670 |
16-Dec-1999 |
billf |
Add DOCSUPFILE, like PORTSSUPFILE. (ie 'make update' in /usr/doc)
PR: docs/15439 Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.rhein-neckar.de> Obtained from: ports/Makefile
|
54645 |
15-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
This was a mixed bag of spaces and ^I's.
|
54642 |
15-Dec-1999 |
gallatin |
Add an enable_osf1 knob to the alpha startup code
|
54635 |
15-Dec-1999 |
sheldonh |
Add missing trailing slash to URL.
|
54613 |
14-Dec-1999 |
joerg |
The target `all' evoluted into a kitchen-sink these days... It's no longer really suitable as a default to create the various /dev nodes to be contained on the fixit floppy, since all our proud new devide nodes finally made the fixit floppy run over...
So instead create a new target titled `fixit' which creates just the dev nodes for a single unit per each default driver; whoever needs more of them is free to create whatever he needs, perhaps after killing unused nodes before. There were more than 700 /dev nodes on the floppy before that action, and it's still around 350 now. I doubt all the various /dev/ugen* entries are really useful on such a tool, so people, please check, and if you feel like more could be eliminated from that floppy, kill'em.
While i was at it, removed traces of ft(8) that still survived even though the driver has long since been dead.
That's step #1. #2 will follow...
|
54611 |
14-Dec-1999 |
hm |
update to isdn4bsd beta release 0.90
|
54527 |
13-Dec-1999 |
dcs |
Exercise sufficient editorial license and further shorten motd.
Stolen from: jkh
|
54458 |
12-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
Suport multiple ``ifconfig_*?="DHCP"'' configurations.
Currently we have a problem in that `dhclient' bails when configuring the second interface as port 68 is already in use (by the `dhclient' started for the first interface).
PR: 14810 Submitted by: n_hibma
|
54450 |
11-Dec-1999 |
dcs |
Trim to 24 lines. Yeah, I know, looks ugly.
|
54449 |
11-Dec-1999 |
dcs |
Add reference to hier(7). This gets motd just over 25 lines. I'm don't like it, but I think this can greatly ease the learning curve of Linux-immigrants.
Approved by: jkh
|
54108 |
04-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
Minor whitespace fix.
|
54091 |
03-Dec-1999 |
semenu |
Added ntfs subdir to allow mountd.c include <ntfs/ntfsmount.h> and others.
|
54041 |
02-Dec-1999 |
imp |
Now that pccardc beep actually works, add knob for it in rc.conf/rc.pccard
Submitted by: sanpei@sanpei.org (MIHIRA-san Yoshiro)
|
53915 |
30-Nov-1999 |
ache |
Call rpc.umntall only if nfs_client_enable, hang occurse otherwise
|
53856 |
28-Nov-1999 |
n_hibma |
Add the ability to match on device names attached to.
If a device is attached to ums4, you can reference this devname in the configuration file as ${DEVNAME} (a shell variable, yes).
|
53782 |
27-Nov-1999 |
msmith |
As promised long ago, remove the last evidence of the 'sd' driver. SCSI disks are only known as 'da' now.
|
53728 |
26-Nov-1999 |
phk |
Do not create bdev nodes anymore. Instead create cdev nodes with the same names:
rover# ls -l /dev/*wd0a crw-r----- 1 root operator 3, 0 Nov 26 20:20 /dev/rwd0a crw-r----- 1 root operator 3, 0 Nov 26 20:20 /dev/wd0a
Notice: Over time, no earlier than FreeBSD 5.0, the "r*" names may be discontinued. A fair number of programs and scripts need to (un)learn some tricks before then.
This will take no effect until you either run MAKEDEV by hand or reinstall your system.
WARNING: Kernels older than approx November 22 will not be happy about a /dev created with MAKEDEV after this commit. Please update your /kernel.good etc.
|
53685 |
25-Nov-1999 |
obrien |
MFS: note that only IP addresses work when wrapping the portmapper. Make clearer we consider this only an example, and admins should really write this file for their needs.
|
53679 |
24-Nov-1999 |
n_hibma |
Make the devices for the endpoints 0-15, not only for 0. This creates ugen0 and ugen0.1 - ugen0.15, not only ugen0 (control endpoint).
|
53676 |
24-Nov-1999 |
phk |
Remove /dev/drum
|
53675 |
24-Nov-1999 |
phk |
Remove leftover reference to the "od" devices.
|
53665 |
24-Nov-1999 |
alfred |
we all like to 'Use' ppp, but this should be 'User'
Pointed out by: dcs
|
53620 |
23-Nov-1999 |
ache |
Remove man_locales - goes to manpath.config
|
53619 |
23-Nov-1999 |
ache |
Use manpath -L for man locales
|
53613 |
23-Nov-1999 |
brian |
Oops, typo
|
53611 |
23-Nov-1999 |
brian |
Add pppoed startup options
|
53600 |
22-Nov-1999 |
n_hibma |
Flip the sequence of vendor, product around, to make it consistent with the rest of the world. This avoids confusion when talking about VID.PID.RID vs. PID.VID.RID. The former is the sequence normally used.
|
53550 |
22-Nov-1999 |
dillon |
Finish up umntall support. init now passed an argument to the rundown script 'reboot' or 'single'. ISO support (which never worked) has been removed from mount_nfs. mount_nfs and umount now use mounttab, which allows umntall to work properly. The rc scripts now call umntall as appropriate.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
53549 |
22-Nov-1999 |
n_hibma |
Add the usbd.conf to the distribution target.
|
53517 |
21-Nov-1999 |
n_hibma |
Add event queue handling. It triggers activities on events read from /dev/usb. The actions are specified in the file /etc/usbd.conf.
usbd.c: - Add event queue (/dev/usb) handling. - Add comments - Clean up code some more
usbd.8: - Update manpage for the new command line flags - Remove a duplicate FreeBSD tag from it).
usbd.conf, usbd.conf.5, Makefile: - Add the usbd.conf configuration file and the man page for it.
NOTE: MAKEDEV already creates the /dev/usb device tree node, no change needed there anymore.
|
53497 |
21-Nov-1999 |
msmith |
Fix the entry for the NetGear FA410TX, which appears to have been committed untested (invalid syntax, and config index 0x1 does not appear to exist in the card as it currently ships).
|
53422 |
19-Nov-1999 |
roberto |
Add share/examples/netgraph.
Forgotten by: our friends at Whistle.
|
53327 |
18-Nov-1999 |
peter |
Use a common MAKEDEV between the Alpha and i386 - the only differences of significance were due to the Alpha version going stale. We use common device numbering for devices. Hopefully, this file's days are numbered.
|
53316 |
17-Nov-1999 |
n_hibma |
Add the entry for usb (as opposed to usb<number>). It's minor is equivalent to usb255 and will be used for the event queue of the usb daemon.
|
53314 |
17-Nov-1999 |
ache |
Add network pass4 - after all local (/usr/local/etc/rc.d f.e.) daemons started. Move log_in_vain option there. It is needed to avoid lot of connections to port 80 logged on production WWW server prior Apache started from /usr/local/etc/rc.d
|
53232 |
16-Nov-1999 |
roger |
Add Nokia Cellular Data Card DTP2 and DTP-2 ver II
|
53158 |
14-Nov-1999 |
ache |
Add single_mountd_enable hook to run mountd but not NFS server Needed for machine with CFS but without real NFS
|
53058 |
09-Nov-1999 |
sos |
cleanup the IDE cases a bit, add the ad driver to the all: target.
|
52905 |
05-Nov-1999 |
jlemon |
Add missing netinet6.
Detected by: make world
|
52892 |
05-Nov-1999 |
obrien |
Entry for Network Everywhere Ethernet 10BaseT PC Card.
Submitted by: alfred
|
52891 |
05-Nov-1999 |
obrien |
Add entry for BayNetworks NETGEAR FA410TXC Fast Ethernet. Poster had this in PAO format, so there might be a buglet in my conversion.
Submitted by: Robert Withrow <bwithrow@nortelnetworks.com>
|
52890 |
05-Nov-1999 |
obrien |
Add network entry for Xircom Realport (Ethernet + modem).
Submitted by: Nick Slager <nicks@albury.net.au>
|
52873 |
04-Nov-1999 |
ru |
Pass IP fragments with non-zero offset. The semantics of matching IP fragments has been changed in src/sys/netinet/ip_fw.c,v 1.78.
Reminded by: "Ronald F. Guilmette" <rfg@monkeys.com>
|
52855 |
04-Nov-1999 |
ghelmer |
"make install" did not install 150.clean-hoststat.
PR: bin/12497
|
52837 |
03-Nov-1999 |
bp |
Add share/examples/nwclient directory.
|
52767 |
01-Nov-1999 |
nik |
Document the ch* devices.
PR: docs/14401 Submitted by: Crist J. Clark <cjc@cc942873-a.ewndsr1.nj.home.com>
|
52646 |
30-Oct-1999 |
phk |
Fix a rather amusing bug.
Try this: setenv LANG ASCII cal 1999 :-)
PR: 12116 Submitted by: Anton Berezin tobez@plab.ku.dk Reviewed by: phk
|
52645 |
30-Oct-1999 |
obrien |
Fix ownership of /dev/fd/*. We still had a bin:bin hangover from pre-3.0.
Noticed by: bde
|
52613 |
29-Oct-1999 |
peter |
Actually install the rc.sysctl file (the one that reads /etc/sysctl.conf)
|
52610 |
28-Oct-1999 |
dillon |
Remove make.conf from /usr/src/etc/ in favor of the one in /usr/src/etc/defaults/
Approved by: "Jordan K. Hubbard" <jkh@zippy.cdrom.com>
|
52609 |
28-Oct-1999 |
dillon |
adjust Makefile to handle make.conf's new location
Approved by: "Jordan K. Hubbard" <jkh@zippy.cdrom.com>
|
52592 |
28-Oct-1999 |
jmb |
add sample entry for Linksys 10/100 card
|
52449 |
24-Oct-1999 |
nsayer |
Add commented entry to the lo0 section inviting bridge users to enable ARP on filtering bridges.
|
52419 |
21-Oct-1999 |
julian |
Whistle's Netgraph link-layer (sometimes more) networking infrastructure. Been in production for 3 years now. Gives Instant Frame relay to if_sr and if_ar drivers, and PPPOE support soon. See: ftp://ftp.whistle.com/pub/archie/netgraph/index.html for on-line manual pages.
Reviewed by: Doug Rabson (dfr@freebsd.org) Obtained from: Whistle CVS tree
|
52404 |
20-Oct-1999 |
ru |
Allow for incoming DNS UDP queries.
|
52387 |
18-Oct-1999 |
ache |
add uk_UA.KOI8-U locale dirs
|
52316 |
16-Oct-1999 |
kuriyama |
Add Allied Telesis CentreCOM LA-PCM_V2 entry.
Submitted by: sanpei@sanpei.org PR: conf/14301
|
52283 |
16-Oct-1999 |
obrien |
Remove "-k" (kernel-arch) as "i386" is not appropriate on the Alpha. Also remove the "-d" domain option, as if someone is savey enough to want this, they are savey enought to make a custom amd_flags in /etc/rc.conf.
|
52259 |
15-Oct-1999 |
brian |
Fix ``MAKEDEV acd''
Spotted by: Mark Knight <mkn@FreeBSD.org.uk>
|
52228 |
14-Oct-1999 |
bp |
Make libncp actually compiled.
Reviewed by: mdodd
|
52165 |
12-Oct-1999 |
charnier |
typo
|
52162 |
12-Oct-1999 |
gibbs |
Remove references to the od driver. These devices are no attached by the da driver and using the same major/minor scheme with the old name only leads to confusion.
PR: misc/14279
|
52116 |
11-Oct-1999 |
kuriyama |
Add I-O DATA PCLATE entry.
Submitted by: sanpei@sanpei.org PR: conf/13038 URL: http://www.iodata.co.jp/products/pccard/pclate.htm
|
52091 |
10-Oct-1999 |
peter |
Remove ipl hooks (bring on DEVFS! :-)
|
52090 |
10-Oct-1999 |
peter |
remove ipl hooks
|
51986 |
07-Oct-1999 |
kuriyama |
Add COREGA EtherII PCC-T entry.
Submitted by: KANAZAWA makoto <mako@tcn-catv.ne.jp> PR: conf/12650
|
51976 |
07-Oct-1999 |
msmith |
Add entries for the 'amrd' and 'mlxd' disk nodes used by the AMI MegaRAID and Myles drivers respectively.
|
51964 |
06-Oct-1999 |
sheldonh |
Do not misinterpret blank and comment lines as passwordless accounts.
PR: 13909 Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>
|
51932 |
04-Oct-1999 |
sheldonh |
The previous commit missed two unquoted variable expansions. This had the unfortunate side-effect of breaking the security script for hosts without kernel support for IPFW. Fix.
Reported by: jhay
|
51888 |
03-Oct-1999 |
ache |
add ru_RU->ru_SU alias for 8859-5
|
51887 |
03-Oct-1999 |
ache |
add ru_SU.ISO_8859-5 locale dirs
|
51827 |
01-Oct-1999 |
billf |
If dumpdev exists, it's automatically enabled. Change comment to reflect.
|
51805 |
30-Sep-1999 |
mpp |
Fix a typo in a comment.
|
51617 |
24-Sep-1999 |
nsayer |
Slight reordering of /etc/rc order: It now goes
... recover vi msgs/bounds update MOTD rc.{arch} rc.devfs rc.local $local.startup securelevel
The motive behind this is to delay rc.{arch} as long as possible, as it loads the screensaver, which kills the splash screen. But at the same time, it can't be done after rc.devfs, as that might depend on arch specific actions. rc.local and local.startup also should come after these, and securelevel must be last of all.
|
51616 |
23-Sep-1999 |
jmb |
Add information and configuration on the DUL. Based upon a suggestion from Don Croyle <croyle@gelemna.ft-wayne.in.us>.
|
51535 |
22-Sep-1999 |
jkoshy |
Remove the "vinum_drives" rc.conf knob. According to Greg <grog@lemis.com> this is no longer the right way to start Vinum unless you are doing some kind of maintenance, and that's not the sort of thing that would go into rc.conf.
|
51500 |
21-Sep-1999 |
phk |
Add support for md driver.
sort some comments
|
51426 |
19-Sep-1999 |
green |
Make the firewall file variable space-safe.
|
51316 |
15-Sep-1999 |
ache |
Oops, patch applied to wrong place.
|
51314 |
15-Sep-1999 |
ache |
add mdoc/locale
|
51308 |
15-Sep-1999 |
obrien |
Be slightly less verbose.
|
51299 |
15-Sep-1999 |
peter |
Add a hook for disabling cvs and collect a few similar options together. (We do this on freefall as we use a tweaked /usr/bin/cvs wrapper)
|
51290 |
15-Sep-1999 |
obrien |
/emulation/binary compatibility/
|
51288 |
15-Sep-1999 |
obrien |
/Linux emulation/Linux mode binary compatibility/
|
51237 |
13-Sep-1999 |
peter |
Add/adjust some $FreeBSD$ tags.
Noted by: Doug <Doug@gorean.org>
|
51233 |
13-Sep-1999 |
bde |
Fixed some disordering (mainly of case lists for disks).
Fixed bitrot in the `wcd*)' case.
|
51231 |
13-Sep-1999 |
sheldonh |
Apply a consistent style to most of the etc scripts. Particularly, use case instead of test where appropriate, since case allows case is a sh builtin and (as a side-effect) allows case-insensitivity.
Changes discussed on freebsd-hackers.
Submitted by: Doug Barton <Doug@gorean.org>
|
51224 |
13-Sep-1999 |
des |
Fix disordering introduced in my previous commit.
Pointed out by: bde
|
51210 |
12-Sep-1999 |
roberto |
This fix adds checking for the existance of the /var/msgs directory before attempting to create the bounds file.
PR: bin/13184 Submitted by: "Stephen J. Roznowski" <sjr@home.net>
|
51209 |
12-Sep-1999 |
des |
Add the net.inet.tcp.restrict_rst and net.inet.tcp.drop_synfin sysctl variables, conditional on the TCP_RESTRICT_RST and TCP_DROP_SYNFIN kernel options, respectively. See the comments in LINT for details.
|
51176 |
11-Sep-1999 |
ache |
add tmac/locale for man l10n tweaks
|
51174 |
11-Sep-1999 |
ache |
Add man_locales knob to specify localized man subdirs for makewhatis and catman
|
51173 |
11-Sep-1999 |
ache |
localize it
Submitted by: "Alexey Zelkin" <phantom@crimea.edu>
|
51038 |
06-Sep-1999 |
cpiazza |
set check_quotas="YES" as the default.
PR: 13603 Submitted by: Alex Perel <veers@distributed.net> Reviewed by: billf
|
51033 |
06-Sep-1999 |
n_hibma |
Move /var/cron/log to /var/log/cron
|
51028 |
06-Sep-1999 |
obrien |
Add entry for NDC Ethernet Instant-Link Credit Card Adapter, a NE2000 clone. This was tested on a ND5100 rev.A2 card.
|
50958 |
05-Sep-1999 |
peter |
$Revision$ -> $FreeBSD$
|
50883 |
04-Sep-1999 |
markm |
Knob for Perl thread support.
|
50865 |
03-Sep-1999 |
hoek |
Add /usr/share/examples/more/. Will contain sample config files that give our more(1) keymappings similar to less(1) and most(1). Initially these config files will support only a subset of less and most keymappings.
|
50735 |
01-Sep-1999 |
peter |
-background is also a legitimate ppp mode. Don't change it to -auto.
|
50612 |
30-Aug-1999 |
imp |
Remove all non-file like things in /var/tmp/vi.recover on reboot.
|
50472 |
27-Aug-1999 |
peter |
$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$
|
50470 |
27-Aug-1999 |
jkh |
Catch an extra X on DHCP.
Spotted by the eagle eyes of: Pierre DAVID <Pierre.David@prism.uvsq.fr>
|
50454 |
27-Aug-1999 |
sheldonh |
Small whitespace change to fix run-over lines introduced in the previous commit.
Reported by: bde
|
50424 |
26-Aug-1999 |
nik |
Pull the FDP maintained documents (that's the FAQ, the Handbook, the tutorials, and all the language translations thereof) out of here. They still install here, but the installation routine in doc/ sorts that out.
|
50375 |
25-Aug-1999 |
rgrimes |
Looks like I missed a little white space error, fixed.
|
50357 |
25-Aug-1999 |
sheldonh |
Style clean-up:
* All variables are now embraced: ${foo}
* All comparisons against some value now take the form: [ "${foo}" ? "value" ] where ? is a comparison operator
* All empty string tests now take the form: [ -z "${foo}" ]
* All non-empty string tests now take the form: [ -n "${foo}" ]
Submitted by: jkh
|
50296 |
24-Aug-1999 |
rgrimes |
This cleans up all the white space errors so that the next commit is easier to understand.
|
50203 |
23-Aug-1999 |
rgrimes |
Fix script in README to actually work, empty lines produce as much a diff as lines with the wrong stuff on it.
Add references in mtree data files to the README.
|
50199 |
23-Aug-1999 |
rgrimes |
An explination of how to keep these files in good working order.
Reviewed by: bde
|
50193 |
22-Aug-1999 |
brian |
ppp_alias -> ppp_nat
Submitted by: Josef L. Karthauser <joe@FreeBSD.org.uk>
|
50177 |
22-Aug-1999 |
hoek |
Grammar and formatting touch-ups to comments.
|
50126 |
21-Aug-1999 |
green |
This is the addition of a syslog(3) security.* top-level category. This should be used from now on for anything security but not auth-related. Included are updates for all relevant manpages and also to /etc files, creating a new /var/log/security. Nothing in the system logs to /var/log/security yet as of the time of this commit.
Reviewed by: rgrimes, imp, chris
|
50122 |
21-Aug-1999 |
gehenna |
added usb0 to 'all' target for usbd(8)
|
50063 |
19-Aug-1999 |
brian |
Quieten ppp at startup.
|
50046 |
19-Aug-1999 |
ru |
Nuke /usr/share/misc/pkg_manage.
PR: 13228 Submitted by: "Alexey M. Zelkin" <phantom@cris.net>
|
49894 |
16-Aug-1999 |
sheldonh |
Use a colon (:) instead of a period (.) to distinguish the group name from the user name when using chown(8).
PR: 13157 Reported by: Patrick Powell <papowell@astart.com>
|
49785 |
14-Aug-1999 |
obrien |
s/Yes/YES/g. `tcp_extensions''s comment implied "Yes" was a valid value for turning on the feature. Which is wrong.
Submitted by: bde
|
49783 |
14-Aug-1999 |
obrien |
Hopefully clarify "log_in_vain" knob's comment.
Reviewed by: bde, sheldonh, andreas
|
49777 |
14-Aug-1999 |
sheldonh |
Don't force compression in SUPFLAGS, since that effectively negates the functionality of the compression option in the supfile.
Reported by: Ben Rosengart <ben@skunk.org>
|
49704 |
14-Aug-1999 |
obrien |
Use proper capitalization.
|
49703 |
14-Aug-1999 |
obrien |
Use better comment for tcp_keepalive option.
Submitted by: imp
|
49696 |
13-Aug-1999 |
sheldonh |
Axe LOGIN_CAP_AUTH.
PR: 10115 Reported by: Gene Skonicki <gene@cif.rochester.edu> Requested by: jdp
|
49603 |
10-Aug-1999 |
des |
Add net.inet.icmp.log_redirect and net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect, for respectively logging and dropping ICMP REDIRECT packets.
Note that there is no rate limiting on the log messages, so log_redirect should be used with caution (preferrably only for debugging purposes).
|
49578 |
09-Aug-1999 |
phk |
Move cronjob up one minute to get it out of the 02:00-03:00 happy hour of daylight savings changes.
Submitted by: Doug <Doug@gorean.org> Reviewed by: phk
|
49453 |
06-Aug-1999 |
peter |
Perhaps I should have looked at the whole file rather than just the delta. Use -eq rather than -ne.
Obtained from: OpenBSD (millert, etc/rc rev 1.104)
|
49452 |
06-Aug-1999 |
peter |
I don't think `customify' is a real word.
|
49451 |
06-Aug-1999 |
peter |
Don't use /tmp/_motd in the aftermath of the chflags(2) revelations.
Obtained from: OpenBSD (millert etc/rc rev 1.102 and hugh)
|
49394 |
03-Aug-1999 |
sheldonh |
Add a sample entry for Exim, in preparation for the upcoming behaviour change in the port, where TCP Wrapper support will become the default.
Requested by: markm
|
49393 |
03-Aug-1999 |
eivind |
Better comment on ntpdate_enable - if I have misunderstood when ntpdate was run (I thought it was cron'ed), other people probably do too.
|
49366 |
02-Aug-1999 |
imp |
Clear flags on psuedo terminals before trying to chmod and chown them.
|
49190 |
28-Jul-1999 |
nik |
Explicitly list the i/o addresses of the serial ports.
Prompted by docs/12343, in which people seemed to get a little confused. The original text in the file said:
[...] # By default we use COM1 as our serial console port *if* we're going to use # a serial port as our console at all. (0x3E8 = COM2) # #BOOT_COMCONSOLE_PORT= 0x3F8 [...]
From what I can make out, some people have assumed that means that if they just uncomment the BOOT_COMCONSOLE_PORT then it will use COM2: These same people then assume that "0x3F8" on that line is a typo for "0x3E8".
What it actually means is that if you uncomment the line then the default stays as "Ox3F8" (COM1:), and that you have to uncomment the line, *and* change the value of the variable in order to use COM2:.
So I've made that a little bit clearer. I've also listed the hex values for COM1: thru COM4:, snarfed from sys/isa/isareg.h.
PR: docs/12343 Submitted by: Bill Grunfelder <wjgrun@dippy.cyberwar.com>
|
49137 |
27-Jul-1999 |
nik |
FreeBSD.ORG -> FreeBSD.org
|
49122 |
26-Jul-1999 |
brian |
Start ppp before natd, not afterwards.
Submitted by: Josef L. Karthauser <joe@uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
49110 |
26-Jul-1999 |
brian |
Add a default ppp.conf (mode 600).
Originally submitted by: Wayne Self <wself@cdrom.com>
Allow a ppp startup option in rc.conf.
Adjust sysinstall so that it appends to the end of ppp.conf and uses the generated profile to start ppp in auto mode on boot.
Submitted by: Josef L. Karthauser <joe@uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
49092 |
26-Jul-1999 |
obrien |
Don't background pccardd, it nullfies the "-z" flag. pccardd itself daemonizes, lets just let things progress normally.
|
49072 |
25-Jul-1999 |
hosokawa |
Added CyQ've ELA-010 Ethernet Card
|
49071 |
25-Jul-1999 |
hosokawa |
3C574TX Fast Etherlink PC-card support.
|
49059 |
24-Jul-1999 |
green |
Add -n to the example and explanation of the internal auth service.
|
49034 |
23-Jul-1999 |
sheldonh |
Document the -o and -t options to the internal auth service and give an example of their usage in the sample config. Merge the two examples for the green internal auth service.
This commit failed the first time around because Brian beat me to the punch on inetd.8 . I like my descriptions better and I'm pretty sure Brian won't mind.
|
48968 |
21-Jul-1999 |
obrien |
Add ``cvsup''.
|
48880 |
18-Jul-1999 |
jkh |
Use a less annoying default hostname.
|
48869 |
17-Jul-1999 |
jdp |
Remove trailing whitespace from a couple of lines. It made its way into the .cf file and gave sendmail indigestion.
|
48846 |
16-Jul-1999 |
green |
I think the last revision got lost here. Identd needs to be run as root, at least for now. I relegated the getcred sysctls to only root, but if they're deemed to be "allowable" to export to users, I'll do so and revert this change.
|
48845 |
16-Jul-1999 |
sheldonh |
Document the new {auth,ident,tap} service and provide examples in the configuration file.
Requested by: green
|
48842 |
16-Jul-1999 |
jkh |
Allow DHCP to be used in an ifconfig variable instead of the usual address information, producing the obvious effect (dhcp configuration).
Submitted by: "Sean O'Connell" <sean@stat.Duke.EDU>
|
48816 |
15-Jul-1999 |
green |
This is the working internal ident service. Turn it on by setting the make variable REAL_IDENT, and ~/.fakeid support can be added with FAKEID set. Note that the default behavior is the same as the old behavior.
|
48815 |
15-Jul-1999 |
ache |
Due to recent pidentd port changes (switch to sysctl), identd must be runned as root again, not kmem:kmem
|
48814 |
14-Jul-1999 |
nik |
Be a little clearer about login_getpwclass(3), and its penchant for looking up a record called "root".
PR: docs/12377 Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com>
|
48785 |
12-Jul-1999 |
iwasaki |
Refine on explanation for apm stuff. Make it clear that apmd depends on apmconf -e.
Reviewed by: obrien, my friend :-)
|
48747 |
11-Jul-1999 |
iwasaki |
Add apmd_enable and apmd_flags for the boot-time optinos.
Pointed out by: obrien Forgotten by: iwasaki
|
48734 |
10-Jul-1999 |
iwasaki |
Put apmd configuration and rc files in /etc. Update some files for apmd.
|
48720 |
09-Jul-1999 |
phk |
Add a pseudo target called "jail" which DTRT for a jail(2)'ed /dev
|
48705 |
09-Jul-1999 |
sheldonh |
Fix typo in previous commit.
Reported by: bde
|
48700 |
09-Jul-1999 |
sheldonh |
Add the pps (Pulse per second timing interface) device.
PR: 12568 Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee.lbl.gov>
|
48697 |
09-Jul-1999 |
sheldonh |
Allow internal and external wrapping to be enabled independantly of each other. Instead of allowing the -w option to be specified twice, we now take -w (wrap external) and -W (wrap internal).
Discussed with: markm
|
48694 |
09-Jul-1999 |
obrien |
Install dhclient.conf.
PR: conf/12458 Submitted by: Doug <doug@gorean.org>
|
48687 |
08-Jul-1999 |
peter |
Tweak previous commit. Only sense the configuration if network_interfaces is set to "auto". Any network_interfaces settings will be treated as before.
|
48662 |
07-Jul-1999 |
peter |
Do away with ${network_interfaces} in rc.conf. Just use `ifconfig -l` to get a list of interfaces, and then automatically configure them if ${ifconfig_${ifn}} or /etc/start_if.${ifn} exists.
This makes it a lot easier to deal with machines that constantly change their network configuration as you can leave ifconfig settings for all the possible cards - just the ones that are present will be configured.
|
48661 |
07-Jul-1999 |
bde |
Removed bogus quotes in descriptions of disk devices. Only "Winchester" disk devices are so-called.
|
48649 |
07-Jul-1999 |
hosokawa |
Removed my name and (old) e-mail address from comments.
|
48648 |
07-Jul-1999 |
hosokawa |
Added pccard_conf parameter to /etc/rc.conf, and set it to "/etc/pccard.conf.sample" in /etc/defaults/rc.conf. Perhaps this default value can be inappropriate, but I set to this value for the convenience of PC-card boot.flp users. Please correct it if there are better solutions.
|
48583 |
05-Jul-1999 |
msmith |
Add support for the 'ida' driver.
|
48576 |
05-Jul-1999 |
jkh |
Bump the number of vtys created to compensate for new demands created by /etc/ttys.
Forgotten by: des
|
48558 |
04-Jul-1999 |
des |
Feed the vty monster.
|
48554 |
04-Jul-1999 |
hosokawa |
Added "pccardd_flags" for rc.conf.
|
48469 |
02-Jul-1999 |
nsayer |
Add SSL versions of imap, pop3 and telnet (imaps, pop3s and telnets)
|
48388 |
01-Jul-1999 |
jkh |
Sigh. It's always the smallest changes that generate the largest public commentary. :) 3rd and final frob of this. Leave enough comments behind that anyone running into trouble at least has some cited clues on dealing with it and jump into the brave new world with uncommented IANA port assignments.
|
48384 |
01-Jul-1999 |
jkh |
Compromise proposal: Comment out both old and new radius ports, explain the differences in the comments, let the USER select which assignment to use now.
Suggested by: rgrimes
|
48364 |
30-Jun-1999 |
jkh |
Put radius on its proper ports.
|
48296 |
28-Jun-1999 |
obrien |
Amd now mounts to "/.amd_mnt" rather than "/net". "/net/<host>" now works in addition to "/host/<host>". This make us consistant with Sun (as we already were with SGI).
|
48295 |
28-Jun-1999 |
obrien |
Syntax for user/group is changed from "user.group" to "user:group" to be consistant with chown(8).
|
48294 |
28-Jun-1999 |
obrien |
Fix minor alignment problem.
|
48290 |
27-Jun-1999 |
jseger |
Standardize appearance of subsection headers (two spaces for section name)
|
48279 |
27-Jun-1999 |
sheldonh |
Add command-line option (-w), specified once to enable wrapping and twice to enable wrapping for internal wrapping as well. If the option is not specified wrapping is turned off so that inetd will behave exactly as it used to before TCP Wrappers was imported.
Change etc/defaults/rc.conf so as to encourage wrapping on new systems.
Clarify the use of TCP Wrappers in the IMPLEMENTATION NOTES of the manual page.
Approved by: jkh
|
48185 |
24-Jun-1999 |
sheldonh |
Actually install the virgin copies of the /etc files that we so proudly claim to install in /usr/share/examples/etc/README.examples .
PR: 5207 Reported by: "Wayne M. Barnes" <wayne@barnes1.wustl.edu>
|
48138 |
23-Jun-1999 |
sheldonh |
Ignore NIS accounts when checking for passwordless accounts.
PR: 9639 Reported by: Bob Willcox <bob@pmr.com> Submitted by: des
|
48084 |
21-Jun-1999 |
sheldonh |
Update the locate database even if user nobody can't stat root's home directory.
PR: 10700 Submitted by: Sergey Korsak <skif@1plus1.net>
|
48076 |
21-Jun-1999 |
sheldonh |
Don't allow users to prevent the updating of /etc/motd on machines for which /tmp is not mounted in MFS, clear_tmp_enable="NO" and update_motd="YES".
PR: 10005 Submitted by: Anton Voronin <anton@urc.ac.ru>
|
47996 |
18-Jun-1999 |
dfr |
Sync with etc.i386/MAKEDEV version 1.199.
|
47987 |
17-Jun-1999 |
markm |
More PAO-ish stuff. Wildcard the IRQ bits.
|
47861 |
10-Jun-1999 |
brian |
Don't delete quota files when clean-tmps is enabled.
|
47838 |
08-Jun-1999 |
brian |
If amd_flags is empty, don't add -p as it makes amd abend.
|
47831 |
08-Jun-1999 |
foxfair |
Change locale name of Traditional Chinese : zh_TW.BIG5 -> zh_TW.Big5. It makes compatible with IANA charset defination, and let existent I18N app happier.
Ref: <http://www.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/character-sets>
|
47826 |
07-Jun-1999 |
andreas |
solve name conflict the old STREAM protocol has been obsoleted by "ST2" (RFC 1819)
Detected by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de> Suggested by: Matt Crawford <crawdad@fnal.gov>
|
47783 |
06-Jun-1999 |
andreas |
Since FreeBSD can be used as sniffer, update the /etc/protocols file after demand of two people and no objections: - included all registered protocols, so it's now a useful reference as well - renamed title to reflect new content (deleted word "IP", since all registered internet protocols are included now) - corrected URL (file isn't hosted by iana.org anymore)
|
47755 |
05-Jun-1999 |
bde |
Don't discard error output from sysctl(8).
Do discard standard output from the sysctl for approxy_all, and echo what this sysctl is doing in the usual way. This fix is probably backwards. We should probably just use the standard sysctl output in all cases (it needs to have a newline filtered out).
Echo what the sysctls for nfs_reserved_port_only and nfs_access_cache are doing.
|
47752 |
05-Jun-1999 |
phk |
Add handle to control global TCP keepalives and turn them on as default.
Despite their name it doesn't keep TCP sessions alive, it kills them if the other end has gone AWOL. This happens a lot with clients which use NAT, dynamic IP assignment or which has a 2^32 * 10^-3 seconds upper bound on their uptime.
There is no detectable increase in network trafic because of this: two minimal TCP packets every two hours for a live TCP connection.
Many servers already enable keepalives themselves.
The host requirements RFC is 10 years old, and doesn't know about the loosing clients of todays InterNet.
|
47746 |
05-Jun-1999 |
julian |
Support the IANA definition of Shift Jis nameley ja_JP.Shift_JIS as well as the X11 version ja_JP.SJIS
|
47726 |
04-Jun-1999 |
billf |
sunsite is now metalab.
|
47724 |
04-Jun-1999 |
billf |
Blindly commit an entry for a 'Castlewood ORB2-E', which is a 2.2gig removable disk.
Submitted by: Troy Settle <st@i-Plus.net>
|
47665 |
01-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Damn, forgot this: time -> when.
|
47662 |
01-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Sync header line with newsyslog(8). PR: 11511 Reviewed by: des
|
47661 |
01-Jun-1999 |
brian |
Ignore the quota.user and quota.group files rather than the ``quotas'' file when cleaning /tmp.
|
47651 |
01-Jun-1999 |
billf |
'make update' in the ports directory.
|
47604 |
29-May-1999 |
phk |
Fix my DOC2k CHRDEV goof
|
47583 |
28-May-1999 |
jkh |
Set FTP_PASSIVE_MODE=YES by default in the default login class.
|
47467 |
24-May-1999 |
hm |
Fix i4bteld entry, the section of the sh case for "i4teld*)" should be BEFORE the case for "i4tel*)". (match the longest prefix first!) Recognized by: Harry Starr
|
47430 |
23-May-1999 |
obrien |
Get case right in "COMPAT3X".
Submitted by: Kevin Street <street@iname.com>
|
47338 |
20-May-1999 |
hm |
upgrade isdn4bsd from version 0.71 to the just released version 0.81
|
47318 |
19-May-1999 |
obrien |
Add a commented out COMPAT22 and COMPAT3x, since we have the others.
|
47248 |
16-May-1999 |
phk |
Change tcp_extension comment.
Submitted by: Studded <Studded@gorean.org> Reviewed by: phk
|
47154 |
14-May-1999 |
obrien |
Add the entry for my Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 Mobile Adapter (16-bit verison). Add additional entries (might need a little tweaking) for the Xircom adapters.
Xircom entries obtained from: http://www.lovett.com/lists/freebsd-xircom/
|
47012 |
11-May-1999 |
jkh |
Sync with changes in /etc/mail.
|
46959 |
11-May-1999 |
jmb |
update spam countermeasures add examples of using an access_db update .mc files to match recommendations on http://www.sendmail.org/m4/anti-spam.html
(grrr.....should have been one commit did the last commit from a subdirectory)
|
46958 |
11-May-1999 |
jmb |
update spam countermeasures add examples of using an access_db update .mc files to match recommendations on http://www.sendmail.org/m4/anti-spam.html
|
46667 |
08-May-1999 |
obrien |
Use /usr/bin/finger rather than `safe_finger'.
|
46523 |
05-May-1999 |
markm |
Add extra dirs needed by install. Do the include/* by reusing BSD.include.dist to make tracking this easier.
Pointed out by: Rod Grimes
|
46521 |
05-May-1999 |
markm |
This has bitrotted to the state that it is no longer functional. Make Mike Smith very happy by nuking the PCIC auto-load code. :-)
NOTE - You will have to have PCIC in your kernel again!! You have been warned!!
|
46495 |
05-May-1999 |
wpaul |
Add device driver support for the Lucent WaveLAN/IEEE 802.11 PCMCIA adapter (and some workalikes). Also add man pages and a wicontrol utility to manipulate some of the card parameters.
This driver was written using information gleaned from the Lucent HCF Light library, though it does not use any of the HCF Light code itself, mainly because it's contaminated by the GPL (but also because it's pretty gross). The HCF Light lacks certain featurs from the full (but proprietary) HCF library, including 802.11 frame encapsulation support, however it has just enough register information about the Hermes chip to allow someone with enough spare time and energy to implement a proper driver. (I would have prefered getting my hands on the Hermes manual, but that's proprietary too. For those who are wondering, the Linux driver uses the proprietary HCF library, but it's provided in object code form only.)
Note that I do not have access to a WavePOINT access point, so I have only been able to test ad-hoc mode. The wicontrol utility can turn on BSS mode, but I don't know for certain that the NIC will associate with an access point correctly. Testers are encouraged to send their results to me so that I can find out if I screwed up or not.
|
46423 |
04-May-1999 |
hosokawa |
added card1 and card2 to 'all' target. (for machines with more than two PC-card slots)
|
46414 |
04-May-1999 |
ghelmer |
Spelling correction.
PR: 10824
|
46391 |
04-May-1999 |
brian |
Add AmbiCom Inc NIC Submitted by: Wes Peters <wes@softweyr.com>
|
46390 |
04-May-1999 |
dima |
Use ``grep -w'' to prevent catching "pcic_pci"
|
46367 |
03-May-1999 |
brian |
Add 3Com/Noteworthy 56k modem PR: 9187 Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee.lbl.gov> Requested by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
46363 |
03-May-1999 |
gpalmer |
Unbreak my previous commit
|
46362 |
03-May-1999 |
gpalmer |
Create share/man8/alpha
Forgotten By: obrien
|
46315 |
02-May-1999 |
markm |
Perl moves up a maintenance version.
|
46242 |
02-May-1999 |
obrien |
Remove NOPERL. Seems to cause too many problems, as those that try don't understand the implications and don't think to undo it when they get experience trouble. (wonder about some of the people running -CURRENT sometimes)
|
46216 |
01-May-1999 |
jkh |
Update this file to no longer list the outdated information about gulf.net
Ignored-for-too-long-by: jmb
|
46209 |
30-Apr-1999 |
hoek |
Change references from "passwordperiod" to "passwordtime", since "passwordtime" is what passwd(1) has actually been using. I suspect passwordperiod was the original intent. I can't figure-out which, if either, BSDi uses. If anyone knows...
|
46158 |
28-Apr-1999 |
jkh |
Add /usr/X11R6/bin to default path also.
|
46139 |
28-Apr-1999 |
jkh |
By popular request, add /usr/local/sbin to this list.
|
46114 |
27-Apr-1999 |
jkh |
1. Remove the hateful EDITOR=ee from root's environment; it's one thing to use it at startup, when you don't know if the user can handle vi or not, but yet another thing to leave it as a permanent land mine for root.
2. Put /usr/X11R6/bin in path; it makes getting the desktop up a lot easier.
|
46055 |
25-Apr-1999 |
brian |
Add an entry for the Xircom GlobalACCESS modem PR: 10277 Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
46031 |
24-Apr-1999 |
peter |
Drop example lkm tree
|
46029 |
24-Apr-1999 |
peter |
Sync with rc.i386 - use kldload rather than modload (which never existed on the Alpha anyway)
|
46028 |
24-Apr-1999 |
peter |
Zap default creation of /dev/lkm - it doesn't point to anything anymore
|
45827 |
19-Apr-1999 |
peter |
drop /lkm
|
45622 |
12-Apr-1999 |
brian |
Remove extraneous space PR: 11096
|
45603 |
11-Apr-1999 |
ache |
Remove old locale links conversion stuff
|
45542 |
10-Apr-1999 |
des |
Allow the user to specify a different firewall script than /etc/rc.firewall.
|
45495 |
08-Apr-1999 |
jkh |
MF22: Bring forward the far more explanatory motd we had in 2.2.8
Suggested by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
45491 |
08-Apr-1999 |
msmith |
Make the USB devices by default, comment them.
|
45488 |
08-Apr-1999 |
markm |
Use more politically correct examples, and expand the examples a bit.
|
45470 |
08-Apr-1999 |
ache |
remove 'russian' duplicated in comment
|
45244 |
02-Apr-1999 |
cracauer |
Break lines to be < 80 chars.
Submitted by: BDE
|
45239 |
02-Apr-1999 |
grog |
Add variable start_vinum. If set to YES, it will start vinum and automagically find all the partitions. This is to be preferred to the somewhat emetic usage of vinum_slices and the equally obnoxious 'vinum read' command.
|
45232 |
01-Apr-1999 |
brian |
Add tty, kmem, bind & pop (MF master.passwd)
|
45222 |
01-Apr-1999 |
cracauer |
Use new -T switch to turn on immediate interruptibilty in shell scripts. Also, the ugly 'echo -n' hack to prevent sh from a wrong optimization isn't needed anymore.
|
45186 |
31-Mar-1999 |
asami |
Explicitly specify mode 755 for /var/db/pkg -- it will be mode 700 otherwise.
|
45173 |
31-Mar-1999 |
asami |
Add /var/db/pkg.
Submitted by: John Hay <jhay@mikom.csir.co.za>
|
45154 |
30-Mar-1999 |
wollman |
Remove remaining traces of the prototype...
|
45153 |
30-Mar-1999 |
wollman |
Clean up persistent host status from sendmail(8) (if so configured). I had accumulated years' worth of junk files; now others won't have to.
|
45096 |
28-Mar-1999 |
imp |
Add two features: log_in_vain: log_in_vain turns on logging for packets to ports for which there is no listener. rc.sysctl: A generic way to set sysctl values. It reads /etc/syslog.conf and sets values based on that. No /etc/syslog.conf has been checked in yet, and I've not added this to the makefile yet until I get more feedback.
Reviewed by: -current, -hackers and bde especially
|
45088 |
28-Mar-1999 |
markm |
Add an example hosts.allow for the (base system) tcp_wrappers. Anyone with good ideas for this is welcome to contribute.
|
45035 |
25-Mar-1999 |
cwt |
Replace a missing quote in the config for 3Com/USR/MegaHertz 3CCM156
|
44992 |
24-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Move natd from network_pass3 to network_pass1
|
44990 |
24-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Add natd_program and change a comment.
|
44926 |
21-Mar-1999 |
joerg |
Finally remove the ancient `-exec rm -f {} ;' cruft that used to be used to cleanup old files, and replace it by -delete which has been present in our find(1) for ages now.
|
44837 |
17-Mar-1999 |
nate |
- Mixup of kldstat arguments. Use '-i 1' instead of '-n 1' when checking for the PCIC module in the kernel.
{ I promise this is the last commit! }
Submitted by: "Sean O'Connell" <sean@stat.Duke.EDU>
|
44835 |
17-Mar-1999 |
nate |
Whoops, fixed typos in PCIC loading command when I modified Sean's original patch.
Submitted by: "Sean O'Connell" <sean@stat.Duke.EDU>
|
44830 |
17-Mar-1999 |
nate |
Add a Q&D test before loading the pcic module to make sure there isn't a compiled in one.
Submitted by: "Sean O'Connell" <sean@stat.Duke.EDU>
|
44818 |
17-Mar-1999 |
billf |
Split check_quotas into check_quotas and enable_quotas
enable_quotas - use quotas on your system check_quotas - check for violations on startup
By assuming that a system was neat and without violation before it booted we can skip a long (and at that point needless) process.
Submitted by: Alex Perel <veers@disturbed.net>
|
44801 |
16-Mar-1999 |
sos |
Rewert the atapi CDROM driver's name to wcd. This is to avoid confusion with the new system. Also provide real entires in MAKEDEV for the new system.
|
44755 |
14-Mar-1999 |
markm |
Bitrot. Remove objlink as it is not pleasant to be downwind.
PR: 8071 Reviewed by: Sheldon Hearn <sheldonh@iafrica.com>
|
44752 |
14-Mar-1999 |
des |
Fix bogons in previous commit.
|
44748 |
14-Mar-1999 |
billf |
Bring in some MASTER_SITE_{AFTERSTEP,WINDOWMAKER} from bsd.port.mk
|
44726 |
14-Mar-1999 |
des |
Chown the pty device nodes back to root:tty.
|
44668 |
11-Mar-1999 |
jfitz |
Add ${lpd_program} and ${portmap_program} as variables in rc.conf, with suitable defaults pointing to the FreeBSD-shipped versions. This will allow for easier integration of third-party replacements for these daemons. Reviewed by: Several members of -committers
|
44621 |
10-Mar-1999 |
dcs |
Gentlemen, I present you /boot/defaults. Just for the sake of symmetry.
Reviewed by: jkh (eyebrown raised a little, I concede)
|
44573 |
08-Mar-1999 |
hm |
fix cosmetic ISDN startup problem mentioned in PR conf/9957
|
44497 |
05-Mar-1999 |
gibbs |
Add targ.ctl, a device node for allocating and configuring instances of the "targ" processor target target mode emulator.
|
44450 |
03-Mar-1999 |
phk |
Change the comment to sendmail_flags which has scared so many people from removing -bd to something more sensible.
|
44426 |
02-Mar-1999 |
roger |
Put back the bktr update to generate /dev/vbi which I managed to delete yesterday.
|
44373 |
01-Mar-1999 |
roger |
Updated the bktr entry to generate bktr*, tuner* and now vbi* /dev/vbi will allow vbi capture from the bt848 card for software teletext decoding.
|
44333 |
28-Feb-1999 |
dt |
Fatal typo.
PR: bin/10827 Submitted by: Mike Andrews <mandrews@termfrost.org> PR: conf/10310 Submitted by: Brion Moss <brion@queeg.com>
|
44298 |
26-Feb-1999 |
roger |
Updated the bktr entry to add vbi* bktr now makes bktr, tuner and vbi
|
44284 |
25-Feb-1999 |
msmith |
Add entry for Motorola Montana modem.
Submitted by: Andre LeClaire <leclaire@sprintmail.com>
|
44214 |
22-Feb-1999 |
brian |
Add IC-CARD Ethernet card & AT&T V34+ Fax Modem Submitted by: Maxim Sobolev <sobomax@altavista.net>
|
44213 |
22-Feb-1999 |
brian |
Xircom Ethernet+Modem 10/100+
|
44205 |
22-Feb-1999 |
steve |
Add entries for the following cards:
Viking V.90/K56Flex modem Zoom 56K modem 3CCE589E* network card 3CCM156 modem
Latter submitted by: Patrick Seal <patseal@hyperhost.net>
|
44203 |
22-Feb-1999 |
steve |
dhclient is now in /sbin.
|
44136 |
19-Feb-1999 |
msmith |
Add entry for D-Link DE-660
Submitted by: Brian Handy <handy@lambic.physics.montana.edu>
|
44127 |
18-Feb-1999 |
n_hibma |
Change to a proper numbering scheme for the ugen device. It requires a unit and endpoint number. This is combined into a minor number. The naming of the devices in /dev is now /dev/ugen<unit>.<endpoint>
|
44005 |
14-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
DTRT for acd/wcd backwards compatibility
|
43986 |
14-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Use more sensible defaults.
|
43951 |
13-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Correct various mentions of rc.conf
|
43942 |
12-Feb-1999 |
dillon |
jkh accidently removed rc.diskless1 & 2, then put rc.diskless back when he moved rc.conf. Then he deleted rc.diskless when it ( of course ) didn't work. Now I'm putting the originally accidently removed rc.diskless{1,2} back in.
|
43901 |
11-Feb-1999 |
brian |
Add /usr/share/examples/ppp directory Don't install /etc/ppp/ppp.*.example Remove ppp/ppp.{conf,linkup,linkdown,secret}.sample
|
43900 |
11-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
This tries to install rc.diskless, but there is no such file. I don't know which of the two to install in its place so just remove it for now and get the release build working again.
|
43853 |
10-Feb-1999 |
obrien |
Our default /etc/dhclient.conf.
|
43849 |
10-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Use /etc/defaults/rc.conf everywhere, falling back to /etc/rc.conf as necessary (for half-assed upgrades).
|
43832 |
10-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Install a little, erm, less from the etc/defaults directory.
|
43818 |
09-Feb-1999 |
wes |
Reviewed by: jkh Submitted by: wes Added commentary to ttys to clarify the meaning of the columns. Added commentary to ttys to clarify the meaning of the columns.
|
43817 |
09-Feb-1999 |
wes |
Reviewed by: jkh Submitted by: wes Added commentary to ttys to clarify the meaning of the columns.
|
43816 |
09-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Install rc.conf properly into /etc/defaults/ directory.
|
43810 |
09-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Add /etc/defaults.
|
43809 |
09-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Move rc.conf into defaults/ directory. This is part of a larger series of commits to deal with the rc.conf.site confusion.
|
43803 |
09-Feb-1999 |
dillon |
Revamp rc.diskless. Split into rc.diskless1 and rc.diskless2. provide more opportunities for overriding. Clean up /etc/rc ( remove conf_dir, remove startup mount special cases, remove other special cases )
|
43797 |
09-Feb-1999 |
dillon |
Get rid of $conf_dir
|
43796 |
09-Feb-1999 |
dillon |
Get rid of the conf_dir junk for rc.diskless ( rc.diskless will use a better mechanism ). rc.conf should be considerably more readable now.
|
43781 |
08-Feb-1999 |
des |
Redirect mail to pseudo-user pop to root.
PR: conf/9555 Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
|
43690 |
05-Feb-1999 |
mjacob |
Bruce gently nudged me into doing this right
|
43619 |
04-Feb-1999 |
mjacob |
add back ctl for sa and add more units
|
43590 |
04-Feb-1999 |
markm |
Add bits useful to getting laptops going (my Libretto in particular) Add ActionTec v.90 modem and Libretto Floppy to pccard database; Autoload pcic device.
|
43573 |
04-Feb-1999 |
grog |
Change vinum_drives to vinum_slices
Spotted-by: Jake <jake@checker.org>
|
43570 |
03-Feb-1999 |
asami |
Remove commented out definition of FTP_PASSIVE_MODE, it is (and has always been) an environment variable and doesn't belong here.
Pointed out by: cnh@ems.mindspring.net, sanpei@yy.cs.keio.ac.jp
|
43484 |
31-Jan-1999 |
vanilla |
Add a entry for zh-FAQ.
|
43478 |
31-Jan-1999 |
jmb |
Do not try to fetch anti-spam files from gulf.net. They nolonger provide a list of spam domains and spam ip address ranges.
|
43454 |
31-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Change variable name vinum_slices to vinum_drives to match the variable we set in rc.conf.
Background: the `vinum read' command has changed. For a short period of time, it required the names of the slices on which vinum was stored. Now it requires the names of the drives.
|
43421 |
30-Jan-1999 |
newton |
Added /usr/share/examples/svr4
|
43418 |
30-Jan-1999 |
newton |
Added a knob for svr4 to rc.conf (and associated support in rc.i386)
Suggested by: jkh
|
43399 |
29-Jan-1999 |
yokota |
Unload the splash decoder module when a screen saver module is loaded. Strictly speaking, it is not necessary; the screen saver will load even if the splash module is still in memory. But still, it is the right thing to do, otherwise the splash decoder module just wasts the kernel space.
Discussed with: des
|
43375 |
29-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
If vfs.nfs.diskless_valid does not exist, the conditional fails and spews an error message we'd rather not spew. Fixed.
Submitted by: Kevin Street <street@iname.com>
|
43358 |
28-Jan-1999 |
wollman |
Now that newsyslog is capable of doing this at a specific time, let it rotate /var/log/wtmp again, and update monthly/200.accounting to take this into account. (Some sites might want to change the parameters of the rotation; it's easier to do this when it's all centralized in newsyslog.conf.)
|
43269 |
27-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
DOH! Did I ever screw that up. Take the /etc prefixes off the filenames.
Noted by: Randy Bush <randy@psg.com>
|
43246 |
26-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
Add directory structure of diskless examples
|
43242 |
26-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
Create overrideable MFS filesystem sizes and do a bit of cleanup.
|
43231 |
26-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
Allow /etc/rc.conf.site as well as /etc/rc.conf.local (and add rc_conf_files variable for frobbing).
|
43223 |
26-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
Remove use of kern.conf_dir sysctl. conf_dir is left as a local variable and propogates back to /etc/rc where it will be used to locate the rc.local file. The local variable will also be used by /etc/rc.conf. Note that /etc/rc.conf reverts to its prior operation of accessing /etc/rc.conf.local if run standalone.
|
43222 |
26-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
Remove sysctl's from rc.conf, there seems to be a concensus that rc.conf should only contain simple ops. We still keep the conf_dir override, however, and this will be used when rc.conf is run from /etc/rc in a diskless configuration.
|
43220 |
26-Jan-1999 |
dg |
Ripped out EDITOR=ee with extreme prejudice.
|
43219 |
26-Jan-1999 |
peter |
Move reading of rc.conf sooner as requested by Greg. I'm a tad nervous about this becase that makes it get run *before* the filesystems are mounted. If people have added stuff to their rc.conf or rc.conf.local that uses stuff outside of /bin and /sbin, this will break.
|
43218 |
26-Jan-1999 |
peter |
The vinum setup tool automatically loads the vinum module if it's needed, there is no need to duplicate the logic here.
XXX rc.conf needs to be read sooner..
|
43198 |
25-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
Commit first rc.diskless startup plus modifications to rc.conf and Makefile to make it work. NOTE! Uses new kern.conf_dir sysctl.
|
43197 |
25-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
Finish up /etc/rc adjustments to handle diskless read-only-root booting. This will be followed up by rc.diskless and documentation.
|
43179 |
25-Jan-1999 |
dillon |
Introduce rc script for BOOTP 'diskless' boot. Well, not quite diskless since the kernel must be booted from something ( like a floppy ). This script must occur near the beginning of the rc file in order to support read-only NFS mounts, which in turn allows all the BOOTP machines to use the same / and /usr.
The companion rc.diskless script is forthcoming.
|
43161 |
24-Jan-1999 |
markm |
Replace a bunch of "ln foo bar"'s with "ln -f foo bar". This means that if(when) you go "sh MAKEDEV all" in /dev the devices get remade; you don't get errors. A lot of the changes are for info only; they are commented out.
Not exactly shot to pieces by: bde
|
43160 |
24-Jan-1999 |
markm |
More libcrypt backout.
|
43064 |
22-Jan-1999 |
brandon |
Added comment about how auth_default is used by passwd.
|
43000 |
21-Jan-1999 |
imp |
Euro support, part 2.
This should be merged into RELENG_3 and a similar patch may be needed for RELENG_2_2, should that deemed necessary.
Make world succeeded with these patches in my tree.
Submitted by: "Kaleb S. KEITHLEY" <kaleb@ics.com>
|
42897 |
20-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
nuke dset from here.
Reminded by: peter
|
42876 |
20-Jan-1999 |
asami |
Change MASTER_SITE_BACKUP to point to new dir on wcarchive. Merge some MASTER_SITE_* macros from latest bsd.port.mk.
|
42836 |
19-Jan-1999 |
hm |
Rename files to indicate a bit better that they are just samples
|
42801 |
18-Jan-1999 |
hm |
Add directory /usr/share/examples/isdn
|
42785 |
18-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Only start vinum if vinum_slices variable is non-empty
Reported-by: roberto
|
42741 |
17-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Add hooks for starting vinum at boot time. Set the variable vinum_slices to the names of all slices (block device) which are under the control of vinum. The configuration will be read in from each in turn, starting with the most recently updated.
Reviewed-by: jkh
|
42627 |
13-Jan-1999 |
joerg |
Add some special hooks for sppp(4) interfaces. In addition to the normal ifconfig stuff, one might need to pass down authentication parameters for them.
This is closely tied to Hellmuth's impending rc patches for ISDN, but sppp can also be used separately (thus it doesn't go directly into the planned ISDN section of rc.conf).
Reviewed by: hm
|
42621 |
13-Jan-1999 |
hm |
Integrate the ISDN subsystem into the /etc/rc framework Reviewed by: Joerg Wunsch
|
42587 |
12-Jan-1999 |
asami |
Oops, I missed a few more /etc/nologin references yesterday. It appears my check of the tree was incomplete. Sorry guys.
Reported by: Ben Smithurst <ben@scientia.demon.co.uk>
|
42585 |
12-Jan-1999 |
peter |
Update the default sendmail.cf to be a little more respectable. I have not enabled rbl by default, I understand an 'opt-in' is a key part of it's legal protection. Activate a few optional features (access_db, virtusertable, etc) which will operate if (and only if) the corresponding table is created. I've also turned on the MIME buffer overflow checking with sendmail.org's recommended values (256/128).
|
42553 |
12-Jan-1999 |
n_hibma |
Take cdev major # 114 for ugen
|
42544 |
12-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
add minimum2 entry
|
42528 |
11-Jan-1999 |
hm |
corrected disorder, override of user and group defaults and group permissions for /etc/isdn (suggested by Bruce Evans).
|
42525 |
11-Jan-1999 |
peter |
Remove the example for setting KERNFORMAT=elf; it is the default already.
|
42515 |
11-Jan-1999 |
asami |
Move nologin from /etc to /var/run. This means one less file that has to be written to /etc.
The only essential change is in paths.h, so any third-party software written correctly will pick it up in the next rebuild.
Reviewed by: the committers list (actually an old version)
|
42501 |
11-Jan-1999 |
n_hibma |
Added file handling to ulpt (USB printer) driver
|
42498 |
10-Jan-1999 |
n_hibma |
Added starting of usbd
|
42494 |
10-Jan-1999 |
rnordier |
No longer install outdated boot.help file.
|
42479 |
10-Jan-1999 |
hm |
add directory /etc/isdn and populate it
|
42473 |
10-Jan-1999 |
danny |
Fix typo: "login failures" -> "login failure" PR: 9424 Submitted by: Lars K*ller <root@cc.fh-lippe.de>
|
42449 |
09-Jan-1999 |
jdp |
share/examples/kld/misc -> share/examples/kld/syscall
Fixes make installworld breakage.
|
42417 |
09-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
back out previous commit - it's only part of the required process so we might as well automate both steps at once and just leave this off by default.
Pointed out by: Steve Kargl <sgk@troutmask.apl.washington.edu>
|
42414 |
08-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
Sneakily make linux=YES by default and hope that nobody notices.
|
42401 |
08-Jan-1999 |
hm |
add generation of ISDN (i4b) devicefiles
|
42349 |
06-Jan-1999 |
yokota |
Added kbd*.
|
42346 |
06-Jan-1999 |
peter |
We load kld's in preference to LKM's, these do not need the root fs to be read/write to load.
|
42325 |
06-Jan-1999 |
obrien |
make comments more consistant
|
42294 |
04-Jan-1999 |
billf |
Missing word. (in comments, non-destructive bug)
|
42270 |
03-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
Allow rwhod to take flags.
PR: 7705 Submitted by: Johan Karlsson <k@numeri.campus.luth.se>
|
42266 |
03-Jan-1999 |
n_hibma |
Corrected the major number for usb and added ums as major 111
|
42242 |
01-Jan-1999 |
billf |
UUCP Cleanup should be done by the UUCP user.
PR: bin/7749 Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
|
42239 |
01-Jan-1999 |
billf |
Make periodic(8) and the security mailings reflect the full FQDN, as opposed to a hostname. This will help those who keep a cluster of machines all with the same hostname but different domain names.
PR: bin/9091 Submitted By: Heikki Suonsivu <hsu@clinet.fi> No Response From: -current mailing list
|
42223 |
01-Jan-1999 |
peter |
Reconnect pcvt hooks..
Reviewed by: core
|
42169 |
30-Dec-1998 |
dt |
Add entry for rusiian FAQ.
|
42149 |
29-Dec-1998 |
hoek |
Slightly clarify wording of "Example".
|
42113 |
27-Dec-1998 |
cwt |
Don't set a MANPATH by default for users who aren't in a login class. man(1) will utilize manpath(1) if MANPATH is unset in the environment, and with our existing manpath.config it is enough to find the X11 pages among others.
PR: 8587 Submitted by: Marc Slemko <marcs@znep.com>
|
42111 |
27-Dec-1998 |
jkh |
Update comment for saver variable now that its changed its function (and list of available values) somewhat.
|
42110 |
27-Dec-1998 |
des |
List the warp screensaver along with the others.
|
42090 |
27-Dec-1998 |
phk |
follow up to: Pre 3.0 branch cleanup casualty #4: pcvt
|
42027 |
23-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Add (commented out) directive and note regarding dumpfile location when running in a sandbox.
Submitted by: Ben Smithurst <ben@scientia.demon.co.uk>
|
42006 |
22-Dec-1998 |
jkh |
Add /usr/share/examples/bootforth so that world builds don't start falling over.
Forgotten by: abial :-)
|
41935 |
19-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Take bind out of sandbox and run it as root again, but leave support mechanisms ('bind' user and group) in place so the feature can be easily turned on. There were too many complaints. The security(1) man page will be created/updated to include the appropriate info.
|
41920 |
18-Dec-1998 |
asami |
Add share/emacs/site-lisp. Too many things break without it.
Reviewed by: ports list (a long time ago)
|
41874 |
16-Dec-1998 |
ghelmer |
Document securelevel 3. PR: docs/8674
|
41855 |
16-Dec-1998 |
peter |
Old nit lying around in a source tree: Slightly optimize the number of uname/gname overrides and /sets.
|
41854 |
16-Dec-1998 |
peter |
Old nit lying around: Don't override the gname when it's the same as the previous /set.
|
41853 |
16-Dec-1998 |
peter |
Old stuff laying around: Don't override /tmp to the same uid/gid as the previous /set defaults
|
41850 |
16-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Added /usr/share/examples/portal to mtree
|
41808 |
15-Dec-1998 |
msmith |
Add another modem (Psion Dacom)
Submitted by: "Gary Palmer" <gpalmer@FreeBSD.ORG>
|
41773 |
14-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
More locale directory structure updates for DIS_8859-15
|
41772 |
14-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Fix installworld, forgot directories for locale DIS_8859-15
|
41758 |
14-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Remove rc.local (now deleted from CVS tree) from Makefile.
|
41721 |
13-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Grrr. removed. backed out. sorry.
|
41719 |
13-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
This needs to be commited now to fix usbd for make world
|
41705 |
12-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Reviewed by: cvs-current
Delete rc.local from CVS tree, its remaining functionality has been moved to /etc/rc. /etc/rc still supports an rc.local but it is now a 100% user-controlled file.
|
41704 |
12-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Reviewed by: cvs-current
Commit changes to rc and rc.local, removing the remaining minimal functionality of rc.local into rc and commenting it out of rc.local prior to the deletion of rc.local from the CVS tree.
|
41703 |
12-Dec-1998 |
jb |
Back out revs 1.181 and 1.182 which upset a few people. I hope those (3?) people will make an effort to help those who would have benefitted from this change. And just telling them that they should read and understand the significance of each message posted to -current is not really good enough IMHO.
|
41682 |
11-Dec-1998 |
dfr |
Add directories for KLD examples.
|
41676 |
11-Dec-1998 |
jb |
Should be sysctl -n. Yesterday wasn't one of my better days. Doh.
Reported by: Ben Smithurst & Makoto Matsushita
|
41667 |
11-Dec-1998 |
jb |
Change to the current directory before doing the install. I !love make.
|
41648 |
10-Dec-1998 |
jb |
Add a test for hw.machine == i386 before trying to run ldconfig for legacy aout support.
|
41647 |
10-Dec-1998 |
jb |
Add logic to check if any of the BIN1 files do not already exist in ${DESTDIR}/etc and an install target to install the missing ones. This allows new files like pam.conf to be installed by the first installworld after the file is added, but avoid clobbering files that might be customized. This should save some support questions.
|
41460 |
02-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Since we do not pre-create /etc/namedb/s, add additional documentation to the comments in named.conf to describe to the user how to create it. (named.conf does not use /etc/namedb/s by default anyway so us not pre-created it in the mtree does not hurt us terribly).
|
41459 |
02-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Remove mtree creation of /etc/namedb/s until we find a good way to handle new user id's in buildworld/installworld.
|
41457 |
02-Dec-1998 |
ache |
Use /sbin/nologin as shell for operator Replace non-existent directory for operator with / Supply by default operator with non-existent but can be created directory and /bin/csh is kinda security risk
|
41444 |
01-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
comsat sandbox prevents biff/comsat from being able to print partial mailbox contents. comsat instead simply prints that new mail is available. Add appropriate comment to inetd.conf but leave comsat in sandbox.
|
41442 |
01-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Reviewed by: freebsd-current, freebsd-security
Adjust rc.conf to run named in sandbox, adjust mtree to add /etc/namedb/s subdirectory (user bind, group bind) to hold secondaries, adjust comments in named.conf to reflect new secondary scheme. (Note that core read-only zone files are left owned by root, increasing security even more).
|
41441 |
01-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Added group bind(53), added sandbox users tty(4), kmem(5), and bind(53), adjustd inetd.conf to run comsat and ntalk from tty sandbox, and the (commented out) ident from the kmem sandbox.
Note that it is necessary to give each group access it's own uid to prevent programs running under a single uid from being able to gdb or otherwise mess with other programs (with different group perms) running under the same uid.
|
41371 |
27-Nov-1998 |
jkoshy |
Direct std{err,out} to /dev/null when invoking sysctl(8) for setting `nfs_access_cache_timeout'.
Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
|
41337 |
25-Nov-1998 |
msmith |
Don't suggest that NO is allowed here; you use "0" or "" to turn the cache off. Submitted by: jdp
|
41274 |
20-Nov-1998 |
jdp |
Add a sample "/etc/pam.conf" file that configures the authentication methods used by login. Changes to "/usr/bin/login" to use it will be committed later today. The format of the file is described in pam(8).
This sample file makes login behave in the traditional way. To wit, it enables authentication via S/Key and passwd/NIS lookups. KerberosIV authentication is present in the sample file but commented out.
As a safety net and a transition aid, login will fall back on built-in passwd/NIS authentication if this configuration file is missing or if some other fatal PAM error occurs.
This file will eventually replace "/etc/auth.conf", but not until I've finished converting the other utilities, such as passwd and su.
|
41266 |
20-Nov-1998 |
obrien |
Bad default value of ${fs} for type:=host in /etc/amd.map.
PR: conf/7054 Submitted by: Amakawa Shuhei <amakawa@sf.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>
|
41230 |
18-Nov-1998 |
jdp |
Add the directory "/usr/include/security", which is where the PAM header files go. I am not too happy about the name. But if we are to have any hope of being able to use 3rd party PAM modules, we'll have to live with it.
|
41195 |
16-Nov-1998 |
jkh |
put hosts before bind.
|
41185 |
15-Nov-1998 |
msmith |
Implement the nfs_access_cache variable, allowing us to set the timeout for the NFS client's ACCESS cache.
|
41117 |
12-Nov-1998 |
nsouch |
Arrg, ppi*) corrected
|
41116 |
12-Nov-1998 |
nsouch |
Add ppi*) iic*) and smb*)
|
41078 |
11-Nov-1998 |
peter |
kldload the screen savers
|
41077 |
11-Nov-1998 |
peter |
kldload ipfw, it's installed always and works on both kernel formats
|
40942 |
05-Nov-1998 |
brian |
Suggest using ``iface clear'' under certain circumstances in ppp.linkdown.
|
40911 |
04-Nov-1998 |
phk |
Add example for the internal "ident server".
|
40855 |
03-Nov-1998 |
phk |
Move the "root" entry up so people can see it.
|
40806 |
01-Nov-1998 |
wosch |
Write temp files with a uniq name into /var/run instead the public writable directory /tmp PR: conf/8330
|
40776 |
31-Oct-1998 |
obrien |
Backout rev 1.175.
|
40752 |
30-Oct-1998 |
obrien |
``MAKEDEV ccd3'' is now consistant with many of the other devices in that *ccd{0,1,2}* will be created.
|
40737 |
29-Oct-1998 |
obrien |
``MAKEDEV bpf3'' is now consistant with many of the other devices in that bpf{0,1,2} will be created.
|
40464 |
17-Oct-1998 |
peter |
Some directories would like to install things into /modules
|
40430 |
16-Oct-1998 |
peter |
Commented out example of changing the default kernel format with warning.
|
40361 |
14-Oct-1998 |
nate |
- Add a couple comment lines to note that spaces are not allowed as field separators.
PR: conf/8162 Submitted by: Sheldon Hearn <sheldonh@axl.training.iafrica.com>
|
40287 |
13-Oct-1998 |
jkh |
Shut this thing up; most people don't even have this enabled.
|
40231 |
11-Oct-1998 |
markm |
Add extra directories required by Perl5. The one in local-land is contoversial and may be removed later.
|
40123 |
09-Oct-1998 |
des |
Hand me the pointy hat, and make it big.
|
40076 |
08-Oct-1998 |
des |
Remove all references to tickadj(8) from rc, rc.conf and rc.conf.5.
Disable building tickadj(8) by removing util from SUBDIR in the xntpd Makefile. Note that the sources are still there and tickadj can still be built and installed by doing:
# cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/xntpd/util # make all install
There are enough references to tickadj in e.g. the xntpd documentation (not to mention the sysctl variables it uses etc.) that I don't feel up to implementing the final solution right now.
Kinda-approved-by: phk
|
40056 |
08-Oct-1998 |
phk |
Avoid using dmesg to find devices, the buffer may not be big enough.
Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Mike Spengler <mks@networkcs.com>
|
40052 |
08-Oct-1998 |
markm |
Add auth.conf. JKH Added the code to understand this to libutil, and I will be following up with commits to use it in KerberosIV userland.
|
40018 |
07-Oct-1998 |
jkh |
Add spanish doc dirs. Submitted by: Motoyuki Konno <motoyuki@snipe.rim.or.jp>
|
40006 |
06-Oct-1998 |
phk |
Here are some scripts and man pages for configuring HARP ATM interfaces.
Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Mike Spengler <mks@networkcs.com>
|
40002 |
06-Oct-1998 |
dfr |
Doh! Change the correct version of disktab and backout the change to the i386 disktab.
|
40001 |
06-Oct-1998 |
dfr |
Add a 2880k disk prototype for building MFS install images.
|
39996 |
06-Oct-1998 |
joerg |
Avoid the ``ruptime: no hosts in /var/rwho.'' message by not calling rwho iff /var/rwho is empty. Call `uptime' instead. This doesn't belong under `network' right away, but at least reports the same informaton about the local system. rwhod is not turned on by default (for good reason), and i've already seen too many of the above messages...
|
39917 |
03-Oct-1998 |
brian |
Show how to create a secure (ssh) VPN
|
39907 |
02-Oct-1998 |
obrien |
Re-enable creating sd*s* devices. Add note, that one should use da*s* however.
|
39849 |
30-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
Add /boot, while I happen to be thinking about it.
|
39825 |
30-Sep-1998 |
wosch |
Limit the fingerd daemon to: runs only 3 simultaneous fingerd processes and limit the connections-per-ip-per-minute to 10.
|
39824 |
30-Sep-1998 |
cracauer |
Put guard shells around stuff started from $local_startup. If you type SIGINT (C-c), you'll get control passed to the next script even if the current one blocks signals. The child is not killed, though.
|
39695 |
27-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
We don't support SUID `games' games anymore.
|
39675 |
26-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
Make a /usr/lib/compat/aout directory. Folks should remember to re-run mtree over this if they want to populate the compat dirs during a build or that step will fall over.
|
39655 |
25-Sep-1998 |
brian |
Add an entry for the HAYES OPTIMA 28.8k
|
39636 |
25-Sep-1998 |
dima |
Backout my previous commit. Oops.
|
39635 |
25-Sep-1998 |
dima |
${DISTDIR}/bin/etc/objformat -> ${DISTDIR}/etc/objformat
|
39590 |
23-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
initialize /etc/objformat for new installs, just to be sure.
|
39582 |
23-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
I'm not sure how/when router_enable got set to YES, but it doesn't seem right to me. Noticed by: jkb
|
39562 |
22-Sep-1998 |
max |
Add fbtab and rc.devfs to BIN1 sothat they are included in the distribution.
|
39524 |
20-Sep-1998 |
sos |
Put the right path on the devices.
Submitted by: Vanilla Pooh Shu <vanilla@oneway.net>
|
39495 |
19-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Remove useless `BINOWN=root' now that it is the default.
|
39490 |
19-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Simplify these now that default owner is root.wheel.
Partially reviewed by: bde
|
39482 |
19-Sep-1998 |
vanilla |
Remove tcl directory. Forgotten by: asami Approved by: jkh
|
39424 |
17-Sep-1998 |
dt |
Fix typo: s/;/:/
PR: conf/7964 PR: conf/7966 Submitted by: Zach Heilig <zach@gaffaneys.com> Submitted by: Jos Backus <Jos.Backus@nl.origin-it.com>
|
39384 |
16-Sep-1998 |
brian |
Spaces -> tabs, don't use touch before it's available Pointed out by: bde
|
39380 |
16-Sep-1998 |
cracauer |
rc.conf variable $amd_map_program needs to be eval'ed. PR: misc/7435 Submitted by: David Wolfskill <dhw@whistle.com>
|
39375 |
16-Sep-1998 |
msmith |
Effectively disable resource limit setting by default, leaving the original contents of the file preserved as examples for administrators that need to enable them.
Also add a comment to the examples pointing out that the authentication functionality is largely unused and requires rebuilding libutil.
Reviewed by: jkh
|
39362 |
16-Sep-1998 |
des |
Add entries to make CodaFS run out of the box.
PR: misc/5855 Submitted by: Robert Watson <robert@cyrus.watson.org>
|
39349 |
16-Sep-1998 |
dfr |
Sync with etc.i386/MAKEDEV version 1.171.
|
39329 |
16-Sep-1998 |
jdp |
Fix up the boot-time ldconfig handling to deal with dual object file formats. I have added a new rc.conf variable ${ldconfig_paths_aout} which is like ${ldconfig_paths}, but only for a.out shared libraries.
On a "standard" ELF system, the ELF ldconfig path is taken from ${ldconfig_paths}, while the a.out ldconfig path is taken from ${ldconfig_paths_aout}.
On a not-yet-converted a.out system, only the a.out ldconfig path is set, and it is taken from ${ldconfig_paths_aout}. If that variable is unset, /etc/rc defaults it to the value of ${ldconfig_paths}, on the assumption that the system's "/etc/rc.conf" file hasn't been updated.
|
39316 |
16-Sep-1998 |
ken |
Change the permissions for the transport layer (xpt) and passthrough (pass) devices from 644 to 600.
Reviewed by: imp, gibbs
|
39284 |
15-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
Add scsi_target to examples. This is the 3rd such breakage I've committed a fix for in 2 days and 3 different people have forgotten to update this file. GRRR! What's it going to take, electrodes to the sensitive bits, people?? :-)
|
39272 |
15-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
Add /usr/share/examples/atm Forgotten by: phk
|
39271 |
15-Sep-1998 |
phk |
(this is an extract from src/share/examples/atm/README)
=================================== HARP | Host ATM Research Platform ===================================
HARP 3
What is this stuff? ------------------- The Advanced Networking Group (ANG) at the Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc. (MSCI), as part of its work on the MAGIC Gigabit Testbed, developed the Host ATM Research Platform (HARP) software, which allows IP hosts to communicate over ATM networks using standard protocols. It is intended to be a high-quality platform for IP/ATM research.
HARP provides a way for IP hosts to connect to ATM networks. It supports standard methods of communication using IP over ATM. A host's standard IP software sends and receives datagrams via a HARP ATM interface. HARP provides functionality similar to (and typically replaces) vendor-provided ATM device driver software.
HARP includes full source code, making it possible for researchers to experiment with different approaches to running IP over ATM. HARP is self-contained; it requires no other licenses or commercial software packages.
HARP implements support for the IETF Classical IP model for using IP over ATM networks, including:
o IETF ATMARP address resolution client o IETF ATMARP address resolution server o IETF SCSP/ATMARP server o UNI 3.1 and 3.0 signalling protocols o Fore Systems's SPANS signalling protocol
What's supported ---------------- The following are supported by HARP 3:
o ATM Host Interfaces - FORE Systems, Inc. SBA-200 and SBA-200E ATM SBus Adapters - FORE Systems, Inc. PCA-200E ATM PCI Adapters - Efficient Networks, Inc. ENI-155p ATM PCI Adapters
o ATM Signalling Protocols - The ATM Forum UNI 3.1 signalling protocol - The ATM Forum UNI 3.0 signalling protocol - The ATM Forum ILMI address registration - FORE Systems's proprietary SPANS signalling protocol - Permanent Virtual Channels (PVCs)
o IETF "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" model - RFC 1483, "Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5" - RFC 1577, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" - RFC 1626, "Default IP MTU for use over ATM AAL5" - RFC 1755, "ATM Signaling Support for IP over ATM" - RFC 2225, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" - RFC 2334, "Server Cache Synchronization Protocol (SCSP)" - Internet Draft draft-ietf-ion-scsp-atmarp-00.txt, "A Distributed ATMARP Service Using SCSP"
o ATM Sockets interface - The file atm-sockets.txt contains further information
What's not supported -------------------- The following major features of the above list are not currently supported:
o UNI point-to-multipoint support o Driver support for Traffic Control/Quality of Service o SPANS multicast and MPP support o SPANS signalling using Efficient adapters
This software was developed under the sponsorship of the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).
Reviewed (lightly) by: phk Submitted by: Network Computing Services, Inc.
|
39267 |
15-Sep-1998 |
jkoshy |
Turn off replies to ICMP echo requests for broadcast and multicast addresses by default.
Add a knob "icmp_bmcastecho" to "rc.network" to allow this behaviour to be controlled from "rc.conf".
Document the controlling sysctl variable "net.inet.icmp.bmcastecho" in sysctl(3).
Reviewed by: dg, jkh Reminded on -hackers by: Steinar Haug <sthaug@nethelp.no>
|
39250 |
15-Sep-1998 |
gibbs |
Add new cam include hierarchy.
|
39249 |
15-Sep-1998 |
gibbs |
Update for CAM.
|
39188 |
14-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Too late in the 3.0-game to deal with a setgid /usr/bin/man.
|
39177 |
14-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Wanted to set uname to root, not gname.
|
39168 |
14-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
Boy, Mr. Obrien is committing in his sleep again; there is also no user named wheel. :)
|
39167 |
14-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
There is no group name of "root"; assume man was what was intended.
|
39162 |
14-Sep-1998 |
sos |
Make /dev/vga a softlink to /dev/ttyv0 under DEVFS using /etc/rc.devfs
Remove the hack from syscons that added a /dev/vga node in DEVFS it broke root acces on ttyv0 because dev_mkdb screwed up.
|
39161 |
14-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Change file ownership from bin.bin to root.wheel.
|
39146 |
13-Sep-1998 |
brian |
Gasp ! Bitten by the wonders of diff/patch ! Now's your chance to say ``I told you so'' Andrey ! Move the Id keyword to the right Makefile
|
39145 |
13-Sep-1998 |
brian |
Add Id keyword
|
39139 |
13-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Port #s 1-599 checked agaist Robert Watson <robert@cyrus.watson.org>'s formated IANA Port assignment list.
Prodded from: freebsd-current list
|
39115 |
12-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
add entry for /usr/share/examples/atapi so the world build doesn't fall over. Forgotten by: sos
|
39107 |
12-Sep-1998 |
msmith |
Add Compex Net-A and 3Com/USR/Megahertz 3CM556 Submitted by: Willem Jan Withagen <wjw@surf.IAE.nl> and Brian Handy <handy@lambic.physics.montana.edu>
|
39082 |
11-Sep-1998 |
msmith |
Add the Fujitsu MBH10303
Submitted by: David Kulp <dkulp@neomorphic.com>
|
39054 |
10-Sep-1998 |
phk |
make the fla stuff actually work.
|
39051 |
10-Sep-1998 |
bde |
Fixed ownership of share/man/man1aout.
Didn't fix misformatting of all the perl entries.
|
39030 |
09-Sep-1998 |
jraynard |
Disable kernel_secure_level unless explicitly set in rc.conf. Previously, it was enabled unless explicitly unset, creating a pitfall for people like me who upgraded /etc/rc without upgrading /etc/rc.conf.
|
39026 |
09-Sep-1998 |
sos |
Add the wst device (ATAPI tape) Allow 8 wcd devices instead of 4.
|
39021 |
09-Sep-1998 |
markm |
Add the dirs for Perl5.
|
39019 |
09-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
options changed with the new AMD. Rather than ``nfsv2'', we now have ``vers=3,proto=tcp''
|
38915 |
07-Sep-1998 |
cracauer |
Remove X11 lock files at boot time even if $clear_tmp_enable is not set. PR: conf/7366 Submitted by: Thomas David Rivers rivers@dignus.com
|
38895 |
07-Sep-1998 |
jb |
Add directories for the legacy tool man files to stop them over-writing the ones from binutils.
|
38881 |
06-Sep-1998 |
brian |
Add a compuserve example. Detailed by: Masahiro Sekiguchi <seki@sysrap.cs.fujitsu.co.jp>
|
38876 |
06-Sep-1998 |
phk |
tcp_extensions now only applies to RFC1323
|
38871 |
05-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
NFS can use TCP now days
|
38857 |
05-Sep-1998 |
asami |
Remove tcl from /usr/src, according to prior agreement. BTW, tcl-8.0 *is* a port so there is nothing to be done on that side now.
Approved by: jkh === To: "Jordan K. Hubbard" <jkh@time.cdrom.com> cc: Andreas Klemm <andreas@klemm.gtn.com>, current@freebsd.org Subject: Re: Make this a relese coordinator decision (was Re: ports-current/packages-current discontinued) From: David Greenman <dg@root.com> Date: Sun, 03 Aug 1997 20:23:31 -0700
>decision is, I'll respect it.
Another chance to architect people's principles...I can hardly wait. Seems quite appropriate for a Sunday - I just need to get one of those collection plates (and money envelopes) so I can profit, too. :-) Tcl stays in /usr/src for now, but it needs to be kept up to date; same for perl. If Jordan doesn't have "setup" (written in tcl) ready for 3.0, then tcl will be yanked prior to the 3.0 release (and made into a port). As for the ports tree only supporting the last FreeBSD release, this seems sensible to me. The "ports" have always been a moving target between releases and the problem is only going to get worse when we expand to supporting other processor architectures. In any case, Satoshi is and always has been in charge of the ports tree and whatever he wants to do with it (within reason :-)) is his decision. Does this cover the issue completely? I admit to deleting messages in this thread with unusual fervor (people have FAR too much time on their hands!). There's a fair bit of reasoning behind the above, but since everyone is sick of arguing about this, I'll spare you the analysis.
-DG
David Greenman Core-team/Principal Architect, The FreeBSD Project
|
38837 |
05-Sep-1998 |
jdp |
Explicitly pass the "-aout" option to ldconfig, until I've had a chance to work out a better scheme to handle the separate invocations necessary for a.out and ELF.
|
38825 |
04-Sep-1998 |
jkh |
Turn tcp_extentions off by default. They sometimes cause pain.
|
38747 |
02-Sep-1998 |
bde |
Nuked setting of crt here too.
Obtained from: src/etc/root/dot.profile rev.1.17.
|
38738 |
02-Sep-1998 |
brian |
Add Id keywords
|
38711 |
31-Aug-1998 |
jb |
MACHINE -> MACHINE_ARCH to allow PC98 to define MACHINE=pc98.
Submitted by: Takahashi Yoshihiro <nyan@wyvern.cc.kogakuin.ac.jp>
|
38678 |
31-Aug-1998 |
jkoshy |
Move setting of 'crt' mail variable to {/usr/src}/etc/mail.rc.
|
38674 |
31-Aug-1998 |
dfr |
Change to use FreeBSD device major numbers and tty definitions.
|
38613 |
29-Aug-1998 |
dillon |
make.conf.local test/include removed from make.conf, to be put in sys.mk instead.
|
38565 |
26-Aug-1998 |
dillon |
Reviewed by: asami@freebsd.org (Satoshi Asami)
Give make.conf a make.conf.local capability similar to rc.conf's rc.conf.local capability. Eases large-site administration.
|
38512 |
24-Aug-1998 |
gpalmer |
Don't try to run ldconfig if it doesn't exist. Useful for elf platforms.
|
38456 |
20-Aug-1998 |
phk |
Fix my blunder in my previous commit here.
|
38398 |
17-Aug-1998 |
bde |
Added zh_TW.BIG5 locale. Material for 5 big pointy hats found nearby.
|
38360 |
16-Aug-1998 |
des |
Fix typo in previous commit.
PR: 7621 Submitted by: Mark Huizer
|
38359 |
16-Aug-1998 |
jkh |
Add new zh_TW.BIG5 locale
|
38337 |
15-Aug-1998 |
markm |
Clean up the kerberos entries, and add example CVS entries
|
38319 |
14-Aug-1998 |
thepish |
PR: 7613 Submitted by: axl@iafrica.com change default setting of the crt env var from 24 to blank (mail(1) then uses stty(1) setting
|
38316 |
14-Aug-1998 |
phk |
In /etc/rc.network, near line 242, setting up Kerberos, variable "stash_flag" is set. A few lines later, it is evaluated as "stash_flags" with a trailing "s", and then a bit later the singular version is unset.
PR: 7609 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Walt Howard <howard@ee.utah.edu>
|
38315 |
14-Aug-1998 |
phk |
Add "Mounting NFS file systems" progress indicator
PR: 7605 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by Nick Hibma <nick.hibma@jrc.it>:
|
38312 |
14-Aug-1998 |
phk |
Wrapper script for PC Card Ethernet Adapters only supports ISC DHCP; I prefer wide-dhcp, and since both are packages, it should get equal billing.
PR: 7568 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Drew Derbyshire <software@kew.com>
|
38310 |
14-Aug-1998 |
phk |
A long time ago, in a galaxy far, far away, someone made the (bonehead) decision to limit the sound driver to one device. With Luigi's pcm driver, the unit number for the PnP detected cards is nearly always 1, and so you can't create the symlinks that will make your sound work.
PR: 7564 Submitted by: Doug White <dwhite@resnet.uoregon.edu>
|
38242 |
11-Aug-1998 |
des |
Make /etc/security bitch about passwordless accounts. Use awk -F: rather than 'BEGIN {FS=":"}'
|
38238 |
10-Aug-1998 |
brian |
Add Id keyword.
|
38237 |
10-Aug-1998 |
brian |
Don't blat /var/run and /var/spool/lock *after* network_pass1() unless /var is nfs-mounted. This was removing ppps device lock (when ppp's started in /etc/start_if.tun0 in -ddial or -dedicated mode) and allowing other programs (such as mgetty) to confuse ppp by playing with the modem while ppp's using it.
People that nfs-mount /var had better not start ppp in this way....
|
38236 |
10-Aug-1998 |
brian |
Cosmetic MF2.2: Add a missing (commented) parenthesis.
|
38222 |
10-Aug-1998 |
phk |
Add devices for M-systems DiskOnChip
|
38221 |
10-Aug-1998 |
phk |
I have been running with these locale data for a while now and I hope some other people might find them useful. They are for zh_CN.EUC (GB) only. I'm not familiar with the BIG5 encoding, so I could only hope someone else would fill the gap.
PR: 7310 Submitted by: Luoqi Chen <luoqi@chen.ml.org>
|
38176 |
07-Aug-1998 |
brian |
Show some examples on how to configure callback & CBCP. Show examples of the (new) fifth field in ppp.secret.
|
38165 |
07-Aug-1998 |
ache |
Add dirs for Hungarian locale
|
38160 |
07-Aug-1998 |
jb |
The etc-sendmail.cf target is in src/etc/sendmail/Makefile, not src/etc/sendmail/cf/Makefile. This was an obstacle to 'make release'.
|
38109 |
04-Aug-1998 |
brian |
dgm uses devices cuaM* and ttyM* Submitted by: "IBS / Andre Oppermann" <andre@pipeline.ch>
|
38103 |
04-Aug-1998 |
peter |
Descend into sendmail directory and update hooks for make release so that it has a chance of working.
|
38102 |
04-Aug-1998 |
peter |
Builder for sendmail.cf's, in particular freebsd.cf. This needs to be revisited - we need a simple way of building/installing these at runtime from the installed system's /etc/mail directory. freebsd.mc,v and freefall.mc,v have been repository copied here.
|
38003 |
01-Aug-1998 |
dima |
Introduce KRB5_HOME variable.
|
37961 |
29-Jul-1998 |
brian |
Remove ppp 3000/tcp. Ppp has nothing in common with port 3000.
|
37899 |
28-Jul-1998 |
nectar |
make a bounds file for msgs(1) if there isn't one already PR: bin/3023 Reviewed by: jkh@FreeBSD.ORG
|
37818 |
22-Jul-1998 |
phk |
Add std.230400 entry
PR: 7280
|
37813 |
22-Jul-1998 |
phk |
modstat | grep _saver is used to determine if a screensaver is loaded already. The modstat output goes to the screen. PR: 7351 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Jos Backus <Jos.backus@nl.origin-it.com>
|
37776 |
20-Jul-1998 |
andreas |
Enter absolute path for the makemap command (which lives under /usr/sbin) This makes it possible to run make from cron, i.e.: root's crontab: ( cd /etc/mail; make all install ) without the error: makemap hash /etc/mail/spamsites < /etc/mail/block_domains.txt makemap: not found *** Error code 127 If this solution is widely accepted, I'd like to merge it into -STABLE
|
37741 |
18-Jul-1998 |
hoek |
MFC: sample qmail entry.
|
37739 |
18-Jul-1998 |
brian |
Remove redundant comments.
|
37517 |
08-Jul-1998 |
alex |
Detect user id 0 as a number instead of a string. String comparisons fail to detect 00.
PR: 7218 Submitted by: Michal Listos <mcl@Amnesiac.123.org> Niall Smart <rotel@indigo.ie>
|
37514 |
08-Jul-1998 |
nectar |
Allow either an IP address or an interface to be specified in the rc.conf variable ``natd_interface''. rc.network will determine whether it is an IP address or an interface name, and invoke natd with the -a or -n flag as appropriate.
PR: 6947 Reviewed by: jkh@FreeBSD.ORG
|
37387 |
04-Jul-1998 |
jdp |
Fix spelling error.
|
37370 |
04-Jul-1998 |
brian |
6668/divert -> 8668/divert. IRC uses 6668.
|
37358 |
03-Jul-1998 |
des |
Not so fast, that was one '0+' too many.
PR: 7124
|
37335 |
02-Jul-1998 |
des |
Make sure the node count is an integer when mknod'ing pty, tty and vty.
PR: misc/7124
|
37185 |
27-Jun-1998 |
andreas |
additionally warnings - login failures - tcp_wrapper messages about refused connections
|
37162 |
26-Jun-1998 |
jkh |
MF22: die sup die.
|
37111 |
23-Jun-1998 |
jkh |
Use a default blanktime (otherwise it shows up as "NO" in sysinstall's menus).
|
37106 |
22-Jun-1998 |
jkoshy |
Add rc.conf option to set kernel security level and modify "/etc/rc" to use this.
Requested by: max, andreas
Note: This change just provides a convenient way to exercise existing functionality. Whether `kern.securelevel' is effective in increasing system security is another issue, and one that has been well thrashed out in the lists.
|
37006 |
15-Jun-1998 |
nate |
Updated entry for Xircom CreditCard Modem
Submitted by: "Mike Del" <repenting@hotmail.com>
|
36985 |
14-Jun-1998 |
steve |
Cleanup natd startup test.
PR: 6946 Submitted by: Jacques Vidrine <n@nectar.com>
|
36953 |
13-Jun-1998 |
jhay |
Add doc/ja/FAQ and handbook, so that releases can build again.
|
36902 |
11-Jun-1998 |
guido |
Install motd once.
|
36818 |
09-Jun-1998 |
ache |
Indicate optional signal number field
|
36778 |
08-Jun-1998 |
nate |
- Added entry for Xircon CreditCard Modem.
Submitted by: "Mike Del" <repenting@hotmail.com>
|
36671 |
05-Jun-1998 |
peter |
Hands off my /usr/src and /usr/obj! If they are symlinks (since they are hard coded into too many things), it's not nice to go and change /home/src etc. This means they will be created if missing (so it shouldn't break the releases), but won't touch them once they are changed.
|
36584 |
02-Jun-1998 |
phk |
Cut through the discussions and settle the issue: Everything in /var/run is blown away at boot. If sudo or other programs needs directories, they had better make them in /usr/local/etc/rc.d/mumble.sh
PR: 4138 5619 6793
|
36499 |
31-May-1998 |
jkh |
Put operator in its own group rather than "staff". Submitted by: "Yarema" <yds@ingress.com>
|
36495 |
31-May-1998 |
bde |
Fixed double slashes in a pathname.
Fixed some style bugs. Ensure no creation of an obj directory so that we don't need to chdir before installing.
|
36489 |
31-May-1998 |
andreas |
port numbers for zebra, a free multithreaded rip/ospf/bgp4 route server/reflector needed for zebra port
|
36439 |
28-May-1998 |
peter |
Grumble Grumble.. so this is how src/sys/ufs/lfs kept coming back... The mtree in make world was following symlinks and creating directories in the source tree and causing cvs to break (since CVS/Entries was missing).
|
36415 |
27-May-1998 |
jkoshy |
Install ${DESTDIR}/boot.help during `make distribution'.
PR: 6063 Submitted by: Doug <Studded@dal.net>
|
36403 |
27-May-1998 |
jmb |
accidently omitted two file declarations. so i added them.
Submitted by: Scot Elliott (scot@poptart.org)
|
36397 |
26-May-1998 |
sos |
ELF preparation step 2:
Move a.out libraries to /usr/lib/aout to make space for ELF libs. Make rtld usr /usr/lib/aout as default library path. Make ldconfig reject /usr/lib as an a.out library path. Fix various Makefiles for LIBDIR!=/usr/lib breakage.
This will after a make world & reboot give a system that no longer uses /usr/lib/*, infact one could remove all the old libraries there, they are not used anymore.
We are getting close to an ELF make world, but I'll let this all settle for a week or two...
|
36346 |
25-May-1998 |
steve |
Change shell from /nonexistent to /sbin/nologin.
PR: 6739 Submitted by: Are Bryne <are.bryne@communique.no>
|
36333 |
24-May-1998 |
des |
Add a chkgrp run after backing up the passwd and group files.
Suggested-by: Andreas Klemm
|
36306 |
23-May-1998 |
phk |
RADIUS was originally coded to use ports 1645 (radius) and 1646 (radacct), but RFC's 2138 and 2139 define new ports for RADIUS and RADIUS accounting, namely 1812 and 1813 respectively. FreeBSD 2.2.6 uses the old radacct port, but the new radius port, which is a bit silly.
PR: 6712 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Nick Hilliard <nick@foobar.org>
|
36284 |
21-May-1998 |
brian |
MFMP: Make ppp multilink capable.
|
36263 |
20-May-1998 |
jkh |
Back out locale change until it's better understood by all just what it is we're trying to do here. :) OK'd by: asami
|
36240 |
20-May-1998 |
jkh |
Alpha MAKEDEV as directly imported from NetBSD-current. This will almost certainly have to change as the FreeBSD/Alpha kernel comes along, but for the transitionary period this is the most correct. Obtained from: NetBSD
|
36239 |
20-May-1998 |
jkh |
Add some place-holder files here to keep the distribution target from blowing up. The disktab file isn't necessarily invalid either for a PCI Alpha.
|
36188 |
19-May-1998 |
thepish |
PR: misc/6031
Patch applied as per PR - enables preferential fetch from local mirrors
|
36174 |
19-May-1998 |
jkh |
cosmetic: clean up startup messages and rearrange some options to go in a more proper order.
|
36137 |
17-May-1998 |
jmb |
replaced check_rcpt ruleset with one recommended by Gary Palmer <gpalmer@freebsd.org> Obtained from: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/%7Eca/email/check.html#check_rcpt
|
36108 |
16-May-1998 |
jb |
Moved from directory above. It is i386 specific.
|
36107 |
16-May-1998 |
jb |
Add an alpha specific ttys
|
36106 |
16-May-1998 |
jb |
Make ttys machine specific.
|
36017 |
13-May-1998 |
phk |
FreeBSD -> %s/%m
PR: 6600 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <josh@quick.net>
|
35966 |
12-May-1998 |
max |
Give a reasonable default value (-p /var/run/xntpd.pid) to xntpd_flags.
|
35947 |
11-May-1998 |
peter |
Delete some large chunks of trailing whitespace since it was making some lines longer than 80 columns.
|
35850 |
08-May-1998 |
phk |
Add jetdirect 9100/tcp
PR: 5195 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Cy Schubert <cschuber@uumail.gov.bc.ca>
|
35849 |
08-May-1998 |
phk |
Add a crucial missing _ in NO_SENDMAIL
PR: 6545 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Jos Backus <jbackus@plex.nl>
|
35832 |
07-May-1998 |
ache |
Add new named configuration template and remove old template
|
35787 |
06-May-1998 |
andreas |
Overlooked, that newer naming convention is xxx_program instead of xxx_prog. So changed it to ntpdate_program and xntpd_program. Backout last change, now we have again named_program, sorry.
|
35751 |
05-May-1998 |
andreas |
Add variables for the ntpdate and xntpd program, you might want to run the binaries from the new ntp v4 port.
|
35674 |
04-May-1998 |
peter |
Update the named hooks.
|
35582 |
01-May-1998 |
peter |
Don't give examples or use the depreciated usage to nfsd
PR: 5635
|
35467 |
26-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Add pa=none to give a hint that they exist. PR: 2368 (somewhat)
|
35459 |
26-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Jean-Simon Pendry's paper on amd refers to the use of "ypcat -k" against the "master map" to get the list of mount point/amd map correspondences, and using that list as command-line arguments to start amd.
When I tried to do this with the existing /etc/rc* scripts, I found that I couldn't do this by modifying only /etc/rc.conf: that file gets sourced very early by /etc/rc, well before any networking functionality is present, let alone NIS. Further, I wasn't able to figure out a way to use various levels & types of quoting to defer evaluation of the string to a point subsequent to NIS initialization.
As a result, I resorted to hacking /etc/rc.network -- but I did it in a way that ought to be reasonably general, and avoid breakage for anyone else.
PR: 6387 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: David Wolfskill <dhw@whistle.com>
|
35444 |
25-Apr-1998 |
alex |
Strengthen the rules governing the 127.0.0.0/8 subnet. The previous rules allowed external hosts to send packets to the 127.0.0.0/8 subnet on the firewall host.
Renumber the lo0 rules to guarantee they appear first.
PR: 6406 Submitted by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>
|
35267 |
18-Apr-1998 |
brian |
Add natd support. PR: 6339 Submitted by: cdillon@wolves.k12.mo.us
|
35257 |
17-Apr-1998 |
des |
Changed /usr/sbin/mailq to /usr/bin/mailq
|
35229 |
16-Apr-1998 |
joerg |
Add `myname.my.domain' as another alias for `localhost'. We set this as the initial generic hostname if the user didn't setup any NIC, but failure to resolve this name results in XF86Setup not being able to run.
Reported by: Lutz Zienert <luzi@interface-business.de>
|
35222 |
16-Apr-1998 |
ache |
Add commented out common INSTALL and FORCE_PKG_REGISTER knobs
|
35221 |
16-Apr-1998 |
ache |
Add missing commented out MOTIF_STATIC example
|
35207 |
15-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Better RFC1918 network protection PR: 6278 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
|
35206 |
15-Apr-1998 |
phk |
In light of the fact that several widespread sendmail alternatives exists is reason enough to make the compilation & installation of sendmail an make.conf option. I know that you hate negative options Bruce.
PR: 6284 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Adrian Colley <aecolley@world.std.com>
|
35199 |
14-Apr-1998 |
jmb |
rotate sendmail statistics file weekly. keep the last ten weeks of data. Submitted by: jmb
|
35186 |
14-Apr-1998 |
jmb |
use extended error codes as noted in rfc1893.
retain additional message in check_relay ruleset, the message is written into the maillog. this is useful to a site's postmaster. Reviewed by: jmb Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov ru@ucb.crimea.ua
|
35180 |
13-Apr-1998 |
wosch |
Add tutorials directories.
|
35149 |
12-Apr-1998 |
markm |
Enable the SecureRPC bits in rc.conf, if the Administrator wants them.
|
35121 |
10-Apr-1998 |
des |
Added comments about LC_ALL and setlocale(3). PR: conf/6145
|
35005 |
02-Apr-1998 |
ache |
Cosmetique changes in vidcontrol all screens knob
|
35004 |
02-Apr-1998 |
ache |
Implement vidcontrol knob which allows to set passed flags/modes for all virtual screens (via for loop)
|
35000 |
02-Apr-1998 |
danny |
Correct spelling.
|
34959 |
30-Mar-1998 |
ache |
Run adjkerntz -a at 05:01 too
|
34907 |
27-Mar-1998 |
peter |
Hmm, silly me. I should have read what everything else was doing. The initial/lock devices for cua are owned by uucp.dialer as well.
Also, remove redundant chmod on si_control
|
34906 |
27-Mar-1998 |
peter |
Fix permissions on initial/lock specialix cua device nodes.
PR: 6137
|
34890 |
26-Mar-1998 |
dima |
Don't build sperl if you don't want to.
|
34780 |
22-Mar-1998 |
peter |
I misunderstood Bruce's hint. The chown/chmod are unneeded.
Submitted by: bde
|
34779 |
22-Mar-1998 |
peter |
Fix alphabetical ordering and and excessive cut/pasting.
Submitted by: bde
|
34755 |
21-Mar-1998 |
peter |
/dev nodes for ipfilter
|
34711 |
20-Mar-1998 |
itojun |
/usr/local/man/ja_JP.EUC -> /usr/local/man/ja
PR: 5251
|
34687 |
19-Mar-1998 |
hosokawa |
Added U.S. Robotics XJ1560J (X2 X-jack modem)
|
34654 |
18-Mar-1998 |
jkh |
style tweak.
|
34651 |
18-Mar-1998 |
jkh |
Document NOPERL
|
34638 |
17-Mar-1998 |
jseger |
Add cfengine entries. OK'ed by: jkh
|
34561 |
13-Mar-1998 |
danny |
Submitted by: bde Back out last brain blip.
|
34550 |
13-Mar-1998 |
danny |
Change examples for Cyclades cards (c -> c0) to fit with reality.
|
34510 |
12-Mar-1998 |
bde |
Improved comments and order for the `all' case: - fixed comment about vn0. - improved other comments. - sorted lists alphabetically within lines. - split up and sorted lines more logically.
|
34395 |
09-Mar-1998 |
jkh |
Allow rarpd to be started from rc.conf PR: 5457 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
|
34346 |
09-Mar-1998 |
steve |
Remove extraneous trailing \'s.
PR: 5949 Submitted by: Studded@dal.net
|
34344 |
09-Mar-1998 |
steve |
Remove duplicate entries by changing tcp -> udp.
PR: 2882
|
34340 |
09-Mar-1998 |
jkh |
Nuke ircd entries - nobody can agree on what constitutes a reasonable range for them and I'm %&#$%@! sorry I ever added them in the first place.
|
34151 |
07-Mar-1998 |
jkh |
New moused flag. Submitted by: Kazutaka YOKOTA <yokota@zodiac.mech.utsunomiya-u.ac.jp>
|
34056 |
05-Mar-1998 |
jmb |
fix a type in the rulesets same fix as recorded in misc/5924 that problem report was filed against the stable branch but that's not a reason not to fix it here as well ;) Reviewed by: jmb Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
|
34030 |
04-Mar-1998 |
dufault |
Reviewed by: msmith, bde long ago POSIX.4 headers and sysctl variables. Nothing should change unless POSIX4 is defined or _POSIX_VERSION is set to 199309.
|
33963 |
01-Mar-1998 |
jdp |
Add new directories needed by the ELF tools.
|
33960 |
01-Mar-1998 |
steve |
Create the cuaiA* and cualA* devices.
PR: 5872 Submitted by: Adam Baran <badam@mw.mil.pl>
|
33880 |
27-Feb-1998 |
fenner |
Convert ${MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR} to %SUBDIR% as in bsd.port.mk rev 1.257
|
33878 |
27-Feb-1998 |
asami |
Fix path in commented-out sample of MASTER_SITE_TEX_CTAN.
PR: 5861 Submitted by: kuriyama@opt.phys.waseda.ac.jp
|
33835 |
25-Feb-1998 |
jmb |
added two new files: allowed_domains.txt and allowed_ips.txt. domains/ips listed in these files are *NOT* filtered, even if listed in domains.txt or ips.txt.
someone added netcom.com to the domains.txt file, resulting in all mail from netcom.com being blocked.
|
33819 |
25-Feb-1998 |
hanai |
To commit japanese online manuals into doc/ja/man. Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <horikawa@isrd.hitachi.co.jp>
|
33790 |
24-Feb-1998 |
itojun |
added "Telecom Device SuperSocket RE450T" (PCMCIA NE2000 variant).
|
33789 |
24-Feb-1998 |
hosokawa |
Added NTT ThunderCard Modem... (because I'm using it :-))
|
33788 |
24-Feb-1998 |
hosokawa |
commented out REX-5535 because -current does not have spc driver.
|
33748 |
22-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Add /usr/libdata/msdosfs to store local<->Unicode conversion tables
|
33734 |
22-Feb-1998 |
julian |
Add a few useful entries (e.g. radius)
|
33731 |
22-Feb-1998 |
jkh |
MF22: sanify ircd entries.
|
33725 |
21-Feb-1998 |
jkh |
Add entries for ircd. PR: 5809 Submitted by: Brian Feldman <green@feldman.dyn.ml.org>
|
33682 |
20-Feb-1998 |
brian |
Remove useless argument to ``. start_if.$ifn'' Pointed out by: Tim Tsai <tim@futuresouth.com>
|
33639 |
20-Feb-1998 |
ahasty |
Reserve Major device 92 for the bktr (Bt848 video capture driver)
|
33573 |
18-Feb-1998 |
msmith |
Remove qcam entries Submitted by: pst
|
33480 |
17-Feb-1998 |
jkh |
New rocketport device entries, merged again (gack).
|
33452 |
17-Feb-1998 |
jseger |
Use tabs instead of spaces in saver line.
|
33439 |
16-Feb-1998 |
guido |
Add 2 new rc.conf variables: forward_sourceroute : controls setting of existing net.inet.ip.sourceroute accept_sourceroute : control setting of new net.inet.ip.accept_sourceroute
|
33337 |
14-Feb-1998 |
alex |
Avoid using grep when determining ipfw's default policy -- it may not be available at this stage of the boot if /usr is NFS mounted.
|
33334 |
13-Feb-1998 |
pst |
Change wfd major block device to 1 as part of the effort to make wfd's bootable.
|
33329 |
13-Feb-1998 |
julian |
Add the GRE protocol Generic Routing Encapsulation (RFC 1702)
|
33252 |
11-Feb-1998 |
jdp |
Removing boggle due to trademark violations.
|
33203 |
10-Feb-1998 |
adam |
get default firewall type from rc.conf
|
33201 |
10-Feb-1998 |
msmith |
Add entry for Eiger 33.6K modem Submitted by: John Goerzen <jgoerzen@alexanderwohl.complete.org>
|
33188 |
09-Feb-1998 |
danny |
PR: 1708, 5448 Remove wtmp
|
33186 |
09-Feb-1998 |
danny |
PR: 1708, 5448 Reviewed by: Alex Nash, Steve Price Enhance wtmp monthly handling
|
33185 |
09-Feb-1998 |
wosch |
Count _all_ rejects, not made by check_mail and check_relay only. There can be private rules which produce rejects. Pointed out by: áÎÄÒÅÊ þÅÒÎÏ×
|
33182 |
09-Feb-1998 |
cwt |
Adjustments for ccd devices:
1) Resulting special files now in group operator. (Reviewed by bde) 2) Use $disk_umask when creating ccd device specials. (Suggested by bde) 3) No longer create rccd{n}.ctl; ccd's are not necessarily scsi. (Suggested by bde) 4) No need to split short lines. (Suggested by bde)
|
33149 |
07-Feb-1998 |
alex |
Don't assume that IP services are disabled just because firewall_enable is not set to YES in rc.conf.
Noticed by: Mikael Karpberg <karpen@ocean.campus.luth.se>
|
33120 |
05-Feb-1998 |
wosch |
Count hosts and sort by score.
|
33119 |
05-Feb-1998 |
wosch |
Replace sed(1) with perl(1). The 4.4BSD sed programm is 200 times slower than perl or SunOS 5.5.1 sed.
|
33089 |
04-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Add commented out example of Russian output filter usage
|
33087 |
04-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Add /usr/libexec/lpr/ru for Russian printer filters (coming soon)
|
33065 |
04-Feb-1998 |
alex |
Display ipfw rules which have reached the log limit.
|
32949 |
01-Feb-1998 |
wollman |
Add an additional `named_program' variable so that we can easily choose between 4.9.6 and the port of 8.x.
|
32784 |
26-Jan-1998 |
brian |
Remove ``start='' used when testing :-(
|
32716 |
23-Jan-1998 |
jkh |
Add FAQ and handbook back to doc subtree.
|
32710 |
23-Jan-1998 |
brian |
Ask spammers to mail postmaster@$m, not postmaster@FreeBSD.ORG.
|
32709 |
23-Jan-1998 |
brian |
Just list one of each domain that was rejected (although only by Scheck_relay or Scheck_mail). Suggested by: ache
|
32707 |
22-Jan-1998 |
jkh |
Add wfd to all target, reorder devs to put like with like since we lost all pretense of an alphabetical ordering some time back.
|
32615 |
18-Jan-1998 |
wosch |
Add an example for busy mail servers, commented out.
|
32601 |
18-Jan-1998 |
ache |
Do not run by default. Can grow your root mailbox up to 2Mb per day since SPAMmers like to retry often
|
32591 |
17-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Don't install the tcl implementation headers. The tcl distribution makefile doesn't install them, and they couldn't be used without lots of undocumented -I's in CFLAGS. tcl.h is still installed in /usr/include/tcl/. Note that rev.1.24 of tcl_bmake/mkMakefile.sh broke all the section 3 tcl man pages by putting it there instead of in /usr/include.
|
32578 |
16-Jan-1998 |
pst |
Bring in IDE ATAPI floppy support. This is Junichi's v1.0 driver.
NOTE: Major device numbers have been changed to avoid conflict with other FreeBSD 3.0 devices. The new numbers should be considered "official." This driver is still considered "beta" quality, although we have been playing with it. Please submit bugs to junichi and myself.
Submitted by: junichi@astec.co.jp
|
32382 |
10-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Compare return code from ipfw against 0 for success instead of == 1 for error.
Pointed out by: Matthew Thyer <thyerm@camtech.net.au>
|
32379 |
09-Jan-1998 |
steve |
Use manpath(1) to determine the value of ${MANPATH} instead of using one of two hard-coded values.
PR: 5365 Submitted by: Ruslan Shevchenko <rssh@cam.grad.kiev.ua>
|
32372 |
09-Jan-1998 |
steve |
Fix generation of Comtrol RocketPort devices.
PR: 5468 Submitted by: Steve Gericke <steveg@comtrol.com>
|
32340 |
08-Jan-1998 |
joerg |
Start syslogd before savecore, so savecore's messages will be logged properly. Only users of 4 MB machines might not want it this way (to prevent accidentally clobbering the coredump), but they are somewhat in the minority these days.
|
32241 |
04-Jan-1998 |
steve |
Suppress banner pages by default and add a note describing how to turn them back on.
PR: 5226
|
32238 |
04-Jan-1998 |
wosch |
Add forgotten share/examples/ppi
|
32209 |
03-Jan-1998 |
jkh |
strengthen mknod(). Submitted by: bde
|
32197 |
02-Jan-1998 |
jkh |
Fix jkh typo in VTY rule.
PR: 5411 Submitted by: Brian Tao <taob@netcom.ca>
|
32154 |
01-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Don't test for executability of /usr/sbin/sysctl [before execing plain sysctl]. We already assumed that many standard commands exist, and sysctl is not special.
|
32134 |
31-Dec-1997 |
brian |
Suggest using /var/tmp for local domain `diagnostic' sockets, rather than making a new directory. Also, suggest 0600 permissions (mask: 0177).
Dangers noted by: Theo de Raadt <deraadt@cvs.openbsd.org>
|
32130 |
30-Dec-1997 |
brian |
Don't suggest creating sockets in /var/run as we create sockets as our original uid. Suggest creating /var/ppp with perms 1777 instead.
Pointed out by: Masafumi NAKANE <max@wide.ad.jp>
|
32082 |
29-Dec-1997 |
jkh |
Normalize default owner/group handling, fix bogons in a couple of printf arg lists.
|
32070 |
29-Dec-1997 |
jkh |
Yet another slight bogon that I just noticed needed cleaning up. The for loop was sloppily written, taking advantage of a default for argument handling which few are probably aware of rather than stating its purpose more explicitly. Can't also help but notice that the fd* entry also contains far more comment lines than actual statements - can we please clean that up? The wt* entry could use a bit of the same.
|
32068 |
29-Dec-1997 |
jkh |
Whoops - one small tweak: I eliminated the deprecated isdn case, so also remove mention of it in the comments.
|
32067 |
29-Dec-1997 |
jkh |
Remove all explicit rm's (with and without wildcards) and replace them with a function which does the rm/mknod in one step, eliminating the gratuitous device node removal behavior of before.
Reviewed by: bde
|
32028 |
27-Dec-1997 |
steve |
Add a ldconfig_paths variable that specifies the shared library paths to be given to ldconfig(8).
PR: 5178 Submitted by: Evan Champion <evanc@synapse.net>
|
32017 |
27-Dec-1997 |
brian |
Allow (and document) execution of commands from within our chat script. You can now even run chat(8) - see ppp.conf.sample.
|
31872 |
19-Dec-1997 |
julian |
Add an entry for SKIP, and update the pointer to the new reference source.
|
31856 |
19-Dec-1997 |
brian |
The ``super scsi'' device is /dev/scc. I'm not sure it's fully functional though !
|
31793 |
17-Dec-1997 |
pst |
Warn if ISC-DHCP not available.
|
31761 |
16-Dec-1997 |
pst |
Add support for explicit 3C589D varients and XJ1336 modems
|
31760 |
16-Dec-1997 |
pst |
Support ISC-DHCP if the package is available.
|
31728 |
15-Dec-1997 |
nate |
- Fix some very minor typos.
|
31714 |
14-Dec-1997 |
jkh |
typo fix. PR: 5289 Submitted by: Studded@dal.net
|
31644 |
09-Dec-1997 |
danny |
Back out last commit re dmesg.boot
|
31641 |
09-Dec-1997 |
danny |
Make rc record boottime dmesg to /var/log/dmesg.boot, so the data is preserved after it scrolls out of the dmesg buffer.
|
31607 |
07-Dec-1997 |
jmb |
correct an error that i made in check_relay.
check_relay cannot return temporary errors. The temporary error is logged in the sendmail log, but on the SMTP protocol level, sendmail returns '550 Access Denied'. Reviewed by: jmb Submitted by: Tor Egge <Tor.Egge@idi.ntnu.no>
|
31601 |
07-Dec-1997 |
nate |
- Added entry for 'Linksys Combo PCMCIA EthernetCard'
Submitted by: Brad Karp <karp@eecs.harvard.edu>
|
31548 |
05-Dec-1997 |
nate |
- Added entries for LinkSys ethernet card and Apex Data Modem.
Submitted by: Ken Key <key@cs.utk.edu>
|
31506 |
03-Dec-1997 |
ache |
Expand default datasize to 22M, perl5 & pine are usual memory eaters
|
31479 |
01-Dec-1997 |
obrien |
Revisions 1.14 and 1.9.2.3 fixed PR conf/5127.
|
31472 |
01-Dec-1997 |
obrien |
MF 22s
|
31467 |
01-Dec-1997 |
jmb |
improve anti-spam rulesets: check_relay, check_mail, check_rcpt. break each ruleset into identified sections. (called groups). note which groups can be reordered. each group accepts and returns the same strings, as much as possible. reactivate Paul Vixie's RBL (in check_mail) add rules to limit mail relaying to a list of hosts and domains in the R class (check_rcpt, not active on hub.freebsd.org) Submitted by: jmb
|
31431 |
27-Nov-1997 |
steve |
datasize-curr -> datasize-cur, typo fix.
PR: 5152 Submitted by: owaki@st.rim.or.jp
|
31344 |
22-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Check for rejected mail Not commented on by: freebsd-hackers
|
31326 |
20-Nov-1997 |
nate |
- In addtition to flushing the routes, also flush the arp cache when bringing up the new network link.
Submitted by: Guido van Rooij <guido@gvr.org>
|
31297 |
19-Nov-1997 |
nate |
- Setup a default route (if one is set) when the card is inserted. This needs to be re-thought, but should work better for 95% of the users.
Stolen from: rc.network
|
31287 |
18-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Add the ``loop'' example to the right file (oops).
|
31286 |
18-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Add a loopback example.
|
31192 |
16-Nov-1997 |
steve |
Resurrect a modified version of the /tmp clearing code from rev 1.119. Enable this by setting clear_tmp_enable in rc.conf to YES. Beware there can be serious side-effects of enabling this, so use at you own risk.
PR: misc/4982, misc/5054
|
31172 |
14-Nov-1997 |
nate |
- Added entry for Accton 2216 ethernet card.
Submitted by: Patrick Gardella <patrick@cre8tivegroup.com>
|
31123 |
12-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Some "allow" examples.
|
31109 |
10-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Mention IP address label in ppp.linkup. Add an "examples:" label so that people don't inadvertently get all the examples with the "ondemand" label.
|
31095 |
10-Nov-1997 |
jkh |
Use more secure defaults for amd.map.
PR: 3846 Submitted by: Takeshi WATANABE <watanabe@komadori.planet.kobe-u.ac.jp>
|
31078 |
09-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Suggest that a ``!include ~/.ppp.conf'' may be in order.
|
31071 |
09-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Don't mention removed ppp sample files Pointed out by: jkh
|
31044 |
08-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Merge ppp configuration examples. Add some useful bits & pieces.
|
31033 |
07-Nov-1997 |
sef |
Allow the system to be configured to pass "-n" to kerberos and kadmind or not; also, only run kadmind on a non-slave server. Man page for rc.conf is also updated.
Reviewed by: Mark Murray
|
31032 |
07-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Mention how to keep the line for a minimum call charge. Suggested by: Stuart Henderson <stuart@internationalschool.co.uk>
|
31029 |
07-Nov-1997 |
phk |
Make roots prompt "`hostname -s`# "
|
31025 |
07-Nov-1997 |
ache |
Add sl_SI directories
|
30881 |
01-Nov-1997 |
wosch |
Check for files belongs to an unknown user or unknown group. Do not run by default.
|
30880 |
01-Nov-1997 |
wosch |
Delete unused code.
|
30864 |
31-Oct-1997 |
jdp |
Add "mrouted_flags". It has been referenced by rc.network for a long time.
|
30852 |
30-Oct-1997 |
nate |
- Commented out some PAO specific portions of this file.
Noticed by: Michael Reifenberger <root@totum.plaut.de>
|
30794 |
27-Oct-1997 |
ache |
Back out moving nobody to daemon class, the problem fixed in another place: inetd
|
30787 |
27-Oct-1997 |
ache |
Move nobody to daemon class, otherwise it is impossible to start fingerd while Apache is running, it effectively eats all default class limits for nobody
|
30672 |
23-Oct-1997 |
itojun |
obey internet-draft "draft-stevens-advanced-api-04.txt" for ipv6 defs.
|
30671 |
23-Oct-1997 |
msmith |
Add entries for the Danpex EN-6200P2 and Megahertz XJ4336
|
30633 |
21-Oct-1997 |
nate |
- Update the Adaptect SlimSCSI CIS tuple so that it works with FreeBSD's default pccard daemon.
|
30617 |
21-Oct-1997 |
danny |
MF22 - make firewall_type a little more robust
|
30589 |
20-Oct-1997 |
jmb |
add /etc/mail--the anti-spam files branches affected: -current, RELENG_2_2, and RELENG_2_1_0
|
30581 |
19-Oct-1997 |
jmb |
anti-spam filter used by the FreeBSD mailing lists.
|
30540 |
18-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
Something that should have been done 2.5 years ago: install pcvt's accompanying doc files into /usr/share/pcvt/. (This goes to the `doc' distribution, not `bin'.)
|
30539 |
18-Oct-1997 |
jkh |
MF22: Minor cosmetic tweak.
|
30488 |
16-Oct-1997 |
jkh |
Alphabetize.
|
30485 |
16-Oct-1997 |
jkh |
Add /usr/share/examples/libvgl so we don't fall over. :( Forgotten by: sos
|
30408 |
14-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
Sheesh! Who's put a non-comment comment into this file?
|
30361 |
13-Oct-1997 |
hoek |
1) Remove comment about tip(1) not accepting comments in /etc/phones Forgotten-By: rgrimes, early '94 (see rev 1.3, 1.4).
2) Use 555-#### examples to avoid potentially expensive accidents.
3) Escape @ in example pn capability (see related FAQ.sgml question).
|
30356 |
12-Oct-1997 |
imp |
Make mountd use -r by default. Hopefully this will cut down the number of complaints that FreeBSD's mountd doesn't allow mounting of swap files for OSes like SunOS, NetBSD and OpenBSD. Submitted by: Joerg Wunsch
|
30314 |
12-Oct-1997 |
jkh |
reference rc.conf(5) instead of a bogus rc.conf(8) Submitted by: "Vanill I. Shu" <vanilla@MinJe.com.TW>
|
30229 |
08-Oct-1997 |
jkh |
Back out my last commit - the trailing / should stay and fetch(1) should stop puking on null directory components.
|
30226 |
08-Oct-1997 |
jkh |
Remove trailing slash from MASTER_SITE_BACKUP example since it can lead to two trailing /'s, which is in turn an invalid URL (just bit me :-).
|
30222 |
08-Oct-1997 |
ache |
Add pop
|
30181 |
06-Oct-1997 |
imp |
Disable LPR/LPD by default. Reviewed by: jkh, guido, imp
|
30161 |
06-Oct-1997 |
jkh |
Whoops! Whomever added the de_DE.ISO_8859-1 entry missed a "..", causing an incomplete /usr/local to be populated (this is why the ports collection is mostly broken in the out-of-box configuration with 2.2.5-BETA).
|
30066 |
03-Oct-1997 |
itojun |
added icmp6 and ip6. they are becoming common. Source: ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/protocol-numbers
|
30036 |
01-Oct-1997 |
ache |
/etc/opielocks -> /var/spool/opielocks
|
29984 |
29-Sep-1997 |
wosch |
Directories for german manpages.
|
29973 |
29-Sep-1997 |
ache |
Add /etc/opielocks for opie locks, standard place
|
29951 |
28-Sep-1997 |
jkh |
Restore the Samba entries which were spammed when someone added the imap4 entry.
|
29950 |
28-Sep-1997 |
jkh |
ppp.secret.sample listed twice, at the cost of ppp.shells.sample.
|
29949 |
28-Sep-1997 |
jkh |
Document the ever decreasingly popular USA_RESIDENT variable.
|
29931 |
28-Sep-1997 |
markm |
Final commit for KTH KerberosIV. -DMAKE_EBONES -> -DMAKE_KERBEROS4
|
29929 |
28-Sep-1997 |
markm |
Remove include/kerberosIV directory. It is no longer used.
|
29928 |
28-Sep-1997 |
markm |
Comment out services that conflict with known (kerberos) services. Add KTH names for Kerberos services. (K5-ready).
|
29870 |
26-Sep-1997 |
joerg |
Set `crt' by default to make mail(1) happy. Also, comment out the not so very commonly used interviews settings.
|
29864 |
26-Sep-1997 |
alex |
Changed ipfw grep string: reject rules are now listed as deny, reset, or unreach.
|
29861 |
26-Sep-1997 |
ache |
daemon: bump maxproc from 256 to 512 256 means f.e. that only 256 users at once can be served by your HTTPD
|
29860 |
25-Sep-1997 |
ache |
Add missing SJIS and pl_PL entries
|
29807 |
24-Sep-1997 |
ache |
Disallow o+rwx for /var/games/hackdir hierarchy, it helps to make hack non-setuid back
|
29791 |
24-Sep-1997 |
ache |
Create missing /var/games/hackdir/save
|
29740 |
23-Sep-1997 |
peter |
Further tweak to 'daemon' so that the hard limit for coredumpsize is not set to zero, only the soft limit. This means that non-root processes started from /etc/rc* can explicitly raise the coredump limit if they wish.
|
29731 |
23-Sep-1997 |
peter |
Raise some of the 'daemon' class limits as used by things started from /etc/rc, including inetd and it's children, stuff from /usr/local/etc/rc.d (eg: squid, apache). The default limits are causing a lot of problems including things like fsck failing on large disks. I hope I've understood the quirks of the override mechanism properly.
|
29723 |
22-Sep-1997 |
wosch |
Add directories for Poland: /usr/share/{locale,nls}/pl_PL.ISO_8859-2
|
29664 |
21-Sep-1997 |
joerg |
Unspam rev 1.114 that got spammed when someone commited the rc.conf changes: drop `savecore_enable' now that our savecore obeyes the minfree file.
|
29647 |
21-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Add "delete 0" before "add 0 0..." Suggested by:
|
29610 |
19-Sep-1997 |
joerg |
Add a sample entry specifying numeric tty settings. People sometimes ask how to force a local tty line into CLOCAL mode and Xon/Xoff flow control. This is the preferrable way (over rc.serial).
|
29606 |
19-Sep-1997 |
asami |
Add Wnn6 reverse lookup server port.
Submitted by: Satoshi Taoka <taoka@infonets.hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
|
29597 |
19-Sep-1997 |
julian |
Add the direcotry for the japanese shift-JIS locale
|
29590 |
18-Sep-1997 |
danny |
Fix some problems in the rules file loading and need for modload detection.
Found by: "James E. Housley" <housley@pr-comm.com>
|
29571 |
18-Sep-1997 |
asami |
Add canna and Wnn ports numbers.
Submitted by: Satoshi Taoka <taoka@infonets.hiroshima-u.ac.jp>
|
29382 |
14-Sep-1997 |
jkh |
DTRT with ${viddev} in the same way as the other vidcontrol entries. Reminded by: bde
|
29343 |
13-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Change the not-specified-default for inetd & cron to "enabled". This will avoid breaking things for idiots like me who update /etc/rc without paying attention and updating rc.conf too.
|
29338 |
13-Sep-1997 |
jkh |
MF22: If moused started, also enable it for console vty. PR: 4525
|
29319 |
13-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Don't redirect "mount -t -o nfs" to null
|
29312 |
12-Sep-1997 |
asami |
Revert back to 1.28.
|
29305 |
11-Sep-1997 |
ache |
Fix typo in my prev. commit
|
29300 |
11-Sep-1997 |
danny |
Reviewed by: msmith, alex Cosmetic changes to the loading of firewall rules and lkm.
|
29281 |
10-Sep-1997 |
jkh |
By popular request, change the default suggested value for CFLAGS and also note that COPTFLAGS is _just_ for the kernel and CFLAGS just for userland.
|
29262 |
10-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Correct and explain the PAP/CHAP examples.
|
29227 |
08-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Don't add loopback routes in the examples. Ppp now does this internally by default.
|
29172 |
07-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Update samples for the changed LQR default.
|
29082 |
04-Sep-1997 |
brian |
ppp => network As discussed on cvs-committers
|
29021 |
01-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Fix the bogus routes I introduced in the last commit.
|
29011 |
01-Sep-1997 |
ache |
Do not remove /var/tmp/vi.recover
|
28979 |
01-Sep-1997 |
eivind |
Change games from setuid games to setgid games.
Reviewed by: maybe@yes.no Obtained from: OpenBSD (mostly deraadt@openbsd.org)
|
28964 |
31-Aug-1997 |
brian |
Add group ppp (gid 69)
|
28922 |
30-Aug-1997 |
phk |
emove /usr/local/libdata/tcl
|
28866 |
28-Aug-1997 |
jkh |
Add entries for Comtrol Rocketport driver. Submitted by: Amir Farah <amir@comtrol.com>
|
28681 |
25-Aug-1997 |
brian |
Add examples of "!bg", "add 0 0 HISADDR" in ppp.conf and how to do ppp over tcp/ip.
|
28646 |
24-Aug-1997 |
max |
Bring in the latest (08/22/1997) version from the Internic.
|
28428 |
19-Aug-1997 |
wosch |
Undo last commit.
Uncomment abuse, security, and ftp aliases.
Add aliases ftp-bugs -> ftp. ftp-bugs is the default email address which print our ftp daemon if a user type the command 'rhelp'.
Reviewed by: joerg
|
28424 |
19-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Change local_cron to local_periodic. Submitted by: bde
|
28377 |
18-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Remove 100.clean-src
|
28376 |
18-Aug-1997 |
pst |
cron.d -> periodic
|
28337 |
18-Aug-1997 |
jdp |
Bye bye /usr/share/examples/sup.
|
28320 |
17-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Cosmetic changes. Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@xp11.frmug.org>
|
28319 |
17-Aug-1997 |
pst |
This was disabled, but it doesn't even make sense to leave it in as an example, it's totally bogus.
|
28306 |
17-Aug-1997 |
joerg |
Ooops. Wrong branch, back out previous commit.
|
28305 |
17-Aug-1997 |
joerg |
MFC: rev 1.125, remove old PID files at startup
|
28285 |
17-Aug-1997 |
jkh |
Remove non-orthnogonal weak_mountd_authentication variable hack and expose mountd_flags in its place. Still allow the usage of weak_mountd_authentication in legacy configs to result in an implicit mountd_flags=-n, so folks shouldn't break because of this.
Suggested by: Andre Albsmeier <Andre.Albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de>
|
28266 |
16-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Point at /etc/periodic
|
28265 |
16-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Goodbye, cron.d
|
28264 |
16-Aug-1997 |
pst |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r28263, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
28223 |
14-Aug-1997 |
peter |
Snapshot the various mail configurations. hub.mc was reconstructed to produce the same sendmail.cf since the original has been lost.
|
28205 |
14-Aug-1997 |
jkh |
Further optimize crontab's installation. Submitted by: pst
|
28204 |
14-Aug-1997 |
jkh |
Yeesh! I completely missed the cron.d install here which did the right thing already. Just remove the old references. Noted by: pst
|
28162 |
13-Aug-1997 |
danny |
Add ppp.shells.sample and ppp.deny to Makefile so they actually appear in a release.
Reminded by: Satoshi and DavidG
|
28159 |
13-Aug-1997 |
jkh |
Make distribute target work again in the wake of the cron.d changes. Note: I don't like the way these files are being copied but every other method seemed gross too.
|
28144 |
13-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Make the cutover to periodic and cron.d as discussed to death on committers for the past week.
|
28141 |
13-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Add local_cron in the spirit of local_startup
|
28140 |
13-Aug-1997 |
steve |
ARP_PROXY_ALL -> ARP_PROXYALL
PR: kern/4181 Submitted by: Johan Larsson <johan@moon.campus.luth.se>
|
28131 |
12-Aug-1997 |
adam |
line continuation
|
28120 |
12-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Activate make distribute and pray I didn't break release building.
|
28118 |
12-Aug-1997 |
eivind |
Fix typo (Eudroa -> Eudora)
PR: 4214
|
28117 |
12-Aug-1997 |
pst |
Add entries for cron.d and friends
|
28115 |
12-Aug-1997 |
pst |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r28114, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
28108 |
12-Aug-1997 |
ache |
Add libdata/doscmd
|
28055 |
11-Aug-1997 |
fenner |
Make "make-localhost" Y2K safe by using "date +%Y" instead of "date +%y" to pick the serial number.
PR: misc/3465 Submitted by: sjr1@flash.net (Stephen J. Roznowski)
|
28016 |
09-Aug-1997 |
phk |
Add aliases for hostmaster, webmaster & abuse, all point to root.
|
27875 |
04-Aug-1997 |
msmith |
Reference the correct distribution when mentioning the FAQ and handbook.
|
27837 |
02-Aug-1997 |
davidn |
Add /etc/rc.shutdown capability to init. Add sample /etc/rc.shutdown (which is just a shell for now). Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>
|
27830 |
01-Aug-1997 |
phk |
Move tcl packages to libdata/pkg
|
27810 |
01-Aug-1997 |
brian |
Remove the annoying "cmp: EOF" message when dmesg changes.
|
27755 |
29-Jul-1997 |
ache |
Change /var/run owner to root - sendmail can't write sendmail.pid otherwise due to safeopen
|
27683 |
25-Jul-1997 |
phk |
A couple of new directories needed for tcl8.0b2
|
27527 |
19-Jul-1997 |
jfieber |
Remove SGML related directories.
|
27487 |
18-Jul-1997 |
asami |
Add BSD.x11.dist to list of files to copy to /etc/mtree. Sorry if this breaks "make release", Jordan!
PR: 4110 Not reviewed by: jkh
|
27365 |
13-Jul-1997 |
jkh |
Back out ld.so.conf change until the question is resolved.
|
27338 |
11-Jul-1997 |
guido |
Fix typo
|
27335 |
11-Jul-1997 |
jkh |
Use /etc/ld.so.conf as a library path override, if it exists. Submitted by: Hans Zuidam <hans@brandinnovators.com>
|
27247 |
06-Jul-1997 |
peter |
Update description of rand_args to not suggest "-s"..
Pointed out by: bde
|
27243 |
06-Jul-1997 |
peter |
fix rndcontrol invocation.. rndcontrol has the irq after a -s switch, not just the next argument. We really need to be able to tag drivers with their randomness "suitability" so that this can be more automatic. It would be nice if all suitable drivers registered their irq automatically, but still allowed them to be turned on/off etc.
|
27218 |
06-Jul-1997 |
pst |
Merge from 2.2 (tcp extensions in phase 1)
|
27213 |
05-Jul-1997 |
pst |
netstart should really only do phase 1 bringup, not start all the daemons
|
27212 |
05-Jul-1997 |
pst |
netstart wasn't getting installed
|
27199 |
05-Jul-1997 |
jkh |
Add entries for tooltalk
|
27188 |
04-Jul-1997 |
jdp |
Add "nfsv2" to the default mount options. It can be removed when V3 stops causing unkillable hung processes.
|
27117 |
30-Jun-1997 |
jkh |
sysconfig -> rc.conf PR: 3978 Submitted by: Janick.Taillandier@ratp.fr
|
27086 |
29-Jun-1997 |
wosch |
Delete old comment about /bin/mail. We don't have a /bin/mail.
Sync with /etc/master.passwd and RFC 2142. In detail: added: man, news, operator, usenet (->news), xten deleted: ingres added as comment: info, marketing, sales, support, abuse, noc, security, ftp, hostmaster, webmaster, www, bit-bucket, dev-null
|
27017 |
28-Jun-1997 |
peter |
add cvspserver (officially registered at 2401)
|
26938 |
25-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Comment out rc.conf picking by default
|
26936 |
25-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Add . /etc/rc.conf to pick variables
|
26934 |
25-Jun-1997 |
pst |
Execute rc.local in a subshell instead of sourcing it.
Requested by: dima
|
26917 |
25-Jun-1997 |
dima |
Fix krb5_prop entry.
Pointed-by: Bill Fenner
|
26914 |
25-Jun-1997 |
dima |
Add krb5_prop service (kerberos v5 prop). It's on the same port as for v4 but requires different name.
|
26913 |
25-Jun-1997 |
dima |
sh /etc/rc.local -> . /etc/rc.local
|
26906 |
24-Jun-1997 |
dima |
Add missing '.'
|
26727 |
18-Jun-1997 |
pst |
Add cron_enable and inetd_enable flags to rc.conf. WARNING: don't update rc and forget to update rc.conf, or you won't be able to telnet back into your box after a reboot.
|
26549 |
10-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Add ppp.log
|
26548 |
10-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Fix ppp log name
|
26547 |
10-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Not kill ppp now, it uses syslog
|
26538 |
10-Jun-1997 |
brian |
Use "set log", not "set debug". Grammar police.
|
26535 |
10-Jun-1997 |
asami |
Add new directories according to jmz's XFree86-3.3 upgrade. Change ownership of directories to root:wheel. While I'm here, convert some tabs to spaces.
|
26522 |
09-Jun-1997 |
bde |
Updated serial console options.
|
26453 |
04-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Back out symlinks/directories removing until solution will be found since they are really directories in the release (for unknown reason for me)
|
26452 |
04-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Remove directories belongs to /usr/src to stop mtree to modify /usr/src permissions. Having them here is wrong from several other poins too: they are never be a directories (simlinks only), so why give a chance to mtree to make them as directories? Since they never be a directories, permissions of them will never be modified by old mtree too.
|
26450 |
04-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Remove /var/run/* now instead of *.pid
|
26449 |
04-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Restore /var/run/*.pid cleaning, gated already moved off the way and innd store its .pid inside its own directories
|
26441 |
04-Jun-1997 |
asami |
Make local "root:wheel" so it will be consistent with BSD.local.dist
Reviewed by: bde
|
26430 |
04-Jun-1997 |
asami |
Remove /usr/local meddling.
Approved by: jkh
|
26423 |
04-Jun-1997 |
asami |
New mtree file for /usr/X11R6.
Approved (a long time ago) by: David Dawes
|
26377 |
02-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Back out /var/run/*.pid cleaning since some programms (like innd) use .pid to detect crash
|
26368 |
02-Jun-1997 |
markm |
Correct the way IRQs are passed to rndcontrol. If there are more than one IRQ being used, the -s options must be specified for each of them. In this case rc.conf would only allow 1, as the -s was coded into rc.i386.
|
26355 |
02-Jun-1997 |
jkh |
timed_enabled -> timed_enable Submitted by: "James D. Stewart" <jds@c4systm.com>
|
26352 |
01-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Add rm -f /var/run/*.pid to prevent random process killing due to picking old .pid file
|
26189 |
27-May-1997 |
jkh |
YAMF22
|
26093 |
24-May-1997 |
jkh |
Make firewall comment a little more explanatory.
|
26092 |
24-May-1997 |
jkh |
Allow local configuration to override this file. Submitted by: Russell Vincent <rv@groa.uct.ac.za>
|
26061 |
23-May-1997 |
ache |
Fix "daemon" class, Apache not works from /etc/rc otherwise.
Among bumping several limits, most interesting thing is that Apache requires than "filesize=64M" restriction must be removed. I think it is due to mmap() usage in apache, but I am not shure.
|
26055 |
23-May-1997 |
ache |
Add default flags for named since FreeBSD have its configuration in non-default place Add daemon to screen savers list comment
|
26021 |
23-May-1997 |
pst |
Restore backwards compatible default behavior for requirehome
|
25990 |
22-May-1997 |
eivind |
Upgrade to latest version of named.root (from InterNIC). PR: conf/3642
Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <soil@quick.net> (Well, suggestion. Root file from InterNIC)
|
25957 |
21-May-1997 |
jkh |
Add a space to moused_port line. PR: 3644 Submitted by: Michael Perlman <canuck@caam.rice.edu>
|
25916 |
19-May-1997 |
jkh |
Neaten up some things which were inconsistent, add a few more flags to things which need them, general cleanup. Submitted by: Brian Somers <brian@awfulhak.org>
|
25912 |
19-May-1997 |
jkh |
accounting -> accounting_enable
Submitted by: Jian-Da Li <jdli@csie.nctu.edu.tw>
|
25901 |
19-May-1997 |
gpalmer |
Correct comment to show correct path to cap_mkdb
|
25896 |
18-May-1997 |
jkh |
Comment that this is no longer used and is only for convenience. Requested by: ache
|
25895 |
18-May-1997 |
jkh |
Bring back /etc/netstart for those who are sitting in single user and wish only to bring up their interfaces. This script is not actually called by any other script and exists purely for user convenience. Requested by: pst
|
25815 |
14-May-1997 |
jkh |
bootparam -> bootparamd PR: 3596 Submitted by: kenji@reseau.toyonaka.osaka.jp
|
25765 |
13-May-1997 |
jkh |
Add arp_proxyall knob. Submitted by: Christoph Kukulies <kuku@gilberto.physik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>
|
25750 |
12-May-1997 |
brian |
Bring pmdemand example in line with handbook and man page examples.
|
25693 |
11-May-1997 |
jmg |
add a bktrX target (for Bt848 based cards)
|
25645 |
10-May-1997 |
brian |
Update ppp example pid_file name.
Suggested by: ache
|
25608 |
09-May-1997 |
ache |
Change ASCII case from lower to upper
|
25584 |
08-May-1997 |
joerg |
Add some blurb about how to setup a secondary nameserver.
Reviewed by: -hackers
|
25567 |
08-May-1997 |
brian |
Don't use HISADDR in ppp.conf examples as it's not set up properly 'till ppp.linkup is parsed.
PR: 3114 Submitted by: Kenneth R. Westerback <krw@tcn.net>
|
25565 |
08-May-1997 |
brian |
Update direct-* example to reflect LQR on both sides. Fix bogus loopback route.
This example shows LQR working on both sides of the loop.
|
25530 |
07-May-1997 |
jkh |
Use full path to sendmail for security reasons. Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>
|
25483 |
05-May-1997 |
jkh |
Correct typo in NIS flags. PR: 3503 Submitted by: Christoph Kukulies <kuku@blues.physik.rwth-aachen.de>
|
25478 |
05-May-1997 |
jkh |
Add inetd_flags and way of passing ipfw a configuration file (if firewall = "somefilename").
Fix typo fixes and URLs which were accidently nuked out of this file (submitted by: soil@quick.net via PR#3501).
Submitted by: "Danny J. Zerkel" <dzerkel@phofarm.com>
|
25469 |
04-May-1997 |
andreas |
re-enabled: . /etc/rc.${arch} PR: Reviewed by: bruce Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
25455 |
04-May-1997 |
andreas |
Fixed sourcing of /etc/etc.${arch}/rc.${arch} on startup. PR: Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
25446 |
04-May-1997 |
ache |
Use newly introduced pid file field now for ppp
|
25425 |
03-May-1997 |
jkh |
Change group ownership of /var/mail to mail and permission to 0775.
This does *not* instantly make any program which "ensures" mail spool consistency by creating lock files safe in any way since other tools, like mail.local, will be using flock() semantics and any such lock file will simply be ignored. It does, however, allow a lot of things which are currently suid root in order to create such bogus lockfiles to, at least, be bogus at a much lower level of privilege (and this is good). Ultimately, of course, everybody should just use flock.
|
25424 |
03-May-1997 |
andreas |
synchronize with bsd.doc.mk (long outstanding fix) PR: closes docs/3479
|
25412 |
03-May-1997 |
jkh |
Update the etc world from RELENG_2_2 which is now more up-to-date (gotta get myself -current again, this is a drag).
Also-fixes-problems-noted-by: Wolfgang Helbig & Joerg Wunsch
|
25376 |
02-May-1997 |
jkh |
Add mail group.
|
25369 |
01-May-1997 |
ache |
Add 'russian' users class
|
25368 |
01-May-1997 |
ache |
Increase Retry interval from 300 to 900 to shut named warning that (300 < 900) maintainance interval
|
25365 |
01-May-1997 |
jkh |
Ack, learn to spell "extentions" the same way in the same file. Also make the output a little less cryptic for sysctl settings.
Suggested by: bde
|
25364 |
01-May-1997 |
jkh |
YAMF22 PR: 3456
|
25339 |
01-May-1997 |
jkh |
Clean up the output a bit.
|
25337 |
01-May-1997 |
jkh |
YAMF22
|
25321 |
30-Apr-1997 |
bde |
Removed unused groff `generate' directories.
|
25250 |
28-Apr-1997 |
jkh |
YAMF22
|
25248 |
28-Apr-1997 |
jkh |
YAMF22
|
25242 |
28-Apr-1997 |
jkh |
YAMF22
|
25238 |
28-Apr-1997 |
jkh |
YAMF22
|
25203 |
27-Apr-1997 |
alex |
Typo police.
Added links to O'Reilly & Associates and Addison-Wesley's web sites to accompany the book recommendations.
|
25184 |
27-Apr-1997 |
jkh |
Bring in rc file changes from -current.
|
24973 |
16-Apr-1997 |
danny |
Suggested by: David Nugent Change the name of ppp.disabled to ppp.deny for consistency with at.deny and friends.
|
24951 |
15-Apr-1997 |
asami |
Add comments about overridable MASTER_SITE_* variables.
Suggested by: Narvi <narvi@haldjas.folklore.ee>
|
24944 |
15-Apr-1997 |
danny |
List of users who may not use pppd in system password logins, and a sample list of acceptable shells.
|
24903 |
13-Apr-1997 |
davidn |
PR: Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
24770 |
10-Apr-1997 |
brian |
Make the use of mousedtype/sysmouse clearer. Suggested by: jkh
|
24759 |
09-Apr-1997 |
guido |
Make a sysconfig variable controlling if teh kernel should accept nfs requests from non-privileged ports.
Change mountd such that it does never set this variable, but only clears it when run with -n. Also document this in the man page.
|
24598 |
03-Apr-1997 |
brian |
Make the default VERASE key the <-- key and remove root's `stty's. 'nuff said.
Inventor: joerg@FreeBSD.org Reviewer: sos@FreeBSD.org
|
24473 |
01-Apr-1997 |
pst |
Added pop3pw amandaidx amidxtape
|
24463 |
01-Apr-1997 |
pst |
Add portmapflags and syslogd flags. Reviewed by: jkh
|
24430 |
31-Mar-1997 |
scrappy |
Remove MAKEFLAGS example from /etc/make.conf...
Bruce points out that it breaks things if someone doesn't do a 'make depend', but I just found out that it breaks 'make depend' itself :(
|
24422 |
30-Mar-1997 |
scrappy |
Add/document MAKEFLAGS into /etc/make.conf, using -j3 as example
|
24396 |
29-Mar-1997 |
jdp |
Add the "resvport" option, now that FreeBSD NFS servers require it.
|
24225 |
25-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
top(1) has a tunable parameter for the hash size to hash the user entries. Mention it in make.conf.
|
24063 |
20-Mar-1997 |
ache |
Remove term=dumb from default entry: ovverrides TERM variable for login
|
23939 |
16-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
Having two knobs until you get a kernel core dump saved is silly. Leave dumpdev, but kill the savecore variable. Thus, it's still off by default, but all you need is enabling dumpdev now.
phk's old argument that savecore might inadvertendly fill up the disk no longer counts, savecore now correctly obeyes a `minfree' file, and we ship our systems with such a file that even has a reasonable default.
|
23921 |
16-Mar-1997 |
jmg |
fix a misspelling of demand...
Submitted-by: Takashi Saeki
Closes PR#2989
|
23864 |
13-Mar-1997 |
brian |
Add examples for a direct serial connection using lqr Candidate for 2.2.
|
23613 |
10-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
Fix a logico in my last (commented out) commit.
|
23607 |
10-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Fixed the Cyclades and Digiboard port numbers.
|
23596 |
10-Mar-1997 |
danny |
Update MAKEDEV to handle lots of tun devices, consistent with the tun device selection code in usr.sbin/ppp/os.c (tun0-tun127, rather than tuna and tunb). Also, make it make all devices up to and including the requested one.
|
23564 |
09-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Added forgotten directories netns and pccard. The bug was masked by bogons in /usr/src/include/Makefile.
|
23454 |
06-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
Don't clobber the TERM variable if it's already set (e.g. from /etc/ttys, or from a telnet session). So basically, this setting will only get in effect in the single-user shell.
Closes PR # 2395.
|
23444 |
06-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
Fix the (commented out) example to prune the tree from core etc. files: don't ever attempt to prune readonly filesystems, and properly quote *.core against the shell.
|
23403 |
05-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
Now that we can read from a worm device, handle their permissions as we do for other disk devices, too.
|
23379 |
04-Mar-1997 |
wosch |
Add /usr/share/doc/psd/13.rcs and /usr/share/doc/psd/28.cvs. ..
|
23345 |
03-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Merged Cortex frame grabber entry from 2.2.
|
23316 |
03-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
Remove the -g option from the "find ... | xargs -ls ..." line. The -g option to ls has been depreciated.
|
23271 |
02-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Added new filesystem directories.
Fixed munged whitespace (just 2 lines of it). The mtree files were originally generated by `mtree -cdinx -kuname,gname,mode'. This gives output with no tabs except in the header. The format should be preserved by manual updates so that the files don't change a lot when they are regenerated.
|
23219 |
28-Feb-1997 |
wosch |
Create directory /etc/skel.
|
23217 |
28-Feb-1997 |
wosch |
add lt_LN.ISO_8859-1
|
23154 |
27-Feb-1997 |
wosch |
Add forgotten entries for Croatia
Pointed out by: ache
|
23142 |
26-Feb-1997 |
ache |
Fix typing error in default class: rc= instead of tc=
|
23141 |
26-Feb-1997 |
ache |
For root & daemon classes bump max openfiles to 1024 to really activate bumped select limit
|
23120 |
26-Feb-1997 |
mpp |
Larn needs /var/games/larn to exist so that it can create its scorefile. Closes PR# 1944.
|
23097 |
25-Feb-1997 |
mpp |
Don't include /usr/X11R6/man in the makewhatis search path if it doesn't exist. Closes PR# 326.
|
23066 |
23-Feb-1997 |
mpp |
When looking for setuid files, call find with -print0 and xargs with -0. This allows find to pass files with "illegal" characters to xargs in a safe manner.
Note: due to the manner in which the file names are now passed between find and xargs, the files are now sorted differently than before. The first /etc/security run after installing this change may result in a lot of output when nothing did in fact change.
Closes PR# 1910.
2.2 candidate.
|
23049 |
23-Feb-1997 |
brian |
Make the sample config files more understandable, correcting various bits of grammar. Added a decent pmdemand example for dynamic IPs on both sides. Could this be a 2.2 candidate ?
|
23037 |
23-Feb-1997 |
peter |
Revert $FreeBSD$ to $Id$
|
23036 |
23-Feb-1997 |
peter |
Create /usr/libdata/gcc/ in preperation for installing specs
|
23023 |
22-Feb-1997 |
ache |
Add ko_KR.EUC directories
|
22906 |
18-Feb-1997 |
dg |
Updated to Jan 22, 1997 revision from the InterNIC.
|
22808 |
16-Feb-1997 |
bde |
Select between the generic math functions and the i387-specific ones at runtime.
etc/make.conf: Nuked HAVE_FPU option.
lib/msun/Makefile: Always build the i387 objects. Copy the i387 source files at build time so that the i387 objects have different names. This is simpler than renaming the files in the cvs repository or repeating half of bsd.lib.mk to add explicit rules.
lib/msun/src/*.c: Renamed all functions that have an i387-specific version by adding `__generic_' to their names.
lib/msun/src/get_hw_float.c: New file for getting machdep.hw_float from the kernel.
sys/i386/include/asmacros.h: Abuse the ENTRY() macro to generate jump vectors and associated code. This works much like PIC PLT dynamic initialization. The PIC case is messy. The old i387 entry points are renamed. Renaming is easier here because the names are given by macro expansions.
|
22638 |
13-Feb-1997 |
jkh |
Document FTP_PASSIVE_MODE in the place where I usually set it.
|
22528 |
10-Feb-1997 |
julian |
add a disktab entry for those people who need abit of help with ZIP drives..
use with: disklabel -r -w -B sdx zip100
Submitted by: dave blizzard <dblizzar@sprynet.com>
|
22517 |
09-Feb-1997 |
jkh |
1.2 -> 1.44MB floppies.
|
22437 |
08-Feb-1997 |
jdp |
Security fix. Strip the encrypted passwords out of the "master.passwd" diff output, and replace them with "(password)". The diffs get mailed to root, which in many cases is forwarded across the Internet. A patient sniffer could acquire the entire "master.passwd" file by saving all the diffs. With this fix, you still see that the password changed, but you don't see the details.
Unless somebody talks me out of it, I am going to merge this into -2.2 in 48 hours.
|
22356 |
06-Feb-1997 |
joerg |
Add worm(4)'s bdev entry.
|
22295 |
05-Feb-1997 |
mpp |
Change the header line to read "count" instead of "ngen" so that it matched the terms used in the manual page.
Closes PR# 2663.
|
22240 |
03-Feb-1997 |
jdp |
Add "/usr/share/examples/drivers/", fixing make world breakage. Forgotten by: julian
|
22027 |
27-Jan-1997 |
bde |
Use shifts instead of multiplications and `|' instead of `+' to simplify dkminor(). Use $((1 << 29)) instead of a mysterious decimal number for $scisctl. Use dkminor() instead of repeating part of it for special cases. Shortened some long lines.
|
22026 |
27-Jan-1997 |
bde |
Fixed comment that did not match code (cursor -> bell).
|
22009 |
25-Jan-1997 |
phk |
Since we have netatalk in the kernel, make life a little easier for people and add the four needed entries in /etc/services.
|
21999 |
25-Jan-1997 |
nate |
Change the entry for ttyv3 to be the same as X would require if we were using xdm (but still off).
|
21984 |
24-Jan-1997 |
dg |
Change to use some unused bits in the 'type' field to extend the unit field to 9 bits (512 units) for disk devices.
|
21972 |
24-Jan-1997 |
jkh |
As /etc/sysconfig and /etc/rc.i386 is now, you can't modify the syscons bell type on boot. Slightly annoying when your system doesn't have a speaker. This adds a `keybell' frob for setting it. Closes PR#2519
Submitted-By: Jonathan Mini <mini@hydrogen.nike.efn.org>
|
21943 |
22-Jan-1997 |
davidn |
Made more reasonable as a set of defaults. Remove cruft, fix a couple of errors and eliminate cap_mkdb errors. Closes PR misc/2551.
|
21822 |
17-Jan-1997 |
joerg |
by popular request I submit the following disktab entry for inclusion in /etc/disktab
Submitted by: lada@ws2301.gud.siemens.co.at (Hr.Ladavac)
|
21751 |
16-Jan-1997 |
jkh |
Make sure newly created /var/account/acct file is 0600 mode.
|
21673 |
14-Jan-1997 |
jkh |
Make the long-awaited change from $Id$ to $FreeBSD$
This will make a number of things easier in the future, as well as (finally!) avoiding the Id-smashing problem which has plagued developers for so long.
Boy, I'm glad we're not using sup anymore. This update would have been insane otherwise.
|
21660 |
13-Jan-1997 |
nate |
Added apm and card[01] devices to all target.
Suggested by: bde
|
21613 |
12-Jan-1997 |
ache |
Add commented out example entry for imap4
|
21538 |
11-Jan-1997 |
davidn |
Added 'xuser' class entry point for X users (who need more resources). Increased default procs/file handles so that man will work in more situations. Other suggestions welcome, btw.
|
21526 |
11-Jan-1997 |
davidn |
Adds a template/example login.conf, login class capabilities database.
|
21468 |
10-Jan-1997 |
pst |
Clean up imap
|
21365 |
06-Jan-1997 |
nate |
Minor modifications to the PCCARD startup files and comments.
Submitted by: The Nomads
|
21360 |
06-Jan-1997 |
nate |
Remove un-necessary comment.
|
21314 |
04-Jan-1997 |
alex |
Typo police.
|
21310 |
04-Jan-1997 |
jfieber |
Add docbook.
|
21237 |
02-Jan-1997 |
mpp |
Create /usr/share/examples/mdoc.
|
21228 |
02-Jan-1997 |
phk |
Put dmesg.boot in /var/run instead of /var/tmp
Suggested by: joerg & peter
|
21197 |
02-Jan-1997 |
phk |
Now that uptimes run into months on a regular basis, I often find myself wondering what the hw-config of a machine is, and the logs have been rotated many times since reboot already.
Added: /sbin/dmesg > /var/tmp/dmesg.boot to /etc/rc
2.2 candidate
|
21130 |
31-Dec-1996 |
asami |
Add share/examples dir.
Suggested by: max
|
21109 |
30-Dec-1996 |
joerg |
While being here, also create all the gsc device nodes as described in the gsc(4) man page, and allow for more than one unit number.
|
20979 |
28-Dec-1996 |
peter |
Get rid of the revolting hacks that were used to install the /etc/sendmail.cf file.
Submitted by: bde
|
20972 |
28-Dec-1996 |
wosch |
add new directory /usr/share/examples/printing
|
20847 |
23-Dec-1996 |
peter |
Add commented out samples on how to activate the compat libs during build. Note that nothing is stopping somebody from cd'ing to src/lib/compat/<dist> and doing a 'make all install' there by hand.
|
20828 |
23-Dec-1996 |
joerg |
Extend the set of ptys to chmod at boot time.
Closes PR # conf/1957: not all perms of ptys...
Submitted by: gurney_j@efn.org (John-Mark Gurney)
|
20684 |
19-Dec-1996 |
joerg |
Add /usr/local/sbin to the rc $PATH. Things like GateD are located there.
|
20545 |
16-Dec-1996 |
ache |
cvsup client moved from sbin to bin
2.2 candidate
|
20403 |
13-Dec-1996 |
bde |
Fixed missing install of BSD.include.dist.
|
20391 |
13-Dec-1996 |
jkh |
magic file is no longer in /etc
|
20390 |
13-Dec-1996 |
jkh |
Close PR#2198:
I've added an installation from optical disk drive facility. This enables FreeBSD to be installed from an optical disk, which may be formatted in "super floppy" style or sliced into MSDOS-FS and UFS partitions.
Note: ncr.c should be reviewed by Stefan Esser <se@freebsd.org> and cd.c by Joerg Wunsch <joerg@freebsd.org> before bringing this into 2.2.
Submitted-By: Shunsuke Akiyama <akiyama@kme.mei.co.jp>
|
20357 |
12-Dec-1996 |
asami |
Add missing mann and catn directories.
2.2 candidate.
|
20272 |
10-Dec-1996 |
adam |
ifconfig 127.0.0.1 instead of localhost
|
20172 |
06-Dec-1996 |
peter |
Update this to what freefall's been running for a day or so.
|
20147 |
05-Dec-1996 |
asami |
Directories for Japanese manpages. Definite 2.2 candidate, as it will be used for the "Japanese manpages port" coming soon.
|
19975 |
26-Nov-1996 |
asami |
Add share/misc. Definite 2.2 candidate, if we want it to be consistent with the ports.
Found by: obrien and his mutt port
|
19941 |
23-Nov-1996 |
bde |
Added forgotten directories zoneinfo/Antarctica and zoneinfo/Arctic.
The zoneinfo makefile doesn't follow the rules. It builds everything at install time. It dpends on zic to create the directories. zic doesn't know about the weird 555 permissions specified in BSD.usr.dist, so it creates the directories with nonstandard permissions.
|
19931 |
23-Nov-1996 |
ache |
Add missing nls directories
2.2 candidate
|
19911 |
21-Nov-1996 |
ache |
ru_SU -> ru_RU
|
19910 |
21-Nov-1996 |
ache |
Add ru_RU as alias to ru_SU
|
19833 |
17-Nov-1996 |
wosch |
delete removeuser
|
19776 |
15-Nov-1996 |
ache |
Remove backward-compatible locale aliases, XFree now support native FreeBSD names
|
19760 |
15-Nov-1996 |
asami |
Create directory for Japanese handbook. Definite 2.2 material if the handbook is going to make it.
|
19747 |
14-Nov-1996 |
andreas |
Added $PATH to the end of PATH. Otherwise the command 'expr' can't be found by the shell when running MAKEDEV from the fixit floppy environment.
|
19719 |
13-Nov-1996 |
adam |
start rpc.statd for nfs_server case. add warning and commented out line for rpc.lockd
|
19651 |
11-Nov-1996 |
paul |
Added ocol: ppp to the first two examples so that ppp catually requests the ppp protocol when it logs in. I'm not sure whether this applies to all the examples. Are there cases where the ISP assumes ppp is being used ?
|
19607 |
10-Nov-1996 |
peter |
The kerberised network services should only be active in inetd.conf if kerberos is installed. So far as I'm aware, kerberos aware clients detect ECONNREFUSED and (if allowed) fall back to the non-kerberos servers. They do not know how to interpret messages such as "rlogind: unknown option -k".
I believe Garrett also mentioned this.
Unfortunately, this adds an extra step to bringing up kerberos.
It also stops /var/log/messages getting quite so many useless (and confusing) error messages when somebody does a port scan on you.
|
19558 |
09-Nov-1996 |
jkh |
Add an entry for minimum - that's a lot easier.
|
19525 |
08-Nov-1996 |
peter |
make the /etc/sendmail.cw file optional by default.
Definately should go into 2.2..
Requested by: lots of people
|
19474 |
06-Nov-1996 |
pst |
The standard .mc files shipped with the new sendmail have an extra divert(0) at the top. Make our freebsd-supplied files match the standard files.
Apply-to: 2.2
|
19473 |
06-Nov-1996 |
pst |
auth.debug should not be sent to root realtime
news.notice info should not be sent to /var/log/messages, as news has its own set of logs and notice is overused by inn
added entries for newsservers (but they're commented out)
|
19433 |
05-Nov-1996 |
jhay |
Add knobs for IPX. 2.2 candidate?
|
19363 |
03-Nov-1996 |
joerg |
/dev/vn0b is supposed to be a block device, so don't test(1) whether it's a plain file.
Submitted by: brian@awfulhak.demon.co.uk (Brian Somers)
|
19322 |
02-Nov-1996 |
ache |
Back out daemon.* addition, ssh port should be fixed instead
|
19316 |
01-Nov-1996 |
ache |
Add -z to CVSupflags, it iz safe because it is done by zlib, not by extra gzip child
|
19314 |
01-Nov-1996 |
peter |
Update to use the recommended recovery procedure from nvi-1.76. This is a lot more robust and handles errors a lot better. It also cleans up stray, hopeless, or unmodified files rather than leaving them there forever.
|
19313 |
01-Nov-1996 |
bde |
Fixed cualc and cualD minor numbers which I broke in the previous commit.
|
19309 |
01-Nov-1996 |
peter |
Add nvi-1.79 directories
|
19272 |
31-Oct-1996 |
ache |
Log daemon.* to /var/log/messages or very valuable daemons messages lost forever
|
19226 |
28-Oct-1996 |
joerg |
Correct the startup sequence for syslogd:
. crate the symlink for /dev/log if required, then . remove the old socket (savecore might have already created it accidentally), then . start syslogd.
(Btw., our test(1) misses an option to test for a socket.)
|
19203 |
27-Oct-1996 |
peter |
Add rudimentry support for ifconfig'ing aliases at boot. Also allow start_if.<if> to do all the work instead if so configured. With examples.
|
19177 |
25-Oct-1996 |
bde |
Restored order of cuac above ttyc.
Fixed some style bugs for cua* and tty*.
Removed superfluous chmod for consolectl.
FIxed a tiny security bug for perfmon and changed the style for perfmon to match the style of the non-std devices.
|
19151 |
24-Oct-1996 |
scrappy |
fixes:
>Description:
The sed script in /etc/rc.local that builds the host/kernel ID line for the message of the day relies on the year not going past 1999. When the year passes 1999, the ID line is malformed.
Submitted by: Wolfram Schneider <wosch@cs.tu-berlin.de>
|
19109 |
22-Oct-1996 |
scrappy |
Fixes: >Description:
Applications that rely on getttyent and related calls will not find entries that are not listed in /etc/ttys. Screen and xterm (rxvt, color_xterm) will not be able to obtain unique utmp slots as a result. This isn't a critical problem but it will keep utilities such as 'finger', 'who' and 'w' from displaying the correct information.
Closes PR#conf/1270
Submitted by: winter@jurai.net
|
19105 |
22-Oct-1996 |
se |
Add character device (78,0): pci
Submitted by: wollman
|
19076 |
21-Oct-1996 |
wpaul |
Add hooks for rpc.ypxfrd in /etc/sysconfig and /etc/rc. Also change a couple of benign cases of 'yppasswdd' to 'rpc.yppasswdd.' (Like rpc.yppasswdd, rpc.ypxfrd should only be run on NIS master servers.)
|
19040 |
19-Oct-1996 |
alex |
Invoke weekly.local and monthly.local if they exist.
Suggested by: jkh
|
19037 |
19-Oct-1996 |
alex |
If /etc/daily.local is present, run it just before the security check. Closes PR#1822.
Submitted by: John-Mark Gurney <jmg@nike.efn.org> (w/some changes)
|
19033 |
19-Oct-1996 |
ache |
Add MM_CHARSET setting (MIME charset), it is good for tin, metamail, etc. Add mesg y All things commented out
|
19032 |
19-Oct-1996 |
pst |
Recent ppp changes broke make release. :-(
|
19007 |
18-Oct-1996 |
jkh |
Clean up the example files by giving them a unified set of names (which I don't like, finding them rather redundantly named, but I'm just going with the flow here).
|
18928 |
14-Oct-1996 |
pst |
catch a mismatch after final review...
|
18927 |
14-Oct-1996 |
pst |
Expose the control mechanism for serial console boot so that the default shipped with freebsd can be changed without modifying the Makefiles directly.
Creates: BOOT_FORCE_COMCONSOLE BOOT_PROBE_KEYBOARD BOOT_PROBE_KEYBOARD_LOCK BOOT_COMCONSOLE (port value for console)
|
18912 |
13-Oct-1996 |
joerg |
Uncomment the "raw" lp entry in /etc/printcap. We start lpd by default, so there's no use in running it without any printer definition in printcap. Also added a bunch of hints about the printer setup, to guide the admin about the printer setup (handbook, "apsfilter"), and a commented-out sample setup for a remote printer.
In the same line, add /var/spool/lpd/output to BSD.var.dist since it is referred to by the "lp" entry in printcap.
|
18902 |
13-Oct-1996 |
dg |
Changed ttyc? and cuac? specifications to support multiple controllers. A "MAKEDEV ttyc0" now creates 32 units for controller 0, ttyc1 for controller 1, etc..
|
18879 |
12-Oct-1996 |
nate |
Whoops, update the comment field while we're at it. (I *hate* the link to freefall!)
|
18878 |
12-Oct-1996 |
nate |
In the same manner that we log the ipfw entries, log the kernel log messages using the output of dmesg.
|
18813 |
08-Oct-1996 |
peter |
Add a -p to the amd invocation, it's not optional since we are expecting the pid on stdout for /var/run/amd.pid. The example in sysconfig had forgotten -p anyway...
|
18812 |
08-Oct-1996 |
peter |
Some tweaks after having run a YP-only system with quotas: - split the "starting network daemons" in half. - The first half starts things necessary to get full name service up. - The quota check etc moved from "before network" to after the name services are running. quotacheck does a while(p=getpwent()) which isn't real good without YP running... - moved rwhod a little later to put it with the other network stuff. - deferred inetd a tad so that it's after ldconfig and dev_mkdb, otherwise you get logins before you're ready.
Unresolved: named is started before ypserv/ypbind still, but named does a while(s = getservent()) and while (p=getprotoent()) to suck in the entire database into memory. This means you cannot have a "+" in the /etc/services or /etc/protocols files or you get a long hang at boot.
|
18717 |
05-Oct-1996 |
ache |
Use full path for cvsup
|
18716 |
05-Oct-1996 |
ache |
Add CVSup block (commented out)
|
18689 |
04-Oct-1996 |
ache |
Better users list
|
18664 |
03-Oct-1996 |
peter |
Add /usr/share/libg++ for libg++'s genclass prototype/template class files to live. (These are not include files)
|
18663 |
03-Oct-1996 |
peter |
Add /usr/include/g++/std for the libstdc++'s #include <std/foo.h>
|
18639 |
02-Oct-1996 |
pst |
In the brave new world, that that does not make us strong, kills us.
Turn OFF the "small servers" by default. FreeBSD systems should only serve actively used programs. Jewels like chargen and echo are too useful in attack scenarios.
|
18460 |
22-Sep-1996 |
imp |
Fix a possible syntax error in rc when swapfile isn't defined at all. This can happen when the user is upgrading from an older version and his/her sysconfig file doesn't have swapfile defined to be NO in it.
|
18442 |
21-Sep-1996 |
peter |
Remove SHARED_LIBCC_INT sample, it's gone and has been a do-nothing option since the cc1/cc1plus backends were linked static some time ago.
|
18425 |
20-Sep-1996 |
bde |
Fixed order and whitespace of examples/cvs entries.
|
18378 |
19-Sep-1996 |
phk |
Add commented out example for bootps
|
18364 |
18-Sep-1996 |
jkh |
Cosmetic tweak. Requested-By: John Robert LoVerso <loverso@osf.org>
|
18270 |
13-Sep-1996 |
pst |
Add hylafax
|
18263 |
12-Sep-1996 |
asami |
Add share/dict, following the lead of BSD.usr.dist.
|
18201 |
10-Sep-1996 |
jfieber |
Remove obsolete subdirs of usr/share/sgml/FreeBSD.
|
18192 |
09-Sep-1996 |
ache |
Remove sleep before moused, problem fixed with new consolectl device
|
18190 |
09-Sep-1996 |
sos |
Fix for the problem that moused hangs if it is started from /etc/rc Introduces the /dev/consolectl device for controlling various console related things (given syscons is used).
|
18182 |
09-Sep-1996 |
ache |
Use real device for mousedport, because /dev/mouse usually linked with /dev/sysmouse when moused is active Add comment about this fact
|
18181 |
09-Sep-1996 |
ache |
Use the same perm/owner for sysmouse as for others mouse devices
|
18180 |
08-Sep-1996 |
ache |
Make sysmouse device for syscons
|
18162 |
08-Sep-1996 |
jfieber |
Add missing share/groff_font/devlj4
|
18150 |
08-Sep-1996 |
jfieber |
Add usr/share/sgml/transpec
|
18112 |
07-Sep-1996 |
ache |
Use /dev/mouse for default moused port Add comment explanation how to turn mouse support on particular screen (vidcontrol -m on)
|
18111 |
07-Sep-1996 |
ache |
Make moused actually work: add sleep 20 before moused starts. It allows all getties to activate screens.
|
18059 |
05-Sep-1996 |
jfieber |
/usr/share/sgml/ISO for ISO entity definitions.
|
18045 |
05-Sep-1996 |
adam |
don't ask for confirmation
|
18022 |
03-Sep-1996 |
bde |
BSD.usr.dist: Added forgotten share/doc/psd/05.sysman and share/zoneinfo/America/Indiana.
bsd.doc.mk: Nuked mkdir -p and wrong fixups of the leaf directory's ownerships and permissions. The doc tree should be well enough established for this to be safe. Installs to directories should use a trailing slash on the directory name so installs to non-drectories are fatal, but I didn't start changing them.
bsd.man.mk: Nuked mkdir -p and wrong fixups of the leaf directory's ownerships and permissions. They were overkill to create just /usr/share/info.
zoneinfo/Makefile: No changes yet. zic creates directories with ordinary 755 permissions. Why do we use 555 permissions for directories in /usr/share/zoninfo. Why not for zoneinfo itself? /proc and /dev/fd are the only other directories in the system with 555 permissions.
|
17998 |
02-Sep-1996 |
phk |
Add support for shlibs in /usr/lib/compat that the linker will not find at compile time, but ldd will at runtime.
|
17996 |
01-Sep-1996 |
ache |
Move daemon from group 31 to group 1 One of the reasons: rwhod not work, because it got 1,31 instead of 1,1 on setuid(1) and require group 1 for directory access
|
17968 |
31-Aug-1996 |
wosch |
add forgotten share/doc/smm/10.named
|
17888 |
29-Aug-1996 |
chuckr |
Add new include directories tcl, tcl/unix, and tcl/generic. Reviewed by: Peter Wemm
|
17829 |
25-Aug-1996 |
pst |
Fix buffer overrun, and run as nobody
|
17779 |
22-Aug-1996 |
pst |
Add zephyr
|
17771 |
22-Aug-1996 |
asami |
Add skkserv (1178/tcp) and sj3 (3086/tcp). They are both Japanese kanji input servers.
|
17767 |
21-Aug-1996 |
jkh |
Add a new "swapfile" variable so that you can add a file as a additional swap as the system is coming up.
|
17740 |
21-Aug-1996 |
jkh |
Add cvsup directory to share/examples Reminded-By: ache
|
17671 |
19-Aug-1996 |
wosch |
space typo, the shell don't like name=<space>value
|
17645 |
18-Aug-1996 |
wosch |
``make install'' should not install the symlink /usr/sbin/rmt -> /etc/rmt Only ``make distribution'' in src/etc/Makefile overrides things in /etc
Pointed out by: joerg
|
17639 |
17-Aug-1996 |
wosch |
make install should not install any file in /etc.
|
17635 |
17-Aug-1996 |
peter |
Put on my flame-proof suit and attempt to make the /etc/motd banner editor safer. The old one was too deadly, if the blank line after the "FreeBSD" version banner was missing, it would delete from the beginning of the file up until the next blank line, possibly to the end of file. This was not good.
|
17594 |
14-Aug-1996 |
jkh |
Remove root dotfiles which did more harm than good.
|
17507 |
11-Aug-1996 |
peter |
Add missing netatalk, netipx and netkey directories.
|
17468 |
07-Aug-1996 |
wosch |
disable `calendar -a'. it's a bad idea, particular with networked home directories
submitted by: "Boyd R. Faulkner" <faulkner@asgard.bga.com> and GAWollman (long time ago)
|
17364 |
31-Jul-1996 |
pst |
Move intermediary file generation to /var partition
|
17336 |
30-Jul-1996 |
jkh |
Edit this for consistency's sake (though it's syntactically identical). Noticed-By: "William A. Gill" <bill@duchess.wagill.com>
|
17210 |
18-Jul-1996 |
pst |
Move things up a bit to make startup pretty
|
17161 |
13-Jul-1996 |
pst |
Start sendmail after ldconfig. Put the nail in the coffin on misc/1346. Submitted by: Hiroharu Tamaru <tamaru@ap.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>
|
17148 |
13-Jul-1996 |
jkh |
Merge.
|
17146 |
12-Jul-1996 |
wosch |
create missing /usr/share/examples/removeuser
Submitted by: Ollivier ROBERT roberto@keltia.freenix.fr
|
17106 |
11-Jul-1996 |
pst |
Add amanda default port
|
17105 |
11-Jul-1996 |
pst |
Set shells to nonexistent where appropriate
|
17104 |
11-Jul-1996 |
pst |
Add ability to override sendmail .cf file specification. Add creation of ppp.log file since we rotate it now.
|
17072 |
10-Jul-1996 |
julian |
Adding changes to ipfw and the kernel to support ip packet diversion.. This stuff should not be too destructive if the IPDIVERT is not compiled in.. be aware that this changes the size of the ip_fw struct so ipfw needs to be recompiled to use it.. more changes coming to clean this up.
|
16921 |
02-Jul-1996 |
wosch |
update comment for tun* add comment for snp*
|
16857 |
30-Jun-1996 |
alex |
If ipfw is enabled, display packet/byte counters for reject/deny rules that have changed since the last security check.
Make the spacing between sections more consistent.
|
16852 |
30-Jun-1996 |
peter |
If a local ufs filesystem is mounted "nosuid", dont scan it as part of the /etc/security setuid checks. This is useful for things like large news spool partitions that dont have executables.
Reviewed by: pst
|
16851 |
30-Jun-1996 |
peter |
Correct location of tcl components.. They are installed under /usr/libdata/tcl (created with mkdir -p), not /usr/lib/tcl (empty).
|
16709 |
25-Jun-1996 |
jkh |
The way sendmail.cf is installed here is gross and needs to be totally redone. For now, use the objlink target to give it the obj directory it needs.
|
16692 |
25-Jun-1996 |
jkh |
Add worm to /usr/share/examples
|
16671 |
24-Jun-1996 |
pst |
Start vi.recovery processing after ldconfig. Closes misc/1346 which has bitten me more times than I care to remember.
|
16668 |
24-Jun-1996 |
nate |
Add the (commented out) OBJLINK hook.
|
16645 |
23-Jun-1996 |
ache |
Add moused hooks (OFF by default)
|
16596 |
22-Jun-1996 |
pst |
Add /var/log/ppp.log from iij ppp
|
16588 |
22-Jun-1996 |
joerg |
Add a few hints about the cleaning policy of /tmp, including an example (commented out) for how to purge it regularly.
|
16582 |
22-Jun-1996 |
phk |
Add tcl related directories.
|
16578 |
22-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Flush out the rules before adding entries. This prevents duplicate rules from appearing when switching back and forth from single to multi-user modes.
|
16496 |
19-Jun-1996 |
nate |
Remove the hardcoding of the IRQ, and instead have it determine a free IRQ.
For now only enable on the 3C589 until other cards have been tested.
|
16394 |
15-Jun-1996 |
jkh |
This is no longer in /stand
|
16391 |
15-Jun-1996 |
jkh |
Cosmetic tweaks.
|
16390 |
15-Jun-1996 |
jkh |
Make an etc/rc.d directory.
|
16373 |
14-Jun-1996 |
nate |
Change the 'nep0' lines to 'ep0' since we are very soon to get a working if_ep.c driver for PCCARD stuff. Also,change the 3C589 examples to reflect what I use to switch between the two connectors.
|
16170 |
07-Jun-1996 |
ache |
IDE cd fixes: wcd?a is missing wrong partition number was used for wcd?c
|
15859 |
22-May-1996 |
pst |
Eliminate warning message and add big warnings about security holes
|
15824 |
19-May-1996 |
ache |
Remove obsoleted comment about adjkerntz
|
15814 |
18-May-1996 |
nate |
Fixed *annoying* error with the weekly files. Do you get these whenver /etc/weekly is run?
Rebuilding locate database: stty: stdin isn't a terminal TERM: Undefined variable.
'su' apparently runs in root's environment before doing a seteuid(), so it reads root's .cshrc. The problem lies in the fact that $prompt is *always* set by the time the command is executed, so you can't protect your interactive commands from the non-interactive commands by the normal:
if ($?prompt) then # interactive stuff here endif
Set the -f flag (su -fm) which causes it not to read root's .cshrc file, since there should be no reason to do so for these scripts since /etc/crontab sets up all of the necessary environment.
|
15800 |
17-May-1996 |
jkh |
freefall's new sendmail.cf file. Submitted by: gpalmer
|
15772 |
13-May-1996 |
wosch |
catman -> catman.local
This is currently a no-op, because a wisely man did not enable catman by default (in comments).
|
15758 |
13-May-1996 |
jkh |
Neaten up some of the comments in here.
|
15756 |
12-May-1996 |
wosch |
makewhatis -> makewhatis.local
|
15726 |
10-May-1996 |
ache |
Add russian calendar directory
|
15684 |
08-May-1996 |
jkh |
Nuke the nasty cleaning of /var/run after netstart starts - it nukes gated's pid file, for one thing, and is just generally BAD.
|
15624 |
04-May-1996 |
peter |
Add /usr/libdata/stallion for holding the download firmware images. These binary files most definately do not come under /usr/share's "architecture independent text files" rule... even though these same images would be used on other processors with pci architectures.
|
15569 |
03-May-1996 |
asami |
Bring in ccd support.
Entry to create ccd devices.
|
15568 |
03-May-1996 |
asami |
Bring in ccd support.
Call ccdconfig before swapon if /etc/ccd.conf exists.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
15532 |
02-May-1996 |
jkh |
Add wcd0 to `all' target. The fate of the IDE CDROM support in 2.2 is becoming clearer.. :-)
|
15462 |
30-Apr-1996 |
jkh |
Highly cosmetic tweaks.
|
15461 |
30-Apr-1996 |
jkh |
Make the invocation of fortune conditional
|
15404 |
27-Apr-1996 |
jkh |
Make default /etc/motd (which I will include in the installation) a little more helpful and explanatory to new users. Experienced users always blow away their default motd's on the first day anyway. :-)
|
15399 |
26-Apr-1996 |
mpp |
Remove the comments that suggest people not turn on accounting and quotas because they don't work. They seem to work just fine, and the comments generate too many questions.
|
15366 |
24-Apr-1996 |
nate |
Fix reverse logic bug which caused the ethernet configuration to never work.
|
15337 |
21-Apr-1996 |
pst |
Add /usr/libexec/sm.bin for smrsh(8)
|
15334 |
21-Apr-1996 |
asami |
Take out quotes around MOTIFLIB. Clarify comments a bit, most users don't have to touch neither X11BASE nor MOTIFLIB.
Reported by: kmitch@phantasma.bevc.blacksburg.va.us
|
15320 |
19-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Exclude devices. Character ones modes changes often and proper names guessing involves too much AI.
|
15288 |
18-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Use -X to be xargs-friendly Check devices too, follow original BSD intention Find only executable files with s-bits, close PR bin/1022 Reset locale to C to have equal results in any case
|
15272 |
16-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Back out my MOTIF_STATIC change, it is unnecessary
|
15224 |
13-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Document MOTIF_STATIC
|
15216 |
12-Apr-1996 |
markm |
Update the Entropy-Gatherer to reflect a better setup - do not use IRQ1, as the keyboard hook already gets this timing info.
Also some slight improvements to the comments.
|
15212 |
12-Apr-1996 |
asami |
Add commented-out definitions of HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIFLIB.
|
15210 |
12-Apr-1996 |
phk |
Add another good book to the required reading. make a couple of rules more sensible.
Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: jmb
|
15150 |
09-Apr-1996 |
asami |
Add phone (1167/udp).
|
15084 |
07-Apr-1996 |
joerg |
Add rplay.
Submitted by: Andreas Klemm <andreas@knobel.gun.de>
|
15072 |
06-Apr-1996 |
mpp |
Use the correct syntax for checking if /etc/rc.firewall exists.
|
15041 |
04-Apr-1996 |
joerg |
Mention the `amd' program version number. The amq(8) man page mentions it as being Sun registered,.
|
15027 |
03-Apr-1996 |
phk |
Add skeleton firewall setup(s). Comments very welcome.
|
14894 |
28-Mar-1996 |
wollman |
Add /usr/share/examples/perfmon.
|
14827 |
26-Mar-1996 |
wollman |
Provide for creation of /dev/perfmon.
|
14796 |
24-Mar-1996 |
paul |
Added creation of /usr/libdata and /usr/libdata/lint
|
14751 |
22-Mar-1996 |
nate |
Install rc.pccard to get PC-CARD support (when available).
|
14726 |
20-Mar-1996 |
adam |
refer to RFC1918 for private networks, instead of obsoleted RFC1597
|
14688 |
19-Mar-1996 |
jkh |
Fix Nate's spamming of this file - every backquote needs a matching one.. :-)
|
14673 |
18-Mar-1996 |
nate |
Added some comments regarding the apm device, and added support to create the PC-CARD devices.
Note: The APM character special device is named /dev/apm and not apm0 as was prvioiusly since only one APM device can exist in a system at a time according to the the APM specifications.
|
14672 |
18-Mar-1996 |
nate |
Synchronize relevant changes from the most recent PC-CARD release.
|
14662 |
17-Mar-1996 |
phk |
Fix the pccard install.
|
14647 |
17-Mar-1996 |
markm |
Hack-and-slash out the old 1.1.* stuff. Later commits will bring in 4.4-Lite and 4.4-lite2 stuff. Reviewed by: bruce, rgrimes
|
14624 |
14-Mar-1996 |
nate |
Renamed the relevant PC-Card support files to reflect the newest release.
|
14596 |
12-Mar-1996 |
nate |
PC-CARD hooks. Someday it will actually enable working code. :)
Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Tatsumi Hosokawa <hosokawa@mt.cs.keio.ac.jp> & BSD Nomads
I re-wrote alot of this, but the ideas are based on the code from the most recent pccard-snapshot.
|
14594 |
12-Mar-1996 |
phk |
Move "dialer" to gid == 68.
|
14592 |
12-Mar-1996 |
phk |
Move user & group "xten" from [ug]id == 100 to 67. This is less likely to collide with site policies.
|
14591 |
12-Mar-1996 |
phk |
Remove ingres user.
|
14420 |
08-Mar-1996 |
ache |
Add "ppp 3000/tcp" for Use-level PPP in daemon mode (-auto)
|
14419 |
08-Mar-1996 |
ache |
Fix several places where interface netmask was in place of route netmask Fix dialout device name Add multi-phone example
|
14403 |
06-Mar-1996 |
asami |
Add NOPORTDOCS, similar to NOMANCOMPRESS. It prohibits additional port documentation (which can be things like postscript manuals describing every single of the 65,536 options) from being installed into ${PREFIX}/share/doc.
|
14398 |
06-Mar-1996 |
jkh |
Put the stty back here.
|
14397 |
06-Mar-1996 |
jkh |
Add back the stty commands I nuked - bad idea, sorry.
|
14395 |
06-Mar-1996 |
jkh |
Correct a typo in the sample AMD flags.
|
14385 |
05-Mar-1996 |
nate |
Don't try running ruptime if /var/rwho doesn't exist.
|
14354 |
03-Mar-1996 |
adam |
added share/doc and man/cat9 moved bogus man/skel to share/skel
|
14296 |
28-Feb-1996 |
adam |
"slow downs" --> "slowdowns"
|
14242 |
24-Feb-1996 |
wpaul |
update suggested flags for rpc.yppasswdd (-t now does what -m used to do)
|
14239 |
24-Feb-1996 |
bde |
Added support for Cyclades and Digiboard devices.
Submitted by: Daniel O'Callaghan <danny@lynx.its.unimelb.edu.au> + mods by bde
|
14202 |
23-Feb-1996 |
adam |
rpc.yppasswdd instead of yppasswdd
|
14130 |
17-Feb-1996 |
ache |
Add examples/slattach
|
14104 |
15-Feb-1996 |
joerg |
Install newsyslog.conf.
Bothered me in: all recent SNAPs
|
14102 |
15-Feb-1996 |
adam |
improve the comment for BOOTWAIT
|
14096 |
14-Feb-1996 |
wollman |
Don't make a netns directory.
|
14035 |
11-Feb-1996 |
pst |
Add gnatsd/prmsd.
|
14018 |
11-Feb-1996 |
jkh |
Remove my previous bogus comment about the relationship between the static_routes and defaultrouter variables. I'm glad I looked again, however, as I realized that setting static_routes to NO in the case of a defaultrouter would wind up with a bogus value for static_routes. It doesn't really hurt anything, but it's still wrong so I fixed it. I think this whole routing section of sysconfig needs a revisit - it's getting gross!
|
14001 |
09-Feb-1996 |
wosch |
make share/calendar/hr_HR.ISO_8859-2
|
14000 |
09-Feb-1996 |
jkh |
Close conf/1007 and take this opportunity to correct a few long-standing bogons with the way static_routes was being handled. Also document the fact that default_router overrides static_routes entirely.
|
13997 |
09-Feb-1996 |
jkh |
Add amd.map to BIN1 - having it here does no harm and makes activation of the sample sysconfig entry (and amd) a snap.
|
13996 |
09-Feb-1996 |
jkh |
Close PR conf/589 - amd should only evaluate ${amdflags}. While I'm at it, add a commented-out sample amd flags line to sysconfig and drop a sample amd.map file in this directory for easy copying. I know that this file's contents are highly site-variable, but the one I've chosen for an example is also the one I've seen on 99.9% of the amd-using sites I've visited. I think it's a fair default.
|
13984 |
09-Feb-1996 |
joerg |
Add `cfinger'. This ain't an official service, but is in use by the finger data collection service of GNU finger.
|
13963 |
08-Feb-1996 |
ache |
Remove netccitt, netiso
|
13923 |
05-Feb-1996 |
ache |
Make share/calendar/de_DE.ISO_8859-1
|
13855 |
02-Feb-1996 |
pst |
Add support for Connectix QuickCam(tm)
|
13798 |
31-Jan-1996 |
mpp |
Another round of spelling fixes.
|
13783 |
31-Jan-1996 |
dg |
Updated to Nov 8, 1995 version from internic.net.
|
13709 |
29-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Add missing cat9
|
13701 |
29-Jan-1996 |
gpalmer |
Add an option to start mrouted. Off by default
|
13667 |
28-Jan-1996 |
bde |
Use umask disk_umask=037 for all (writable) disks. Use umask tape_umask=017 for all tapes. This has a significant effect only for ft and st (they were created with the wrong umask 002 and then chmod'ed to mode 640; now they are created with mode 660).
Chmod the st control devices (mode 3) to 600. These need to be more secure than the st i/o devices, but were less secure.
Use the default umask of 077 for joy0. 002 gave mode 664, which is insecure.
Use umask 037 for ch*. Cosmetic.
Removed redundant chmod's.
Sorted case lists for disks.
|
13659 |
28-Jan-1996 |
gpalmer |
Add (at long last) an option to say if you want to run the printer daemon (lpd) or not. Set to run it by default.
|
13583 |
23-Jan-1996 |
pst |
Add dhcp aliases for bootp services
|
13536 |
21-Jan-1996 |
bde |
Added share/examples/{meteor,sliplogin}.
|
13455 |
16-Jan-1996 |
graichen |
added the "-p" option to amd so that it writes it's pid to /var/run/amd.pid and added the "-l /var/log/amd.log" option there too
added an entry for the "rotation" of /var/log/amd.log to newsyslog.conf
|
13439 |
15-Jan-1996 |
jkh |
Add an entry for MTA-3230 3.5" magneto-optical drives. Submitted by: jbryant@argus.flash.net
|
13378 |
10-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Add empty /var/log/slip.log creation to distribution: target where other empty logs created. Pointed by Bruce.
|
13336 |
08-Jan-1996 |
jkh |
echo setting of ${router} properly, e.g. between double quotes. :)
|
13296 |
07-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Put startslip syslog messages into separate file Increase rotating log sizes in newsyslog.conf to reflect more common case
|
13288 |
06-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Uncomment login accounting, it not needed to be commented out because not related to accounting but to wtmp only
|
13287 |
06-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Remove "msgs -c" line, already done in daily script
|
13286 |
06-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Restore broken accounting statistics: 1) It have nothing common to (new)syslog messages 2) acct.* rotating allowed only after "sa -s" run!
|
13285 |
06-Jan-1996 |
ache |
/var/account/acct is binary file, mark this fact as 'B' flag
|
13277 |
06-Jan-1996 |
jkh |
New hack for configuring routers spawns two new variables: router=<some routed> routerflags=<startup flags> Submitted by: Paul Richards et al
|
13261 |
05-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Remove -fno-strength-reduce, gcc bug fixed recently
|
13256 |
05-Jan-1996 |
bde |
Fixed initialization of $local_startup. sysconfig attempted to run /usr/X11R6/etc/rc.d every time it was sourced.
|
13250 |
05-Jan-1996 |
graichen |
added the file /etc/newsyslog.conf (config file for /usr/sbin/newsyslog - see the man-page for it for details) - i put all the "rotations" which were in /etc/[daily,weekly,monthly] in here
|
13249 |
05-Jan-1996 |
graichen |
changed /etc/[daily,weekly,monthly] to not rotate the logfiles by "hand", changed /etc/crontab to call /usr/sbin/newsyslog every hour (the entry was there before - but we haven't had any newsyslog until today :-) and changed /etc/inetd.conf to also contain (commentet out) entries for rpc.rquotad and rpc.sprayd (taken from NetBSD)
|
13170 |
02-Jan-1996 |
pst |
Using csh constructs in shell scripts is a boo-boo.
|
13132 |
31-Dec-1995 |
joerg |
The etc.i386/fstab.* files have been nuked, so don't try to install them.
|
13129 |
31-Dec-1995 |
joerg |
Restrict /dev/io perms to 0600.
|
13123 |
30-Dec-1995 |
peter |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13122, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
13122 |
30-Dec-1995 |
peter |
recording cvs-1.6 file death
|
13071 |
28-Dec-1995 |
jkh |
Go to new scheme for local_startup variable. Now one can specify multiple directories to check in looking for port startup scripts. The specific gunge for apache httpd, gated and pcnfsd in /etc/sysconfig and /etc/netstart is gone now. Note that pcnfsd's troubles aren't necessarily over (and probably why NetBSD brought it into their sources) - anyone adding pcnfsd will STILL have to tweak /etc/sysconfig in order to set the new variable `weak_mountd_authentication' to YES. The flags to mountd are directly affected by pcnfsd's requirements for non-root mounts, unfortunately! :-( Submitted by: paul & jkh
|
12995 |
23-Dec-1995 |
joerg |
Add /tftpboot as an argument to the commented-out example for tftp, so people don't compromise their system by blindly un-commenting the entry.
|
12907 |
17-Dec-1995 |
jkh |
Add: radius 1645/udp radiusd radacct 1646/udp Submitted by: Jaye Mathisen <mrcpu@cdsnet.net>
|
12822 |
14-Dec-1995 |
phk |
Add man9 to trees.
|
12800 |
13-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Change freefall's default mailer from smtp to smtp8 to try and avoid the 8 to 7 bit conversion..
|
12764 |
11-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Update usr/share/examples layout to match current reality..
|
12745 |
10-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Add "examples", "contrib" and "pcl-cvs" directories below share/examples/cvs in preperation for cvs-1.6.3 import.
|
12699 |
09-Dec-1995 |
ache |
Use absolute path for sendmail daemon or sendmail can't find itself on SIGHUP.
|
12671 |
07-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Specify Timeout.queuewarn.normal at 1day as well as Timeout.queuewarn. For some reason, the documentation does not appear to be in sync with reality.. :-)
|
12622 |
04-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Whitespace change - cosmetic alignment only.
|
12619 |
04-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Add in Gary's custom Received: line into the freefall.mc
|
12618 |
04-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Add "majordom" to trusted user class for freefall's sendmail.mc file.
Sigh, I really hate this "feature". I'm tempted to comment the test out (like in sendmail 8.6.xx), especially since we log the info in the Received: header line anyway.. Doing it like this only makes it painful for things like uucp..
|
12599 |
03-Dec-1995 |
markm |
Move the creation of the *random devices to the same "target" as the rest of the memory group - std. Also correct the permissions so as not to force a security hole. If /dev/*random have the permission 640 and ownership bin.kmem, it forces applications that need random numbers to be at least SGID. Picture the scene of a SGID PGP being able to read /dev/kmem!
|
12584 |
02-Dec-1995 |
peter |
install freebsd.cf rather than freefall.cf by default after 8.7.2 import.
|
12580 |
02-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Update the freefall.mc file to (almost) match what is actually being run on freefall.. Create freebsd.mc which is intended to be installed by src/etc/Makefile onto generic freebsd systems.
|
12559 |
01-Dec-1995 |
jkh |
Rip these things down to the absolutely minimums - no tsets, no sttys, no fancy prompts, nothing. Everything else seems to be too contraversal, so we'll go vanilla.
|
12542 |
30-Nov-1995 |
ache |
Remove ENABLE_STARTUP_LOCALE, use proper name for LANG
|
12540 |
30-Nov-1995 |
jkh |
Install new dotfiles.
|
12539 |
30-Nov-1995 |
jkh |
Revamp root's dotfiles. Submitted by: Patrick Hausen + mods by me
|
12537 |
29-Nov-1995 |
wollman |
Uniformize startup display to follow style of all the others. This means in particular getting rid of most of the goop that causes syscons options to be spread out over four separate lines.
|
12493 |
27-Nov-1995 |
peter |
port 22 is the officially assigned "ssh" port...
|
12392 |
19-Nov-1995 |
ache |
Add commented out msgs database cleanup to crontab Add -f (silent) flag to msgs call for logins (commented out)
|
12391 |
19-Nov-1995 |
ache |
Add commented out msgs call
|
12389 |
19-Nov-1995 |
ache |
Add commented out msgs alias
|
12388 |
19-Nov-1995 |
ache |
Change owner of msgs to daemon, sendmail msgs alias not works in other case, sendmail change itself to daemon.daemon before executing program.
|
12275 |
14-Nov-1995 |
markm |
Fix stupid typo. Pointed out by: Mark Valentine
|
12270 |
13-Nov-1995 |
markm |
OOps, nearly missed this bit. Add the call to rndcontrol to set the chosen interrupts for the entropy gathering in /dev/random.
|
12269 |
13-Nov-1995 |
markm |
Put in a user-configurable variable to allow root to select interrupts to be used in the entropy-gathering for /dev/random.
|
12053 |
04-Nov-1995 |
pst |
remove path in front of kadmind, path already set correctly
|
12010 |
02-Nov-1995 |
ache |
Remove startup_locale reference
|
12002 |
01-Nov-1995 |
nate |
Don't have ldconfig look in /usr/gnu/lib since it was removed before 2.0R.
|
11992 |
01-Nov-1995 |
ache |
If accounting becomes enabled and /var/account/acct not exist, touch it, or accounting is never started (it must be pre-existen file).
|
11922 |
29-Oct-1995 |
bde |
Add random and urandom.
|
11920 |
29-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Use back-quotes in `echo ...recover.*`
|
11899 |
28-Oct-1995 |
pst |
Recover vi recovery files on reboot. Closes pr misc/556 and others.
|
11870 |
28-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Add ascii links
|
11869 |
28-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Add ascii locale dir
|
11860 |
28-Oct-1995 |
peter |
Part 2 of the linux LKM hook, and use the new screen saver entry points in the modload, as enforced by the recent symorder and bsd.kmod.mk changes..
|
11858 |
28-Oct-1995 |
peter |
In a moment of weakness, I added the switch for loading the linux LKM, in the same style as the ibcs2 LKM..
|
11853 |
28-Oct-1995 |
peter |
At the risk of starting a commit-war, attempt to fix once and for all, the "make distrib-dirs" target. Neither of Andrey's two attempts have worked for me with the [ -h ..] test both with && and ||. I've changed it to a full if [ -h ...]; then \ rm ... ; \ fi ; \ construct. It's much clearer what's meant to happen, and it works! :-)
|
11849 |
28-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Back out bogus "fix" which was commited over right fix without any check.
|
11840 |
27-Oct-1995 |
julian |
Submitted by: john hay
patches to merge the two IPX packages to work with each other and to not break make-world :)
IPXrouted should be working now, (or at least compiling) :)
|
11807 |
26-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Add test for symlink presence before remove it
|
11686 |
22-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Fix 'upgrade' stuff, i.e. when make distrib-dirs runs not on clean file system but for -current locale links upgrade.
|
11635 |
22-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Implement locale.alias via links (including backward-compatible issue)
|
11632 |
21-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Make real directories for each 8859-1 locale
|
11545 |
17-Oct-1995 |
bde |
Update Digiboard entries.
Submitted by: "Serge A. Babkin" <babkin@hq.icb.chel.su>
|
11408 |
10-Oct-1995 |
phk |
Add pccard.conf to makefile.
|
11407 |
10-Oct-1995 |
phk |
sample config file.
|
11137 |
02-Oct-1995 |
joerg |
Make the options for newfs'ing floppies more specific; the prvious example without optios would create floppies that waste half of their space in i-node areas. :) (Comment only)
Add a sample entry for a Sony 650 MB MOD.
|
11096 |
30-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Change non-existent /usr/lib/uucp to /usr/libexec/uucp
|
11095 |
30-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Refle
|
11093 |
30-Sep-1995 |
jfieber |
Remove /usr/share/FAQ, add /usr/share/examples/sup.
|
11073 |
29-Sep-1995 |
wollman |
Reword confusing comment.
Requested by: Nate Williams
|
11047 |
28-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Change SUPFILEx order, secure first, ports second to make base system update first All stuff commented out
|
10966 |
22-Sep-1995 |
peter |
Update the /dev naming for the Specialix driver.. I've changed it to do the same sort of thing as the Digiboard driver (ttyD*), as creating 96 /dev entries one by one was very painful.
|
10898 |
19-Sep-1995 |
jkh |
local_startup=/usr/local/etc/rc.d [ As suggested by Satoshi - rc.local.d was pretty redundant under /usr/local; duh! :-)]
[ -f /etc/rc.local ] && sh /etc/rc.local For backwards compatibilty with non-executable rc.local files. Sorry, Bruce!
Submitted by: asami & bde & jkh
|
10895 |
19-Sep-1995 |
jkh |
Bring my fixes over from 2.1.
|
10890 |
19-Sep-1995 |
nate |
Added /usr/src/sys/compile to cdpath.
Set cdpath instead of leaving it commented out.
|
10886 |
18-Sep-1995 |
nate |
Fix the cdpath to find utilities in the gnu src tree.
|
10885 |
18-Sep-1995 |
paul |
Removed startup code for pcnfsd and apache. These don't even exist in FreeBSD and should never have got in here.
Removed hard-coded /etc/rc.local.d hacks and implemented a more flexible solution.
Added a local configuration area to sysconfig.
|
10873 |
18-Sep-1995 |
jkh |
Add support for /etc/rc.local.d directory, ala SYSV. If the purists don't like it, they don't have to use it. The check makes sure that /etc/rc.local.d exists before attempting to do anything with it. Now packages will be able to add their startups as /etc/rc.local.d/<pkgname>.sh in order to get local startup behavior. Maybe we can stop adding knobs to /etc/sysconfig for ports/packages now? Submitted by: wollman & jkh
|
10830 |
16-Sep-1995 |
ats |
Add a description for the wcd* devices to the Disks section.
|
10808 |
15-Sep-1995 |
gibbs |
inetd.conf: Add rkinit at 2108/tcp.
services: Add rkinitd.
|
10759 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Add -fno-strength-reduce to -O2 optimization, all stuff commented out
|
10758 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Add commented out entries for SUP update, 3 standard supfiles handled: standard/ports/secure
|
10756 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
If no passwd.bak/group.bak/aliases.bak exists, put warning and make them, commands failed in old case Produce diffs on group and aliases too
|
10755 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
If no $LOG/setuid.today exists (f.e. first time to run), put warning and make it, all following commands fails in old case
|
10747 |
14-Sep-1995 |
jkh |
Correct a small typo I noticed during my 2.1 merge.
|
10716 |
14-Sep-1995 |
jkh |
Add checks for pcnfsd (flag to mountd must be added in this case) and Apache httpd, so a user can be brought up to speed quickly.
|
10681 |
12-Sep-1995 |
julian |
Obtained from: FTP.RS.INTERNIC.NET The named.root file is out of date.. (well it was.. this fixes it..) 15,16c15,16 < ; last update: Aug 25, 1995 < ; related version of root zone: 1995082500 --- > ; last update: Sep 1, 1995 > ; related version of root zone: 1995090100 18,19c18,22 < . 3600000 IN NS NS.INTERNIC.NET. < NS.INTERNIC.NET. 3600000 A 198.41.0.4 --- > ; > ; formerly NS.INTERNIC.NET > ; > . 3600000 IN NS A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. > A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 3600000 A 198.41.0.4 >
|
10643 |
08-Sep-1995 |
jfieber |
Add target directories for the FAQ and the Handbook.
|
10547 |
03-Sep-1995 |
jkh |
Add entries for Digiboard serial card and document Specialix driver entries while I'm at it. Submitted by: "Serge A. Babkin" <babkin@hq.icb.chel.su> + mods by jkh
|
10497 |
31-Aug-1995 |
wollman |
Update to latest version of named.root from the Internic. This version is the first one to name all root servers X.root-servers.net rather than by their original names.
Obtained from: Internic Registration Services
|
10422 |
29-Aug-1995 |
wollman |
Add official protocol and port numbers for RSVP.
|
10252 |
25-Aug-1995 |
dg |
Add missing quote.
Submitted by: Morgan Davis <root@io.cts.com>
|
10184 |
23-Aug-1995 |
jkh |
Add a "gateway" flag so that user can set up a gateway machine automatically from sysinstall.
|
10108 |
19-Aug-1995 |
joerg |
Install the hooks for the Japanese `od' driver (aka. MOD).
Submitted by: akiyama@kme.mei.co.jp (Shunsuke Akiyama)
|
10098 |
18-Aug-1995 |
jkh |
Device entry for IDE CDROM driver. Submitted by: Serge Vakulenko <vak@cronyx.ru>
|
10051 |
13-Aug-1995 |
peter |
Add simple hooks to create /dev entries for the Specialix driver Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
10019 |
10-Aug-1995 |
ache |
Rmove daemons localization (commented out), produce very strange effects when contacting with localized daemon from foreign environment.
|
9970 |
06-Aug-1995 |
bde |
Change `install' to `${INSTALL}' so that default install flags can be specified in the top level Makefiles.
Previously I missed dozens of Makefiles that skip the install after using `cmp -s' to decide that the install isn't necessary.
|
9882 |
04-Aug-1995 |
ache |
Since krb_prob conflicts with registered tell protocol, mark tell section with #PROBLEMS comment
|
9869 |
02-Aug-1995 |
pst |
Add krb_prop entry.
|
9849 |
02-Aug-1995 |
jkh |
Remove top secret version information from the banner by default. Loose lips sink ships! Man the firewall and look alert!
|
9841 |
01-Aug-1995 |
jkh |
Add device support for the Matrox Meteor. Submitted by: james
|
9840 |
01-Aug-1995 |
jkh |
Tweak the default entry a little to take advantage of new getty feature.
|
9792 |
30-Jul-1995 |
jkh |
Fix the mknod for spigot.
|
9775 |
29-Jul-1995 |
ache |
Restore tabs in inetd line Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
9756 |
29-Jul-1995 |
bde |
Remove /dev/ from socksys link again.
Move `Individual slices' case earlier so that it can be used to handle sliced floppies.
Remove superfluous `chmod 600's.
Fix formatting of device list.
Don't group setting of umasks with setting of units.
Remove superfluous trailing semicolons.
|
9753 |
29-Jul-1995 |
jkh |
New sound device names. Reviewed by: hasty & lowe Submitted by: pst
|
9742 |
27-Jul-1995 |
ache |
Rename in.identd -> identd according recent ports rename
|
9703 |
25-Jul-1995 |
jkh |
/dev/lp -> /dev/lpt0
|
9613 |
21-Jul-1995 |
jkh |
Part of Vincenzo Capuano's changes to xntpd to support the Boeder DCF77 Receiver. Submitted by: Vincenzo Capuano <VCAPUANO@VMPROFS.ESOC.ESA.DE>
|
9593 |
20-Jul-1995 |
wollman |
Not sure if Rod is still working in these or not, so here goes.
Add nis_ypsetflags sysconfig entry and appropriate code in rc to call ypset if needed. Should probably automatically add `-ypsetme' to ypbind flags if this is set.
|
9566 |
17-Jul-1995 |
rgrimes |
FreeBSD/386 -> FreeBSD/i386
Submitted by: Thomas Graichen <graichen@sirius.physik.fu-berlin.de>
|
9565 |
17-Jul-1995 |
mpp |
Cleanup old kernel database files in /var/db.
|
9509 |
13-Jul-1995 |
rgrimes |
[I cvs admin -o the last one of these you saw, it was commited on the wrong branch :-(]
Eliminate incorrect double negative logic Bruce has been gripping about for a year now. Change = no_way to = true.
Submitted by: bde (sort of, patch by me :-))
|
9506 |
13-Jul-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove CCFPU, it is no longer used any place in the source tree. Submitted by: Thomas Graichen <graichen@sirius.physik.fu-berlin.de>
|
9442 |
08-Jul-1995 |
joerg |
Correct my last fix regarding the "Don't login..." message; plain csh is too stupid to report anything about ARGV[0], so we will always complain there, even for the "su -" case. The fix worked for tcsh however.
|
9401 |
05-Jul-1995 |
peter |
Fix a small bug in sysconfig introduced with 1.16. dumpdev needs a definition, otherwise /etc/rc generates error messages while running "dumpon" Reviewed by: bde
|
9368 |
29-Jun-1995 |
joerg |
dot.login:
Finally transform the "Don't login as root..." message to make it clear that `su' is meant to be a command. Will save us a lot of questions about the user named `su'. Make the message magically disappear if the user did an ``su - root'', since it might be a bit silly to ask him to perform an `su'...
dot.cshrc:
Remove the no-op `-g' options from the ls aliases, and replace them by `-o'. This way, if root does an `ls -l', he will see the immutable flag and (hopefully) not be too surprised about the "Permission denied".
|
9309 |
25-Jun-1995 |
asami |
Change "sysctl -nw" to "sysctl -w" to make the output more informative.
Reviewed by: rgrimes
|
9306 |
25-Jun-1995 |
bde |
Update a comment to match the 1993/12/03 change to `np' and fix some punctuation.
|
9305 |
25-Jun-1995 |
bde |
Optionally set the dump device.
|
9249 |
17-Jun-1995 |
ache |
Rename ISO8859-1 to ISO_8859-1 per RFC1700
|
9247 |
17-Jun-1995 |
ache |
Rename ISO8859-1 to ISO_8859-1 per RFC1700
|
9246 |
17-Jun-1995 |
ache |
Rename *.ISO8859-1 to *.ISO_8859-1 per RFC1700
|
9244 |
17-Jun-1995 |
ache |
Create share/nls/* for local-installed message catalog pgms
|
9243 |
17-Jun-1995 |
ache |
Create missing nls/C
|
8857 |
30-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
8785 |
27-May-1995 |
ache |
Eliminate two Subject: from *ly output, call sendmail root directly
|
8784 |
27-May-1995 |
ache |
Use -b for diff, ls produce different number of spaces
|
8783 |
27-May-1995 |
ache |
Use proper PATH in front of monthly Eliminate Subject duplication for insecure output
|
8767 |
26-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Reviewed by: sos Submitted by: bde
rc.i386 failed messily when I used a serial console.
Editors note: Use file redirection so that all the kbdcontrol and vidcontrol commands act upon /dev/ttyv0 instead of stdin. Though this feature is not documented it is the intended behavior of {vid,kbd}control and shall be documented in the future as such.
|
8593 |
18-May-1995 |
jkh |
Add tun0 to the all rule.
|
8573 |
17-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
nogroup 32766 -> 65533 to go with nobody's change to 65534.
|
8571 |
17-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Regenerate these using mtree -cdinx -kuname,gname,mode on a very recently built release after fixing all the wrong directory permissions in that release.
Then use diff -c -b to verify them against the old versions, nothing but new directories added :-). And a lot of alphabetizing done!
|
8566 |
17-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Reviewed by: bde, jkh
Add comment that you should not have to edit netstart, and if you do we would like to know about it.
The lo0 interface is now handled just like any other interface, This makes it possible to do things to it from sysconfig.
Redo the comments in sysconfig about network_interfaces and ifconfig_${X} to reflect the moving of lo0 to this scheme. We now have an uncommented variable for sysintall to find and play with. (Your welcome Jordan)
Redo the way static routes are handled. Basically use the same scheme for routes that I did for network interfaces. This allows any number of static routes to be added from sysconfig.
Make sure we do the default route first so we stand a chance of getting to our DNS server (if we have one) to resolve our own IP address from $hostname.
|
8540 |
15-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
The ``mount -a -t nfs'' should never have been backgrounded. If you have non-critical nfs volumes in /etc/fstab they should have option bg on them. The behavior of the system is more tuneable this way, and allows a slow mounting /usr over nfs to work.
Submitted by: bde
|
8539 |
15-May-1995 |
ache |
change nobody master.passwd entry to 65534:65534 change nobody group entry to 65534 Suggested-by: pst
|
8536 |
15-May-1995 |
ache |
Change xten shell from /dev/null to /nonexistant, adduser complaints instead. Change nobody user group from non existent in /etc/group (9999) to existent nobody (39).
|
8531 |
15-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove all /dev/'s from device names, they should all be relative to /dev. Putting absolute paths in here breaks the make release process, and screws up testing of this script in other directories.
Submitted by: bde
|
8530 |
15-May-1995 |
dg |
Fixed incompleteness that would allow dirty filesystems to get mounted when the single user shell was terminated. These changes disallow mounting or R/W upgrading filesystems that are dirty unless "-f" (force) option is used with mount. /etc/rc has been modified to abort the startup if one or more non-nfs partitions fail to mount.
Reviewed by: Poul-Henning Kamp, Rod Grimes
|
8528 |
15-May-1995 |
gpalmer |
Clean up the matcd entry so it deletes the *matcdl* entries before trying to create new ones.
Reviewed by: davidg, rgrimes
|
8498 |
13-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove XXX comment that I had moved to netstart and forgot to remove from here.
|
8494 |
13-May-1995 |
ache |
Change ln -sf to rm -f and ln -s, first one work incorrectly for directories when called second time
|
8491 |
13-May-1995 |
asami |
Add "include".
|
8460 |
11-May-1995 |
jkh |
Document the fact that almost all the user configuration stuff is now in /etc/sysconfig, per Luigi's suggestion.
|
8459 |
11-May-1995 |
jkh |
The lites web page has moved. Submitted by: rich
|
8455 |
11-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Reviewed by: wollman
Add a knob to make it easy to turn off RFC 1323 and RFC 1644 options.
|
8435 |
11-May-1995 |
jkh |
Lower-case the name of the DES directory. Yes, it's an acronym, but DOS is still dOs.
Jordan
|
8393 |
09-May-1995 |
jfieber |
New directory for sgml tools: /usr/share/sgml Reviewed by: rgrimes
|
8365 |
09-May-1995 |
jkh |
secure -> DES
|
8334 |
07-May-1995 |
ache |
Change 'rc' entries from 'r' to 'm', conflict with ptys
|
8292 |
05-May-1995 |
asami |
ttyq[0-9a-f] -> ttyp[g-v]
|
8244 |
03-May-1995 |
dufault |
Make scsi control devices such as "/dev/rsd0.ctl".
|
8204 |
01-May-1995 |
dufault |
Use the correct offset for LabPC digital devices.
|
8186 |
30-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Add yet one popular russian code table
|
8181 |
30-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
As a public service (and because I'd like to see more LITES people chose FreeBSD), add mach-4 target to MAKEDEV; it creates various compatability devices for Mach4. Submitted by: (Submitter name unknown) <root@ns2.redline.ru>
|
8121 |
28-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Remove chmod of pcaudio* to 666. Not everyone should be allowed to play the speaker and consume 10-100% of the available cycles.
Remove chmods of sound devices to 666. Use chmod to give the same security holes.
|
8120 |
28-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Add cyclades serial devices cuac*, cuaic*, cualc*, ttyc*, ttyic* and ttylc*.
|
8114 |
28-Apr-1995 |
dufault |
Add National Instruments "LabPC" driver
|
8076 |
26-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Reviewed by: Gene Stark (starkhome!gene@sbstark.cs.sunysb.edu)
Change ownership of tw* from bin.bin to root.operator. Hardware devices shouldn't be accessible to bin.
|
8052 |
24-Apr-1995 |
rgrimes |
Add $defaultdomainname to sysconfig and use it in netstart to set the domainname. This eliminates /etc/defaultdomain.
Correct tickadj, it should have been tickadjflags.
|
8024 |
23-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
Document COPTFLAGS in addition to CFLAGS.
|
8018 |
23-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Add 'rc' devices.
|
8001 |
22-Apr-1995 |
amurai |
Fixing misspelling and chang default device as dailout
Reviewed by: Atsushi Murai <amruai@spec.co.jp>
|
7917 |
18-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
Add xten user/group. Submitted by: Gene Stark <gene@starkhome.cs.sunysb.edu>
|
7812 |
13-Apr-1995 |
rgrimes |
A better solution for the noisy ibcs2 startup, just echo a space and then call ibcs2. Submitted by: jkh, slight modification by me.
|
7789 |
13-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
I missed some of Frank Durda's changes for MAKEDEV. Fixed. Submitted by: Frank Durda IV <bsdmail@nemesis.lonestar.org>
|
7774 |
12-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Call gated as /usr/local/sbin/gated instead of possible adding /usr/local/sbin to rc PATH
|
7769 |
12-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Fix "at" directories owner
|
7761 |
11-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Add -r to rm -f /var/spool/uucp/.Temp/*
|
7750 |
11-Apr-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove obsolete comments about my-name and my-network.
Have netstart directly source sysconfig so that it stands on its own. Do not source netstart in rc, run it with sh.
Rework the dangerous /etc/hostname.* so that it uses a variable with a list of interfaces and a variable for each interface in that list. The files /etc/hostname.* become obsolete with this change, the information is now stored in /etc/sysconfig.
Source any /etc/start_if.${ifn} files so they can export things to netstart (plans for future enhancements in this area.)
Obsolete /etc/defaultrouter, this is now down with $defaultrouter from sysconfig.
|
7729 |
10-Apr-1995 |
rgrimes |
Add missing "echo '.'" to end of file so that the next file called starts on a new line.
|
7708 |
09-Apr-1995 |
rgrimes |
This is a purely cosmetic clean up. Fix many cut and paste problems that had turned tabs into spaces.
|
7685 |
09-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Upgrade to RFC1700 (IANA)
|
7674 |
08-Apr-1995 |
nate |
Added /usr/share/examples/cvs for use by cvsinit.
|
7671 |
08-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Add ident (commented out)
|
7670 |
08-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Fix official name of 113/tcp service Obtained from: SunOS /etc/services
|
7639 |
06-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
Don't spit out a gratuitous ibcs2 startup message.
|
7621 |
04-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Set desired cursor type for syscons
|
7554 |
01-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Add missing ';'
|
7544 |
01-Apr-1995 |
ache |
Make /usr/share/nls/* dirs for message catalog stuff
|
7526 |
31-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Add modem database file for new tip changes.
|
7491 |
30-Mar-1995 |
ache |
Restore my function key configuration stuff which Rod promise to restore but really didn't do it. Restore message from old rc about configuring syscons whith echo added before it to go to new line after "echo -n xtend" f.e. and similar stuff.
|
7488 |
30-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Make the creation of the header line in /etc/motd be consistent with other BSD based systems.
Submitted by: wollman
|
7487 |
30-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
This is the rc work as provided by pts, I will me makeing some additional changes to it based upon other outstanding bug reports and commits made after his work.
Comments:
(a) sysconfig is still used to do all configuration. I was not going to change that out from under you.... a user never need edit netstart or rc* unless they're being very weird.
(b) rc.maint has been folded back into rc. It is just unworkable as a separate chunk because of ordering bogosities
(c) netstart does what it says... it starts up enough of the network to get up, it doesn't start every bloody daemon that might talk to a socket... netstart ifconfig's the devices and sets up routing if configured to do so.
(d) nfs disks are mounted immediately after netstart completes
(e) syslog is started as early as possible (right after nfs) so that error messages can get logged to remote syslog servers properly
(f) named is started (there is an argument that says that named should be started before syslogd because if you are the dns server for your domain, you'd like named to resolve remote hosts in syslog.conf, but this is a minority case and the trivial workarround is to put the syslog host in /etc/hosts or use an /etc/resolv.conf -- why? because you want syslog to catch named errors, which is a MUCH more important and likely occurance)
(g) NOW all of the rest of the network daemons such as the time stuff, RPC, NIS, NFS, Kerberos and inetd are started
(h) the rest of the generic stuff is done (cron/printer/sendmail)
(i) shared libraries are set
(j) /etc/rc.i386 is run (this does FreeBSD/386 specific stuff like ibcs2, xtend, and all of the syscons stuff (this is actually started as /etc/rc.`uname -m`
(k) the syscons stuff has gotten a serious cleaning to make it consistent with rc conventions
(l) rc.local has had the comments about syscons removed (they are not relevant to this file now) and the full name of the kernel has been restored to /etc/motd
Submitted by: pts
|
7486 |
30-Mar-1995 |
dg |
Killed Mr. "Falcon". May he rest in peace.
|
7479 |
30-Mar-1995 |
ache |
Remove reference to examples/syscons
|
7477 |
30-Mar-1995 |
ache |
Add function keys change setup
|
7460 |
29-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Move the invocation of rc.maint ahead of netstart. This is actually OK since /var wouldn't be mounted at this point anyway - the mount of NFS comes after both of them are run. This closes misc/276.
|
7459 |
29-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
1. Add missing -n's to echo lines, closing misc/278 2. Make output of spaces follow conventions used elsewhere. 3. Inform user of a few things being started that were silent before.
|
7458 |
29-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
History merge after repository restore of netstart,v:
date: 1995/03/26 18:18:59; author: wpaul; state: Exp; lines: +23 -17 Make syslogd work again: in needs to be started in netstart right before the rest of the system daemons are brought up and *after* the network interfaces have been configured.
Also fix one other potential problem: the NIS services need to be started relavively early since some of the other daemons might need them. The automounter is a good example: if you use amd with NIS-based maps, you'd better have NIS running before you start it. :) I think mountd might need it too, now that netgroups can be read via NIS as well.
|
7457 |
29-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Remove gratutious echo to close misc/279.
|
7456 |
29-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
History merge after repository restore of netstart,v:
date: 1995/03/23 01:25:18; author: jkh; state: Exp; Another pass through our rc files in an attempt to eliminate historical crufy and generally make all of this easier to understand and modify.
|
7409 |
27-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove the private copy of directories in usr/include from here, this is now handled in BSD.include.dist.
|
7390 |
26-Mar-1995 |
wpaul |
Make syslogd work again: in needs to be started in netstart right before the rest of the system daemons are brought up and *after* the network interfaces have been configured.
Also fix one other potential problem: the NIS services need to be started relavively early since some of the other daemons might need them. The automounter is a good example: if you use amd with NIS-based maps, you'd better have NIS running before you start it. :) I think mountd might need it too, now that netgroups can be read via NIS as well.
|
7356 |
25-Mar-1995 |
joerg |
Include ``toor'' in the list of forbidden ftp users, just in case someone is providing this user with a password.
Pointed out by: charly@Fachschaften.TU-Muenchen.DE
|
7298 |
24-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Add rc.maint file.
|
7296 |
24-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
start syslog earlier add optional ibcs2 startup
|
7295 |
24-Mar-1995 |
phk |
Install /etc/sysconfig
|
7294 |
24-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Correct a few spelling bogons. Submitted by: phk
|
7293 |
24-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Get around problem of not exporting variables in sysconfig
|
7273 |
23-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Convert from using old root.cache to new named.root
|
7271 |
23-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r7270, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
7266 |
23-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
rc.netstart -> netstart
|
7260 |
23-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Add a home for system maintainance tasks.
|
7259 |
23-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Another pass through our rc files in an attempt to eliminate historical crufy and generally make all of this easier to understand and modify.
|
7247 |
22-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Finally remove the evil little bit of excreta that was the /etc/myname file. hostname is set in sysconfig.
|
7238 |
22-Mar-1995 |
ache |
Almost full syscons setup via rc & sysconfig
|
7222 |
21-Mar-1995 |
wollman |
Change named starting convention to use $namedflags like most other daemons that take command-line arguments. Correct /etc/namedb installation to use the correct files.
|
7221 |
21-Mar-1995 |
wollman |
Update root NS cache. Delete bogus localhost.rev. Add prototype localhost.rev and a script to create it automatically. (NB to installl people: you should ask ``do you have a full-time connection o the Internet?'', run this script, and enable named if the answer is yes.)
|
7219 |
21-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Begin a long-overdue cleanup of this whole mess.
1. Move all system configuration variables into /etc/sysconfig 2. Adapt other files to use it. 3. Add a host of new variables for micro-managing your system in various ways. For 2.1, /etc/sysconfig will be machine-edited so that the user doesn't even have to care at all about the various funny names we picked. 4. Enable dset. We won't get it debugged if we never use it, and no one has said anything negative about it yet, so here goes! 5. Try to use one consistent style throughout.
|
7212 |
21-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Fix apm and gsc rules to allow `<blah>0' or just `<blah>' to be shorthand. [Actually, it's `<blah>*' but I'm not telling anyone]
|
7210 |
21-Mar-1995 |
phk |
make.conf doesn't postulate anything about libm now.
|
7198 |
20-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Take out obsolete KERBEROS_IV build variable. Just eBones now. Submitted by: Mark Murray <mark@grondar.za>
|
7157 |
19-Mar-1995 |
joerg |
Make the catman command (in the commented-out example) run by user `man' instead of `root'.
|
7136 |
18-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Create /usr/share/games/quiz.db via mtree and remove private mkdir command from Makefile.
|
7130 |
18-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Use new mtree file to rebuild /usr/include.
|
7129 |
18-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Use new mtree file to rebuild /usr/include.
Replace rm -f; ln -s with ln -sf when installing LATIN1LINKS, also do not attempt to chown/chmod these links.
|
7112 |
17-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove extra fi that caused this script to fail during boot.
|
7084 |
16-Mar-1995 |
wollman |
Semi-major RC file cleanup:
- Do ntp right - Move recenrly-added and long-standing junk from rc.local into rc, so . that rc.local truly is LOCAL. - Fix named invocation to use the correct boot file location.
|
7076 |
15-Mar-1995 |
joerg |
Included the (now use{able,ful}) catman program as an (commented out) example.
|
7047 |
13-Mar-1995 |
ache |
Make /dev/pss instead of /dev/sndproc (unused)
|
7038 |
12-Mar-1995 |
bde |
Clean up white space.
|
7000 |
11-Mar-1995 |
dufault |
Noticed by: Nate Fixed the MAKEDEV pattern for SCSI processor type driver so it doesn't screw up ptys. Does anyone want to suggest a better name than "pt0" for SCSI processor devices before 2.1?
|
6982 |
10-Mar-1995 |
rgrimes |
Simplify all the newfs commands into ${NEWFS} and add -t 0 -u 0 so we can again newfs floppies.
Now I just need to squish the bits back under 1.44MB :-(. I don't know if it will be possible to get down to 1.2MB.
|
6935 |
06-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Back out my previous change and file it under the catagory of One Of Those Things That Seemed Like A Good Idea At The Time. There's a better solution for /etc out there and this is not a step in that direction.
|
6909 |
05-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
If there is a host-specific rc file lurking in /usr/share/misc, execute it. Submitted by: Heikki Suonsivu <hsu@cs.hut.fi>
|
6893 |
04-Mar-1995 |
dufault |
Add processor and worm drivers
|
6882 |
04-Mar-1995 |
bde |
For sd, vn and wd:
Support sliced devices better. E.g.: `sh MAKEDEV sd0' creates [r]sd0 and [r]sd0s[1-4] as well as [r]sd0[a-h] (the extra devices created by default won't hurt apart from wasting inodes). `sh MAKEDEV sd0s1[a-h]' creates [r]sd0s1[a-h] (any partition creates all). `sh MAKEDEV sd0s5' creates [r]sd0s5.
Support unit numbers 0-31 (was 0-6).
For wd:
Remove support for creating DOSpartitions wd*[i-m]. These will get removed if you run MAKEDEV on `all' or on wd*.
|
6821 |
02-Mar-1995 |
jkh |
Add Matsushita CDROM device entries. Submitted by: Frank Durda IV <bsdmail@nemesis.lonestar.org>
|
6770 |
27-Feb-1995 |
ache |
Cleanup device names, add more devices for Linux sounddriver
|
6744 |
26-Feb-1995 |
ache |
Move symlinks creation here
|
6735 |
26-Feb-1995 |
amurai |
New user Process PPP based on iij-ppp0.94beta2.
o Supporting SYNC SIO device (But need a device driver) - add "set speed sync" o Fixing bug for Predictor-1 function. o Add new parameter that re-sent interval for set timeout commands. o Improving RTT (Round Trip Time) and reducing processor time. - Previous Timer service was using polling, and now using SIGALRM ;-) - A 0.94beta2 will not work correctly....
-- Follows are additinal feature not including 0.94beta2 o Support Proxy ARP - add "enable/disable proxy" commands o Marging common routine in CHAP/PAP. o Enhancing LCP/IPCP log information. o Support local Authfication connection on port 300x and tty. - You can set up pair of your "hostname -s" and password in ppp.secret. if either ppp.secret file nor your hostname line don't exist, It will notify a message and working as same as previous version.(Backword compatibility) - If you did set up them, It's allow connection but nothing to do except help and passwd command. - add "passwd yourpasswd" commands o Support afilter - keep Alive filter that a packet can send/receiving according to ifilter/ofilter but doesn't count it as preventing idle timer expires. - Same syntax of other filters. o Fixing bugs reported by current user for previous one. Thanks !!
Reviewed by: Atsushi Murai (amurai@spec.co.jp)
|
6717 |
25-Feb-1995 |
phk |
make distribute change.
|
6691 |
24-Feb-1995 |
joerg |
Allow tty0? to be an alias for tty? when creating the dev nodes. People tend to be confused unnecessarily otherwise.
|
6646 |
22-Feb-1995 |
jmz |
Change permissions and ownership of joystick device files.
|
6614 |
22-Feb-1995 |
ache |
add /usr/local/share, needed by some ports
|
6518 |
17-Feb-1995 |
bde |
Fix some bogus and missing chowns:
444 -> root.wheel root -> root.wheel uucp -> uucp.wheel (perhaps this should be .dialer, but .wheel is safer) missing -> root.wheel
chown to root is usually bogus because mknod had to be run by root to create the inode. Setting the group explictly is currently necessary because MAKEDEV does nothing to ensure that its working directory has a suitable group.
Driver authors! Please fix any bogons in MAKEDEV that involve your drivers. The sound devices are still world writable...
|
6508 |
16-Feb-1995 |
bde |
Adjust for rearranged slice numbers. Only create partitions on slice 0 for now (there are too many minors to create by default). The special sliced disk case ssd*|svn*|swd*) can almost replace the standard disk case sd*|vn*|wd*) now (it just creates a few more devices), but there will have to be special cases to allow creating slices 6-31 and partitions on slices 2-31.
Fix bogus default cases.
|
6489 |
16-Feb-1995 |
joerg |
gettytab:
Add the `lc' option to default. Having getty understand the issues of CAPS-only terminals is a nop these days, but `lc' avoids hassles for people with CAPS-only user names.
Suggested by: Don Yuniskis
weekly:
Modify the call to makewhatis, now that our makewhatis can take the entire ${MANPATH} as a single argument.
|
6466 |
15-Feb-1995 |
ache |
Add include/readline and share/misc/pkg_manage
|
6456 |
15-Feb-1995 |
ache |
Make libexec & sbin for tcp_wrapper and others
|
6412 |
15-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Make /var/yp. Suggested by: se
|
6406 |
15-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Create a /usr/share/isdn directory.
|
6402 |
14-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Add device entries for ISDN driver.
|
6385 |
14-Feb-1995 |
ugen |
Added /dev/snp? entry..
|
6304 |
10-Feb-1995 |
bde |
Add chowns for pty's, ttyv's and ttyd's. Correct the chown for lptctl's. The group was wrong if MAKEDEV was run in a directory with group other than wheel. This may have messed up the group in recent SNAPs (sysinstall/obj should have group bin).
Reset the umask to 77 after running MAKEDEV.local. Some cases depend on the 77 default. MAKEDEV.local and all cases should probably set the umask explictly and not depend on a default. Most cases already set it.
|
6263 |
09-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Device entries for >32 PTYs. Submitted by: Heikki Suonsivu <hsu@cs.hut.fi>
|
6241 |
08-Feb-1995 |
wpaul |
Small NIS fixes:
1) ypserv is started with nis_serverflags, not yppasswddflags (that's what I get for cutting & pasting without paying attention).
2) ypbind can also be started with arguments, so turn nis_client to nis_clientflags.
|
6238 |
07-Feb-1995 |
ats |
Submitted by: Michael Reiffenberger ? Changed the yppaswddd to a yppaswdd :-).
|
6231 |
07-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Video Spigot entries. Submitted by: Jim Lowe <james@blatz.cs.uwm.edu>
|
6177 |
04-Feb-1995 |
amurai |
Adding ppp configuration files entry for distribution packages.
|
6176 |
04-Feb-1995 |
dima |
comment localhost by default.
|
6172 |
03-Feb-1995 |
wpaul |
Added options for starting NIS client and server processes. All are off by default.
|
6106 |
01-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Add tun to list of devices. Submitted by: mr
|
6057 |
31-Jan-1995 |
amurai |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r6056, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
6038 |
30-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Create necessary symlinks for locale dirs
|
5948 |
27-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Edit out some extraneous tabs.
|
5942 |
26-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Disable dset for now - Bruce says it hoses the show.
|
5927 |
26-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Sync with main termcap
|
5922 |
26-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Add yet one & to kadmin startup to not left second-level shell hanging
|
5917 |
26-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Use (sleep 20; kadmind ...) & -- wait until kerberos started
|
5907 |
25-Jan-1995 |
jmz |
Add joystick
|
5873 |
25-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Start kadmind -n (if present) for kerberos server to bring passwd to life.
|
5861 |
24-Jan-1995 |
wollman |
Get the right name for the v4 kadmin service.
|
5854 |
24-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Add dset call to rc file, right after the databases are rebuilt.
|
5784 |
22-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Cleanup in examples,groff_font,locale directories
|
5751 |
20-Jan-1995 |
wollman |
Added kadmin protocol port
|
5723 |
19-Jan-1995 |
wollman |
Add /usr/include/ss because libss expects its header files to live there.
|
5690 |
17-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Remove the src tarball stuff from this Makefile - all the release stuff is on its way out of here and into release/Makefile.
|
5683 |
17-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Add tmac/mdoc, needed by ngroff
|
5646 |
15-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Catch the one I missed.
|
5633 |
15-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Sync with base termcap.src
|
5630 |
15-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Make one last stab at making this work before I go.
|
5604 |
14-Jan-1995 |
ats |
Fix a bug, that someone has introduced into /etc/security. It has no longer found SUID files, only SGID files. The find has missed some parantheses.
|
5601 |
14-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Actually, there's a better way to do this whole srcdist tarball business. Take first steps toward implementing it.
|
5599 |
14-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Clean up src-tarball definition.
|
5559 |
13-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Sync with base termcap
|
5428 |
07-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Gunther Schadow <gusw@fub46.zedat.fu-berlin.de>'s driver for the Genius GS-4500 hand scanner. Submitted by: gusw@fub46.zedat.fu-berlin.de
|
5407 |
05-Jan-1995 |
dg |
Removed daily rm'ing of files in /tmp, /var/tmp, and /scratch. There is no safe way to do this, and envites very unpleasant results. Removed fsck'ing of all the disks on the system as it provides output that is almost always meaningless and only envites bug reports.
Reviewed by: Jordan Hubbard
|
5398 |
05-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Add drainwait option examples
|
5365 |
03-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Add 'news' user, present in group, but missed in master.passwd
|
5356 |
03-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Remove adduser.conf & userids, not needed with new adduser
|
5349 |
03-Jan-1995 |
rgrimes |
Add usr/share/perl/sys to mtree file, remove private mkdir from Makefile.
|
5271 |
28-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Add adduser.conf & userids
|
5268 |
28-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Move adduser configuration files here
|
5227 |
25-Dec-1994 |
ats |
Add entries for the sony and panasonic drives. The not SCSI and not EIDE drives :-).
|
5183 |
21-Dec-1994 |
wollman |
Disable UDP echo, chargen, date, and daytime services.
|
5174 |
19-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Use proper serial device names
|
5170 |
19-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Uncomment uucpd by default, it is working and secure now
|
5141 |
18-Dec-1994 |
ache |
timedflags quoted Submitted by: root@uglabgw.ug.cs.sunysb.edu
|
5123 |
16-Dec-1994 |
bde |
Add support for sliced disk devices ssd*, svn*, swd*. The `s' at the start of these names is so that they can be distinguished in MAKEDEV until the non-sliced devices go away.
|
5026 |
10-Dec-1994 |
ats |
Change the example in the printcap file for the spooling dir from /var/spool/lpd to /var/spool/output/lpd. This is the new location where the lpd-system now searches for files.
|
5011 |
08-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Fix wrong regexps
|
5010 |
06-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Fix wrong unit=expr for tty? cua?
|
5006 |
06-Dec-1994 |
bde |
Rename tty0* -> ttyd*. Comment about "serial" terminals instead of "hardwired" or "dialin" terminals.
|
5005 |
06-Dec-1994 |
bde |
Name the serial ports tty* and cua* in comments. ttyd* and cuaa* don't match all the port names.
Start using shell functions to avoid duplication.
Make tty* independent of cua*. Restore support for old names (tty0 == ttyd0, cua0 = cuaa0...).
Restore making of lpt1 and lpt2 by default.
Keep umask 077 for making vty*. World-ioctable vtys are huge security holes because of bugs in syscons.
Make vga if a vty is made. It may still be required for X. It got nuked with pc*.
Start using umask consistently to avoid using chmod.
|
4994 |
05-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Add yet one locale example, this time ISO8859-1 as most common example. Add reference where find full locales list
|
4982 |
04-Dec-1994 |
ache |
cua*0? --> cua*a?
|
4981 |
04-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Remove yet one pccons-related comment
|
4980 |
04-Dec-1994 |
ache |
New serial naming convention, remove tty0?, change cua0? --> cuaa? Remove pccons stuff, we don't have it.
|
4967 |
04-Dec-1994 |
phk |
Added vn*, doing the same thing as sd* and wd*. (Disklabel support will be added to the vn driver).
|
4932 |
03-Dec-1994 |
jkh |
Add back the Croynx stuff I nuked accidently. I'm not touching this file anymore after this. My link makes it too painful to make interactive mods, and I don't have the CVS tree here so making changes for "previous history" have to get done on freefall, with the corresponding degree of pain.
|
4928 |
03-Dec-1994 |
jkh |
Back out previous commit until we work this out. Sigh.
|
4915 |
03-Dec-1994 |
wollman |
Add cronyx driver entries.
|
4902 |
02-Dec-1994 |
jkh |
|From: Keith Walker <kew@timesink.spk.wa.us> |Message-Id: <199412011713.JAA03374@timesink.spk.wa.us> |To: jkh@whisker.hubbard.ie |Subject: A little problem with MAKEDEV | |For a while now, MAKEDEV's been kinda neat: you create the cua* files, |and it deletes the tty* files; you create the tty* files and it |deletes the corresponding cua* files. K00l! :-)
[Ed Note - I think this behavior was wrong, and this fix better].
|
4884 |
01-Dec-1994 |
dg |
Install rc.serial.
|
4826 |
26-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Call rc.local with . instead of sh to pass variables Submitted by: John Capo
|
4717 |
20-Nov-1994 |
ats |
Submitted by: Julian H. Stacey Changed the echo to match correctly the intended code.
|
4712 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
No point, what so ever, in installing /etc/myname
|
4652 |
18-Nov-1994 |
ats |
Change the example line for popper to point to /usr/local/libexec/popper instead of /usr/local/etc/popper. The 2.0 installation installs it there.
|
4540 |
17-Nov-1994 |
smace |
fix if test for rwhod.
|
4487 |
14-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Final changes. Now "make distribute" should work as advertised.
|
4391 |
12-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Wrong raw device was created for cd/mcd: d instead of c
|
4331 |
10-Nov-1994 |
phk |
/dev/apm should be /dev/apm0
|
4330 |
10-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Now that the default for the shared gcc-internal lib changed, make this match.
|
4224 |
07-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Update make.conf and sys.mk to reflect the most recent advances in civilization: Use -O2 and MSUN as default, and X11 is in /usr/X11R6
|
4223 |
07-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Only so savecore if people ask for it.
|
4101 |
02-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Don't set hostname if we already have it. (diskless).
|
4092 |
02-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Call adjkerntz -a every half hour from 0 to 4 am
|
4091 |
02-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Restore back -i for adjkerntz
|
4078 |
02-Nov-1994 |
phk |
The last committer didn't know that '*' doesn't start a comment in shell's ????
|
4050 |
01-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Remove adjkerntz call
|
4049 |
01-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Remove -i options from adjkerntz call
|
4037 |
01-Nov-1994 |
pst |
Add kernel hooks for /dev/vatio -- a minimalistic BSD audio driver emulator created by Amancio Hasty (specificly, this, in conjunction with his sound driver mods for dual-mode DMA will allow VAT compiled for BSD/386 1.1 to run under FreeBSD 2.x.)
|
4005 |
30-Oct-1994 |
joerg |
daily: Leave a warning to the sysop if (s)he didn't yet enable the /tmp cleanup code. Made `core' in the cleanup template look `*.core'. Replace `df -k' by `df -k -t local', since the stats for kernfs, procfs etc. are not of much interest, and the inclusion of nfs systems might hang the machine (nor is it a `disk' statistic as the headline's telling). weekly: Modified the locate.updatedb part to work even if there's no database yet; report errors other than `Permission denied' instead of silently ignoring all of them. Added functionality to rebuild the whatis database once a week.
|
4004 |
30-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Add commented out startup locale setup, needed for some daemons like comsat
|
3992 |
29-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Fixes related to release-production: bdes only if !NOCRYPT Always MAKEDEV in bindist, otherwise diskless installation is a mess.
|
3988 |
29-Oct-1994 |
phk |
fixed a typing error.
|
3943 |
27-Oct-1994 |
wollman |
Added: /usr/share/{info,locale,perl}.
|
3923 |
27-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Fix a bunch of annoying details here, while I remember it.
|
3878 |
26-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3876 |
26-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3874 |
26-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Make devices for sd2 and sd3 too. If we have them in Generic, we should have the devices too.
|
3873 |
26-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3843 |
25-Oct-1994 |
dg |
Moved swapon -a to before the fsck. It isn't possible to run fsck on moderately sized filesystems on 4MB machines otherwise.
|
3831 |
24-Oct-1994 |
sos |
Added share/examples/ibcs2 directory
|
3764 |
22-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Reflect the fact that we only have one GENERIC kernel now.
|
3752 |
21-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3654 |
17-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Various changes to the 1.1.5.1'sh install procedure.
|
3647 |
16-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Some changes to the old floppies to handle the new /etc/init's way of doing things.
|
3623 |
15-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3608 |
15-Oct-1994 |
phk |
disklabel needs the "full-disk" partition
|
3607 |
15-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Format floppy before use. Make 1.44 Mb floppies for now.
|
3562 |
13-Oct-1994 |
sos |
Added socksys device (for iBCS2 emulation)
|
3501 |
10-Oct-1994 |
rgrimes |
Remove /usr/include/g++/{gen,sys}, we long ago quit using them.
|
3399 |
06-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3393 |
06-Oct-1994 |
pst |
Make multicasts go out default interface
|
3261 |
01-Oct-1994 |
dg |
Added entry for apm device (needed for Advanced Power Management support).
|
3241 |
30-Sep-1994 |
csgr |
mention MAKE_EBONES and MAKE_KERBEROS
|
3235 |
30-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
You must rm -f lkm before attempting to create it.
|
3226 |
30-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3204 |
29-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Install improved skey access code
|
3203 |
29-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Add nfs_client and amdflags
|
3196 |
29-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Secure fingerd by default
|
3190 |
29-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Disable rexecd by default (major security hole)
|
3169 |
28-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Add an entry for pcnfsd (commented out)
|
3161 |
28-Sep-1994 |
ache |
/etc/profile added (the similar stuff like in csh.login)
|
3160 |
28-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Mark in comment, that startup locale restricted to 8-bit
|
3159 |
28-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Change locale comments to be more clear
|
3132 |
26-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Sync again with termcap.src
|
3123 |
26-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Add comment about where user can find loading fonts/keyboard example
|
3121 |
26-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Start adjkerntz at 3:01 instead of 3:00, it is too early for TZ change at 3:00
|
3120 |
26-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Update pc3,pc3r,cons25,cons50 entries from termcap.src
|
3116 |
26-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Remove elvis editor preserve stuff. We don't have elvis in 2.0 (nor am I aware of anyone who wants it given that we have nvi).
|
3075 |
25-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Make /etc/ppp. Someone still needs to make the install touch /etc/ppp/options so that pppd will run.
|
3046 |
24-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Don't pass a filename to kvm_mkdb, it can figure out the correct file on its own.
|
3039 |
23-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Make /dev/lkm as a part of `std'. Delete references to ancient `com' driver.
|
3036 |
23-Sep-1994 |
dg |
root must be remounted read/write fairly early in the startup procedure both for NFS diskless and for VFS LKMs.
|
3024 |
23-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
fbtab: Pulled down from Attic, fixed spaces to tabs.
make.conf: Pulled in the following changes that had been commited to share/examples/etc: ---------------------------- revision 1.6 date: 1994/09/20 22:30:33; author: adam; state: Exp; lines: +3 -3 BOOTWAIT example converted to milliseconds calibration ---------------------------- revision 1.4 date: 1994/09/19 21:35:28; author: wollman; state: Exp; lines: +7 -1 Document NO_SHARED_LIBCC_INT. ---------------------------- revision 1.3 date: 1994/09/19 21:28:11; author: wollman; state: Exp; lines: +12 -17 Install /etc from the same source as /usr/share/examples/etc (mostly). ---------------------------- revision 1.2 date: 1994/09/19 02:05:08; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +1 -11 Remove STARTUP_LOCALE, obsoleted now ---------------------------- revision 1.1 date: 1994/09/08 19:08:59; author: jkh; state: Exp; Add a sample make.conf. Also document the new X11BASE variable, and expand some of the documentation for other entries. Submitted by: jkh ----------------------------
manpath.config: Pulled down from Attic, and merged share/examples/etc changes.
rc: Pulled in the following change from share/examples/etc: ---------------------------- revision 1.2 date: 1994/09/19 23:13:37; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +1 -2 Remove warning about adjkerntz /var/run file ----------------------------
|
3023 |
23-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
fbtab: Pulled down from Attic, fixed spaces to tabs.
make.conf: Pulled in the following changes that had been commited to share/examples/etc: ---------------------------- revision 1.6 date: 1994/09/20 22:30:33; author: adam; state: Exp; lines: +3 -3 BOOTWAIT example converted to milliseconds calibration ---------------------------- revision 1.4 date: 1994/09/19 21:35:28; author: wollman; state: Exp; lines: +7 -1 Document NO_SHARED_LIBCC_INT. ---------------------------- revision 1.3 date: 1994/09/19 21:28:11; author: wollman; state: Exp; lines: +12 -17 Install /etc from the same source as /usr/share/examples/etc (mostly). ---------------------------- revision 1.2 date: 1994/09/19 02:05:08; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +1 -11 Remove STARTUP_LOCALE, obsoleted now ---------------------------- revision 1.1 date: 1994/09/08 19:08:59; author: jkh; state: Exp; Add a sample make.conf. Also document the new X11BASE variable, and expand some of the documentation for other entries. Submitted by: jkh ----------------------------
manpath.config: Pulled down from Attic, and merged share/examples/etc changes.
rc: Pulled in the following change from share/examples/etc: ---------------------------- revision 1.2 date: 1994/09/19 23:13:37; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +1 -2 Remove warning about adjkerntz /var/run file ----------------------------
|
3018 |
23-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add -e option to mtree commands so that extra directories are ignored. Change conditional around building usr/local to be MAKE_LOCAL instead of CDROMDIST. This was coped from src/Makefile and makes much more since.
|
3017 |
23-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Revert the change that moved the /etc files to share/examples/etc, the files have been pulled down out of the Attic and updates will be applied shortly.
|
2976 |
22-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Root should NEVER have . in the path.
|
2975 |
22-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Revert the change that removed the -k flag from the ls alias, we have ls -k again.
|
2906 |
19-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Get rid of the files that now live in src/share/examples/etc, and update Makefile to install them from there rather than from here.
|
2902 |
19-Sep-1994 |
adam |
More reasonable example of BOOTWAIT parameter Added comment about multiplication factor
|
2897 |
19-Sep-1994 |
phk |
removed usr/include/md
|
2885 |
19-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Fix 'ls' alias to work with new ls (-k is not supported)
|
2881 |
19-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Add commented out setenv ENABLE_STARTUP_LOCALE
|
2880 |
19-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Remove STARTUP_LOCALE reference, obsoleted
|
2878 |
19-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
These are mtree generated versions of these files using the new mtree options.
I will be updating these shortly to remove some old stuff and add some new stuff. These currently produce the exact same trees as they did.
|
2834 |
16-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Per discussion on the mailing-lists, move LKMs from /sbin to /lkm, and arrange for that directory to get created by mtree. Also, process secure directory after all the others, because the programs there may overlay ones installed from the main part of the tree.
|
2821 |
16-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Eliminate use of raw control characters in stty commands, make echo's and stty commands self consistent.
Submitted by: bde
|
2780 |
15-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
1. Change all references for the kernel from /386bsd to /kernel.
2. Make this say it is 2.0.0 (Development).
3. Update the stty commands to say ^H for erase.
4. Update the disklabel commands to use the new 4.4 syntax.
|
2779 |
15-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
1. Add back *.c to CLEANFILES, seems crunch makes quite a mess!
2. Update the COPYRIGHT= to be just the COPYRIGHT file for now.
3. Fully parameterize the floppy device being used. This is needed right now so I can at least build these on 1.44 until it all is working, then I will have to find a way to get them back down to size.
4. Remove mount_pcfs from the filesystem floppy, we don't have that yet.
5. Update the shared libraries t obe copied. This should now work for this and all future releases.
6. Reduce the CRYPT_SRCS down to the few static binaries that have crypt in them.
7. Change all references for the kernel from /386bsd to /kernel.
8. For some reason umount is returning 1, use a - until I can find out why.
9. Update the disklabel commands to be 4.4 syntax.
10. Remove the ugly elvis wart, we don't have elvis anymore.
11. Use the -d (directories only) option on the mtree commands. This greatly reduces the noise from distrib-dirs:.
12. Note the fact that the mtree commands need a wrapper around them as they return a status of 2 if the tree was modified and the make should not exit on that condition.
13. Add a trailing slash on the chflags command as ${RELEASEDIR} may be a symbolic link.
|
2777 |
15-Sep-1994 |
phk |
nfsiod should be started if this is a NFS-client, not if it is a server.
look for "nfs" in etc/fstab, and start it if we see it. Not quite perfect, but better. mount_nfs should start it, if it isn't running.
|
2775 |
15-Sep-1994 |
phk |
Added support for defaultrouter, both as a variable and as /etc/defaultrouter.
Changed the everlenghtening list of "if [ -f /etc/hostname.foo ].." to a loop which will do them all, and look for init-scripts for them as well. perfect place to put your calls to slattach and such: /etc/start_if.sl0 for instance.
|
2750 |
13-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Don't build /etc/confgig; we decided not to take that route.
|
2749 |
13-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Clean up prototype for /usr/share/zoneinfo, so we don't get bogus Canada, posix, right, etc. directories.
|
2698 |
13-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Added /usr/share/examples and subdirectories.
|
2625 |
09-Sep-1994 |
csgr |
Add kerberosIV to /usr/include, in preparation for getting kerberos (eBones) working.
|
2619 |
09-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Correct path to crunch, and remove srccontrib tarballs (we have no more srccontrib!)
|
2614 |
09-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Secure /var/{backups, crash, and cron} by changing them to mode 750.
Reviewed by: davidg
|
2613 |
09-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Fix missing .. before phantasia. Caused by incorectly adding a directory, you MUST add the directory name and the .. entry to close the directory.
If you do not understand mtree files, do not modify them, it is very easy to trash someones box with a mistake in here. Especially with regards to .. entries.
|
2612 |
09-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add the missing . entries to BSD.*.dist files.
New file BSD.release.dist is used for creating release area top level directories.
|
2611 |
09-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Remove the explicit call to ../Makefile mdec:, it is now handled by a make install from the top level correctly.
Rewrite release-dirs: to use new mtree file mtree/BSD.release.dist.
|
2586 |
08-Sep-1994 |
jkh |
Add /var/games/phantasia to list of targets, as per Rod's earlier suggestion. Submitted by: jkh
|
2571 |
08-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
You need the freefall.mc file to build the release /etc/sendmail.cf file from.
|
2570 |
08-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
1. Make CLEANFILES a little less dangerous by being more spcifc about some file names.
2. Add MAKEDEVS= that does all the /dev population so that this is not duplicated in 2 or 3 places. Helps to keep it in sync too. Cleaned up and fixed to not overflow inode tables.
3. Fix paths to the 2 crypt versions.
4. Init is sbin/init now instead of sbin/init.bsdi.
5. bdes is now in secure/usr.bin, will need to do something about telnet.
6. Incorporate 1.1.5.1 patches for EXTRACT.sh files.
7. Correct calls to make kcopy-flooppy to work with or without obj/.
8. Reorder src-clean: target so that it does not destroy the real obj tree, but does rip out junk and obj links.
9. Incorporate 1.1.5.1 patche for srcbin tarball name.
10. Add chflags command to release-dirs target so the rm -rf can have a chance to work.
With this and a few more commits I will have 2.0 bin tarballs.
|
2568 |
08-Sep-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add usr/share/games/boggle
|
2549 |
07-Sep-1994 |
phk |
Added wd2 and wd3 to the standard set. They are in GENERICAH, they can be installed on, so they should be in /dev as well.
Removed the smoking remains of dcf*. I didn't realize that it had made it into MAKEDEV. Gone from cdevsw long time ago, gone from /dev now.
|
2545 |
07-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Make include/md directory to hold MD2/34/5 include files for libmd on install.
Submitted by: pst
|
2538 |
07-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Remove the old crypt/no-crypt rules and replace them with the choice of building with the password scrambler or the DES libraries. Folks outside the US can simply drop in the other DES libraries. (stupid laws...)
Everything still keys off of the old NOCRYPT variable so building a portable distribution remains the same.
Submitted by: pst
|
2499 |
05-Sep-1994 |
gpalmer |
Change references of 'mount_isofs' to 'mount_cd9660' as needed by FBSD 2.0
|
2484 |
03-Sep-1994 |
csgr |
Make it possible to run lptcontrol on a printer port which does not actually have a printer connected or online: - MAKEDEV: remove all signs of lpa add lpctl? devices (minor # = unit + 128) - usr.sbin/Makefile add lptcontrol - sys/i386/isa/lpt.c implement the LP_BYPASS flag: when a unit is opened with this flag set, the printer is not primed, and no check is made to see that the printer is online. This can only be used to pass ioctls. (giving us /dev/lpctl?) - lptcontrol.c use /dev/lpctl? (LP_BYPASS) -f flag removed, -u flag added - lptcontrol.8 document changes in lptcontrol rewrite using mandoc macros Submitted by: Geoff.
|
2475 |
03-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Example of locale setup corrected
|
2421 |
31-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Do uname -rs instead of uname -a when generating /etc/motd.
|
2381 |
29-Aug-1994 |
paul |
Added /etc/gnats directory to BSD.root.dist mtree template. Submitted by: Paul Richards
|
2225 |
22-Aug-1994 |
guido |
Add sample (empty) fbtab file. Anyone is welcome to add additional lines (like perhaps line for soundblasters etc). Reviewed by: Submitted by: guido
|
2164 |
21-Aug-1994 |
dg |
1) adapted to a world without "fastboot" and "fasthalt". 2) updated to work with 2.0/4.4 binaries.
|
2031 |
11-Aug-1994 |
guido |
Add rotattion of cron log to weekly.
Reviewed by: Submitted by: guido
|
1784 |
29-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Oh GACK! src-clean doesn't quite work that easily since cleandist rebuilds the obj links again and they need to be nuked out one more time after it's finished. Sigh.. Oh well, this code will probably never be run again anyway.
|
1783 |
29-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Put some of Rod's ugly hacks back - a couple of them prevent Yet Another Reboot after bin/des distribution is extracted, so I figure it's worth it.
|
1782 |
29-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Clean this puppy up quite a bit. Most notably:
1. Use ${MAKE} everywhere again. Whoops. 2. Replace multiple invocations of gzip ... split ... with one variable. 3. Add src-clean target for making the src tree presentable before making a src tarball out of it.
|
1781 |
29-Jun-1994 |
rgrimes |
$rotdelay is now initialized to "-d 0 -n 1" and no longer changed based upon disk type. In far more cases than not this is the optimal setting for any disk drive made after 1990.
This now means all installs will have the disks newfs'ed with either: newfs -b 8192 -f 1024 -d 0 -n 1 or newfs -n 4096 -f 512 -d 0 -n 1 depending on what the user chooses for the blocking factor.
|
1780 |
28-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Clean up the installation docs a bit (geeze Loise were they EVER out of date!!) and rename them to something more eye-catching so people will read them again (considering the previous state of affairs, I'm actually rather glad they didn't!).
|
1779 |
28-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Add --unlink flag to all tar commands, but each for different reasons.
1. Add to secr and bindists to possibly save the occasional fool who doesn't RTFM and uses the wrong command to extract this (or even someone who's legitimately using this to extract on top of a bindist somewhere *else*).
2. Do the right thing with any symlinks in the src tree. Right now, we're free of the buggers, but just in case.
|
1778 |
28-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Remove Rod's hacks - they're no longer necessary with static tar/gzip and tar --unlink.
|
1776 |
28-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Commit Scott's changes to the bad144 stuff - bad144 takes a list of bad blocks as *multiple* arguments, not one argument (as was incorrectly being passed).
|
1775 |
28-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Fix a simple makefile brain-o; didn't effect 1.1.5A since we don't compile with CRYPT initially set.
|
1774 |
24-Jun-1994 |
wollman |
Fixed spelling errors.
|
1773 |
24-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
1. Remove a rather strangely gratuitous bit of profanity 2. Use elvis instead of vi for the editor on the cpio floppy; dmesg is back.
|
1769 |
24-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
My last few changes to the release code plus a small termcap file for the cpio floppy.
|
1768 |
22-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Whoops - missed a couple of intermediate files. Nuke 'em.
|
1767 |
22-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Ok, this should about wrap it up.
1. All the crunched files work now; don't install copies, used the crunched versions. 2. Make the clean rules DTRT now that we have stuff to clean.
|
1763 |
21-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Whoops - I missed a commit; EXTRACT scripts were misnamed. Correct.
|
1762 |
21-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
1. Increase number of inodes for kcopy floppy; we've currently run out. 2. Get kcopy and filesystem images from current directory since we now build them here; a clean rule is now all that's needed to make the crunch stuff complete.
|
1761 |
20-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Commit a small change to allow FreeBSD to install on a different drive. The kernel configs already support this, so with a boot floppy or a utility like booteasy, the user should be able to install and boot off the second drive. Hurrah.
|
1759 |
20-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Commit some additional changes for making this work with obj dirs.
|
1757 |
17-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Fixes from Bruce Evans:
o insecure and inconsistent permissions for tape devices. o didn't make the DOSpartition wd devices.
|
1756 |
17-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Add entry for the new PCMCIA ethernet adapter code (ze0).
|
1750 |
16-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Fix comment about 8-bit clean tcsh
|
1749 |
16-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Add commented out STARTUP_LOCALE with explanation
|
1748 |
16-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Only comment added to console entry:
# If you want to be asked for password, change "secure" to "insecure" here
|
1747 |
16-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
I'll leave the addition of the line, but there's just absolutely no way I'm going to allow this to be set to secure. People blow their password files away all the time, and I am not at all keen to lose the ability to get them recovered with the simple expedient of a single-user boot.
|
1746 |
16-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Choose secure single-user mode by default
Without this entry init.bsdi don't ask root password when it goes to sigle-user. This entry must present here in any case, subject of arguing can be only default mode, I mean "secure" or "insecure" here. Please consider this entry like template and change "insecure" to "secure" if you are _shure_, but not back out whole line.
# This entry needed for asking password when init goes to single-user mode console none unknown off insecure
|
1742 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Since we're using syscons now, make ^H the backspace character by default (ack ack, evil evil, but easier than changing syscons at this late hour).
|
1740 |
15-Jun-1994 |
adam |
Changed MDEC_OPT=BOOTWAIT= to BOOTWAIT=
|
1739 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
1. Fill out the crunch target - this should do the trick (we'll see). 2. Remove the NOOBJ line - we want an object dir now.
|
1736 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Add a beep to the load_fd stuff for each floppy insert request so that you can read a book and load the floppy distribution at the same time.. :-)
|
1735 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Remove the --exclude libc.so.1.1 line; with a static gzip and tar we no longer need it, and it's just one more thing we would have to remember to change with every shared lib version bump.
|
1734 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Install manpath.config and mail.rc properly, and directly from the src tree now (rather than having a local copy.
|
1733 |
15-Jun-1994 |
adam |
added comments for how to use CCFPU and MDEC_OPT
|
1732 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Commit Rod's magic EXTRACT scripts to the tree so that we can work on them. These were al hand-copied over before.
|
1731 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Lots of changes:
1. Properly use ${.CURDIR} now instead of hardcoded relative dirs. 2. Use ${BINOWN} and ${BINGRP} everywhere instead of root/wheel 3. Add target for copying over EXTRACT scripts (and add them here). 4. Start thinking about crunched floppy target (not in yet, next commit).
|
1730 |
15-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
1. Bump minimum root size to 8MB (we need that much now). 2. Bump version number to 1.1.5 for impending release.
|
1719 |
14-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Remove CXXFLAGS from here, handled in another place
|
1715 |
13-Jun-1994 |
wollman |
Added comment about registerd and kpasswdd not working in 1.x. Deleted commented-out line which would start mountd; that's not the right pplace to do it (don't confuse the users). Should probablyhave uncommented rpc.rstatd, but didn't.
|
1712 |
12-Jun-1994 |
csgr |
Change default for directory permissions to be 0755.
|
1711 |
12-Jun-1994 |
csgr |
Modify messages about the resolver manual page as per Rod's suggestions. The configure function now tells the user to type "man 5 resolver" for more info on resolv.conf, but mentions that the bindist must be fully installed before this can be done (actually a user won't have reached this stage if he doesn't have an installed bindist ;-)
|
1706 |
11-Jun-1994 |
csgr |
Allow configuration of resolv.conf though "configure". The configuration which is done is minimal, and the script refers the user to the resolver(5) manual page for information on fine-tuning name resolution.
|
1697 |
09-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Add commented out PRINTER=ps entry for easy choose system documentation format
|
1696 |
09-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Add commented out CXXFLAGS entry similar to CFLAGS entry
|
1695 |
08-Jun-1994 |
csgr |
Change all lib*.so.1.0 to lib*.so.1.1 (Once again, pointed out by Volker Paepcke.)
|
1694 |
08-Jun-1994 |
csgr |
Change reference to libc.so.1.0 to libc.so.1.1. (Pointed out by Volker Paepcke)
|
1692 |
06-Jun-1994 |
phk |
check for diskless boot, and remount / RW in that case.
|
1684 |
05-Jun-1994 |
csgr |
Add mention of WANT_MSUN, HAVE_FPU and NOMANCOMPRESS (NOMANCOMPRESS works together with the new bsd.man.mk to turn off compression of manual pages - manual pages are installed compressed by default now.)
|
1681 |
05-Jun-1994 |
ats |
Comment out the startup of the xtend daemon by default.
|
1680 |
04-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
I just realized that the vtty's won't kick in until the user loads the bindist and reboots multiuser. Ammend the text slightly to avoid confusion.
|
1679 |
04-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
1. Bumped version number to 1.1.5 in preparation for impending release. 2. Added notes that tell the user a little bit about how to use syscons since they'll be running it from the outset now and would probably like to know how to switch terminals.
|
1676 |
04-Jun-1994 |
phk |
Added reference to RFC 1597 about "private-net" IP#'s. The following numbers will never be routed over the InterNet: 10.0.0.0 - 10.255.255.255 172.16.0.0 - 172.31.255.255 192.168.0.0 - 192.168.255.255
|
1675 |
04-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Now rc.serial used for initial setup of serial lines
|
1673 |
03-Jun-1994 |
csgr |
make /etc/motd mode 644 NOT 666 (Thank heavens I run cops every night.)
|
1672 |
03-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Fix the absolute paths for boot blocks. Now uses ${DESTDIR}.
|
1668 |
01-Jun-1994 |
paul |
Added if [ -x /usr/libexec/xtend ]; then echo -n ' xtend'; /usr/libexec/xtend fi
to etc/rc
|
1665 |
01-Jun-1994 |
ache |
Restore bin.bin for /usr/libexec/uucp, uucp owner not needed here
|
1664 |
01-Jun-1994 |
phk |
added make.conf template, which does nothing.
|
1662 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Comment out uucpd, not properly configured as default Comment out walld/rusersd/rstatd, may be too verbose
|
1660 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Change mode of libexec/uucp to 0755
|
1658 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Mode 0775 for /var/spool/lock
|
1648 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Change /var/spool/uucp/* modes to 0775
|
1647 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Make /usr/libexec/uucp uucp.uucp 0750
|
1646 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Make /etc/uucp uucp.uucp 0770
|
1645 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Uncomment uucpd, now it works Uncomment rstatd/rusersd/rwalld all three worked mountd still commented out, I remember some problem with it
|
1643 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Intruduce new group for uucp, gid 66 Change uucp directories group too Change "lock" directory group to "dialer" to allow various dialout applications to access it
|
1642 |
31-May-1994 |
ache |
Intruduce new group for uucp, gid 66
|
1631 |
30-May-1994 |
ache |
From Ache: Add proper devices for new sio initial/locking mechanism
|
1534 |
23-May-1994 |
ache |
Path of uucp lock/temp corrected
|
1531 |
21-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Fix all the sound devices to NOT have the absolute path /dev, the makes for missing device files in releases!!
|
1530 |
20-May-1994 |
jkh |
Gordon Burditt <gordon@sneaky.lonestar.org>
Fix ownership of catpages, make ~uucp/uucppublic really public.
|
1519 |
19-May-1994 |
guido |
1) Added s/key support . 2 Added optional excessive login logging. 3) Added login acces control on a per host/tty base. 4) See skey(1) for skey descriptions and src/usr.bin/login/README for the logging and access control features.
-Guido
|
1518 |
19-May-1994 |
guido |
1) Added s/key support . 2 Added optional excessive login logging. 3) Added login acces control on a per host/tty base. 4) See skey(1) for skey descriptions and src/usr.bin/login/README for the logging and access control features.
-Guido
|
1516 |
19-May-1994 |
csgr |
Turn on purging of accounting records in /etc/daily. (Now that we have sa)
|
1515 |
19-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add the installation of /var/crash/minfree with a value of 2048 so that savecore will not FILL the /var partition.
|
1514 |
19-May-1994 |
jkh |
Use "cons25" for console too since we're now syscons. Turn on two VTY's by default; give user a couple of vty's to play with out of the box (leave 4th entry turned off for X).
|
1513 |
19-May-1994 |
jkh |
Add 4 VTY's back to the list of things to create by default (the codrv comments were obsolete), also create a PS/2 mouse entry.
|
1505 |
17-May-1994 |
jkh |
Add manpath.config to the default list of things installed in /etc for releases.
|
1499 |
15-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Fisx spelling error from John Lind
|
1498 |
15-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From 1.1 branhc: ---------------------------- revision 1.13.2.1 date: 1994/05/05 03:58:27; author: rgrimes; state: Exp; lines: +15 -25 Upgrade some things that are now different in 1.1. ----------------------------
|
1491 |
13-May-1994 |
jkh |
From: Heikki Suonsivu <hsu@clinet.fi>
FreeBSD release still nukes everything on scratch using a big-hammer method, even if it is nfs-mounted (and, when it is, the expiration policy may be different). Daily script should by default do nothing to remote filesystems?
|
1489 |
13-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Fix some spaces back into tabs from a cut and past.
|
1478 |
10-May-1994 |
ache |
Make dialout devices owned by uucp.dialer with 660 mode
|
1456 |
04-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add supoort for hostname.ed1
|
1449 |
03-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Use the hostname.interface file just like the 3 floppy install.
|
1448 |
03-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Use ISO9660/DOS compliant file names for the tar balls now.
|
1420 |
26-Apr-1994 |
jkh |
Configure: If netmask wasn't entered at all, it caused the ifconfig line to have a bogus trailing `netmask' with no argument. Fixed.
Rod: Please take this into 1.1 Release.
|
1412 |
25-Apr-1994 |
jkh |
Fix to handle routed with multiple args from Andy J. Chichak. This should go into 1.1 Release if it's not too late.
|
1385 |
21-Apr-1994 |
sos |
device support for pcaudio added
|
1375 |
18-Apr-1994 |
rgrimes |
Fix the ifconfig lines so that they have interface names on them.
|
1374 |
18-Apr-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From BETA_1_1 branch: ---------------------------- revision 1.8.2.1 date: 1994/04/18 06:37:29; author: rgrimes; state: Exp; lines: +10 -4 Use the hostname.* files created by the installation to reduce the amount of work one has to do when setting up a system. ----------------------------
|
1373 |
18-Apr-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From BETA_1_1 branch: ---------------------------- revision 1.1.2.1 date: 1994/04/10 20:20:26; author: rgrimes; state: Exp; lines: +11 -5 Use /dev/fd0 instead of /dev/fd0a. Add mounting of mcd1 if mcd0 fails when searching for a cdrom drive.
|
1372 |
18-Apr-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From BETA_1_1 branch ---------------------------- revision 1.1.2.1 date: 1994/04/10 20:20:25; author: rgrimes; state: Exp; lines: +3 -3 Use /dev/fd0 instead of /dev/fd0a. Add mounting of mcd1 if mcd0 fails when searching for a cdrom drive.
|
1371 |
18-Apr-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From BETA_1_1 branch: ---------------------------- revision 1.53.2.3 date: 1994/04/10 20:19:37; author: rgrimes; state: Exp; lines: +12 -3 Must have etc and usr directories on the cdinstall floppies. Need to have device files for mcd1. Create links for usr/libexec and usr/lib on cdinstall floppies so that shared library code is loaded from cdrom.
|
1365 |
17-Apr-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From BETA_1_1 branch: ---------------------------- revision 1.2.2.3 date: 1994/04/17 19:45:24; author: rgrimes; state: Exp; lines: +13 -2 Eliminate warning messages about /sbin/sh /sbin/init and /etc/termcap when extracting the bin or des archives. Note this is also the place I fixed the libc.so.1.0 problem a long time ago by adding a --exclude libc.so.1.0 to the tar command.
|
1363 |
15-Apr-1994 |
sean |
As a result of the distribution crontab, /usr/libexec/atrun was being run only once an hour instead of every five minutes. This was due to a minute specification of 0/5 -- which should have been */5. This has been fixed. Expect your /var/cron/log to grow much faster now.
|
1351 |
11-Apr-1994 |
wollman |
/dev/null was not a very good choice of shell for login-disabled users. Used the canonical non-existent file (/nonexistent) instead This should probably be documented somewhere, but it's unclear where the right place is (passwd(5)? login(8)? hier(7)? all three?).
|
1347 |
10-Apr-1994 |
ache |
mail a+rwxt changes backed out
|
1340 |
06-Apr-1994 |
ache |
Change default permission of /var/mail to 01777, because MUA must have s-bit in other case (security hole). This fix needed for procmail too, because procmail uses NFS-locks in /var/mail directory
|
1327 |
03-Apr-1994 |
ache |
Fix tty? entry in the same way like cua entry Add error diagnotic about unknown device name
|
1324 |
03-Apr-1994 |
ache |
Fix error in making cua entries for two multiports (> 10 devices)
|
1308 |
25-Mar-1994 |
rich |
Add /usr/X11R6/lib to the ldconfig path if it exists.
|
1285 |
20-Mar-1994 |
rgrimes |
Pull in changes just made to the BETA 1.1 branch for cd install floppy support.
|
1282 |
20-Mar-1994 |
rgrimes |
These are the installation and profile files from the 1.0 cdins*.flp floppy images. Put in as they were in 1.0, about to change them to work with 1.1.
|
1280 |
19-Mar-1994 |
jkh |
As per Rod's wishes, man uses uid/gid 9 now.
|
1279 |
19-Mar-1994 |
jkh |
Remove man group - no longer necessary (that was quick! :). I'll let Rod pick the uid for the `man' user, since he staked a claim on that, but he'd better not forget or the make install will break badly! :)
|
1278 |
19-Mar-1994 |
jkh |
No longer necessary to make catpages group write.
|
1275 |
19-Mar-1994 |
jkh |
Go to userid man, groupid bin for catpages (and uid/gid bin for man dirs)
|
1270 |
18-Mar-1994 |
jkh |
Make man files group owned by man. Make cat dirs group write.
|
1269 |
18-Mar-1994 |
jkh |
Added a man group ID.
|
1268 |
18-Mar-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From Chris Christoph P. U. Kukulies kuku@acds.physik.rwth-aachen.de Change references to we0 to be ed0 since the we driver is long gone.
|
1245 |
07-Mar-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add mitsumi cdrom /dev entries.
|
1244 |
07-Mar-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From BETA_1_1 branch Add missing ${cpioverbose} option.
|
1243 |
07-Mar-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From BETA_1_1 branch Correction for wrong permissions on /root, /usr/lib, /usr/libexec, /usr/share and /usr/share/misc caused by filesyst.flp cpio file.
|
1232 |
02-Mar-1994 |
wollman |
Fixed comments.
|
1229 |
02-Mar-1994 |
alm |
Don't sync a ro-mounted fs.
|
1228 |
01-Mar-1994 |
alm |
Don't offer to mount a to-be-overwritten DOS partition.
|
1221 |
27-Feb-1994 |
wollman |
Added /etc/kerberosIV directory. NB: the sample files should NOT be installed by default, because then everybody would suddenly start trying to authenticate themselves in the CS.BERKELEY.EDU realm, which is really not a very good idea. Maybe the README could get installed.
|
1220 |
27-Feb-1994 |
wollman |
Sample configuration files for Kerberos. (Not restricted.)
|
1219 |
27-Feb-1994 |
wollman |
Since we now support Kerberos v4, make those ports the default rather than the official ones for v5.
|
1218 |
27-Feb-1994 |
phk |
Added tickadj to start of xntpd, this improves performance to nominal.
|
1214 |
25-Feb-1994 |
alm |
extract() is more friendly added load_dos (just calls load_fd)
|
1211 |
25-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
>From: Andreas Schulz <ats@g386bsd.first.gmd.de> Subject: failure in /usr/src/etc/group
The /usr/src/etc/group file is missing a colon in the line "dialer:*:117" at the end.
|
1207 |
23-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
It is not nice to extract libc.so.1.0 using tar when tar is using it!! UGLY HACK TO GET 1.1 BETA OUT :-(
|
1206 |
23-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Make it say Preparing for dos fs instead of Initializing.. the later sounds scary to some people!
|
1205 |
23-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Update to generate the ISO9660 names for the floppy images, use fd1200 inplace of floppy5.
|
1199 |
22-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add NE2100 Per Paul Richards, and whoopsss.... I did this in /usr/src on the WRONG system (actually, just the wrong window :-)).
|
1196 |
22-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Added local/skel for dot.* files.
|
1195 |
21-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Whoops, forgot to $Id$ this file, and re-enable floppies target in make release
|
1194 |
21-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Major hackery to get the 1.1 Beta floppies building. Have a special pair of crunched binaries that are not built by this, but other than that it is back to an automated procedure. So many changes it is hard to describe.
|
1193 |
21-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add $Id$'s
|
1192 |
21-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add a TERM=pc3 so that an initial system install is at least usable at the console!
|
1189 |
21-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Correction so that elvisrecover finds the right files! >From: chmr@edvz.tu-graz.ac.at (Christoph Robitschko) Date: Fri, 21 Feb 1992 09:40:35 +0100 (MET)
The last version expected elvis* files in /var/tmp, while elvis puts elv* files there.
|
1186 |
21-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Move ldconfig stuff to be after nfs mounts.
|
1185 |
21-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Put back in elvis recovery stuff, we still ship elvis with 1.1 as a fall back editor!
Add nvi recovery precedure from man page.
Fix ntpdate echo lines so that it looks pretty (ntpdate spits out 1 line of output that makes the system boot up look real ugly if you do it echo -n, so I chaged it to echo, and then added a echo -n 'starting more network daemons:' so any addition daemon starts look normal.
|
1182 |
20-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Correction so old alias floppy and floppy5 work.
|
1179 |
19-Feb-1994 |
ache |
Remove sio entries per Rod suggestion
|
1178 |
19-Feb-1994 |
ache |
Sorry, expr error in last commit.
|
1176 |
19-Feb-1994 |
ache |
We lost ttyd for dialin lines, now restore it
|
1175 |
18-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Fix up the cdpath, it was missing a / before i386.
|
1166 |
17-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add /proc, we need one of them now. Clean up some mode settings.
|
1163 |
15-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
General cleanup for 1.1 release, mostly add zoneinfo stuff to BSD.usr.dist
|
1162 |
15-Feb-1994 |
nate |
Added some other ttyvx lines for reference. They are marked as off so there is no functional difference.
|
1144 |
11-Feb-1994 |
ache |
rm# for 5.25 driver changed per Bruce suggestion
|
1141 |
10-Feb-1994 |
ache |
Add floppy entries for new fd driver (from Poul-Henning Kamp) slightly fixed
|
1134 |
09-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Upgrade to 1.1 release level, add procfs entry on fstab creation.
|
1133 |
09-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add obj/ in front of freefall.cf so that the install works.
|
1131 |
09-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
A real good idea...
>From: "Chris G. Demetriou" <cgd@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>
Update of /b/source/CVS/src/etc In directory sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu:/usr/src/etc
Modified Files: master.passwd Log Message: disable toor by default
|
1130 |
09-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Update for new COPYRIGHT.* files.
|
1128 |
08-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
One more reference to fdXa removed.
Run fdisk -u after disklabel just incase we wrote block 0, this should fix the bogus partition table when the install is to the whole disk.
|
1126 |
08-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add PERSONAL.ACKS to file list.
Use freefall.cf as sendmail prototype file, it is more realistic than the tcpproto.cf file for a FreBSD system. Fix so that obj dir is created in sendmail/cf/cf as to not polute the source tree and to have the Makefile in there do the right things.
Remove all the extra /dev/fd0?* entries on the floppies, they where using up all the inodes and are not needed at this time.
Temporarily remove the floppy target from release: untilit is fixed.
This file has lots more work coming, but to get the 1.1 BETA out I am going to hand craft the floppies :-(.
|
1125 |
08-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Update to use /dev/fd0 instead of /dev/fd0a.
|
1109 |
07-Feb-1994 |
alm |
Add devices for QIC 40/80 support
|
1096 |
06-Feb-1994 |
ache |
Add 'ht' to PC Console (has hardware tabs)
|
1088 |
04-Feb-1994 |
wollman |
Remove more references to the U word.
|
1074 |
02-Feb-1994 |
chmr |
Use find -d to clear /tmp, to stop warnings. Removed elvispreserve command, nvi does not use it, and it was also wrong for elvis.
|
1027 |
27-Jan-1994 |
ache |
Remove obsoleted floppy partition from device name.
|
1025 |
26-Jan-1994 |
dg |
Added creation of a symlink for ttyv0->vga when making the 'pc0' target.
|
1014 |
25-Jan-1994 |
nate |
The system default crontab now resides in /etc/crontab, and I changed it's mode to 644 as most unix systems allow you to read root's crontab.
|
1010 |
24-Jan-1994 |
dg |
Deprecate "/dev/vga". Use /dev/ttyv0 always. Note that the terminal type is still 'pc3' in /etc/ttys, and should be changed if we decide to default to syscons.
|
1008 |
24-Jan-1994 |
rgrimes |
Remove note about having to remove comments for this file to work, since tip/acu.c has been partially fixed to deal with it.
|
1006 |
23-Jan-1994 |
rgrimes |
Added the following comment: # YOU MUST REMOVE ALL OF THESE COMMENT LINES BEFORE /etc/phones WILL # WORK CORRECTLY. THE DIALER CODE IN tip NEEDS FIXED TO DEAL WITH # COMMENTS
|
1001 |
22-Jan-1994 |
guido |
This is Vixie cron 3.0. This version fixes all known security bugs. Further it implements crontab -e. I moved cron from /usr/libexec to /usr/sbin where most daemons are that are run from rc. That also gets rid of the ugly path crond used to have in ps(1) outputs. Further I renamed it to cron, as Paul Vixie likes it and is done by NetBSD.
NOTE VERY WELL THE FOLLOWING:
1) Systems crontab changed. Every users crontab resides in /var/cron *EXCEPT* root's. This is a special crontab as it resides in /etc. Further it is the *ONLY* crontab file in which you specify usernames. See /usr/src/etc/crontab. This is also done by BSDI's BSD/386 as far as I know (they provided the patches for it anyway) 2) So you *must* delete root's crontab and reinstall the copy in /etc from /usr/src/etc. 'Must' is to much: the old installed crontab will work but cron will also try to 'run' /etc/crontab. 3) Last but not least: cron's logging is now done via syslog. Note that logging by cron is done lowercase when it logs about itsself and uppercase when it logs user events, like installing a new crontab. The default logfile file is the same as before: syslog.conf:cron.* /var/cron/log
-Guido
|
997 |
22-Jan-1994 |
rgrimes |
Added savehist=1000 as a security feature to know what root has been up to, added very common set filec.
Added /sys/i386 to be in cdpath so cd conf goes to sys/i386/conf instead of sys/conf.
|
996 |
22-Jan-1994 |
rgrimes |
From: rich@lamprey.UTMB.EDU (Rich Murphey) Subject: Re: daily insecurity output (fwd) |From: rgrimes@agora.rain.com (Rodney Grimes) | |This is from the new /etc/security script. I no longer get the segmentation |violation, but now the arg list is too long, some /bin/sh program want to |fix the current /etc/security ls command so that it is a pipe insteal of |a back quoted arg? | |> checking setuid files and devices: |> /etc/security: ls: argument list too long
This uses xargs instead. My slip line's down so I can't check it in at the moment. Rich
|
994 |
22-Jan-1994 |
rgrimes |
Change ${RELEASEDIR}/filesystem to be filesys so hat it is ISO9660 compliant.
|
993 |
22-Jan-1994 |
rgrimes |
Add SUPPORT.TXT and MIRROR.SITES to the top level FREEBSD files that get installed in /.
|
971 |
12-Jan-1994 |
rgrimes |
Commented out the global clean up that searched all file systems and added a note that you must decide what is appropriate for your system.
>From: borsburn@mcs.kent.edu (Bret Orsburn) Date: Wed, 12 Jan 94 01:09:43 -0500 I've finally figured out (one of the reasons) why I can't run MS-Windows after running FreeBSD 1.0...*sometimes*.
Here's your first clue. This is what your MS-Windows video drivers are called if you run a Number 9 GXE video card:
/dos/windows/system/#9gxetc.drv /dos/windows/system/#9gxe.drv
|
961 |
10-Jan-1994 |
ache |
Add callout device for bidirectional port
|
958 |
08-Jan-1994 |
ache |
Move "mount -a -t nfs" *after* network daemons, must be at least after named & gated for proper name resolution.
|
956 |
08-Jan-1994 |
ache |
Add /var/at/jobs & /var/at/spool, remove /var/at/past
|
955 |
08-Jan-1994 |
ache |
atrun uncommented. atrun interval changed to 5 minutes.
|
949 |
06-Jan-1994 |
nate |
Added directories needed for at/atrun
|
932 |
04-Jan-1994 |
ache |
Add warning comment line (rm anything into /var/run)
|
931 |
04-Jan-1994 |
ache |
Add adjkerntz to track time zone change.
|
930 |
04-Jan-1994 |
ache |
Add (commented) stuff to make 'tcsh' 8-bit clean.
|
920 |
30-Dec-1993 |
jkh |
Added more robust ldconfig setting in rc, removed redundant ldconfig in rc.local.
|
919 |
30-Dec-1993 |
jkh |
Set a default ldconfig path for shared libs.
|
915 |
24-Dec-1993 |
rgrimes |
Insert tab before comment so brain dead shell does not screw up the arguments to mknod.
|
908 |
21-Dec-1993 |
wollman |
Support for automatically running ntpdate and xntpd.
|
892 |
21-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Comment out porogrammer-readable fd name set, not needed in standard version, only for XENIX lovers.
|
888 |
21-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Fix sendmail_flags, long ago it was imported from /etc/netstart with this bug.
|
875 |
18-Dec-1993 |
ache |
User-readable fd name set added: [r]fd[n].{360,720,800,820,1200,1440,1480,1720} Programmer-readable fd name set added in XENIX style.
|
872 |
17-Dec-1993 |
ache |
adjkerntz call added with explanation comment
|
864 |
16-Dec-1993 |
ache |
No more partition bits in floppy minor. Now minor looks like UU DDDDDD, UU - unit, DDDDDD - density. If density == 0, CMOS-detect format assumed. For old users/pgms use fake partitions now, i.e. ln fd0 fd0[a-h] No new floppy names added (expect fd? and rfd?), because don't have agreement yet, so make devices only for CMOS-detected formats.
|
862 |
16-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Add "np" to all std.xxx entries, make them 8-bit clean.
|
861 |
15-Dec-1993 |
rich |
When listing all suid and sgid files list the file itself rather than directorty contents.
|
860 |
14-Dec-1993 |
alm |
From: Sergey Ryzhkov, Serge Vakulenko E-mail: <sir@kiae.su>, <vak@zebub.msk.su> added new /dev/wt entries for wt.c version 1.3
8) Some controllers support only 1024 block length. Setting WT_BSIZE bit in device minor number turns on this mode.
Minor number structure: 0bfffuuu Fields: uuu - Unit number. It's possible to install up to three tape controllers on the same machine, using DRQs 1..3. Hence, unit number can lie in range 0..2. fff - Tape format number: 0 - /dev/rwt0 - default density (auto select) 1 - /dev/rwt0a - QIC 11 (obsolete) 2 - /dev/rwt0b - QIC 24 (60 megabytes) 3 - /dev/rwt0c - QIC 120 (120 megabytes) 4 - /dev/rwt0d - QIC 150 (150 megabytes) 5 - /dev/rwt0e - QIC 300 (300 megabytes?) 6 - /dev/rwt0f - QIC 600 (600 megabytes?) b - Long block size flag. With this bit set, the driver will perform all i/o operations with the controller using 1024-byte blocks, instead of 512 ones. Some controllers need it (CMS for example). If you Wangtek controller does not stream well, you can try to use /dev/rWt0 device instead of /dev/rwt0 (uncomment needed lines in /dev/MAKEDEV to create it).
Block interface (writing blocks less than 2048 bytes) is not functioning pwoperly. Use raw interface instead.
Thanks to all who helped to test it on the following hardware:
Controller Drive Volume Interface Thanks to --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Archive SC-499 Archive 2150L 150 Meg QIC-02 KIAE CMS? ? 150 Meg QIC-02 KIAE Everex EV 831/833 ? ? QIC-36 Joergen Haegg Wangtek ASSY Wangtek 60 Meg QIC-02 Ken Whedbee Tecmar QT150i? Wangtek 5150EQ ? QIC-02? Marko Teiste ? Wangtek 5099EK 60 Meg QIC-36 Robert Shien Archive SC400S ? 60 Meg ? Warren Toomey
|
857 |
13-Dec-1993 |
dg |
Moved startup of portmap to be the first network daemon.
|
833 |
08-Dec-1993 |
nate |
We've got accounting, might as well have a directory for it.
|
831 |
05-Dec-1993 |
ats |
Added entries for sup into services. Added an example entry for the pop3 popper into inetd.conf as a comment.
|
813 |
01-Dec-1993 |
rgrimes |
From: Julian Howard Stacey <stacey@guug.de> Subject: Bug & Fix for etc/Makefile cpio-floppy: re /tmp creation. Date: Fri, 26 Nov 1993 11:35:04 +0100
Editors Note: tmp was listed in the CPIO_FILES section and thus the entire contents of ${DESTDIR}/tmp would end up on the cpio floppy. This fix moves tmp to CPIO_DIRS so that no longer happens.
|
810 |
30-Nov-1993 |
rich |
allow spaces in $sendmail_flags.
|
800 |
25-Nov-1993 |
dg |
Don't start update daemon; it's now internel to the kernel.
|
796 |
24-Nov-1993 |
rich |
/var/run is cleared on boot. Rerun 'ldconfig /usr/X386/lib' after clearing /var/run if /sbin/ldconfig exists.
|
789 |
22-Nov-1993 |
rgrimes |
Missing part of Julians new scsi code, add new driver uk and revise the entries for st.
|
756 |
12-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added /etc/config as a directory to be maintained. Also added RCS Id.
|
751 |
12-Nov-1993 |
alm |
Removed option to install FreeBSD alongside an existing *BSD paritition, since disklabel cannot deal with this...
|
750 |
12-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added more options and flags files per suggestions from -hackers.
|
749 |
12-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added configuration and flags files for most of the stuff in /etc/rc and /etc/rc.local. Unless somebody complains soon, I'll fix the Makefile to install these and the rc files to use them.
|
748 |
11-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added RCS Id. Also changed comment to indicate that /etc/host.conf determines when and how this file will be consulted. Added comment to the effect that (1) zero is not a vaild network number and (2) please get a valid network number assigned by your provider or by the Internet Registry.
|
747 |
10-Nov-1993 |
rgrimes |
>From: Adam David <adam@veda.is> Date: Wed, 10 Nov 1993 00:51:19 GMT Subject: typo in etc/gettytab
[editor: fix typo in comment about what things need turned off for none crt entries]
|
727 |
08-Nov-1993 |
alm |
fixed conditional that caused install to see a DOS partition when none exists.
|
709 |
07-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added a new flag variable to /etc/netstart, $sendmail_flags, which gives the flags to be passed to sendmail when it is started. (If it is "NO", sendmail is not started.) Also, always start the portmapper regardless of the value of $nfs_server; this should prevent the inetd complaints we have seen from recurring.
|
708 |
07-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added comment about how to enable NIS hostname resolution.
|
707 |
07-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Commented out sortlist entry; most users aren't located at UCB and so a different sortlist (if any) would be more appropriate. Users should configure manually.
|
706 |
07-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Updated to reflect current situation w.r.t. root name servers.
|
705 |
07-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added a whole bunch of common protocols and ports from the latest edition of Assigned Numbers.
|
704 |
06-Nov-1993 |
wollman |
Added comment in the description of `com' devices that they are usually not what users want unless they have re-configured their kernels. Hopefully some people will actually read this.
|
684 |
29-Oct-1993 |
ats |
Deleted the ifconfig lines with we0, ne0, ec0: the drivers don't exist anymore. Added an ifconfig line with ie0.
|
680 |
28-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Add zero and io to the rm -f line for std devices so they get removed before an attempt is made to mknod them.
|
668 |
25-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Reworked the search for suid sgid programs to be more like the original and only to run find on local file systems. It now works and no longer gets the error from sort
|
667 |
25-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Redirect standard error onto standard out when call /etc/security so that the errors from /etc/security are in the mail message from /etc/security and not the /etc/daily mail message. Now just to fix the bug in /etc/security
|
662 |
23-Oct-1993 |
jkh |
Moved sound drivers from major 21 to major 30.
|
654 |
23-Oct-1993 |
jkh |
New snd*) target for making driver entries for new sound driver.
|
646 |
22-Oct-1993 |
dg |
From Andrew Chernov:
(see changes to getty which this patch is part of)
Basically, a few of the tty flags were changed to work better with 'CRT's, and the flags are better documented (documentation from Bruce Evans).
|
645 |
21-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Change space to tab in ruserd line per Guido van Rooij
|
644 |
21-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Make whatisdb after the whole system is installed, since the one in share/man will only create entries for manual pages that have been installed up to that point.
|
640 |
19-Oct-1993 |
nate |
Fixe a spelling error and added both the mse (logitech and ATI inport) and the psm (PS/2 bus) mouse support
(The psm driver will have to come later)
|
639 |
19-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Make darn sure that fsck does not try to fsck dos file systems by setting the fsck pass to 0, same thing for dump field, in the fstab that is created by this script.
|
635 |
19-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Remove reference to EPSILON release.
|
631 |
18-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fix for version name in /etc/motd, now uses uname to get this information!
|
628 |
18-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Change getty entry to start on /dev/console instead of /dev/vga, this fixes the syslogd problem with consoles that do not respond after hupping syslogd.
|
618 |
16-Oct-1993 |
jkh |
Checked and corrected various bits of grammar, as requested.
|
615 |
16-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fix the document title to match the format of our other docs.
Clean up some stuff so that it reads a little better (some one please review this for me!)
Adaptec controllers are 154x and 174x series. Add Buslogic 545S.
|
614 |
16-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Remove the EPSILON from the release level
|
613 |
16-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fix the title up on this, removed the date and format it to match the RELEASE NOTES.
Adaptec controllers are now 154x and 174x series, no more reference to specific models. Revamp the CSI hard disk controller section in general to be more user readable.
Add the fact that the Mitsumi CDROM controller and drive are now supported.
Add a note that the Intel 82501 serial chip is NOT supported.
Floppy controller is fd0, not fdc0, same for wd disk controller.
|
612 |
16-Oct-1993 |
chmr |
Allow install floppy to be placed in the B: drive.
|
599 |
14-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Add /etc/uucp for uucp configuration files
|
594 |
13-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Change uusnap to uustat -a, since we do not have a uusnap installed (some one did not finish porting uucp/contrib directory)
|
591 |
13-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Disable rpc services so that inetd no longer hangs when you are not running portmapper. These are site specific functionality and should only be enabled for sites that want them, not by default.
These services REQUIRE portmapper to be running
|
568 |
10-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
You can now specify the type of floppy you want built (floppy3 or floppy5) with a Makefile override. The default is floppy5 since all distribution floppies must be <= 1.2Mb so that every one can use them.
If you want to make 1.44MB floppies with more space on them do a setenv FLOPPY floppy3 before running make.
>From: "Jordan K. Hubbard" <jkh%whisker.lotus.ie@dec4ie.ieunet.ie> Date: Sun, 10 Oct 1993 05:11:51 -0700
I went to make myself some boot floppies straight off the dist today and ran into the fact that I'm using a 3.5" floppy as my drive A, so I did the following (you can still use floppy5 as your default - I just have it set to floppy3 for my machine).
|
543 |
06-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added /dev/zero and /dev/io, they have been around for a while, time to have some /dev entries.
|
538 |
01-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Split the src-tarball target up into multiple targets, there is now a tar ball for each top level src directory, plus the base tar ball that has the very toplevel files in it.
|
537 |
01-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Release level changed from GAMMA to EPSILON
|
536 |
01-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Updated to reflect the fact the there is no longer an ne driver, told to use ed0 as the replacement, noted new addresses
|
535 |
01-Oct-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changed address freebsd-comments to freebsd-questions
|
529 |
30-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added share/syscons/scrnmaps directory
|
525 |
30-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Support for new wt driver. Removed old references to as* disk types since they are long gone.
|
518 |
29-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Updated for new location of syscons fonts and keymap files
|
500 |
23-Sep-1993 |
jtc |
Entries so RPC servers are started.
|
496 |
22-Sep-1993 |
alm |
added to install_notes instructions for loading distribtuion files from a MS-DOS partition. Minor cleanup: fixed spelling error in inst1.install capitalized sentences in kc.profile reworded initial load_fd options
|
492 |
21-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Extended load_fd() to support reading from the first Primary DOS partition of the boot disk. So we have yet another medium via which to load the FreeBSD distribution files. load_fd() has options for listing and (if reading from the C: drive) changing directories.
load_fd's notation assumes that the first Primary partition on disk is the DOS drive C: (since this and only this one is mounted by install). Otherwise, the notation may be a bit confusing. We'll know the assumption is bad if people complain about not finding files on their "C:" drive...
Added a device file existence check to kc.profile.
|
491 |
21-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added BSD.local.dist to MTREE files so that it gets installed in /etc/mtree
|
484 |
19-Sep-1993 |
alm |
1) Install now creates a DOS partition for the first (and only the first) Primary (un-Extended) DOS partition, providing /dev/xx0h is available. It is mounted on /dos by default. The /etc/fstab entry omits the dump and fsck fields, i.e.: /dev/xx0h /dos pcfs rw
The Secondary DOS partition is not used (System ID 0xF2), because I don't know what that is.
2) Fixed default sizes so that if someone attempts to install BSD on a 24 Mb partition by accepting defaults, they don't end up with a 1 Mb /usr partition (up to USRMIN Mb's). In this case, all space is split between swap and root.
TODO: 1) Extend load_fd() to support loading distribution files directly from the DOS partition of the hard disk.
2) Provide translated parameters to the install program (maybe add an option to fdisk). Currently, the true geometry is used as default, which is inappropriate for coexistence with DOS.
3) Support installing on multiple or secondary disks.
|
482 |
19-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Added /var/run to CPIO_DIRS
|
481 |
18-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Added /etc/remote to CPIO files.
|
480 |
18-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Added /usr/distbin to PATH
|
476 |
18-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
>From: Drew Hess <dhess@CS.Stanford.EDU> >Date: Thu, 16 Sep 1993 23:35:48 -0700 (PDT) There is a typo in disktab in the NetBSD-0.9 distribution. This may be already fixed in NetBSD-current, but it's not in any of the source that I've sup'ed. line 9 reads: # sc #sectors/cylinder, nc*nt default should read: # sc #sectors/cylinder, ns*nt default
|
475 |
17-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Added the following to the opening statement of install:
Before starting, it is important to know your hard disk's geometry (i.e., number of cylinders, heads and sectors/track). If installing FreeBSD on the same disk as another operating system, then the two systems should use the same geometry. In particular, FreeBSD's default geometry is inappropriate for MS-DOS. So in this case, the DOS geometry should be used instead.
[This seems to be true for SCSI disks. What about IDE? With the new boot blocks, can we ignore the disks true geometry??]
|
474 |
17-Sep-1993 |
alm |
added /var/spool and /var/spool/lock to CPIO_DIRS. These are needed by both tip and kermit.
|
473 |
16-Sep-1993 |
alm |
The load_fd() now initializes the `interactive' variable to -i instead of -v (my fault). The extract() command now rm's /tmp/cat, not /bin/cat (my fault).
|
467 |
14-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
>From: kuku@acds.physik.rwth-aachen.de (Christoph Kukulies) Comment was wrong about what entries get made for vtyNN, it is 0-b, not 00-12.
|
466 |
14-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Added option to overwrite an existing partition during install. Added notes about ob-bs to install_notes.
|
463 |
14-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Make MOUNT be MOUNT? so I can easily override it for building 2 floppies concurrently now that the floppy driver works good enought to do this!
|
462 |
14-Sep-1993 |
alm |
The install disks now print the partition table data with offsets and sizes in units of cylinders. This will help those who want to install FreeBSD between two existing partitions.
Faked notes on installing via Kermit
|
461 |
14-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed DOS floppy build stuff, as this was just a poor idea that needs a much better solution.
|
460 |
14-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed missing newline at end of file.
|
459 |
13-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Brought install_notes up to date.
|
458 |
13-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed missing device name arguments to fdisk commands, this was the cause of silient failure on scsi disk installs with the new floppies.
|
457 |
13-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Renumber the section starting at the duplicate 5. section. Changed reference to RELNOTES.FreeBSD to not have an absolute path on it since these appear in several places!
|
456 |
13-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Explain purpose and original of "dos" floppy.
|
455 |
13-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changed ultrastore 14F/34F driver to irq 14.
|
453 |
13-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Fixed the extract() command which I had broken attempting to implement it without cat. It now requires cat again (no way around it unless gunzip can accept arbitrary filename suffixes).
|
452 |
13-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
More file shuffling between floppies, needed to get rm on filesystem floppy. Removed duplicates from DOS floppy.
|
451 |
12-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Since reboot is now installed, use it if the fsck fails
|
450 |
12-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Change the "Insert secound installation floppy" to "Insert the cpio installation floppy" to reduce confusion as to what floppy is wanted.
|
448 |
12-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed /usr/contrib/bin from PATH
|
444 |
12-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Only put var and var/tmp in the cpio archive floppy, do not really need the whole /var tree at this time.
|
443 |
11-Sep-1993 |
alm |
added a couple echo's
|
442 |
11-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Forgot to export PATH
|
441 |
11-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Mentioned using fdisk to change active partition on multi-os systems if os-bs is not installed.
|
440 |
11-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Silence cp diagnostics for dos floppy install in case directories exist (e.g., after running os-bs).
|
439 |
11-Sep-1993 |
alm |
remove \'s from where they shouldn't be.
|
438 |
11-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Quick checkin between network hangs... Restored trap calls in profile, and reset trap 2 at end of fsck. Make installation of fourth floppy an option.
|
437 |
11-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Converted many occurances of multiple spaces to tabs to save bytes any way I can. Converted all echo "" to be just echo
Removed sync call that seems to hang due to fd/wd driver interaction.. Now rm /.profile before the cpio floppy is copied in, this should fix a bugger I was having with an open shell script that gets over written.
|
436 |
11-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
tar ball names converted from the form x.tar.gz.xx to x_tgz.xx so the DOS folks are happy.
|
435 |
10-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Put bin/df back on the filesystem floppy since there is room for it after all. Removed it from DOS floppy. Added COPYRIGHT to DOS floppy since it does have *BSD binaries on it! Fixed missing ; \ when creating dev entries on filesystem floppy Fixed rm in wrong directory, please don't rm in the DESTDIR area!!
|
429 |
09-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Combined some conditional statements now that `test' works correctly.
|
428 |
09-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Mostly cosmetic changes. Added notes installing os-bs.
|
421 |
08-Sep-1993 |
jkh |
Fixed some language + error where 3 floppies are called for in beginning and 4 later.
|
420 |
08-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
From: ccml@hippo.ru.ac.za (Mike Lawrie) Subject: Install.notes for FreeBSD-1.0-G Here is the hacked install notes file for FreeBSD-1.0-GAMMA.
Please get someone to check the few points marked <<please check>>. From: rgrimes
Checked the <<please check>>, and cleaned up some details.
|
418 |
08-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Made copy of sys/i386/floppy relative instead of abosolute path
|
416 |
08-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Adding missing sync after reading fourth install floppy. Added /usr/distbin to path
|
412 |
08-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Added a fourth DOS-format floppy to the install disks containing os-bs and miscellaneous programs which get installed into /usr/distbin. Install now recognizes existing DOS partitions and attempts to install after them. Theoretically, it also remaps badblocks.
N.B.: The fourth install floppy must have a clean DOS FAT. Building the new distribution floppies is untested
TODO: Build a disktab entry for existing DOS partitions (except extended partitions). This would allow loading and/or extracting the distribution files directly from the DOS hard disk partition.
|
410 |
07-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed missing slash after a ${DESTDIR} with no other path after it.
|
408 |
07-Sep-1993 |
alm |
Added DOS partition support and maybe badblock remappping.
The following additional changes are needed for the new install disks: 1) Remove from filesystem disk's /filelist: bin/cat, dev/MAKEDEV.local. 2) Remove from the filesystem disk: /bin/cat, /COPYRIGHT and /dev/MAKEDEV.local. 3) Add to the filesystem disk: /sbin/fdisk, /dev/fd1a and /dev/rfd1a. 4) Build a fourth DOS disk containing at least: os-bs, rz/sz
Outstanding problems: 1) If there are >1024 cylinders, then FreeBSD cannot boot unless installed at cylinder 0 (and since neither can DOS evidently, the two can't share a disk in this case). 2) If FreeBSD is installed at cylinder 0, subsequent installs tend to fail. 3) If a DOS partition exists, disklabel doesn't seem to update the disk geometry in the FreeBSD disklabel correctly (so reinstalling FreeBSD with a new geometry requires installing it at cylinder 0). Rod suggested invoking disklabel on the raw c-partition. This makes sense, but it doesn't seem to work (newfs, for instance, can't find the new label).
|
401 |
06-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed so that it scans for set uid/gid files. From Rich Murphy and NetBSD, plus some tid bits from me.
|
393 |
06-Sep-1993 |
jkh |
Changed misleading comment about vty's - now clearly stated to work with syscons, pcvt, codrv, ...
|
389 |
05-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Replaced comxx with ttyxx, as that is now the correct name to use when refering to serial lines
|
388 |
05-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Replaced all references to comxx with ttyxx, since that is what all the other tools really want.
Targets sio*) and com*) now create entry named ttyxx, default setup with a sh MAKEDEV all is to use the sio major numbers, com is all but depreicated now.
|
387 |
05-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Replaced all references to comxx with ttyxx, since that is what all the other tools really want
|
377 |
02-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added /etc/networks to the files that get installed, some how it got dropped out of the Makefile. Commented out talk in inetd.conf since it refers to the old non-existent otalkd.
|
376 |
02-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed commit lies for sbin/reboot and usr/local/bin/{mread,rz}, these are not part of the standard distribution and do not belong in here, this was carry over from earlier work.
Added src-tarball: ssrc-tarball: targets to build the 2 source tar balls, still have to manually copy/chmod/chown the src tree into the destination directory and clean out all the obj, and CVS files/dirs, plus run a make cleandist in it before running these targets, but atleast things are getting easier to do!
release: now uses fixed floppies target.
|
375 |
02-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed all usage of quotes to be consitent of the form ``word or phrase''.
|
374 |
02-Sep-1993 |
jkh |
Added some stuff, fixed some typos, generally tarted it up.
|
372 |
01-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added dd back to cpio floppy in place of shutdown, since shutdown is not really needed until we can go multiuser.
Changed name of list from CRYPT_FILES to CRYPT_SRCS, since that is really what they point to. Added list CRYPT_DIRS, that is the directories that are in the des distribution.
Fixed kc-xx-floppy dependencies on kc-floppy since it would not do the right thing with the new target floppies:
Now user ${RELEASEDIR} for dd'ing the floppy images and other stuff having to do with building the release.
Added new target bin-tarball that builds the bin.tar.gz.?? split archives for release.
Added new target des-tarball that builds the des.tar.gz.?? split archives for release.
Added building of /usr/local directories for the CDROMDIST.
New target floppies: that builds all 4 floppies.
New target release: that should completely populate a release tree, except that the src-tarball target is not yet written.
|
371 |
01-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
A real quick hack at some floppy install notes!
|
370 |
01-Sep-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed typo in rm of /tmp/cat, it was rm /bin/cat, whoopsss....
|
369 |
31-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Reenabled rotation of log files and killing of syslogd now that the lockup problem is fixed.
|
367 |
31-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added DEFCYLN, DEFHEAD and DEFSECT parameters to inst1.install, these are set to 1024/12/17
|
366 |
31-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Had to remove dd from the cpio floppy as we ran out of room due to some growth in binaries.
|
365 |
31-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed ^? to ^\?, need to escape that for csh
|
364 |
31-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changed stty erase ^H to stty erase ^?.
|
363 |
31-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Updated paths and cdpath to be more appropriate to FreeBSD (removal of old directories).
Junked all the sccs aliases that get in the way of rcs
|
362 |
30-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added info for gnu stuff
|
361 |
30-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Updated st*) entry from Julian.
|
360 |
30-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added new mtree file to populate /usr/local or /usr/gnu, it is up to the user to run this mtree file. Cleaned up BSD.usr.dist as it had some missing bname=bin, gname=bin mode=0755's in it.
|
359 |
30-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Inserted a modified version of /etc/rc so that a fsck is done on reboot after the cpio floppy has been installed. This fixes the corrupt disk problem during the install. Still need to add some echo's about expecting disk corruption at this point in time.
Upgraded release statement to say 1.0 GAMMA. Added a dummy read before the instuctions so the user does not get confused by the rapid output and thinks something scrolled off the screen.
|
358 |
30-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Makefile no longer needs passwd, pwd.db and spwd.db due to fixed pwd_mkdb that now takes a directory argument. These files are now built from the master.passwd file.
Fixed typo on NOOBJ=, was oobj, now noobj. Rename of targes and variables. INST1 -> FILESYSTEM, INST2 -> CPIO, kc -> kcopy.
Floppy targets now dd and gzip the image back onto the hard disk so that less manual work is required when building a release.
Removed reboot from FILESYSTEM floppy and put df back on, and added mount_isofs. Changed scripts to use halt instead of reboot.
|
355 |
29-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added the RELNOTES.FreeBSD to the FREEBSD list. Changed all occurance of make to ${MAKE}
|
354 |
29-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed typo in the syscons.* entries (omde instead of mode)
|
347 |
28-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added targets crypt and non-crypt to make it easier to build the distributions. Now only populates $DESTDIR/dev if we are building the cdrom distribution, since this directory is populated by the install tools it was a conflict to have the dev entries in the full distribution as well.
|
336 |
27-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added usr/share/syscons.{fonts,keymaps} for the new syscons tools.
|
334 |
26-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed Chris D. added --unlink option since our tar does not understand it.
|
333 |
26-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed LOCATIME and TZDIR stuff since it is now handled correctly by share/zoneinfo and was just duplicated here.
Fixed the directory owner ships on the inst1 floppy by adding all of the directories that get created on the floppy to INST1_DIR, since cpio was not picking up the source dir protections, but instead using the current process uid, gid, and umask values.
Removed /bin/df from inst1 to make room for mount_pcfs. Also removed /etc/disktab since it just got overwritten by the install tools.
Removed zcat from INST2_CPIO since it is now installed from the INST2_FILES files on the floppy. This fixes things so that all of the gzip tools get linked to the same image.
Much of the .if machine i386 stuff moved to be system independent since it really was.
Added sd1 support to the inst1 and kc floppies. No room for wd1 support, oh well.
Fix permissions on top level of floppy, it was not getting set.
|
332 |
26-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added a real ugle hack so that cat, tar and gzip tools used to do the extract can be over writen. This is done by coping them to /tmp before the extract begins, running them from /tmp, then removing them after the extract has completed.
Removed all section about setting up sendmail.cf, since this was for the old sendmail stuff and should not be required by the new sendmail.cf file that is shipped with the system.
|
331 |
26-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed mount -at ufs command, since it is now done by the .profile file left by inst1.install.
Fixed cpio command so that it works with the new cpio that does not ignore extra options.
Added echo's about building /dev files so the user knows it is doing something.
|
330 |
26-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added DEFBLOCKING to hold the default blocking factor after the question has been asked once. Disabled the ability to have different blocking factors on different partitions since this is known to trash the vm system.
Removed many extranious echo's of the users answers. This was probably put in for debugging and never removed. It was quite confusing to my test users.
Added autoscan of disk for bad blocks for bad144 type disks using the new bad144 -s option.
Renabled the asking for verbose installation. Why was this disabled??
Added creation of etc/disktab.install on the hard disk that is a copy of the disktab used to create the disk with.
Added a mount -at ufs to the .profile so that all the diskpartitions get mounted on first boot from hard disk, this is so commands that may have been loaded into a seperate usr partition can be found.
|
325 |
24-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changed prompt from "> " to "kc > " so that it does not look like the halt prompt. Changed the prompt for destination of the kernel copy to be "copy kernel to > " so that it is clear what it wants..
|
323 |
24-Aug-1993 |
swallace |
Changed -r /fastboot to -e /fastboot. File just needs to exist for fastboot. Otherwise, doesn't work for non-root owner of /fastboot.
|
320 |
22-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added kc-kernel target that builds both GENERICAH and GENERICBT kernels. Added kc-floppy that does the common part of building the kc floppies. Added kc-bt-floppy to build GENERICBT kernel floppy. Fixed kc-ah-floppy to use kc-floppy.
|
310 |
20-Aug-1993 |
alm |
more cleanup (e.g., root and swap partitions are mandatory, not root and /usr) no functional change
|
309 |
20-Aug-1993 |
alm |
added big loop to allow redoing the configuration
|
307 |
20-Aug-1993 |
alm |
added default answers changed units from sectors to cylinders
|
292 |
15-Aug-1993 |
alm |
add more notes and examples
|
290 |
13-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Wrong path for uucp login, was /usr/lib instead of /usr/libexec. Fixed
|
289 |
13-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed entry for t9600, baud rate was 19200, should be and now is 9600.
|
288 |
13-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Enable lastlog install commands.
|
287 |
12-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Commented out installation of /var/log/lastlog: The problem with having it enable is that lastlog grows big, none of the current scripts deal with rotation of /var/log/lastlog, so it shouldn't necessary be installed at first. This has traditionally been something the sysadmin has had to touch after system installations.
Nate: (Besides, you're forced to learn more about the system by reading the man pages if it doesn't exist. :-)
|
286 |
12-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
/etc/termcap is now created as a symlink to /usr/share/misc/termcap, fixed creation of link for /etc/localtime.
|
284 |
12-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added 3 targets (kc-ah-floppy, inst1-floppy, inst2-floppy) which build 3 of the 4 needed floppies for FreeBSD.
Still need to do kc-bt-floppy for the Bustek/Ultrastore controllers.
Fixed installation of boot blocks in distribution:, now use a variable (${MDEC}) instead of a find so that my zzz files don't end up in the distribution!
|
283 |
12-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Heavily modified from NetBSD sources to FreeBSD, many fixes and enhancements, now users cpio instead of tar. All displayed references to NetBSD changed to ${OPSYSTEM}, OPSYSTEM=FreeBSD.
|
282 |
11-Aug-1993 |
root |
Due to broken pwd_mkdb always wanting to do it's work in /etc I have had to add this file to src/etc, and do a special case install of it to get things working right.
|
281 |
11-Aug-1993 |
root |
Initial import of NetBSD install2 floppy .profile
|
280 |
11-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Initial import of NetBSD install2 floppy /install script
|
279 |
11-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changed printing messages to refer to ${OPSYSTEM} instead of NetBSD. Comments left intact.
Simplified variables for drivename, drivetype, and sect_fwd.
Added rotdelay to newfs commands (defaults to newfs default except for scsi disks where it defaults to 0).
Made the disk geometry questions more like what PC users are use to reading (cylinders/heads/sectors).
Added minswap requirement of 8MB, recomendation of 2 x physical memory.
Added messages about what the blocking factor does.
Added message for mount point to NOT include the leading /
How to change disklabel to /sbin/disklabel due to bug in our /bin/sh, I thought this has been fixed, but it has not!
Changed to use cpio instead of tar, since tar seems so brain dead.
Removed kernfs reference from /etc/fstab creation since FreeBSD does not have the kernfs. Made /etc/fstab tabbed so it looks pretty :-).
Added default of floppy drive 0 after we boot from hard disk.
Fixed path in inst1.profile, removed /usr/local/bin, /usr/contrib/bin and .
|
278 |
11-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Import of NetBSD inst1.fs floppy /.profile and /install scripts
|
277 |
10-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added support to build i386-kc_floppy:, kernel copy floppy for FreeBSD. Added support to build and install GENERICISA kernel in the binary distribution.
|
276 |
10-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Corrected kernel name from newbsd to 386bsd, it now works.
|
275 |
10-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Initial import of .profile from NetBSD Kernel Copy Floppy, to be used in building FreeBSD Kernel Copy Floppy.
|
274 |
10-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Disabled the scan for SCCS checked out files since it was broken and caused error messages to be mailed, and FreeBSD does NOT have SCCS, we use CVS!
|
273 |
10-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Miss spelled backups in BSD.var.dist, should have been backups, was backup.
|
272 |
10-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added ntp 123/udp # Network Time Protocol for xntp usage since this is a well known service.
|
266 |
09-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Moved make copies of src/includes to be after the top level make install so that the binary distribution ends up with full blown include files.
|
264 |
09-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed install of ${FREEBSD}, forgot to do a install -c so it removed the files from src on the install of them!
|
263 |
09-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added installation of CONTRIB.386BSD CONTRIB.FreeBSD and COPYRIGHT to / when building a distribution for the i386 case. This keeps us from violating Berkeley's and Bill Jolitz's copyrights.
|
262 |
09-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Due to the bug with the console drivers and kill syslogd I have disabled that in the daily and weekly scripts so that we don't get bug reports about something we already know. There are explanory comments in the files.
|
260 |
09-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed spelling error in ifconfig line for ed0, from netwask to netmask
|
258 |
08-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed man.conf since it is no longer used by the new manual page system
|
251 |
07-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed daily so that it no longer does accounting since FreeBSD does not yet have the accounting stuff in it. Disabled ncheck search in security due to missing ncheck.
|
250 |
07-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added var/backup for daily scripts
|
238 |
03-Aug-1993 |
root |
Added install of /var/cron/log. Made it clean up in /sys/i386/boot after building and installing the boot blocks. Moved the cd ..; make install to be after the special case stuff for sendmail. Added the installation of tcpproto.cf as /etc/sendmail.cf
|
235 |
02-Aug-1993 |
nate |
Default BLOCKSIZE for root is K-Blocks
|
234 |
02-Aug-1993 |
nate |
Removed default 1K behavior from /etc/csh.login, but put comments stating how to get 'old' BSD behavior
|
233 |
02-Aug-1993 |
nate |
Set the BLOCKSIZE to K so that du/df/swpainfo all returns the amount of 1K blocks and not 512 byte blocks.
|
232 |
02-Aug-1993 |
nate |
Removed df/du aliases, will make them more global and use BLOCKSIZE environment variable
|
231 |
02-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Put back the du -k and df -k flags since POSIX says they should still work, and Nate is fixing them to work.
|
225 |
02-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed as0 and as1 from the all case since these are obsolete (use sd0...)
|
223 |
01-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed aliases of df -> df -k and du -> du -k, as the k option is not supported in the new df and du code, use setenv BLOCKSIZE 1024 to get the same effect.
|
217 |
30-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changeing the /sys link target from usr/src/sys.386bsd to usr/src/sys also changes its length from 18 to 12.
|
216 |
30-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed vty04 from sh MAKEDEV all since that casued root login problems on the console if you do not run codrv.
|
215 |
30-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed com1 -> com00 since com ports are 0 based.
|
213 |
30-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Forgot to fix com01 -> com00, and added com02 and com03
|
212 |
30-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Replaced console with vga.
|
207 |
29-Jul-1993 |
nate |
Added a default host.conf (gethostnamadr() name resolver) which declares to resolve all names via bind first and then try /etc/hosts.
|
204 |
28-Jul-1993 |
nate |
The updated mtree changed a couple things which required changes in the mtree files.
|
196 |
26-Jul-1993 |
nate |
Changed sys.386bsd to sys
|
169 |
20-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed installation of sendmail. cd'ed to wrong directory. Now works correctly.
|
168 |
20-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Added .if ${MACHINE} == "i386" section to do install of boot blocks, all standard tools, copies of include files, and sendmail.
|
163 |
20-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Since pwd_mkdb always works in /etc no matter what I added pwd.db and spwd.db that are created from the template master.passwd to src/etc so that a build distribution can populate /etc correctly. This is a work around until a better solution can be found.
|
160 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Pulled in patch kit 0.2.4 netstart, added ifconfig ed0 line. This is a crock so I can get the binaries released.
|
159 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed edit of /etc/motd so that the motd says FreeBSD instead of 386BSD.
|
158 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed /dev/fd to be owner bin group bin mode 555 per the /dev/MAKEDEV script
|
157 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
From NetBSD, copied verbatium. May need some work yet.
|
156 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
New file from NetBSD, for when we get ready for the rpc code.
|
155 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changed banner from 386BSD to FreeBSD
|
154 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Changed login banner from 386BSD to FreeBSD. Added entries for 38.4k, 57.6k and 115.2k baud gettys.
|
153 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed all Berkeley aliases information since it is way out of date. General cleanup.. from NetBSD.
|
152 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
New file for netstart, should contain the hosts hostname.
|
151 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Cleaned up crontab from NetBSD, adjusted for FreeBSD.
|
150 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
lp device was setup and enabled, changed it to be commented out. This caused lpd to run on system where it had not been configured.
|
149 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed bill and lynne from group file, this was a security hole in the 0.1 distribution, as they had accounts in the password file with out passwords, and were in group wheel!
|
148 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed the foreground/background escape sequences that cause headaches if you are using a com console or a non pc3 console.
|
147 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Brought in NetBSD Makefile, which was then fixed up to use mtree for building the distrubution hierarchy. Still needs some work, but atleast this version runs and does most of the right things.
|
146 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Removed extranious names from master.passwd file, changed root and toor to be in group 0 (was group 10). Changed operator to be in group 20, was 28.
|
145 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Fixed some errors in disktab (from NetBSD), floppy 5 corrected, and CP3100. Fixed some errors in disktab (from NetBSD), floppy 5 corrected, and CP3100. MAKEDEV script from 0.1.2.4 system.
|
144 |
19-Jul-1993 |
rgrimes |
Updated BSD.*.dist files to reflect FreeBSD as it is now.
|
91 |
05-Jul-1993 |
nate |
Fixed netstart to have a hard-coded localhost address. This fixes situations where you don't have a correct localhost in your nameserver or no name-server.
|
38 |
20-Jun-1993 |
rgrimes |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r37, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|